Table of Contents

As filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission on March 21, 2019.

Registration No. 333-            

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

Turning Point Therapeutics, Inc.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

 

Delaware   2834   46-3826166

(State or Other Jurisdiction of

Incorporation or Organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

10628 Science Center Drive, Ste. 225

San Diego, California 92121

(858) 926-5251

(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Registrant’s Principal Executive Offices)

Athena Countouriotis, M.D.

Chief Executive Officer

Turning Point Therapeutics, Inc.

10628 Science Center Drive, Ste. 225

San Diego, California 92121

(858) 926-5251

(Name, Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Agent for Service)

Copies to:

 

Charles J. Bair, Esq.

Karen E. Anderson, Esq.

Cooley LLP

4401 Eastgate Mall

San Diego, California 92121

(858) 550-6000

 

Bruce K. Dallas, Esq.

Sarah K. Solum, Esq.

Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP

1600 El Camino Real

Menlo Park, California 94025

(650) 752-2000

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.  

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer      Accelerated filer  
Non-accelerated filer      Smaller reporting company  
     Emerging growth company  

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has not elected to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act.  

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of

Securities to be Registered

  Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering Price (1)(2)
 

Amount of

Registration Fee

Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share

  $100,000,000   $12,120

 

 

(1)

Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(2)

Includes the aggregate offering price of additional shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase, if any.

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment that specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED MARCH 21, 2019.

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

             Shares

 

 

LOGO

Common Stock

 

 

This is an initial public offering of shares of common stock of Turning Point Therapeutics, Inc.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price will be between $         and $         per share.

We have applied to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “TPTX”.

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined under the federal securities laws and, as such, have elected to comply with certain reduced reporting requirements for this prospectus and may elect to do so in future filings.

 

 

Investing in our common stock involves risks. See “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 13 to read about factors you should consider before buying shares of our common stock.

 

 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities, or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

 

 

     Per Share      Total  

Initial public offering price

   $                    $                

Underwriting discounts and commissions (1)

   $        $    

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

   $        $    

 

(1)

See the section entitled “Underwriting” for a description of the compensation payable to the underwriters.

We have granted the underwriters an option to purchase up to             additional shares of our common stock. The underwriters can exercise this option at any time within 30 days after the date of this prospectus.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares against payment in New York, New York on                 , 2019.

 

 

 

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC   SVB Leerink   Wells Fargo Securities
  Canaccord Genuity  

 

 

Prospectus dated                 , 2019.


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

Prospectus Summary

     1  

Risk Factors

     13  

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

     69  

Market, Industry and Other Data

     71  

Use of Proceeds

     72  

Dividend Policy

     74  

Capitalization

     75  

Dilution

     77  

Selected Financial Data

     80  

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     81  

Business

     93  

Management

     141  

Executive and Director Compensation

     151  

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

     168  

Principal Stockholders

     171  

Description of Capital Stock

     174  

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

     180  

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders of Our Common Stock

     183  

Underwriting

     187  

Legal Matters

     193  

Experts

     193  

Where You Can Find Additional Information

     193  

Index to Financial Statements

     F-1  

We have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized anyone to provide any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectuses prepared by or on behalf of us or to which we have referred you. We take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus or in any applicable free writing prospectus is current only as of its date, regardless of its time of delivery or any sale of shares of our common stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

For investors outside the United States: We have not, and the underwriters have not, done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the shares of common stock and the distribution of this prospectus outside the United States.

 

i


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights information contained in other parts of this prospectus. Because it is only a summary, it does not contain all of the information that you should consider before investing in shares of our common stock and it is qualified in its entirety by, and should be read in conjunction with, the more detailed information appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. You should read the entire prospectus carefully, especially “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and our financial statements and the related notes, before deciding to buy shares of our common stock. Unless the context requires otherwise, references in this prospectus to “Turning Point Therapeutics,” “the Company,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to Turning Point Therapeutics, Inc.

Turning Point Therapeutics

We are a clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company designing and developing novel small molecule, targeted oncology therapies to address key limitations of existing therapies and improve the lives of patients. Our internally developed and wholly owned pipeline of next-generation tyrosine kinase inhibitors (TKIs) targets numerous genetic drivers of cancer in both TKI-naïve and TKI-pretreated patients. The pervasive challenges of intrinsic and acquired treatment resistance often limit the response rate and durability of existing therapies. One of these challenges is the emergence of solvent front mutations, which are a common cause of acquired resistance to currently approved therapies for ROS1, TRK and ALK kinases. We have developed a macrocycle platform enabling us to design proprietary small, compact TKIs with rigid three-dimensional structures that potentially bind to their targets with greater precision and affinity than other kinase inhibitors. We believe our macrocycle platform will generate TKIs that are potentially best-in-class. Our lead drug candidate, repotrectinib (TPX-0005), is being evaluated in an ongoing Phase 1/2 trial called TRIDENT-1 for the treatment of patients with ROS1 + advanced non-small-cell lung cancer (NSCLC) and patients with ROS1 +, NTRK + or ALK + advanced solid tumors. We are nearing completion of the Phase 1 portion of TRIDENT-1 and, based on the preliminary proof-of-concept data in a total of 75 patients, we plan to initiate the multi-cohort Phase 2 portion in the second half of 2019. This Phase 2 portion will be a registrational trial for potential approval in ROS1 + advanced NSCLC and NTRK + advanced solid tumors. In addition to repotrectinib, our pipeline includes two multi-targeted kinase inhibitors: TPX-0046 (a novel RET/SRC inhibitor), and TPX-0022 (a novel MET/CSF1R/SRC inhibitor); and a series of next-generation ALK inhibitors, from which we anticipate selecting a final candidate for IND-enabling studies. We anticipate submitting investigational new drug applications (INDs) and initiating clinical trials for TPX-0046 and TPX-0022 in 2019.

Overview of Kinases and Current Limitations of Kinase Inhibitors

Kinases are enzymes that respond to external stimuli to modulate numerous activities of cells, such as proliferation, survival and migration. TKIs have become an important class of cancer therapies due to their ability to interrupt deregulated kinase signaling that leads to unchecked cell growth and tumor progression. In 2017, TKIs represented approximately $20 billion in worldwide drug sales. Despite the success of this drug class, there remains a significant opportunity for a new generation of TKIs that address the shortcomings of current therapies. These shortcomings include the inability to achieve a response or limited durability of response caused by intrinsic or acquired resistance, and toxicities that limit dosage levels and duration of treatment. Many conventional kinase inhibitors are oversized, with bulky side groups and limited chemical structure diversity, and some are associated with safety issues such as QT prolongation (abnormal electrocardiography) and hepatotoxicity (liver damage). Further, the same class of kinase inhibitors often share many binding similarities and therefore often cannot be sequentially administered to effectively overcome common treatment resistant mutations.



 

1


Table of Contents

There are multiple types of mutations, including gatekeeper mutations and solvent front mutations, that can emerge with the use of TKIs. A gatekeeper mutation occurs from the substitution of one amino acid residue for another in front of the back pocket of the adenosine triphosphate (ATP) binding site within a kinase. In 2012, a treatment resistant mutation arising from an area of the kinase called the solvent front was first identified in a patient treated with Xalkori (crizotinib), and named as a solvent front mutation. Most of the currently approved or investigational ROS1, ALK and TRK kinase inhibitors have an extra chemical group, or motif, extending to the solvent front that leaves them susceptible to solvent front mutations. The most common solvent front mutation in the ROS1 kinase, G2032R, was reported in 2017 from a single institution in 41% of patients who experienced progressive disease while taking crizotinib. In addition, emerging solvent front mutations, such as TRKA G595R, TRKC G623R and TRKC G623E, have developed in NTRK + solid tumors after treatment with the approved TKI Vitrakvi (larotrectinib) and current investigational agent entrectinib. Currently, there are no FDA-approved TKIs that can overcome solvent front mutations for the ROS1 or TRK kinases. Additionally, there are no FDA-approved TKIs that can address resistance that may arise after RET targeted agents.

Our Approach

To overcome key limitations of most current TKI therapies and emerging resistance, our strategy is to design small (low molecular weight), compact TKIs with rigid three-dimensional macrocyclic structures that bind inside the ATP pocket of the target kinase. By binding completely inside the ATP pocket, our TKIs can bind to solvent front mutated kinases that sterically exclude conventional TKIs. In addition to potentially addressing resistance that has developed from prior lines of TKI therapy, we believe our TKIs may also prevent or delay the emergence of new resistant mutations. Furthermore, unlike conventional flat, two-dimensional kinase inhibitor structures, we believe a rigid three-dimensional structure enables our TKIs to target the selected kinases in a highly potent, precise and efficient manner, which provides a base for a favorable kinase selectivity profile. The figure below depicts the structure of repotrectinib compared to certain approved and investigational TKIs, overlaid on the structure of ATP. The extra motif present in conventional TKIs at the solvent front area may result in the development of solvent front mutations, as illustrated below.

 

LOGO

 

SFM: area that may result in solvent front mutations

MW: molecular weight

Our Pipeline

We are leveraging our macrocycle platform to design a pipeline of highly potent proprietary TKI drug candidates that are structurally different from many existing kinase inhibitors. We believe our TKIs may address the key issues of emerging treatment resistance and toxicities that limit duration of treatment. Our platform allows us to rapidly identify new drug candidates for development. We have global development and commercialization rights to all our drug candidates, including our lead program.



 

2


Table of Contents

The following chart summarizes our product pipeline, including our lead product candidate, repotrectinib, and our upcoming milestones.

Turning Point Therapeutics Pipeline

 

 

LOGO

Candidate Selection IND Enabling Studies Phase 1 Phase 2 Phase 31 Upcoming Milestones Repotrectinib (ROS1/TRKs/ALK) TPX-0022 (MET/CSF1R/SRC) TPX-0046 (RET/SRC)2 ALK Inhibitor ROS1+ advanced NSCLC in TKI-naive patients ROS1+ advanced NSCLC in TKI-pretreated patients NTRK+ advanced solid tumors in TKI-naive patients NTRK+ advanced solid tumors in TKI-pretreated patients ROS1+ or ALK+ non-NSCLC advanced solid tumors in TKI-naive patients Repotrectinib + Tagrisso in EGFR mutated advanced NSCLC Repotrectinib in pediatric advanced solid tumors Advanced solid tumor patients Advanced solid tumor patients ALK+ NSCLC TRIDENT-1 Registrational cohorts TRIDENT-1 Phase 1 enrollment ongoing2, Initiating registrational Phase 2 portion in 2H 2019 Non-registrational cohort of TRIDENT-1 Initiating trial in 2H 2019 Trial design in development Initiating trial in 2H 2019 Initiating trial in 2H 2019 Candidate selection in 2019

 

1

Not required for Phase 2 registrational clinical trials

2

Phase 1 Portion of TRIDENT-1 ongoing with anticipated data read outs within 2019

3

Including NSCLC, thyroid, and other solid tumors with abnormal RET gene

Repotrectinib

Our lead drug candidate, repotrectinib, is a low molecular weight macrocyclic TKI of ROS1, TRK and ALK that is being evaluated in our ongoing Phase 1/2 clinical trial called TRIDENT-1 for the treatment of patients with ROS1 + advanced NSCLC and patients with ROS1 +, NTRK + or ALK + advanced solid tumors. As of the October 31, 2018 data cut-off date, the preliminary analysis from a total of 75 patients across seven dose escalation cohorts showed repotrectinib was generally well tolerated with the majority of treatment emergent adverse events (TEAEs: related and unrelated to treatment) being Grade 1 or Grade 2. The following table shows the most common TEAEs occurring in >10% of patients in the total of 75 treated patients.

 

Most common (>10%) TEAEs (n=75)

   All Grades
n (%)
     Grade 1
n (%)
     Grade 2
n (%)
     Grade 3
n (%)
     Grade 4 1
n (%)
 

Dizziness

     43 (57.3)        37 (49.3)        4   (5.3)        2   (2.7)     

Dysgeusia

     36 (48.0)        35 (46.7)        1   (1.3)        

Constipation

     24 (32.0)        15 (20.0)        9 (12.0)        

Dyspnea

     23 (30.7)        7   (9.3)        10 (13.3)        5   (6.7)        1   (1.3)  

Paresthesia

     23 (30.7)        23 (30.7)           

Fatigue

     22 (29.3)        12 (16.0)        8 (10.7)        2   (2.7)     

Anemia

     21 (28.0)        4   (5.3)        8 (10.7)        9 (12.0)     

Nausea

     19 (25.3)        12 (16.0)        5   (6.7)        2   (2.7)     

Cough

     18 (24.0)        11 (14.7)        7   (9.3)        

Pyrexia

     16 (21.3)        14 (18.7)        2   (2.7)        

Headache

     13 (17.3)        12 (16.0)           1   (1.3)     

Vomiting

     13 (17.3)        9 (12.0)        4   (5.3)        

Upper respiratory tract infection

     11 (14.7)        7   (9.3)        4   (5.3)        

Muscular weakness

     10 (13.3)        5   (6.7)        3   (4.0)        2   (2.7)     


 

3


Table of Contents

Most common (>10%) TEAEs (n=75)

   All Grades
n (%)
     Grade 1
n (%)
     Grade 2
n (%)
     Grade 3
n (%)
     Grade 4 1
n (%)
 

Pain in extremity

     9 (12.0)        6   (8.0)        2   (2.7)        1   (1.3)     

Abdominal pain

     8 (10.7)        7   (9.3)        1   (1.3)        

Ataxia

     8 (10.7)        6   (8.0)        2   (2.7)        

Pleural effusion

     8 (10.7)        1   (1.3)        6   (8.0)        1   (1.3)     

 

1

Additional Grade 4 TEAEs: cerebrovascular accident, influenza, hyperkalemia, bacterial pneumonia (n=1 each) and respiratory failure (n=3); none were determined to be related to treatment.

Grade 5 TEAEs: respiratory failure, sepsis, sudden death (n=1 each; only the case of sudden death was determined to be possibly related to treatment by Sponsor)

As of the data cut-off date, preliminary efficacy data, including activity within the central nervous system (CNS), across the first five dose escalation cohorts included:

 

   

TKI-naïve ROS1 + advanced NSCLC evaluable population (n=10):

 

  ¡    

Median follow-up time was 16.4 months (range, 5.3 to 16.6+ months)

 

  ¡    

Confirmed objective response rate (ORR) was 90% (9/10) (95% Confidence Interval (CI), 56 to 100)

 

  ¡    

At our likely recommended Phase 2 dose of 160 mg QD (once daily) or above (n=6), five patients (83%) achieved a confirmed ORR

 

  ¡    

Median duration of response for the 9 confirmed responders had not yet been reached, with five of nine patients remaining in response (from 5.5+ to 14.9+ months), with 3 events of progressive disease, and 1 censored patient off treatment prior to progression

 

  ¡    

Confirmed intracranial ORR was 100% (3/3) (95% CI, 29 to 100) in patients with measurable CNS metastases

 

   

TKI-pretreated ROS1 + advanced NSCLC evaluable population (n=18):

 

  ¡    

Median follow-up time was 12.9 months (range, 0.6 to 14.5)

 

  ¡    

Confirmed ORR was 28% (5/18) (95% CI, 10 to 53), with one of five patients remaining in response for 1.9+ months

 

  ¡    

At our likely recommended Phase 2 dose of 160 mg QD (once daily) or above, in patients treated with one prior ROS1 TKI (n=9):

 

  ¡    

44% (4/9) of patients achieved a confirmed partial response (PR)

 

  ¡    

50% (3/6) of patients treated with crizotinib as their prior ROS1 TKI achieved a confirmed PR

 

  ¡    

Confirmed intracranial ORR was 50% (2/4) (95% CI, 7 to 93) in patients with measurable CNS metastases, with 75% (3/4) showing tumor regressions

 

  ¡    

Clinical benefit rate was 78% (14/18) (95% CI, 52 to 94), which is clinically meaningful for patients with limited treatment options

 

  ¡    

Tumor regressions were observed in all four crizotinib-pretreated evaluable patients with a ROS1 G2032R solvent front mutation; one patient previously treated with crizotinib for 13 months who achieved stable disease as the best response achieved a confirmed PR with repotrectinib, had a duration of response of 7.4 months, and remained on treatment for 14.6+ months at the time of the data cut-off

 

   

TKI-naïve NTRK + advanced solid tumor evaluable population (n=1):

 

  ¡    

One evaluable patient who had glioblastoma and achieved stable disease as the best response



 

4


Table of Contents
  ¡    

In addition, one patient with angiosarcoma who had a dramatic initial response on skin lesions was not evaluable for response due to death from sepsis (not treatment related) within the second cycle

 

   

TKI-pretreated NTRK + advanced solid tumor evaluable population (n=2):

 

  ¡    

Of the two evaluable patients, one patient with an advanced salivary gland cancer previously treated with multiple prior TKIs including crizotinib and entrectinib and who developed a TRKC G623E solvent front mutation achieved a confirmed PR with repotrectinib with a 9.8 month duration of response; this patient remained on treatment for 17.9 months. The patient discontinued repotrectinib due to further disease progression, and received combination chemotherapy with no response. In January 2019, the patient began a second course of repotrectinib on a compassionate use basis.

We are currently enrolling in our last planned dosing cohort within the Phase 1 portion of TRIDENT-1. We anticipate determining our recommended Phase 2 dose and giving an update on the Phase 1 data at a medical conference in mid-2019.

The planned Phase 2 portion of TRIDENT-1 will be a registrational trial for potential approval of repotrectinib in both TKI-naïve and TKI-pretreated patients with ROS1 + advanced NSCLC or NTRK + advanced solid tumors. We are targeting initiation of the Phase 2 portion of TRIDENT-1 in the second half of 2019 pending completion of the Phase 1 portion and agreement by the FDA to proceed with our recommended Phase 2 dose. We are planning an interim data read-out for some of the registrational cohorts within the Phase 2 portion of TRIDENT-1 in the second half of 2020.

In parallel to our planned Phase 2 portion of TRIDENT-1, we intend to co-develop repotrectinib with a next-generation sequencing-based companion diagnostic. A prototype companion diagnostic will be developed and used as a clinical trial assay to confirm the presence of ROS1 +, NTRK + or ALK + gene fusions in patients prior to enrollment into the Phase 2 portion of TRIDENT-1. We have selected a diagnostic partner to support development of the companion diagnostic and filing of a pre-market approval (PMA) application to the FDA.

TPX-0046, TPX-0022 and a Next-Generation ALK Inhibitor

In addition to repotrectinib, our pipeline includes multi-targeted drug candidates we have designed using our macrocycle platform: TPX-0046 (a novel RET/SRC inhibitor), TPX-0022 (a novel MET/CSF1R/SRC inhibitor) and a series of next-generation ALK inhibitors. We anticipate submitting INDs and initiating clinical trials for TPX-0046 and TPX-0022 in 2019. We plan to select an ALK inhibitor candidate for IND-enabling studies in 2019.

Our Team

We believe our internally designed, macrocycle platform and experienced team enable us to advance differentiated TKIs into the clinic, which may provide meaningful benefits to patients with cancer. Our team has extensive experience in the discovery, design and development of cancer therapeutics, with a clear focus on next-generation TKIs. Our scientific founder and the designer of our next-generation TKIs, J. Jean Cui, Ph.D., has more than 20 years of experience, including most recently at Pfizer Inc., where she was the lead inventor of two approved TKIs, Xalkori (crizotinib) and Lorbrena (lorlatinib). In addition, our Chief Executive Officer, Athena Countouriotis, M.D., has over 15 years of experience, including senior leadership roles at Ambit Biosciences Corporation and Halozyme



 

5


Table of Contents

Therapeutics, Inc., and has led the development of multiple TKIs through approval, including Sprycel (dasatinib), Sutent (sunitinib) and Bosulif (bosutinib). Nearly half of our employees have Ph.D., Pharm.D. or M.D. degrees. We are supported by our board of directors and scientific advisory board, who have significant experience in drug development, as well as expertise in building public companies and business development. Our key investors include funds managed by Cormorant Asset Management, OrbiMed Advisors, Lilly Asia Ventures, S.R. One, Foresite Capital, venBio Partners, HBM Healthcare Investments and Nextech Invest. We believe that our team is well positioned to leverage our highly differentiated platform to continue to design and develop novel TKIs that will have significant benefit for cancer patients.

Our Strategy

Our strategy is to focus on the design, development and commercialization of novel TKIs to address unmet medical needs, including in the area of treatment resistance. Key elements of our strategy include:

 

   

Rapidly develop and commercialize our lead drug candidate, repotrectinib, for the treatment of patients with ROS1 + advanced NSCLC and NTRK + advanced solid tumors, including those with CNS disease or CNS metastases.

 

   

Expand the market opportunity for repotrectinib by pursuing pediatric indications, additional indications in ROS1 + or ALK + advanced non-NSCLC solid tumors, and combination therapies.

 

   

Leverage our extensive expertise and macrocycle platform to develop and expand our pipeline candidates as single agent therapies and/or in combinations.

 

   

Evaluate strategic opportunities to accelerate development timelines and enhance the commercial potential of our drug candidates.

 

   

Establish capabilities to effectively commercialize our drug candidates.

Risks Associated with Our Business

Our business is subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, including those highlighted in the section titled “Risk Factors,” immediately following this prospectus summary. These risks include the following, among others:

 

   

We have incurred significant operating losses since our inception and have not generated any revenue. We expect to incur continued losses for the foreseeable future and may never achieve or maintain profitability.

 

   

Even if this offering is successful, we will require substantial additional funding. If we are unable to raise capital on favorable terms when needed, we could be forced to delay, reduce or eliminate our research or drug development programs or any future commercialization efforts.

 

   

We are early in our development efforts and our lead drug candidate repotrectinib is currently only in a Phase 1 clinical trial. We have not successfully completed late-stage clinical trials or obtained regulatory approval for any drug candidate. We may never obtain approval for any of our drug candidates or achieve or sustain profitability.

 

   

Drug development involves a lengthy and expensive process. We may incur additional costs or experience delays in completing, or ultimately be unable to complete, the development and commercialization of repotrectinib or our other drug candidates.



 

6


Table of Contents
   

If we experience delays or difficulties in enrolling patients in our ongoing or planned clinical trials, our receipt of necessary regulatory approval could be delayed or prevented.

 

   

Adverse side effects or other safety risks associated with repotrectinib or our other drug candidates could delay or preclude approval, cause us to suspend or discontinue clinical trials, abandon further development, limit the commercial profile of an approved label, or result in significant negative consequences following marketing approval, if any.

 

   

If we are unable to obtain and maintain sufficient patent protection for our drug candidates, or if the scope of the patent protection is not sufficiently broad, third parties, including our competitors, could develop and commercialize products similar or identical to ours, and our ability to commercialize our drug candidates successfully may be adversely affected.

 

   

The development and commercialization of pharmaceutical products are subject to extensive regulation, and we may not obtain regulatory approvals for repotrectinib or any other drug candidates, on a timely basis or at all.

 

   

We face substantial competition, which may result in others discovering, developing or commercializing products before or more successfully than we do.

If we are unable to adequately address these and other risks we face, our business, financial condition, operating results and prospects may be adversely affected.

Corporate and Other Information

We were incorporated in Delaware in October 2013 under the name TP Therapeutics, Inc. In November 2018, we changed our name to Turning Point Therapeutics, Inc. Our principal executive offices are located at 10628 Science Center Drive, Ste. 225, San Diego, CA 92121, and our telephone number is (858) 926-5251. Our corporate website address is www.tptherapeutics.com. Information contained on or accessible through our website is not a part of this prospectus, and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only.

This prospectus contains references to our trademarks and to trademarks belonging to other entities. Solely for convenience, trademarks and trade names referred to in this prospectus, including logos, artwork and other visual displays, may appear without the ® or TM symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that their respective owners will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, their rights thereto. We do not intend our use or display of other companies’ trade names or trademarks to imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, any other companies.

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

As a company with less than $1.07 billion in revenue during our last fiscal year, we qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (JOBS Act). An “emerging growth company” may take advantage of reduced reporting requirements that are otherwise applicable to public companies. These provisions include, but are not limited to:

 

   

being permitted to present only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of related Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations in this prospectus;

 

   

not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended (Sarbanes-Oxley Act);



 

7


Table of Contents
   

reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports, proxy statements and registration statements; and

 

   

exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

We may use these provisions until, at latest, the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering. If certain events occur prior to the end of such five-year period, including if we become a “large accelerated filer,” our annual gross revenues exceed $1.07 billion, or we issue more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt in any three-year period, we will cease to be an emerging growth company prior to the end of such five-year period.

We have elected to take advantage of certain of the reduced disclosure obligations in the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part and may elect to take advantage of other reduced reporting requirements in future filings. As a result, the information that we provide to our stockholders may be different than you might receive from other public reporting companies in which you hold equity interests.

The JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this exemption and, therefore, we will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.



 

8


Table of Contents

The Offering

 

Common stock offered by us

                 shares.

 

Underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares

The underwriters have a 30-day option to purchase up to a total of                  additional shares of our common stock.

 

Common stock to be outstanding immediately after this offering

                 shares (or                  shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full).

 

Use of proceeds

We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering to further the clinical development of repotrectinib in our planned Phase 2 portion of TRIDENT-1, including companion diagnostic development, as well as in combination and pediatric studies; to further the development of our preclinical candidates, including TPX-0046 and TPX-0022 and our next-generation ALK inhibitor candidate once selected; for the design and development of new drug candidates; and for working capital and other general corporate purposes. See “Use of Proceeds.”

 

Risk factors

See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 13 and other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should consider carefully before deciding to invest in our common stock.

 

Proposed Nasdaq Global Market symbol

“TPTX”

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on 78,558,275 shares of common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2018, after giving effect to the conversion of all our outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 65,423,901 shares of common stock in connection with the closing of this offering, and excludes:

 

   

13,851,034 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options as of December 31, 2018, at a weighted-average exercise price of $1.14 per share;

 

   

2,914,572 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options granted after December 31, 2018, at a weighted-average exercise price of $1.93 per share;

 

   

                 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2019 equity incentive plan (2019 Plan), as well as any automatic increases in the number of shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under this plan, which will become effective upon the execution and delivery of the underwriting agreement for this offering (including shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2013 equity incentive plan, as amended (Prior Plan), which shares will be added to the 2019 Plan upon its effectiveness); and



 

9


Table of Contents
   

                 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2019 employee stock purchase plan (ESPP), as well as any automatic increases in the number of shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under this plan, which will become effective upon the execution and delivery of the underwriting agreement for this offering.

Unless otherwise indicated, all information contained in this prospectus assumes or gives effect to:

 

   

the conversion of all our outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 65,423,901 shares of common stock in connection with the closing of this offering;

 

   

no exercise of the outstanding options described above;

 

   

no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up to a total of additional                  shares of our common stock;

 

   

the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the adoption of our amended and restated bylaws immediately prior to the completion of this offering; and

 

   

a one-for-                 reverse stock split of our common stock to be effected prior to the completion of this offering.



 

10


Table of Contents

Summary Financial Data

The following tables set forth a summary of our financial data as of, and for the periods ended on, the dates indicated. We have derived the summary statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 from our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary financial data included in this section is not intended to replace the financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. You should read the following summary financial data in conjunction with the section entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for any other period in the future.

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
           2017                 2018        
     (In thousands, except share
and per share data)
 

Statement of Operations Data:

    

Operating expenses:

    

Research and development

   $ 15,241     $ 21,062  

General and administrative

     1,487       4,578  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     16,728       25,640  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (16,728     (25,640

Other income (expense), net

     135       855  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss and comprehensive loss (1)

   $ (16,593   $ (24,785
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share, basic and diluted (1)

   $ (1.29   $ (1.90
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Shares used in computing net loss per share, basic and diluted (1)

     12,849,918       13,046,069  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted (unaudited) (1)

     $ (0.43
    

 

 

 

Shares used in computing pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted (unaudited) (1)

       57,511,494  
    

 

 

 

 

(1)

See Note 2 to our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the calculations of our basic and diluted net loss per share, pro forma net loss per share, and the weighted-average number of shares used in the computation of the per share amounts.

 

     As of December 31, 2018  
     Actual     Pro Forma (2)     Pro Forma As
Adjusted (3)(4)
 
     (In thousands)  

Balance Sheet Data:

      

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 101,029   $ 101,029     $                

Working capital (1)

     96,201       96,201    

Total assets

     103,280       103,280    

Convertible preferred stock

     145,916             —    

Accumulated deficit

     (50,753     (50,753  

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

     (48,406     97,510    

 

(1)

We define working capital as current assets less current liabilities. See our audited financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus for further details regarding our current assets and liabilities.

(2)

The pro forma column reflects the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into 65,423,901 shares of common stock immediately upon the closing of this offering.



 

11


Table of Contents
(3)

The pro forma as adjusted column gives effect to the adjustments described in footnote (1) above and the receipt of $        million in net proceeds from our sale of                  shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $        per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

(4)

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $        per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) would increase or decrease, respectively, the amount of cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ (deficit) equity by approximately $        million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. A 1,000,000 share increase or decrease in the number of shares we are offering would increase or decrease, respectively, the amount of cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and stockholders’ (deficit) equity by approximately $        million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price per share, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions. The pro forma as adjusted information is illustrative only, and will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.



 

12


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock is speculative and involves a high degree of risk. Before investing in our common stock, you should consider carefully the risks described below, together with the other information contained in this prospectus, including our financial statements and the related notes appearing at the end of this prospectus. If any of the following risks occur, our business, financial condition, results of operations and future growth prospects could be materially and adversely affected. In these circumstances, the market price of our common stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment. This prospectus also contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in the forward-looking statements as a result of a number of factors, including the risks described below. See “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”

Risks Related to Our Financial Position and Need for Additional Capital

We have incurred significant operating losses since our inception and have not generated any revenue. We expect to incur continued losses for the foreseeable future and may never achieve or maintain profitability.

Investment in drug development is a highly speculative undertaking and involves a substantial degree of risk. We are a clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company that was formed in 2013 and commenced operations in 2014. We have no approved products for commercial sale and have not generated any revenue from product sales or from licenses or collaborations. We continue to incur significant research and development and other expenses related to our ongoing operations. As a result, we have never been profitable and have incurred losses in each year since inception. For the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, we reported a net loss of $16.6 million, and $24.8 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2018, we had an accumulated deficit of $50.8 million.

Since our inception, we have focused substantially all of our efforts and financial resources on the research, preclinical and clinical development of our lead drug candidate, repotrectinib, and our research efforts on other potential drug candidates. To date, we have funded our operations primarily with proceeds from sales of shares of our common and convertible preferred stock. From inception through December 31, 2018, we received an aggregate of $146.7 million in net proceeds from such sales. As of December 31, 2018, our cash and cash equivalents were $101.0 million.

We expect to incur increasing levels of operating losses for the foreseeable future, particularly as we advance repotrectinib through clinical development. Our prior losses, combined with expected future losses, have had, and will continue to have, an adverse effect on our stockholders’ equity and working capital. We expect our research and development expenses to significantly increase in connection with our additional planned clinical trials for repotrectinib, including the Phase 2 portion of TRIDENT-1, and development of our other pipeline drug candidates, and any other future drug candidates we may choose to pursue. In addition, if we obtain marketing approval for repotrectinib, we will incur significant sales, marketing and outsourced manufacturing expenses in connection with the commercialization of repotrectinib. Once we are a public company, we will incur additional costs associated with operating as a public company. As a result, we expect to continue to incur significant and increasing operating losses for the foreseeable future. Because of the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with developing pharmaceutical products, we are unable to predict the extent of any future losses or when we will become profitable, if at all. Even if we do become profitable, we may not be able to sustain or increase our profitability on a quarterly or annual basis.

Our ability to become profitable depends upon our ability to generate revenue. To date, we have not generated any revenue and we do not know when, or if, we will generate any revenue. We do not

 

13


Table of Contents

expect to generate significant revenue unless and until we obtain marketing approval for, and begin to sell, repotrectinib or another drug candidate. Our ability to generate revenue depends on a number of factors, including, but not limited to, our ability to:

 

   

initiate and successfully complete the Phase 2 portion of TRIDENT-1;

 

   

initiate and successfully complete all safety, pharmacokinetic and other studies required to obtain U.S. and foreign marketing approval for repotrectinib as a treatment for patients with ROS1 + advanced NSCLC and patients with NTRK + advanced solid tumors;

 

   

initiate and successfully complete other later-stage clinical trials that meet their clinical endpoints;

 

   

obtain favorable results from our clinical trials and apply for and obtain marketing approval for repotrectinib;

 

   

establish licenses, collaborations or strategic partnerships that may increase the value of our programs;

 

   

successfully manufacture or contract with others to manufacture repotrectinib and our other drug candidates;

 

   

commercialize repotrectinib, if approved, by building a sales force or entering into collaborations with third parties;

 

   

obtain, maintain, protect and defend our intellectual property portfolio; and

 

   

achieve market acceptance of repotrectinib in the medical community and with third-party payors.

To become and remain profitable, we must succeed in designing, developing and eventually commercializing products that generate significant revenue. This will require us to be successful in a range of challenging activities, including completing preclinical testing and clinical trials for our drug candidates, designing additional drug candidates, establishing arrangements with third parties for the manufacture of clinical supplies of our drug candidates, obtaining marketing approval for our drug candidates and manufacturing, marketing and selling any products for which we may obtain marketing approval. We are only in the preliminary stages of most of these activities. We may never succeed in these activities and, even if we do, may never generate revenues that are significant enough to achieve profitability.

In cases where we are successful in obtaining regulatory approval to market one or more of our drug candidates, our revenue will be dependent, in part, upon the size of the markets in the territories for which we gain regulatory approval, the accepted price for the product, the ability to obtain coverage and reimbursement, and whether we own the commercial rights for that territory. If the number of our addressable patients is not as significant as we estimate, the indication approved by regulatory authorities is narrower than we expect, or the treatment population is narrowed by competition, physician choice or treatment guidelines, we may not generate significant revenue from sales of such products, even if approved.

Because of the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with pharmaceutical product development, we are unable to accurately predict the timing or amount of increased expenses we will incur or when, or if, we will be able to achieve profitability. If we decide to or are required by the FDA or other regulatory authorities to perform studies or clinical trials in addition to those currently expected, or if there are any delays in establishing appropriate manufacturing arrangements for, in initiating or completing our current and planned clinical trials for, or in the development of, any of our drug candidates, our expenses could increase materially and profitability could be further delayed.

 

14


Table of Contents

Even if we do achieve profitability, we may not be able to sustain or increase profitability on a quarterly or annual basis. Our failure to become and remain profitable would depress the value of our company and could impair our ability to raise capital, expand our business, maintain our research and development efforts, diversify our product offerings or even continue our operations. A decline in the value of our company could also cause you to lose all or part of your investment.

Even if this offering is successful, we will require substantial additional funding. If we are unable to raise capital on favorable terms when needed, we could be forced to delay, reduce or eliminate our research or drug development programs or any future commercialization efforts.

We expect our expenses to increase substantially in connection with our ongoing activities, particularly as we advance our lead drug candidate, repotrectinib, and other pipeline drug candidates through clinical development and seek to design additional drug candidates from our macrocycle platform. We expect increased expenses as we continue our research and development, initiate additional clinical trials, and seek marketing approval for our lead program and our other drug candidates. In addition, if we obtain marketing approval for any of our drug candidates, we expect to incur significant commercialization expenses related to product manufacturing, marketing, sales and distribution. Furthermore, upon the closing of this offering, we expect to incur additional costs associated with operating as a public company.

In addition, our drug candidates, if approved, may not achieve commercial success. Our commercial revenues, if any, will be derived from sales of products that we do not expect to be commercially available for sale for at least the next several years, if ever, and such funds, if raised, may not be sufficient to enable us to continue to implement our business strategy. Accordingly, we will need to obtain substantial additional funding in connection with our continuing operations. Adequate additional financing may not be available to us on favorable terms, or at all. In addition, we may seek additional capital due to favorable market conditions or strategic considerations even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans. If we are unable to raise capital when needed or on favorable terms, we could be forced to delay, reduce or eliminate our research and development programs, our commercialization plans or other operations. We believe that the net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents, will enable us to fund our operating expenses, and capital expenditure requirements through at least the next          months from the date of this offering. We have based this estimate on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and we could use our capital resources sooner than we currently expect. Changes beyond our control may occur that would cause us to use our available capital before that time, including changes in and progress of our drug development activities and changes in regulation. Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including:

 

   

the progress and results of our ongoing Phase 1 portion of TRIDENT-1;

 

   

the progress and results of our planned Phase 2 portion of TRIDENT-1 and any other additional planned clinical trials evaluating repotrectinib;

 

   

the scope, rate of progress, results and costs of drug design, preclinical development and clinical trials for the other drug candidates in our pipeline;

 

   

the extent to which we develop, in-license or acquire other pipeline drug candidates or technologies;

 

   

the number and development requirements of other drug candidates that we may pursue, and other indications for our current drug candidates that we may pursue;

 

   

the costs, timing and outcome of regulatory review of our drug candidates and any companion diagnostics we may pursue;

 

15


Table of Contents
   

the scope and costs of making arrangements with third-party manufacturers, or establishing manufacturing capabilities, for both clinical and commercial supplies of our drug candidates;

 

   

the cost associated with commercializing any approved drug candidates, including to establish sales and marketing capabilities;

 

   

the cost associated with completing any post-marketing studies or trials required by the FDA or other regulatory authorities;

 

   

the revenue, if any, received from commercial sales of repotrectinib, if approved, or our other pipeline drug candidates that receive marketing approval;

 

   

the costs of preparing, filing and prosecuting patent applications, maintaining and enforcing our intellectual property rights and defending intellectual property-related claims that we may become subject to; and

 

   

to the extent we pursue strategic collaborations, including collaborations to commercialize repotrectinib or any of our other pipeline drug candidates, our ability to establish and maintain collaborations on favorable terms, if at all.

Even if this offering is successful, we will require additional capital to complete our planned clinical development programs for our current drug candidates to obtain regulatory approval. Any additional capital-raising efforts may divert our management from their day-to-day activities, which may adversely affect our ability to develop and commercialize our current and future drug candidates, if approved.

Raising additional capital may cause dilution to our stockholders, including purchasers of common stock in this offering, restrict our operations or require us to relinquish rights to our technologies or drug candidates.

Until such time, if ever, as we can generate substantial product revenue, we expect to finance our cash needs through a combination of equity offerings, debt financings, collaborations, strategic alliances and marketing, distribution or licensing arrangements. We do not currently have any committed external source of funds. In addition, we may seek additional capital due to favorable market conditions or strategic considerations, even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans. To the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, your ownership interest will be diluted, and the terms of these securities may include liquidation or other preferences that adversely affect your rights as a common stockholder. Debt financing and preferred equity financing, if available, may involve agreements that include covenants limiting or restricting our ability to take specific actions, such as incurring additional debt, making acquisitions or capital expenditures or declaring dividends.

If we raise additional funds through collaborations, strategic alliances or marketing, distribution or licensing arrangements with third parties, we may have to relinquish valuable rights to our technologies, future revenue streams, research programs or drug candidates or grant licenses on terms that may not be favorable to us. If we are unable to raise additional funds through equity or debt financings or other arrangements when needed, we may be required to delay, limit, reduce or terminate our research, product development or future commercialization efforts or grant rights to third parties to develop and market drug candidates that we would otherwise prefer to develop and market ourselves.

 

16


Table of Contents

Risks Related to the Design and Development of Our Drug Candidates

We are early in our development efforts and our lead drug candidate, repotrectinib, is currently only in a Phase 1 clinical trial. We have not successfully completed late-stage clinical trials or obtained regulatory approval for any drug candidate. We may never obtain approval for any of our drug candidates or achieve or sustain profitability.

We currently have no products that are approved for sale. We are early in our development efforts and our only clinical-stage drug candidate is currently in a Phase 1 clinical trial. There can be no assurance that repotrectinib or our other drug candidates in development will achieve success in their clinical trials or obtain regulatory approval.

Our ability to generate product revenues, which we do not expect will occur for many years, if ever, will depend heavily on the successful development and eventual commercialization of repotrectinib or other drug candidates in development. The success of our drug candidates, including repotrectinib, will depend on several factors, including the following:

 

   

successful completion of preclinical studies and clinical trials;

 

   

acceptance of INDs by the FDA or other clinical trial or similar applications from foreign regulatory authorities for our future clinical trials for our pipeline drug candidates;

 

   

timely and successful enrollment of patients in, and completion of, clinical trials with favorable results;

 

   

demonstration of safety, efficacy and acceptable risk-benefit profiles of our drug candidates to the satisfaction of the FDA and foreign regulatory agencies;

 

   

our ability, or that of our collaborators, to develop and obtain clearance or approval of companion diagnostics, on a timely basis, or at all;

 

   

receipt and related terms of marketing approvals from applicable regulatory authorities, including the completion of any required post-marketing studies or trials;

 

   

raising additional funds necessary to complete clinical development of and commercialize our drug candidates;

 

   

obtaining and maintaining patent, trade secret and other intellectual property protection and regulatory exclusivity for our drug candidates;

 

   

making arrangements with third-party manufacturers, or establishing manufacturing capabilities, for both clinical and commercial supplies of our drug candidates;

 

   

developing and implementing marketing and reimbursement strategies;

 

   

establishing sales, marketing and distribution capabilities and launching commercial sales of our products, if and when approved, whether alone or in collaboration with others;

 

   

acceptance of our products, if and when approved, by patients, the medical community and third-party payors;

 

   

effectively competing with other therapies;

 

   

obtaining and maintaining third-party payor coverage and adequate reimbursement;

 

   

protecting and enforcing our rights in our intellectual property portfolio; and

 

   

maintaining a continued acceptable safety profile of the products following approval.

Many of these factors are beyond our control, and it is possible that none of our drug candidates will ever obtain regulatory approval even if we expend substantial time and resources seeking such

 

17


Table of Contents

approval. If we do not achieve one or more of these factors in a timely manner or at all, we could experience significant delays or an inability to successfully commercialize our drug candidates, which would materially harm our business. For example, our business could be harmed if results of our clinical trials of repotrectinib vary adversely from our expectations.

Drug development involves a lengthy and expensive process. We may incur additional costs or experience delays in completing, or ultimately be unable to complete, the development and commercialization of repotrectinib or our other drug candidates.

We currently have a single drug candidate in clinical development, and the risk of failure is high. We are unable to predict when or if our drug candidates will prove effective or safe in humans or will obtain marketing approval. Before obtaining marketing approval from regulatory authorities for the sale of any drug candidate, we must complete preclinical development and then conduct extensive clinical trials to demonstrate the safety and efficacy of our drug candidates in humans. Clinical testing is expensive, difficult to design and implement, can take many years to complete and is uncertain as to the outcome. A failure of one or more clinical trials can occur at any stage of testing. The outcome of preclinical testing and early clinical trials may not be predictive of the success of later clinical trials, and interim or preliminary results of a clinical trial do not necessarily predict final results. In particular, the small number of patients in our early clinical trials may make the results of these trials less predictive of the outcome of later clinical trials. In addition, although we have observed encouraging preliminary overall response rates in the dose escalation stage of the Phase 1 portion of our ongoing TRIDENT-1 clinical trial of repotrectinib, the primary objectives were to determine the safety, tolerability and maximum tolerated dose of repotrectinib and to determine a recommended Phase 2 dose and not to demonstrate efficacy. The assessments of efficacy from this portion of the clinical trial were not designed to demonstrate statistical significance and may not be predictive of the results of further clinical trials of repotrectinib. For example, out of the 20 heavily pretreated evaluable ALK + patients enrolled in the Phase 1 portion of TRIDENT-1, five achieved stable disease and no partial responses were observed. Based on the lack of responses, we will no longer enroll ALK + NSCLC patients in the Phase 1c and Phase 2 portions of TRIDENT-1.

We may experience numerous unforeseen events during, or as a result of, clinical trials that could delay or prevent our ability to obtain marketing approval or commercialize our drug candidates, including:

 

   

regulators or institutional review boards (IRBs)/ethics committees (ECs) may not authorize us or our investigators to commence a clinical trial or conduct a clinical trial at a prospective trial site;

 

   

we may experience delays in reaching, or fail to reach, agreement on acceptable clinical trial contracts or clinical trial protocols with prospective trial sites;

 

   

clinical trials for our drug candidates may produce negative or inconclusive results, and we may decide, or regulators may require us, to conduct additional clinical trials, delay clinical trials or abandon product development programs;

 

   

the number of patients required for clinical trials for our drug candidates may be larger than we anticipate, enrollment in these clinical trials may be slower than we anticipate, participants may drop out of these clinical trials at a higher rate than we anticipate or the duration of these clinical trials may be longer than we anticipate;

 

   

competition for clinical trial participants from investigational and approved therapies may make it more difficult to enroll patients in our clinical trials;

 

   

we or third-party collaborators may fail to obtain the clearance or approval of companion diagnostic tests, if required, on a timely basis, or at all;

 

18


Table of Contents
   

our third-party contractors may fail to meet their contractual obligations to us in a timely manner, or at all, or may fail to comply with regulatory requirements;

 

   

we may have to suspend or terminate clinical trials for our drug candidates for various reasons, including a finding that the participants are being exposed to unacceptable health risks;

 

   

our drug candidates may have undesirable or unexpected side effects or other unexpected characteristics, causing us or our investigators, regulators or IRBs/ECs to suspend or terminate the trials;

 

   

the cost of clinical trials for our drug candidates may be greater than we anticipate;

 

   

the supply or quality of our drug candidates or other materials necessary to conduct clinical trials for our drug candidates may be insufficient or inadequate and result in delays or suspension of our clinical trials; and

 

   

we or a diagnostic development partner may fail to receive regulatory approval of a companion diagnostic for use in the planned Phase 2 portion of TRIDENT-1, or for use with a marketed product.

Our product development costs will increase if we experience delays in preclinical studies or clinical trials or in obtaining marketing approvals. We do not know whether any of our planned preclinical studies or clinical trials will begin on a timely basis or at all, will need to be restructured or will be completed on schedule, or at all. For example, the FDA may place a partial or full clinical hold on, any of our clinical trials for a variety of reasons. In February 2018, we received a Deficiency–Potential Hold Issues letter from the FDA stating that the number of patients treated in the ongoing Phase 1 portion of our ongoing TRIDENT-1 clinical trial exceeded the protocol-specified dose escalation enrollment plan. Additionally, the Development Safety Update Report (DSUR) and the Investigator’s Brochure (IB) had not been updated with available clinical safety information. Following discussion with the FDA, our IND was placed on partial clinical hold pending the submission of an amended protocol, an updated DSUR and updated IB. The partial clinical hold was removed on June 29, 2018 after the requested documents were revised and TRIDENT-1 resumed patient enrollment.

Significant preclinical or clinical trial delays also could shorten any periods during which we may have the exclusive right to commercialize our drug candidates or allow our competitors to bring products to market before we do and impair our ability to successfully commercialize our drug candidates and may harm our business and results of operations.

Any delays in the commencement or completion, or termination or suspension, of our ongoing, planned or future clinical trials could result in increased costs to us, delay or limit our ability to generate revenue and adversely affect our commercial prospects.

Before we can initiate clinical trials of a drug candidate in any indication, we must submit the results of preclinical studies to the FDA along with other information, including information about the drug candidate’s chemistry, manufacturing and controls and our proposed clinical trial protocol, as part of an IND or similar regulatory filing.

Before obtaining marketing approval from the FDA for the sale of repotrectinib or any other drug candidate in any indication, we must conduct extensive clinical studies to demonstrate safety and efficacy. Clinical testing is expensive, time consuming and uncertain as to outcome. In addition, we expect to rely in part on preclinical, clinical and quality data generated by our contract research organizations (CROs) and other third parties for regulatory submissions for our drug candidates. While we have or will have agreements governing these third parties’ services, we have limited influence over

 

19


Table of Contents

their actual performance. If these third parties do not make data available to us, or, if applicable, make regulatory submissions in a timely manner, in each case pursuant to our agreements with them, our development programs may be significantly delayed and we may need to conduct additional studies or collect additional data independently. In either case, our development costs would increase. To date, we have only submitted an IND for the current Phase 1/2 clinical trial of repotrectinib, and we will need to submit an IND for acceptance by the FDA prior to initiating any clinical trials in the United States for our other drug candidates.

The FDA may require us to conduct additional preclinical studies for any drug candidate before it allows us to initiate clinical trials under any IND, which may lead to additional delays and increase the costs of our preclinical development programs. As an example, based on our recent End of Phase 1 meeting with the FDA, we are required to provide the FDA with additional information from the ongoing Phase 1 portion of TRIDENT-1, including dose-exposure analyses for both efficacy and safety to support our recommended Phase 2 dose prior to initiation of the planned Phase 2 portion.

Any delays in the commencement or completion of our ongoing, planned or future clinical trials could significantly affect our product development costs. We do not know whether our planned trials will begin on time or be completed on schedule, if at all. The commencement and completion of clinical trials can be delayed for a number of reasons, including delays related to:

 

   

the FDA disagreeing as to the design or implementation of our clinical trials or with our recommended Phase 2 dose for repotrectinib based on the planned dose-exposure analyses that we must complete and submit to the FDA for review and approval prior to initiating the Phase 2 portion of TRIDENT-1;

 

   

obtaining FDA authorization to commence a trial or reaching a consensus with the FDA on trial design;

 

   

failing to obtain regulatory clearance or approval of companion diagnostics we may use to identify patients for enrollment in our clinical trials;

 

   

any failure or delay in reaching an agreement with CROs and clinical trial sites, the terms of which can be subject to extensive negotiation and may vary significantly among different CROs and trial sites;

 

   

obtaining approval from one or more IRBs/ECs;

 

   

IRBs/ECs refusing to approve, suspending or terminating the trial at an investigational site, precluding enrollment of additional subjects, or withdrawing their approval of the trial;

 

   

changes to clinical trial protocol;

 

   

clinical sites deviating from trial protocol or dropping out of a trial;

 

   

failing to manufacture or obtain sufficient quantities of drug candidate or, if applicable, combination therapies for use in clinical trials;

 

   

patients failing to enroll or remain in our trial at the rate we expect, or failing to return for post-treatment follow-up;

 

   

patients choosing an alternative treatment, or participating in competing clinical trials;

 

   

lack of adequate funding to continue the clinical trial;

 

   

patients experiencing severe or unexpected drug-related adverse effects;

 

   

occurrence of serious adverse events in trials of the same class of agents conducted by other companies;

 

20


Table of Contents
   

selecting or being required to use clinical end points that require prolonged periods of clinical observation or analysis of the resulting data;

 

   

a facility manufacturing our drug candidates or any of their components being ordered by the FDA to temporarily or permanently shut down due to violations of current good manufacturing practice (cGMP) regulations or other applicable requirements, or infections or cross-contaminations of drug candidates in the manufacturing process;

 

   

any changes to our manufacturing process that may be necessary or desired;

 

   

third-party clinical investigators losing the licenses or permits necessary to perform our clinical trials, not performing our clinical trials on our anticipated schedule or consistent with the clinical trial protocol, good clinical practices (GCP) or other regulatory requirements;

 

   

us, or our third-party contractors not performing data collection or analysis in a timely or accurate manner or improperly disclosing data prematurely or otherwise in violation of a clinical trial protocol; or

 

   

third-party contractors becoming debarred or suspended or otherwise penalized by the FDA or other government or regulatory authorities for violations of regulatory requirements, in which case we may need to find a substitute contractor, and we may not be able to use some or all of the data produced by such contractors in support of our marketing applications.

We could also encounter delays if a clinical trial is suspended or terminated by us, by the IRBs/ECs of the institutions in which such trials are being conducted, by a Data Safety Monitoring Board for such trial or by the FDA. Such authorities may impose such a suspension or termination due to a number of factors, including failure to conduct the clinical trial in accordance with regulatory requirements or our clinical protocols, inspection of the clinical trial operations or trial site by the FDA resulting in the imposition of a clinical hold, unforeseen safety issues or adverse side effects, failure to demonstrate a benefit from using a pharmaceutical, changes in governmental regulations or administrative actions or lack of adequate funding to continue the clinical trial. In addition, changes in regulatory requirements and policies may occur, and we may need to amend clinical trial protocols to comply with these changes. Amendments may require us to resubmit our clinical trial protocols to IRBs/ECs for reexamination, which may impact the costs, timing or successful completion of a clinical trial.

Certain of our scientific advisors or consultants who receive compensation from us are investigators for our clinical trial. Under certain circumstances, we may be required to report some of these relationships to the FDA. Although we believe our existing relationships are within the FDA’s guidelines, the FDA may conclude that a financial relationship between us and a principal investigator has created a conflict of interest or otherwise affected interpretation of the study. The FDA may therefore question the integrity of the data generated at the applicable clinical trial site and the utility of the clinical trial itself may be jeopardized. This could result in a delay in approval, or rejection, of our marketing applications by the FDA and may ultimately lead to the denial of marketing approval of repotrectinib. If we experience delays in the completion of, or termination of, any clinical trial of repotrectinib or any other drug candidate, the commercial prospects of such drug candidate will be harmed, and our ability to generate product revenues will be delayed. Moreover, any delays in completing our clinical trials will increase our costs, slow down our development and approval process and jeopardize our ability to commence product sales and generate revenues which may harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects significantly.

If we experience delays or difficulties in enrolling patients in our ongoing or planned clinical trials, our receipt of necessary regulatory approval could be delayed or prevented.

We may not be able to initiate or continue our ongoing or planned clinical trials for our drug candidates if we are unable to identify and enroll a sufficient number of eligible patients to participate in

 

21


Table of Contents

these trials as required by the FDA. In addition, some of our competitors may have ongoing clinical trials for drug candidates that would treat the same patients as repotrectinib or our other drug candidates, and patients who would otherwise be eligible for our clinical trials may instead enroll in clinical trials of our competitors’ drug candidates. This is acutely relevant for our development of repotrectinib for the treatment of patients with NTRK + advanced solid tumors, an indication for which the approved TKI larotrectinib is required to complete post-marketing studies, and our development of repotrectinib for the treatment of patients with ROS1 + advanced NSCLC and patients with NTRK + advanced solid tumors, an indication for which investigational drugs such as entrectinib are competing for clinical trial participants. Patient enrollment is also affected by other factors, including:

 

   

severity of the disease under investigation;

 

   

our ability to recruit clinical trial investigators of appropriate competencies and experience;

 

   

the incidence and prevalence of our target indications;

 

   

clinicians’ and patients’ awareness of, and perceptions as to the potential advantages and risks of our drug candidates in relation to other available therapies, including any new drugs that may be approved for the indications we are investigating;

 

   

invasive procedures required to enroll patients and to obtain evidence of the drug candidate’s performance during the clinical trial;

 

   

availability and efficacy of approved medications for the disease under investigation;

 

   

eligibility criteria defined in the protocol for the trial in question;

 

   

the size of the patient population required for analysis of the trial’s primary endpoints;

 

   

efforts to facilitate timely enrollment in clinical trials;

 

   

whether we are subject to a partial or full clinical hold on any of our clinical trials;

 

   

reluctance of physicians to encourage patient participation in clinical trials;

 

   

the ability to monitor patients adequately during and after treatment;

 

   

our ability to obtain and maintain patient consents; and

 

   

proximity and availability of clinical trial sites for prospective patients.

Our inability to enroll a sufficient number of patients for our clinical trials would result in significant delays or may require us to abandon one or more clinical trials altogether. Enrollment delays in our clinical trials may result in increased development costs, which would cause the value of our company to decline and limit our ability to obtain additional financing.

Adverse side effects or other safety risks associated with repotrectinib or our other drug candidates could delay or preclude approval, cause us to suspend or discontinue clinical trials or abandon further development, limit the commercial profile of an approved label, or result in significant negative consequences following marketing approval, if any.

As is the case with pharmaceuticals generally, we have observed side effects and adverse events associated with repotrectinib. As of the October 2018 data cut-off date for the Phase 1 portion of our ongoing Phase 1/2 clinical trial of repotrectinib, TRIDENT-1, the most common treatment emergent adverse events were Grade 1 or Grade 2 dizziness, dysgeusia, constipation, dyspnea, paresthesia, fatigue, anemia, nausea, cough, pyrexia, headache, vomiting, upper respiratory tract infection, muscular weakness, pain in extremity, abdominal pain, ataxia, and pleural effusion. Two patients discontinued treatment due to adverse events (one with a Grade 3 pleural effusion, another with Grade 3 hypoxia/dyspnea) that were determined to be related to study treatment. Three Grade 5 TEAEs have

 

22


Table of Contents

occurred, with two, respiratory failure (n=1) and sepsis (n=1), determined to not be related to treatment and occurring during the 28 day-follow up period after treatment discontinuation. The two Grade 5 TEAEs that were determined to not be treatment related include: one patient with NTRK + angiosarcoma on the right leg with a pre-existing open wound infection on the left leg who was treated at 40 mg QD and developed Grade 5 sepsis and passed away 7 days after stopping repotrectinib; and one patient with ROS1 + NSCLC treated at 40 mg QD who developed Grade 5 respiratory failure due to disease progression 5 days after repotrectinib discontinuation. The third Grade 5 TEAE involved a patient with ALK + NSCLC and a past medical history of diabetes, obesity and hypertension who was dosed at 240 mg QD (once daily) of repotrectinib and experienced a Grade 5 event of sudden death on day 10 of cycle 1, which we determined to be possibly related to study treatment.

Results of our ongoing and planned clinical trials could reveal a high and unacceptable severity and prevalence of side effects or unexpected characteristics. Undesirable side effects caused by our drug candidates could result in the delay, suspension or termination of clinical trials by us or the FDA for a number of reasons. Additionally, due to the high mortality rates of the cancers for which we are initially pursuing development and the pretreated nature of many patients in our ongoing and planned clinical trials of repotrectinib, a material percentage of patients in these clinical trials may die during a trial, which could impact development of repotrectinib. If we elect or are required to delay, suspend or terminate any clinical trial, the commercial prospects of our drug candidates will be harmed and our ability to generate product revenues from this drug candidate will be delayed or eliminated. Serious adverse events observed in clinical trials could hinder or prevent market acceptance of our drug candidates. Any of these occurrences may harm our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations significantly.

Moreover, if our drug candidates are associated with undesirable side effects in clinical trials or have characteristics that are unexpected, we may elect to abandon or limit their development to more narrow uses or subpopulations in which the undesirable side effects or other characteristics are less prevalent, less severe or more acceptable from a risk-benefit perspective, which may limit the commercial expectations for our drug candidates, if approved. For example, we are required to conduct an embryo-fetal toxicology study of repotrectinib, and any adverse findings from this study may delay, prevent or adversely impact any marketing approval we may be able to obtain for repotrectinib in humans. We may also be required to modify our study plans based on findings in our clinical trials. Many drugs that initially showed promise in early stage testing have later been found to cause side effects that prevented further development. In addition, regulatory authorities may draw different conclusions or require additional testing to confirm these determinations.

It is possible that as we test our drug candidates in larger, longer and more extensive clinical trials, including with different dosing regimens, or as the use of our drug candidates becomes more widespread following any regulatory approval, illnesses, injuries, discomforts and other adverse events that were observed in earlier trials, as well as conditions that did not occur or went undetected in previous trials, will be reported by patients. If such side effects become known later in development or upon approval, if any, such findings may harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects significantly.

In addition, if any of our drug candidates receive marketing approval, and we or others later identify undesirable side effects caused by treatment with such drug, a number of potentially significant negative consequences could result, including:

 

   

regulatory authorities may withdraw approval of the drug;

 

   

we may be required to recall a product or change the way the drug is administered to patients;

 

23


Table of Contents
   

regulatory authorities may require additional warnings on the label, such as a “black box” warning or a contraindication, or issue safety alerts, Dear Healthcare Provider letters, press releases or other communications containing warnings or other safety information about the product;

 

   

we may be required to implement a Risk Evaluation and Mitigation Strategy (REMS) or create a medication guide outlining the risks of such side effects for distribution to patients;

 

   

additional restrictions may be imposed on the marketing or promotion of the particular product or the manufacturing processes for the product or any component thereof;

 

   

we could be sued and held liable for harm caused to patients;

 

   

the drug could become less competitive; and

 

   

our reputation may suffer.

Any of these events could prevent us from achieving or maintaining market acceptance of our drug candidates, if approved, and could significantly harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Interim, topline and preliminary data from our clinical trials that we announce or publish from time to time may change as more patient data become available, and are subject to audit and verification procedures that could result in material changes in the final data.

From time to time, we may publicly disclose preliminary, interim or topline data from our clinical trials, such as the preliminary data analysis for the Phase 1 portion of our TRIDENT-1 trial announced in June and September 2018. These interim updates are based on a preliminary analysis of then-available data, and the results and related findings and conclusions are subject to change following a more comprehensive review of the data related to the particular study or trial. We also make assumptions, estimations, calculations and conclusions as part of our analyses of data, and we may not have received or had the opportunity to fully and carefully evaluate all data. As a result, the topline results that we report may differ from future results of the same studies, or different conclusions or considerations may qualify such results, once additional data have been received and fully evaluated. Topline data also remain subject to audit and verification procedures that may result in the final data being materially different from the preliminary data we previously published. As a result, topline data should be viewed with caution until the final data are available. In addition, we may report interim analyses of only certain endpoints rather than all endpoints. Interim data from clinical trials that we may complete are subject to the risk that one or more of the clinical outcomes may materially change as patient enrollment continues and more patient data become available. Adverse changes between interim data and final data could significantly harm our business and prospects. Further, additional disclosure of interim data by us or by our competitors in the future could result in volatility in the price of our common stock after this offering. See the description of risks under the heading “Risks Related to our Common Stock and this Offering” for more disclosure related to the risk of volatility in our stock price.

Further, others, including regulatory agencies, may not accept or agree with our assumptions, estimates, calculations, conclusions or analyses or may interpret or weigh the importance of data differently, which could impact the value of the particular program, the approvability or commercialization of the particular drug candidate or product and our company in general. In addition, the information we choose to publicly disclose regarding a particular study or clinical trial is typically selected from a more extensive amount of available information. You or others may not agree with what we determine is the material or otherwise appropriate information to include in our disclosure, and any information we determine not to disclose may ultimately be deemed significant with respect to

 

24


Table of Contents

future decisions, conclusions, views, activities or otherwise regarding a particular drug, drug candidate or our business. If the preliminary or topline data that we report differ from late, final or actual results, or if others, including regulatory authorities, disagree with the conclusions reached, our ability to obtain approval for, and commercialize, repotrectinib or any other drug candidates may be harmed, which could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

If we are unable to successfully develop companion diagnostic tests for our drug candidates that require such tests, or experience significant delays in doing so, we may not realize the full commercial potential of these drug candidates.

We plan to develop, either by ourselves or with collaborators, companion diagnostic tests for our drug candidates for certain indications. To be successful, we or our collaborators will need to address a number of scientific, technical, regulatory and logistical challenges. We have no prior experience with medical device or diagnostic test development. If we choose to develop and seek FDA approval for companion diagnostic tests on our own, we will require additional personnel. We may rely on third parties for the design, development and manufacture of companion diagnostic tests for our therapeutic drug candidates that require such tests. If these parties are unable to successfully develop companion diagnostics for these therapeutic drug candidates, or experience delays in doing so, we may be unable to enroll enough patients for our current and planned clinical trials, the development of these therapeutic drug candidates may be adversely affected, these therapeutic drug candidates may not obtain marketing approval, and we may not realize the full commercial potential of any of these therapeutics that obtain marketing approval. We intend to pursue co-development of repotrectinib with a next-generation sequencing-based companion diagnostic, and plan to initially develop a prototype companion diagnostic for use as a clinical trial assay to confirm the presence of ROS1 , NTRK or ALK gene fusions in patients prior to enrollment in the Phase 2 portion of TRIDENT-1. Any failure to successfully develop this companion diagnostic may cause or contribute to delayed enrollment of this trial, and may prevent us from initiating the Phase 2 portion of TRIDENT-1 as well as ultimately seek approval for repotrectinib in patients with ROS1 + advanced NSCLC and patients with NTRK+ advanced solid tumors. As a result, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially harmed.

The failure to obtain required regulatory clearances or approvals for any companion diagnostic tests that we may pursue may prevent or delay approval of any of our drug candidates. Moreover, the commercial success of any of our drug candidates that require a companion diagnostic will be tied to the receipt of any required regulatory clearances or approvals and the continued availability of such tests.

In connection with the clinical development of our drug candidates for certain indications, we may work with collaborators to develop or obtain access to companion diagnostic tests to identify appropriate patients for our drug candidates. We may rely on third parties for the development, testing and manufacturing of these companion diagnostics, the application for and receipt of any required regulatory clearances or approvals, and the commercial supply of these companion diagnostics. The FDA and foreign regulatory authorities regulate companion diagnostics as medical devices that will likely be subject to clinical trials in conjunction with the clinical trials for drug candidates, and which will require separate regulatory clearance or approval prior to commercialization. This process could include additional meetings with health authorities, such as a pre-submission meeting and the requirement to submit an investigational device exemption. In the case of a companion diagnostic that is designated as “significant risk device,” approval of an investigational device exemption by the FDA and IRB is required before such diagnostic is used in conjunction with the clinical trials for a corresponding drug candidate. We or our third-party collaborators may fail to obtain the required regulatory clearances or approvals, which could prevent or delay approval of our drug candidates. In addition, the commercial success of any of our drug candidates that require a companion diagnostic

 

25


Table of Contents

will be tied to and dependent upon the receipt of required regulatory clearances or approvals and the continued ability of such third parties to make the companion diagnostic commercially available to us on reasonable terms in the relevant geographies.

We may expend our limited resources to pursue a particular drug candidate or indication and fail to capitalize on drug candidates or indications that may be more profitable or for which there is a greater likelihood of success.

Because we have limited financial and managerial resources, we focus on research programs and drug candidates that we identify for specific indications. As a result, we may forego or delay pursuit of opportunities with other drug candidates or for other indications that later prove to have greater commercial potential. Our resource allocation decisions may cause us to fail to capitalize on viable commercial products or profitable market opportunities. Our spending on current and future research and development programs and drug candidates for specific indications may not yield any commercially viable products. If we do not accurately evaluate the commercial potential or target market for a particular drug candidate, we may relinquish valuable rights to that drug candidate through collaboration, licensing or other royalty arrangements in cases in which it would have been more advantageous for us to retain sole development and commercialization rights to such drug candidate.

We may not be successful in our efforts to design additional potential drug candidates.

A key element of our strategy is to apply our knowledge and our understanding of the structure, biology and activity of kinase inhibitors to design drug candidates. The therapeutic design and development activities that we are conducting may not be successful in developing drug candidates that are useful in treating cancer or other diseases. Our research programs may initially show promise in identifying potential drug candidates, yet fail to yield drug candidates for clinical development for a number of reasons, including:

 

   

the research methodology used may not be successful in identifying potential drug candidates;

 

   

potential drug candidates may, on further study, be shown to have harmful side effects or other characteristics that indicate that they are unlikely to be drugs that will obtain marketing approval or achieve market acceptance; or

 

   

potential drug candidates may not be effective in treating their targeted diseases.

Research programs to identify and design new drug candidates require substantial technical, financial and human resources. We may choose to focus our efforts and resources on a potential drug candidate that ultimately proves to be unsuccessful. If we are unable to identify and design suitable drug candidates for preclinical and clinical development, we will not be able to obtain revenues from the sale of products in future periods, which likely would result in significant harm to our financial position and adversely impact our stock price.

We may not be able to obtain or maintain orphan drug designation or exclusivity for our drug candidates.

Regulatory authorities in some jurisdictions, including the United States, may designate drugs for relatively small patient populations as “orphan drugs.” Under the Orphan Drug Act, the FDA may designate a drug candidate as an orphan drug if it is intended to treat a rare disease or condition, which is generally defined as a patient population of fewer than 200,000 individuals in the United States, or if the disease or condition affects more than 200,000 individuals in the United States and there is no reasonable expectation that the cost of developing and making a drug product available in the United States for the type of disease or condition will be recovered from sales of the product.

 

26


Table of Contents

Orphan drug designation entitles a party to financial incentives, such as opportunities for grant funding towards clinical trial costs, tax advantages and user-fee waivers. Additionally, if a product that has orphan designation subsequently receives the first FDA approval for the disease or condition for which it has such designation, the product is entitled to orphan drug exclusivity. This means that the FDA may not approve any other applications to market the same drug or biological product for the same indication for seven years, except in certain circumstances, including proving clinical superiority ( i.e. , another product is safer, more effective or makes a major contribution to patient care) to the product with orphan exclusivity. Competitors, however, may receive approval of different products for the indication for which the orphan product has exclusivity, or obtain approval for the same product but for a different indication than that for which the orphan product has exclusivity. In addition, exclusive marketing rights in the United States may be limited if we seek approval for an indication broader than the orphan-designated indication or may be lost if the FDA later determines that the request for designation was materially defective.

We have obtained orphan drug designation in the United States for use of repotrectinib in treatment of NSCLC with adenocarcinoma histology. We may apply for similar designations in other geographies or for our other drug candidates in the future. Orphan drug status does not ensure that we will receive marketing exclusivity in a particular market, and we cannot assure you that any future application for orphan drug designation in any other geography or with respect to any other drug candidate will be granted. Orphan drug designation neither shortens the development time or regulatory review time of a drug, nor gives the drug any advantage in the regulatory review or approval process.

Risks Related to Our Dependence on Third Parties

We rely, and intend to continue to rely, on third parties to conduct our clinical trials and perform some of our research and preclinical studies. If these third parties do not satisfactorily carry out their contractual duties, fail to comply with applicable regulatory requirements or do not meet expected deadlines, our development programs may be delayed or subject to increased costs or we may be unable to obtain regulatory approval, each of which may have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

We do not have the ability to independently conduct all aspects of our preclinical testing or clinical trials ourselves. As a result, we are dependent on third parties to conduct our ongoing and planned clinical trials of repotrectinib and preclinical studies, and any preclinical studies and clinical trials of any other drug candidates. The timing of the initiation and completion of these trials will therefore be partially controlled by such third parties and may result in delays to our development programs. Specifically, we expect CROs, clinical investigators and consultants to play a significant role in the conduct of these trials and the subsequent collection and analysis of data. However, we will not be able to control all aspects of their activities. Nevertheless, we are responsible for ensuring that each clinical trial is conducted in accordance with the applicable protocol and legal, regulatory and scientific standards, and our reliance on the CROs and other third parties does not relieve us of our regulatory responsibilities. We and our CROs are required to comply with GCP requirements, which are regulations and guidelines enforced by the FDA for drug candidates in clinical development. Regulatory authorities enforce these GCP requirements through periodic inspections of trial sponsors, clinical trial investigators and clinical trial sites. If we or any of our CROs or clinical trial sites fail to comply with applicable GCP requirements, the data generated in our clinical trials may be deemed unreliable, and the FDA may require us to perform additional clinical trials before approving our marketing applications. We cannot assure you that, upon inspection, the FDA will determine that our clinical trials comply with GCPs. In addition, our clinical trials must be conducted with product produced under cGMP regulations. Our failure or the failure of third parties on whom we rely to comply with these regulations may require us to stop and/or repeat clinical trials, which would delay the marketing approval process.

 

27


Table of Contents

There is no guarantee that any such CROs, clinical trial investigators or other third parties on which we rely will devote adequate time and resources to our development activities or perform as contractually required. If any of these third parties fail to meet expected deadlines, adhere to our clinical protocols or meet regulatory requirements, otherwise perform in a substandard manner, or terminate their engagements with us, the timelines for our development programs may be extended or delayed or our development activities may be suspended or terminated. If our clinical trial site terminates for any reason, we may experience the loss of follow-up information on subjects enrolled in such clinical trial unless we are able to transfer those subjects to another qualified clinical trial site, which may be difficult or impossible. In addition, certain of our scientific advisors or consultants who receive compensation from us are clinical trial investigators for our clinical trial. Although we believe our existing relationships are within the FDA’s guidelines, if these relationships and any related compensation result in perceived or actual conflicts of interest, or the FDA concludes that the financial relationship may have affected the interpretation of the trial, the integrity of the data generated at the applicable clinical trial site may be questioned and the utility of the clinical trial itself may be jeopardized, which could result in the delay or rejection of any marketing application we submit by the FDA. Any such delay or rejection could prevent us from commercializing repotrectinib or any other drug candidates.

Furthermore, these third parties may also have relationships with other entities, some of which may be our competitors for whom they may also be conducting clinical trials or other pharmaceutical product development activities that could harm our competitive position. If these third parties do not successfully carry out their contractual duties, meet expected deadlines or conduct our clinical trials in accordance with regulatory requirements or our stated protocols, we will not be able to obtain, or may be delayed in obtaining, marketing approvals for repotrectinib or any other drug candidates and will not be able to, or may be delayed in our efforts to, successfully commercialize our products.

Manufacturing pharmaceutical products is complex and subject to product loss for a variety of reasons. We contract with third parties for the manufacture of our drug candidates for preclinical testing and clinical trials and expect to continue to do so for commercialization. This reliance on third parties increases the risk that we will not have sufficient quantities of our drug candidates or products or such quantities at an acceptable cost or quality, which could delay, prevent or impair our development or commercialization efforts.

We do not have any manufacturing facilities. We produce in our laboratory very small quantities of small molecules for evaluation in our research programs. We rely, and expect to continue to rely, on third parties for the manufacture of our drug candidates for preclinical and clinical testing, as well as for commercial manufacture if any of our drug candidates obtain marketing approval. Some of our manufacturers represent our sole source of supply, including the China-based supplier of repotrectinib starting material. This reliance on third parties increases the risk that we will not have sufficient quantities of our drug candidates or products or such quantities at an acceptable cost or quality, which could delay, prevent or impair our development or commercialization efforts.

We may be unable to establish any agreements with third-party manufacturers or to do so on favorable terms. Even if we are able to establish agreements with third-party manufacturers, reliance on third-party manufacturers entails additional risks, including:

 

   

reliance on the third party for regulatory, compliance and quality assurance;

 

   

operations of our third-party manufacturers or suppliers could be disrupted by conditions unrelated to our business or operations, including the bankruptcy of the manufacturer or supplier or the issuance of an FDA Form 483 notice or warning letter;

 

   

the possible breach of the manufacturing agreement by the third party;

 

28


Table of Contents
   

the possible misappropriation of our proprietary information, including our trade secrets and know how;

 

   

the possible termination or nonrenewal of the agreement by the third party at a time that is costly or inconvenient for us;

 

   

carrier disruptions or increased costs that are beyond our control; and

 

   

failure to deliver our drugs under specified storage conditions and in a timely manner.

We have only limited supply arrangements in place with respect to our drug candidates, and these arrangements do not extend to commercial supply. We acquire many key materials on a purchase order basis. As a result, we do not have long-term committed arrangements with respect to our drug candidates and other materials. If we obtain marketing approval for any of our drug candidates, we will need to establish an agreement for commercial manufacture with a third party.

Third-party manufacturers may not be able to comply with cGMP regulations or similar regulatory requirements outside of the United States. Our failure, or the failure of our third-party manufacturers and suppliers, to comply with applicable regulations could result in sanctions being imposed on us, including clinical holds, fines, injunctions, civil penalties, delays, suspension or withdrawal of approvals, license revocation, seizures or recalls of drug candidates or products, operating restrictions and criminal prosecutions, any of which could significantly and adversely affect supplies of our products. In addition, our third-party manufacturers and suppliers are subject to numerous environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, including those governing the handling, use, storage, treatment and disposal of waste products, and failure to comply with such laws and regulations could result in significant costs associated with civil or criminal fines and penalties for such third parties. Based on the severity of regulatory actions that may be brought against these third parties in the future, our clinical or commercial supply of drug and packaging and other services could be interrupted or limited, which could harm our business.

Our drug candidates and any products that we may develop may compete with other drug candidates and products for access to manufacturing facilities. As a result, we may not obtain access to these facilities on a priority basis or at all. There are a limited number of manufacturers that operate under cGMP regulations and that might be capable of manufacturing for us.

As we prepare for later-stage clinical trials and potential commercialization, we will need to take steps to increase the scale of production of our drug candidates. We have not yet scaled up the manufacturing process for any of our drug candidates. Even minor deviations from normal manufacturing processes could result in reduced production yields, product defects and other supply disruptions. If microbial, viral or other contaminations are discovered in our drug candidates or in the manufacturing facilities in which our drug candidates are made, such manufacturing facilities may need to be closed for an extended period of time to investigate and remedy the contamination.

Any performance failure on the part of our existing or future manufacturers could delay clinical development or marketing approval. We do not currently have arrangements in place for redundant supply or a second source for bulk drug substance. If our current contract manufacturers for preclinical and clinical testing cannot perform as agreed, we may be required to replace such manufacturers. Although we believe that there are several potential alternative manufacturers who could manufacture our drug candidates, we may incur added costs and delays in identifying and qualifying any such replacement manufacturer or be able to reach agreement with any alternative manufacturer.

Our current and anticipated future dependence upon others for the manufacture of our drug candidates or products may adversely affect our future profit margins and our ability to commercialize any products that obtain marketing approval on a timely and competitive basis.

 

29


Table of Contents

We may enter into collaborations with third parties for the development and commercialization of our drug candidates. If those collaborations are not successful, we may not be able to capitalize on the market potential of these drug candidates.

We may in the future seek third-party collaborators for the development and commercialization of some of our drug candidates on a selected basis. Our likely collaborators for any collaboration arrangements include large and mid-size pharmaceutical companies, regional and national pharmaceutical companies and biotechnology companies. We face significant competition in seeking appropriate collaborators. Our ability to reach a definitive agreement for a collaboration will depend, among other things, upon our assessment of the collaborator’s resources and expertise, the terms and conditions of the proposed collaboration and the proposed collaborator’s evaluation of a number of factors.

If we do enter into any such arrangements with any third parties, we will likely have limited control over the amount and timing of resources that our collaborators dedicate to the development or commercialization of our drug candidates. Our ability to generate revenues from these arrangements will depend on our collaborators’ abilities and efforts to successfully perform the functions assigned to them in these arrangements. Collaborations involving our drug candidates would pose numerous risks to us, including the following:

 

   

collaborators have significant discretion in determining the efforts and resources that they will apply to these collaborations and may not perform their obligations as expected;

 

   

collaborators may de-emphasize or not pursue development and commercialization of our drug candidates or may elect not to continue or renew development or commercialization programs based on clinical trial results, changes in the collaborators’ strategic focus, including as a result of a sale or disposition of a business unit or development function, or available funding or external factors such as an acquisition that diverts resources or creates competing priorities;

 

   

collaborators may delay clinical trials, provide insufficient funding for a clinical trial program, stop a clinical trial or abandon a drug candidate, repeat or conduct new clinical trials or require a new formulation of a drug candidate for clinical testing;

 

   

collaborators could independently develop, or develop with third parties, products that compete directly or indirectly with our products or drug candidates if the collaborators believe that competitive products are more likely to be successfully developed or can be commercialized under terms that are more economically attractive than ours;

 

   

a collaborator with marketing and distribution rights to multiple products may not commit sufficient resources to the marketing and distribution of our product relative to other products;

 

   

collaborators may not properly obtain, maintain, defend or enforce our intellectual property rights or may use our proprietary information and intellectual property in such a way as to invite litigation or other intellectual property related proceedings that could jeopardize or invalidate our proprietary information and intellectual property or expose us to potential litigation or other intellectual property related proceedings;

 

   

disputes may arise between the collaborators and us that result in the delay or termination of the research, development or commercialization of our products or drug candidates or that result in costly litigation or arbitration that diverts management attention and resources;

 

   

collaborations may be terminated and, if terminated, may result in a need for additional capital to pursue further development or commercialization of the applicable drug candidates;

 

   

collaboration agreements may not lead to development or commercialization of drug candidates in the most efficient manner or at all; and

 

30


Table of Contents
   

if a collaborator of ours were to be involved in a business combination, the continued pursuit and emphasis on our product development or commercialization program could be delayed, diminished or terminated.

Risks Related to Regulatory Approval and Marketing of Our Drug Candidates and Other Legal Compliance Matters

The development and commercialization of pharmaceutical products are subject to extensive regulation, and we may not obtain regulatory approvals for repotrectinib or any other drug candidates, on a timely basis or at all.

The clinical development, manufacturing, labeling, packaging, storage, recordkeeping, advertising, promotion, export, import, marketing, distribution, adverse event reporting, including the submission of safety and other post-marketing information and reports, and other possible activities relating to repotrectinib, currently our only drug candidate in a clinical trial, as well as any other drug candidate that we may develop in the future, are subject to extensive regulation. Marketing approval of drugs in the United States requires the submission of a new drug application (NDA) to the FDA and we are not permitted to market any drug candidate in the United States until we obtain approval from the FDA of the NDA for that product. An NDA must be supported by extensive clinical and preclinical data, as well as extensive information regarding pharmacology, chemistry, manufacturing and controls.

FDA approval of an NDA is not guaranteed, and the review and approval process is an expensive and uncertain process that may take several years. The FDA also has substantial discretion in the approval process. The number and types of preclinical studies and clinical trials that will be required for NDA approval varies depending on the drug candidate, the disease or the condition that the drug candidate is designed to treat and the regulations applicable to any particular drug candidate. For example, if successful, we believe that the Phase 2 portion of TRIDENT-1 may be sufficient to support FDA approval of an NDA for repotrectinib, but the FDA may disagree with the sufficiency of our data and require additional clinical trials. Additionally, depending upon the results of the Phase 2 portion of TRIDENT-1, we may choose to seek Subpart H Accelerated Approval for repotrectinib, which would require completion of a confirmatory trial to validate the clinical benefit of the drug. Despite the time and expense associated with preclinical studies and clinical trials, failure can occur at any stage. The results of preclinical and early clinical trials of repotrectinib or any other drug candidate may not be predictive of the results of our later-stage clinical trials.

Clinical trial failure may result from a multitude of factors including flaws in trial design, dose selection, placebo effect, patient enrollment criteria and failure to demonstrate favorable safety or efficacy traits, and failure in clinical trials can occur at any stage. Companies in the pharmaceutical industry frequently suffer setbacks in the advancement of clinical trials due to lack of efficacy or adverse safety profiles, notwithstanding promising results in earlier trials. Based upon negative or inconclusive results, we may decide, or regulators may require us, to conduct additional clinical trials or preclinical studies. In addition, data obtained from clinical trials are susceptible to varying interpretations, and regulators may not interpret our data as favorably as we do, which may further delay, limit or prevent marketing approval.

The FDA could delay, limit or deny approval of a drug candidate for many reasons, including because they:

 

   

may not deem our drug candidate to be adequately safe and effective as compared to available therapies;

 

   

may not agree that the data collected from preclinical studies and clinical trials are acceptable or sufficient to support the submission of an NDA or other submission or to obtain regulatory approval, and may impose requirements for additional preclinical studies or clinical trials;

 

31


Table of Contents
   

may determine that adverse events experienced by participants in our clinical trials represent an unacceptable level of risk;

 

   

may determine that population studied in the clinical trial may not be sufficiently broad or representative to assure safety in the full population for which we seek approval;

 

   

may not accept clinical data from trials, which are conducted at clinical facilities or in countries where the standard of care is potentially different from that of the United States;

 

   

may disagree regarding the formulation, labeling and/or the specifications;

 

   

may not approve the manufacturing processes or facilities associated with our drug candidate;

 

   

may change approval policies or adopt new regulations; or

 

   

may not accept a submission due to, among other reasons, the content or formatting of the submission.

Generally, public concern regarding the safety of pharmaceutical products could delay or limit our ability to obtain regulatory approval, result in the inclusion of unfavorable information in our labeling, or require us to undertake other activities that may entail additional costs. We have not obtained FDA approval for any product. This lack of experience may impede our ability to obtain FDA approval in a timely manner, if at all, for repotrectinib.

If we experience delays in obtaining approval or if we fail to obtain approval of repotrectinib, our commercial prospects will be harmed and our ability to generate revenues will be materially impaired which would adversely affect our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

Our failure to obtain marketing approval in foreign jurisdictions would prevent our drug candidates from being marketed abroad, and any approval we are granted for our drug candidates in the United States would not assure approval of drug candidates in foreign jurisdictions.

In order to market and sell our products in any jurisdiction outside the United States, we must obtain separate marketing approvals and comply with numerous and varying regulatory requirements. The approval procedure varies among countries and can involve additional testing. The time required to obtain approval may differ substantially from that required to obtain FDA approval. The regulatory approval process outside the United States generally includes all of the risks associated with obtaining FDA approval. In addition, in many countries outside the United States, it is required that the product be approved for reimbursement before the product can be approved for sale in that country. We may not obtain approvals from regulatory authorities outside the United States on a timely basis, if at all. Approval by the FDA does not ensure approval by regulatory authorities in other countries or jurisdictions, and approval by one regulatory authority outside the United States does not ensure approval by regulatory authorities in other countries or jurisdictions or by the FDA. We may not be able to submit for marketing approvals and may not receive necessary approvals to commercialize our products in any market.

Even if we obtain marketing approval for our drug candidates, the terms of approvals and ongoing regulation of our products may limit how we manufacture and market our products and compliance with such requirements may involve substantial resources, which could materially impair our ability to generate revenue.

Even if marketing approval of a drug candidate is granted, an approved product and its manufacturer and marketer are subject to ongoing review and extensive regulation, which may include the requirement to implement a REMS or to conduct costly post-marketing studies or clinical trials and

 

32


Table of Contents

surveillance to monitor the safety or efficacy of the product. We must also comply with requirements concerning advertising and promotion for any of our drug candidates for which we obtain marketing approval. Promotional communications with respect to prescription drugs are subject to a variety of legal and regulatory restrictions and must be consistent with the information in the product’s approved labeling. Thus, we will not be able to promote any products we develop for indications or uses for which they are not approved. In addition, manufacturers of approved products and those manufacturers’ facilities are required to ensure that quality control and manufacturing procedures conform to cGMPs, which include requirements relating to quality control and quality assurance as well as the corresponding maintenance of records and documentation and reporting requirements. We and our contract manufacturers could be subject to periodic unannounced inspections by the FDA to monitor and ensure compliance with cGMPs.

Accordingly, assuming we obtain marketing approval for one or more of our drug candidates, we and our contract manufacturers will continue to expend time, money and effort in all areas of regulatory compliance, including manufacturing, production, product surveillance and quality control. If we are not able to comply with post-approval regulatory requirements, we could have the marketing approvals for our products withdrawn by regulatory authorities and our ability to market any future products could be limited, which could adversely affect our ability to achieve or sustain profitability. As a result, the cost of compliance with post-approval regulations may have a negative effect on our operating results and financial condition.

Any drug candidate for which we obtain marketing approval will be subject to ongoing enforcement of post-marketing requirements and we could be subject to substantial penalties, including withdrawal of our product from the market, if we fail to comply with all regulatory requirements or if we experience unanticipated problems with our products, when and if any of them are approved.

Any drug candidate for which we obtain marketing approval, along with the manufacturing processes, post-approval clinical data, labeling, advertising and promotional activities for such product, will be subject to continual requirements of and review by the FDA and other regulatory authorities. These requirements include, but are not limited to, restrictions governing promotion of an approved product, submissions of safety and other post-marketing information and reports, registration and listing requirements, cGMP requirements relating to manufacturing, quality control, quality assurance and corresponding maintenance of records and documents, and requirements regarding drug distribution and the distribution of samples to physicians and recordkeeping.

The FDA and other federal and state agencies, including the Department of Justice, closely regulate compliance with all requirements governing prescription drug products, including requirements pertaining to marketing and promotion of drugs in accordance with the provisions of the approved labeling and manufacturing of products in accordance with cGMP requirements. Violations of such requirements may lead to investigations alleging violations of the Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (FDCA) and other statutes, including the False Claims Act and other federal and state healthcare fraud and abuse laws as well as state consumer protection laws. Our failure to comply with all regulatory requirements, and later discovery of previously unknown adverse events or other problems with our products, manufacturers or manufacturing processes, may yield various results, including:

 

   

litigation involving patients taking our products;

 

   

restrictions on such products, manufacturers or manufacturing processes;

 

   

restrictions on the labeling or marketing of a product;

 

   

restrictions on product distribution or use;

 

   

requirements to conduct post-marketing studies or clinical trials;

 

33


Table of Contents
   

warning or untitled letters;

 

   

withdrawal of the products from the market;

 

   

refusal to approve pending applications or supplements to approved applications that we submit;

 

   

recall of products;

 

   

fines, restitution or disgorgement of profits or revenues;

 

   

suspension or withdrawal of marketing approvals;

 

   

damage to relationships with any potential collaborators;

 

   

unfavorable press coverage and damage to our reputation;

 

   

refusal to permit the import or export of our products;

 

   

product seizure; or

 

   

injunctions or the imposition of civil or criminal penalties.

Non-compliance by us or any future collaborator with regulatory requirements, including safety monitoring or pharmacovigilance, and with requirements related to the development of products for the pediatric population can also result in significant financial penalties.

Our relationships with customers and third-party payors may be subject to applicable anti-kickback, fraud and abuse and other healthcare laws and regulations, which could expose us to criminal sanctions, civil penalties, contractual damages, reputational harm and diminished profits and future earnings.

Healthcare providers, physicians and third-party payors will play a primary role in the recommendation and prescription of any drug candidates for which we obtain marketing approval. Our current and future arrangements with healthcare providers, third-party payors and customers may expose us to broadly applicable fraud and abuse and other healthcare laws and regulations that may constrain the business or financial arrangements and relationships through which we market, sell and distribute any products for which we obtain marketing approval. Restrictions under applicable federal and state healthcare laws and regulations, include the following:

 

   

the federal Anti-Kickback Statute prohibits, among other things, persons from knowingly and willfully soliciting, offering, receiving or providing remuneration, directly or indirectly, in cash or in kind, to induce or reward, or in return for, either the referral of an individual for, or the purchase, order or recommendation of, any good or service, for which payment may be made under a federal healthcare program such as Medicare and Medicaid;

 

   

the federal civil and criminal false claims laws, including the False Claims Act, which can be enforced by civil whistleblower or qui tam actions on behalf of the government, and the civil monetary penalties law, prohibit individuals or entities from, among other things, knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented false or fraudulent claims for payment by a federal government program, or making a false statement or record material to payment of a false claim or avoiding, decreasing or concealing an obligation to pay money to the federal government;

 

   

the federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (HIPAA), as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act (HITECH), and their implementing regulations, impose criminal and civil liability for executing a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program and also impose obligations, including mandatory contractual terms, with respect to safeguarding the privacy, security and transmission of individually identifiable health information;

 

34


Table of Contents
   

the federal false statements statute prohibits knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or making any materially false statement in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items or services;

 

   

the federal transparency requirements under the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010 (collectively the ACA), requires manufacturers of drugs, devices, biologics and medical supplies to report to the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS) information related to physician payments and other transfers of value and ownership and investment interests held by physicians and their immediate family members; and

 

   

analogous state laws and regulations such as state anti-kickback and false claims laws and analogous non-U.S. fraud and abuse laws and regulations, may apply to sales or marketing arrangements and claims involving healthcare items or services reimbursed by non-governmental third-party payors, including private insurers. Some state laws require pharmaceutical companies to comply with the pharmaceutical industry’s voluntary compliance guidelines and the relevant compliance regulations promulgated by the federal government and may require drug manufacturers to report information related to payments and other transfers of value to physicians and other healthcare providers, marketing expenditures, or drug pricing. State and local laws require the registration of pharmaceutical sales and medical representatives. State and non-U.S. laws that also govern the privacy and security of health information in some circumstances, many of which differ from each other in significant ways and often are not preempted by HIPAA, thus complicating compliance efforts.

Efforts to ensure that our business arrangements with third parties will comply with applicable healthcare laws and regulations will involve substantial costs. It is possible that governmental authorities will conclude that our business practices may not comply with current or future statutes, regulations or case law involving applicable fraud and abuse or other healthcare laws and regulations. If our operations are found to be in violation of any of these laws or any other governmental regulations that may apply to us, we may be subject to significant civil, criminal and administrative penalties, damages, fines, disgorgement, imprisonment, exclusion from government funded healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid and other federal healthcare programs, contractual damages, reputational harm, diminished profits and future earnings, additional integrity reporting and oversight obligations, and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations, any of which could adversely affect our ability to operate our business and our results of operations. If any of the physicians or other healthcare providers or entities with whom we expect to do business is found to be not in compliance with applicable laws, they may be subject to significant criminal, civil or administrative sanctions, including exclusions from government funded healthcare programs, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.

Recently enacted and future legislation may increase the difficulty and cost for us to obtain marketing approval of and commercialize our drug candidates and decrease the prices we may obtain.

In the United States and some foreign jurisdictions, there have been a number of legislative and regulatory changes and proposed changes regarding the healthcare system that could prevent or delay marketing approval of our drug candidates, restrict or regulate post-approval activities and affect our ability to profitably sell any drug candidates for which we obtain marketing approval.

In the United States, the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement, and Modernization Act of 2003 (MMA) changed the way Medicare covers and pays for pharmaceutical products. The legislation expanded Medicare coverage for drug purchases by the elderly and introduced a new reimbursement methodology based on average sales prices for physician-administered drugs. In addition, this

 

35


Table of Contents

legislation provided authority for limiting the number of drugs that will be covered in any therapeutic class. Cost reduction initiatives and other provisions of this legislation could decrease the coverage and price that we receive for any approved products. While the MMA applies only to drug benefits for Medicare beneficiaries, private third-party payors often follow Medicare coverage policy and payment limitations in setting their own reimbursement rates. Therefore, any reduction in reimbursement that results from the MMA may result in a similar reduction in payments from private third-party payors.

In March 2010, the former U.S. President signed into law the ACA, a sweeping law intended to broaden access to health insurance, reduce or constrain the growth of healthcare spending, enhance remedies against fraud and abuse, add new transparency requirements for the healthcare and health insurance industries, impose new taxes and fees on the health industry and impose additional health policy reforms.

Among the provisions of the ACA of importance to our potential drug candidates are the following:

 

   

annual fees and taxes on manufacturers of certain branded prescription drugs;

 

   

an annual, nondeductible fee on any entity that manufactures or imports specified branded prescription drugs and biologic products;

 

   

a new Medicare Part D coverage gap discount program, in which manufacturers must now agree to offer 70% point-of-sale discounts off negotiated prices of applicable brand drugs to eligible beneficiaries during their coverage gap period, as a condition for the manufacturer’s outpatient drugs to be covered under Medicare Part D;

 

   

a new methodology by which rebates owed by manufacturers under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program are calculated for drugs that are inhaled, infused, instilled, implanted or injected;

 

   

an increase in the statutory minimum rebates a manufacturer must pay under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program and extended the rebate program to individuals enrolled in Medicaid managed care organizations;

 

   

expansion of healthcare fraud and abuse laws, including the False Claims Act and the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, new government investigative powers, and enhanced penalties for noncompliance;

 

   

extension of manufacturers’ Medicaid rebate liability;

 

   

expansion of eligibility criteria for Medicaid programs;

 

   

expansion of the entities eligible for discounts under the Public Health Service pharmaceutical pricing program;

 

   

requirements to report financial arrangements with physicians and teaching hospitals;

 

   

a requirement to annually report drug samples that manufacturers and distributors provide to physicians; and

 

   

a Patient-Centered Outcomes Research Institute to oversee, identify priorities in, and conduct comparative clinical effectiveness research, along with funding for such research.

Some of the provisions of the ACA have yet to be fully implemented, while certain provisions have been subject to judicial and Congressional challenges as well as recent efforts by the current U.S. President’s administration to repeal or replace certain aspects of the ACA. Since January 2017, the current U.S. President has signed two Executive Orders and other directives designed to delay the implementation of certain provisions of the ACA or otherwise circumvent some of the requirements for health insurance mandated by the ACA. Concurrently, Congress has considered legislation that would repeal or repeal and replace all or part of the ACA. While Congress has not passed comprehensive

 

36


Table of Contents

repeal legislation, it has enacted laws that modify certain provisions of the ACA such as removing penalties, starting January 1, 2019, for not complying with the ACA’s individual mandate to carry health insurance, delaying the implementation of certain ACA-mandated fees, and increasing the point-of-sale discount that is owed by pharmaceutical manufacturers who participate in Medicare Part D. On December 14, 2018, a U.S. District Court Judge in the Northern District of Texas (Texas District Court Judge) ruled that the individual mandate is a critical and inseverable feature of the ACA, and therefore, because it was repealed as part of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, the remaining provisions of the ACA are invalid as well. While the Texas District Court Judge, as well as the current U.S. President’s administration and CMS, have stated that the ruling will have no immediate effect, it is unclear how this decision, subsequent appeals, and other efforts to repeal and replace the ACA will impact the ACA and our business.

In addition, other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted since the ACA was enacted. On August 2, 2011, the Budget Control Act of 2011 was signed into law, which, among other things, created the Joint Select Committee on Deficit Reduction to recommend to Congress proposals for spending reductions. The Joint Select Committee did not achieve a targeted deficit reduction, triggering the legislation’s automatic reduction to several government programs. These changes include aggregate reductions to Medicare payments to providers of up to 2% per fiscal year, starting in 2013, and due to subsequent legislative amendments to the statute, will remain in effect through 2027 unless additional Congressional action is taken. In January 2013, the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012 was signed into law, which, among other things, reduced Medicare payments to several providers, and increased the statute of limitations period for the government to recover overpayments to providers from three to five years. These laws may result in additional reductions in Medicare and other healthcare funding.

Further, there has been heightened governmental scrutiny recently over the manner in which drug manufacturers set prices for their marketed products, which has resulted in several Congressional inquiries and proposed and enacted federal and state legislation designed to, among other things, bring more transparency to product pricing, review the relationship between pricing and manufacturer patient programs, and reform government program reimbursement methodologies for drug products. For example, the current U.S. President’s administration released a “Blueprint” to lower drug prices and reduce out of pocket costs of drugs that contains additional proposals to increase manufacturer competition, increase the negotiating power of certain federal healthcare programs, incentivize manufacturers to lower the list price of their products and reduce the out of pocket costs of drug products paid by consumers. For example, in October 2018, CMS proposed a new rule that would require direct-to-consumer television advertisements of prescription drugs and biological products, for which payment is available through or under Medicare or Medicaid, to include in the advertisement the Wholesale Acquisition Cost, or list price, of that drug or biological product. On January 31, 2019, the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, Office of Inspector General, proposed modifications to the federal Anti-Kickback Statute discount safe harbor for the purpose of reducing the cost of drug products to consumers which, among other things, if finalized, will affect discounts paid by manufacturers to Medicare Part D plans, Medicaid managed care organizations and pharmacy benefit managers working with these organizations. Although some of these, and other proposed measures may require additional authorization to become effective, Congress and the current U.S. President’s administration have each indicated that it will continue to seek new legislative and/or administrative measures to control drug costs.

Additionally, on May 30, 2018, the Trickett Wendler, Frank Mongiello, Jordan McLinn, and Matthew Bellina Right to Try Act of 2017 (the Right to Try Act) was signed into law. The law, among other things, provides a federal framework for certain patients to access certain investigational new drug products that have completed a Phase I clinical trial and that are undergoing investigation for FDA approval. Under certain circumstances, eligible patients can seek treatment without enrolling in clinical trials and without obtaining FDA permission under the FDA expanded access program. There is no

 

37


Table of Contents

obligation for a pharmaceutical manufacturer to make its drug products available to eligible patients as a result of the Right to Try Act.

We expect that the ACA, as well as other healthcare reform measures that may be adopted in the future, may result in more rigorous coverage criteria and in additional downward pressure on the price that we receive for any approved product. The implementation of cost containment measures or other healthcare reforms may prevent us from being able to generate revenue, attain profitability, or commercialize our products.

Legislative and regulatory proposals have been made to expand post-approval requirements and restrict sales and promotional activities for pharmaceutical products. We cannot be sure whether additional legislative changes will be enacted, or whether the FDA regulations, guidance or interpretations will be changed, or what the impact of such changes on the marketing approvals of our drug candidates, if any, may be. In addition, increased scrutiny by the U.S. Congress of the FDA’s approval process may significantly delay or prevent marketing approval, as well as subject us to more stringent product labeling and post-marketing testing and other requirements.

Governments outside of the United States tend to impose strict price controls, which may adversely affect our revenues, if any.

In some countries, particularly the countries of the European Union (EU), the pricing of prescription pharmaceuticals is subject to governmental control. In these countries, pricing negotiations with governmental authorities can take considerable time after the receipt of marketing approval for a product. To obtain reimbursement or pricing approval in some countries, we may be required to conduct a clinical trial that compares the cost-effectiveness of our drug candidate to other available therapies. If reimbursement of our products is unavailable or limited in scope or amount, or if pricing is set at unsatisfactory levels, our business could be harmed. In addition, the recent United Kingdom referendum on its membership in the European Union resulted in a majority of United Kingdom voters voting to exit the European Union, often referred to as Brexit. Brexit could lead to legal uncertainty and potentially divergent national laws and regulations, including those related to the pricing of prescription pharmaceuticals, as the United Kingdom determines which EU laws to replicate or replace. If the United Kingdom were to significantly alter its regulations affecting the pricing of prescription pharmaceuticals, we could face significant new costs. As a result, Brexit could impair our ability to transact business in the European Union and the United Kingdom.

Laws and regulations governing any international operations we may have in the future may preclude us from developing, manufacturing and selling certain drug candidates and products outside of the United States and require us to develop and implement costly compliance programs.

If we expand our operations outside of the United States, we must dedicate additional resources to comply with numerous laws and regulations in each jurisdiction in which we plan to operate. The Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (FCPA) prohibits any U.S. individual or business from paying, offering, authorizing payment or offering anything of value, directly or indirectly, to any foreign official, political party or candidate for the purpose of influencing any act or decision of such third party in order to assist the individual or business in obtaining or retaining business. The FCPA also obligates companies whose securities are listed in the United States to comply with certain accounting provisions requiring the company to maintain books and records that accurately and fairly reflect all transactions of the company, including international subsidiaries, and to devise and maintain an adequate system of internal accounting controls for international operations.

Compliance with the FCPA is expensive and difficult, particularly in countries in which corruption is a recognized problem. In addition, the FCPA presents particular challenges in the pharmaceutical industry, because, in many countries, hospitals are operated by the government, and doctors and other

 

38


Table of Contents

hospital employees are considered foreign officials. Certain payments to hospitals in connection with clinical trials and other work have been deemed to be improper payments to government officials and have led to FCPA enforcement actions.

Various laws, regulations and executive orders also restrict the use and dissemination outside of the United States, or the sharing with certain non-U.S. nationals, of information classified for national security purposes, as well as certain products and technical data relating to those products. If we expand our presence outside of the United States, it will require us to dedicate additional resources to comply with these laws, and these laws may preclude us from developing, manufacturing or selling certain drug candidates and products outside of the United States, which could limit our growth potential and increase our development costs.

The failure to comply with laws governing international business practices may result in substantial civil and criminal penalties and suspension or debarment from government contracting. The Securities and Exchange Commission also may suspend or bar issuers from trading securities on U.S. exchanges for violations of the FCPA’s accounting provisions.

If we fail to comply with environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, we could become subject to fines or penalties or incur costs that could harm our business.

We are subject to numerous foreign, federal, state and local environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, including those governing laboratory procedures and the handling, use, storage, treatment and disposal of hazardous materials and wastes. Our operations involve the use of hazardous and flammable materials, including chemicals and biological materials. Our operations also produce hazardous waste products. We generally contract with third parties for the disposal of these materials and wastes. We cannot eliminate the risk of contamination or injury from these materials. In the event of contamination or injury resulting from our use of hazardous materials, we could be held liable for any resulting damages, and any liability could exceed our resources, including any available insurance.

In addition, our leasing and operation of real property may subject us to liability pursuant to certain of these laws or regulations. Under existing U.S. environmental laws and regulations, current or previous owners or operators of real property and entities that disposed or arranged for the disposal of hazardous substances may be held strictly, jointly and severally liable for the cost of investigating or remediating contamination caused by hazardous substance releases, even if they did not know of and were not responsible for the releases.

We could incur significant costs and liabilities which may adversely affect our financial condition and operating results for failure to comply with such laws and regulations, including, among other things, civil or criminal fines and penalties, property damage and personal injury claims, costs associated with upgrades to our facilities or changes to our operating procedures, or injunctions limiting or altering our operations.

Although we maintain workers’ compensation insurance to cover us for costs and expenses we may incur due to injuries to our employees resulting from the use of hazardous materials, this insurance may not provide adequate coverage against potential liabilities. We do not maintain insurance for environmental liability or toxic tort claims that may be asserted against us in connection with our storage or disposal of biological, hazardous or radioactive materials.

In addition, we may incur substantial costs in order to comply with current or future environmental, health and safety laws and regulations. These current or future laws and regulations, which are becoming increasingly more stringent, may impair our research, development or production efforts. Our failure to comply with these laws and regulations also may result in substantial fines, penalties or other sanctions.

 

39


Table of Contents

We are subject to certain U.S. and certain foreign anti-corruption, anti-money laundering, export control, sanctions and other trade laws and regulations. We can face serious consequences for violations.

U.S. and foreign anti-corruption, anti-money laundering, export control, sanctions and other trade laws and regulations prohibit, among other things, companies and their employees, agents, CROs, legal counsel, accountants, consultants, contractors and other partners from authorizing, promising, offering, providing, soliciting, or receiving directly or indirectly, corrupt or improper payments or anything else of value to or from recipients in the public or private sector. Violations of these laws can result in substantial criminal fines and civil penalties, imprisonment, the loss of trade privileges, debarment, tax reassessments, breach of contract and fraud litigation, reputational harm and other consequences. We have direct or indirect interactions with officials and employees of government agencies or government-affiliated hospitals, universities and other organizations. We also expect our non-U.S. activities to increase over time. We expect to rely on third parties for research, preclinical studies and clinical trials and/or to obtain necessary permits, licenses, patent registrations and other marketing approvals. We can be held liable for the corrupt or other illegal activities of our personnel, agents, or partners, even if we do not explicitly authorize or have prior knowledge of such activities.

Any violations of the laws and regulations described above may result in substantial civil and criminal fines and penalties, imprisonment, the loss of export or import privileges, debarment, tax reassessments, breach of contract and fraud litigation, reputational harm and other consequences.

Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property

If we are unable to obtain and maintain sufficient patent protection for our drug candidates, or if the scope of the patent protection is not sufficiently broad, third parties, including our competitors, could develop and commercialize products similar or identical to ours, and our ability to commercialize our drug candidates successfully may be adversely affected.

Our success depends in large part on our ability to protect our proprietary technologies that we believe are important to our business, including pursuing, obtaining and maintaining patent protection in the United States and other countries intended to cover the composition of matter of our drug candidates, for example, repotrectinib, the methods of use, related technologies and other inventions that are important to our business. In addition to patent protection, we also rely on trade secrets to protect aspects of our business that are not amenable to, or that we do not consider appropriate for, patent protection. If we do not adequately pursue, obtain, maintain, protect or enforce our intellectual property, third parties, including our competitors, may be able to erode or negate any competitive advantage we may have, which could harm our business and ability to achieve profitability.

To protect our proprietary position, we file patent applications in the United States and abroad related to our drug candidates that we consider important to our business. The patent application and approval process is expensive, time-consuming and complex. We may not be able to file, prosecute and maintain all necessary or desirable patent applications at a reasonable cost or in a timely manner or in all jurisdictions. It is also possible that we will fail to identify patentable aspects of our research and development output before it is too late to obtain patent protection. Moreover, depending on the terms of any future license agreements to which we may become a party, we may not have the right to control the preparation, filing, and prosecution of patent applications, or to maintain the patents, covering technology licensed from third parties. Therefore, these patents and patent applications may not be prosecuted and enforced in a manner consistent with the best interests of our business.

Furthermore, the patent position of biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies generally is highly uncertain. No consistent policy regarding the breadth of claims allowed in biotechnology and

 

40


Table of Contents

pharmaceutical patents has emerged to date in the United States or in many foreign jurisdictions. The standards applied by the United States Patent and Trademark Office (USPTO) and foreign patent offices in granting patents are not always applied uniformly or predictably. In addition, the determination of patent rights with respect to biological and pharmaceutical products commonly involves complex legal and factual questions, which have in recent years been the subject of much litigation. As a result, the issuance, scope, validity, enforceability and commercial value of our patent rights are highly uncertain. Thus, we cannot offer any assurances about which, if any, patents will issue, the breadth of any such patents, whether any issued patents will be found invalid and unenforceable or will be threatened by third parties or whether any issued patents will effectively prevent others from commercializing competing technologies and drug candidates. While we have filed patent applications covering aspects of our current drug candidates, we currently have only a single issued U.S. patent covering repotrectinib and we do not yet have issued patents on the majority of our drug candidates.

Our pending patent applications cannot be enforced against third parties practicing the technology claimed in such applications unless and until at least one patent issues from such applications. Assuming the other requirements for patentability are met, currently, the first to file a patent application is generally entitled to the patent. However, prior to March 16, 2013, in the United States, the first to invent was entitled to the patent. Publications of discoveries in the scientific literature often lag behind the actual discoveries, and patent applications in the United States and other jurisdictions are typically not published until 18 months after filing, or in some cases not at all. Since patent applications in the United States and most other countries are confidential for a period of time after filing, and some remain so until issued, we cannot be certain that we were the first to file or invent (prior to March 16, 2013) any patent application related to our drug candidates. In addition, we enter into non-disclosure and confidentiality agreements with parties who have access to confidential or patentable aspects of our research and development output, such as our employees, collaborators, CROs, contract manufacturers, hospitals, independent treatment centers, consultants, independent contractors, suppliers, advisors and other third parties; however, any of these parties may breach the agreements and disclose such output before a patent application is filed, thereby jeopardizing our ability to seek patent protection. Furthermore, if third parties have filed patent applications related to our drug candidates or technology, we may not be able to obtain our own patent rights to those drug candidates or technology.

Moreover, because the issuance of a patent is not conclusive as to its inventorship, scope, validity or enforceability, our patents or pending patent applications may be challenged in the courts or patent offices in the United States and abroad. For example, we may be subject to a third-party pre-issuance submission of prior art to the USPTO or become involved in post-grant review procedures, oppositions, derivations, revocation, reexaminations, inter partes review or interference proceedings, in the United States or elsewhere, challenging our patent rights or the patent rights of others. An adverse determination in any such submission, proceeding or litigation could reduce the scope of, or invalidate, our patent rights, allow third parties to commercialize our technology or products and compete directly with us, without payment to us, or result in our inability to manufacture or commercialize products without infringing third-party rights. Moreover, we may have to participate in interference proceedings declared by the USPTO to determine priority of invention or in post-grant challenge proceedings, such as oppositions in a foreign patent office, that challenge priority of invention or other features of patentability. Such challenges may result in loss of exclusivity or in our patent claims being narrowed, invalidated or held unenforceable, in whole or in part, which could limit our ability to stop others from using or commercializing similar or identical technology and products or limit the duration of the patent protection of our technology and products. Such challenges also may result in substantial cost and require significant time from our scientists and management, even if the eventual outcome is favorable to us. Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

 

41


Table of Contents

In addition, given the amount of time required for the development, testing and regulatory review of new drug candidates, our patents protecting such drug candidates might expire before or shortly after such drug candidates are commercialized. As a result, our intellectual property may not provide us with sufficient rights to exclude others from commercializing products similar or identical to ours. Moreover, some of our patents and patent applications may in the future be co-owned with third parties. If we are unable to obtain an exclusive license to any such third-party co-owners’ interest in such patents or patent applications, such co-owners may be able to license their rights to other third parties, including our competitors, and our competitors could market competing products and technology. In addition, we may need the cooperation of any such co-owners of our patents in order to enforce such patents against third parties, and such cooperation may not be provided to us. Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our competitive position, business, financial conditions, results of operations, and prospects.

Our pending and future patent applications may not result in patents being issued that protect our drug candidates, in whole or in part, or which effectively prevent others from commercializing competitive products. Changes in either the patent laws or interpretation of the patent laws in the United States and other countries may diminish the value of our patents or narrow the scope of our patent protection. In addition, the laws of foreign countries may not protect our rights to the same extent or in the same manner as the laws of the United States. For example, European patent law restricts the patentability of methods of treatment of the human body more than United States law does.

Even if our patent applications issue as patents, they may not issue in a form that will provide us with any meaningful protection, prevent competitors or other third parties from competing with us or otherwise provide us with any competitive advantage. Moreover, the coverage claimed in a patent application can be significantly reduced before the patent is issued and its scope can be reinterpreted after issuance. Consequently, we do not know whether any of our drug candidates will be protectable or remain protected by valid and enforceable patents. Our competitors and other third parties may be able to circumvent our patents by developing similar or alternative technologies or products in a non-infringing manner. Our competitors and other third parties may also seek approval to market their own products similar to or otherwise competitive with our products. Alternatively, our competitors or other third parties may seek to market generic versions of any approved products by submitting abbreviated NDAs to the FDA during which process they may claim that patents owned by us are invalid, unenforceable or not infringed. In these circumstances, we may need to defend or assert our patents, or both, including by filing lawsuits alleging patent infringement. In any of these types of proceedings, a court or other agency with jurisdiction may find our patents invalid or unenforceable, or that our competitors are competing in a non-infringing manner. Thus, even if we have valid and enforceable patents, these patents still may not provide protection against competing products or processes sufficient to achieve our business objectives. Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our competitive position, business, financial conditions, results of operations, and prospects.

Furthermore, future patents may be subject to a reservation of rights by one or more third parties. For example, to the extent the research resulting in future patent rights or technologies is funded in the future in part by the U.S. government, the government could have certain rights in any resulting patents and technology, including a non-exclusive license authorizing the government to use the invention or to have others use the invention on its behalf for non-commercial purposes. If the U.S. government then decides to exercise these rights, it is not required to engage us as its contractor in connection with doing so. These rights may also permit the government to disclose our confidential information to third parties and to exercise march-in rights to use or allow third parties to use our licensed technology. The government may also exercise its march-in rights if it determines that action is necessary because we failed to achieve practical application of the government-funded technology, because action is

 

42


Table of Contents

necessary to alleviate health or safety needs, to meet requirements of federal regulations, or to give preference to U.S. industry. In addition, our rights in such government-funded inventions may be subject to certain requirements to manufacture products embodying such inventions in the United States. Any exercise by the government of aforementioned proprietary rights could harm our competitive position, business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

Changes to the patent law in the United States and other jurisdictions could diminish the value of patents in general, thereby impairing our ability to protect our products.

As is the case with other pharmaceutical companies, our success is heavily dependent on intellectual property, particularly patents. Obtaining and enforcing patents in the pharmaceutical industry involves both technological and legal complexity and is therefore costly, time consuming and inherently uncertain. Changes in either the patent laws or interpretation of the patent laws in the United States could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of patent applications and the enforcement or defense of issued patents. Recent patent reform legislation in the United States and other countries, including the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act (the Leahy-Smith Act) signed into law in September 2011, could increase those uncertainties and costs. The Leahy-Smith Act includes a number of significant changes to U.S. patent law. These include provisions that affect the way patent applications are prosecuted, redefine prior art and provide more efficient and cost-effective avenues for competitors to challenge the validity of patents. For example, the Leahy-Smith Act allows third-party submission of prior art to the USPTO during patent prosecution and additional procedures to attack the validity of a patent by USPTO administered post-grant proceedings, including post-grant review, inter partes review, and derivation proceedings. In addition, the Leahy-Smith Act has transformed the U.S. patent system from a “first-to-invent” system to a “first-to-file” system in which, assuming that other requirements for patentability are met, the first inventor to file a patent application will be entitled to the patent on an invention regardless of whether a third party was the first to invent the claimed invention. The first-to-file provisions, however, only became effective on March 16, 2013. Accordingly, it is not yet clear what, if any, impact the Leahy-Smith Act will have on the operation of our business. However, the Leahy-Smith Act and its implementation could make it more difficult to obtain patent protection for our inventions and increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our or our collaboration partners’ patent applications and the enforcement or defense of our or our collaboration partners’ issued patents, all of which could harm our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.

In addition, the patent positions of companies in the development and commercialization of biologics and pharmaceuticals are particularly uncertain. The U.S. Supreme Court has ruled on several patent cases in recent years, either narrowing the scope of patent protection available in certain circumstances or weakening the rights of patent owners in certain situations. This combination of events has created uncertainty with respect to the validity and enforceability of patents, once obtained. Additionally, there have been recent proposals for additional changes to the patent laws of the United States and other countries that, if adopted, could impact our ability to enforce our proprietary technology. Depending on future actions by the U.S. Congress, the U.S. courts, the USPTO and the relevant law-making bodies in other countries, the laws and regulations governing patents could change in unpredictable ways that could have a material adverse effect on our existing patent portfolio and weaken our ability to obtain new patents or to enforce our existing patents and patents that we might obtain in the future.

We may become involved in lawsuits or administrative disputes to protect or enforce our patents or other intellectual property, which could be expensive, time consuming and unsuccessful.

Competitors and other third parties may infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate our patents, trademarks, copyrights, trade secrets or other intellectual property. To counter infringement,

 

43


Table of Contents

misappropriation or other violations, we may be required to file infringement, misappropriation or other violation claims, which can be expensive and time consuming and divert the time and attention of our management and business and scientific personnel. In addition, many of our adversaries in these proceedings may have the ability to dedicate substantially greater resources to prosecuting these legal actions than we can.

Any claims we assert against perceived infringers could provoke these parties to assert counterclaims against us alleging that we infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate their patents or their other intellectual property, in addition to counterclaims asserting that our patents are invalid or unenforceable, or both. In patent litigation in the United States, counterclaims challenging the validity, enforceability or scope of asserted patents are commonplace. Similarly, third parties may initiate legal proceedings against us seeking a declaration that certain of our intellectual property is non-infringed, invalid or unenforceable. The outcome of any such proceeding is generally unpredictable.

In any patent infringement proceeding, there is a risk that a court will decide that a patent of ours is invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, and that we do not have the right to stop the other party from using the invention at issue. There is also a risk that, even if the validity of such patents is upheld, the court will construe the patent’s claims narrowly or decide that we do not have the right to stop the other party from using the invention at issue on the grounds that our patent claims do not cover the invention. An adverse outcome in a litigation or proceeding involving our patents could limit our ability to assert our patents against those parties or other competitors, and may curtail or preclude our ability to exclude third parties from making and selling similar or competitive products. If a defendant were to prevail on a legal assertion of invalidity or unenforceability of our patents covering one of our drug candidates, we could lose at least a part, and perhaps all, of the patent protection covering such a drug candidate. Competing drugs may also be sold in other countries in which our patent coverage might not exist or be as strong. If we lose a foreign patent lawsuit, alleging our infringement of a competitor’s patents, we could be prevented from marketing our drugs in one or more foreign countries. Any of these occurrences could adversely affect our competitive business position, business prospects and financial condition. Similarly, if we assert trademark infringement claims, a court may determine that the marks we have asserted are invalid or unenforceable, or that the party against whom we have asserted trademark infringement has superior rights to the marks in question. In this case, we could ultimately be forced to cease use of such trademarks.

Even if we establish infringement, the court may decide not to grant an injunction against further infringing activity and instead award only monetary damages, which may or may not be an adequate remedy. Furthermore, because of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with intellectual property litigation, there is a risk that some of our confidential information could be compromised by disclosure during litigation. There could also be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or developments. If securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be negative, it could have a material adverse effect on the price of shares of our common stock. Moreover, there can be no assurance that we will have sufficient financial or other resources to file and pursue such infringement claims, which typically last for years before they are concluded. Even if we ultimately prevail in such claims, the monetary cost of such litigation and the diversion of the attention of our management and scientific personnel could outweigh any benefit we receive as a result of the proceedings.

Furthermore, third parties may also raise invalidity or unenforceability claims before administrative bodies in the United States or foreign authorities, even outside the context of litigation. Such mechanisms include re-examination,  inter partes review, post-grant review, interference proceedings, derivation proceedings and equivalent proceedings in foreign jurisdictions (e.g., opposition proceedings). Such proceedings could result in revocation, cancellation or amendment to our patents in such a way that they no longer cover and protect our drug candidates. The outcome

 

44


Table of Contents

following legal assertions of invalidity and unenforceability is unpredictable. Grounds for a validity challenge could be an alleged failure to meet any of several statutory requirements, including lack of novelty, obviousness, non-enablement or written description. Grounds for an unenforceability assertion could be an allegation that someone connected with the prosecution of the patent withheld relevant information from the USPTO, or made a misleading statement, during prosecution of the patent. With respect to the validity of our patents, for example, we cannot be certain that there is no invalidating prior art of which we, our licensors, our patent counsel and the patent examiner were unaware during prosecution. Moreover, it is possible that prior art may exist that we are aware of but do not believe is relevant to our current or future patents, but that could nevertheless be determined to render our patents invalid. If a third party were to prevail on a legal assertion of invalidity or unenforceability, we could lose at least part, and perhaps all, of the patent protection on one or more of our drug candidates. Any such loss of patent protection could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

We may not be able to effectively enforce our intellectual property and proprietary rights throughout the world.

Filing, prosecuting and defending patents with respect to our drug candidates in all countries throughout the world would be prohibitively expensive, and the laws of foreign countries may not protect our rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States. The requirements for patentability may differ in certain countries, particularly in developing countries. In addition, any future intellectual property license agreements may not always include worldwide rights. Consequently, competitors and other third parties may use our technologies in jurisdictions where we have not obtained patent protection to develop their own products and, further, may export otherwise infringing products to territories where we may obtain patent protection, but where patent enforcement is not as strong as that in the United States and where our ability to enforce our patents to stop infringing activities may be inadequate. These products may compete with our products in such territories and in jurisdictions where we do not have any patent rights or where any future patent claims or other intellectual property or proprietary rights may not be effective or sufficient to prevent them from competing with us, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Moreover, our ability to protect and enforce our intellectual property and proprietary rights may be adversely affected by unforeseen changes in foreign intellectual property laws. Additionally, the laws of some countries outside of the United States and Europe do not afford intellectual property protection to the same extent as the laws of the United States and Europe. Many companies have encountered significant problems in protecting and defending intellectual property and proprietary rights in certain foreign jurisdictions. The legal systems of some countries, including, for example, India, China and other developing countries, do not favor the enforcement of patents and other intellectual property or proprietary rights, particularly those relating to biotechnology products, which could make it difficult for us to stop the infringement, misappropriation or other violation of our patents or other intellectual property or proprietary rights. For example, many foreign countries have compulsory licensing laws under which a patent owner must grant licenses to third parties. Consequently, we may not be able to prevent third parties from practicing our inventions in certain countries outside the United States and Europe. In addition, many countries limit the enforceability of patents against government agencies or government contractors. In these countries, the patent owner may have limited remedies, which could materially diminish the value of such patent. If we are forced to grant a license to third parties with respect to any patents relevant to our business, our competitive position may be impaired, and our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects may be adversely affected. Proceedings to enforce our intellectual property and proprietary rights in foreign jurisdictions, whether or not successful, could result in substantial costs and divert our efforts and resources from other aspects of our business, could put our patents, trademarks or other intellectual property and

 

45


Table of Contents

proprietary rights at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly, could put our patent applications at risk of not issuing, and could provoke third parties to assert claims against us. We may not prevail in any lawsuits that we initiate, and the damages or other remedies awarded, if any, may not be commercially meaningful. Furthermore, while we intend to protect our intellectual property and proprietary rights in major markets for our products, we cannot ensure that we will be able to initiate or maintain similar efforts in all jurisdictions in which we may wish to market our products. Accordingly, our efforts to protect our intellectual property and proprietary rights in such countries may be inadequate.

If we are sued for infringing, misappropriating or otherwise violating intellectual property or proprietary rights of third parties, such litigation or disputes could be costly and time consuming and could prevent or delay us from developing or commercializing our drug candidates.

Our commercial success depends, in part, on our ability to develop, manufacture, market and sell our drug candidates and use our proprietary technologies without infringing, misappropriating or otherwise violating the intellectual property and other proprietary rights of third parties. If any third-party patents, patent applications or other proprietary rights are found to cover our drug candidates or any related companion diagnostics or their compositions, methods of use or manufacturing, we may be required to pay damages, which could be substantial, and we would not be free to manufacture or market our drug candidates or to do so without obtaining a license, which may not be available on commercially reasonable terms, or at all.

We may in the future become party to, or threatened with, adversarial proceedings or litigation regarding intellectual property or proprietary rights with respect to our drug candidates and technologies we use in our business. Our competitors or other third parties may assert infringement claims against us, alleging that our drug candidates are covered by their patents. We cannot be certain that we do not infringe existing patents or that we will not infringe patents that may be granted in the future. Furthermore, because patent applications can take many years to issue and may be confidential for 18 months or more after filing, and because patent claims can be revised before issuance, there may be applications now pending which may later result in issued patents that may be infringed by the manufacture, use or sale of our drug candidates. If a patent holder believes our drug candidate infringes its patent rights, the patent holder may sue us even if we have received patent protection for our technology. Moreover, we may face patent infringement claims from non-practicing entities that have no relevant drug revenue and against whom our own patent portfolio may thus have no deterrent effect.

There is a substantial amount of intellectual property litigation in the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries, and we may become party to, or threatened with, litigation or other adversarial proceedings regarding intellectual property or proprietary rights with respect to our drug candidates, including interference proceedings before the USPTO. Third parties may assert infringement, misappropriation or other claims against us based on existing or future intellectual property or proprietary rights. The outcome of intellectual property litigation and other disputes is subject to uncertainties that cannot be adequately quantified in advance. The pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries have produced a significant number of patents, and it may not always be clear to industry participants, including us, which patents cover various types of products or methods of using or manufacturing products. The coverage of patents is subject to interpretation by the courts, and the interpretation is not always uniform. If we were sued for patent infringement, we would need to demonstrate that our drug candidates, products or methods of use, manufacturing or other applicable activities either do not infringe the patent claims of the relevant patent or that the patent claims are invalid or unenforceable, and we may not be successful in doing so. However, proving invalidity or unenforceability is difficult. For example, in the United States, proving invalidity requires a showing of

 

46


Table of Contents

clear and convincing evidence to overcome the presumption of validity enjoyed by issued patents. Even if we believe third-party intellectual property claims are without merit, there is no assurance that a court would find in our favor on questions of infringement, validity, or enforceability. Even if we are successful in these proceedings, we may incur substantial costs and the time and attention of our management and business and scientific personnel could be diverted in pursuing these proceedings, which could significantly harm our business and operating results. In addition, we may not have sufficient resources to bring these actions to a successful conclusion.

If we are found to infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate a third party’s intellectual property or proprietary rights and we are unsuccessful in demonstrating that such intellectual property or proprietary rights are invalid or unenforceable, we could be forced, including by court order, to cease developing, manufacturing or commercializing the infringing drug candidate or product. Alternatively, we may be required to obtain a license from such third party in order to use the infringing technology and continue developing, manufacturing or marketing the infringing drug candidate. However, we may not be able to obtain any required license on commercially reasonable terms or at all. Even if we were able to obtain such a license, it could be granted on non-exclusive terms, thereby giving our competitors and other third parties access to the same technologies licensed to us. In addition, we could be found liable for significant monetary damages, including treble damages and attorneys’ fees if we are found to have willfully infringed such third-party patent rights. A finding of infringement could prevent us from commercializing our drug candidates or force us to cease some of our business operations, which could materially harm our business. Claims that we have misappropriated the confidential information or trade secrets of third parties could have a similar negative impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

We may be subject to claims by third parties asserting that our employees or consultants or we have misappropriated their intellectual property, or claiming ownership of what we regard as our own intellectual property.

Some of our employees and consultants are currently or have been previously employed at universities or at other biotechnology or pharmaceutical companies, including our competitors or potential competitors. These employees and consultants may have executed proprietary rights, non-disclosure and non-competition agreements, or similar agreements, in connection with such other current or previous employment. Although we try to ensure that our employees and consultants do not use the proprietary information or know-how of others in their work for us, we may be subject to claims that we or these individuals have used or disclosed intellectual property, including trade secrets or other proprietary information, of third parties. Litigation may be necessary to defend against such claims. If we fail in defending any such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property or personnel or sustain damages. Such intellectual property could be awarded to a third party, and we could be required to obtain a license from such third party to commercialize our technology or products. Such a license may not be available on commercially reasonable terms or at all. Even if we are successful in defending against such claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to our management. Any of the foregoing would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

In addition, while it is our policy to require our employees, consultants and contractors who may be involved in the conception or development of intellectual property to execute agreements assigning such intellectual property to us, we may be unsuccessful in executing such an agreement with each party who, in fact, conceives or develops intellectual property that we regard as our own, which may result in claims by or against us related to the ownership of such intellectual property. In addition, such agreements may not be self-executing such that the intellectual property subject to such agreements may not be assigned to us without additional assignments being executed, and we may fail to obtain such assignments. In addition, such agreements may be breached. Accordingly, we may be forced to

 

47


Table of Contents

bring claims against third parties, or defend claims that they may bring against us to determine the ownership of what we regard as our intellectual property. If we fail in prosecuting or defending any such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property. Even if we are successful in prosecuting or defending against such claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to our senior management and scientific personnel, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Rights to improvements to our drug candidates may be held by third parties.

In the course of testing our drug candidates, we have entered into agreements with third parties to conduct clinical testing, which provide that improvements to our drug candidates may be owned solely by a party or jointly between the parties. If we determine that rights to such improvements owned solely by a third party are necessary to commercialize our drug candidates or maintain our competitive advantage, we may need to obtain a license from such third party in order to use the improvements and continue developing, manufacturing or marketing the drug candidates. However, we may not be able to obtain any required license on commercially reasonable terms or at all. Even if we were able to obtain such a license, it could be granted on non-exclusive terms, thereby giving our competitors and other third parties access to the same technologies licensed to us. Failure to obtain a license on commercially reasonable terms or at all, or to obtain an exclusive license, could prevent us from commercializing our drug candidates or force us to cease some of our business operations, which could materially harm our business. If we determine that rights to improvements jointly owned between us and a third party are necessary to commercialize our drug candidates or maintain our competitive advantage, we may need to obtain an exclusive license from such third party. If we are unable to obtain an exclusive license to any such third-party co-owners’ interest in such improvements, such co-owners may be able to license their rights to other third parties, including our competitors, and our competitors could market competing products and technology. In addition, we may need the cooperation of any such co-owners of our intellectual property in order to enforce such intellectual property against third parties, and such cooperation may not be provided to us. Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our competitive position, business, financial conditions, results of operations, and prospects.

The term of our patents may be inadequate to protect our competitive position on our products.

Given the amount of time required for the development, testing and regulatory review of new drug candidates, patents protecting such candidates might expire before or shortly after such candidates are commercialized. Depending upon the timing, duration and other factors relating to any FDA marketing approval we receive for any of our drug candidates, one or more of our U.S. patents may be eligible for limited patent term extension under the Drug Price Competition and Patent Term Restoration Action of 1984 (Hatch-Waxman Amendments). We expect to seek extensions of patent terms in the United States and, if available, in other countries where we are prosecuting patents. In the United States, the Hatch-Waxman Amendments permit a patent term extension of up to five years beyond the normal expiration of the patent, limited to the approved indication (or any additional indications approved during the period of extension), as compensation for patent term lost during the regulatory review process. A patent term extension cannot extend the remaining term of a patent beyond a total of 14 years from the date of product approval, only one patent applicable to an approved drug is eligible for the extension and only those claims covering the approved drug, a method for using it, or a method for manufacturing it may be extended, and the application for the extension must be submitted prior to the expiration of the patent. However, the applicable authorities, including the FDA and the USPTO in the United States, and any equivalent regulatory authority in other countries, may not agree with our assessment of whether such extensions are available for our patents, may refuse to grant extensions to our patents, or may grant more limited extensions than we request. We may not be granted an

 

48


Table of Contents

extension because of, for example, failing to exercise due diligence during the testing phase or regulatory review process, failing to apply within applicable deadlines, failing to apply prior to expiration of relevant patents, or otherwise failing to satisfy applicable requirements. If we are unable to obtain patent term extension or the term of any such extension is less than we request, our competitors and other third parties may be able to obtain approval of competing products following our patent expiration and take advantage of our investment in development and clinical trials by referencing our clinical and preclinical data and launch their product earlier than might otherwise be the case. Any of the foregoing would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Obtaining and maintaining our patent protection depends on compliance with various procedural, documentary, fee payment and other requirements imposed by governmental patent offices, and our patent protection could be reduced or eliminated for non-compliance with these requirements.

Periodic maintenance fees, renewal fees, annuity fees and various other government fees on any issued patent are due to be paid to the USPTO and patent offices in foreign countries in several stages over the lifetime of the patent. The USPTO and patent offices in foreign countries require compliance with a number of procedural, documentary, fee payment and other requirements during the patent application process. In the future, we may rely on licensing partners to pay these fees due to U.S. and non-U.S. patent agencies and to comply with these other requirements with respect to any future licensed patents and patent applications. While an inadvertent lapse can be cured by payment of a late fee or by other means in accordance with the applicable rules, there are situations in which noncompliance can result in abandonment or lapse of the patent or patent application, resulting in partial or complete loss of a patent or patent rights in the relevant jurisdiction. Non-compliance events that could result in abandonment or lapse of a patent or patent application include, but are not limited to, failure to respond to official actions within prescribed time limits, non-payment of fees and failure to properly legalize and submit formal documents. In such an event, our competitors and other third parties might be able to enter the market with similar or identical products of technology, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

If we are unable to protect the confidentiality of our trade secrets, the value of our technology could be materially adversely affected and our business would be harmed.

While we have obtained two composition of matter patents with respect to one of our drug candidates, we also rely on proprietary know-how and trade secret protection and confidentiality agreements to protect proprietary know-how or trade secrets that are not patentable or that we elect not to patent. We seek to protect our trade secrets and proprietary know-how in part by entering into non-disclosure and confidentiality agreements with parties who have access to such knowledge, such as our employees, consultants, independent contractors, advisors, contract manufacturers, CROs, hospitals, independent treatment centers, suppliers, collaborators and other third parties. We also enter into confidentiality and invention or patent assignment agreements with employees and certain consultants. However, we cannot guarantee that we have entered into such agreements with each party that may have or have had access to our trade secrets or proprietary know-how. Additionally, our confidentiality agreements and other contractual protections may not be adequate to protect our intellectual property from unauthorized disclosure, third-party infringement or misappropriation. Any party with whom we have executed such an agreement may breach that agreement and disclose our proprietary information, including our trade secrets, and we may not be able to obtain adequate remedies for such breaches. Enforcing a claim that a party illegally disclosed or misappropriated a trade secret is difficult, expensive and time-consuming, and the outcome is unpredictable. In addition, some courts in the United States and certain foreign jurisdictions are less willing or unwilling to protect

 

49


Table of Contents

trade secrets. If any of our trade secrets were to be lawfully obtained or independently developed by a competitor or other third party, we would have no right to prevent such third party, or those to whom they communicate such technology or information, from using that technology or information to compete with us. If any of our trade secrets were to be disclosed to or independently developed by a competitor or other third party, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects our business and competitive position could be materially harmed.

Intellectual property rights do not necessarily address all potential threats.

The degree of future protection afforded by our intellectual property rights is uncertain because intellectual property rights have limitations and may not adequately protect our business or permit us to maintain our competitive advantage. For example:

 

   

others may be able to make products similar to any drug candidates we may develop or utilize similarly related technologies that are not covered by the claims of the patents that we may license or may own in the future;

 

   

we, or any future license partners or current or future collaborators, might not have been the first to make the inventions covered by the issued patent or pending patent application that we license or may own in the future;

 

   

we, or any future license partners or current or future collaborators, might not have been the first to file patent applications covering certain of our or their inventions;

 

   

others may independently develop similar or alternative technologies or duplicate any of our technologies without infringing, misappropriating or otherwise violating any of our owned or licensed intellectual property rights;

 

   

it is possible that our pending patent applications or those that we may own in the future will not lead to issued patents;

 

   

issued patents that we hold rights to may be held invalid or unenforceable, including as a result of legal challenges by our competitors or other third parties;

 

   

our competitors or other third parties might conduct research and development activities in countries where we do not have patent rights and then use the information learned from such activities to develop competitive products for sale in our major commercial markets;

 

   

we may not develop additional proprietary technologies that are patentable;

 

   

the patents of others may harm our business; and

 

   

we may choose not to file a patent in order to maintain certain trade secrets or know how, and a third party may subsequently file a patent covering such intellectual property.

Should any of these events occur, they could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Risks Related to the Commercialization of Our Drug Candidates

The incidence and prevalence for target patient populations of our drug candidates have not been established with precision. If the market opportunities for our drug candidates are smaller than we estimate or if any approval that we obtain is based on a narrower definition of the patient population, our revenue potential and ability to achieve profitability will be adversely affected.

The total addressable market opportunity for repotrectinib and any other drug candidates we may develop will ultimately depend upon, among other things, the diagnosis criteria included in the final

 

50


Table of Contents

label for each such drug candidate if our drug candidates are approved for sale for these indications, acceptance by the medical community and patient access, drug and any related companion diagnostic pricing and their reimbursement. The number of patients in our targeted commercial markets and elsewhere may turn out to be lower than expected, patients may not be otherwise amenable to treatment with our drugs, or new patients may become increasingly difficult to identify or gain access to, all of which would adversely affect our results of operations and our business.

Even if any of our drug candidates receives marketing approval, it may fail to achieve the degree of market acceptance by physicians, patients, third-party payors and others in the medical community necessary for commercial success.

If any of our drug candidates receives marketing approval, it may nonetheless fail to gain sufficient market acceptance by physicians, patients, third-party payors and others in the medical community. For example, current cancer treatments, such as existing targeted therapies, chemotherapy, and radiation therapy, are well established in the medical community, and doctors may continue to rely on these treatments. If our drug candidates do not achieve an adequate level of acceptance, we may not generate significant product revenues and we may not become profitable. The degree of market acceptance of our drug candidates, if approved for commercial sale, will depend on a number of factors, including:

 

   

the efficacy and potential advantages compared to alternative treatments;

 

   

the prevalence and severity of any side effects, in particular compared to alternative treatments;

 

   

limitations or warnings contained in the labeling approved for our drug candidates by the FDA;

 

   

the size of the target patient population;

 

   

the willingness of the target patient population to try new therapies and of physicians to prescribe these therapies;

 

   

our ability to offer our products for sale at competitive prices;

 

   

the convenience and ease of administration compared to alternative treatments;

 

   

the strength of marketing and distribution support;

 

   

publicity for our drug candidates and competing products and treatments;

 

   

the existence of distribution and/or use restrictions, such as through a REMS;

 

   

the availability of third-party payor coverage and adequate reimbursement;

 

   

the timing of any marketing approval in relation to other product approvals;

 

   

support from patient advocacy groups; and

 

   

any restrictions on the use of our products together with other medications.

We currently have no marketing and sales organization and have no experience as a company in commercializing products and we may have to invest significant resources to develop these capabilities. If we are unable to establish sales and marketing capabilities or enter into agreements with third parties to market and sell our products, we may not be able to generate revenue.

We do not have a sales or marketing infrastructure and have no experience in the sale, marketing or distribution of pharmaceutical products. To achieve commercial success for any product for which we obtain marketing approval, we will need to establish sales, marketing and distribution capabilities, either ourselves or through collaboration or other arrangements with third parties.

 

51


Table of Contents

There are risks involved with establishing our own sales and marketing capabilities. For example, recruiting and training a sales force is expensive and time-consuming and could delay any product launch. If the commercial launch of a drug candidate for which we recruit a sales force and establish marketing capabilities is delayed or does not occur for any reason, we would have prematurely or unnecessarily incurred these commercialization expenses. These efforts are expected to be costly, and our investment would be lost if we cannot retain or reposition our sales and marketing personnel.

Factors that may inhibit our efforts to commercialize our products on our own include:

 

   

our inability to recruit, train and retain adequate numbers of effective sales and marketing personnel;

 

   

our inability to raise financing necessary to build our commercialization infrastructure;

 

   

the inability of sales personnel to obtain access to physicians or educate an adequate number of physicians as to the benefits of our products;

 

   

unfavorable third-party payor coverage and reimbursement in any geography;

 

   

the lack of complementary products to be offered by sales personnel, which may put us at a competitive disadvantage relative to companies with more extensive product lines; and

 

   

unforeseen costs and expenses associated with creating an independent sales and marketing organization.

As a result of any potential partnerships in markets outside of the United States, or if we are unable to establish our own sales and marketing capabilities in the United States and instead enter into arrangements with third parties to perform these services, our product revenues and our profitability, if any, are likely to be lower than if we were to market and sell any products that we develop ourselves. In addition, we may not be successful in entering into arrangements with third parties to market and sell our drug candidates or may be unable to do so on terms that are acceptable to us. We likely will have little control over such third parties, and any of these third parties may fail to devote the necessary resources and attention to sell and market our products effectively. If we do not establish sales and marketing capabilities successfully, either on our own or in collaboration with third parties, we will not be successful in commercializing any of our drug candidates for which we receive marketing approval.

We face substantial competition, which may result in others discovering, developing or commercializing products before or more successfully than we do.

The development and commercialization of pharmaceutical products is highly competitive. We face competition with respect to our current drug candidates, and will face competition with respect to any drug candidates that we may seek to develop or commercialize in the future, from major pharmaceutical companies, specialty pharmaceutical companies and biotechnology companies worldwide. There are a number of large pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies that currently market and sell products or are pursuing the development of products for the treatment of the disease indications for which we are developing our drug candidates. Some of these competitive products and therapies are based on scientific approaches that are similar to our approach, and others are based on entirely different approaches. Potential competitors also include academic institutions, government agencies and other public and private research organizations that conduct research, seek patent protection and establish collaborative arrangements for research, development, manufacturing and commercialization.

There are a large number of pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies developing or marketing targeted treatments for cancer that would be competitive with the drug candidates we are developing, if our drug candidates are approved. Many of these companies are developing cancer

 

52


Table of Contents

therapeutics that are also kinase inhibitors. Specifically, we expect that repotrectinib will compete against approved drugs, including: crizotinib, which is marketed by Pfizer Inc. under the name Xalkori for the treatment of ROS1 + and ALK + NSCLC; lorlatinib, which is marketed by Pfizer Inc. under the name Lobrena for the treatment of ALK + NSCLC; ceritinib, which is marketed by Novartis Pharmaceuticals Corporation under the name Zykadia for the treatment of ALK + NSCLC; and larotrectinib, which is marketed by Loxo Oncology Inc. and Bayer AG under the trade name Vitrakvi, which was recently approved by the FDA for the treatment of TRK + solid tumors. We also expect that repotrectinib will compete against other compounds which are currently in late-stage clinical development, including TKIs in Phase 2, or later, clinical development for the treatment of ROS1 + NSCLC at companies including F. Hoffman-La Roche AG (entrectinib), Pfizer Inc. (lorlatinib), Betta Pharmaceuticals Co., Ltd. (ensartinib) and TKIs in Phase 2, or later, clinical development for the treatment of TRK + solid tumors at companies including F. Hoffman-La Roche AG (entrectinib) and Loxo Oncology Inc. (LOXO-195).

Many of the companies against which we are competing or against which we may compete in the future have significantly greater financial resources and expertise in research and development, manufacturing, preclinical testing, conducting clinical trials, obtaining marketing approvals and marketing and selling approved products than we do. Mergers and acquisitions in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries may result in even more resources being concentrated among a smaller number of our competitors. Smaller and other early-stage companies may also prove to be significant competitors, particularly through collaborative arrangements with large and established companies. These third parties compete with us in recruiting and retaining qualified scientific, management and sales and marketing personnel, establishing clinical trial sites and patient registration for clinical trials, as well as in acquiring technologies complementary to, or necessary for, our programs.

Our commercial opportunity could be reduced or eliminated if our competitors develop and commercialize products that are safer, more effective, have fewer or less severe side effects, are approved for broader indications or patient populations, are more convenient or are less expensive than any products that we may develop. Our competitors also may obtain FDA or other marketing approval for their products more rapidly than any approval we may obtain for ours, which could result in our competitors establishing a strong market position before we are able to enter the market. In addition, our ability to compete may be affected in many cases by insurers or other third-party payors seeking to encourage the use of generic products. Generic products are currently on the market for some of the indications that we are pursuing, and additional products are expected to become available on a generic basis over the coming years. If our drug candidates achieve marketing approval, we expect that they will be priced at a significant premium over any competitive generic products. The key competitive factors affecting the success of repotrectinib are likely to be its efficacy, safety, scope and limitations of marketing approval, and availability of reimbursement.

Even if we are able to commercialize any drug candidates, the products may become subject to unfavorable pricing regulations, third-party reimbursement practices or healthcare reform initiatives, which would harm our business.

The regulations that govern marketing approvals, pricing, coverage and reimbursement for new drug products vary widely from country to country. Current and future legislation may significantly change the approval requirements in ways that could involve additional costs and cause delays in obtaining approvals. Some countries require approval of the sale price of a drug before it can be marketed. In many countries, the pricing review period begins after marketing or product licensing approval is granted. To obtain reimbursement or pricing approval in some countries, we may be required to conduct a clinical trial that compares the cost-effectiveness of our drug candidate to other available therapies. In some foreign markets, prescription pharmaceutical pricing remains subject to continuing governmental control even after initial approval is granted. As a result, we might obtain

 

53


Table of Contents

marketing approval for a drug candidate in a particular country, but then be subject to price regulations that delay our commercial launch of the product, possibly for lengthy time periods, and negatively impact the revenues, if any, we are able to generate from the sale of the product in that country. Adverse pricing limitations may hinder our ability to recoup our investment in one or more drug candidates, even if such drug candidates obtain marketing approval.

Our ability to commercialize any drug candidates successfully also will depend in part on the extent to which coverage and adequate reimbursement for these products and related treatments will be available from third-party payors, including government healthcare programs, private health insurers and other organizations. Third-party payors decide which medications they will pay for and establish reimbursement levels. A primary trend in the U.S. healthcare industry and elsewhere is cost containment. Third-party payors have attempted to control costs by limiting coverage and the amount of reimbursement for particular medications. Increasingly, third-party payors are requiring that drug companies provide them with predetermined discounts from list prices and are challenging the prices charged for medical products. Coverage and reimbursement may not be available for any product that we commercialize and, even if these are available, the level of reimbursement may not be satisfactory. Reimbursement may affect the demand for, or the price of, any drug candidate for which we obtain marketing approval. Obtaining and maintaining coverage and adequate reimbursement for our products may be difficult. We may be required to conduct expensive pharmacoeconomic studies to justify coverage and reimbursement or the level of reimbursement relative to other therapies. If coverage and adequate reimbursement are not available or reimbursement is available only to limited levels, we may not be able to successfully commercialize any drug candidate for which we obtain marketing approval.

Additionally, we plan to develop, either by ourselves or with collaborators, in vitro companion diagnostic tests for our drug candidates for certain indications. We, or our collaborators, will be required to obtain coverage and reimbursement for these tests separate and apart from the coverage and reimbursement we seek for our product candidates, once approved. While we have not yet developed any companion diagnostic test for our product candidates, if we do, there is significant uncertainty regarding our ability to obtain coverage and adequate reimbursement for the same reasons applicable to our product candidates.

There may also be significant delays in obtaining coverage and reimbursement for newly approved drugs, and coverage may be more limited than the purposes for which the drug is approved by the FDA or similar regulatory authorities outside of the United States. Moreover, eligibility for coverage and reimbursement does not imply that a drug will be paid for in all cases or at a rate that covers our costs, including research, development, intellectual property, manufacture, sale and distribution expenses. Interim reimbursement levels for new drugs, if applicable, may also not be sufficient to cover our costs and may not be made permanent. Reimbursement rates may vary according to the use of the drug and the clinical setting in which it is used, may be based on reimbursement levels already set for lower cost drugs and may be incorporated into existing payments for other services. Net prices for drugs may be reduced by mandatory discounts or rebates required by government healthcare programs or private payors and by any future relaxation of laws that presently restrict imports of drugs from countries where they may be sold at lower prices than in the United States. Third-party payors often rely upon Medicare coverage policy and payment limitations in setting their own reimbursement policies, but also have their own methods and approval process apart from Medicare determinations. Our inability to promptly obtain coverage and adequate reimbursement rates from third-party payors for any approved products that we develop could have a material adverse effect on our operating results, our ability to raise capital needed to commercialize products and our overall financial condition.

 

54


Table of Contents

Product liability lawsuits against us could cause us to incur substantial liabilities and to limit commercialization of any products that we may develop.

We face an inherent risk of product liability exposure related to the testing of our drug candidates in human clinical trials and will face an even greater risk if we commercialize any products that we may develop. If we cannot successfully defend ourselves against any claims that our drug candidates or products caused injuries, we will incur substantial liabilities. Regardless of merit or eventual outcome, liability claims may result in:

 

   

decreased demand for any drug candidates or products that we may develop;

 

   

injury to our reputation and significant negative media attention;

 

   

withdrawal of clinical trial participants;

 

   

significant costs to defend the related litigation;

 

   

substantial monetary awards to trial participants or patients;

 

   

loss of revenue;

 

   

reduced resources of our management to pursue our business strategy; and

 

   

the inability to commercialize any products that we may develop.

Our current product liability insurance coverage for the United States and certain other jurisdictions may not be adequate to cover all liabilities that we may incur. We likely will need to increase our insurance coverage as we expand our clinical trials or if we commence commercialization of our drug candidates. Insurance coverage is increasingly expensive. We may not be able to maintain insurance coverage at a reasonable cost or in an amount adequate to satisfy any liability that may arise.

Risks Related to Employee Matters, Managing Growth and Other Risks Related to Our Business

Our future success depends on our ability to retain key employees and to attract, retain and motivate qualified personnel.

We are highly dependent on the research expertise of Jingrong Jean Cui, Ph.D., our founder and Chief Scientific Officer, and the development and management expertise of Athena Countouriotis, M.D., our Chief Executive Officer, as well as the other principal members of our management, scientific and clinical team. Although we have entered into employment agreements with our executive officers, each of them may terminate their employment with us at any time.

Our industry has experienced a high rate of turnover in recent years. Our ability to compete in the highly competitive pharmaceuticals industry depends upon our ability to attract, retain and motivate highly skilled and experienced personnel with scientific, clinical, regulatory, manufacturing and management skills and experience. We conduct our operations in the greater San Diego area, a region that is home to many other pharmaceutical companies as well as many academic and research institutions, resulting in fierce competition for qualified personnel. We may not be able to attract or retain qualified personnel in the future due to the intense competition for a limited number of qualified personnel among pharmaceutical companies. Many of the other pharmaceutical companies against which we compete have greater financial and other resources, different risk profiles and a longer history in the industry than we do. Our competitors may provide higher compensation, more diverse opportunities and/or better opportunities for career advancement. Any or all of these competing factors may limit our ability to continue to attract and retain high quality personnel, which could negatively affect our ability to successfully develop and commercialize our drug candidates and to grow our business and operations as currently contemplated.

 

55


Table of Contents

We expect to expand our development and regulatory capabilities and potentially implement sales, marketing and distribution capabilities, and as a result, we may encounter difficulties in managing our growth, which could disrupt our operations.

As of March 18, 2019, we had 50 full-time employees. We expect to experience significant growth in the number of our employees and the scope of our operations, particularly in the areas of clinical development, clinical operations, manufacturing, regulatory affairs and, if any of our drug candidates receives marketing approval, sales, marketing and distribution. To manage our anticipated future growth, we must continue to implement and improve our managerial, operational and financial systems, expand our facilities and continue to recruit and train additional qualified personnel. Due to our limited financial resources and the limited experience of our management team in managing a company with such anticipated growth and with developing sales, marketing and distribution infrastructure, we may not be able to effectively manage the expansion of our operations or recruit and train additional qualified personnel. The expansion of our operations may lead to significant costs and may divert our management and business development resources.

Further, we currently rely, and for the foreseeable future will continue to rely, in substantial part on certain third-party contract organizations, advisors and consultants to provide certain services, including assuming substantial responsibilities for the conduct of our clinical trials and the manufacture of repotrectinib or any future drug candidates. We cannot assure you that the services of such third-party contract organizations, advisors and consultants will continue to be available to us on a timely basis when needed, or that we can find qualified replacements. In addition, if we are unable to effectively manage our outsourced activities or if the quality or accuracy of the services provided by our vendors or consultants is compromised for any reason, our clinical trials may be extended, delayed or terminated, and we may not be able to obtain marketing approval of repotrectinib or any future drug candidates or otherwise advance our business. We cannot assure you that we will be able to properly manage our existing vendors or consultants or find other competent outside vendors and consultants on economically reasonable terms, or at all.

If we are not able to effectively manage growth and expand our organization, we may not be able to successfully implement the tasks necessary to further develop and commercialize repotrectinib, our other pipeline drug candidates or any future drug candidates and, accordingly, may not achieve our research, development and commercialization goals.

Our employees, clinical trial investigators, CROs, consultants, vendors and any potential commercial partners may engage in misconduct or other improper activities, including non-compliance with regulatory standards and requirements and insider trading.

We are exposed to the risk of fraud or other misconduct by our employees, clinical trial investigators, CROs, consultants, vendors and any potential commercial partners. Misconduct by these parties could include intentional, reckless and/or negligent conduct or disclosure of unauthorized activities to us that violates: (i) FDA regulations or those of comparable foreign regulatory authorities, including those laws that require the reporting of true, complete and accurate information, (ii) manufacturing standards, (iii) federal and state health and data privacy, security, fraud and abuse, government price reporting, transparency reporting requirements, and other healthcare laws and regulations in the United States and abroad, (iv) sexual harassment and other workplace misconduct, or (v) laws that require the true, complete and accurate reporting of financial information or data. Such misconduct could also involve the improper use of information obtained in the course of clinical trials, which could result in regulatory sanctions and cause serious harm to our reputation. We intend to adopt a code of conduct applicable to all of our employees prior to completion of this offering, as well as a disclosure program and other applicable policies and procedures, but it is not always possible to identify and deter employee misconduct, and the precautions we take to detect and prevent this activity

 

56


Table of Contents

may not be effective in controlling unknown or unmanaged risks or losses or in protecting us from governmental investigations or other actions or lawsuits stemming from a failure to comply with these laws or regulations. If any such actions are instituted against us, and we are not successful in defending ourselves or asserting our rights, those actions could have a significant impact on our business, including the imposition of significant civil, criminal and administrative penalties, damages, fines, disgorgement, imprisonment, exclusion from government funded healthcare programs, such as Medicare, Medicaid and other federal healthcare programs, contractual damages, reputational harm, diminished profits and future earnings, additional integrity reporting and oversight obligations, and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations, any of which could adversely affect our ability to operate our business and our results of operations.

Our internal information technology systems, or those of our third-party CROs or other vendors, contractors or consultants, may fail or suffer security breaches, loss or leakage of data and other disruptions, which could result in a material disruption of our development programs, compromise sensitive information related to our business or prevent us from accessing critical information, potentially exposing us to liability or otherwise adversely affecting our business.

We are increasingly dependent upon information technology systems, infrastructure and data to operate our business. In the ordinary course of business, we collect, store and transmit confidential information (including but not limited to intellectual property, proprietary business information and personal information). It is critical that we do so in a secure manner to maintain the confidentiality and integrity of such confidential information. We also have outsourced elements of our operations to third parties, and as a result we manage a number of third-party CROs, vendors, and other contractors and consultants who have access to our confidential information.

Despite the implementation of security measures, given their size and complexity and the increasing amounts of confidential information that they maintain, our internal information technology systems and those of our third-party CROs, vendors and other contractors and consultants are potentially vulnerable to breakdown or other damage or interruption from service interruptions, system malfunction, natural disasters, terrorism, war and telecommunication and electrical failures, as well as security breaches from inadvertent or intentional actions by our employees, third-party CROs, vendors, contractors, consultants, business partners and/or other third parties, or from cyber-attacks by malicious third parties (including the deployment of harmful malware, ransomware, denial-of-service attacks, social engineering and other means to affect service reliability and threaten the confidentiality, integrity and availability of information), which may compromise our system infrastructure, or that of our third-party CROs, vendors and other contractors and consultants, or lead to data leakage. The risk of a security breach or disruption, particularly through cyber-attacks or cyber intrusion, including by computer hackers, foreign governments, and cyber terrorists, has generally increased as the number, intensity and sophistication of attempted attacks and intrusions from around the world have increased. We may not be able to anticipate all types of security threats, nor may we be able to implement preventive measures effective against all such security threats. The techniques used by cyber criminals change frequently, may not be recognized until launched and can originate from a wide variety of sources, including outside groups such as external service providers, organized crime affiliates, terrorist organizations or hostile foreign governments or agencies. To the extent that any disruption or security breach were to result in a loss of, or damage to, our data or applications, or those of our third-party CROs, vendors and other contractors and consultants, or inappropriate disclosure of confidential or proprietary information, we could incur liability and reputational damage and the further development and commercialization of repotrectinib or any future drug candidates could be delayed. The costs related to significant security breaches or disruptions could be material and exceed the limits of the cybersecurity insurance we maintain against such risks. If the information technology systems of our third-party CROs, vendors and other contractors and consultants become subject to disruptions or

 

57


Table of Contents

security breaches, we may have insufficient recourse against such third parties and we may have to expend significant resources to mitigate the impact of such an event, and to develop and implement protections to prevent future events of this nature from occurring.

While we have not experienced any such system failure, accident or security breach to date, and believe that our data protection efforts and our investment in information technology reduce the likelihood of such incidents in the future, we cannot assure you that our data protection efforts and our investment in information technology will prevent significant breakdowns, data leakages, breaches in our systems, or those of our third-party CROs, vendors and other contractors and consultants, or other cyber incidents that could have a material adverse effect upon our reputation, business, operations or financial condition. For example, if such an event were to occur and cause interruptions in our operations, or those of our third-party CROs, vendors and other contractors and consultants, it could result in a material disruption of our programs and the development of our drug candidates could be delayed. In addition, the loss of clinical trial data for repotrectinib or any other drug candidates could result in delays in our marketing approval efforts and significantly increase our costs to recover or reproduce the data. Furthermore, significant disruptions of our internal information technology systems or those of our third-party CROs, vendors and other contractors and consultants, or security breaches could result in the loss, misappropriation and/or unauthorized access, use, or disclosure of, or the prevention of access to, confidential information (including trade secrets or other intellectual property, proprietary business information and personal information), which could result in financial, legal, business and reputational harm to us. For example, any such event that leads to unauthorized access, use, or disclosure of personal information, including personal information regarding our clinical trial subjects or employees, could harm our reputation directly, compel us to comply with federal and/or state breach notification laws and foreign law equivalents, subject us to mandatory corrective action, and otherwise subject us to liability under laws and regulations that protect the privacy and security of personal information, which could result in significant legal and financial exposure and reputational damages that could potentially have an adverse effect on our business.

Failure to comply with health and data protection laws and regulations could lead to government enforcement actions (which could include civil or criminal penalties), private litigation and/or adverse publicity and could negatively affect our operating results and business.

We and any potential collaborators may be subject to federal, state and foreign data protection laws and regulations (i.e., laws and regulations that address privacy and data security). In the United States, numerous federal and state laws and regulations, including federal health information privacy laws, state data breach notification laws, state health information privacy laws and federal and state consumer protection laws (e.g., Section 5 of the Federal Trade Commission Act), that govern the collection, use, disclosure and protection of health-related and other personal information could apply to our operations or the operations of our collaborators. In addition, we may obtain health information from third parties (including research institutions from which we obtain clinical trial data) that are subject to privacy and security requirements under the HIPAA, as amended by HITECH. Depending on the facts and circumstances, we could be subject to criminal penalties if we knowingly obtain, use, or disclose individually identifiable health information maintained by a HIPAA-covered entity in a manner that is not authorized or permitted by HIPAA.

International data protection laws, including Regulation 2016/679, known as the General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR) may also apply to health-related and other personal information obtained outside of the United States. The GDPR went into effect on May 25, 2018. The GDPR introduced new data protection requirements in the European Union, as well as potential fines for noncompliant companies of up to the greater of 20 million or 4% of annual global revenue. The regulation imposes numerous new requirements for the collection, use and disclosure of personal

 

58


Table of Contents

information, including more stringent requirements relating to consent and the information that must be shared with data subjects about how their personal information is used, the obligation to notify regulators and affected individuals of personal data breaches, extensive new internal privacy governance obligations and obligations to honor expanded rights of individuals in relation to their personal information (e.g., the right to access, correct and delete their data). In addition, the GDPR includes restrictions on cross-border data transfer. The GDPR will increase our responsibility and liability in relation to personal data that we process, and we may be required to put in place additional mechanisms to ensure compliance with the new EU data protection rules. Further, the United Kingdom’s vote in favor of exiting the EU, often referred to as Brexit, has created uncertainty with regard to data protection regulation in the United Kingdom. In particular, it is unclear whether the United Kingdom will enact data protection legislation equivalent to the GDPR and how data transfers to and from the United Kingdom will be regulated.

In addition, California recently enacted the California Consumer Privacy Act (CPPA), which creates new individual privacy rights for California consumers (as defined in the law) and places increased privacy and security obligations on entities handling certain personal data of consumers or households. The CCPA will require covered companies to provide new disclosure to consumers about such companies’ data collection, use and sharing practices, provide such consumers new ways to opt-out of certain sales or transfers of personal information, and provide consumers with additional causes of action. The CCPA goes into effect on January 1, 2020, and the California Attorney General may bring enforcement actions for violations beginning July 1, 2020. The CCPA was amended on September 23, 2018, and it remains unclear what, if any, further modifications will be made to this legislation or how it will be interpreted. As currently written, the CCPA may impact our business activities and exemplifies the vulnerability of our business to the evolving regulatory environment related to personal data and protected health information.

Compliance with U.S. and international data protection laws and regulations could require us to take on more onerous obligations in our contracts, restrict our ability to collect, use and disclose data, or in some cases, impact our ability to operate in certain jurisdictions. Failure to comply with U.S. and international data protection laws and regulations could result in government enforcement actions (which could include civil, criminal, and administrative penalties), private litigation and/or adverse publicity and could negatively affect our operating results and business. Moreover, clinical trial subjects about whom we or our potential collaborators obtain information, as well as the providers who share this information with us, may contractually limit our ability to use and disclose the information. Claims that we have violated individuals’ privacy rights, failed to comply with data protection laws, or breached our contractual obligations, even if we are not found liable, could be expensive and time consuming to defend and could result in adverse publicity that could harm our business.

We or the third parties upon whom we depend may be adversely affected by natural disasters and our business continuity and disaster recovery plans may not adequately protect us from a serious disaster.

Our company is located in San Diego, California, an area prone to wild fires and earthquakes. These and other natural disasters could severely disrupt our operations, and have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects. If a natural disaster, power outage or other event occurred that prevented us from using all or a significant portion of our headquarters, that damaged critical infrastructure, such as the manufacturing facilities of our third-party contract manufacturers, or that otherwise disrupted operations, it may be difficult or, in certain cases, impossible for us to continue our business for a substantial period of time. Any disaster recovery and business continuity plans we have in place may prove inadequate in the event of a serious disaster or similar event. We may incur substantial expenses as a result of the limited nature of our disaster recovery and business continuity plans, which, could have a material adverse effect on our business.

 

59


Table of Contents

Our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards and certain other tax attributes may be limited.

We have incurred substantial losses during our history and do not expect to become profitable in the near future, and we may never achieve profitability. Unused losses for the tax year ended December 31, 2017 will carry forward to offset future taxable income, if any, until such unused losses expire. Unused losses generated after December 31, 2017, under recent U.S. federal tax legislation (H.R. 1, “An Act to provide for reconciliation pursuant to titles II and V of the concurrent resolution on the budget for fiscal year 2018”, informally titled the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act), will not expire and may be carried forward indefinitely but will be only deductible to the extent of 80% of current year taxable income in any given year. It is uncertain if and to what extent various states will conform to the recent U.S. federal tax legislation. In addition, both our current and our future unused losses and other tax attributes may be subject to limitation under Sections 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code) if we undergo an “ownership change,” generally defined as a greater than 50 percentage point change (by value) in our equity ownership by certain stockholders over a three-year period. We have not completed a Section 382 study to assess whether an ownership change has occurred or whether there have been multiple ownership changes since our formation due to the complexity and cost associated with such a study and the fact that there may be additional such ownership changes in the future. As a result, if we earn net taxable income our pre-2018 net operating loss carryforwards may expire prior to being used, our net operating loss carryforwards generated in 2018 and thereafter will be subject to a percentage limitation and, if we undergo an ownership change (or if we previously underwent such an ownership change), our ability to use all of our pre-change net operating loss carryforwards (NOLs) and other pre-change tax attributes (such as research tax credits) to offset our post-change income or taxes may be limited. Similar provisions of state tax law may also apply to limit our use of accumulated state tax attributes. In addition, at the state level, there may be periods during which the use of NOLs is suspended or otherwise limited, which could accelerate or permanently increase state taxes owed. As a result, even if we attain profitability, we may be unable to use all or a material portion of our NOLs and other tax attributes, which could adversely affect our future cash flows.

We may engage in strategic transactions that could impact our liquidity, increase our expenses and present significant distractions to our management.

From time to time, we may consider strategic transactions, such as acquisitions of companies, businesses or assets and out-licensing or in-licensing of products, drug candidates or technologies. Additional potential transactions that we may consider include a variety of different business arrangements, including spin-offs, strategic partnerships, joint ventures, restructurings, divestitures, business combinations and investments. Any such transaction may require us to incur non-recurring or other charges, may increase our near term or long-term expenditures and may pose significant integration challenges or disrupt our management or business, which could adversely affect our operations and financial results. For example, these transactions may entail numerous operational and financial risks, including:

 

   

exposure to unknown liabilities;

 

   

disruption of our business and diversion of our management’s time and attention in order to develop acquired products, drug candidates or technologies;

 

   

incurrence of substantial debt or dilutive issuances of equity securities to pay for acquisitions;

 

   

higher than expected acquisition and integration costs;

 

   

write-downs of assets or goodwill or impairment charges;

 

   

increased amortization expenses;

 

60


Table of Contents
   

difficulty and cost in combining the operations, systems and personnel of any acquired businesses with our operations, systems and personnel;

 

   

impairment of relationships with key suppliers or customers of any acquired businesses due to changes in management and ownership; and

 

   

inability to retain key employees of any acquired businesses.

Risks Related to Our Common Stock and This Offering

After this offering, our executive officers, directors and principal stockholders, if they choose to act together, will continue to have the ability to control or significantly influence all matters submitted to stockholders for approval.

Based on our common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2018 and including the                  shares to be sold in this offering, upon the closing of this offering, our executive officers and directors, combined with our stockholders who owned more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock before this offering will, in the aggregate, beneficially own shares representing approximately     % of our capital stock. As a result, if these stockholders were to choose to act together, they would be able to control all matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, as well as our management and affairs. For example, these persons, if they choose to act together, would control the election of directors and approval of any merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of our assets. This concentration of ownership control may:

 

   

delay, defer or prevent a change in control;

 

   

entrench our management and the board of directors; or

 

   

impede a merger, consolidation, takeover or other business combination involving us that other stockholders may desire.

Delaware law and provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect at the completion of this offering could make a merger, tender offer or proxy contest difficult, thereby depressing the trading price of our common stock.

Provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective immediately prior to and upon the completion of this offering, respectively, may delay or discourage transactions involving an actual or potential change in our control or change in our management, including transactions in which stockholders might otherwise receive a premium for their shares or transactions that our stockholders might otherwise deem to be in their best interests. Therefore, these provisions could adversely affect the price of our common stock. Among other things, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will:

 

   

permit our board of directors to issue up to 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, with any rights, preferences and privileges as they may designate (including the right to approve an acquisition or other change in our control);

 

   

provide that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of the board of directors;

 

   

provide that our board of directors or any individual director may only be removed with cause and the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66-2/3% of the voting power of all of our then-outstanding common stock;

 

61


Table of Contents
   

provide that all vacancies, including newly created directorships, may, except as otherwise required by law, be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of directors then in office, even if less than a quorum;

 

   

divide our board of directors into three classes;

 

   

require that any action to be taken by our stockholders must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders and not be taken by written consent;

 

   

provide that stockholders seeking to present proposals before a meeting of stockholders or to nominate candidates for election as directors at a meeting of stockholders must provide notice in writing in a timely manner and also specify requirements as to the form and content of a stockholder’s notice;

 

   

do not provide for cumulative voting rights (therefore allowing the holders of a majority of the shares of common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors to elect all of the directors standing for election, if they should so choose);

 

   

provide that special meetings of our stockholders may be called only by the chair of our board of directors, our Chief Executive Officer or by the board of directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors; and

 

   

provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for the following types of actions or proceedings under Delaware statutory or common law: (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; (ii) any action or proceeding asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our current or former directors, officers or other employees to us or our stockholders; (iii) any action or proceeding asserting a claim against us or any of our current or former directors, officers or other employees, arising out of or pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law, our certificate of incorporation or our bylaws; (iv) any action or proceeding to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of our certificate of incorporation or our bylaws; (v) any action or proceeding as to which the Delaware General Corporation Law confers jurisdiction to the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware; and (vi) any action asserting a claim against us or any of our directors, officers or other employees governed by the internal affairs doctrine, in all cases to the fullest extent permitted by law and subject to the court’s having personal jurisdiction over the indispensable parties named as defendants; provided these provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will apply to suits brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, but stockholders will not be deemed to have waived our compliance with the federal securities laws and the regulations thereunder; and provided these provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will not apply to suits brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction.

The amendment of any of these provisions, with the exception of the ability of our board of directors to issue shares of preferred stock and designate any rights, preferences and privileges thereto, would require approval by the holders of at least 66-2/3% of our then-outstanding common stock.

In addition, as a Delaware corporation, we are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. These provisions may prohibit large stockholders, in particular those owning 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock, from merging or combining with us for a certain period of time. A Delaware corporation may opt out of this provision by express provision in its original certificate of incorporation or by amendment to its certificate of incorporation or bylaws approved by its stockholders. However, we have not opted out of this provision.

 

62


Table of Contents

These and other provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws and Delaware law could make it more difficult for stockholders or potential acquirors to obtain control of our board of directors or initiate actions that are opposed by our then-current board of directors, including delay or impede a merger, tender offer or proxy contest involving our company. The existence of these provisions could negatively affect the price of our common stock and limit opportunities for you to realize value in a corporate transaction.

For information regarding these and other provisions, see “Description of Capital Stock.”

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware is the exclusive forum for certain disputes between us and our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that, to the fullest extent permitted by law and subject to the court’s having personal jurisdiction over the indispensable parties named as defendants, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware is the exclusive forum for the following types of actions or proceedings under Delaware statutory or common law: (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (ii) any action or proceeding asserting a breach of fiduciary duty owed by any of our current or former directors, officers or other employees to us or our stockholders, (iii) any action or proceeding asserting a claim against us or any of our current or former directors, officers or other employees arising out of or pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law, our certificate of incorporation or bylaws; (iv) any action or proceeding to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of our certificate of incorporation or our bylaws; (v) any action or proceeding as to which the Delaware General Corporation Law confers jurisdiction to the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware and (vi) any action asserting a claim against us or any of our directors, officers or other employees that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine; provided these provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will apply to suits brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, but stockholders will not be deemed to have waived our compliance with the federal securities laws and the regulations thereunder; and provided, that, this provision would not apply to suits brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Exchange Act, or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction. These choice of forum provisions may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees and may discourage these types of lawsuits. Furthermore, the enforceability of similar choice of forum provisions in other companies’ certificates of incorporation has been challenged in legal proceedings, and it is possible that a court could find these types of provisions to be inapplicable or unenforceable. If a court were to find the choice of forum provisions contained in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions.

If you purchase shares of common stock in this offering, you will suffer immediate dilution of your investment.

The initial public offering price of our common stock will be substantially higher than the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock. Therefore, if you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you will pay a price per share that substantially exceeds our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering. To the extent shares subsequently are issued under outstanding options, you will incur further dilution. Based on an assumed initial public offering price of $        per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, you will experience immediate dilution of $        per share, representing the difference between our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after

 

63


Table of Contents

giving effect to this offering and the assumed initial public offering price. In addition, purchasers of common stock in this offering will have contributed approximately     % of the aggregate price paid by all purchasers of our stock, but will own only approximately     % of our common stock outstanding after this offering.

An active trading market for our common stock may not develop.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price for our common stock will be determined through negotiations with the underwriters. Although we have applied for listing of our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market, an active trading market for our shares may never develop or be sustained following this offering. If an active market for our common stock does not develop, it may be difficult for you to sell shares you purchase in this offering without depressing the market price for the shares or at all.

The price of our common stock may be volatile and fluctuate substantially, which could result in substantial losses for purchasers of our common stock in this offering.

Our stock price is likely to be volatile. The stock market in general and the market for smaller pharmaceutical companies in particular have experienced extreme volatility that has often been unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies. As a result of this volatility, you may not be able to sell your common stock at or above the initial public offering price. The market price for our common stock may be influenced by many factors, including:

 

   

the degree of success of competitive products or technologies;

 

   

the commencement, enrollment or results of clinical trials and preclinical studies of our drug candidates or those of our competitors;

 

   

adverse results from, delays in or termination of clinical trials;

 

   

unanticipated serious safety concerns related to the use of our product candidates;

 

   

regulatory or legal developments in the United States and other countries;

 

   

any delay in our regulatory filings for our drug candidates and any adverse development or perceived adverse development with respect to the applicable regulatory authority’s review of such filings, including without limitation the FDA’s issuance of a “refusal to file” letter or a request for additional information;

 

   

receipt of, or failure to obtain, regulatory approvals;

 

   

lower than expected market acceptance of our product candidates following approval, if any, for commercialization;

 

   

developments or disputes concerning patent applications, issued patents or other proprietary rights;

 

   

the recruitment or departure of key personnel;

 

   

the level of expenses related to any of our drug candidates or clinical development programs;

 

   

the results of our efforts to design, develop, acquire or in-license additional technologies or drug candidates;

 

   

actual or anticipated changes in estimates as to financial results, development timelines or recommendations by securities analysts;

 

   

publication of research reports about us or our industry or positive or negative recommendations or withdrawal of research coverage by securities analysts;

 

64


Table of Contents
   

announcements of investigations or regulatory scrutiny of our operations or lawsuits filed against us;

 

   

variations in our financial results or those of companies that are perceived to be similar to us;

 

   

rumors or announcements regarding transactions involving our company or drug candidates;

 

   

proposed changes to healthcare laws in the United States or foreign jurisdictions, or speculation regarding such changes;

 

   

market conditions or trends in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology sectors;

 

   

general economic, industry and market conditions; and

 

   

the other events or factors, including those described in this “Risk Factors” section.

We have broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds from this offering and may not use them effectively.

Our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds from this offering and could spend the proceeds in ways that do not improve our results of operations or enhance the value of our common stock. The failure by our management to apply these funds effectively could result in financial losses that could have a material adverse effect on our business, cause the price of our common stock to decline and delay the development of our drug candidates. Pending their use, we may invest the net proceeds from this offering in a manner that does not produce income or that loses value.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about us, our business or our market, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. Securities and industry analysts do not currently, and may never, publish research on our company. If no or only very few securities analysts commence coverage of us, or if industry analysts cease coverage of us, the trading price for our common stock would be negatively affected. If one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our common stock or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our common stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of us or fail to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our common stock could decrease, which might cause our common stock price and trading volume to decline.

A significant portion of our total outstanding shares are eligible to be sold into the market in the near future, which could cause the market price of our common stock to drop significantly, even if our business is doing well.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market could occur at any time. These sales, or the perception in the market that the holders of a large number of shares intend to sell shares, could reduce the market price of our common stock. After this offering, we will have                 outstanding shares of common stock based on the number of shares outstanding as of December 31, 2018. This includes the shares that we are selling in this offering, which may be resold in the public market immediately without restriction, unless purchased by our affiliates or existing stockholders. Of the remaining shares,                  shares are currently restricted as a result of securities laws or lock-up agreements, but will become eligible to be sold after the offering as described in the “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” section of this prospectus. Moreover, after this offering, holders of an aggregate of                  shares of our common stock will have rights, subject to specified conditions, to require us to file registration statements covering their shares or to include their shares in registration

 

65


Table of Contents

statements that we may file for ourselves or other stockholders. We also intend to register all shares of common stock that we may issue under our equity compensation plans. Once we register these shares, they can be freely sold in the public market upon issuance, subject to volume limitations applicable to affiliates and the lock-up agreements described in the “Underwriting” section of this prospectus.

We and our officers, directors, and holders of substantially all of our capital stock, stock options and other securities convertible into, exercisable or exchangeable for our capital stock outstanding immediately prior to the closing of this offering have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions described in the section titled “Underwriting,” not to dispose of or hedge any of common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock for a period of 180 days following the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and SVB Leerink LLC on behalf of the underwriters. We refer to such period as the lock-up period. When the lock-up period expires, we and our securityholders subject to a lock-up agreement or market stand-off agreement will be able to sell our shares in the public market. In addition, Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and SVB Leerink LLC may, in their sole discretion, release all or some portion of the shares subject to lock-up agreements at any time and for any reason. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” for more information. Sales of a substantial number of such shares upon expiration of the lock-up and market stand-off agreements, the perception that such sales may occur, or early release of these agreements, could cause our market price to fall or make it more difficult for you to sell your common stock at a time and price that you deem appropriate.

Our disclosure controls and procedures may not prevent or detect all errors or acts of fraud.

Upon the completion of this offering, we will become subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act. We designed our disclosure controls and procedures to reasonably assure that information we must disclose in reports we file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to management, and recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the SEC. We believe that any disclosure controls and procedures or internal controls and procedures, no matter how well-conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met.

These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty, and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. For example, our directors or executive officers could inadvertently fail to disclose a new relationship or arrangement causing us to fail to make any related party transaction disclosures. Additionally, controls can be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people or by an unauthorized override of the controls. Accordingly, because of the inherent limitations in our control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected. In addition, we do not have a risk management program or processes or procedures for identifying and addressing risks to our business in other areas.

We are an “emerging growth company,” and the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies may make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act, and may remain an emerging growth company for up to five full fiscal years following this offering. For so long as we remain an emerging growth company, we are permitted and intend to rely on exemptions from certain disclosure requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies. These exemptions include:

 

   

being permitted to provide only two years of audited financial statements in this prospectus, in addition to any required unaudited interim financial statements, with correspondingly reduced “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” disclosure;

 

66


Table of Contents
   

not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements in the assessment of our internal control over financial reporting;

 

   

not being required to comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements;

 

   

reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation; and

 

   

exemptions from the requirements of holding a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

We have taken advantage of reduced reporting burdens in this prospectus. In particular, in this prospectus, we have provided only two years of audited financial statements and correspondingly reduced “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” disclosure and have not included all of the executive compensation related information that would be required if we were not an emerging growth company. We cannot predict whether investors will find our common stock less attractive if we rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile. In addition, the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. This allows an emerging growth company to delay the adoption of these accounting standards until they would otherwise apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this exemption and, therefore, we will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

We will incur increased costs as a result of operating as a public company, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to new compliance initiatives and corporate governance practices.

As a public company, and particularly after we are no longer an emerging growth company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, the listing requirements of The Nasdaq Global Market and other applicable securities rules and regulations impose various requirements on public companies, including establishment and maintenance of effective disclosure and financial controls and corporate governance practices. Our management and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time to these compliance initiatives. Moreover, these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time-consuming and costly. For example, we expect that these rules and regulations may make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, which in turn could make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified members of our board of directors.

We are evaluating these rules and regulations, and cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur or the timing of such costs. These rules and regulations are often subject to varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices.

Pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (Section 404), we will be required to furnish a report by our management on our internal control over financial reporting. However, while we

 

67


Table of Contents

remain an emerging growth company, we will not be required to include an attestation report on internal control over financial reporting issued by our independent registered public accounting firm. To achieve compliance with Section 404 within the prescribed period, we will be engaged in a process to document and evaluate our internal control over financial reporting, which is both costly and challenging. In this regard, we will need to continue to dedicate internal resources, potentially engage outside consultants and adopt a detailed work plan to assess and document the adequacy of internal control over financial reporting, continue steps to improve control processes as appropriate, validate through testing that controls are functioning as documented and implement a continuous reporting and improvement process for internal control over financial reporting. Despite our efforts, there is a risk that we will not be able to conclude, within the prescribed timeframe or at all, that our internal control over financial reporting is effective as required by Section 404. If we identify one or more material weaknesses, it could result in an adverse reaction in the financial markets due to a loss of confidence in the reliability of our financial statements.

Because we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our capital stock in the foreseeable future, capital appreciation, if any, will be your sole source of gain.

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain all of our future earnings, if any, to finance the growth and development of our business. In addition, the terms of any future debt agreements we may enter into may preclude us from paying dividends. As a result, capital appreciation, if any, of our common stock will be your sole source of gain for the foreseeable future.

We could be subject to securities class action litigation.

In the past, securities class action litigation has often been brought against a company following a decline in the market price of its securities. This risk is especially relevant for us because pharmaceutical companies have experienced significant stock price volatility in recent years. If we face such litigation, it could result in substantial costs and a diversion of management’s attention and resources, which could harm our business.

 

68


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements. The forward-looking statements are contained principally in the sections entitled “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Business.” These statements relate to future events or to our future financial performance and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors which may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements about:

 

   

our plans to research, develop and commercialize our drug candidates, including the timing of our planned Phase 2 portion of TRIDENT-1;

 

   

the success, cost and timing of our product development activities and clinical trials, including whether the planned Phase 2 portion of TRIDENT-1 will support the approval of repotrectinib in ROS1+ advanced NSCLC and NTRK+ advanced solid tumors;

 

   

our ability to obtain and maintain regulatory approval for repotrectinib or any of our other current or future drug candidates, and any related restrictions, limitations, and/or warnings in the label of an approved drug candidate;

 

   

our expectations regarding the size of target patient populations for our drug candidates, if approved for commercial use, and any additional drug candidates we may develop;

 

   

our ability to obtain funding for our operations;

 

   

the commercialization of our drug candidates, if approved;

 

   

our ability to attract collaborators with development, regulatory and commercialization expertise;

 

   

our expectations regarding our ability to obtain, maintain, enforce and defend our intellectual property protection for our drug candidates;

 

   

future agreements with third parties in connection with the commercialization of repotrectinib, or any of our other current or future drug candidates;

 

   

the size and growth potential of the markets for our drug candidates, and our ability to serve those markets;

 

   

the rate and degree of market acceptance of our drug candidates, as well as third-party payor coverage and reimbursement for our drug candidates;

 

   

regulatory and legal developments in the United States and foreign countries;

 

   

the performance of our third-party suppliers and manufacturers;

 

   

the success of competing therapies that are or may become available;

 

   

our ability to attract and retain key scientific or management personnel;

 

   

the accuracy of our estimates regarding expenses, capital requirements and needs for additional financing; and

 

   

our use of the proceeds from this offering.

In some cases, you can identify these statements by terms such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “potential,” “predict,” “project,” “should,” “target,” “will,” “would” or the negative of those terms, and similar expressions that convey uncertainty

 

69


Table of Contents

of future events or outcomes. These forward-looking statements reflect our management’s beliefs and views with respect to future events and are based on estimates and assumptions as of the date of this prospectus and are subject to risks and uncertainties. In addition, statements that “we believe” and similar statements reflect our beliefs and opinions on the relevant subject. These statements are based upon information available to us as of the date of this prospectus, and while we believe such information forms a reasonable basis for such statements, such information may be limited or incomplete, and our statements should not be read to indicate that we have conducted an exhaustive inquiry into, or review of, all potentially available relevant information. These statements are inherently uncertain and investors are cautioned not to unduly rely upon these statements. We discuss many of the risks associated with the forward-looking statements in this prospectus in greater detail under the heading “Risk Factors.” Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment. New risks emerge from time to time. It is not possible for our management to predict all risks, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements we may make. Given these uncertainties, you should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements.

You should carefully read this prospectus and the documents that we reference in this prospectus and have filed as exhibits to the registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part, completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from what we expect. We qualify all of the forward-looking statements in this prospectus by these cautionary statements.

Except as required by law, we assume no obligation to update these forward-looking statements publicly, or to update the reasons actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

 

70


Table of Contents

MARKET, INDUSTRY AND OTHER DATA

This prospectus contains estimates, projections and other information concerning our industry, our business and the markets for our drug candidates, including data regarding the estimated size of such markets and the incidence of certain medical conditions. Unless otherwise expressly stated, we obtained the market, industry and similar data set forth in this prospectus from our internal estimates and research and from academic and industry research, publications, surveys and studies conducted by third parties, including governmental agencies. Information that is based on estimates, forecasts, projections, market research or similar methodologies is inherently subject to uncertainties and actual events or circumstances may differ materially from events and circumstances that are assumed in this information. While we believe that the data we use from third parties are reliable, we have not separately verified these data. Further, while we believe our internal research is reliable, such research has not been verified by any third party. You are cautioned not to give undue weight to any such information, projections and estimates.

 

71


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from the sale of the shares of our common stock in this offering will be approximately $        million, or approximately $        million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $        per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $        per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $        million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each 1,000,000 share increase (decrease) in the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us by approximately $        million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price of $                per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The principal purposes of this offering are to obtain additional capital to support our operations, to create a public market for our common stock and to facilitate our future access to the public equity markets. We anticipate that we will use the net proceeds of this offering as follows:

 

   

approximately $        million to $        million to further the clinical development of repotrectinib in our planned Phase 2 portion of TRIDENT-1, including companion diagnostic development, as well as in combination and pediatric studies;

 

   

approximately $        million to $        million to further the development of our preclinical candidates, including TPX-0046 and TPX-0022 and our next-generation ALK inhibitor candidate once selected; and

 

   

the remainder for the design and development of new drug candidates and for working capital purposes, including general operating expenses.

We may also use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering to in-license, acquire or invest in complementary businesses, technologies, products or assets. However, we have no current commitments or obligations to do so.

We believe that the expected net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents, will be sufficient to enable us to fund our operating expenses through at least the next      months, through our expected initial data release from the planned Phase 2 portion of TRIDENT-1 and early Phase 1 clinical development for TPX-0022 and TPX-0046. It is difficult to predict the cost and timing required to complete our clinical trials due to, among other factors, our lack of experience with initiating and conducting clinical trials, the rate of patient enrollment in our clinical trials, filing requirements with regulatory agencies, clinical trial results, and the actual costs of manufacturing and supplying our drug candidates. The expected net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents, will not be sufficient for us to fund any of our drug candidates through regulatory approval, and we will need to raise additional capital to complete the development and commercialization of our drug candidates. We expect to finance our cash needs primarily through equity offerings and potentially through debt financings, collaborations, license and development agreements. We have based these estimates on assumptions that may prove to be incorrect, and we could expend our available capital resources at a rate greater than we currently expect.

 

72


Table of Contents

Our expected use of net proceeds from this offering represents our current intentions based upon our present plans and business condition. As of the date of this prospectus, we cannot predict with certainty all of the particular uses for the net proceeds to be received upon the completion of this offering or the amounts that we will actually spend on the uses set forth above. The amounts and timing of our actual use of the net proceeds will vary depending on numerous factors, including our ability to obtain additional financing, the progress, cost and results of our clinical trials and other development efforts for repotrectinib and other factors described in “Risk Factors”, as well as the amount of cash we use in our operations. As a result, our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds, and investors will be relying on our judgment regarding the application of the net proceeds from this offering. In addition, we might decide to postpone or not pursue clinical trials or preclinical activities if the net proceeds from this offering and the other sources of cash are less than expected.

Pending their use, we plan to invest the net proceeds from this offering in short- and medium-term, interest-bearing obligations, investment-grade instruments, certificates of deposit or direct or guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government.

 

73


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings, if any, to support our operations and finance the growth and development of our business. We do not intend to pay cash dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future. Any future determination related to our dividend policy will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon, among other factors, our results of operations, financial condition, capital requirements, contractual restrictions, business prospects and other factors our board of directors may deem relevant.

 

74


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and our capitalization as of December 31, 2018 as follows:

 

   

on an actual basis;

 

   

on a pro forma basis to reflect (i) the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation immediately prior to the completion of this offering and (ii) the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock as of December 31, 2018 into 65,423,901 shares of our common stock immediately upon the closing of this offering; and

 

   

on a pro forma as adjusted basis to give effect to (i) the pro forma adjustments set forth above and (ii) our issuance and sale of                  shares of our common stock in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $        per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

You should read this information together with the sections entitled “Selected Financial Data,” “Description of Capital Stock” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     As of December 31, 2018  
                 Actual                 Pro Forma     Pro Forma
As Adjusted
 
           (unaudited)  
     (In thousands, except share and per share data)  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 101,029   $ 101,029   $                
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Convertible preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share; 65,423,901 shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

   $ 145,916   $ —     $ —    

Stockholders’ (deficit) equity:

      

Common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, 104,000,000 shares authorized, 13,134,374 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 104,000,000 shares authorized, 78,558,275 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; and                  shares authorized,                 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

     1       8    

Additional paid-in capital

     2,346       148,255    

Accumulated deficit

     (50,753     (50,753     (50,573
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

     (48,406     97,510    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 97,510   $ 97,510     $                
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The outstanding share information in the table above excludes, as of December 31, 2018, the following:

 

   

13,851,034 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options, with a weighted-average exercise price of $1.14 per share;

 

   

2,914,572 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options granted after December 31, 2018, at a weighted-average exercise price of $1.93 per share;

 

75


Table of Contents
   

            shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under the 2019 Plan, as well as any automatic increases in the number of shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under this plan, which will become effective upon the execution of the underwriting agreement for this offering (including shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the Prior Plan, which shares will be added to the 2019 Plan upon its effectiveness); and

 

   

            shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the ESPP, as well as any automatic increases in the number of shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under this plan, which will become effective upon the execution of the underwriting agreement for this offering.

 

76


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your ownership interest will be immediately diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after this offering.

As of December 31, 2018, we had a historical net tangible book value (deficit) of $(48.4) million, or $(3.69) per share of common stock. Our historical net tangible book value (deficit) per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets less total liabilities and convertible preferred stock, divided by the total number of shares of common stock outstanding at December 31, 2018.

After giving effect to (i) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into 65,423,901 shares of our common stock immediately upon the completion of this offering, our pro forma net tangible book value as of December 31, 2018 was $97.5 million, or approximately $1.24 per share.

Net tangible book value dilution per share to new investors represents the difference between the amount per share paid by purchasers of shares of common stock in this offering and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of common stock immediately after completion of this offering. After giving further effect to the sale of                  shares of our common stock that we are offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $        per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of December 31, 2018 was $                million, or approximately $        per share. This amount represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $                 per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in pro forma net tangible book value of approximately $        per share to new investors participating in this offering.

Dilution per share to new investors is determined by subtracting pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering from the initial public offering price per share paid by new investors. The following table illustrates this dilution:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

     $                

Historical net tangible book value (deficit) per share at December 31, 2018, before giving effect to this offering

   $ (3.69  

Pro forma increase in historical net tangible book value per share attributable to conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock

     4.93    
  

 

 

   

Pro forma net tangible book value per share at December 31, 2018, before giving effect to this offering.

     1.24    

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors participating in this offering

    
  

 

 

   

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering

    
    

 

 

 

Dilution per share to new investors participating in this offering

     $    
    

 

 

 

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $        per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by approximately $        , and dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to new investors by approximately $        , assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and the

 

77


Table of Contents

estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each 1,000,000 share increase in the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by approximately $        and decrease the dilution to investors participating in this offering by approximately $        per share, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and the estimated offering expenses payable by us. Each 1,000,000 share decrease in the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would decrease the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by approximately $        and increase the dilution to investors participating in this offering by approximately $        per share, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and the estimated offering expenses payable by us.

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase                  additional shares of our common stock in full in this offering, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value after the offering would be $        per share, the increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to existing stockholders would be $        per share and the dilution per share to new investors would be $        per share, in each case assuming an initial public offering price of $        per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus).

To the extent that outstanding options with an exercise price per share that is less than the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share are exercised, new investors will experience further dilution. In addition, we may choose to raise additional capital due to market conditions or strategic considerations even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans. To the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, the issuance of these securities could result in further dilution to our stockholders.

The following table summarizes, on a pro forma as adjusted basis as of December 31, 2018, the number of shares of common stock purchased or to be purchased from us, the total consideration paid or to be paid to us in cash and the average price per share paid by existing stockholders for shares issued prior to this offering and the price to be paid by new investors in this offering. The calculation below is based on the assumed initial public offering price of $        per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), before deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. As the table below shows, investors participating in this offering will pay an average price per share substantially higher than our existing stockholders paid.

 

     Shares Purchased     Total Consideration
(dollars in thousands)
    Weighted-Average
Price Per Share
 
     Number      Percent     Amount      Percent  

Existing stockholders

     78,558,275               $ 146,655               $ 1.87  

Investors participating in this offering

                              $    
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total

        100.0   $          100.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $        per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) would increase (decrease) each of the total consideration paid by new investors and the total consideration paid by all stockholders by approximately $        million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) each of the total consideration paid by investors

 

78


Table of Contents

participating in this offering and the total consideration paid by all stockholders by approximately $        million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price of $        per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The foregoing tables and calculations exclude:

 

   

13,851,034 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of December 31, 2018, with a weighted-average exercise price of $1.14 per share;

 

   

2,914,572 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options granted after December 31, 2018, at a weighted-average exercise price of $1.93 per share;

 

   

                 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under the 2019 Plan, as well as any automatic increases in the number of shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under this plan, which will become effective upon the execution of the underwriting agreement for this offering (including shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the Prior Plan which shares will be added to the 2019 Plan upon its effectiveness); and

 

   

                 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the ESPP, as well as any automatic increases in the number of shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under this plan, which will become effective upon the execution of the underwriting agreement for this offering.

 

79


Table of Contents

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following tables summarize our selected financial data as of, and for the periods ended on, the dates indicated. We have derived the selected statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2017 and 2018 from our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected financial data included in this section are not intended to replace the financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. You should read the selected financial data together with the section entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for any other period in the future.

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2017              2018           
     (In thousands, except
share and per share data)
 

Statement of Operations Data:

    

Operating expenses:

    

Research and development

   $ 15,241     $ 21,062  

General and administrative

     1,487       4,578  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     16,728       25,640  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (16,728     (25,640

Other income (expense), net

     135       855  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss and comprehensive loss (1)

   $ (16,593   $ (24,785 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share, basic and diluted (1)

   $ (1.29   $ (1.90
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Shares used in computing net loss per share, basic and diluted (1)

     12,849,918       13,046,069  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted (unaudited) (1)

     $ (0.43
    

 

 

 

Shares used in computing pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted (unaudited) (1)

       57,511,494  
    

 

 

 

 

(1)

See Note 2 to our audited financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the calculations of our basic and diluted net loss per share, pro forma net loss per share and the weighted-average number of shares used in the computation of the per share amounts.

 

     As of December 31,  
     2017     2018  
     (In thousands)  

Balance Sheet Data:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 45,033     $ 101,029

Working capital (1)

     41,089       96,201  

Total assets

     45,908       103,280  

Convertible preferred stock

     66,161       145,916  

Accumulated deficit

     (25,968     (50,753

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (24,844     (48,406

 

(1)

We define working capital as current assets less current liabilities. See our audited financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus for further details regarding our current assets and liabilities.

 

80


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with the section entitled “Selected Financial Data” and our financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. Some of the information contained in this discussion and analysis or set forth elsewhere in this prospectus, including information with respect to our plans and strategy for our business and related financing, includes forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. As a result of many factors, including those factors set forth in the section entitled “Risk Factors,” our actual results could differ materially from the results described in or implied by the forward-looking statements contained in the following discussion and analysis. You should carefully read the section entitled “Risk Factors” to gain an understanding of the important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from our forward-looking statements. Please also see the section entitled “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”

Overview

We are a clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company designing and developing novel small molecule, targeted oncology therapies to address key limitations of existing therapies and improve the lives of patients. Our internally developed and wholly owned pipeline of next-generation tyrosine kinase inhibitors (TKIs) targets numerous genetic drivers of cancer in both TKI-naïve and TKI-pretreated patients. The pervasive challenges of intrinsic and acquired treatment resistance often limit the response rate and durability of existing therapies. One of these challenges is the emergence of solvent front mutations, which are a common cause of acquired resistance to currently approved therapies for ROS1, TRK and ALK kinases. We have developed a macrocycle platform enabling us to design proprietary small, compact TKIs with rigid three-dimensional structures that potentially bind to their targets with greater precision and affinity than other kinase inhibitors. We believe our macrocycle platform will generate TKIs that are potentially best-in-class. Our lead drug candidate, repotrectinib (TPX-0005), is being evaluated in an ongoing Phase 1/2 trial called TRIDENT-1 for the treatment of patients with ROS1 + advanced non-small-cell lung cancer (NSCLC) and patients with ROS1 +, NTRK + or ALK + advanced solid tumors. We are nearing completion of the Phase 1 portion of TRIDENT-1 and, based on the preliminary proof-of-concept data in a total of 75 patients, we plan to initiate the multi-cohort Phase 2 portion in the second half of 2019. This Phase 2 portion will be a registrational trial for potential approval in ROS1 + advanced NSCLC and NTRK + advanced solid tumors. In addition to repotrectinib, our pipeline includes two multi-targeted kinase inhibitors: TPX-0046 (a novel RET/SRC inhibitor) and TPX-0022 (a novel MET/CSF1R/SRC inhibitor); and a series of next-generation ALK inhibitors, from which we anticipate selecting a final candidate for IND-enabling studies. We anticipate submitting investigational new drug applications (INDs) and initiating clinical trials for TPX-0046 and TPX-0022 in 2019.

Since our inception, we have incurred significant operating losses. Our ability to generate product revenue sufficient to achieve profitability will depend heavily on the successful development and eventual commercialization of one or more of our drug candidates. Our net losses were $16.6 million and $24.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively. We expect to continue to incur significant expenses and increasing operating losses for at least the next several years. We expect that our expenses and capital requirements will increase substantially in connection with our ongoing activities and will depend on several factors including:

 

   

the progress and results of our ongoing Phase 1 portion of TRIDENT-1;

 

   

the progress and results of our planned Phase 2 portion of TRIDENT-1 and any other additional planned clinical trials evaluating repotrectinib;

 

   

the scope, rate of progress, results and costs of drug design, preclinical development and clinical trials for the other drug candidates in our pipeline;

 

81


Table of Contents
   

the extent to which we develop, in-license or acquire other pipeline drug candidates or technologies;

 

   

the number and development requirements of other drug candidates that we may pursue, and other indications for our current drug candidates that we may pursue;

 

   

the costs, timing and outcome of regulatory review of our drug candidates and any companion diagnostics we may pursue;

 

   

the scope and costs of making arrangements with third-party manufacturers, or establishing manufacturing capabilities, for both clinical and commercial supplies of our drug candidates;

 

   

the cost associated with commercializing any approved drug candidates, including to establish sales and marketing capabilities;

 

   

the cost associated with completing any post-marketing studies or trials required by the FDA or other regulatory authorities;

 

   

the revenue, if any, received from commercial sales of repotrectinib, if approved, or our other pipeline drug candidates that receive marketing approval;

 

   

the costs of preparing, filing and prosecuting patent applications, maintaining and enforcing our intellectual property rights and defending intellectual property-related claims that we may become subject to; and

 

   

to the extent we pursue strategic collaborations, including collaborations to commercialize repotrectinib or any of our other pipeline drug candidates our ability to establish and maintain collaborations on favorable terms, if at all.

We will not generate revenue from product sales until we successfully complete clinical development and obtain regulatory approval for our drug candidates. If we obtain regulatory approval for any of our drug candidates and do not enter into a commercialization partnership, we expect to incur significant expenses related to developing our internal commercialization capability to support product sales, marketing and distribution. Further, upon the closing of this offering, we expect to incur additional costs associated with operating as a public company.

As a result, we will need substantial additional funding to support our continuing operations and pursue our growth strategy. Until such time as we can generate significant revenue from product sales, if ever, we expect to finance our operations through a combination of equity offerings, debt financings, collaborations, strategic alliances and marketing, distribution or licensing arrangements. We may be unable to raise additional funds or enter into such other agreements or arrangements when needed on favorable terms, or at all. If we fail to raise capital or enter into such agreements we may have to significantly delay, scale back or discontinue the development and commercialization of one or more of our drug candidates.

Because of the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with pharmaceutical product development, we are unable to accurately predict the timing or amount of increased expenses or when or if we will be able to achieve or maintain profitability. Even if we are able to generate product sales, we may never become profitable. If we fail to become profitable or are unable to sustain profitability on a continuing basis, then we may be unable to continue our operations at planned levels and be forced to reduce or terminate our operations.

As of December 31, 2018, we had cash and cash equivalents of $101.0 million. We believe that the net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents, will enable us to fund our operating expenses, and capital expenditure requirements for at least the next      months. See “Liquidity and Capital Resources.”

 

82


Table of Contents

Components of Our Results of Operations

Revenue

To date, we have not generated any revenue from product sales, licenses or collaborations and do not expect to generate any revenue from the sale of products in the foreseeable future. If our development efforts for our drug candidates are successful and result in regulatory approval, we may generate revenue from future product sales. If we enter into license or collaboration agreements for any of our drug candidates or intellectual property, we may generate revenue in the future from payments as a result of such license or collaboration agreements. We cannot predict if, when, or to what extent we will generate revenue from the commercialization and sale of our drug candidates. We may never succeed in obtaining regulatory approval for any of our drug candidates.

Operating Expenses

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development expenses consist primarily of costs incurred for our research activities, including our drug discovery efforts, and the development of our drug candidates, which include:

 

   

employee-related expenses, including salaries, related benefits, travel and share-based compensation expense for employees engaged in research and development functions;

 

   

expenses incurred in connection with the preclinical and clinical development of our drug candidates, including expenses incurred under agreements with contract research organizations (CROs);

 

   

the cost of consultants and contract manufacturing organizations (CMOs) that manufacture drug products for use in our preclinical studies and clinical trials; and

 

   

facilities, depreciation and other expenses, which include allocated expenses for rent and maintenance of facilities, insurance and supplies.

We expense research and development costs to operations as incurred. Nonrefundable advance payments for goods or services to be received in the future for use in research and development activities are recorded as prepaid expenses. The prepaid amounts are expensed as the related goods are delivered or the services are performed.

Our direct research and development expenses are tracked on a program-by-program basis and consist primarily of external costs, such as fees paid to consultants, central laboratories, contractors, CMOs and CROs in connection with our preclinical and clinical development activities. We allocate indirect expenses, such as employee salaries, fringe benefits, facilities, travel and other miscellaneous expenses, based on an estimated percentage of time worked on programs.

The table below summarizes our research and development expenses incurred by development program:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
             2017                      2018          
     (In thousands)  

Research and development expenses

     

Repotrectinib

   $ 13,219      $ 12,214  

Other research programs

     2,022        8,848  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total research and development expenses

   $ 15,241      $ 21,062  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

83


Table of Contents

Drug candidates in later stages of clinical development generally have higher development costs than those in earlier stages of clinical development, primarily due to the increased size and duration of later-stage clinical trials. We expect that our research and development expenses will increase substantially in connection with our planned clinical and preclinical development activities in the near term and in the future. At this time, we cannot reasonably estimate or know the nature, timing and costs of the efforts that will be necessary to complete the preclinical and clinical development of any of our drug candidates.

The successful development of our drug candidates is highly uncertain. This is due to the numerous risks and uncertainties, including the following:

 

   

successful completion of preclinical studies and clinical trials;

 

   

delays in regulators or institutional review boards authorizing us or our investigators to commence our clinical trials or in our ability to negotiate agreements with clinical trial sites or contract research organizations;

 

   

the number and location of clinical sites included in the trials;

 

   

raising additional funds necessary to complete clinical development of our drug candidates;

 

   

obtaining and maintaining patent, trade secret and other intellectual property protection and regulatory exclusivity for our drug candidates;

 

   

making arrangements with third-party manufacturers, or establishing manufacturing capabilities, for clinical supplies of our drug candidates;

 

   

the ability to obtain clearance or approval of companion diagnostic tests, if required, on a timely basis, or at all;

 

   

the results of our clinical trials;

 

   

protecting and enforcing our rights in our intellectual property portfolio; and

 

   

maintaining a continued acceptable safety profile of the products following approval.

A change in the outcome of any of these variables with respect to the development of our drug candidates may significantly impact the costs and timing associated with the development of our drug candidates. We may never succeed in obtaining regulatory approval for any of our drug candidates.

Research and development activities are central to our business model. There are numerous factors associated with the successful commercialization of any of our drug candidates, including future trial design and various regulatory requirements, many of which cannot be determined with accuracy at this time based on our stage of development. In addition, future regulatory factors beyond our control may impact our clinical development programs.

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses consist primarily of salaries and related costs for personnel in executive, finance and administrative functions, including stock-based compensation. General and administrative expenses also include travel expenses and direct and allocated facility-related costs, as well as professional fees for legal, accounting and tax-related services and insurance costs.

We anticipate that our general and administrative expenses will increase as a result of increased payroll, expanded infrastructure and higher consulting, legal and tax-related services associated with maintaining compliance with stock exchange listing and SEC requirements, accounting and investor relations costs, and director and officer insurance premiums associated with being a public company.

 

84


Table of Contents

Interest Income

Interest income consists of interest earned on cash and cash equivalent balances including short-term money market funds.

Income Taxes

We are subject to typical corporate U.S. federal and state income taxation. As of December 31, 2018, we had federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $40.4 million and $47.2 million, respectively. The federal and state tax loss carryforwards will begin expiring in 2033 if not utilized. As of December 31, 2018, we had federal and state research and development tax credits of approximately $0.3 million and $0.6 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2018, we had federal Orphan Drug tax credits of approximately $6.7 million. If not utilized, the federal research tax credit will begin to expire in 2035 and the Orphan Drug credit will begin to expire in 2037. The California research tax credit can be carried forward indefinitely.

Utilization of the net operating loss carryforwards may be subject to a substantial annual limitation due to the ownership change limitations provided by the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and similar state provisions. The annual limitation may result in the expiration of net operating losses and credits before utilization. An analysis to determine the limitation of the net operating loss carryforwards has not been performed.

Critical Accounting Policies and Significant Judgments and Estimates

Our management’s discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based on our financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. The preparation of our financial statements and related disclosures requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, expenses, and the disclosure of our contingent liabilities in our financial statements. We base our estimates on historical experience, known trends and events and various other factors that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. We evaluate our estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis. Our actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

While our significant accounting policies are described in more detail in Note 2 to our financial statements appearing at the end of this prospectus, we believe that the following accounting policies are those most critical to the judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our financial statements.

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development costs are expensed as incurred. These costs consist primarily of salaries and other personnel-related expenses, including stock-based compensation; facility-related expenses; depreciation of facilities and equipment; laboratory consumables; and services performed by clinical research organizations, research institutions, and other outside service providers.

We are required to estimate our expenses resulting from obligations under contract, which include the conduct of preclinical studies and clinical trials, and contract manufacturing activities. The Company records the estimated costs of research and development activities based upon the estimated amount of services provided but not yet invoiced, and include these costs in accrued liabilities in the balance sheet and within research and development expense in the statement of

 

85


Table of Contents

operations. These costs are a significant component of the Company’s research and development expense. We accrue for these costs based on factors such as estimates of the work completed and in accordance with agreements established with its third-party service providers. We make significant judgments and estimates in determining the accrued liabilities balance in each reporting period. As actual costs become known, we will adjust our accrued liabilities. We have not experienced any material differences between accrued costs and actual costs incurred.

Stock-Based Compensation Expense

For purposes of calculating stock-based compensation, we estimate the fair value of stock options issued using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The determination of the fair value of share-based payment awards utilizing the Black-Scholes model is affected by our stock price and a number of assumptions, including expected volatility, expected life, risk-free interest rate and expected dividends.

Expected Term —We have opted to use the “simplified method” for estimating the expected term of employee options, whereby the expected term equals the arithmetic average of the vesting term and the original contractual term of the option (generally 10 years).

Expected Volatility —Due to our limited operating history and a lack of company specific historical and implied volatility data, we have based our estimate of expected volatility on the historical volatility of a group of similar companies that are publicly traded. The historical volatility data was computed using the daily closing prices for the selected companies’ shares during the equivalent period of the calculated expected term of the stock-based awards.

Risk-Free Interest Rate —The risk-free rate assumption is based on the U.S. Treasury instruments with maturities similar to the expected term of our stock options.

Expected Dividend —We have not issued any dividends and do not expect to issue dividends over the life of the options. As a result, we have estimated the dividend yield to be zero.

The estimated fair value of stock options granted to employees and non-employee service providers are expensed over the requisite service period (generally the vesting term) on a straight-line basis. We account for the impact of forfeitures as they occur.

In June 2018, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2018-07, Compensation—Stock Compensation, which aligns the measurement and classification guidance for share-based payment to non-employees with the guidance for share-based payments to employees. Under this guidance, the measurement period for equity-classified non-employee awards will be fixed at the grant date. We adopted ASU 2018-07 as of January 1, 2018. The cumulative effect of the change on accumulated deficit was immaterial as of January 1, 2018.

The fair values of the employee stock options granted during 2017 and 2018 were estimated at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following assumptions:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
             2017                     2018          

Risk-free interest rate

     1.94 – 2.22     2.61 – 3.10 %

Volatility

     91.3     80.4 – 82.5

Expected term (in years)

     5.00 – 6.08       5.77 – 6.08  

Dividend yield

     —       —  

 

86


Table of Contents

Stock-based compensation expense, net of forfeitures, is reflected in the Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss as follows:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
         2017              2018      
     (in thousands)  

Research and development

   $ 160      $ 556  

General and administrative

     184        591  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation

   $ 344      $ 1,147  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2018, total unamortized stock-based compensation was $10.7 million.

The intrinsic value of all outstanding stock options as of December 31, 2018 was approximately $        based on the common stock fair value of $        per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

Determination of the Fair Value of Common Stock

We are required to estimate the fair value of the common stock underlying our stock-based awards when performing the fair value calculations using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. Because our common stock is not currently publicly traded, the fair value of the common stock underlying our stock-based awards has been determined on each grant date by our board of directors, with input from management, considering our most recently available third-party valuation of common shares. All options to purchase shares of our common stock are intended to be granted with an exercise price per share no less than the fair value per share of our common stock underlying those options on the date of grant, based on the information known to us on the date of grant.

In the absence of a public trading market for our common stock, on each grant date, our board of directors made a reasonable determination of the fair value of our common stock based on the information known to us on the date of grant, upon a review of any recent events and their potential impact on the estimated fair value per share of the common stock, and timely valuations from an independent third-party valuation in accordance with guidance provided by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation  (the Practice Aid). In addition, our board of directors considered various objective and subjective factors to determine the fair value of our common stock, including:

 

   

the estimated value of each security both outstanding and anticipated;

 

   

the anticipated capital structure that will directly impact the value of the currently outstanding securities;

 

   

our results of operations and financial position;

 

   

the status of our research and development efforts;

 

   

the composition of, and changes to, our management team and board of directors;

 

   

the lack of liquidity of our common stock as a private company;

 

   

our stage of development and business strategy and the material risks related to our business and industry;

 

   

external market conditions affecting the life sciences and biotechnology industry sectors;

 

   

U.S. and global economic conditions;

 

87


Table of Contents
   

the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event for the holders of our common stock, such as an initial public offering or a sale of our company, given prevailing market conditions; and

 

   

the market value and volatility of comparable companies.

The Practice Aid identifies various available methods for allocating enterprise value across classes and series of capital stock to determine the estimated fair value of common stock at each valuation date. In accordance with the Practice Aid, we considered the following methods:

 

   

Option Pricing Method. Under the option pricing method (OPM), shares are valued by creating a series of call options with exercise prices based on the liquidation preferences and conversion terms of each equity class. The estimated fair values of the preferred and common stock are inferred by analyzing these options.

 

   

Probability-Weighted Expected Return Method. The probability-weighted expected return method (PWERM) is a scenario-based analysis that estimates value per share based on the probability-weighted present value of expected future investment returns, considering each of the possible outcomes available to us, as well as the economic and control rights of each share class.

Based on our early stage of development and other relevant factors, we determined that an OPM was the most appropriate method for allocating our enterprise value to determine the estimated fair value of our common stock for valuations performed through June 30, 2018. For valuations performed after this date, we began using a hybrid of the OPM and the PWERM methods to determine the estimated fair value of our common stock. In determining the estimated fair value of our common stock, our board of directors also considered the fact that our stockholders could not freely trade our common stock in the public markets. Accordingly, we applied discounts to reflect the lack of marketability of our common stock based on the weighted-average expected time to liquidity.

Following the closing of this offering, the fair value of our common stock will be the closing price of our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market as reported on the date of the grant.

Results of Operations

Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2017 and 2018

The following table summarizes our results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018:

 

     Years Ended December 31,        
             2017                     2018             Change  
     (In thousands)  

Statement of Operations Data:

      

Operating expenses:

      

Research and development

   $ 15,241     $ 21,062     $ 5,821  

General and administrative

     1,487       4,578       3,091  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     16,728       25,640       8,912  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (16,728     (25,640     8,912  

Other income (expense), net

     135       855       720  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (16,593   $ (24,785   $ 8,192  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

88


Table of Contents

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development expenses increased by $5.9 million from $15.2 million during 2017 to $21.1 million during 2018. The increase was primarily attributable to higher personnel-related expenses as a result of additional employee head count and for higher research and development costs associated with developing TPX-0022 and TPX-0046.

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses increased by $3.1 million from $1.5 million during 2017 to $4.6 million during 2018. The increase was primarily attributable to higher personnel-related expenses as a result of increased employee head count and professional fees for legal and accounting services.

Other Income (Expense), Net

Other income (expense), net increased by $0.8 million from $0.1 million during 2017 to $0.9 million during 2018. The increase was primarily driven by an increase in interest earned on our higher average money market account balance.

Liquidity and Capital Resources; Plan of Operations

Since our inception, we have incurred significant operating losses, and have not generated any revenue. We have not yet commercialized any of our drug candidates and we do not expect to generate revenue from sales of any drug candidates for several years, if at all. To date, we have funded our operations with proceeds from the sales of shares of our common stock and convertible preferred stock. Through December 31, 2018, we had received net proceeds of $146.7 million from our sales of our common stock and convertible preferred stock. As of December 31, 2018, we had cash and cash equivalents of $101.0 million.

Cash Flows

The following table summarizes our sources and uses of cash for each of the periods presented:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
           2017                 2018        
     (In thousands)  

Statement of Cash Flows Data:

                     

Cash used in operating activities

   $ (12,640   $ (23,533

Cash used in investing activities

     (88     (302

Cash provided by financing activities

     44,851       79,831  

Operating Activities

Net cash used in operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2017 was $12.6 million as compared to $23.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase in cash used in operating activities of $10.9 million was due to increased activities for the development of our product pipeline and general and administrative expenses.

Investing Activities

Cash used in investing activities for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 was related to purchases of property and equipment, primarily laboratory equipment.

 

89


Table of Contents

Financing Activities

Cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2017 was primarily related to net proceeds from the sale and issuance of our Series C convertible preferred stock of $44.8 million. Cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2018 was primarily related to net proceeds from the sale and issuance of our Series D convertible preferred stock of $79.8 million.

Funding Requirements

We expect our expenses to increase substantially in connection with our ongoing activities, particularly as we advance the preclinical activities and clinical trials for our drug candidates in development. In addition, upon the closing of this offering, we expect to incur additional costs associated with operating as a public company. The timing and amount of our operating expenditures will depend largely on:

 

   

The timing and progress of preclinical and clinical development activities;

 

   

Successful enrollment in and completion of clinical trials;

 

   

The timing and outcome of regulatory review of our drug candidates;

 

   

The cost to develop companion diagnostics as needed for each of our drug candidates;

 

   

Our ability to establish agreements with third-party manufacturers for clinical supply for our clinical trials and, if any of our drug candidates are approved, commercial manufacturing;

 

   

Addition and retention of key research and development personnel;

 

   

Our efforts to enhance operational, financial and information management systems, and hire additional personnel, including personnel to support development of our drug candidates;

 

   

The costs and timing of future commercialization activities, including product manufacturing, marketing, sales and distribution, for any of our drug candidates for which we obtain marketing approval;

 

   

The legal patent costs involved in prosecuting patent applications and enforcing patent claims and other intellectual property claims; and

 

   

The terms and timing of any collaboration, license or other arrangement, including the terms and timing of any milestone payments thereunder.

We believe that the net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents, will enable us to fund our operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements through at least the next         months. We have based these estimates on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and we could utilize our available capital resources sooner than we expect.

Until such time, if ever, as we can generate substantial product revenue, we expect to finance our operations through a combination of equity offerings, debt financings, collaborations, strategic alliances and marketing, distribution or licensing arrangements. We do not currently have any committed external source of funds. To the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, your ownership interest will be diluted, and the terms of these securities may include liquidation or other preferences that adversely affect your rights as a common stockholder. Debt financing and preferred equity financing, if available, may involve agreements that include covenants limiting or restricting our ability to take specific actions, such as incurring additional debt, making acquisitions or capital expenditures or declaring dividends. If we raise additional funds through collaborations, strategic alliances or marketing, distribution or licensing arrangements with third parties, we may have to relinquish valuable rights to our technologies, future revenue streams, research

 

90


Table of Contents

programs or drug candidates or grant licenses on terms that may not be favorable to us. If we are unable to raise additional funds through equity or debt financings or other arrangements when needed, we may be required to delay, limit, reduce or terminate our research, product development or future commercialization efforts or grant rights to develop and market drug candidates that we would otherwise prefer to develop and market ourselves.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

The following table summarizes our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2018 and the effects that such obligations are expected to have on our liquidity and cash flows in future periods:

 

     Payments Due By Period  
     Total      Less Than
1 Year
     1 to 3
Years
     4 to 5
Years
     More Than
5 Years
 
     (In thousands)  

Operating lease commitments (1)

   $ 2,593      $ 792      $ 1,801      $   —      $   —  

 

(1)

Payments due for our lease of office and laboratory space in San Diego, California under a single operating lease agreement that expires in 2021.

We enter into contracts in the normal course of business with various third parties for clinical trials, preclinical research studies and testing, manufacturing and other services and products for operating purposes. These contracts provide for termination upon notice. Payments due upon cancellation consist only of payments for services provided or expenses incurred, including non-cancellable obligations of our service providers, up to the date of cancellation. These payments are not included in the table of contractual obligations above.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We did not have during the periods presented, and we do not currently have, any off-balance sheet arrangements, as defined in the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Recently Issued and Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

A description of recently issued accounting pronouncements that may potentially impact our financial position and results of operations is disclosed in Note 2 to our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risks

Substantially all of our cash and money market funds are held with a single financial institution. Due to its size, we believe this financial institution represents a minimal credit risk. Cash amounts held at financial institutions are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) up to $250,000. At December 31, 2018, we had $2.3 million in excess of the FDIC insured limit. At December 31, 2018, our money market funds totaling $98.3 million were not subject to FDIC insurance. Our money market funds are invested in high grade U.S. Treasuries with maturities of 90 days or less. As a result, we believe our money market fund represent a minimal credit risk.

 

91


Table of Contents

Emerging Growth Company Status

The Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 permits an “emerging growth company” such as us to take advantage of an extended transition period to comply with new or revised accounting standards applicable to public companies until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected to “opt out” of this provision and, as a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards when they are required to be adopted by public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

 

92


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Overview

We are a clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company designing and developing novel small molecule, targeted oncology therapies to address key limitations of existing therapies and improve the lives of patients. Our internally developed and wholly owned pipeline of next-generation tyrosine kinase inhibitors (TKIs) targets numerous genetic drivers of cancer in both TKI-naïve and TKI-pretreated patients. The pervasive challenges of intrinsic and acquired treatment resistance often limit the response rate and durability of existing therapies. One of these challenges is the emergence of solvent front mutations, which are a common cause of acquired resistance to currently approved therapies for ROS1, TRK and ALK kinases. We have developed a macrocycle platform enabling us to design proprietary small, compact TKIs with rigid three-dimensional structures that potentially bind to their targets with greater precision and affinity than other kinase inhibitors. We believe our macrocycle platform will generate TKIs that are potentially best-in-class. Our lead drug candidate, repotrectinib (TPX-0005), is being evaluated in an ongoing Phase 1/2 trial called TRIDENT-1 for the treatment of patients with ROS1 + advanced non-small-cell lung cancer (NSCLC) and patients with ROS1 +, NTRK + or ALK + advanced solid tumors. We are nearing completion of the Phase 1 portion of TRIDENT-1 and, based on the preliminary proof-of-concept data in a total of 75 patients, we plan to initiate the multi-cohort Phase 2 portion in the second half of 2019. This Phase 2 portion will be a registrational trial for potential approval in ROS1 + advanced NSCLC and NTRK + advanced solid tumors. In addition to repotrectinib, our pipeline includes two multi-targeted kinase inhibitors: TPX-0046 (a novel RET/SRC inhibitor) and TPX-0022 (a novel MET/CSF1R/SRC inhibitor); and a series of next-generation ALK inhibitors, from which we anticipate selecting a final candidate for IND-enabling studies. We anticipate submitting investigational new drug applications (INDs) and initiating clinical trials for TPX-0046 and TPX-0022 in 2019.

Kinases are enzymes that respond to external stimuli to modulate numerous activities of cells, such as proliferation, survival and migration. TKIs have become an important class of cancer therapies due to their ability to interrupt deregulated kinase signaling that leads to unchecked cell growth and tumor progression. Since 2001, the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) has approved nearly 40 TKIs for the treatment of cancers. In 2017, TKIs represented approximately $20 billion in worldwide drug sales. Despite the success of this drug class, there remains a significant opportunity for a new generation of TKIs that address the shortcomings of current therapies. These shortcomings include the inability to achieve a response or limited durability of response caused by intrinsic or acquired resistance, and toxicities that limit dosage levels and duration of treatment. Many conventional kinase inhibitors are oversized, with bulky side groups and limited chemical structure diversity, and some are associated with safety issues such as QT prolongation (abnormal electrocardiography) and hepatotoxicity (liver damage). Further, the same class of kinase inhibitors often share many binding similarities and therefore often cannot be sequentially administered to effectively overcome common treatment resistant mutations.

There is currently only one approved TKI for each of the primary patient populations targeted by our lead drug candidate, repotrectinib. Xalkori (crizotinib) is approved for patients with metastatic ROS1 + NSCLC, and Vitrakvi (larotrectinib) is approved for patients with metastatic solid tumors that have an NTRK gene fusion ( NTRK + advanced solid tumors) without a known acquired resistant mutation. Both of these currently approved TKIs have shown treatment resistance, including emerging resistant mutations, and toxicities that can limit duration of treatment.

There are multiple types of resistant mutations, including gatekeeper mutations and solvent front mutations, that can emerge with the use of TKIs. A gatekeeper mutation occurs from the substitution of

 

93


Table of Contents

one amino acid residue for another in front of the back pocket of the adenosine triphosphate (ATP) binding site within a kinase. In 2012, a treatment resistant mutation arising from an area of the kinase called the solvent front was first identified in a patient treated with crizotinib, and named as a solvent front mutation. Most of the currently approved or investigational ROS1, ALK and TRK kinase inhibitors have an extra chemical group, or motif, extending to the solvent front that leaves them susceptible to solvent front mutations. The most common solvent front mutation in the ROS1 kinase, G2032R, was reported in 2017 from a single institution in 41% of patients who experienced progressive disease while taking crizotinib. In addition, emerging solvent front mutations, such as TRKA G595R, TRKC G623R and TRKC G623E, have been reported in NTRK + solid tumors after treatment with larotrectinib and after current investigational agent entrectinib. Currently, there are no FDA-approved TKIs that can overcome solvent front mutations arising in the ROS1 or TRK kinases. Additionally, there are no FDA-approved TKIs that can address resistance that may arise after RET targeted agents.

To address these challenges, we are using our macrocycle platform to develop a new generation of orally available proprietary TKIs that we believe will have the ability to maintain or enhance inhibition of the targeted kinase in both TKI-naïve and TKI-pretreated patients.

Our lead drug candidate, repotrectinib, is a low molecular weight macrocyclic TKI of ROS1, TRK and ALK that is being evaluated in our ongoing Phase 1/2 clinical trial called TRIDENT-1 for the treatment of patients with ROS1 + advanced NSCLC and patients with ROS1 +, NTRK + or ALK + advanced solid tumors. The primary objective of the Phase 1 portion of TRIDENT-1 is to determine the maximum tolerated dose (MTD) and a recommended Phase 2 dose of repotrectinib. The safety endpoints include evaluating the dose-limiting toxicities (DLTs) and adverse events. The secondary endpoint for the Phase 1 portion is confirmed objective response rate (ORR) by Blinded Independent Central Review (BICR), using RECIST (Response Evaluation Criteria in Solid Tumors) v1.1.

As of the October 31, 2018 data cut-off date for the Phase 1 portion of TRIDENT-1, 75 patients have been dosed with repotrectinib, which was generally well tolerated. A total of seven dose cohorts of repotrectinib were evaluated for safety. The majority of treatment emergent adverse events (TEAEs) were Grade 1 or Grade 2. Dizziness was the most common TEAE, and is likely an on-target side effect of TRK TKIs. There have been four DLT events: Grade 2 dizziness (n=1 at 160 mg BID), Grade 3 dizziness (n=2: 1 at 160 mg BID and 1 at 240 mg QD), and Grade 3 dyspnea and hypoxia (breathing difficulty) (n=1 at 160 mg BID). No cases of dizziness have led to treatment discontinuation. Two patients discontinued treatment due to adverse events (one with a Grade 3 pleural effusion, another with Grade 3 hypoxia/dyspnea) that were determined to be related to study treatment. There have been no Grade 3 or Grade 4 alanine aminotransferase (ALT) or aspartate aminotransferase (AST) elevations (elevated ALT and AST levels indicate liver damage). Three Grade 5 TEAEs have occurred, with two, respiratory failure (n=1) and sepsis (n=1), determined to not be related to treatment and occurring during the 28 day-follow up period after treatment discontinuation. The two Grade 5 TEAEs that were determined to not be treatment related include: one patient with NTRK + angiosarcoma on the right leg with a pre-existing open wound infection on the left leg who was treated at 40 mg QD and developed Grade 5 sepsis and passed away 7 days after stopping repotrectinib; and one patient with ROS1 + NSCLC treated at 40 mg QD who developed Grade 5 respiratory failure due to disease progression 5 days after repotrectinib discontinuation. The third Grade 5 TEAE involved a patient with ALK + NSCLC and a past medical history of diabetes, obesity and hypertension who was dosed at 240 mg QD (once daily) of repotrectinib and experienced a Grade 5 event of sudden death on day 10 of cycle 1, which we determined to be possibly related to study treatment.

As of the October 31, 2018 data cut-off for TRIDENT-1, preliminary efficacy data across the first five dose escalation cohorts included:

 

   

TKI-naïve ROS1 + advanced NSCLC evaluable population (n=10):

 

  ¡    

Median follow-up time was 16.4 months (range, 5.3 to 16.6+ months)

 

94


Table of Contents
  ¡    

Confirmed objective response rate (ORR) was 90% (9/10) (95% CI, 56 to 100)

 

  ¡    

At our likely recommended Phase 2 dose of 160 mg QD (once daily) or above (n=6), five patients (83%) achieved a confirmed ORR

 

  ¡    

Median duration of response for the 9 confirmed responders had not yet been reached, with five of nine patients remaining in response (range, 5.5+ to 14.9+ months), 3 events of progressive disease, and 1 censored patient off treatment prior to progression

 

  ¡    

Confirmed intracranial ORR was 100% (3/3) (95% CI, 29 to 100) in patients with measurable central nervous system (CNS) metastases

 

   

TKI-pretreated ROS1 + advanced NSCLC evaluable population (n=18):

 

  ¡    

Median follow-up time was 12.9 months (range, 0.6 to 14.5)

 

  ¡    

Confirmed ORR was 28% (5/18) (95% CI, 10 to 53), with one of five patients remaining in response for 1.9+ months

 

  ¡    

At our likely recommended Phase 2 dose of 160 mg QD or above in patients treated with one prior ROS1 TKI (n=9):

   

44% (4/9) of patients achieved a confirmed partial response (PR)

   

50% (3/6) of patients treated with crizotinib as their prior ROS1 TKI achieved a confirmed PR

 

  ¡    

Confirmed intracranial ORR was 50% (2/4) (95% CI, 7 to 93) in patients with measurable CNS metastases, with 75% (3/4) showing tumor regressions

 

  ¡    

Clinical benefit rate was 78% (14/18) (95% CI, 52 to 94), which is clinically meaningful for patients with limited treatment options

 

  ¡    

Tumor regressions were observed in all four crizotinib-pretreated evaluable patients with a ROS1 G2032R solvent front mutation; one patient previously treated with crizotinib for 13 months who achieved stable disease as the best response achieved a confirmed PR with repotrectinib, had a duration of response of 7.4 months, and remained on treatment for 14.6+ months at the time of the data cut-off

 

   

TKI-naïve NTRK + advanced solid tumor evaluable population (n=1):

 

  ¡    

One evaluable patient who had glioblastoma and achieved stable disease as the best response

 

  ¡    

In addition, one patient with angiosarcoma who had a dramatic initial response on skin lesions was not evaluable for response due to death from sepsis (not treatment related) within the second cycle

 

   

TKI-pretreated NTRK + advanced solid tumor evaluable population (n=2):

 

  ¡    

Of the two evaluable patients, one patient with an advanced salivary gland cancer previously treated with multiple prior TKIs including crizotinib and entrectinib and who developed a TRKC G623E solvent front mutation achieved a confirmed PR with repotrectinib with a 9.8 month duration of response; this patient remained on treatment for 17.9 months. The patient discontinued repotrectinib due to further disease progression, and received combination chemotherapy with no response. In January 2019, the patient began a second course of repotrectinib on a compassionate use basis.

We are currently enrolling in our last planned dosing cohort within the Phase 1 portion of TRIDENT-1. We anticipate determining our recommended Phase 2 dose and giving an update on the Phase 1 data at a medical conference in mid-2019.

The planned Phase 2 portion of TRIDENT-1 will be a registrational trial for potential approval of repotrectinib in both TKI-naïve and TKI-pretreated patients with ROS1 + advanced NSCLC or NTRK +

 

95


Table of Contents

advanced solid tumors. In addition, the trial will include an exploratory cohort for patients with ALK + or ROS1 + advanced solid tumors. We are targeting initiation of the Phase 2 portion of TRIDENT-1 in the second half of 2019 pending completion of the Phase 1 portion and agreement by the FDA to proceed with our recommended Phase 2 dose. We are planning an interim data read-out for some of the registrational cohorts within the Phase 2 portion of TRIDENT-1 in the second half of 2020.

The Phase 2 portion of the trial will be with repotrectinib given as a single agent at the determined Phase 2 dose and will enroll a total of approximately 310 patients across six patient expansion cohorts (EXPs) with ROS1 + advanced NSCLC (EXP-1, EXP-2 and EXP-3), ROS1 + or ALK + advanced solid tumors (non-NSCLC) (EXP-4), and NTRK + advanced solid tumors (EXP-5 and EXP-6). All patients in the Phase 2 portion of the trial will receive repotrectinib orally either once daily or twice daily depending on the determined Phase 2 dose and schedule for 28 consecutive days in repeated four-week cycles.

EXP-1, EXP-4 and EXP-5 will each enroll TKI-naïve patients. EXP-2, EXP-3 and EXP-6 will enroll patients who have been previously treated with one or two prior TKIs. The trial design for the Phase 2 portion of TRIDENT-1 is depicted in the figure below.

 

 

 

LOGO

ROS1+ Advanced NSCLC Pivotal Cohorts (up to n=190) EXP-1 ROS1 TKI-naive ROS1+advanced NSCLC (n=50) EXP-2 1 Prior ROS1 TKI ROS1+ advanced NSCLC (n=100) EXP-3 2 Prior ROS1 TKI ROS1+advanced NSCLC (n=40) EXP-1: Could support accelerated or standard approval EXP-2 and EXP-3: Could support accelerated approval NTRK+Advanced Solid Tumors Pivotal Cohorts (up to n=90) EXP-5 TRK TKI-naive NTRK+ advanced solid tumors (n=50) EXP-6 TRK TKI-pretreated NTRK+ advanced solid tumors (n=40) EXP-5 and EXP-6: Could support approval with a minimum of five distinct tumor types & follow up of at least 12 months EXP-4: Exploratory cohort enrolling ROS1 or ALK TKI-naive patients with ROS1+ or ALK+ advanced solid tumors(non-NSCLC) (n= 12-26)

 

In parallel to the planned Phase 2 portion of TRIDENT-1, we intend to co-develop repotrectinib with a next-generation sequencing (NGS)-based companion diagnostic. A prototype companion diagnostic will be developed and used as a clinical trial assay to confirm the presence of ROS1 + , NTRK + or ALK + gene fusions in patients prior to enrollment into the Phase 2 portion of TRIDENT-1. We have selected a diagnostic partner to support development of the companion diagnostic and filing of a pre-market approval (PMA) application to the FDA.

In addition to repotrectinib, our pipeline includes two multi-targeted drug candidates: TPX-0046 (a novel RET/SRC inhibitor), and TPX-0022 (a novel MET/CSF1R/SRC inhibitor); and a series of next-generation ALK inhibitors, from which we anticipate selecting a final candidate for IND-enabling studies. We anticipate submitting INDs and initiating clinical trials for TPX-0046 and TPX-0022 in 2019. We are planning an interim data read-out for the Phase 1 study of TPX-0022 in patients with advanced solid tumors and MET alterations in the second half of 2020.

We believe our internally designed, macrocycle platform and experienced team enable us to advance differentiated TKIs into the clinic, which may provide meaningful benefits to patients with cancer. Our team has extensive experience in the discovery, design and development of cancer therapeutics, with a clear focus on next-generation TKIs. Our scientific founder and the designer of our next-generation TKIs, J. Jean Cui, Ph.D., has more than 20 years of experience, including most recently at Pfizer Inc., where she was the lead inventor of two approved TKIs, Xalkori (crizotinib) and

 

96


Table of Contents

Lorbrena (lorlatinib). In addition, our Chief Executive Officer, Athena Countouriotis, M.D., has over 15 years of experience, including senior leadership roles at Ambit Biosciences Corporation and Halozyme Therapeutics, Inc., and has led the development of multiple TKIs through approval, including Sprycel (dasatinib), Sutent (sunitinib) and Bosulif (bosutinib). Nearly half of our employees have Ph.D., Pharm.D. or M.D. degrees.

We are supported by our board of directors and scientific advisory board, who have significant experience in drug development, as well as expertise in building public companies and business development. Our key investors include funds managed by Cormorant Asset Management, OrbiMed Advisors, Lilly Asia Ventures, S.R. One, Foresite Capital, venBio Partners, HBM Healthcare Investments and Nextech Invest. We believe that our team is well positioned to leverage our highly differentiated platform to continue to design and develop novel TKIs that will have significant benefit for cancer patients.

Our Strategy

Our strategy is to focus on the design, development and commercialization of novel TKIs to address unmet medical needs, including in the area of treatment resistance. Key elements of our strategy include:

 

   

Rapidly develop and commercialize our lead drug candidate, repotrectinib, for the treatment of patients with ROS1 + advanced NSCLC and NTRK + advanced solid tumors, including those with CNS disease or CNS metastases .    We intend to develop repotrectinib for the treatment of ROS1 + advanced NSCLC and NTRK + advanced solid tumors in both TKI-pretreated and TKI-naïve patients with and without CNS disease. There are no approved ROS1 or TRK targeted therapies in ROS1 or TRK TKI-pretreated patients, and a high unmet medical need exists due to treatment resistance. In TKI-naïve patients, we believe repotrectinib has the potential to be the best-in-class ROS1 inhibitor and TRK inhibitor based on our preclinical data and preliminary clinical data from TRIDENT-1. We plan to initiate the multi-arm Phase 2 portion of TRIDENT-1 in the second half of 2019 pending completion of the Phase 1 portion and agreement by the FDA to proceed with our recommended Phase 2 dose. We are planning to provide an update to the Phase 1 data at a medical conference in mid-2019 and an interim data read-out for some of the registrational cohorts within the Phase 2 portion of TRIDENT-1 in the second half of 2020.

 

   

Expand the market opportunity for repotrectinib by pursuing pediatric indications, additional indications in ROS1 + or ALK + advanced non-NSCLC solid tumors, and combination therapies .     We believe our preliminary safety data and antitumor activity from TRIDENT-1 support pursuing pediatric indications, the indication for ROS1 + and ALK + advanced non-NSCLC solid tumors, and combination therapies. Our planned Phase 2 portion of TRIDENT-1 includes pediatric patients 12 years of age and older and an exploratory cohort of TKI-naïve patients with ROS1 + or ALK + advanced solid tumors (non-NSCLC). In addition, we also plan to conduct a separate Phase 1/2 clinical trial of repotrectinib in pediatric patients with ROS1 +, NTRK + or ALK + advanced solid tumors. Furthermore, preclinical studies have shown that repotrectinib modulates Signal Transducer and Activator of Transcription 3 (STAT3) signaling, one of the major signaling pathways associated with solid tumor growth and acquired treatment resistance. Based on preclinical data, our first planned combination trial will be with Tagrisso (osimertinib), a third generation EGFR TKI for advanced NSCLC with an EGFR mutation. Treatment resistance with osimertinib is due in part to its upregulation of STAT3 signaling. We plan to initiate our Phase 1/2 pediatric trial in the second half of 2019. In addition, the design of a combination clinical trial of repotrectinib and osimertinib is under development.

 

97


Table of Contents
   

Leverage our extensive expertise and macrocycle platform to develop and expand our pipeline candidates as single agent therapies and/or in combinations .     In addition to repotrectinib, we are developing a pipeline of highly potent multi-targeted drug candidates based on our macrocycle platform that we believe can be best-in-class kinase inhibitors and address areas of unmet medical need. We intend to develop our current and future pipeline candidates as single agent therapies as well as in combinations. Our current pipeline includes:

 

   

TPX-0046, a TKI that can potently inhibit the RET and SRC kinases, which is currently in IND-enabling studies. We plan to submit an IND and initiate a Phase 1 clinical trial of TPX-0046 for the treatment of advanced solid tumors with abnormal RET genes in the second half of 2019.

 

   

TPX-0022, a TKI that can potently inhibit the MET, CSF1R and SRC kinases, which we intend to develop for the treatment of patients with advanced solid tumors that have abnormal hepatocyte growth factor (HGF)/MET or CSF1/CSF1R signaling. We plan to submit an IND in the first half of 2019, and then initiate a Phase 1 trial of TPX-0022 in the second half of 2019 for the treatment of advanced solid tumors with MET alterations. We are planning an interim data read-out for the Phase 1 study of TPX-0022 in patients with advanced solid tumors and MET alterations in the second half of 2020.

 

   

A series of next-generation ALK inhibitors that can potently inhibit wild type (WT) and mutated ALK kinases, which will be focused on addressing treatment resistance arising from currently available ALK inhibitors. We plan to select a candidate for IND-enabling studies in 2019.

We plan to expand our pipeline using our macrocycle platform and our team’s significant drug design and development expertise.

 

   

Evaluate strategic opportunities to accelerate development timelines and enhance the commercial potential of our drug candidates .     We have worldwide rights to all of our drug candidates. We will evaluate partnerships and other strategic opportunities that could increase the value of our programs and allow us to leverage the expertise of collaborators.

 

   

Establish capabilities to effectively commercialize our drug candidates .     We intend to build a targeted, specialty sales force in North America to support the commercialization of repotrectinib and our other drug candidates, if approved.

Overview of Kinases and Current Limitations of Kinase Inhibitors

Kinases are enzymes that respond to external stimuli to modulate numerous activities of cells, such as proliferation, survival and migration. ATP is utilized by kinases for phosphorylation, which triggers a signaling process. This phosphorylation process changes a kinase from an inactive conformation (unphosphorylated kinase) to an active conformation (phosphorylated kinase). A kinase often undergoes substitutions of its original amino acids by other amino acids, also known as a mutation. Kinases maintain a controlled equilibrium between the active and inactive conformations, but activating mutations shift the kinase to favor the active conformation, which can lead to aberrant cell proliferation and thus the development of certain cancers. Aberrant activation of a kinase can also occur if the kinase gene, such as ROS1 , NTRK or ALK , undergoes a genomic rearrangement resulting in fusion to another gene, leading to the constitutive phosphorylation of the fusion kinase and the development of certain cancers.

Kinase inhibitors are designed to occupy the ATP binding site, thereby preventing the binding of ATP. Most conventional kinase inhibitors are much larger than ATP and have extra motifs that extend beyond the ATP pocket of the kinase in order to enable the kinase to have a stronger interaction with the compound than with ATP. During treatment with conventional TKIs, an acquired mutation in the kinase domain often occurs. These mutations change the surface of the kinase and block the occupancy of oversized TKIs at the ATP binding site without impacting the binding of ATP.

 

98


Table of Contents

Based on the orientation of the extra motif, kinase inhibitors can be grouped into two types:

 

   

Type I kinase inhibitors, such as Xalkori (crizotinib), which often have the extra motif extending to the kinase’s open solvent front area. The most common treatment acquired resistance to these inhibitors are solvent front mutations.

 

   

Type II kinase inhibitors, such as Gleevec (imatinib), which have the extra motif extending to the back pocket of the kinase. The most common treatment acquired resistance to these inhibitors are gatekeeper mutations.

Two or more mutations in the same protein are referred to as compound mutations.

Our Approach

To overcome key limitations of most current TKI therapies and emerging resistance, our strategy is to design small (low molecular weight), compact TKIs with rigid three-dimensional macrocyclic structures that bind inside the ATP pocket of the target kinase. By binding completely inside the ATP pocket, our TKIs can bind to solvent front mutated kinases that sterically exclude conventional TKIs. In addition to potentially addressing resistance that has developed from prior lines of TKI therapy, we believe our TKIs may also prevent or delay the emergence of new resistant mutations. Furthermore, unlike conventional, flat, two-dimensional kinase inhibitor structures, we believe a rigid three-dimensional structure enables our TKIs to target the selected kinases in a highly potent, precise and efficient manner, which provides a base for a favorable kinase selectivity profile. The figure below depicts the binding of conventional oversized TKIs to the ATP pocket in the kinase, the development of resistant mutations (solvent front, gatekeeper), and the binding features of our small, compact TKIs. Our kinase inhibitors bind within the ATP pocket and do not have extra motifs extending beyond the pocket. The compact design of our TKIs enables them to avoid steric interference from acquired mutations, such as solvent front mutations, and allows for potential activity with our kinase inhibitors despite the presence of a resistant mutation.

 

LOGO

ATP pocket Solvent front Back pocket Kinase Kinase inhibitor competes with ATP Development of solvent front mutation Mutation depletes kinase inhibitor, not ATP Development of gatekeeper mutation OUR APPROACH Small and Compact Type I TKI ATP Conventional Oversized Type I TKI Conventional Oversized Type II TKI Solvent Front Mutation Gatekeeper Mutation

 

99


Table of Contents

Our pipeline candidates will be studied as single agents and in combinations that are supported by strong biologic rationale for synergy between the combined agents, while focusing on key areas of unmet medical need including acquired treatment resistance. The figure below depicts the structure of repotrectinib compared to certain approved and investigational TKIs, overlaid on the structure of ATP. The extra motif present in conventional TKIs at the solvent front area may result in the development of solvent front mutations, as illustrated below.

 

 

LOGO

 

SFM: area that may result in solvent front mutations

MW: molecular weight

Our Pipeline

We are leveraging our macrocycle platform to design a pipeline of highly potent proprietary TKI drug candidates that are structurally different from many existing kinase inhibitors. We believe our TKIs may address the key issues of emerging treatment resistance and toxicities that limit duration of treatment. Our platform allows us to rapidly identify new drug candidates for development. We have global development and commercialization rights to our drug candidates, including our lead program, repotrectinib.

The following chart summarizes our product pipeline, including our lead product candidate, repotrectinib, and our upcoming milestones.

Turning Point Therapeutics Pipeline

 

LOGO

Candidate Selection IND Enabling Studies Phase 1 Phase 2 Phase 31 Upcoming Milestones Repotrectinib (ROS1/TRKs/ALK) TPX-0022 (MET/CSF1R/SRC) TPX-0046 (RET/SRC)2 ALK Inhibitor ROS1+ advanced NSCLC in TKI-naive patients ROS1+ advanced NSCLC in TKI-pretreated patients NTRK+ advanced solid tumors in TKI-naive patients NTRK+ advanced solid tumors in TKI-pretreated patients ROS1+ or ALK+ non-NSCLC advanced solid tumors in TKI-naive patients Repotrectinib + Tagrisso in EGFR mutated advanced NSCLC Repotrectinib in pediatric advanced solid tumors Advanced solid tumor patients Advanced solid tumor patients ALK+ NSCLC TRIDENT-1 Registrational cohorts TRIDENT-1 Phase 1 enrollment ongoing2, Initiating registrational Phase 2 portion in 2H 2019 Non-registrational cohort of TRIDENT-1 Initiating trial in 2H 2019 Trial design in development Initiating trial in 2H 2019 Initiating trial in 2H 2019 Candidate selection in 2019

 

1

Not required for Phase 2 registrational clinical trials

2

Phase 1 Portion of TRIDENT-1 ongoing with anticipated data read outs within 2019

3

Including NSCLC, thyroid, and other solid tumors with abnormal RET gene

 

100


Table of Contents

The table below reflects biomarker prevalence of the mutations targeted across the indications related to our current pipeline and the corresponding estimated number of patients in the United States, United Kingdom, France, Germany, Spain and Italy (EU5).

 

    2018 Estimated Annual Number of Patients
  Repotrectinib   TPX-0046     TPX-0022
  Advanced
NSCLC
    Other Advanced
Solid Tumors (1)
  Advanced
NSCLC
    Thyroid (2)     Gastric     Advanced
NSCLC
  EGFR Mutated
TKI-Resistant
Advanced
NSCLC (3)

U.S. Patients (4),(5)

    160,000     520,000     160,000       11,250       17,500     160,000   12,800

EU5 Patients (4)

    117,000     557,900     117,000       11,030       36,680     117,000   6,230

Biomarker Prevalence (6)

   

2%

( ROS1 )

 

 

  0.5%

( NTRK )

  0.5%

( ROS1  /  ALK )

   

2%

( RET )

 

 

   

16%

( RET )

 

 

   

4%

( MET )

 

 

  3%

( MET Exon 14 )

  12.5%

( MET Amplified )

 

(1)

Reflects other solid tumor indications including Brain, Breast, Colon, Melanoma, NSCLC, Pancreas, Sarcoma, and Thyroid, excluding ROS1+ and ALK+ for NSCLC

(2)

Includes papillary and medullary thyroid tumors

(3)

Does not include first line EGFR mutated advanced NSCLC patients; Assumes ~20%, 15%, 11%, 14%, 17% and 12% EGFR mutation prevalence for U.S., France, Germany, Italy, Spain and the U.K., respectively

(4)

Estimates include Stage III unresectable and metastatic patient populations, adjusted for treatable population and those that are tested for the targeted biomarkers. Assumes 85% biomarker testing rate

(5)

Based on SEER 2015 five-year diagnosed prevalence, grown at 0.7% in line with U.S. population growth

(6)

Estimates based on publications and physician and payor interviews in the United States

Repotrectinib

We are developing our lead drug candidate, repotrectinib, an orally administered TKI, for the treatment of both TKI-naïve and TKI-pretreated patients with ROS1 + advanced NSCLC and ROS1 +, NTRK + or ALK + advanced solid tumors. As of the October 31, 2018 data cut-off date, preliminary data from a total of 75 patients in the ongoing Phase 1 portion of TRIDENT-1 demonstrated clinical proof-of-concept in evaluable patients with ROS1 + advanced NSCLC (n=28) and NTRK + advanced solid tumors (n=3) at well-tolerated dose levels. Since the prior data cut-off, three additional ROS1 + advanced NSCLC patients were enrolled and have been included in the overall safety data set (n=75). These additional three patients are not yet evaluable for response by BICR as of October 31, 2018 and the number of evaluable patients in the ROS1+ advanced NSCLC efficacy population remains at n=28.

Additionally, we have recently completed an End of Phase 1 meeting with the FDA to gain regulatory clarity related to our TRIDENT-1 Phase 2 design.

Mechanism of Action

Repotrectinib is a small (low molecular weight), macrocyclic TKI of ROS1, TRK and ALK. Repotrectinib was designed to efficiently bind with the active kinase conformation and avoid steric interference from a variety of clinically resistant mutations, especially the solvent front and gatekeeper mutations of the ROS1, TRK and ALK kinases. Repotrectinib has a rigid, three-dimensional structure and is smaller than currently approved or investigational ROS1, TRK and ALK inhibitors. The rigid, three-dimensional structure enables repotrectinib to precisely and efficiently bind to its oncogenic targets with a desirable selectivity profile. We have screened repotrectinib against approximately

 

101


Table of Contents

400 kinases which indicated repotrectinib is a selective multi-targeted kinase inhibitor that is highly potent against ROS1, TRK and ALK, and inhibits JAK2, SRC and FAK, as depicted below.

 

LOGO

 

Kinome illustration reproduced courtesy of Cell Signaling Technology, Inc. (CSTI) (www.cellsignal.com). Each branch of the dendogram represents an individual human kinase. The foregoing website is maintained by CSTI.

The selectivity index (SI) is defined as the kinase IC 50 value divided by the lowest IC 50 value (0.071 nM) from the inhibition against the ROS1 kinase and is depicted by the size of the circles in the figure above. The largest circle is for ROS1 with SI = 1, followed by kinases with 1< SI <10 (TRKA, TRKB and TRKC), 10< SI <20 (ALK, JAK2, and SRC family member FYN), and 20< SI <250 (SRC family members LYN, YES1, FGR and SRC; TXK, ARK5, DDR1 and FAK). Based on the selectivity profile, we believe repotrectinib will be able to target ROS1 and TRK family members with high potency, and target JAK2, some SRC family members and FAK with moderate potency. According to a 2015 review article, selective multi-targeted kinase inhibitors with a favorable safety profile may be more suitable for cancer treatment, which we believe is due to their activity against redundant signaling pathways mediated by different kinases. Repotrectinib inhibits JAK2, SRC and FAK leading to the modulation of STAT3 signaling, one of the major signaling pathways that is common for both intrinsic and acquired resistance. We believe the inhibition of JAK2, SRC and FAK may lead to a longer duration of response for patients treated with repotrectinib.

Market Opportunity

An estimated 1.8 million people are projected to die of lung cancer in 2018, the leading cause of cancer-related death globally. Metastatic NSCLC and advanced solid tumors are serious diseases for which the five-year survival rates range from 5-30% and 3-38%, respectively. While currently approved TKIs have improved the five-year survival rates, there remains a significant opportunity for a new generation of TKIs that address the shortcomings of current therapies. These shortcomings include:

 

   

the inability to achieve a response, or limited durability of response, caused by intrinsic or acquired resistance;

 

   

toxicities that limit dosage levels and duration of treatment; and

 

   

an inability to combine with other anti-cancer agents because of cumulative toxicities.

 

102


Table of Contents

Crizotinib is the only ROS1 inhibitor approved for the treatment of metastatic ROS1 + NSCLC patients, and larotrectinib is the only TKI approved for patients with metastatic solid tumors that have an NTRK gene fusion without a known acquired resistant mutation. Key limitations of crizotinib are its limited activity within the CNS and its overall safety profile. In addition, the current investigational agent entrectinib for ROS1 + NSCLC patients has shown to be ineffective in patients who had systemic progression with prior crizotinib treatment. Additionally, Grade 3 or Grade 4 alanine aminotransferase (ALT) or aspartate aminotransferase (AST) elevations have been reported following treatment with many TKIs including crizotinib, entrectinib and larotrectinib.

There continues to be a growing number of acquired resistant mutations in patients previously treated with TKIs. Most of the currently approved or investigational ROS1 and TRK kinase inhibitors have an extra chemical group, or motif, extending to the solvent front that leaves them susceptible to solvent front mutations. The most common solvent front mutation in the ROS1 kinase, G2032R, was reported in 2017 from a single institution in 41% of patients who experienced progressive disease while taking crizotinib. In addition, emerging solvent front mutations, such as TRKA G595R, TRKC G623R and TRKC G623E, have been reported in NTRK + solid tumors after treatment with larotrectinib and the investigational agent entrectinib. Currently, there are no approved TKIs that can overcome solvent front mutations that arise in the ROS1 or TRK kinases. Given the incidence of these resistant mutations, there continues to be a high unmet medical need to develop novel therapies that can overcome intrinsic and acquired resistance, such as the development of solvent front mutations.

TRIDENT-1 Phase 1/2 Trial

In February 2017, we initiated the Phase 1, dose escalation portion of TRIDENT-1, which includes three parts:

 

   

Phase 1a (completed, n=44);

 

   

Phase 1b (completed, n=28); and

 

   

Phase 1c (currently ongoing, as of March 1, 2019, 11 patients have been enrolled (three patients treated at 120 mg QD are included in the updated safety dataset) and eight additional patients treated since the October 31, 2018 data cut-off not yet included in the safety or efficacy analysis sets.

Repotrectinib is being administered in continuous 28-day cycles across multiple dose levels, as set forth in the table below. In Phase 1a, repotrectinib was given under defined fasting conditions. In Phase 1b, the first dose of repotrectinib was given with either a high-fat, high-calorie meal or under defined fasting conditions and then switched to the opposite on the second dose with repotrectinib given either under defined fasting conditions or with a high-fat, high-calorie meal to evaluate the effect of food on the pharmacokinetics of repotrectinib. After the second dose, all other doses were given under defined fasting conditions. In the ongoing Phase 1c, repotrectinib is being given continuously with a standard meal.

 

103


Table of Contents
     

Dose

       Patients (n)    

Phase 1a

Completed Enrollment

(Fasted Dosing)

   40 mg QD    6
   80 mg QD    6
   160 mg QD    8
   240 mg QD    10
   160 mg BID    12
   200 mg BID    2

Phase 1b

Completed Enrollment

(Single Dose with Food)

 

   40 mg QD    7
   80 mg QD    6
   160 mg QD    15

Phase 1c

Enrolling

(Dosing Continuously with Food)

  

120 mg QD

 

160 mg QD

 

160 mg QD for one week,

160 BID thereafter

   3

 

5 (a)

 

3 (a)

 

 

(a)

As of March 1, 2019, enrollment in the Phase 1c is ongoing with 8 additional patients enrolled since the October 31, 2018 data cut-off.

Since the last data cut-off in July 2018, as of the October 31, 2018 data cut-off, an additional three ROS1 + advanced NSCLC patients were enrolled in the Phase 1c portion of TRIDENT-1 at a dose of 120 mg QD with food. These three patients are included in the total number of 75 patients evaluated for overall safety as of the October 31, 2018 data cut-off, and no DLTs were observed within these three patients. These three patients are not included in the ROS1 + advanced NSCLC efficacy population (n=28) as they are not yet evaluable for response via BICR.

Since October 31, 2018, eight (seven ROS1 + advanced NSCLC and one NTRK + thyroid carcinoma) additional patients have been dosed in the Phase 1c portion of TRIDENT-1 including five patients treated at 160 mg QD with food and three patients at 160 mg QD for 7 days followed by 160 mg BID dose if repotrectinib is well tolerated within the first week. As of March 1, 2019, no DLTs have been observed in these additional eight patients, yet they are not included in the October data cut-off safety analysis.

We anticipate providing an update to the ongoing Phase 1 TRIDENT-1 study in patients with ROS1 + NSCLC at a medical conference in mid-2019 which will include additional follow up for patients enrolled into the Phase 1a and Phase 1b portions, as well as preliminary data from the ongoing Phase 1c portion of the Phase 1 study.

The primary objective of the Phase 1 portion of TRIDENT-1 is to determine the maximum tolerated dose (MTD), and a recommended Phase 2 dose of repotrectinib. The safety endpoints of the Phase 1 portion include evaluating the DLTs and adverse events. The secondary endpoint of the Phase 1 portion is confirmed ORR by BICR, using RECIST v1.1.

Key inclusion criteria include: histologically or cytologically confirmed diagnosis of locally advanced or metastatic solid tumors, including non-Hodgkin Lymphoma (Stage IV, as classified by AJCC v.7) that harbor an ALK, ROS1, NTRK1 , NTRK2 , or NTRK3 gene fusion determined by local testing; Eastern Cooperative Oncology Group (ECOG) Performance Status 0-1 (able to conduct full (0) or light (1) daily activities); Age ³ 18; prior chemotherapy and/or immunotherapy permitted; at least one measurable target lesion (including central nervous system only) according to RECIST v1.1. Key exclusion criteria include: symptomatic brain metastases; major cardiovascular history in the past six months; or history of prolonged QTc interval.

 

104


Table of Contents

Solid tumors are measured by CT or MRI scan, as assessed according to RECIST v1.1, at baseline, at the end of the second cycle, after every two cycles up to cycle 18, and then every three cycles up to cycle 36. If an initial response is determined, confirmation of response requires a subsequent CT or MRI scan, generally four weeks later.

As of the October 31, 2018 data cut-off, a total of 75 patients have been treated across seven dose cohorts ranging from 40 mg QD to 240 mg QD, 160 mg BID and 200 mg BID, and the additional Phase 1c cohort of 120 mg QD given continuously with food. Median age was 52.0 years old (range 18 to 79, 16.0% were 65 years old and over), and 65% had ECOG Performance Status of 1. A significant majority (84%) of patients with advanced solid tumors were diagnosed with NSCLC. Other patients with the diagnosis of glioblastoma, renal cell carcinoma, liver cancer, soft tissue sarcoma, melanoma, salivary gland, gallbladder, head and neck, and uterine cancer were also enrolled. All patients with advanced solid tumors had received prior TKIs or chemotherapy treatment without any enrollment restrictions regarding the number of prior therapies. The following table summarizes the disease characteristics of the patients in the Phase 1 portion of TRIDENT-1 as of the October 31, 2018 data cut-off.

 

Disease Characteristics

 

Overall Patient Population

     n=75 (1)  

Number of Patients with Baseline CNS Metastases

     n=33 (2) (44%)  
     # of Prior TKIs
Median (Min, Max)
     # of Prior Lines
of Chemotherapy
Median (Min, Max)
 

ROS 1 + Advanced Solid Tumors (n=36 (3) )

     1 (0, 3)        1 (0, 6)  

NTRK + Advanced Solid Tumors (n=8)

     1 (0, 2)        2 (1, 2)

ALK + Advanced Solid Tumors (n=31)

     2 (0, 4)        1 (0, 6)

 

(1)

Overall patient population includes: 36 (48%) ROS1+ patients; 8 (11%) NTRK+ patients; and 31 (41%) ALK+ patients

(2)

52% (17/33) for ROS1 + advanced NSCLC patients by investigators’ assessments including measurable and non-measurable CNS metastases

(3)

Of the 36 ROS1+ patients, only 33 had prior therapy data entered at time of data cutoff. Results (presented below) are based on n=33 patients (excluding the three patients enrolled into the 120 mg QD with continuous food cohort)

At the time of the October 31, 2018 data cut-off, of the 75 patients, 59 (79%) have discontinued repotrectinib with 31 (41%) discontinuing treatment due to radiographic disease progression. Nine patients (12%) (one ROS1 +, two NTRK +, and six ALK +) discontinued treatment due to an AE, with two (3%) discontinuing treatment due to treatment-related AEs: one ROS1 + advanced NSCLC patient at 160 mg BID discontinued due to Grade 3 treatment-related dyspnea/hypoxia (determined to be a DLT), and one ALK + NSCLC patient at 200 mg BID discontinued due to a Grade 3 treatment-related pleural effusion (excess fluid around the lung). A total of 16 patients (all ROS1 +), remained on repotrectinib treatment at the October 31, 2018 data cut-off. The longest duration of treatment was in a TRK TKI-resistant patient with NTRK3 + advanced salivary gland cancer with a G623E solvent front resistant mutation and was 17.9 months. Within the 28 ROS1 + NSCLC efficacy evaluable patients, seven of the 10 (70%) TKI-naïve patients remained on treatment (range, 8.8 – 17.0 months); and five of the 18 (28%) TKI-pretreated patients remained on treatment (range, 10.6 – 16.6 months).

The protocol-defined analysis populations were:

 

   

Safety Analysis Population (n=75): Includes all patients who received at least one dose of repotrectinib; and

 

   

BICR Evaluable Population (n=52): Includes all patients who received at least one dose of repotrectinib; had a baseline tumor assessment with measurable disease; and had at least one post-baseline tumor assessment.

 

105


Table of Contents

Patient numbers within each of these populations are shown in the following table.

 

     ROS1+      NTRK+      ALK+      Total  

Safety Analysis Population

     36        8        31        75  

Response Evaluation Population (BICR)

     29        3        20        52  

Advanced NSCLC

     28        1        17        46  

Other Advanced Solid Tumors

     1        2        3        6  

Preliminary Clinical Data From TRIDENT-1

In June 2018, we reported preliminary safety, tolerability and efficacy data with repotrectinib in patients with ROS1 + advanced NSCLC and patients with ROS1 +, NTRK + or ALK + advanced solid tumors. Based on the encouraging clinical activity, we are initially pursuing a path to registration for both ROS1 + advanced NSCLC and NTRK + advanced solid tumors.

As of the October 31, 2018 data cut-off, a total of 75 patients had been dosed, 16 patients were still on treatment, and the MTD had not yet been reached. Of the 75 patients, 28 of 33 with ROS1 + advanced NSCLC and three of 6 with NTRK + advanced solid tumors were evaluable by BICR. All patients received at least one dose of repotrectinib across five dose cohorts ranging from 40 mg QD to 160 mg BID.

The median age of these 28 ROS1 + advanced NSCLC evaluable patients was 52.0 years (range, 30 to 75), 71% were female, and 61% were Asian. CNS metastases were reported in 16 (57%) at baseline. The median number of prior ROS1 TKIs in the 18 (64%) pretreated patients was 1 (range, 1 to 3). Of the 18 patients, 15 were treated with one prior TKI (of which 11 were treated with crizotinib), and three were treated with two or more prior TKIs. There were 25 (89%) patients treated with at least one prior chemotherapy.

The clinical efficacy data summarized below focuses on the results from the ROS1 + advanced NSCLC patient population and the smaller population of evaluable NTRK + advanced solid tumor patients.

The median follow-up time for the 28 patients with ROS1 + advanced NSCLC on study was 12.9 months (16.4 months in TKI-naïve; and 12.9 months in TKI-pretreated). All responses observed in this patient population were confirmed PRs by RECIST v1.1 (one patient had a confirmatory scan after 23 days). The median time to response for the 28 patients with ROS1 + advanced NSCLC was 1.7 months (range, 1.5 – 7.0 months) (1.7 months in TKI-naïve; and 1.6 months in TKI-pretreated).

 

106


Table of Contents

TKI-naïve ROS1 + advanced NSCLC evaluable population (n=10)

In the TKI-naïve ROS1 + advanced NSCLC evaluable population (10/10 evaluable), 10 patients were treated across five dose escalation cohorts. All patients in this population had prior chemotherapy (ranging from one to three lines of chemotherapy. The confirmed ORR by BICR was 90% (9/10) (95% CI, 56 to 100) across all five dose levels, with five of six (83%) patients achieving a confirmed ORR at our likely recommended Phase 2 dose of 160 mg QD or above. The median duration of response has not yet been reached with five of nine patients remaining in response (range, 5.5+ to 14.9+ months). Of the four patients no longer in response, three had events of progressive disease, and one patient was censored off treatment prior to progression. Of the 10 TKI-naïve patients, three patients had measurable CNS metastases, and of the three patients, the confirmed intracranial objective response rate was 100% (3/3) (95% CI, 29 to 100), with all three patients with measurable CNS metastases also achieving a confirmed extracranial response. The CBR, including those who achieved stable disease for at least two cycles or a confirmed partial or complete response, was 100% (10/10) (95% CI, 69 to 100), as shown below.

 

 

LOGO

 

--At and below dashed -30% line represents a response, at and above dashed 20% line represents PD, and the area between the two dashed lines represents stable disease of target lesions

 

107


Table of Contents

TKI-pretreated ROS1+ advanced NSCLC evaluable population (n=18)

In the TKI-pretreated ROS1 + advanced NSCLC evaluable population, the confirmed ORR was 28% (5/18) (95% CI, 10 to 53) by BICR. Fifteen of 18 patients (83%) had prior chemotherapy either before or after their ROS1 TKI and prior to starting repotrectinib. Fifteen of 18 patients (83%) had one prior TKI, 11 (61%) of which had crizotinib as their only prior TKI. At our likely recommended Phase 2 dose of 160 mg QD or above, 44% (4/9) of patients previously treated with one prior ROS1 TKI achieved a confirmed PR as shown below. Additionally, 50% (3/6) of patients previously treated with crizotinib as their only prior ROS1 TKI at our likely recommended Phase 2 dose of 160 mg QD or above achieved a confirmed PR. Given crizotinib is currently the only approved ROS1 TKI, and there are no approved TKIs for patients previously treated with crizotinib, this is clinically meaningful despite the small sample size.

 

LOGO

 

 

--At and below dashed -30% line represents a response, at and above dashed 20% line represents PD, and the area between the two dashed lines represents stable disease of target lesions

At the time of the data cut-off, of the five responders, two patients had duration of responses of 7.4 and 13.0 months and despite progression have remained on treatment for 14.6+ and 16.6+ months, respectively. One patient remained on treatment for 10.6+ months with a duration of response of 1.9+ months as the patient achieved a cPR after 7.0 months on treatment with stable disease, and two patients were censored early despite remaining in response at the time of discontinuing treatment (one due to clinical progression and one due to withdrawal of consent). Of the four TKI-pretreated patients with measurable CNS disease at baseline, the confirmed intracranial ORR was 50% (2/4) (95% CI, 7 to 93), with 75% of patients (3/4) showing tumor regressions. The CBR in ROS1 TKI-pretreated ROS1 + advanced NSCLC patients was 78% (14/18) (95% CI, 52 to 94), which is clinically meaningful for patients with limited treatment options.

 

108


Table of Contents

In the 18 TKI-pretreated ROS1 + advanced NSCLC patients, 17 had plasma cell-free DNA tested by next-generation sequencing (NGS) at baseline. Four of the 14 (29%) evaluable patients who were crizotinib-pretreated were found to have the common ROS1 G2032R solvent front mutation. Tumor regressions were observed in all four crizotinib-pretreated patients who had a ROS1 G2032R solvent front mutation. One patient previously treated with crizotinib for 13 months who achieved stable disease as the best response achieved a confirmed PR with repotrectinib and had a duration of response of 7.4 months. This patient received repotrectinib for 14.6+ months at the time of the data cut-off.

Given the preliminary antitumor activity of repotrectinib in ROS1 + advanced NSCLC patients and the lack of approved ROS1 targeted therapies in ROS1 TKI-pretreated patients, we believe repotrectinib represents a potential therapeutic option, especially for those patients who have a difficult-to-treat ROS1 G2032R solvent front mutation as shown below.

 

 

LOGO

 

--At and below dashed -30% line represents a response, at and above dashed 20% line represents PD, and the area between the two dashed lines represents stable disease of target lesions

 

109


Table of Contents

Duration of Treatment with Repotrectinib in ROS1+ Advanced NSCLC Patients

Of the 28 evaluable patients with ROS1 + advanced NSCLC who received treatment with repotrectinib, 43% (12/28) remained on treatment as of the October 31, 2018 data cut-off. Thirteen patients remained at their initial starting dose, 10 had their dose escalated (per protocol), and five underwent dose reductions. The primary reason for treatment discontinuation was radiologic or clinical disease progression (13 patients). Only one patient discontinued repotrectinib due to an adverse event, which was a DLT of Grade 3 hypoxia and dyspnea at a dose of 160 mg BID. The duration of treatment for the ROS1 + advanced NSCLC patient population is shown in the chart below and is supportive of the overall tolerability of repotrectinib given the duration of treatment for many patients (both those who have not yet progressed, and those who continue repotrectinib after progression). Twelve of the 28 (43%) patients remained on treatment including seven of the 10 (70%) TKI-naive patients (range, 8.8+ to 17.0+ months) and five of the 18 (28%) TKI-pretreated patients (range, 10.6+ to 16.6+ months).

 

LOGO

Interim Safety Results

As of the October 31, 2018 data cut-off, repotrectinib was generally well tolerated. The majority of treatment emergent adverse events (TEAEs) were Grade 1 or Grade 2. The following table shows the most common TEAEs (related and unrelated to treatment) occurring in >10% of patients in the total of 75 treated patients.

 

Most common (>10%) TEAEs (n=75)

   All Grades
n (%)
     Grade 1
n (%)
     Grade 2
n (%)
     Grade 3
n (%)
     Grade 4 (1)
n (%)
 

Dizziness

     43 (57.3)        37 (49.3)        4   (5.3)        2   (2.7)     

Dysgeusia

     36 (48.0)        35 (46.7)        1   (1.3)        

Constipation

     24 (32.0)        15 (20.0)        9 (12.0)        

Dyspnea

     23 (30.7)        7   (9.3)        10 (13.3)        5   (6.7)        1 (1.3)  

Paresthesia

     23 (30.7)        23 (30.7)           

Fatigue

     22 (29.3)        12 (16.0)        8 (10.7)        2   (2.7)     

Anemia

     21 (28.0)        4   (5.3)        8 (10.7)        9 (12.0)     

Nausea

     19 (25.3)        12 (16.0)        5   (6.7)        2   (2.7)     

Cough

     18 (24.0)        11 (14.7)        7   (9.3)        

Pyrexia

     16 (21.3)        14 (18.7)        2   (2.7)        

Headache

     13 (17.3)        12 (16.0)           1   (1.3)     

 

110


Table of Contents

Most common (>10%) TEAEs (n=75)

   All Grades
n (%)
     Grade 1
n (%)
     Grade 2
n (%)
     Grade 3
n (%)
     Grade 4 (1)
n (%)
 

Vomiting

     13 (17.3)        9 (12.0)        4   (5.3)        

Upper respiratory tract infection

     11 (14.7)        7   (9.3)        4   (5.3)        

Muscular weakness

     10 (13.3)        5   (6.7)        3   (4.0)        2   (2.7)     

Pain in extremity

     9 (12.0)        6   (8.0)        2   (2.7)        1   (1.3)     

Abdominal pain

     8 (10.7)        7   (9.3)        1   (1.3)        

Ataxia

     8 (10.7)        6   (8.0)        2   (2.7)        

Pleural effusion

     8 (10.7)        1   (1.3)        6   (8.0)        1   (1.3)     

 

1

Additional Grade 4 TEAEs: cerebrovascular accident, influenza, hyperkalemia, bacterial pneumonia (n=1 each) and respiratory failure (n=3); none were determined to be related to treatment.

Grade 5 TEAEs: respiratory failure, sepsis, sudden death (n=1 each; only the case of sudden death was determined to be possibly related to treatment by Sponsor)

There have been four DLT events: Grade 2 dizziness (n=1 at 160 mg BID), Grade 3 dizziness (n=2; 1 at 160 mg BID and 1 at 240 mg QD), and Grade 3 dyspnea and hypoxia (breathing difficulty) (n=1 at 160 mg BID). No cases of dizziness have led to treatment discontinuation. There have been no Grade 3 or Grade 4 alanine aminotransferase (ALT) or aspartate aminotransferase (AST) elevations (elevated ALT and AST levels indicate liver damage).

Three Grade 5 TEAEs have occurred, with two, respiratory failure (n=1) and sepsis (n=1), determined to not be related to treatment and occurring during the 28 day-follow up period after treatment discontinuation. The two Grade 5 TEAEs that were determined to not be treatment related include: one patient with NTRK + angiosarcoma on the right leg with a pre-existing open wound infection on the left leg who was treated at 40 mg QD and developed Grade 5 sepsis and passed away 7 days after stopping repotrectinib; and one patient with ROS1 + NSCLC treated at 40 mg QD who developed Grade 5 respiratory failure due to disease progression 5 days after repotrectinib discontinuation. The third Grade 5 TEAE involved a patient with ALK + NSCLC and a past medical history of diabetes, obesity and hypertension who was dosed at 240 mg QD and experienced a Grade 5 event of sudden death on day 10 of cycle 1, which we determined to be possibly related to study treatment.

In addition, the table below outlines the overall dose modifications of repotrectinib for both TEAEs and treatment-related AEs, and includes permanent drug discontinuation, dose reductions, and dose interruptions, due to AEs (related and unrelated to treatment) as well as information on Serious Adverse Events (SAEs) in the 75 total treated patients as of the data cut-off. Overall, there is a very low incidence of dose modifications or serious adverse events that have been reported and classified as related to repotrectinib, which is another indication of its overall tolerability.

 

     (n=75)  
Number of Patients with Treatment-Emergent Adverse Events (n (%))   

•  Leading to Discontinuation of Study Drug

     9 (12.0)  

•  Leading to Dose Reduction

     7   (9.3)  

•  Leading to Drug Interruption

     12 (16.0)  
Number of Patients with Treatment-Related Adverse Events   

•  Leading to Discontinuation of Study Drug

     2   (2.7)  

•  Leading to Dose Reduction

     7   (9.3)  

•  Leading to Drug Interruption

     2   (2.7)  
Number of Patients with Treatment-Emergent Serious Adverse Events      26 (34.7)  
Number of Patients with Treatment-Related Serious Adverse Events      2   (2.7)  

 

111


Table of Contents

Preliminary Efficacy Data in Patients with NTRK+ Advanced Solid Tumors Assessed by BICR

Within the Phase 1 portion of TRIDENT-1, the data for the NTRK+ advanced solid tumor patient population is limited, yet among the two evaluable NTRK+, TRK TKI-pretreated patients, a confirmed PR with a duration of response of 9.8 months was observed in one patient who was diagnosed with advanced salivary gland cancer, and was treated with multiple prior TKIs including crizotinib and entrectinib and developed a TRKC G623E solvent front mutation prior to treatment with repotrectinib. The patient remained on repotrectinib treatment for 17.9 months, and then discontinued treatment due to disease progression and subsequently received additional chemotherapy with no response. In January 2019, the patient began receiving repotrectinib again on a compassionate use basis.

The data within the NTRK + solid tumor patient population that had not received prior TRK TKIs is limited to one evaluable patient who had glioblastoma and achieved stable disease as the best response, and one patient with angiosarcoma who had a dramatic initial response on skin lesions but was not evaluable for response due to death from sepsis (not related to treatment) within the second cycle.

Preliminary Efficacy Data in ALK+ Patients Assessed by BICR

Of the 20 heavily pretreated evaluable ALK + patients, six achieved stable disease as their best response and no PRs were observed. Based on the lack of responses at the evaluated dose levels, we will no longer enroll ALK+ NSCLC patients in the Phase 1c and Phase 2 portions of TRIDENT-1.

Repotrectinib Clinical Development Plan

TRIDENT-1 Phase 1/2 Clinical Trial

Repotrectinib is being evaluated in TRIDENT-1, our ongoing Phase 1/2 clinical trial for the treatment of patients with ROS1 + advanced NSCLC and patients with ROS1 + , NTRK + or ALK + advanced solid tumors. We initiated the clinical trial in February 2017 and it is being conducted at four sites in the United States and three sites in South Korea. A total of 75 patients were enrolled as of the October 31, 2018 data cut-off date. The FDA granted an orphan drug designation in June 2017 for the development of repotrectinib in metastatic NSCLC with adenocarcinoma histology.

Key inclusion criteria for the Phase 2 portion of TRIDENT-1 will be the same as those used in the Phase 1 portion, with the exception of: Age ³ 12; no ALK + NSCLC; and confirmation of gene fusion prior to enrollment. Currently, in the Phase 1 portion of TRIDENT-1, patients are being enrolled on the basis of laboratory-developed tests by the local sites. However, a prototype companion diagnostic will be developed, validated, and subsequently used as a clinical trial assay for the Phase 2 portion of the trial. The clinical trial assay will prospectively identify patients harboring a ROS1 + , NTRK + or ALK + gene fusion and thus determine molecular eligibility prior to enrollment into the Phase 2 portion of TRIDENT-1. We plan to submit an investigational device exemption to the FDA in the second quarter of 2019, which if approved will allow the use of the clinical trial assay as an investigational device in the Phase 2 portion of TRIDENT-1 and support a future PMA application to the FDA.

 

112


Table of Contents

The Phase 2 portion of TRIDENT-1 is our planned single-arm clinical trial in approximately 310 total patients to support the registration of repotrectinib in patients with ROS1 + advanced NSCLC and NTRK + advanced solid tumors. The trial will evaluate repotrectinib as a single agent at the recommended Phase 2 dose and will enroll patients across six patient expansion cohorts with ROS1 + advanced NSCLC (EXP-1, EXP-2 and EXP-3), ROS1 + or ALK + advanced solid tumors (non-NSCLC) (EXP-4), and NTRK + advanced solid tumors (EXP-5 and EXP-6). The trial design for the Phase 2 portion of TRIDENT-1 is illustrated in the following figure.

 

LOGO

ROS1+ Advanced NSCLC Pivotal Cohorts (up to n=190) EXP-1 ROS1 TKI-naive ROS1+advanced NSCLC (n=50) EXP-2 1 Prior ROS1 TKI ROS1+ advanced NSCLC (n=100) EXP-3 2 Prior ROS1 TKI ROS1+advanced NSCLC (n=40) EXP-1: Could support accelerated or standard approval EXP-2 and EXP-3: Could support accelerated approval NTRK+Advanced Solid Tumors Pivotal Cohorts (up to n=90) EXP-5 TRK TKI-naive NTRK+ advanced solid tumors (n=50) EXP-6 TRK TKI-pretreated NTRK+ advanced solid tumors (n=40) EXP-5 and EXP-6: Could support approval with a minimum of five distinct tumor types & follow up of at least 12 months EXP-4: Exploratory cohort enrolling ROS1 or ALK TKI-naive patients with ROS1+ or ALK+ advanced solid tumors(non-NSCLC) (n= 12-26)

 

EXP-1, EXP-4, and EXP-5 will enroll patients who have not been previously treated with a TKI, whereas EXP-2, EXP-3, and EXP-6 will enroll patients who have been previously treated with one or two TKIs. All patients in the Phase 2 portion of TRIDENT-1 will receive repotrectinib orally either once daily or twice daily depending on the Phase 2 dose and schedule for 28 consecutive days in repeated four-week cycles.

The primary objective is to determine the confirmed ORR based on BICR as assessed by RECIST v1.1. Patients will be evaluated by either CT or MRI every two cycles and responses will be confirmed approximately four weeks after initial response determination. A CT or MRI scan will be performed at the end of treatment. Patients are able to continue treatment after documented disease progression, provided the patient is deriving clinical benefit. Patients discontinuing study treatment will enter the survival follow-up period and remain on trial until death, loss of follow-up, or withdrawal of consent, whichever occurs first. The key secondary objectives of the trial include intracranial tumor response and duration of response. In December 2018, we completed an End of Phase 1 Meeting with the FDA during which we received feedback on TRIDENT-1 and guidance on the design of the Phase 2 portion. Based on the FDA’s feedback, prior to initiating the Phase 2 portion of TRIDENT-1, we will provide the FDA with additional information from the ongoing Phase 1 portion, including dose-exposure analyses for both efficacy and safety to support our recommended Phase 2 dose. The current estimated timeline for FDA feedback on this information is mid-2019, which will potentially enable us to initiate the Phase 2 portion of TRIDENT-1 in the second half of 2019. In addition, we received the following FDA feedback on the trial design for the Phase 2 portion of TRIDENT-1:

 

   

EXP-1 . The current single-arm design could support either accelerated or standard approval. A minimum duration of follow up of at least 12 months from the onset of response for all responding patients would be required to support standard approval.

 

   

EXP-2 and EXP-3 . The current single-arm design could support accelerated approval in the context of available therapy at the time of submission.

 

113


Table of Contents
   

EXP-4 . This will be an exploratory cohort.

 

   

EXP-5 and EXP-6 . The current single-arm design could support approval with a minimum of five distinct tumor types evaluated. A minimum duration of follow up of at least 12 months from the onset of response for all responding patients would be required.

Potential approval by the FDA will be based on the totality of the evidence related to ORR and duration of response, as well as overall risk-benefit assessment.

We are planning an interim data read-out for some of the registrational cohorts within the Phase 2 portion of TRIDENT-1 in the second half of 2020.

Pediatric Strategy

Beyond TRIDENT-1, we plan to conduct a Phase 1/2 single arm, open label, multi-center, dose-escalation, safety, pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics clinical trial of repotrectinib in pediatric patients with ROS1+, NTRK+ or ALK+ advanced solid tumors. The Phase 1 portion of this trial will be a dose finding study in patients aged 1 month to 11 years old. The Phase 2 portion will enroll patients from age 1 month to 25 years of age into likely 3 separate cohorts based on the identified oncogenic driver and prior treatment, (1) NTRK + TKI-naïve, (2) NTRK + TKI-pretreated and (3) Other TRK, ALK, ROS genetic alterations not otherwise specified. The final design, including sample size and statistical assumptions, is being developed. We plan to initiate this trial in the second half of 2019.

To date, repotrectinib has been administered to a single six-year-old pediatric patient with a retroperitoneal infantile fibrosarcoma harboring an RBPMS-NTRK3 fusion on a single patient use basis. The patient did not respond to initial treatment with multi-agent chemotherapy. He subsequently received larotrectinib and continued on therapy for 8.5 months but was discontinued due to progressive disease and found to have developed a solvent front mutation (TRKC G623R) on re-biopsy. The patient was subsequently treated with the investigational agent LOXO-195 followed by radiation therapy. However, the patient rapidly experienced disease progression. The patient was then treated with repotrectinib on 24 December 2018, achieved disease stabilization and is currently still on therapy as of March 1, 2019, per treating physician in Ireland.

Combination Strategy

Osimertinib is the current standard of care for first-line treatment of patients with metastatic NSCLC whose tumors have an EGFR exon 19 deletion or exon 21 L858R mutation, as well as EGFR T790M mutation-positive NSCLC whose disease has progressed on or after EGFR TKI therapy. STAT3, a key member of the intracellular transcription factor STAT family, has been recognized as a key oncogenic factor that drives tumor development and progression. Growing evidence supports STAT3 signaling as a molecular mediator of resistance to anti-EGFR therapy and a potential biomarker for patient response to EGFR targeted treatment regimens. Oncogenic proteins such as SRC and the Janus family kinases (JAK) are able to drive STAT3 activity. Therefore, targeting STAT3 signaling either directly or indirectly via inhibition of SRC and JAK may help to overcome treatment resistance. We believe these factors support the development of repotrectinib, which targets SFKs and JAK, in combination with EGFR targeted agents such as osimertinib. We are designing a Phase 1/2 clinical trial of the combination of repotrectinib and osimertinib for the treatment of advanced NSCLC with an EGFR activating mutation.

 

114


Table of Contents

Key Preclinical Data for Repotrectinib

Repotrectinib demonstrated high potency against fusion ROS1 and emerging resistant mutations

ROS1 fusion genes have been identified as oncogenic drivers in many malignancies, especially NSCLC. Crizotinib is the only approved treatment for metastatic ROS1 + NSCLC. The efficacy of crizotinib varies among different types of ROS1 fusion partners in patients with metastatic ROS1 + NSCLC. The most common fusion, CD74-ROS1, is associated with a higher rate of brain metastases and shorter overall survival. Unfortunately, the emergence of drug resistance to crizotinib and other ROS1-targeted investigational TKIs represents a major treatment limitation. The most common solvent front mutation in the ROS1 kinase, G2032R, was reported in 2017 from a single institution in 41% of patients who experienced progressive disease while taking crizotinib. The ROS1 L2026M gatekeeper mutation has also been reported.

The activity of repotrectinib against multiple ROS1 fusions and corresponding resistant mutations was evaluated using our in-house engineered Ba/F3 cell lines, as shown in the table below. Overall, repotrectinib demonstrated a strong inhibition profile, as reflected by low IC 50 values, against wild-type and mutant ROS1 fusions when compared to many other ROS1 TKIs. IC 50 represents the concentration needed to inhibit 50% of the activity of targeted tumor cells, with lower numbers reflecting higher potency. These data support the belief that repotrectinib can potentially be a best-in-class ROS1 TKI that effectively targets fusion and mutated fusion ROS1 kinases.

 

     Ba/F3 Cell Proliferation Assay IC 50  (nM)  
     No Kinase Domain Mutation      ROS1 G2032R      ROS1 L2026M  

Inhibitor (1)

   CD74-
ROS1
     SDC4-
ROS1
     EZR-
ROS1
     TPM3-
ROS1
     CD74-
ROS1
     SDC4-
ROS1
     EZR-
ROS1
     TPM3-
ROS1
     EZR-
ROS1
     TPM3-
ROS1
 

Repotrectinib

     <0.2        0.2        <0.1        <0.1        3.3        3        5        16.3        <0.2        <0.1  

Crizotinib

     14.6        19.6        19.4        31.1        266.2        4661        660        500.6        95.6        236.2  

Lorlatinib

     0.2        0.3        0.2        0.3        160.7        352.9        190.5        434.9        1.6        1.9  

Entrectinib

     10.5        ND        1.5        9.4        1813        ND        2947        1093        13.3        40.7  

Ceritinib

     42.8        59.8        33.1        105        1391        1883        885.8        543.7        12.6        66.5  

Brigatinib

     21        38.7        25.8        61        1172        1473        360.6        3000        24.4        41.3  

Cabozantinib

     0.5        3        0.4        4.5        11.3        169.4        39.5        60.7        3.4        12.6  

Ensartinib

     39.5        ND        118.6        433.1        371.8        ND        1757        4814        543.3        1463  

 

ND:

Not determined

(1)

Other than repotrectinib, data based on evaluation of comparable proxy chemical reagent purchased from commercial sources rather than obtained from the pharmaceutical company developing the kinase inhibitor

In addition, in xenograft tumor model studies, repotrectinib resulted in tumor regression in tumors carrying ROS1 fusion genes with or without a solvent front mutations, as depicted in the following figures.

 

Antitumor effect of repotrectinib in a patient-derived xenograft model of lung cancer with the CD74-ROS1 fusion gene

 

 

Antitumor effect of repotrectinib in a Ba/F3 cell-derived xenograft model with the
CD74-ROS1  fusion gene

 

  

Antitumor effect of repotrectinib in a
Ba/F3 cell-derived xenograft model with the CD74- ROS1 G2032R mutation

 

LOGO

 

LOGO

  

LOGO

 

115


Table of Contents

Repotrectinib demonstrated high potency against TRK resistant mutations

Oncogenic TRKA/B/C fusions are identified in multiple cancer types in adults and children. While TRK inhibitors have demonstrated significant efficacy in patients with these cancers, acquired resistant mutations can occur. Next-generation TRK inhibitors targeting both wildtype and mutant TRK fusions can address this unmet need. Repotrectinib was designed to potently inhibit wildtype TRKs and overcome resistant mutations. We compared the anti-proliferative activity of first-generation (larotrectinib/entrectinib) and next-generation (LOXO-195) TRK TKIs to repotrectinib in repeat preclinical studies using our in-house engineered Ba/F3 cells expressing wildtype or mutated TRKs, as shown in the table below. In Ba/F3 cells with NTRK fusion genes, repotrectinib was more potent than both larotrectinib and LOXO-195 against wildtype, solvent front mutations, gatekeeper mutations, and the compound mutation TRKA G595R/F589L (the simultaneous presence of two or more mutations in the same TRK kinase can often lead to resistance and is more difficult to treat).

 

    Ba/F3 Cell Proliferation Assay IC 50  (nM)  
    LMNA-TRKA     ETV6-TRKB     ETV6-TRKC  

TRK Inhibitor (1)

  WT     G595R     G667C     F589L     G595R/
F589L
    WT     G639R     WT     G623R     G623E     F617I  

Repotrectinib

    <0.1       0.2       9.2       <0.2       13.7       <0.1       1.7       <0.2       1.0       0.6       <0.2  

LOXO-195

    4.6       15.1       94.9       26.5       480.8       1.4       20.8       4.0       23.9       36.1       40.9  

Larotrectinib

    18.9       2817       1863       597       >10000       28.2       2500       41.4       7500       1486       4000  

Entrectinib

    0.4       711       186.7       <0.2       1774       0.6       1577       0.8       1670       1500       54.9  

 

WT:

Wildtype

(1)

Other than repotrectinib, data based on evaluation of each corresponding proxy chemical compound purchased from commercial sources rather than from the pharmaceutical company commercializing or developing the respective TRK inhibitor

 

116


Table of Contents

As shown in the figures below, in xenograft tumor models, repotrectinib led to a change in tumor volume in tumors carrying wildtype or mutated TRK fusions and demonstrated greater antitumor activity than entrectinib and LOXO-195 when dosed at the same dose level. The difference in the change in tumor volume obtained with 15 mg/kg BID of repotrectinib versus entrectinib at the same dose level was statistically significant (p = 0.01) in the model carrying the wildtype LMNA-TRKA fusion (upper right figure). The change in tumor volume obtained with 30 mg/kg BID of repotrectinib versus LOXO-195 at the same dose level was also statistically significant in the models carrying mutated LMNA-TRKA fusion with the solvent front mutation TRKA G595R or gatekeeper/solvent front compound mutation TRKA F589L/G595R, as shown below (p=0.03, bottom left figure; and p=0.003, bottom right figure).

 

Antitumor effect of repotrectinib in a patient-derived xenograft model with the ETV6-NTRK3 fusion gene

 

 

LOGO

 

Antitumor effect of repotrectinib and entrectinib in an NIH3T3 cell-derived xenograft model with the LMNA-TRKA fusion

 

 

LOGO

Antitumor effect of repotrectinib and LOXO-195 in an NIH3T3 cell-derived xenograft model with the LMNA-TRKA fusion harboring the G595R solvent front mutation

 

 

LOGO

 

Antitumor effect of repotrectinib and LOXO-195 in an NIH3T3 cell-derived xenograft model with the LMNA-TRKA fusion harboring the F589L/G595R compound mutation

 

 

LOGO

 

Other than repotrectinib, data based on evaluation of each corresponding proxy chemical compound purchased from commercial sources rather than from the pharmaceutical company developing the respective kinase inhibitor

TPX-0046—A Novel RET/SRC Inhibitor

TPX-0046 is a multi-targeted (see table below) orally bioavailable, Type I TKI with a novel three-dimensional macrocyclic structure that is being developed as a RET and SRC kinase inhibitor. TPX-0046 is currently in IND-enabling studies. We plan to submit an IND and initiate a Phase 1 clinical trial of TPX-0046 for the treatment of advanced solid tumors with abnormal RET genes in the second half of 2019.

RET is a receptor tyrosine kinase (RTK). Constitutive activation of RET through gain-of-function mutations, amplifications and fusions have been found in multiple tumor types, including lung cancer, thyroid cancer and colon cancer. To date, two investigational RET inhibitors, BLU-667 and LOXO-292, have shown efficacy in patients with RET fusion positive NSCLC and thyroid cancer (medullary and papillary). In addition, multi-targeted TKIs that inhibit RET have been approved by the FDA in thyroid

 

117


Table of Contents

cancer. Due to its novel macrocyclic structure, we believe TPX-0046 has the ability to demonstrate clinical activity in both treatment-naïve patients and in patients that develop solvent front mutations. In addition, TPX-0046 has minimal activity against VEGFR kinases, the inhibition of which is often associated with cardiovascular toxicities such as hypertension.

The inhibition of the SRC kinase has the potential to reduce the recruitment of multiple receptor tyrosine kinases involved in bypass resistance and therefore increase the therapeutic effect seen with RET inhibitors. In addition, SRC family kinases (SFKs) regulate MTC cellular proliferation in vitro and mediate growth signals by increasing DNA synthesis and decreasing apoptosis (programmed cell death). Therefore, a dual inhibitor of RET and SRC represents a novel therapeutic strategy to target abnormal RET signaling in cancers.

The broad spectrum of inhibition by TPX-0046 against wildtype and mutated RETs in enzyme-based assays is summarized in the table below.

 

RET Enzyme

   IC 50  (nM)    

RET Enzyme

   IC 50  (nM)  

RET-NCOA4

     0.29    

RET (G691S)

     0.941  

RET-CCDC6

     0.691    

RET (S904A)

     1.22  

RET-PRKAR1A

     1.81    

RET (L790F)

     1.31  

RET

     1.01    

RET (M918T)

     1.42  

RET (V778I)

     0.233    

RET (Y806H)

     1.97  

RET (Y791F)

     0.261    

RET (R813Q)

     2.46  

RET (S891A)

     0.303    

RET (A883F)

     3.08  

RET (R749T)

     0.32    

RET (V804M) (1)

     7.95  

RET (S904F)

     0.364    

RET (V804L) (1)

     18.8  

RET (E762Q)

     0.58    

RET (V804E) (1)

     2350  

 

(1)

Gatekeeper mutation

The kinase selectivity profile of TPX-0046 was evaluated against 157 kinases and the IC 50s were determined against the hits from the kinase selectivity screen. The kinases with IC 50 values less than 10 nM are summarized in the table below.

 

Enzyme

  

IC 50  (nM)

 

ABL2/ARG

     1.4  

c-Src

     1.46  

TXK

     1.69  

FYN

     1.94  

LYN

     2.03  

YES/YES1

     2.64  

FGFR2

     2.71  

HCK

     2.71  

TRKC

     2.93  

FGR

     3.1  

BMX/ETK

     3.31  

TRKB

     4.4  

BTK

     4.65  

JAK2

     7.67  

TRKA

     9.34  

 

118


Table of Contents

In addition, the activity against other selected RTKs are summarized below which indicate TPX-0046 has minimal activity against VEGFR1/2/3.

 

Enzyme

  

IC 50  (nM)

 

c-Kit

     >1000  

c-MET

     >1000  

EGFR

     >1000  

FLT1/VEGFR1

     >1000  

KDR/VEGFR2

     >1000  

FLT4/VEGFR3

     513.30  

IGF1R

     >1000  

PDGFRa

     >1000  

PDGFRb

     >1000  

TPX-0046 has also been evaluated in our in-house engineered Ba/F3 cell lines, as well as in commercially available TT and LC2/ad cell lines. In these cell-based assays, the approved RET inhibitor cabozantinib was used as a comparator. TPX-0046 potently inhibited the growth of Ba/F3 cells with the KIF5B-RET fusion gene, TT cells with the C634W mutation and LC2/ad cells with the CCDC6-RET fusion gene, as summarized in the table below. TPX-0046 also potently inhibited the proliferation of our in-house engineered Ba/F3 cells with the mutated KIF5B-RET fusion gene harboring the solvent front mutation RET G810R, but had less activity against the mutated KIF5B-RET fusion gene harboring the gatekeeper mutation RET V804M. Limited data is available regarding resistance mutations to investigational RET inhibitors, such as BLU-667 and LOXO-292. Although the RET G810R solvent front mutation has not yet been observed in the clinic, solvent front resistance (G810A) has been demonstrated and reported in 2016 in cell lines cultured with the RET inhibitor vandetanib. Currently there are no FDA-approved RET TKIs that can address resistance that may arise after these or other RET targeted agents.

 

     Cell Proliferation IC 50  (nM)  

Inhibitor

   Ba/F3
KIF5B-RET WT
     Ba/F3
KIF5B-RET G810R
(Solvent front mutation)
     TT (1)
(RET C634W)
     LC2/ad (2)
(CCDC6-RET)
     Ba/F3
KIF5B-RET
V804M

(Gatekeeper
mutation)
 

TPX-0046

     1.2        15.3        0.9        1        444  

Cabozantinib (3)

     142        1344        399        500        3400  

 

(1)

TT is a stable cancer cell line derived from a human medullary thyroid carcinoma with a C634W mutation

(2)

LC2/ad is a stable cancer cell line derived from a human lung adenocarcinoma with the CCDC6-RET fusion gene

(3)

Data based on evaluation of corresponding proxy chemical compound purchased from a commercial source rather than from the pharmaceutical company commercializing or developing the kinase inhibitor

As demonstrated by the enzyme-based and cell-based assay data above, TPX-0046 has shown strong potency against wildtype and many mutated RETs, although TPX-0046 is not as potent against RET gatekeeper mutations when compared to wildtype and the solvent front mutation G810R.

 

119


Table of Contents

In addition, TPX-0046 has shown dose-dependent inhibition of tumor growth in cancer cell- and patient-derived tumor models, as shown in the figures below.

 

Antitumor effect of TPX-0046 in the CR1520 patient-derived xenograft model of colorectal cancer with the NCOA4-RET fusion gene

 

LOGO

  

Antitumor effect of TPX-0046 in a Ba/F3 cell-derived xenograft tumor model with the KIF5B-RET fusion harboring the G810R mutation

 

LOGO

Antitumor effect of TPX-0046 in a TT cell-derived xenograft tumor model of medullary thyroid carcinoma with the RET C634W mutation

 

LOGO

  

Antitumor effect in a Ba/F3 cell-derived xenograft tumor model of lung cancer with the KIF5B-RET fusion gene

 

LOGO

We expect that our planned Phase 1 clinical trial of TPX-0046 for the treatment of advanced solid tumors with abnormal RET genes will evaluate both RET TKI-pretreated and TKI-naïve patient populations.

TPX-0022—A Novel MET/CSF1R/SRC Inhibitor

TPX-0022 is a multi-targeted (see table below) orally bioavailable Type I TKI with a novel three-dimensional macrocyclic structure that is being developed as a MET, CSF1R, and SRC inhibitor. TPX-0022 has completed IND-enabling studies. We plan to submit an IND in the first half of 2019 and initiate a Phase 1 clinical trial of TPX-0022 in the second half of 2019 for the treatment of advanced solid tumors with MET alterations. We are planning an interim data read-out for the Phase 1 study of TPX-0022 in patients with advanced solid tumors and MET alterations in the second half of 2020.

MET is a receptor tyrosine kinase. Hepatocyte growth factor (HGF) is the high-affinity natural ligand of MET. MET alterations, including point mutations, amplifications, fusions, exon 14 skipping, and the generation of HGF-MET autocrine loops have been reported in many cancers. MET amplification has been detected in up to 20% of NSCLC patients with EGFR mutations who acquired resistance to Iressa (gefitinib), Tarceva (erlotinib) or Tagrisso (osimertinib) treatment. In addition, autocrine and paracrine upregulation of HGF can limit the likelihood of response and duration of response achieved with the current investigational MET inhibitors in the clinic.

SRC and STAT3 can act cooperatively as upstream regulators of HGF expression, resulting in establishment of an HGF autocrine/paracrine loop, signal amplification, and an invasive phenotype. SRC inhibition may have the potential to reduce or abolish the upregulation of HGF via the modulation of STAT3 signaling.

 

120


Table of Contents

Targeting CSF1R (colony stimulating factor 1 receptor) leads to the modulation of tumor associated macrophages (TAMs), which is a promising therapeutic strategy for TPX-0022 as a single agent or in combination with standard of care chemotherapy and immunotherapy in various solid tumors. Macrophages are cells in the immune system that generally detect and destroy diseased cells. TAMs, however, are macrophages that have a tumor-promoting function based on their capacity to secrete growth factors and suppress the immune system. Survival of TAMs is mediated by signaling through CSF1R.

As shown by the low IC 50 values in the table below, TPX-0022 can potently inhibit MET, SRC and CSF1R in enzymatic and cell-based assays.

 

     Enzymatic IC 50  (nM)      Cell Proliferation IC 50  (nM)  

Inhibitor (1)

   MET      SRC      CSF1R      MKN45
(MET)
     SNU5
(MET)
     Ba/F3 ETV6-
CSF1R
 

TPX-0022

     0.14        0.12        0.71        <0.2        <0.2        14  

Capmatinib

     0.20        ND        ND        <0.2        <0.2        ND  

Crizotinib

     4.0        ND        ND        10.5        2.8        ND  

PLX-3397

     ND        ND        ND        ND        ND        581  

 

ND: Not determined

(1)

Other than TPX-0022, data based on evaluation of each corresponding proxy chemical compound purchased from commercial sources rather than from the pharmaceutical company commercializing or developing the respective kinase inhibitor

The kinase selectivity profile of TPX-0022 was evaluated against 157 kinases and the IC 50s were determined against the hits from the kinase selectivity screen. The kinases with IC 50 values less than 10 nM are listed below.

 

Enzyme

   IC 50  (nM)  

TRKB

     0.085  

TRKC

     0.13  

TRKA

     2.56  

LCK

     2.87  

RAF1

     2.87  

ABL2/AGR

     3.75  

LYN

     7.56  

YES/YES1

     9.81  

 

121


Table of Contents

In the cancer cell line- and patient-derived xenograft tumor models from gastric (MKN45 model), lung (LU2503 model) and liver (LI0612 model) cancers harboring MET amplification or MET exon 14 skipping mutations, TPX-0022 demonstrated antitumor activity and inhibition of MET phosphorylation in treated mice, as illustrated in the figures below.

 

Antitumor effect of TPX-0022 in the LI0612 patient-derived xenograft tumor model of hepatocellular carcinoma with MET gene amplification

 

 

LOGO

 

Antitumor effect of TPX-0022 in the MKN45 cell-derived xenograft tumor model of gastric cancer with MET gene amplification

 

 

LOGO

Antitumor effect of TPX-0022 in the LU2503 patient-derived xenograft tumor model of lung cancer with MET gene amplification and Exon 14 deletion

 

 

LOGO

 

Inhibition of MET phosphorylation by TPX-0022 in the MKN45 cell-derived xenograft tumor model of gastric cancer with MET gene amplification

 

 

 

LOGO

Increased levels of circulating CSF1 have been detected in many different human cancers and during treatment with a CSF1R inhibitor. Currently, there are multiple investigational small molecule CSF1R inhibitors, most of which are Type II TKIs that stabilize the kinase in the inactive conformation. PLX-3397, the most advanced CSF1R inhibitor in development, is one such Type II TKI. We observed in preclinical studies that increased levels of CSF1 reduced the potency of PLX-3397, which we believe may be due to a relative reduction of the presence of an inactive conformation of CSF1R. However, TPX-0022, a Type I TKI, continued to show potency in the presence of CSF1, as shown in the table below, which we believe may result in better antitumor activity.

 

         Cell Proliferation IC 50  (nM)  

Inhibitor

 

CSF1 (ng/mL)

   0      0.3      1.0 (1)      3.0      10.0      30.0      100  

TPX-0022

       0.3        3        11.6        78.2        84.1        180.8        174.5  

PLX-3397 (2)

       <0.1        2        146.4        212.5        379.7        594.7        702.3  

 

(1)

A 1 ng/mL concentration mimics typical conditions in advanced tumors

(2)

Data based on evaluation of corresponding proxy chemical compound purchased from a commercial source rather than from the pharmaceutical company commercializing or developing the inhibitor

 

122


Table of Contents

As shown in the figure below, in preclinical MC38 syngeneic tumors in C57BL/6 mice, we have demonstrated potent CSF1R inhibitory activity of TPX-0022, which modulates TAMs and promotes a pro-inflammatory anti-tumor microenvironment.

 

LOGO

Next-Generation ALK Inhibitor

Clinically significant ALK gene fusions have been found in a number of human cancers, especially in NSCLC. Currently, there are five FDA approved ALK inhibitors available for the treatment of ALK + NSCLC. Sequential therapy with a next-generation selective ALK inhibitor with increased potency and effectiveness against common solvent front mutations is a key strategy for further development. ALK G1202R confers resistance to crizotinib and is also the most frequently occurring resistant mutation (approximately 50%) in patients treated with ceritinib, alectinib and brigatinib. In addition, compound mutations have been reported in patients after treatment with two or three ALK TKIs. One such example is the compound mutation ALK G1202R/L1196M, which confers resistance to currently approved therapies, including lorlatinib. Lorlatinib is the only approved ALK inhibitor that has demonstrated clinical efficacy in ALK + NSCLC patients who developed the ALK G1202R mutation from a prior ALK TKI.

We have generated a series of next-generation ALK inhibitors with novel three-dimensional macrocyclic structures and potent inhibition of wildtype and a large variety of mutated ALKs, including the solvent front mutation, ALK G1202R, and the solvent front/gatekeeper compound mutation, ALK G1202R/L1196M. We are currently in the late stages of selecting a candidate from our identified series of next-generation ALK inhibitors. We plan to select an ALK inhibitor candidate for IND-enabling studies in 2019.

Commercial Operations

For repotrectinib, we intend to establish our own commercial and marketing organization in the United States and to selectively establish partnerships in markets outside the United States. We intend to build a specialist sales force to target physicians who are high prescribers of treatments for solid tumors. We expect that the sales force will be supported by sales management, internal sales support, an internal marketing group and distribution support. Additionally, we expect that the sales and marketing teams will manage relationships with key accounts such as managed care organizations, group purchasing organizations, hospital systems, physician group networks, and government accounts. To develop the appropriate commercial infrastructure, we expect to invest significant amounts of financial and management resources, some of which will be committed prior to approval of repotrectinib, which we may never obtain.

For our other drug candidates, we intend to retain commercialization rights in the United States and leverage our commercial and marketing organization for repotrectinib, assuming we obtain regulatory approval in the United States. For certain drug candidates, we will consider entering into

 

123


Table of Contents

relationships with strategic partners that enable the expansion of the ongoing clinical development, while retaining significant value for our shareholders. These pharmaceutical company partnerships could focus on specific patient populations and their caregivers, on regional development, or on distribution and sales.

Manufacturing and Supply

We do not own or operate, and currently have no plans to establish, any manufacturing facilities. We currently rely, and expect to continue to rely for the foreseeable future, on third parties for the manufacture of our drug candidates for preclinical and clinical testing, as well as for commercial manufacture of any drugs that we may commercialize. To date, we have obtained active pharmaceutical ingredients and clinical drug supply for repotrectinib for our preclinical and ongoing and planned Phase 1 testing from third-party manufacturers. We obtain our supplies from these manufacturers on a purchase order basis and do not have long-term supply arrangements in place. We do not currently have arrangements in place for redundant supply for active pharmaceutical ingredients (APIs) and drug product. For all of our drug candidates, we intend to identify and qualify additional manufacturers to provide the APIs and drug product prior to submission of a new drug application to the FDA or other marketing authorization applications to other regulatory authorities.

All our drug candidates are compounds of low molecular weight, generally called small molecules. They can be manufactured from readily available starting materials in reliable and reproducible synthetic processes that are amenable to scale-up and do not require specialized equipment in the manufacturing process. We expect to continue to develop drug candidates that can be produced cost-effectively at contract manufacturing facilities.

We generally expect to rely on third parties for the manufacture of any companion diagnostics we may develop.

Competition

The pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries are characterized by rapidly advancing technologies, intense competition and a strong emphasis on proprietary drugs. We compete in the segments of the pharmaceutical, biotechnology and other related markets that address inhibition of kinases in cancer. While we believe that our technology, development experience and scientific knowledge provide us with competitive advantages, we face potential competition from many different sources, including major pharmaceutical, specialty pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies, academic institutions and governmental agencies and public and private research institutions. Any drug candidates that we successfully develop and commercialize will compete with existing drugs and new drugs that may become available in the future. Specifically, we expect that repotrectinib will compete against approved drugs, including: crizotinib, which is marketed by Pfizer Inc. under the name Xalkori for the treatment of metastatic ROS 1+ and ALK + NSCLC; lorlatinib, which is marketed by Pfizer Inc. under the name Lobrena for the treatment of ALK + NSCLC; ceritinib, which is marketed by Novartis Pharmaceuticals Corporation under the name Zykadia for the treatment of ALK + NSCLC; and larotrectinib, which is marketed by Loxo Oncology Inc. and Bayer AG under the trade name Vitrakvi, which was recently approved by the FDA for the treatment of TRK + solid tumors. We also expect that repotrectinib will compete against other compounds which are currently in late-stage clinical development, including TKIs in Phase 2, or later, clinical development for the treatment of ROS1 + NSCLC at companies including F. Hoffman-La Roche AG (entrectinib), Pfizer Inc. (lorlatinib), Betta Pharmaceuticals Co., Ltd. (ensartinib) and TKIs in Phase 2, or later, clinical development for the treatment of TRK + solid tumors at companies including F. Hoffman-La Roche AG (entrectinib) and Loxo Oncology Inc. (LOXO-195).

 

124


Table of Contents

Many of the companies against which we are competing or against which we may compete in the future have significantly greater financial resources and expertise in research and development, manufacturing, preclinical testing, conducting clinical trials, obtaining regulatory approvals and marketing approved drugs than we do. Mergers and acquisitions in the pharmaceutical, biotechnology and diagnostic industries may result in even more resources being concentrated among a smaller number of our competitors. Smaller or early-stage companies may also prove to be significant competitors, particularly through collaborative arrangements with large and established companies. These competitors also compete with us in recruiting and retaining qualified scientific and management personnel and establishing clinical trial sites and patient enrollment in clinical trials, as well as in acquiring technologies complementary to, or necessary for, our programs.

We could see a reduction or elimination in our commercial opportunity if our competitors develop and commercialize drugs that are safer, more effective, have fewer or less severe side effects, are more convenient to administer, are less expensive or with a more favorable label than repotrectinib or any other drugs that we may develop. Our competitors also may obtain FDA or other regulatory approval for their drugs more rapidly than we may obtain approval for ours, which could result in our competitors establishing a strong market position before we are able to enter the market. The key competitive factors affecting the success of all of our drug candidates, if approved, are likely to be their efficacy, safety, convenience, price, the effectiveness of companion diagnostics, the level of generic competition and the availability of reimbursement from government and other third-party payors.

Intellectual Property

We strive to protect the proprietary technologies that we believe are important to our business, including pursuing, obtaining and maintaining patent protection intended to cover the composition of matter of our drug candidates, including repotrectinib, their methods of use, related technologies and other inventions that are important to our business. In addition to patent protection, we also rely on trade secrets to protect aspects of our business that are not amenable to, or that we do not consider appropriate for, patent protection.

Our commercial success depends in part upon our ability to obtain and maintain patent and other proprietary protection for our drug candidates and other commercially important technologies, inventions and know-how related to our business, defend and enforce our intellectual property, in particular, our patent rights, preserve the confidentiality of our trade secrets and operate without infringing the valid and enforceable intellectual property and proprietary rights of third parties.

The patent positions for biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies like us are generally uncertain and can involve complex legal, scientific and factual issues. We cannot predict whether the patent applications we are currently pursuing will issue as patents in any particular jurisdiction or whether the claims of any issued patents will provide sufficient proprietary protection from competitors. In addition, the coverage claimed in a patent application can be significantly reduced before a patent is issued, and its scope can be reinterpreted and even challenged after issuance. Moreover, many jurisdictions permit third parties to challenge issued patents in administrative proceedings, which may result in further narrowing or even cancellation of patent claims. As a result, we cannot guarantee that any of our drug candidates will be protected or remain protectable by enforceable patents. Moreover, any patents that we hold may be challenged, circumvented or invalidated by third parties. For more information regarding the risks related to our intellectual property, please see “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property.”

With regard to repotrectinib, as of December 31, 2018, we owned one issued U.S. patent and one issued Colombian patent with composition of matter claims directed to repotrectinib. These issued

 

125


Table of Contents

patents are expected to expire in January 2035, without taking into account any possible patent term extension, where applicable. As of December 31, 2018, we also had 78 pending patent applications directed to repotrectinib and its use in the United States, North America, Europe, Asia and other global regions which, if issued, are expected to expire at dates ranging between January 2035 and January 2038, without taking potential patent term extensions into account.

With regard to our preclinical drug candidates, we do not currently have any issued patents, but we intend to pursue patent protection for these candidates relating to their composition of matter, their methods of use and related technologies that we consider important to our business.

The term of individual patents depends upon the legal term of the patents in the countries in which they are obtained. In most countries in which we file, the patent term is 20 years from the earliest date of filing a non-provisional patent application.

In the United States, the term of a patent covering an FDA-approved drug may, in certain cases, be eligible for a patent term extension under the Hatch-Waxman Act as compensation for the loss of patent term during the FDA regulatory review process. The period of extension may be up to five years, but cannot extend the remaining term of a patent beyond a total of 14 years from the date of product approval. Only one patent applicable to an approved drug is eligible for extension and only those claims covering the approved drug, a method for using it, or a method for manufacturing it may be extended. Similar provisions are available in Europe and in certain other jurisdictions to extend the term of a patent that covers an approved drug. It is possible that issued U.S. patents covering repotrectinib, and patents for TPX-0046, TPX-0022 and novel ALK inhibitors, if issued, may or will be entitled to patent term extensions. If our drug candidates receive FDA approval, we intend to apply for patent term extensions, if available, to extend the term of patents that cover the approved drug candidates. We also intend to seek patent term extensions in any jurisdictions where they are available; however, there is no guarantee that the applicable authorities, including the FDA, will agree with our assessment of whether such extensions should be granted, and even if granted, the length of such extensions.

In addition to patent protection, we also rely on trade secret protection for our proprietary information that is not amenable to, or that we do not consider appropriate for, patent protection, including certain aspect of our manufacturing processes. However, trade secrets can be difficult to protect. Although we take steps to protect our proprietary information, including restricting access to our confidential information, as well as entering into non-disclosure and confidentiality agreements with our employees, consultants, independent contractors, advisors, contract manufacturers, CROs, hospitals, independent treatment centers, suppliers, collaborators and other third parties, such parties may breach such agreements and disclose our proprietary information including our trade secrets, and we may not be able to obtain adequate remedies for such breaches. In addition, third parties may independently develop the same or similar proprietary information or may otherwise gain access to our proprietary information. As a result, we may be unable to meaningfully protect our trade secrets and proprietary information. For more information regarding the risks related to our intellectual property please see “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property.”

Government Regulation

The FDA and other regulatory authorities at federal, state, and local levels, as well as in foreign countries, extensively regulate, among other things, the research, development, testing, manufacture, quality control, import, export, safety, effectiveness, labeling, packaging, storage, distribution, record keeping, approval, advertising, promotion, marketing, post-approval monitoring, and post-approval reporting of drug products such as those we are developing. We, along with third-party contractors, will

 

126


Table of Contents

be required to navigate the various preclinical, clinical and commercial approval requirements of the governing regulatory agencies of the countries in which we wish to conduct studies or seek approval or licensure of our product candidates.

The process required by the FDA before drug product candidates may be marketed in the United States generally involves the following:

 

   

completion of preclinical laboratory tests and animal studies performed in accordance with the FDA’s current Good Laboratory Practices, or GLP, regulation;

 

   

submission to the FDA of an IND, which must become effective before clinical trials may begin and must be updated annually or when significant changes are made;

 

   

approval by an independent Institutional Review Board, or IRB, or ethics committee at each clinical site before the trial is commenced;

 

   

performance of adequate and well-controlled human clinical trials to establish the safety and efficacy of the proposed drug product candidate for its intended purpose;

 

   

preparation of and submission to the FDA of an NDA after completion of all pivotal clinical trials;

 

   

satisfactory completion of an FDA Advisory Committee review, if applicable;

 

   

a determination by the FDA within 60 days of its receipt of an NDA to file the application for review;

 

   

satisfactory completion of an FDA pre-approval inspection of the manufacturing facility or facilities at which the proposed product is produced to assess compliance with cGMP, and of selected clinical investigation sites to assess compliance with Good Clinical Practices, or GCP; and

 

   

FDA review and approval of the NDA to permit commercial marketing of the product for particular indications for use in the United States.

Preclinical and Clinical Development

Prior to beginning the first clinical trial with a product candidate, we must submit an IND to the FDA. An IND is a request for authorization from the FDA to administer an investigational new drug product to humans. The central focus of an IND submission is on the general investigational plan and the protocol(s) for clinical studies. The IND also includes results of animal and in vitro studies assessing the toxicology, pharmacokinetics, pharmacology, and pharmacodynamic characteristics of the product; chemistry, manufacturing, and controls information; and any available human data or literature to support the use of the investigational product. An IND must become effective before human clinical trials may begin. The IND automatically becomes effective 30 days after receipt by the FDA, unless the FDA, within the 30-day time period, raises safety concerns or questions about the proposed clinical trial. In such a case, the IND may be placed on clinical hold and the IND sponsor and the FDA must resolve any outstanding concerns or questions before the clinical trial can begin. Submission of an IND therefore may or may not result in FDA authorization to begin a clinical trial.

Clinical trials involve the administration of the investigational product to human subjects under the supervision of qualified investigators in accordance with GCPs, which include the requirement that all research subjects provide their informed consent for their participation in any clinical study. Clinical trials are conducted under protocols detailing, among other things, the objectives of the study, the parameters to be used in monitoring safety and the effectiveness criteria to be evaluated. A separate submission to the existing IND must be made for each successive clinical trial conducted during product development

 

127


Table of Contents

and for any subsequent protocol amendments. Furthermore, an independent IRB for each site proposing to conduct the clinical trial must review and approve the plan for any clinical trial and its informed consent form before the clinical trial begins at that site, and must monitor the study until completed. Regulatory authorities, the IRB or the sponsor may suspend a clinical trial at any time on various grounds, including a finding that the subjects are being exposed to an unacceptable health risk or that the trial is unlikely to meet its stated objectives. Some studies also include oversight by an independent group of qualified experts organized by the clinical study sponsor, known as a data safety monitoring board, which provides authorization for whether or not a study may move forward at designated check points based on access to certain data from the study and may halt the clinical trial if it determines that there is an unacceptable safety risk for subjects or other grounds, such as no demonstration of efficacy. There are also requirements governing the reporting of ongoing clinical studies and clinical study results to public registries.

For purposes of NDA approval, human clinical trials are typically conducted in three sequential phases that may overlap.

 

   

Phase 1—The investigational product is initially introduced into healthy human subjects or patients with the target disease or condition. These studies are designed to test the safety, dosage tolerance, absorption, metabolism and distribution of the investigational product in humans, the side effects associated with increasing doses, and, if possible, to gain early evidence on effectiveness.

 

   

Phase 2—The investigational product is administered to a limited patient population with a specified disease or condition to evaluate the preliminary efficacy, optimal dosages and dosing schedule and to identify possible adverse side effects and safety risks. Multiple Phase 2 clinical trials may be conducted to obtain information prior to beginning larger and more expensive Phase 3 clinical trials.

 

   

Phase 3—The investigational product is administered to an expanded patient population to further evaluate dosage, to provide statistically significant evidence of clinical efficacy and to further test for safety, generally at multiple geographically dispersed clinical trial sites. These clinical trials are intended to establish the overall risk/benefit ratio of the investigational product and to provide an adequate basis for product approval.

A registrational trial is a clinical trial that adequately meets regulatory agency requirements for the evaluation of a drug candidate’s efficacy and safety such that it can be used to justify the approval of the drug. Generally, registrational trials are Phase 3 trials but may be Phase 2 trials if the trial design provides a reliable assessment of clinical benefit, particularly in situations where there is an unmet medical need.

In some cases, the FDA may require, or companies may voluntarily pursue, additional clinical trials after a product is approved to gain more information about the product. These so-called Phase 4 studies may be made a condition to approval of the NDA. Concurrent with clinical trials, companies may complete additional animal studies and develop additional information about the characteristics of the product candidate, and must finalize a process for manufacturing the product in commercial quantities in accordance with cGMP requirements. The manufacturing process must be capable of consistently producing quality batches of the product candidate and, among other things, must develop methods for testing the final product. Additionally, appropriate packaging must be selected and tested and stability studies must be conducted to demonstrate that the product candidate does not undergo unacceptable deterioration over its shelf life.

 

128


Table of Contents

NDA Submission and Review

Assuming successful completion of all required testing in accordance with all applicable regulatory requirements, the results of product development, nonclinical studies and clinical trials are submitted to the FDA as part of an NDA requesting approval to market the product for one or more indications. The NDA must include all relevant data available from pertinent preclinical and clinical studies, including negative or ambiguous results as well as positive findings, together with detailed information relating to the product’s chemistry, manufacturing, controls, and proposed labeling, among other things. A determination by the FDA within 60 days of the receipt of an NDA to file the application for review for its completeness is initiated at the time of submission. If the FDA determines there is significance to the missing or incomplete information in the context of the proposed drug product, the proposed indication(s), and the amount of time needed to address any given deficiency, it can issue a refusal-to-file letter. The submission of an NDA requires payment of a substantial application user fee to FDA, unless a waiver or exemption applies.

Once an NDA has been submitted, the FDA’s goal is to review standard applications within ten months after it accepts the application for filing, or, if the application qualifies for priority review, six months after the FDA accepts the application for filing. In both standard and priority reviews, the review process is often significantly extended by FDA requests for additional information or clarification. The FDA reviews an NDA to determine, among other things, whether a product is safe and effective. The FDA may convene an advisory committee to provide clinical insight on application review questions. Before approving an NDA, the FDA will typically inspect the facility or facilities where the product is manufactured. The FDA will not approve an application unless it determines that the manufacturing processes and facilities are in compliance with cGMP requirements and adequate to assure consistent production of the product within required specifications. Additionally, before approving an NDA, the FDA will typically inspect one or more clinical sites to assure compliance with GCP. If the FDA determines that the application, manufacturing process or manufacturing facilities are not acceptable, it will outline the deficiencies in the submission and often will request additional testing or information. Notwithstanding the submission of any requested additional information, the FDA ultimately may decide that the application does not satisfy the regulatory criteria for approval.

After the FDA evaluates an NDA and conducts inspections of manufacturing facilities where the product will be produced, the FDA may issue an approval letter or a Complete Response letter. An approval letter authorizes commercial marketing of the product with specific prescribing information for specific indications. A Complete Response letter will describe all of the deficiencies that the FDA has identified in the NDA. In issuing the Complete Response letter, the FDA may recommend actions that the applicant might take to place the NDA in condition for approval, including requests for additional information or clarification. The FDA may delay or refuse approval of an NDA if applicable regulatory criteria are not satisfied, require additional testing or information and/or require post-marketing testing and surveillance to monitor safety or efficacy of a product.

If regulatory approval of a product is granted, such approval will be granted for particular indications and may entail limitations on the indicated uses for which such product may be marketed. For example, the FDA may approve the NDA with a Risk Evaluation and Mitigation Strategy, or REMS, to ensure the benefits of the product outweigh its risks. A REMS is a safety strategy to manage a known or potential serious risk associated with a product and to enable patients to have continued access to such medicines by managing their safe use, and could include medication guides, physician communication plans, or elements to assure safe use, such as restricted distribution methods, patient registries and other risk minimization tools. The FDA also may condition approval on, among other things, changes to proposed labeling or the development of adequate controls and specifications. Once approved, the FDA may withdraw the product approval if compliance with pre- and post-marketing requirements is not maintained or if problems occur after the product reaches the marketplace. The FDA may require one or more Phase

 

129


Table of Contents

4 post-market studies and surveillance to further assess and monitor the product’s safety and effectiveness after commercialization, and may limit further marketing of the product based on the results of these post-marketing studies.

Expedited Development and Review Programs

The FDA offers a number of expedited development and review programs for qualifying product candidates. The fast track program is intended to expedite or facilitate the process for reviewing new products that meet certain criteria. Specifically, new products are eligible for fast track designation if they are intended to treat a serious or life-threatening disease or condition and demonstrate the potential to address unmet medical needs for the disease or condition. Fast track designation applies to the combination of the product and the specific indication for which it is being studied. The sponsor of a fast track product has opportunities for frequent interactions with the review team during product development and, once an NDA is submitted, the product may be eligible for priority review. A fast track product may also be eligible for rolling review, where the FDA may consider for review sections of the NDA on a rolling basis before the complete application is submitted, if the sponsor provides a schedule for the submission of the sections of the NDA, the FDA agrees to accept sections of the NDA and determines that the schedule is acceptable, and the sponsor pays any required user fees upon submission of the first section of the NDA.

A product intended to treat a serious or life-threatening disease or condition may also be eligible for breakthrough therapy designation to expedite its development and review. A product can receive breakthrough therapy designation if preliminary clinical evidence indicates that the product may demonstrate substantial improvement over existing therapies on one or more clinically significant endpoints, such as substantial treatment effects observed early in clinical development. The designation includes all of the fast track program features, as well as more intensive FDA interaction and guidance beginning as early as Phase 1 and an organizational commitment to expedite the development and review of the product, including involvement of senior managers.

Any product is eligible for priority review if it has the potential to provide a significant improvement in the treatment, diagnosis or prevention of a serious disease or condition compared to marketed products. For products containing new molecular entities, priority review designation means the FDA’s goal is to take action on the marketing application within six months of the 60-day filing date (compared with ten months under standard review).

Additionally, products studied for their safety and effectiveness in treating serious or life-threatening diseases or conditions may receive accelerated approval upon a determination that the product has an effect on a surrogate endpoint that is reasonably likely to predict clinical benefit, or on a clinical endpoint that can be measured earlier than irreversible morbidity or mortality, that is reasonably likely to predict an effect on irreversible morbidity or mortality or other clinical benefit, taking into account the severity, rarity, or prevalence of the condition and the availability or lack of alternative treatments. As a condition of accelerated approval, the FDA will generally require the sponsor to perform adequate and well-controlled post-marketing clinical studies to verify and describe the anticipated effect on irreversible morbidity or mortality or other clinical benefit. In addition, the FDA currently requires, as a condition for accelerated approval, pre-approval of promotional materials, which could adversely impact the timing of the commercial launch of the product.

Orphan Drug Designation

Under the Orphan Drug Act, the FDA may grant orphan designation to a drug or biologic intended to treat a rare disease or condition, which is a disease or condition that affects fewer than 200,000 individuals in the United States, or more than 200,000 individuals in the United States for which there is

 

130


Table of Contents

no reasonable expectation that the cost of developing and making available in the United States a drug or biologic for this type of disease or condition will be recovered from sales in the United States for that drug or biologic. Orphan drug designation must be requested before submitting an NDA. After the FDA grants orphan drug designation, the generic identity of the therapeutic agent and its potential orphan use are disclosed publicly by the FDA. The orphan drug designation does not convey any advantage in, or shorten the duration of, the regulatory review or approval process.

If a product that has orphan drug designation subsequently receives the first FDA approval for the disease for which it has such designation, the product is entitled to orphan drug exclusive approval (or exclusivity), which means that the FDA may not approve any other applications, including a full NDA, to market the same drug for the same indication for seven years, except in limited circumstances, such as a showing of clinical superiority to the product with orphan drug exclusivity. Orphan drug exclusivity does not prevent the FDA from approving a different drug or biologic for the same disease or condition, or the same drug or biologic for a different disease or condition. Among the other benefits of orphan drug designation are tax credits for certain research and a waiver of the application user fee.

A designated orphan drug may not receive orphan drug exclusivity if it is approved for a use that is broader than the indication for which it received orphan designation. In addition, exclusive marketing rights in the United States may be lost if the FDA later determines that the request for designation was materially defective or if the manufacturer is unable to assure sufficient quantities of the product to meet the needs of patients with the rare disease or condition.

Post-Approval Requirements

Any products manufactured or distributed by us pursuant to FDA approvals are subject to pervasive and continuing regulation by the FDA, including, among other things, requirements relating to record-keeping, reporting of adverse experiences, periodic reporting, product sampling and distribution, and advertising and promotion of the product. After approval, most changes to the approved product, such as adding new indications or other labeling claims, are subject to prior FDA review and approval. There also are continuing user fee requirements, under which FDA assesses an annual program fee for each product identified in an approved NDA. Drug manufacturers and their subcontractors are required to register their establishments with the FDA and certain state agencies, and are subject to periodic unannounced inspections by the FDA and certain state agencies for compliance with cGMP, which impose certain procedural and documentation requirements upon us and our third-party manufacturers. Changes to the manufacturing process are strictly regulated, and, depending on the significance of the change, may require prior FDA approval before being implemented. FDA regulations also require investigation and correction of any deviations from cGMP and impose reporting requirements upon us and any third-party manufacturers that we may decide to use. Accordingly, manufacturers must continue to expend time, money and effort in the area of production and quality control to maintain compliance with cGMP and other aspects of regulatory compliance.

The FDA may withdraw approval if compliance with regulatory requirements and standards is not maintained or if problems occur after the product reaches the market. Later discovery of previously unknown problems with a product, including adverse events of unanticipated severity or frequency, or with manufacturing processes, or failure to comply with regulatory requirements, may result in revisions to the approved labeling to add new safety information; imposition of post-market studies or clinical studies to assess new safety risks; or imposition of distribution restrictions or other restrictions under a REMS program. Other potential consequences include, among other things:

 

   

restrictions on the marketing or manufacturing of a product, complete withdrawal of the product from the market or product recalls;

 

131


Table of Contents
   

fines, warning letters or holds on post-approval clinical studies;

 

   

refusal of the FDA to approve pending applications or supplements to approved applications, or suspension or revocation of existing product approvals;

 

   

product seizure or detention, or refusal of the FDA to permit the import or export of products; or

 

   

injunctions or the imposition of civil or criminal penalties.

The FDA closely regulates the marketing, labeling, advertising and promotion of biologics and drugs. A company can make only those claims relating to safety and efficacy, purity and potency that are approved by the FDA and in accordance with the provisions of the approved label. However, companies may share truthful and not misleading information that is otherwise consistent with a product’s FDA approved labeling. The FDA and other agencies actively enforce the laws and regulations prohibiting the promotion of off-label uses. Failure to comply with these requirements can result in, among other things, adverse publicity, warning letters, corrective advertising and potential civil and criminal penalties. Physicians may prescribe legally available products for uses that are not described in the product’s labeling and that differ from those tested by us and approved by the FDA. Such off-label uses are common across medical specialties. Physicians may believe that such off-label uses are the best treatment for patients in varied circumstances. The FDA does not regulate the behavior of physicians in their choice of treatments. The FDA does, however, restrict manufacturer’s communications on the subject of off-label use of their products.

FDA Regulation of Companion Diagnostics

A therapeutic product may rely upon an in vitro companion diagnostic for use in selecting the patients that will be more likely to respond to that therapy. If an in vitro diagnostic is essential to the safe and effective use of the therapeutic product, then the FDA generally will require approval or clearance of the diagnostic at the same time that the FDA approves the therapeutic product. According to FDA guidance, a companion diagnostic device used to make treatment decisions in clinical trials of a drug generally will be considered an investigational device unless it is employed for an intended use for which the device is already approved or cleared. If used to make critical treatment decisions, such as patient selection, the diagnostic device generally will be considered a significant risk device under the FDA’s Investigational Device Exemption, or IDE, regulations. Thus, the sponsor of the diagnostic device will be required to comply with the IDE regulations. According to the guidance, if a diagnostic device and a drug are to be studied together to support their respective approvals, both products can be studied in the same investigational trial, if the trial meets both the requirements of the IDE regulations and the IND regulations. The guidance provides that depending on the details of the trial plan and subjects, a sponsor may seek to submit an IND alone, or both an IND and an IDE.

Pursuing FDA approval of an in vitro companion diagnostic would require either a pre-market notification, also called 510(k) clearance, or a pre-market approval, or PMA, for that diagnostic. The review of companion diagnostics involves coordination of review with the FDA’s Center for Devices and Radiological Health.

The PMA process, including the gathering of clinical and nonclinical data and the submission to and review by the FDA, can take several years or longer. The applicant must prepare and provide the FDA with reasonable assurance of the device’s safety and effectiveness, including information about the device and its components regarding, among other things, device design, manufacturing and labeling. PMA applications are subject to an application fee. In addition, PMAs for devices must generally include the results from extensive preclinical and adequate and well-controlled clinical trials to establish the safety and effectiveness of the device for each indication for which FDA approval is sought. In particular, for a diagnostic, the applicant must demonstrate that the diagnostic produces reproducible results. As part of the PMA review, the FDA will typically inspect the manufacturer’s

 

132


Table of Contents

facilities for compliance with the Quality System Regulation, or QSR, which imposes elaborate testing, control, documentation and other quality assurance requirements.

U.S. Patent Term Restoration and Marketing Exclusivity

Depending upon the timing, duration and specifics of the FDA approval of our drug candidates, some of our U.S. patents may be eligible for limited patent term extension under the Drug Price Competition and Patent Term Restoration Act of 1984, commonly referred to as the Hatch-Waxman Amendments. The Hatch-Waxman Amendments permit a patent restoration term of up to five years beyond the normal expiration of the patent, limited to the approved indication (or any additional indications approved during the period of extension), as compensation for patent term lost during product development and the FDA regulatory review process. However, patent term restoration cannot extend the remaining term of a patent beyond a total of 14 years from the product’s approval date. The patent term restoration period is generally one-half the time between the effective date of an IND and the submission date of an NDA plus the time between the submission date of an NDA and the approval of that application. Only one patent applicable to an approved drug is eligible for extension and only those claims covering the approved drug, a method for using it, or a method for manufacturing it may be extended and the application for the extension must be submitted prior to the expiration of the patent. The USPTO, in consultation with the FDA, reviews and approves the application for any patent term extension or restoration. In the future, we intend to apply for restoration of patent term for one of our currently owned patents, and if eligible for such restoration, to add patent term beyond its current expiration date, depending on the expected length of the clinical trials and other factors involved in the filing of the relevant NDA.

Marketing exclusivity provisions under the United States Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (FDCA) can also delay the submission or the approval of certain marketing applications for competing products. The FDCA provides a five-year period of non-patent marketing exclusivity within the United States to the first applicant to obtain approval of an NDA for a new chemical entity. A drug is a new chemical entity if the FDA has not previously approved any other new drug containing the same active moiety, which is the molecule or ion responsible for the action of the drug substance. During the exclusivity period, the FDA may not accept for review an abbreviated new drug application, or ANDA, or a 505(b)(2) NDA submitted by another company for another drug based on the same active moiety, regardless of whether the drug is intended for the same indication as the original innovator drug or for another indication. However, an application may be submitted after four years if it contains a certification of patent invalidity or non-infringement to one of the patents listed with the FDA by the innovator NDA holder. The FDCA also provides three years of marketing exclusivity for an NDA, or supplement to an existing NDA, if new clinical investigations, other than bioavailability studies, that were conducted or sponsored by the applicant are deemed by the FDA to be essential to the approval of the application, for example new indications, dosages or strengths of an existing drug. This three-year exclusivity covers only the modification for which the drug received approval on the basis of the new clinical investigations and does not prohibit the FDA from approving ANDAs or 505(b)(2) applications for drugs containing the active agent for the original indication or condition of use. Five-year and three-year exclusivity will not delay the submission or approval of a full NDA. However, an applicant submitting a full NDA would be required to conduct or obtain a right of reference to all of the preclinical studies and adequate and well-controlled clinical trials necessary to demonstrate safety and effectiveness. Orphan drug exclusivity, as described below, may offer a seven-year period of marketing exclusivity, except in certain circumstances. Pediatric exclusivity is another type of regulatory market exclusivity in the United States. Pediatric exclusivity, if granted, adds six months to existing exclusivity periods and patent terms. This six-month exclusivity, which runs from the end of other exclusivity protection or patent term, may be granted based on the voluntary completion of a pediatric trial in accordance with an FDA-issued “Written Request” for such a trial.

 

133


Table of Contents

European Drug Development

In Europe, our future drugs may also be subject to extensive regulatory requirements. As in the United States, medicinal products can only be marketed if a marketing authorization from the competent regulatory agencies has been obtained.

Similar to the United States, the various phases of preclinical and clinical research in Europe are subject to significant regulatory controls. Although the EU Clinical Trials Directive 2001/20/EC has sought to harmonize the European Union clinical trials regulatory framework, setting out common rules for the control and authorization of clinical trials in the European Union, the European Union Member States have transposed and applied the provisions of the Directive differently. This has led to significant variations in the member state regimes. Under the current regime, before a clinical trial can be initiated it must be approved in each of the European Union countries where the trial is to be conducted by two distinct bodies: the National Competent Authority, or NCA, and one or more Ethics Committees, or ECs. Under the current regime all suspected unexpected serious adverse reactions to the investigated drug that occur during the clinical trial have to be reported to the NCA and ECs of the Member State where they occurred.

In 2014, a new Clinical Trials Regulation 536/2014, replacing the current Directive, was adopted. The new Regulation will become directly applicable in all EU Member States (without national implementation) once the EU Portal and Database are fully functional. It is expected that the Regulation will apply in 2019. The new Regulation seeks to simplify and streamline the approval of clinical trials in the European Union. For example, the sponsor shall submit a single application for approval of a clinical trial via the EU Portal. As part of the application process, the sponsor shall propose a reporting Member State, who will coordinate the validation and evaluation of the application. The reporting Member State shall consult and coordinate with the other concerned Member States. If an application is rejected, it can be amended and resubmitted through the EU Portal. If an approval is issued, the sponsor can start the clinical trial in all concerned Member States. However, a concerned Member State can in limited circumstances declare an “opt-out” from an approval. In such a case, the clinical trial cannot be conducted in that Member State. The Regulation also aims to streamline and simplify the rules on safety reporting, and introduces enhanced transparency requirements such as mandatory submission of a summary of the clinical trial results to the EU Database.

European Drug Review and Approval

In the European Economic Area, or EEA, which is comprised of the 28 Member States of the European Union plus Norway, Iceland and Liechtenstein, medicinal products can only be commercialized after obtaining a Marketing Authorization, or MA. There are two types of marketing authorizations:

The Community MA, which is issued by the European Commission through the Centralized Procedure, based on the opinion of the Committee for Medicinal Products for Human Use, or CHMP, of the EMA and which is valid throughout the entire territory of the EEA. The Centralized Procedure is mandatory for certain types of drugs, such as biotechnology medicinal drugs, orphan medicinal drugs, and medicinal drugs containing a new active substance indicated for the treatment of AIDS, cancer, neurodegenerative disorders, diabetes, auto-immune and viral diseases. The Centralized Procedure is optional for drugs containing a new active substance not yet authorized in the EEA, or for drugs that constitute a significant therapeutic, scientific or technical innovation or which are in the interest of public health in the European Union.

National MAs, which are issued by the competent authorities of the Member States of the EEA and only cover their respective territory, are available for drugs not falling within the mandatory scope of the Centralized Procedure. Where a drug has already been authorized for marketing in a Member State of the EEA, this National MA can be recognized in other Member States through the Mutual

 

134


Table of Contents

Recognition Procedure. If the drug has not received a National MA in any Member State at the time of application, it can be approved simultaneously in various Member States through the Decentralized Procedure. Under the Decentralized Procedure an identical dossier is submitted to the competent authorities of each of the Member States in which the MA is sought, one of which is selected by the applicant as the Reference Member State, or RMS. The competent authority of the RMS prepares a draft assessment report, a draft summary of the drug characteristics, or SPC, and a draft of the labeling and package leaflet, which are sent to the other Member States (referred to as the Member States Concerned) for their approval. If the Member States Concerned raise no objections, based on a potential serious risk to public health, to the assessment, SPC, labeling, or packaging proposed by the RMS, the drug is subsequently granted a national MA in all the Member States (i.e. in the RMS and the Member States Concerned).

Under the above described procedures, before granting the MA, the EMA or the competent authorities of the Member States of the EEA make an assessment of the risk-benefit balance of the drug on the basis of scientific criteria concerning its quality, safety and efficacy.

European Chemical Entity Exclusivity

In Europe, new chemical entities, sometimes referred to as new active substances, qualify for eight years of data exclusivity upon marketing authorization and an additional two years of market exclusivity. This data exclusivity, if granted, prevents regulatory authorities in the European Union from referencing the innovator’s data to assess a generic application for eight years, after which generic marketing authorization can be submitted, and the innovator’s data may be referenced, but not approved for two years. The overall ten-year period will be extended to a maximum of 11 years if, during the first eight years of those ten years, the marketing authorization holder obtains an authorization for one or more new therapeutic indications which, during the scientific evaluation prior to their authorization, are held to bring a significant clinical benefit in comparison with existing therapies.

European Union General Data Protection Regulation

In addition to EU regulations related to the approval and commercialization of our products, we may be subject to the EU’s General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR). The GDPR went into effect on May 25, 2018. The GDPR introduced new data protection requirements in the European Union, as well as potential fines for noncompliant companies of up to the greater of 20 million or 4% of annual global revenue. The regulation imposes numerous new requirements for the collection, use and disclosure of personal information, including more stringent requirements relating to consent and the information that must be shared with data subjects about how their personal information is used, the obligation to notify regulators and affected individuals of personal data breaches, extensive new internal privacy governance obligations and obligations to honor expanded rights of individuals in relation to their personal information (e.g., the right to access, correct and delete their data). In addition, the GDPR includes restrictions on cross-border data transfer. The GDPR will increase our responsibility and liability in relation to personal data that we process, and we may be required to put in place additional mechanisms to ensure compliance with the new EU data protection rules. Further, the United Kingdom’s vote in favor of exiting the EU, often referred to as Brexit, has created uncertainty with regard to data protection regulation in the United Kingdom. In particular, it is unclear whether the United Kingdom will enact data protection legislation equivalent to the GDPR and how data transfers to and from the United Kingdom will be regulated.

Rest of the World Regulation

For other countries outside of the European Union and the United States, such as countries in Eastern Europe, Latin America or Asia, the requirements governing the conduct of clinical trials, drug licensing, pricing and reimbursement vary from country to country. In all cases the clinical trials must

 

135


Table of Contents

be conducted in accordance with GCP requirements and the applicable regulatory requirements and the ethical principles that have their origin in the Declaration of Helsinki.

If we fail to comply with applicable foreign regulatory requirements, we may be subject to, among other things, fines, suspension or withdrawal of regulatory approvals, product recalls, seizure of products, operating restrictions and criminal prosecution.

Coverage and Reimbursement

Sales of our drugs will depend, in part, on the extent to which our drugs will be covered by third-party payors, such as government health programs, commercial insurance and managed healthcare organizations. These third-party payors are increasingly reducing reimbursements for medical drugs and services. Additionally, the containment of healthcare costs has become a priority of federal and state governments, and the prices of drugs have been a focus in this effort. The U.S. government, state legislatures and foreign governments have shown significant interest in implementing cost-containment programs, including price controls, restrictions on reimbursement and requirements for substitution of generic drugs.

There may be significant delays in obtaining coverage and reimbursement for newly approved drugs, and coverage may be more limited than the purposes for which the drug is approved by the FDA or similar regulatory authorities outside of the United States. Moreover, eligibility for coverage and reimbursement does not imply that a drug will be paid for in all cases or at a rate that covers our costs, including research, development, intellectual property, manufacture, sale and distribution expenses. Interim reimbursement levels for new drugs, if applicable, may also not be sufficient to cover our costs and may not be made permanent. Reimbursement rates may vary according to the use of the drug and the clinical setting in which it is used, may be based on reimbursement levels already set for lower cost drugs and may be incorporated into existing payments for other services. Net prices for drugs may be reduced by mandatory discounts or rebates required by government healthcare programs or private payors and by any future relaxation of laws that presently restrict imports of drugs from countries where they may be sold at lower prices than in the United States. Third-party payors often rely upon Medicare coverage policy and payment limitations in setting their own reimbursement policies, but also have their own methods and approval process apart from Medicare determinations.

We plan to develop, either by ourselves or with collaborators, in vitro companion diagnostic tests for our drug candidates for certain indications. We, or our collaborators, will be required to obtain coverage and reimbursement for these tests separate and apart from the coverage and reimbursement we seek for our product candidates, once approved.

In addition, in some foreign countries, the proposed pricing for a drug must be approved before it may be lawfully marketed. The requirements governing drug pricing vary widely from country to country. For example, the European Union provides options for its member states to restrict the range of medicinal drugs for which their national health insurance systems provide reimbursement and to control the prices of medicinal drugs for human use. A member state may approve a specific price for the medicinal drug or it may instead adopt a system of direct or indirect controls on the profitability of the company placing the medicinal drug on the market. There can be no assurance that any country that has price controls or reimbursement limitations for pharmaceutical drugs will allow favorable reimbursement and pricing arrangements for any of our drugs. Historically, drugs launched in the European Union do not follow price structures of the United States and generally tend to be significantly lower.

Healthcare Reform

In the United States and some foreign jurisdictions, there have been a number of legislative and regulatory changes and proposed changes regarding the healthcare system that could prevent or delay

 

136


Table of Contents

marketing approval of drug candidates, restrict or regulate post-approval activities and affect a biopharmaceutical company’s ability to profitably sell any approved drugs.

The Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement, and Modernization Act of 2003 (MMA) established the Medicare Part D program to provide a voluntary prescription drug benefit to Medicare beneficiaries. Under Part D, Medicare beneficiaries may enroll in prescription drug plans offered by private entities that provide coverage of outpatient prescription drugs. Unlike Medicare Part A and B, Part D coverage is not standardized. Part D prescription drug plan sponsors are not required to pay for all covered Part D drugs, and each drug plan can develop its own drug formulary that identifies which drugs it will cover and at what tier or level. However, Part D prescription drug formularies must include drugs within each therapeutic category and class of covered Part D drugs, though not necessarily all the drugs in each category or class. Any formulary used by a Part D prescription drug plan must be developed and reviewed by a pharmacy and therapeutic committee. Government payment for some of the costs of prescription drugs may increase demand for drugs for which we obtain marketing approval. However, any negotiated prices for our drugs covered by a Part D prescription drug plan will likely be lower than the prices we might otherwise obtain. Moreover, while the MMA applies only to drug benefits for Medicare beneficiaries, private third-party payors often follow Medicare coverage policy and payment limitations in setting their own payment rates. Any reduction in payment that results from the MMA may result in a similar reduction in payments from non-governmental third-party payors.

The American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 provides funding for the federal government to compare the effectiveness of different treatments for the same illness. The plan for the research was published in 2012 by the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (HHS), the Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality and the National Institutes for Health, and periodic reports on the status of the research and related expenditures are made to Congress. Although the results of the comparative effectiveness studies are not intended to mandate coverage policies for public or private third-party payors, it is not clear what effect, if any, the research will have on the sales of our drug candidates, if any such drug or the condition that they are intended to treat are the subject of a trial. It is also possible that comparative effectiveness research demonstrating benefits in a competitor’s drug could adversely affect the sales of our drug candidate. If third-party payors do not consider our drugs to be cost-effective compared to other available therapies, they may not cover our drugs after approval as a benefit under their plans or, if they do, the level of payment may not be sufficient to allow us to sell our drugs on a profitable basis.

The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010 (collectively, the ACA) enacted in March 2010, has had a significant impact on the healthcare industry. The ACA expanded coverage for the uninsured while at the same time containing overall healthcare costs. With regard to pharmaceutical products, the ACA, among other things, addressed a new methodology by which rebates owed by manufacturers under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program are calculated for drugs that are inhaled, infused, instilled, implanted or injected, increased the minimum Medicaid rebates owed by manufacturers under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program and extended the rebate program to individuals enrolled in Medicaid managed care organizations, established annual fees and taxes on manufacturers of certain branded prescription drugs, and a new Medicare Part D coverage gap discount program, in which manufacturers must now agree to offer 70% point-of-sale discounts off negotiated prices of applicable brand drugs to eligible beneficiaries during their coverage gap period, as a condition for the manufacturer’s outpatient drugs to be covered under Medicare Part D.

Some of the provisions of the ACA have yet to be fully implemented, while certain provisions have been subject to judicial and Congressional challenges as well as recent efforts by the current U.S. President’s administration to repeal or replace certain aspects of the ACA. Since January 2017, the current U.S. President has signed two Executive Orders and other directives designed to delay the implementation of certain provisions of the ACA or otherwise circumvent some of the requirements for

 

137


Table of Contents

health insurance mandated by the ACA. Concurrently, Congress has considered legislation that would repeal or repeal and replace all or part of the ACA. While Congress has not passed comprehensive repeal legislation, it has enacted laws that modify certain provisions of the ACA such as removing penalties, starting January 1, 2019, for not complying with the ACA’s individual mandate to carry health insurance, delaying the implementation of certain ACA-mandated fees, and increasing the point-of-sale discount that is owed by pharmaceutical manufacturers who participate in Medicare Part D. On December 14, 2018, a U.S. District Court Judge in the Northern District of Texas (Texas District Court Judge), ruled that the individual mandate is a critical and inseverable feature of the ACA, and therefore, because it was repealed as part of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, the remaining provisions of the ACA are invalid as well. While the Texas District Court Judge, as well as the current U.S. President’s administration and the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS), have stated that the ruling will have no immediate effect, it is unclear how this decision, subsequent appeals, and other efforts to repeal and replace the ACA will impact the ACA.

In addition, other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted in the United States since the ACA was enacted. On August 2, 2011, the Budget Control Act of 2011, among other things, created measures for spending reductions by Congress. A Joint Select Committee on Deficit Reduction, tasked with recommending a targeted deficit reduction of at least $1.2 trillion for the years 2013 through 2021, was unable to reach required goals, thereby triggering the legislation’s automatic reduction to several government programs. This includes aggregate reductions to Medicare payments to providers of up to 2% per fiscal year, started in April 2013, and, due to subsequent legislative amendments, will stay in effect through 2027 unless additional Congressional action is taken. On January 2, 2013, the then-U.S. President signed into law the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012, or the ATRA, which, among other things, also reduced Medicare payments to several providers, including hospitals, imaging centers and cancer treatment centers, and increased the statute of limitations period for the government to recover overpayments to providers from three to five years.

Further, there has been heightened governmental scrutiny recently over the manner in which drug manufacturers set prices for their marketed products, which has resulted in several Congressional inquiries and proposed and enacted federal and state legislation designed to, among other things, bring more transparency to product pricing, review the relationship between pricing and manufacturer patient programs, and reform government program reimbursement methodologies for drug products. For example, the current U.S. President’s administration released a “Blueprint” to lower drug prices and reduce out of pocket costs of drugs that contains additional proposals to increase manufacturer competition, increase the negotiating power of certain federal healthcare programs, incentivize manufacturers to lower the list price of their products and reduce the out of pocket costs of drug products paid by consumers. For example, in October 2018, CMS proposed a new rule that would require direct-to-consumer television advertisements of prescription drugs and biological products, for which payment is available through or under Medicare or Medicaid, to include in the advertisement the Wholesale Acquisition Cost, or list price, of that drug or biological product. On January 31, 2019, the HHS Office of Inspector General, proposed modifications to the federal Anti-Kickback Statute discount safe harbor for the purpose of reducing the cost of drug products to consumers which, among other things, if finalized, will affect discounts paid by manufacturers to Medicare Part D plans, Medicaid managed care organizations and pharmacy benefit managers working with these organizations. Although some of these, and other proposed measures may require additional authorization to become effective, Congress and the current U.S. President’s administration have each indicated that it will continue to seek new legislative and/or administrative measures to control drug costs.

Additionally, on May 30, 2018, the Trickett Wendler, Frank Mongiello, Jordan McLinn, and Matthew Bellina Right to Try Act of 2017 (the Right to Try Act) was signed into law. The law, among other things, provides a federal framework for certain patients to access certain investigational new drug products that have completed a Phase I clinical trial and that are undergoing investigation for FDA approval. Under certain circumstances, eligible patients can seek treatment without enrolling in clinical

 

138


Table of Contents

trials and without obtaining FDA permission under the FDA expanded access program. There is no obligation for a pharmaceutical manufacturer to make its drug products available to eligible patients as a result of the Right to Try Act.

Other Healthcare Laws

We may also be subject to healthcare regulation and enforcement by the federal government and the states and foreign governments where we may market our drug candidates, if approved. These laws include, without limitation, state and federal anti-kickback, fraud and abuse, false claims, privacy and security and physician sunshine laws and regulations.

The federal Anti-Kickback Statute prohibits, among other things, any person from knowingly and willfully offering, soliciting, receiving or paying remuneration, directly or indirectly, to induce either the referral of an individual, for an item or service or the purchasing or ordering of a good or service, for which payment may be made under federal healthcare programs such as the Medicare and Medicaid programs. The federal Anti-Kickback Statute is subject to evolving interpretations. In the past, the government has enforced the federal Anti-Kickback Statute to reach large settlements with healthcare companies based on sham consulting and other financial arrangements with physicians. A person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it in order to have committed a violation. In addition, the government may assert that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the False Claims Act. The majority of states also have anti-kickback laws, which establish similar prohibitions and in some cases may apply to items or services reimbursed by any third-party payor, including commercial insurers.

Additionally, the federal civil and criminal false claims laws, including the False Claims Act, and civil monetary penalties law, prohibits knowingly presenting or causing the presentation of a false, fictitious or fraudulent claim for payment to the U.S. government. Actions under the False Claims Act may be brought by the Attorney General or as a  qui tam  action by a private individual in the name of the government. The federal government is using the False Claims Act, and the accompanying threat of significant liability, in its investigation and prosecution of pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies throughout the U.S., for example, in connection with the promotion of products for unapproved uses and other sales and marketing practices. The government has obtained multi-million and multi-billion dollar settlements under the False Claims Act in addition to individual criminal convictions under applicable criminal statutes. Given the significant size of actual and potential settlements, it is expected that the government will continue to devote substantial resources to investigating healthcare providers’ and manufacturers’ compliance with applicable fraud and abuse laws.

The federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, also created additional federal civil and criminal penalties for, among other actions, knowingly and willfully executing, or attempting to execute, a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program, including private third-party payors, knowingly and willfully embezzling or stealing from a healthcare benefit program, willfully obstructing a criminal investigation of a healthcare offense, and knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or making any materially false, fictitious or fraudulent statement in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items or services. Similar to the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, a person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it in order to have committed a violation.

There has also been a recent trend of increased federal and state regulation of payments made to physicians and other healthcare providers. The ACA, through the Physician Payments Sunshine Act, imposes new reporting requirements on drug manufacturers for payments made by them to physicians and teaching hospitals, as well as ownership and investment interests held by physicians and their immediate family members. Drug manufacturers are required to submit annual reports to the

 

139


Table of Contents

government and these reports are posted on a website maintained by CMS. Certain states also mandate implementation of compliance programs, impose restrictions on drug manufacturer marketing practices and/or require the tracking and reporting of gifts, compensation and other remuneration to physicians.

We may also be subject to data privacy and security requirements that may impact the way in which we conduct research and operate our business. HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act, or HITECH, and their respective implementing regulations, including the final omnibus rule published on January 25, 2013, impose obligations, including mandatory contractual terms, with respect to safeguarding the privacy, security and transmission of individually identifiable health information on covered entities, including certain healthcare providers, health plans, and healthcare clearinghouses, as well as individuals and entities that provide services on behalf of a covered entity that involve individually identifiable health information, known as business associates. In addition, we may be directly subject to certain state laws concerning privacy and data security. For example, California recently enacted the California Consumer Privacy Act (CPPA), which creates new individual privacy rights for California consumers (as defined in the law) and places increased privacy and security obligations on entities handling certain personal data of consumers or households. The CCPA will require covered companies to provide new disclosure to consumers about such companies’ data collection, use and sharing practices, provide such consumers new ways to opt-out of certain sales or transfers of personal information, and provide consumers with additional causes of action. The CCPA goes into effect on January 1, 2020, and the California Attorney General may bring enforcement actions for violations beginning July 1, 2020. The CCPA was amended on September 23, 2018, and it remains unclear what, if any, further modifications will be made to this legislation or how it will be interpreted. As currently written, the CCPA may impact our business activities and exemplifies the vulnerability of our business to the evolving regulatory environment related to personal data and protected health information. Existing state laws governing the privacy and security of personally identifiable information, and, in some states, health information, impose differing requirements, thus complicating our compliance efforts.

Employees

As of March 18, 2019, we had 50 full-time employees, nearly half of whom hold Ph.D., Pharm.D. or M.D. degrees. Of these employees, 40 were engaged in research and development activities and 10 were engaged in general and administrative activities. None of our employees are represented by labor unions or covered by collective bargaining agreements.

Facilities

We currently lease one facility. Our headquarters are located in 18,029 rentable square feet of office and laboratory space in San Diego, California that is used for our design research, preclinical research, clinical research, regulatory, business development and administrative functions. We believe that our existing facilities are adequate for our current needs. We expect to seek additional office space for our San Diego operations as we increase our staffing levels as a result of anticipated growth in our clinical and regulatory activities as well as additional financial and administrative resources required to support operations as a public company. We believe that any additional space we may require will be available on commercially reasonable terms.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we may become involved in various claims and legal proceedings. We are not currently a party to any legal proceedings that, in the opinion of our management, are likely to have a material adverse effect on our business. Regardless of outcome, litigation can have an adverse impact on us because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources and other factors.

 

140


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

The following table sets forth information about our executive officers and directors.

 

Name

   Age     

Position(s)

Executive Officers

     

Athena Countouriotis, M.D.

     47      Chief Executive Officer and Director

Jingrong Jean Cui, Ph.D. (a)

     55      Chief Scientific Officer and Chair of the Board

Brian Baker, M.S., C.P.A.

     52      Vice President of Finance and Administration

Non-Executive Directors

     

Robert Adelman, M.D. (b)

     56      Director

Jacob M. Chacko, M.D., M.B.A. (1)(2)(3)

     40      Director

Simeon George, M.D., M.B.A. (1)(3)

     41      Director

Carl Gordon, Ph.D., CFA (2)

     54      Director

Sheila Gujrathi, M.D. (a)

     48      Director

Yishan Li, Ph.D., M.B.A. (c)

     54      Head of Turning Point Therapeutics, Asia, and Director

Hongbo Lu, Ph.D., M.B.A. (1)

     48      Director

 

(a)

Dr. Cui will resign as Chair of our board of directors in connection with the closing of this offering, at which time Dr. Gujrathi will be appointed as Chair of our board of directors

(b)

Dr. Adelman will resign from our board of directors contingent and effective as of immediately prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part

(c)

Dr. Li will resign from our board of directors contingent and effective as of immediately prior to the closing of this offering

(1)

Member of the audit committee

(2)

Member of the compensation committee

(3)

Member of the nominating and corporate governance committee

Executive Officers

Athena Countouriotis, M.D. joined us in May 2018 as Executive Vice President and Chief Medical Officer and was promoted to Chief Executive Officer and joined our board of directors in September 2018. Prior to joining us, Dr. Countouriotis was a Senior Vice President and Chief Medical Officer for Adverum Biotechnologies, Inc. from June 2017 to May 2018, and before that served as Senior Vice President, Chief Medical Officer of Halozyme Therapeutics, Inc. from January 2015 to May 2017. Dr. Countouriotis also served as Chief Medical Officer of Ambit Biosciences Corporation, where she helped lead the initial public offering and was responsible for the clinical development of quizartinib from February 2012 until Ambit’s acquisition by Daiichi Sankyo Company, in November 2014. Earlier in her career, Dr. Countouriotis led various clinical development organizations within Pfizer Inc. and Bristol-Myers Squibb Company for oncology therapeutics, including Sutent, Mylotarg, Bosulif and Sprycel. Dr. Countouriotis serves on the board of directors of Trovagene, Inc., an oncology therapeutics company, and NuMedii, Inc., a biopharmaceutical company. Dr. Countouriotis earned a Bachelor of Science degree from the University of California, Los Angeles, and an M.D. from Tufts University School of Medicine. She received her initial training in pediatrics at the University of California, Los Angeles, and additional training at the Fred Hutchinson Cancer Research Center in the Pediatric Hematology/Oncology Program. Our board of directors believes Dr. Countouriotis’ broad oncology biotech leadership experience, guiding multiple development programs to approval, as well as her experience with large and small molecule therapeutics in hematologic and solid tumor indications, with multiple regulatory approvals in the U.S. and Europe, provide her with the qualifications and skills to serve on our board of directors.

 

141


Table of Contents

Jingrong Jean Cui, Ph.D. is a co-founder of Turning Point Therapeutics, and has served as our Chief Scientific Officer and a member of our board of directors since October 2013. Dr. Cui served as our President from April 2018 until January 2019. In September 2018, Dr. Cui became Chair of our board of directors. From 2003 until 2013, Dr. Cui was Senior Principal Scientist and then Associate Research Fellow at Pfizer. From 1999 until 2003, Dr. Cui served as Project Leader and Group Leader at SUGEN, Inc., a Pharmacia Corporation. From 1997 until 1999, Dr. Cui was a research scientist at Corvas International, Inc. From 1995 until 1997, Dr. Cui was a research scientist at Glycomed, Inc. From 1994 until 1995, Dr. Cui was a postdoctoral fellow at Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory and the University of California Berkeley. Dr. Cui received her Ph.D. from The Ohio State University, and her M.S. and B.S. from the University of Science and Technology of China. Our board of directors believes Dr. Cui’s experience as a renowned oncology drug designer and experience in drug discovery and project management at biotech companies qualifies her to serve on our board of directors.

Brian Baker, C.P.A . has served as our Vice President of Finance and Administration since July 2017. Previously, Mr. Baker served as the Vice President, Finance at Cleave Biosciences, Inc. from February 2013 until July 2017. From 2011 through 2013, Mr. Baker worked as an independent finance consultant to multiple companies in the life science industry. From 2006 through 2010, Mr. Baker held positions of increasing responsibility, including Vice President Finance and Principal Accounting Officer, with Phenomix Corporation. From 2000 through 2006, Mr. Baker held positions of increasing responsibility with Cengent Therapeutics, Inc. (previously Structural Bioinformatics, Inc.). Mr. Baker began his accounting career with PricewaterhouseCoopers (previously Price Waterhouse) from 1996 through 2000. Mr. Baker received a B.S. in Business Administration—Accounting and an M.S. in Business Administration—Information Systems from San Diego State University. Mr. Baker maintains an active certified public accounting license in the state of California.

Non-Executive Directors

Robert Adelman, M.D. has served on our board of directors since October 2018. Since 2010, Dr. Adelman has served as Managing Partner at venBio Partners LLC (venBio), a life sciences investment firm, which he co-founded in 2009. Prior to co-founding venBio, Dr. Adelman worked at OrbiMed Advisors LLC, an investment firm focused on the healthcare sector, from 2002 until 2008, where he led numerous investments in both private and public companies across three venture capital funds. In addition, Dr. Adelman previously served on the boards of directors of Apellis Pharmaceuticals, Inc., Seragon Pharmaceuticals Inc. and Aragon Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Dr. Adelman received his B.A. from University of California at Berkeley and his M.D. from Yale University, performed his residency at Cornell University Medical Center, and practiced surgery in New York and New Jersey. Our board of directors believes that Dr. Adelman’s expertise and experience in the life sciences and venture capital industries and his medical background provide him with the qualifications and skills to serve on our board of directors.

Jacob M. Chacko, M.D. , M.B.A. has served on our board of directors since November 2018. Dr. Chacko has served as Chief Executive Officer of ORIC Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a clinical-stage oncology company focused on discovery and development of novel therapies against treatment-resistant cancers, since May 2018. Prior to ORIC, Dr. Chacko served as Chief Financial Officer of Ignyta, Inc., a publicly traded precision oncology company, from April 2014 until February 2018 when Ignyta was acquired by Roche Holdings, Inc. Prior to Ignyta, Dr. Chacko was Vice President at TPG Capital from August 2008 until May 2014. From 2002 until 2003, Dr. Chacko was a consultant serving healthcare clients at McKinsey & Company. Dr. Chacko served on the board of directors of RentPath Inc., a digital media company, from 2011 until 2014, Envision Pharmaceutical Services, LLC from 2013 until 2014, Bonti, Inc., a biotechnology company, from February 2018 until October 2018 and the Packard Children’s Health Alliance at the Lucile Packard Children’s Hospital Stanford from 2013 until June 2017. Dr. Chacko currently serves on the board of directors of 4D Molecular Therapeutics, a

 

142


Table of Contents

biotechnology company, and chairs the Western Regional Selection Committee for the Marshall Scholarship. Dr. Chacko concurrently received his M.D. from the University of California, Los Angeles and his M.B.A. from Harvard Business School. Dr. Chacko received a M.Sc. from Oxford University as a Marshall Scholar. Our board of directors believes that Dr. Chacko’s experience in management in the biopharmaceutical and venture capital industries and his medical background provide him with the qualifications and skills to serve on our board of directors.

Simeon J. George, M.D., M.B.A . has served on our board of directors since May 2017. Dr. George joined S.R. One in 2007 and currently serves as the Chief Executive Officer of S.R. One. Prior to joining S.R. One, Dr. George was a consultant at Bain & Company and an investment banker at Goldman Sachs and Merrill Lynch. In addition to our board of directors, Dr. George is currently a director of Crispr Therapeutics (CRSP), Principia Biopharma (PRNB), eFFECTOR Therapeutics, Progyny, and Birdrock. Dr. George was previously a director of Genocea (GNCA), HTG Molecular (HTGM) and Semprus Biosciences (acquired by Teleflex). Dr. George received his B.A. in neuroscience from the Johns Hopkins University, where he graduated Phi Beta Kappa. Dr. George received an M.D. from the University of Pennsylvania School of Medicine, an M.B.A. from the Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania and a B.A. in Neuroscience from Johns Hopkins University. Our board of directors believes that Dr. George’s experience in the biopharmaceutical industry, as well as his experience serving on the board of directors of multiple companies in the biopharmaceutical industry, qualifies him to serve on our board of directors.

Carl Gordon, Ph.D., CFA has served on our board of directors since May 2017. Dr. Gordon is currently a member of OrbiMed Advisors LLC, which he co-founded in 1998. From 1995 until 1997, Dr. Gordon served as a senior biotechnology analyst at Mehta and Isaly, and from 1993 until 1995, Dr. Gordon was a Fellow at The Rockefeller University. Dr. Gordon currently serves on the board of directors of numerous private companies. Previously, Dr. Gordon served on the board of directors of X4 Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (formerly Arsanis, Inc. (ASNS)) from 2013 to March 2019, Acceleron Pharma Inc. (XLRN) from 2006 to 2013, ARMO Biosciences, Inc. (ARMO) from 2013 until 2018, Intellia Therapeutics, Inc. (NTLA) from 2015 until 2017 and Selecta Biosciences, Inc. (SELB) from 2013 until 2017. Dr. Gordon received his B.S. in Chemistry from Harvard College and his Ph.D. in Molecular Biology from MIT. Our board of directors believes that Dr. Gordon’s venture capital experience, expertise in the scientific field of molecular biology and financial credentials qualifies him to serve on our board of directors.

Sheila Gujrathi, M.D.  has served on our board of directors since November 2017. Dr. Gujrathi currently serves as the Co-Founder, President and Chief Executive Officer at Gossamer Bio, Inc. Previously, Dr. Gujrathi was the Chief Medical Officer of Receptos, Inc., a biopharmaceutical company, a position she held from June 2011 until its acquisition by Celgene in August 2015. Dr. Gujrathi joined Receptos from Bristol-Myers Squibb Company, where she was Vice President of the Global Clinical Research Group in Immunology from 2008 until 2011. Prior to joining Bristol-Myers Squibb, Dr. Gujrathi worked at Genentech, Inc., where she held roles of increasing responsibility in the Immunology, Tissue Growth and Repair clinical development group from 2002 until 2008. From 1999 until 2002, Dr. Gujrathi was a management consultant at McKinsey & Company in the healthcare practice, where she provided strategic advice on a variety of projects in the healthcare and pharmaceutical industry. Dr. Gujrathi received her B.S. with highest distinction in Biomedical Engineering and an M.D. from Northwestern University in its accelerated honors program in Medical Education. Dr. Gujrathi completed her internal medicine internship and residency at Brigham and Women’s Hospital, Harvard Medical School and is board certified in internal medicine. Dr. Gujrathi received additional training at the University of California, San Francisco and Stanford University in their Allergy and Immunology Fellowship Program. Our board of directors believes that Dr. Gujrathi’s management experience in the biopharmaceuticals industry and her medical background provide her with the qualifications and skills to serve on our board of directors.

 

143


Table of Contents

Yishan Li, Ph.D., M.B.A. is a co-founder of Turning Point Therapeutics, and has served as a member of our board of directors since October 2013, serving as Chairman from October 2015 until September 2018. In September 2018, Dr. Li began serving as Head of Turning Point Therapeutics, Asia. From October 2013 until September 2018, Dr. Li served as our Chief Executive Officer. Dr. Li also served as our President from October 2013 until April 2018. From 2003 until 2013, Dr. Li served as Vice President of Life Sciences, then Senior Vice President, and then Executive Vice President at Epitomics, Inc., a biotechnology company, before the company was acquired by Abcam, plc. From 2001 until 2003, Dr. Li served as Vice President at Kenson Ventures, LLC. From 2002 until 2009, Dr. Li served on the board of directors of SABiosciences Corporation until it was acquired by QIAGEN N.V. In 2000, Dr. Li served as a summer corporate banking associate at Dain Rauscher Wessels, LLC. From 1997 until 1999, Dr. Li served as a group leader at Santa Cruz Biotechnology, Inc. From 1994 until 1997, Dr. Li was a postdoctoral fellow at the University of California Berkeley. From 2012 to April 2018, Dr. Li has served as a member of the board of directors of GB Healthwatch, a nutritional genomics company. Dr. Li received his M.B.A. from Haas School of Business at the University of California Berkeley, his Ph.D. from The Ohio State University and his B.S. from the University of Science and Technology of China. Our board of directors believes Dr. Li’s experience overseeing operations and financing through the growth phases of inception, drug discovery, drug development and clinical development qualify him to serve on our board of directors.

Hongbo Lu, Ph.D., M.B.A. has served on our board of directors since May 2017. Dr. Lu currently serves as a Partner at Lilly Asia Ventures, a biomedical venture capital firm. Prior to joining Lilly Asia Ventures, Dr. Lu served as Managing Director and Executive Director with OrbiMed Advisors from 2011 until 2016. Previously, Dr. Lu was a Principal and an equity analyst at Piper Jaffray & Co from 2005 until 2011. Dr. Lu currently serves on the board of directors of Avedro, Inc., a pharmaceutical and medical device company, Elpisciences Biopharmaceuticals Co. Ltd., PINS Medical Co., Ltd., a medical device company and MedtecX Limited, a medical technology accelerator company. Dr. Lu previously served on the board of directors of Crown Bioscience, Inc. from 2012 until 2018, Echosens SAS, a high-technology company specializing in hepatology products and services, from 2014 until 2018 and PharmAbcine, Inc. from 2012 until 2016. Dr. Lu received a Ph.D. in BioEngineering from the University of Washington, an M.B.A. from the Haas School of Business at the University of California, Berkeley, and a B.S./M.S. in Materials Science and Engineering from the Tsinghua University in China. Our board of directors believes that Dr. Lu’s experience as an investor in the biopharmaceutical industry, her experience as an equity analyst and her experience as a member on the board of directors of multiple companies in the industry, qualifies her to serve on our board of directors.

Family Relationships

Jingrong Jean Cui, Ph.D., our Chief Scientific Officer and current Chair of our board of directors, is the spouse of Yishan Li, Ph.D., M.B.A., our Head of Turning Point Therapeutics, Asia and a member of our board of directors. There are no other family relationships among the directors and executive officers.

Board Composition

Our business and affairs are organized under the direction of our board of directors, which currently consists of nine members but will be reduced to seven members effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. The primary responsibilities of our board of directors are to provide oversight, strategic guidance, counseling and direction to our management. Our board of directors meets on a regular basis and on an ad hoc basis as required.

 

144


Table of Contents

Our board of directors has determined that all of our directors other than Drs. Countouriotis, Cui, Gujrathi and Li are independent directors, as defined by Rule 5605(a)(2) of the Nasdaq Listing Rules.

In accordance with the terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective immediately prior to and upon the completion of this offering, respectively, we will divide our board of directors into three classes, as follows:

 

   

Class I, which will consist of                 ,                  and                  , whose terms will expire at our annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2020;

 

   

Class II, which will consist of                 ,                  and                  , whose terms will expire at our annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2021; and

 

   

Class III, which will consist of                 ,                  and                  , whose terms will expire at our annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2022.

At each annual meeting of stockholders to be held after the initial classification, the successors to directors whose terms then expire will serve until the third annual meeting following their election and until their successors are duly elected and qualified. The authorized size of our board of directors is currently 11 members but will be reduced to seven members effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. The authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of our board of directors. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed between the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors. This classification of our board of directors may have the effect of delaying or preventing changes in our control or management. Our directors may be removed for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66-2/3% of our voting stock.

Board Leadership Structure

Our board of directors is currently chaired by Dr. Cui. Dr. Cui will resign as Chair of our board of directors in connection with the closing of this offering. At that time, Dr. Gujrathi will be appointed as our new Chair of our board of directors. Our Chair has the authority, among other things, to call and preside over board of directors meetings, to set meeting agendas and to determine materials to be distributed to the board of directors. Accordingly, the Chair has substantial ability to shape the work of the board of directors. We believe that separation of the positions of Chair and Chief Executive Officer reinforces the independence of the board of directors in its oversight of our business and affairs. In addition, we have a separate chair for each committee of our board of directors. The chair of each committee is expected to report annually to our board of directors on the activities of their committee in fulfilling their responsibilities as detailed in their respective charters or specify any shortcomings should that be the case.

In addition, our board of directors has appointed Dr. Gordon to serve as our lead independent director upon the closing of this offering. As lead independent director, Dr. Gordon will preside over periodic meetings of our independent directors, serve as a liaison between the Chair of our board of directors and the independent directors, and perform such additional duties as set forth in our bylaws and as our board of directors may otherwise determine and delegate.

Role of the Board in Risk Oversight

The audit committee of our board of directors is primarily responsible for overseeing our risk management processes on behalf of our board of directors. Going forward, we expect that the audit

 

145


Table of Contents

committee will receive reports from management periodically regarding our assessment of risks. In addition, the audit committee reports regularly to our board of directors, which also considers our risk profile. The audit committee and our board of directors focus on the most significant risks we face and our general risk management strategies. While our board of directors oversees our risk management, management is responsible for day-to-day risk management processes. Our board of directors expects management to consider risk and risk management in each business decision, to proactively develop and monitor risk management strategies and processes for day-to-day activities and to effectively implement risk management strategies adopted by the audit committee and our board of directors. We believe this division of responsibilities is the most effective approach for addressing the risks we face and that our board of directors’ leadership structure, which also emphasizes the independence of our board of directors in its oversight of its business and affairs, supports this approach.

Board Committees

Our board of directors has established an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee.

Audit Committee

Our audit committee consists of Drs. Chacko, George and Lu. Dr. Chacko serves as the chair of our audit committee. Our board of directors has determined that each of the members of our audit committee satisfies the Nasdaq Stock Market and SEC independence requirements. The functions of this committee include, among other things:

 

   

evaluating the performance, independence and qualifications of our independent auditors and determining whether to retain our existing independent auditors or engage new independent auditors;

 

   

reviewing and approving the engagement of our independent auditors to perform audit services and any permissible non-audit services;

 

   

monitoring the rotation of partners of our independent auditors on our engagement team as required by law;

 

   

prior to engagement of any independent auditor, and at least annually thereafter, reviewing relationships that may reasonably be thought to bear on their independence, and assessing and otherwise taking the appropriate action to oversee the independence of our independent auditor;

 

   

reviewing our annual and quarterly financial statements and reports, including the disclosures contained under the caption “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and discussing the statements and reports with our independent auditors and management;

 

   

reviewing, with our independent auditors and management, significant issues that arise regarding accounting principles and financial statement presentation and matters concerning the scope, adequacy and effectiveness of our financial controls;

 

   

reviewing with management and our independent auditors any earnings announcements and other public announcements regarding material developments;

 

   

establishing procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints received by us regarding financial controls, accounting or auditing matters and other matters;

 

   

preparing the report that the SEC requires in our annual proxy statement;

 

146


Table of Contents
   

reviewing and providing oversight of any related-person transactions in accordance with our related person transaction policy and reviewing and monitoring compliance with legal and regulatory responsibilities, including our code of business conduct and ethics;

 

   

reviewing our major financial risk exposures, including the guidelines and policies to govern the process by which risk assessment and risk management are implemented;

 

   

reviewing on a periodic basis our investment policy; and

 

   

reviewing and evaluating on an annual basis the performance of the audit committee and the audit committee charter.

Our board of directors has determined that Dr. Chacko qualifies as an audit committee financial expert within the meaning of SEC regulations and meets the financial sophistication requirements of the Nasdaq Listing Rules. In making this determination, our board has considered Dr. Chacko’s prior experience, business acumen and independence. Both our independent registered public accounting firm and management periodically meet privately with our audit committee.

We believe that the composition and functioning of our audit committee complies with all applicable requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and all applicable SEC and Nasdaq rules and regulations. We intend to comply with future requirements to the extent they become applicable to us.

Compensation Committee

Our compensation committee consists of Drs. Chacko and Gordon. Dr. Gordon serves as the chair of our compensation committee. Our board of directors has determined that each of the members of our compensation committee is a non-employee director, as defined in Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act and satisfies the Nasdaq Stock Market independence requirements. The functions of this committee include, among other things:

 

   

reviewing, modifying and approving (or if it deems appropriate, making recommendations to the full board of directors regarding) our overall compensation strategy and policies;

 

   

reviewing and making recommendations to the full board of directors regarding the compensation and other terms of employment of our executive officers;

 

   

reviewing and approving (or if it deems it appropriate, making recommendations to the full board of directors regarding) performance goals and objectives relevant to the compensation of our executive officers and assessing their performance against these goals and objectives;

 

   

reviewing and approving (or if it deems it appropriate, making recommendations to the full board of directors regarding) the equity incentive plans, compensation plans and similar programs advisable for us, as well as modifying, amending or terminating existing plans and programs;

 

   

evaluating risks associated with our compensation policies and practices and assessing whether risks arising from our compensation policies and practices for our employees are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on us;

 

   

reviewing and making recommendations to the full board of directors regarding the type and amount of compensation to be paid or awarded to our non-employee board members;

 

   

establishing policies with respect to votes by our stockholders to approve executive compensation as required by Section 14A of the Exchange Act and determining our recommendations regarding the frequency of advisory votes on executive compensation, to the extent required by law;

 

147


Table of Contents
   

reviewing and assessing the independence of compensation consultants, legal counsel and other advisors as required by Section 10C of the Exchange Act;

 

   

administering our equity incentive plans;

 

   

establishing policies with respect to equity compensation arrangements;

 

   

reviewing the competitiveness of our executive compensation programs and evaluating the effectiveness of our compensation policy and strategy in achieving expected benefits to us;

 

   

reviewing and making recommendations to the full board of directors regarding the terms of any employment agreements, severance arrangements, change in control protections and any other compensatory arrangements for our executive officers;

 

   

reviewing with management and approving our disclosures under the caption “Compensation Discussion and Analysis” in our periodic reports or proxy statements to be filed with the SEC, to the extent such caption is included in any such report or proxy statement;

 

   

preparing the report that the SEC requires in our annual proxy statement; and

 

   

reviewing and assessing on an annual basis the performance of the compensation committee and the compensation committee charter.

We believe that the composition and functioning of our compensation committee complies with all applicable requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and all applicable SEC and Nasdaq rules and regulations. We intend to comply with future requirements to the extent they become applicable to us.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

Our nominating and corporate governance committee consists of Drs. Chacko and George. Dr. Chacko serves as the chair of our nominating and corporate governance committee. Our board of directors has determined that each of the members of this committee satisfies the Nasdaq Stock Market independence requirements. The functions of this committee include, among other things:

 

   

identifying, reviewing and evaluating candidates to serve on our board of directors consistent with criteria approved by our board of directors;

 

   

determining the minimum qualifications for service on our board of directors;

 

   

evaluating director performance on the board and applicable committees of the board and determining whether continued service on our board is appropriate;

 

   

evaluating, nominating and recommending individuals for membership on our board of directors;

 

   

evaluating nominations by stockholders of candidates for election to our board of directors;

 

   

considering and assessing the independence of members of our board of directors;

 

   

developing a set of corporate governance policies and principles, including a code of business conduct and ethics, periodically reviewing and assessing these policies and principles and their application and recommending to our board of directors any changes to such policies and principles;

 

   

considering questions of possible conflicts of interest of directors as such questions arise; and

 

   

reviewing and assessing on an annual basis the performance of the nominating and corporate governance committee and the nominating and corporate governance committee charter.

 

148


Table of Contents

We believe that the composition and functioning of our nominating and corporate governance committee complies with all applicable requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and all applicable SEC and Nasdaq rules and regulations. We intend to comply with future requirements to the extent they become applicable to us.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of our current or former executive officers serve as a member of the compensation committee. None of our officers serve, or have served during the last completed fiscal year, on the board of directors or compensation committee, or other committee serving an equivalent function, of any other entity that has one or more of its executive officers serving as a member of our board of directors or our compensation committee. For a description of transactions between us and members of our compensation committee and affiliates of such members, please see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

We have adopted a written code of business conduct and ethics that applies to our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or person performing similar functions. Following this offering, a current copy of the code will be available on the Corporate Governance section of our website, www.tptherapeutics.com.

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, limits the liability of directors to the maximum extent permitted by Delaware law. Delaware law allows a corporation to eliminate the personal liability of directors of a corporation to the corporation and its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duties as directors, except for liability for any:

 

   

breach of his or her duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders;

 

   

act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

   

unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or

 

   

transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, does not eliminate a director’s duty of care and, in appropriate circumstances, equitable remedies, such as injunctive or other forms of non-monetary relief, will remain available under Delaware law. These limitations also do not affect a director’s responsibilities under any other laws, such as the federal securities laws or other state or federal laws. Our amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective upon the completion of this offering, provide that we will indemnify our directors and executive officers and may indemnify other officers, employees and other agents, to the fullest extent permitted by law. Our amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective upon the completion of this offering, also provide that we are obligated to advance expenses incurred by a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of any action or proceeding and also permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or other agent for

 

149


Table of Contents

any liability arising out of his or her actions in connection with their services to us, regardless of whether our amended and restated bylaws permit such indemnification. We have obtained a policy of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.

We have entered, and intend to continue to enter, into separate indemnification agreements with our directors and executive officers, in addition to the indemnification provided for in our amended and restated bylaws. These agreements, among other things, will require us to indemnify our directors and executive officers for certain expenses, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by a director or executive officer in any action or proceeding arising out of their services as one of our directors or executive officers or any other company or enterprise to which the person provides services at our request. We believe that these bylaw provisions and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breach of their fiduciary duties. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and our stockholders. A stockholder’s investment may be harmed to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions.

We believe that these provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws and these indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers.

Except as otherwise disclosed under the heading “Legal Proceedings” in the “Business” section of this prospectus, at present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors or executive officers as to which indemnification is required or permitted, and we are not aware of any threatened litigation or proceeding that may result in a claim for indemnification.

 

150


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE AND DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

Executive Compensation

Our named executive officers for the year ended December 31, 2018, which includes our current principal executive officer, our former principal executive officer and our two other most highly compensated executive officers, are:

 

   

Athena Countouriotis, M.D., our Chief Executive Officer

 

   

Yishan Li, Ph.D., M.B.A., our former President and Chief Executive Officer

 

   

Jingrong Jean Cui, Ph.D . , our Chief Scientific Officer and former President

 

   

Brian Baker, our Vice President, Finance and Administration

In May 2018, we hired Athena Countouriotis, M.D. as our Executive Vice President and Chief Medical Officer. In September 2018, Dr. Countouriotis replaced Dr. Li as our Chief Executive Officer, and Dr. Li became Head of Turning Point Therapeutics, Asia. Dr. Cui served as President from April 2018 until January 2019. In September 2018, Dr. Cui became Chair of our board of directors. Dr. Cui has served as our Chief Scientific Officer and a member of our board of directors since October 2013.

Summary Compensation Table

The following table sets forth all of the compensation awarded to, earned by or paid to our named executive officers during 2018.

 

Name and

Principal Position

  Year     Salary     Bonus     Option
Awards (1)
    Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation (3)
    All Other
Compensation
    Total  

Athena Countouriotis, M.D., Chief Executive
Officer (2)

    2018     $ 329,442 (4)      $ 400,000 (8)      $ 4,709,169     $ 158,971     $ 8,690 (9)      $ 5,602,272  

Yishan Li, Ph.D., M.B.A., former President and Chief Executive Officer (2)

    2018     $ 313,269 (5)      $     $ 905,798     $ 117,760     $ 11,000 (10)      $ 1,347,827  

Jingrong Jean Cui, Ph.D., Chief Scientific Officer and former President (2)

    2018     $ 399,289 (6)      $     $ 3,687,270     $ 231,610     $ 11,000 (11)      $ 4,329,169  

Brian Baker, Vice President, Finance and Administration

    2018     $ 243,975 (7)      $     $ 63,736     $ 61,940     $ 10,478 (12)      $ 380,129  

 

(1)

Amounts shown in this column do not reflect dollar amounts actually received by our named executive officers. Instead, these amounts reflect the aggregate grant date fair value of each stock option granted computed in accordance with the provisions of FASB ASC Topic 718. Assumptions used in the calculation of these amounts are included in Note 9 to our financial statements included in this prospectus. As required by SEC rules, the amounts shown exclude the impact of estimated forfeitures related to service-based vesting conditions. Our named executive officers will only realize compensation to the extent the trading price of our common stock is greater than the exercise price of such stock options.

(2)

In September 2018, Dr. Countouriotis replaced Dr. Li as our Chief Executive Officer, and Dr. Li became Head of Turning Point Therapeutics, Asia. Dr. Cui served as President from April 2018 until January 2019. In September 2018, Dr. Cui became Chair of our board of directors. Dr. Cui has served as our Chief Scientific Officer and a member of our board of directors since October 2013.

(3)

Amount represents annual performance-based cash bonuses awarded for 2018 and paid in February 2019.

 

151


Table of Contents
(4)

Dr. Countouriotis joined us as our Chief Medical Officer in May 2018 at an annual salary of $490,000. In connection with Dr. Countouriotis’ appointment as Chief Executive Officer, Dr. Countouriotis’ salary was increased to $530,000, effective as of September 29, 2018. Amounts shown represent the compensation earned by Dr. Countouriotis during 2018 from and after her May 7, 2018 start date.

(5)

Includes $30,769 paid out in paid time off.

(6)

Includes $48,413 paid out in paid time off.

(7)

Includes $9,437 paid out in paid time off.

(8)

Includes a $200,000 signing and retention bonus that became earned and vested on December 31, 2018, and a $200,000 stay bonus that became earned and paid on November 15, 2018, each pursuant to the terms of Dr. Countouriotis’ employment agreement.

(9)

Amount consists of $8,690 for 401(k) matching. For more information regarding these benefits, see below under “—Perquisites, Health, Welfare and Retirement Benefits.”

(10)

Amount consists of $11,000 for 401(k) matching. For more information regarding these benefits, see below under “—Perquisites, Health, Welfare and Retirement Benefits.”

(11)

Amount consists of $11,000 for 401(k) matching. For more information regarding these benefits, see below under “—Perquisites, Health, Welfare and Retirement Benefits.”

(12)

Amount consists of $10,478 for 401(k) matching. For more information regarding these benefits, see below under “—Perquisites, Health, Welfare and Retirement Benefits.”

Annual Base Salary

The 2018 annual base salaries for our named executive officers are set forth in the table below.

 

Name

   2018 Base
Salary ($)
 

Athena Countouriotis, M.D. (1)

   $ 530,000  

Yishan Li, Ph.D., M.B.A. (2)

   $ 320,000  

Jingrong Jean Cui, Ph.D. (3)

   $ 503,500  

Brian Baker (4)

   $ 239,384  

 

(1)

Dr. Countouriotis joined us as our Chief Medical Officer in May 2018 at an annual salary of $490,000. In connection with Dr. Countouriotis’ appointment as Chief Executive Officer, Dr. Countouriotis’ salary was increased to $530,000, effective as of September 29, 2018.

(2)

Effective as of January 1, 2018, Dr. Li’s salary was $250,000. Dr. Li’s salary was increased to $280,000 effective as of April 1, 2018 and was again increased to $320,000 effective as of September 29, 2018.

(3)

Effective as of January 1, 2018, Dr. Cui’s salary was $260,000. Dr. Cui’s salary was increased to $320,000 effective as of April 1, 2018 and was again increased to $503,500 effective as of September 29, 2018.

(4)

Effective as of January 1, 2018, Mr. Baker’s salary was $220,000. Mr. Baker’s salary was increased to $239,384 as of April 1, 2018.

Bonus Compensation

From time to time, our board of directors or compensation committee may approve bonuses for our executive officers based on individual performance, company performance or as otherwise determined to be appropriate. Performance-based cash bonuses for 2018 were awarded in February 2019.

Equity-Based Incentive Awards

Our equity-based incentive awards are designed to align our interests and those of our stockholders with those of our employees and consultants, including our executive officers. The board of directors or an authorized committee thereof is responsible for approving equity grants. As of the date of this prospectus, stock option awards were the only form of equity awards we have granted to any of our executive officers.

 

152


Table of Contents

We have historically used stock options as an incentive for long-term compensation to our executive officers because the stock options allow our executive officers to profit from this form of equity compensation only if our stock price increases relative to the stock option’s exercise price, which exercise price is set at the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. We may grant equity awards at such times as our board of directors determines appropriate. Our executives generally are awarded an initial grant in the form of a stock option in connection with their commencement of employment with us. Additional grants may occur periodically in order to specifically incentivize executives with respect to achieving certain corporate goals or to reward executives for exceptional performance.

Prior to this offering, we have granted all stock options pursuant to our Prior Plan. Following this offering, we will grant equity incentive awards under the terms of the 2019 Plan. The terms of our equity plans are described below under “—Equity Benefit Plans.”

All options are granted with an exercise price per share that is no less than the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant of such award. Our stock option awards generally vest over a four-year period and may be subject to acceleration of vesting and exercisability under certain termination and change in control events.

Agreements with Named Executive Officer

We have employment agreements with each of our executive officers. The agreements generally provide for at-will employment and set forth the executive officer’s initial base salary, annual performance bonus opportunity, initial equity grant amount and eligibility for employee benefits. In addition, each of our named executive officers has executed a form of our standard confidential information and invention assignment agreement. The key terms of the employment agreements are described below.

Athena Countouriotis, M.D.     In September 2018, we entered into an agreement with Dr. Countouriotis, our Chief Executive Officer, which governs the current terms of her employment with us. Pursuant to the agreement, Dr. Countouriotis is entitled to an annual base salary of $530,000, is eligible to receive an annual discretionary bonus of up to 50% of her then-current base salary, as determined by our board of directors or our compensation committee, and was given a $200,000 signing and retention bonus, as well as a $200,000 one-time stay bonus. In connection with her appointment as our Chief Medical Officer in May 2018, we granted Dr. Countouriotis an option to purchase 869,037 shares of common stock and a performance option to purchase 289,679 shares of common stock. Following her promotion to our Chief Executive Officer, we granted Dr. Countouriotis an option to purchase 3,811,391 shares of our common stock. Dr. Countouriotis’ employment agreement also contains a provision pursuant to which the Company agreed to maintain Dr. Countouriotis’ ownership of common stock of the Company at 5.0% on a fully diluted outstanding capitalization basis via additional option grants. Such provision will terminate immediately prior to the completion of this offering. Pursuant to the letter agreement, Dr. Countouriotis agreed to a one-year non-solicitation period in the event that her employment with the Company ends.

Yishan Li, Ph.D., M.B.A.     In September 2018, we entered into an agreement with Dr. Li, our Head of Turning Point Therapeutics, Asia, and our former President and Chief Executive Officer, which governs the current terms of his employment with us. Pursuant to the agreement, Dr. Li is entitled to an annual base salary of $320,000 and is eligible to receive an annual discretionary bonus of up to 40% of his then-current annual base salary based on the achievement of corporate and individual performance goals to be determined on an annual basis by our board of directors or our compensation committee. In addition, pursuant to the agreement, in November 2018 Dr. Li was granted an option to purchase

 

153


Table of Contents

934,022 shares of our common stock. Dr. Li’s employment agreement also contains a provision pursuant to which the Company agreed to maintain Dr. Li’s ownership of common stock of the Company at 1.0% on a fully diluted outstanding capitalization basis via additional option grants. Such provision will terminate immediately prior to the completion of this offering. Pursuant to the letter agreement, Dr. Li agreed to a one-year non-solicitation period in the event that his employment with the Company ends.

Jingrong Jean Cui, Ph.D.     Effective January 2019, we entered into an agreement with Dr. Cui, our Chief Scientific Officer, which governs the current terms of her employment with us. Pursuant to the agreement, Dr. Cui is entitled to an annual base salary of $503,500 and is eligible to receive an annual discretionary bonus of up to 50% of her then-current annual base salary based on the achievement of corporate and individual performance goals to be determined on an annual basis by our board of directors or our compensation committee. In addition, pursuant to her previous agreement, in November 2018 Dr. Cui was granted an option to purchase 3,876,087 shares of our common stock. Dr. Cui’s employment agreement also contains a provision pursuant to which the Company agreed to maintain Dr. Cui’s ownership of common stock of the Company at 4.0% on a fully diluted outstanding capitalization basis via additional optional grants. Such provision will terminate immediately prior to the completion of this offering. Pursuant to the letter agreement, Dr. Cui agreed to a one-year non-solicitation period in the event that her employment with the Company ends.

Brian Baker, C.P.A.     We have not entered into an agreement with Mr. Baker, our Vice President of Finance and Administration, governing the terms of his employment with us, other than as described below under “—Potential Payments and Benefits upon Termination or Change in Control.”

Each of our named executive officers’ employment is at will and may be terminated by us at any time. Any potential payments and benefits due upon a qualifying termination of employment or a change in control are further described below under “—Potential Payments and Benefits upon Termination or Change in Control.” We have entered into separate indemnification agreements with each of our named executive officers.

Outstanding Equity Awards at December 31, 2018

The following table sets forth specified information concerning unexercised stock options for each of the named executive officers outstanding as of December 31, 2018.

 

    Option Awards (1)  
                Number of Securities
Underlying Unexercised
Options
             

Name

  Grant
Date
    Vesting
Commencement
Date
    Exercisable     Unexercisable     Option
Exercise Price
($)
    Option
Expiration
Date
 

Athena Countouriotis, M.D.

    6/6/2018       6/29/2018             289,679 (2)      $ 0.83       6/5/2028  
    6/6/2018       5/7/2018             869,037 (2)      $ 0.83       6/5/2028  
    11/6/2018       9/29/2018             3,811,391 (2)      $ 1.33       11/5/2028  

Yishan Li, Ph.D., M.B.A.

    3/9/2018       1/1/2018       12,222       27,778 (3)      $ 0.83       3/8/2028  
    11/6/2018       9/29/2018       58,376       875,646 (4)      $ 1.33       11/5/2028  

Jingrong Jean Cui, Ph.D.

    3/9/2018       1/1/2018       21,388       48,612 (3)      $ 0.83       3/8/2028  
    11/6/2018       9/29/2018       242,255       3,633,832 (4)      $ 1.33       11/5/2028  

Brian Baker, C.P.A.

    8/9/2017       7/6/2017       35,416       64,584 (2)      $ 0.57       8/8/2027  
    3/9/2018       1/1/2018       3,055       6,945 (3)      $ 0.83       3/8/2028  
    11/6/2018       11/6/2018       1,250       58,750 (4)      $ 1.33       11/5/2028  

 

(1)

All of these options were granted under the Prior Plan, the terms of which are described below under “—Equity Benefit Plans—2013 Equity Incentive Plan.”

 

154


Table of Contents
(2)

1/4th of the shares subject to this award shall become vested on the one-year anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date. Thereafter, the shares vest at the rate of 1/48th of the original number of shares vesting monthly on each monthly anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, provided that the award recipient continues to provide services to us through such date.

(3)

The shares subject to this award vest at the rate of 1/36th of the original number of shares vesting on each one-month anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, provided that the award recipient continues to provide services to us through such date.

(4)

The shares subject to this award vest at the rate of 1/48th of the original number of shares vesting each one-month anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, provided that the award recipient continues to provide services to us through such date.

Potential Payments and Benefits upon Termination or Change in Control

Regardless of the manner in which a named executive officer’s service terminates, each named executive officer is entitled to receive amounts earned during his or her term of service, including unpaid salary and unused vacation, as applicable. In addition, our board of directors has approved certain Severance Benefit Plans as described below.

Severance Benefit Plans

Our named executive officers are entitled to certain severance and change of control payments and benefits pursuant to our severance benefit plans. We have adopted a severance benefit plan (C-Suite Severance Benefit Plan) providing for benefits to (i) any officer with “Chief” in his or her title, (ii) Dr. Li, Head of Turning Point Therapeutics, Asia, and (iii) any executive vice president. Each of our named executive officers, other than Mr. Baker, is eligible to receive benefits under the C-Suite Severance Benefit Plan. We have also adopted a severance benefit plan (VP Severance Benefit Plan) providing for benefits to any senior vice president or vice president designated by our board of directors or its compensation committee to be a participant under such plan. Mr. Baker is eligible to receive benefits under the VP Severance Benefit Plan. We refer to the C-Suite Severance Benefit Plan and the VP Severance Benefit Plan collectively as the Severance Benefit Plans.

Subject to certain conditions, the Severance Benefit Plans generally provide for lump-sum cash severance payments, continued health benefits and in some cases accelerated vesting of outstanding time-based equity awards in the event of an involuntary termination without “cause” or a resignation with “good reason” (a covered termination). In the event that the covered termination occurs within the period commencing three months before and ending 12 months after a change in control, then our named executive officers who are participants under the C-Suite Severance Benefit Plan are entitled to an enhanced lump-sum cash severance payment, and our named executive officers who are participants under either Severance Benefit Plan are entitled to full accelerated vesting of their outstanding time-based equity compensation awards.

In the event of a covered termination occurring more than three months before or 12 months after a change in control, and subject to our receipt of an effective release and waiver of claims from the applicable executive, Drs. Countouriotis and Cui are entitled to receive a payment equal to 1.5 multiplied by the sum of the executive’s annual base salary and annual target bonus in effect at the time of termination, Dr. Li is entitled to receive a payment equal to his annual base salary and annual target bonus in effect at the time of termination, and Mr. Baker is entitled to receive a payment equal to six months of his base salary in effect at the time of termination. In addition, time-based equity compensation awards held by the executive will be accelerated by the following number of months: 18 months for Drs. Countouriotis and Cui and 12 months for Dr. Li.

In the event of a covered termination occurring within three months before or 12 months after a change in control, and subject to our receipt of an effective release and waiver of claims from the applicable executive, Drs. Countouriotis and Cui are entitled to receive a payment equal to 2.0 multiplied by the sum of the executive’s annual base salary and annual target bonus in effect at the

 

155


Table of Contents

time of termination, Dr. Li is entitled to receive a payment equal to 1.5 multiplied by his annual base salary and annual target bonus in effect at the time of termination, and Mr. Baker is entitled to receive a payment equal to six months of his base salary in effect at the time of termination. In addition, all time-based equity compensation awards held by the executive at the time of termination will be accelerated in full.

Under each Severance Benefit Plan, the term “cause” generally means (i) the employee’s conviction of, or plea of no contest with respect to, any felony, or of any misdemeanor involving dishonesty or moral turpitude; (ii) the employee’s participation in a fraud or act of dishonesty (or an attempted fraud or act of dishonesty) against us, or that results in (or could result in) material harm to us, including but not limited to material harm to reputational interests; (iii) the employee’s violation of a fiduciary duty or a duty of loyalty owed to us; (iv) the employee’s material breach of any fully executed agreement between the employee and us, including but not limited to the employment, confidential information and invention assignment agreement, or any of our applicable written policies; (v) persistent, unsatisfactory performance or neglect of the employee’s job duties, which is not cured within 30 business days after we provide the employee written notice (provided, that, such written notice and opportunity to cure are not required if the employee’s performance or neglect is not reasonably susceptible to being cured); or (vi) the employee’s gross misconduct or material failure to comply with our written instructions. The term “change in control” generally means (1) the acquisition by any person or company of more than 50% of the combined voting power of our then-outstanding stock, (2) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction in which our stockholders immediately before the transaction do not own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the combined voting power of the surviving entity (or the parent of the surviving entity) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership immediately prior to such transaction, (3) a sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of our assets other than to an entity more than 50% of the combined voting power of which is owned by our stockholders in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of our outstanding voting securities immediately prior to such transaction, or (4) our complete dissolution or liquidation.

The term “good reason” generally means (i) a material reduction of the employee’s base compensation, unless such reduction is consistent with and generally applicable to all our executive officers and is agreed to in writing by the employee; (ii) a material reduction of the employee’s authority, responsibilities or duties; or (iii) the employee being required to relocate his or her principal place of employment with us to a principal place of employment more than fifty (50) miles from San Diego, California, in each case without the employee’s prior consent.

Perquisites, Health, Welfare and Retirement Benefits

Our executive officers, during their employment with us, are eligible to participate in our employee benefit plans, including our medical, dental, group term life, disability and accidental death and dismemberment insurance plans, in each case on the same basis as all of our other employees. In addition, we provide a 401(k) plan to our employees, including our executive officers, as discussed in the section below entitled “—401(k) Plan.”

We generally do not provide perquisites or personal benefits to our executive officers, except in limited circumstances. We do, however, pay the premiums for medical, dental, group term life, disability and accidental death and dismemberment insurance for all of our employees. Our board of directors may elect to adopt qualified or nonqualified benefit plans in the future if it determines that doing so is in our best interests.

 

156


Table of Contents

401(k) Plan

We maintain a defined contribution employee retirement plan, or 401(k) plan, for our employees. Our executive officers are eligible to participate in the 401(k) plan on the same basis as our other employees. The 401(k) plan is intended to qualify as a tax-qualified plan under Section 401(a) of the Code. The 401(k) plan provides that each participant may contribute up to the lesser of 100% of his or her compensation or the statutory limit, which is $18,500 and $19,000 for calendar years 2018 and 2019, respectively. Participants that are 50 years or older can also make “catch-up” contributions, which in calendar year 2018 may be up to an additional $6,000 above the statutory limit. We currently make matching contributions into the 401(k) plan on behalf of participants, matching 100% of participant contributions up to 3% of eligible compensation and 50% of participant contributions above that level up to 5% of eligible compensation. Participant contributions are held and invested, pursuant to the participant’s instructions, by the plan’s trustee.

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation

We do not maintain nonqualified defined contribution plans or other nonqualified deferred compensation plans. Our board of directors may elect to provide our officers and other employees with nonqualified defined contribution or other nonqualified deferred compensation benefits in the future if it determines that doing so is in our best interests.

Equity Benefit Plans

2013 Equity Incentive Plan

Our board of directors and stockholders adopted our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, or the Prior Plan, in October 2013 and amended the Prior Plan in May 2017, November 2017 and October 2018. All references in this prospectus to the Prior Plan shall be deemed to refer to our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, unless the context otherwise requires. As of December 31, 2018, there were 6,992,626 shares remaining available for the future grant of stock awards under our Prior Plan. As of December 31, 2018, there were outstanding stock options covering a total of 13,851,034 shares of our common stock that were granted under our Prior Plan.

Stock Awards.     Our Prior Plan provides for the grant of ISOs within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code to employees, including employees of any parent or subsidiary, and for the grant of NSOs, stock bonuses, and rights to acquire restricted stock to employees, directors and consultants, including employees and consultants of our affiliates. We have granted only stock options under the Prior Plan.

Authorized Shares.     Subject to certain capitalization adjustments, the aggregate number of shares of common stock that may be issued pursuant to stock awards under the Prior Plan will not exceed 21,178,034 shares. The maximum number of shares of our common stock that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of ISOs under our Prior Plan is 42,356,068 shares.

Shares subject to stock awards granted under our Prior Plan that expire or terminate without being exercised in full do not reduce the number of shares available for issuance under our Prior Plan. Additionally, if any shares issued pursuant to a stock award are forfeited back to or repurchased because of the failure to meet a contingency or condition required to vest, then the shares that are forfeited or repurchased will revert to and again become available for issuance under the Prior Plan.

Plan Administration.     Our board of directors, or a duly authorized committee of our board of directors, will administer our Prior Plan and is referred to as the “plan administrator” herein. Under our

 

157


Table of Contents

Prior Plan, the plan administrator has the authority to determine award recipients, dates of grant, the numbers and types of stock awards to be granted, the applicable fair market value and the provisions of each stock award, including the period of their exercisability and the vesting schedule applicable to a stock award.

Stock Options.     ISOs and NSOs are granted under stock option agreements adopted by the plan administrator. The plan administrator determines the exercise price for stock options, within the terms and conditions of the Prior Plan, provided that the exercise price of a stock option generally cannot be less than 85% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. Options granted under the Prior Plan vest at the rate specified in the stock option agreement as determined by the plan administrator.

The plan administrator determines the term of stock options granted under the Prior Plan, up to a maximum of 10 years. If an optionholder’s service relationship with us or any of our affiliates ceases for any reason other than disability or death, the optionholder may generally exercise any vested options for a period of three months following the cessation of service. This period may be extended in the event that exercise of the option is prohibited by applicable securities laws. If an optionholder’s service relationship with us or any of our affiliates ceases due to death, or an optionholder dies within a certain period following cessation of service, the optionholder or a beneficiary may generally exercise any vested options for a period of 18 months following the date of death. If an optionholder’s service relationship with us or any of our affiliates ceases due to disability, the optionholder may generally exercise any vested options for a period of 12 months following the cessation of service.

In no event may an option be exercised beyond the expiration of its term.

Acceptable consideration for the purchase of common stock issued upon the exercise of a stock option will be determined by the plan administrator and may include (1) cash, (2) the tender of shares of our common stock previously owned by the optionholder, (3) a deferred payment arrangement or (4) other legal consideration approved by the plan administrator.

Unless the plan administrator provides otherwise, options generally are not transferable except by will or the laws of descent and distribution.

Tax Limitations on ISOs.     The aggregate fair market value, determined at the time of grant, of our common stock with respect to ISOs that are exercisable for the first time by an optionholder during any calendar year under all of our stock plans may not exceed $100,000. Options or portions thereof that exceed such limit will generally be treated as NSOs. No ISO may be granted to any person who, at the time of the grant, owns or is deemed to own stock possessing more than 10% of our total combined voting power or that of any of our affiliates unless (1) the option exercise price is at least 110% of the fair market value of the stock subject to the option on the date of grant and (2) the term of the ISO does not exceed five years from the date of grant.

Stock Bonus Awards.     Stock bonus awards are granted under stock bonus award agreements adopted by the plan administrator. A stock bonus award may be awarded in consideration for past services to us. The plan administrator determines the terms and conditions of stock bonus awards, including vesting and forfeiture terms. If a participant’s service relationship with us ends for any reason, we may receive any or all of the shares of common stock held by the participant that have not vested as of the date the participant terminates service with us through a forfeiture condition or a repurchase right.

Rights to Acquire Restricted Stock.     Rights to acquire restricted stock are granted under restricted stock purchase agreements adopted by the plan administrator. Shares under a restricted

 

158


Table of Contents

stock purchase agreement may be purchased at a price that is not less than 85% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant or at the time the purchase is consummated. Shares under a restricted stock purchase agreement may be purchased in consideration for (i) cash, (ii) a deferred payment arrangement or (iii) other legal consideration approved by the plan administrator. The plan administrator determines the terms and conditions of stock bonus awards, including vesting and forfeiture terms. If a participant’s service relationship with us ends for any reason, we may repurchase any or all of the shares of common stock held by the participant that have not vested as of the date the participant terminates service with us through a repurchase right.

Changes to Capital Structure .    In the event there is a specified type of change in our capital structure, such as a stock split, reverse stock split, or recapitalization, appropriate adjustments will be made to (1) the class and maximum number of shares reserved for issuance under the Prior Plan, (2) the class and maximum number of shares that may be issued on the exercise of ISOs and (3) the class and number of shares and exercise price, strike price, or purchase price, if applicable, of all outstanding stock awards.

Corporate Transactions .    Our Prior Plan provides that in the event of certain specified significant corporate transactions, unless otherwise provided in an award agreement or other written agreement between us and the award holder, any surviving corporation or acquiring corporation may assume or substitute outstanding stock awards; provided that, in the event a surviving corporation or acquiring corporation does not assume or substitute outstanding stock awards, then (i) with respect to any stock awards that have neither been assumed nor substituted and are held by a person whose continuous service with us has not terminated prior to such transaction, the vesting of such stock awards shall be accelerated in full, and the awards shall be terminated if not exercised (if applicable) prior to the transaction, and (ii) with respect to any stock awards that have neither been assumed nor substituted and are held by a person whose continuous service with us has terminated prior to such transaction, the vesting of such stock awards shall not be accelerated in full, but the awards shall be terminated if not exercised (if applicable) prior to the transaction.

Under the Prior Plan, a corporate transaction is generally the consummation of: (1) a sale of all or substantially all of our assets, (2) the sale or disposition of at least 90% of our outstanding securities, (3) a merger or consolidation where we do not survive the transaction, or (4) a merger or consolidation where we do survive the transaction but the shares of our common stock outstanding immediately before such transaction are converted or exchanged into other property by virtue of the transaction.

Change in Control.     A stock award under the Prior Plan may be subject to additional acceleration of vesting and exercisability upon or after a change in control as may be provided in the award agreement or other written agreement between us and the participant, but in the absence of such provision, no such acceleration will occur, except as described above . Under the Prior Plan, a change in control means (1) the acquisition by any person or company of more than 50% of the combined voting power of our then-outstanding stock, (2) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction in which our stockholders immediately before the transaction do not own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the combined voting power of the surviving entity (or the parent of the surviving entity) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership immediately prior to such transaction, (3) a sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of our assets other than to an entity more than 50% of the combined voting power of which is owned by our stockholders in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of our outstanding voting securities immediately prior to such transaction, or (4) our complete dissolution or liquidation.

Plan Amendment or Termination .    Our board of directors has the authority to amend, suspend, or terminate our Prior Plan, provided that such action does not impair the existing rights of any participant without such participant’s written consent. Certain material amendments also require the

 

159


Table of Contents

approval of our stockholders. Unless terminated sooner, the Prior Plan will automatically terminate on October 23, 2023. No stock awards may be granted under our Prior Plan while it is suspended or after it is terminated. Once the 2019 Plan is effective, no further grants will be made under the Prior Plan.

2019 Equity Incentive Plan

Our board of directors adopted our 2019 Plan in                 2019 and our stockholders approved our 2019 Plan in                 2019. Our 2019 Plan is a successor to and continuation of our Prior Plan. No stock awards may be granted under the 2019 Plan until the date of the underwriting agreement related to this offering. Once the 2019 Plan is effective, no further grants will be made under the Prior Plan.

Stock Awards.     Our 2019 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options (ISOs) within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, to employees, including employees of any parent or subsidiary, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options (NSOs) stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards, restricted stock unit awards, performance stock awards, performance cash awards and other forms of stock awards to employees, directors and consultants, including employees and consultants of our affiliates.

Authorized Shares.     Initially, the maximum number of shares of our common stock that may be issued under our 2019 Plan after it becomes effective will be                  shares, which is the sum of (1)     new shares, plus (2) the number of shares (not to exceed                  shares) (i) that remain available for the issuance of awards under our Prior Plan at the time our 2019 Plan becomes effective, and (ii) any shares subject to outstanding stock options or other stock awards that were granted under our Prior Plan that terminate or expire prior to exercise or settlement; are forfeited because of the failure to vest; or are reacquired or withheld (or not issued) to satisfy a tax withholding obligation or the purchase or exercise price. In addition, the number of shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under our 2019 Plan will automatically increase on January 1 of each calendar year, starting on January 1, 2020 (assuming the 2019 Plan becomes effective in 2019) through January 1, 2029, in an amount equal to             % of the total number of shares of our capital stock outstanding on the last day of the calendar month before the date of each automatic increase, or a lesser number of shares determined by our board of directors. The maximum number of shares of our common stock that may be issued on the exercise of ISOs under our 2019 Plan is                 .

Shares subject to stock awards granted under our 2019 Plan that expire or terminate without being exercised in full or that are paid out in cash rather than in shares do not reduce the number of shares available for issuance under our 2019 Plan. If any shares of common stock issued pursuant to a stock award are forfeited back to or repurchased or reacquired by us for any reason, the shares that are forfeited or repurchased or reacquired will revert to and again become available for issuance under the 2019 Plan. Any shares reacquired in satisfaction of tax withholding obligations or as consideration for the exercise or purchase price of a stock award will again become available for issuance under the 2019 Plan.

Plan Administration.     Our board of directors, or a duly authorized committee of our board of directors, will administer our 2019 Plan and is referred to as the “plan administrator” herein. Our board of directors may also delegate to one or more of our officers the authority to (1) designate employees (other than officers) to receive specified stock awards and (2) determine the number of shares subject to such stock awards. Under our 2019 Plan, our board of directors has the authority to determine award recipients, grant dates, the numbers and types of stock awards to be granted, the applicable fair market value, and the provisions of each stock award, including the period of exercisability and the vesting schedule applicable to a stock award.

 

160


Table of Contents

Under the 2019 Plan, the board of directors also generally has the authority to effect, with the consent of any adversely affected participant, (A) the reduction of the exercise, purchase, or strike price of any outstanding award; (B) the cancellation of any outstanding award and the grant in substitution therefore of other awards, cash, or other consideration; or (C) any other action that is treated as a repricing under generally accepted accounting principles.

Stock Options.     ISOs and NSOs are granted under stock option agreements adopted by the plan administrator. The plan administrator determines the exercise price for stock options, within the terms and conditions of the 2019 Plan, provided that the exercise price of a stock option generally cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. Options granted under the 2019 Plan vest at the rate specified in the stock option agreement as determined by the plan administrator.

The plan administrator determines the term of stock options granted under the 2019 Plan, up to a maximum of 10 years. Unless the terms of an optionholder’s stock option agreement provide otherwise, if an optionholder’s service relationship with us or any of our affiliates ceases for any reason other than disability, death, or cause, the optionholder may generally exercise any vested options for a period of three months following the cessation of service. This period may be extended in the event that exercise of the option is prohibited by applicable securities laws or our insider trading policy. If an optionholder’s service relationship with us or any of our affiliates ceases due to death, or an optionholder dies within a certain period following cessation of service, the optionholder or a beneficiary may generally exercise any vested options for a period of 18 months following the date of death. If an optionholder’s service relationship with us or any of our affiliates ceases due to disability, the optionholder may generally exercise any vested options for a period of 12 months following the cessation of service. In the event of a termination for cause, options generally terminate upon the termination date. In no event may an option be exercised beyond the expiration of its term.

Acceptable consideration for the purchase of common stock issued upon the exercise of a stock option will be determined by the plan administrator and may include (1) cash, check, bank draft or money order, (2) a broker-assisted cashless exercise, (3) the tender of shares of our common stock previously owned by the optionholder, (4) a net exercise of the option if it is an NSO, or (5) other legal consideration approved by the plan administrator.

Unless the plan administrator provides otherwise, options generally are not transferable except by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Subject to approval of the plan administrator or a duly authorized officer in each case, (i) an option may be transferred pursuant to a domestic relations order, official marital settlement agreement, or other divorce or separation instrument and (ii) an optionholder may designate a beneficiary who may exercise the option following the optionholder’s death.

Tax Limitations on ISOs.     The aggregate fair market value, determined at the time of grant, of our common stock with respect to ISOs that are exercisable for the first time by an award holder during any calendar year under all of our stock plans may not exceed $100,000. Options or portions thereof that exceed such limit will generally be treated as NSOs. No ISO may be granted to any person who, at the time of the grant, owns or is deemed to own stock possessing more than 10% of our total combined voting power or that of any of our affiliates unless (1) the option exercise price is at least 110% of the fair market value of the stock subject to the option on the date of grant, and (2) the term of the ISO does not exceed five years from the date of grant.

Restricted Stock Unit Awards.     Restricted stock unit awards are granted under restricted stock unit award agreements adopted by the plan administrator. Restricted stock unit awards may be granted in consideration for any form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to our board of directors and permissible under applicable law. A restricted stock unit award may be settled by cash, delivery of

 

161


Table of Contents

stock, a combination of cash and stock as deemed appropriate by the plan administrator, or in any other form of consideration set forth in the restricted stock unit award agreement. Additionally, dividend equivalents may be credited in respect of shares covered by a restricted stock unit award. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable award agreement, restricted stock unit awards that have not vested will be forfeited once the participant’s continuous service ends for any reason.

Restricted Stock Awards.     Restricted stock awards are granted under restricted stock award agreements adopted by the plan administrator. A restricted stock award may be awarded in consideration for cash, check, bank draft or money order, past or future services to us, or any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to our board of directors and permissible under applicable law. The plan administrator determines the terms and conditions of restricted stock awards, including vesting and forfeiture terms. If a participant’s service relationship with us ends for any reason, we may receive any or all of the shares of common stock held by the participant that have not vested as of the date the participant terminates service with us through a forfeiture condition or a repurchase right.

Stock Appreciation Rights.     Stock appreciation rights are granted under stock appreciation right agreements adopted by the plan administrator. The plan administrator determines the purchase price or strike price for a stock appreciation right, which generally cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. A stock appreciation right granted under the 2019 Plan vests at the rate specified in the stock appreciation right agreement as determined by the plan administrator.

The plan administrator determines the term of stock appreciation rights granted under the 2019 Plan, up to a maximum of 10 years. If a participant’s service relationship with us or any of our affiliates ceases for any reason other than cause, disability, or death, the participant may generally exercise any vested stock appreciation right for a period of three months following the cessation of service. This period may be further extended in the event that exercise of the stock appreciation right following such a termination of service is prohibited by applicable securities laws or our insider trading policy. If a participant’s service relationship with us, or any of our affiliates, ceases due to disability or death, or a participant dies within a certain period following cessation of service, the participant or a beneficiary may generally exercise any vested stock appreciation right for a period of 12 months in the event of disability and 18 months in the event of death. In the event of a termination for cause, stock appreciation rights generally terminate immediately upon the occurrence of the event giving rise to the termination of the individual for cause. In no event may a stock appreciation right be exercised beyond the expiration of its term.

Performance Awards.     The 2019 Plan permits the grant of performance-based stock and cash awards. Our compensation committee may structure awards so that the stock or cash will be issued or paid only following the achievement of certain pre-established performance goals during a designated performance period.

The performance goals that may be selected include one or more of the following: (i) sales; (ii) revenues; (iii) assets; (iv) expenses; (v) market penetration or expansion; (vi) earnings from operations; (vii) earnings before or after deduction for all or any portion of interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, incentives, service fees or extraordinary or special items, whether or not on a continuing operations or an aggregate or per share basis; (viii) net income or net income per common share (basic or diluted); (ix) return on equity, investment, capital or assets; (x) one or more operating ratios; (xi) borrowing levels, leverage ratios or credit rating; (xii) market share; (xiii) capital expenditures; (xiv) cash flow, free cash flow, cash flow return on investment, or net cash provided by operations; (xv) stock price, dividends or total stockholder return; (xvi) development of new technologies or products; (xvii) sales of particular products or services; (xviii) economic value created or added;

 

162


Table of Contents

(xix) operating margin or profit margin; (xx) customer acquisition or retention; (xxi) raising or refinancing of capital; (xxii) successful hiring of key individuals; (xxiii) resolution of significant litigation; (xxiv) acquisitions and divestitures (in whole or in part); (xxv) joint ventures and strategic alliances; (xxvi) spin-offs, split-ups and the like; (xxvii) reorganizations; (xxviii) recapitalizations, restructurings, financings (issuance of debt or equity) or refinancings; (xxix) strategic business criteria, consisting of one or more objectives based on the following goals: achievement of timely development, design management or enrollment, meeting specified market penetration or value added, payor acceptance, patient adherence, peer reviewed publications, issuance of new patents, establishment of or securing of licenses to intellectual property, product development or introduction (including, without limitation, any clinical trial accomplishments, regulatory or other filings, approvals or milestones, discovery of novel products, maintenance of multiple products in pipeline, product launch or other product development milestones), geographic business expansion, cost targets, cost reductions or savings, customer satisfaction, operating efficiency, acquisition or retention, employee satisfaction, information technology, corporate development (including, without limitation, licenses, innovation, research or establishment of third-party collaborations), manufacturing or process development, legal compliance or risk reduction, patent application or issuance goals, or goals relating to acquisitions, divestitures or other business combinations (in whole or in part), joint ventures or strategic alliances; and (xxx) other measures of performance selected by the board of directors.

The performance goals may be based on company-wide performance or performance of one or more business units, divisions, affiliates, or business segments, and may be either absolute or relative to the performance of one or more comparable companies or the performance of one or more relevant indices. Our board of directors is authorized at any time in its sole discretion, to adjust or modify the calculation of a performance goal for such performance period in order to prevent the dilution or enlargement of the rights of participants, (a) in the event of, or in anticipation of, any unusual or extraordinary corporate item, transaction, event or development; (b) in recognition of, or in anticipation of, any other unusual or nonrecurring events affecting us, or our financial statements in response to, or in anticipation of, changes in applicable laws, regulations, accounting principles, or business conditions; or (c) in view of the board of director’s assessment of our business strategy, performance of comparable organizations, economic and business conditions, and any other circumstances deemed relevant. Specifically, the board of directors is authorized to make adjustment in the method of calculating attainment of performance goals and objectives for a performance period as follows: (i) to exclude the dilutive effects of acquisitions or joint ventures; (ii) to assume that any business divested by us achieved performance objectives at targeted levels during the balance of a performance period following such divestiture; and (iii) to exclude the effect of any change in the outstanding shares of our common stock by reason of any stock dividend or split, stock repurchase, reorganization, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, combination or exchange of shares or other similar corporate change, or any distributions to common stockholders other than regular cash dividends. In addition, the board of directors is authorized to make adjustment in the method of calculating attainment of performance goals and objectives for a performance period as follows: (i) to exclude restructuring and/or other nonrecurring charges; (ii) to exclude exchange rate effects, as applicable, for non-U.S. dollar denominated net sales and operating earnings; (iii) to exclude the effects of changes to generally accepted accounting standards required by the Financial Accounting Standards Board; (iv) to exclude the effects of any items that are “unusual” in nature or occur “infrequently” as determined under generally accepted accounting principles; (v) to exclude the effects to any statutory adjustments to corporate tax rates; and (vi) to make other appropriate adjustments selected by the board of directors.

Other Stock Awards .    The plan administrator may grant other awards based in whole or in part by reference to our common stock. The plan administrator will set the number of shares under the stock award and all other terms and conditions of such awards.

 

163


Table of Contents

Changes to Capital Structure .    In the event there is a specified type of change in our capital structure, such as a stock split, reverse stock split, or recapitalization, appropriate adjustments will be made to (1) the class and maximum number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2019 Plan, (2) the class and maximum number of shares by which the share reserve may increase automatically each year, (3) the class and maximum number of shares that may be issued on the exercise of ISOs and (4) the class and number of shares and exercise price, strike price, or purchase price, if applicable, of all outstanding stock awards.

Corporate Transactions .    Our 2019 Plan provides that in the event of certain specified significant corporate transactions (or a change in control, as defined below), unless otherwise provided in an award agreement or other written agreement between us and the award holder, the plan administrator may take one or more of the following actions with respect to such stock awards:

 

   

arrange for the assumption, continuation, or substitution of a stock award by a successor corporation;

 

   

arrange for the assignment of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by us to a successor corporation;

 

   

accelerate the vesting, in whole or in part, of the stock award and provide for its termination if not exercised (if applicable) at or before the effective time of the transaction;

 

   

arrange for the lapse, in whole or in part, of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by us;

 

   

cancel or arrange for the cancellation of the stock award, to the extent not vested or not exercised before the effective time of the transaction, in exchange for a cash payment, if any; or

 

   

make a payment equal to the excess, if any, of (A) the value of the property the participant would have received on exercise of the award immediately before the effective time of the transaction, over (B) any exercise price payable by the participant in connection with the exercise.

The plan administrator is not obligated to treat all stock awards or portions of stock awards in the same manner and is not obligated to take the same actions with respect to all participants.

Under the 2019 Plan, a corporate transaction is generally the consummation of: (1) a sale of all or substantially all of our assets, (2) the sale or disposition of more than 50% of our outstanding securities, (3) a merger or consolidation where we do not survive the transaction, or (4) a merger or consolidation where we do survive the transaction but the shares of our common stock outstanding immediately before such transaction are converted or exchanged into other property by virtue of the transaction.

Change in Control.     In the event of a change in control, the plan administrator may take any of the above-mentioned actions. Awards granted under the 2019 Plan may be subject to additional acceleration of vesting and exercisability upon or after a change in control as may be provided in the applicable stock award agreement or in any other written agreement between us or any affiliate and the participant, but in the absence of such provision, no such acceleration will automatically occur. Under the 2019 Plan, a change in control is generally (1) the acquisition by any person or company of more than 50% of the combined voting power of our then-outstanding stock, (2) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction in which our stockholders immediately before the transaction do not own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the combined voting power of the surviving entity (or the parent of the surviving entity) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership immediately prior to such transaction, (3) a sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of our assets other than to an entity more than 50% of the combined voting power of which is owned

 

164


Table of Contents

by our stockholders in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of our outstanding voting securities immediately prior to such transaction, (4) our complete dissolution or liquidation or (5) when a majority of our board of directors becomes comprised of individuals who were not serving on our board of directors on the date of the underwriting agreement related to this offering, or the incumbent board, or whose nomination, appointment, or election was not approved by a majority of the incumbent board still in office.

Plan Amendment or Termination .    Our board of directors has the authority to amend, suspend, or terminate our 2019 Plan, provided that such action does not materially impair the existing rights of any participant without such participant’s written consent. Certain material amendments also require the approval of our stockholders. No ISOs may be granted after the tenth anniversary of the date our board of directors adopts our 2019 Plan. No stock awards may be granted under our 2019 Plan while it is suspended or after it is terminated.

2019 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

Our board of directors adopted, and our stockholders approved, our ESPP in                2019. The ESPP will become effective immediately prior to and contingent upon the date of the underwriting agreement related to this offering. The purpose of the ESPP is to secure the services of new employees, to retain the services of existing employees, and to provide incentives for such individuals to exert maximum efforts toward our success and that of our affiliates. The ESPP is intended to qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” within the meaning of Section 423 of the Code for U.S. employees.

Share Reserve .    Following this offering, the ESPP authorizes the issuance of                  shares of our common stock under purchase rights granted to our employees or to employees of any of our designated affiliates. The number of shares of our common stock reserved for issuance will automatically increase on January 1 of each calendar year, beginning on January 1, 2020 (assuming the ESPP becomes effective in 2019) through January 1, 2029, by the lesser of (1)             % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding on the last day of the calendar month before the date of the automatic increase and (2)                shares; provided that before the date of any such increase, our board of directors may determine that such increase will be less than the amount set forth in clauses (1) and (2). As of the date hereof, no shares of our common stock have been purchased under the ESPP.

Administration .    Our board of directors administers the ESPP and may delegate its authority to administer the ESPP to our compensation committee. The ESPP is implemented through a series of offerings under which eligible employees are granted purchase rights to purchase shares of our common stock on specified dates during such offerings. Under the ESPP, we may specify offerings with durations of not more than 27 months, and may specify shorter purchase periods within each offering. Each offering will have one or more purchase dates on which shares of our common stock will be purchased for employees participating in the offering. An offering under the ESPP may be terminated under certain circumstances.

Payroll Deductions .    Generally, all regular employees, including executive officers, employed by us or by any of our designated affiliates, may participate in the ESPP and may contribute, normally through payroll deductions, up to             % of their earnings (as defined in the ESPP) for the purchase of our common stock under the ESPP. Unless otherwise determined by our board of directors, common stock will be purchased for the accounts of employees participating in the ESPP at a price per share that is at least the lesser of (1) 85% of the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the first date of an offering or (2) 85% of the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of purchase.

 

165


Table of Contents

Limitations .    Employees may have to satisfy one or more of the following service requirements before participating in the ESPP, as determined by our board of directors, including: (1) being customarily employed for more than 20 hours per week, (2) being customarily employed for more than five months per calendar year or (3) continuous employment with us or one of our affiliates for a period of time (not to exceed two years). No employee may purchase shares under the ESPP at a rate in excess of $25,000 worth of our common stock based on the fair market value per share of our common stock at the beginning of an offering for each calendar year such a purchase right is outstanding. Finally, no employee will be eligible for the grant of any purchase rights under the ESPP if immediately after such rights are granted, such employee has voting power over 5% or more of our outstanding capital stock measured by vote or value under Section 424(d) of the Code.

Changes to Capital Structure .    In the event that there occurs a change in our capital structure through such actions as a stock split, merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, stock dividend, dividend in property other than cash, large nonrecurring cash dividend, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, exchange of shares, change in corporate structure, or similar transaction, the board of directors will make appropriate adjustments to: (1) the class(es) and maximum number of shares reserved under the ESPP, (2) the class(es) and maximum number of shares by which the share reserve may increase automatically each year, (3) the class(es) and number of shares subject to and purchase price applicable to outstanding offerings and purchase rights and (4) the class(es) and number of shares that are subject to purchase limits under ongoing offerings.

Corporate Transactions .    In the event of certain significant corporate transactions, any then-outstanding rights to purchase our stock under the ESPP may be assumed, continued, or substituted for by any surviving or acquiring entity (or its parent company). If the surviving or acquiring entity (or its parent company) elects not to assume, continue, or substitute for such purchase rights, then the participants’ accumulated payroll contributions will be used to purchase shares of our common stock within 10 business days before such corporate transaction, and such purchase rights will terminate immediately.

Under the ESPP, a corporate transaction is generally the consummation of: (1) a sale of all or substantially all of our assets, (2) the sale or disposition of more than 50% of our outstanding securities, (3) a merger or consolidation where we do not survive the transaction and (4) a merger or consolidation where we do survive the transaction but the shares of our common stock outstanding immediately before such transaction are converted or exchanged into other property by virtue of the transaction.

ESPP Amendment or Termination .    Our board of directors has the authority to amend or terminate our ESPP, provided that except in certain circumstances such amendment or termination may not materially impair any outstanding purchase rights without the holder’s consent. We will obtain stockholder approval of any amendment to our ESPP as required by applicable law or listing requirements.

Director Compensation

Except as indicated below, historically, we have not paid cash, equity or other compensation to any of our directors who are also our employees for service on our board of directors, nor have we paid cash or equity compensation to our non-employee directors who are associated with our principal stockholders for service on our board of directors. We have reimbursed, and will continue to reimburse, all of our directors for their travel, lodging and other reasonable expenses incurred in attending meetings of our board of directors and committees of our board of directors.

We provide compensation to Dr. Chacko for his services as a member of our board of directors pursuant to a letter agreement we entered into with Dr. Chacko in November 2018. Under the letter

 

166


Table of Contents

agreement, we provide Dr. Chacko an annual cash retainer of $30,000 payable quarterly in arrears. In addition, in connection with his letter agreement with us, Dr. Chacko was granted an option under our Prior Plan to purchase 248,505 shares, which vest at the rate of 1/48 th of the original number of shares at the end of each month beginning on the one-month anniversary of the November 27, 2018 vesting commencement date, subject to Dr. Chacko’s continuous service to us.

We provide compensation to Dr. Gujrathi for her services as a member of our board of directors pursuant to a letter agreement we entered into with Dr. Gujrathi in November 2017. Under the letter agreement, we provide Dr. Gujrathi an annual cash retainer of $30,000 payable quarterly in arrears. In addition, in connection with her letter agreement, Dr. Gujrathi was granted an option under our Prior Plan to purchase 144,839 shares, which vest at the rate of 1/48 th of the original number of shares at the end of each month beginning on the one-month anniversary of the November 14, 2017 vesting commencement date, subject to Dr. Gujrathi’s continuous service to us.

We provided compensation to Mr. Shuster for his services as a member of our board of directors pursuant to a letter agreement we entered into with Mr. Shuster in January 2018. Under the letter agreement, we provided Mr. Shuster an annual cash retainer of $30,000 payable quarterly in arrears. In addition, in connection with his letter agreement with us, Mr. Shuster was granted an option under our Prior Plan to purchase 173,807 shares, which vest at the rate of 1/48 th of the original number of shares vesting monthly following the January 5, 2018 vesting commencement date, subject to Mr. Shuster’s continuous service to us. Mr. Shuster ceased serving as a member of our board of directors in December 2018.

The following table sets forth information concerning the compensation paid to our directors during 2018, other than our directors who are named executive officers.

 

Name

   Fees Paid in Cash      Option Awards (1)     Total  

Robert Adelman, M.D.

     —          —         —    

Jacob M. Chacko, M.D., M.B.A.

   $ 2,500      $ 232,576 (2)      $ 235,076  

Simeon George, M.D.

     —          —         —    

Carl Gordon, Ph.D., CFA

     —          —         —    

Sheila Gujrathi, M.D.

   $ 30,000      $ —   (3)      $ 30,000  

Yishan Li, Ph.D., M.B.A.

     —          —         —    

Hongbo Lu, Ph.D., M.B.A.

     —          —         —    

Lewis Shuster

   $ 30,000      $ 141,896 (4)      $ 171,896  

 

(1)

Amounts shown in this column do not reflect dollar amounts actually received by our non-employee directors. Instead, these amounts reflect the aggregate grant date fair value of each stock option granted, computed in accordance with the provisions of FASB ASC Topic 718. Assumptions used in the calculation of these amounts are included in Note 9 to our financial statements included in this prospectus. As required by SEC rules, the amount shown exclude the impact of estimated forfeitures related to service-based vesting conditions. Our non-employee directors will only realize compensation to the extent the trading price of our common stock is greater than the exercise price of such stock options.

(2)

Represents the grant date fair value of options to purchase 248,505 shares of our common stock granted to Dr. Chacko for service as a member of our board of directors. The shares subject to this award vest at the rate of 1/48th of the original number of shares vesting at the end of each month beginning on the one month anniversary of the November 27, 2018 vesting commencement date, provided that Dr. Chacko continues to provide services to us through such dates. As of December 31, 2018, an aggregate of 248,505 shares were outstanding under all options to purchase our common stock held by Dr. Chacko.

(3)

As of December 31, 2018, an aggregate of 579,357 shares were outstanding under all options to purchase our common stock held by Dr. Gujrathi.

(4)

Represents the grant date fair value of options to purchase 173,807 shares of our common stock granted to Mr. Shuster for service as a member of our board of directors. The shares subject to this award were scheduled to vest at the rate of 1/48th of the original number of shares vesting monthly following the January 5, 2018 vesting commencement date, provided that Mr. Shuster continued to provide services to us through such dates. Mr. Shuster ceased serving as a member of our board of directors in December 2018. As of December 31, 2018, an aggregate of 39,820 shares were outstanding under all options to purchase our common stock held by Mr. Shuster.

 

167


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The following includes a summary of transactions since January 1, 2016, to which we have been a party, in which the amount involved in the transaction exceeded $120,000, and in which any of our directors, executive officers or, to our knowledge, beneficial owners of more than 5% of our capital stock or any member of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, other than equity and other compensation, employment, termination of employment, change in control and other arrangements with our directors and executive officers, which are described under “Executive And Director Compensation.”

Series D Convertible Preferred Stock Financing

In October 2018, we entered into a Series D preferred stock purchase agreement with various investors, pursuant to which we issued and sold to participating investors an aggregate of 26,288,123 shares of our Series D convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $3.0432 per share, and received aggregate gross proceeds of approximately $80 million.

The participants in the Series D convertible preferred stock financing included entities affiliated with members of our board of directors. The following table sets forth the aggregate number of shares of convertible preferred stock issued to these related parties in the Series D convertible preferred stock financing:

 

Participants

  Shares of Series D
Convertible
Preferred Stock
    Aggregate Purchase
Price
 

Foresite Capital Fund IV, L.P. (1)

    4,929,023     $ 15,000,003  

venBio Global Strategic Fund II, L.P. (2)

    4,929,023     $ 15,000,003  

Entities affiliated with Cormorant Private Healthcare Fund II, LP (3)

    3,131,517     $ 9,529,833  

LAV Prime Limited (4)

    2,105,259     $ 6,406,724  

OrbiMed Private Investments VI, LP (5)

    2,105,259     $ 6,406,724  

S.R. One, Limited (6)

    2,105,259     $ 6,406,724  

Kenson Ventures, LLC (7)

    82,150     $ 250,000  

 

(1)

Consists of 4,929,023 of Series D convertible preferred stock held by Foresite Capital Fund IV, L.P. Brett Zbar, M.D., a former member of our board of directors who resigned on January 3, 2019, is a Managing Director at Foresite Capital.

(2)

Consists of 4,929,023 of Series D convertible preferred stock held by venBio Global Strategic Fund II, L.P. Robert Adelman, M.D., a member of our board of directors, is a Managing Director at venBio.

(3)

Consists of (i) 2,514,608 shares of Series D convertible preferred stock held by Cormorant Private Healthcare Fund II, LP, (ii) 530,479 shares of Series D convertible preferred stock held by Cormorant Global Healthcare Master Fund, LP (Cormorant Global) and (iii) 86,430 shares of Series D convertible preferred stock held by CRMA SPV, LP (CRMA and collectively, the Cormorant entities). Bihua Chen, M.S., M.B.A., a former member of our board of directors who resigned in October 2018, is the CEO/Managing Member of the Cormorant entities.

(4)

Consists of 2,105,259 shares of Series D convertible preferred stock held by LAV Prime Limited. Hongbo Lu, Ph.D., M.B.A., a member of our board of directors, is a Partner at Lilly Asia Ventures.

(5)

Consists of 2,105,259 shares of Series D convertible preferred stock held by OrbiMed Private Investments VI, LP. Carl Gordon, Ph.D., CFA, a member of our board of directors, is a Managing Partner at OrbiMed.

(6)

Consists of 2,105,259 shares of Series D convertible preferred stock held by S.R. One, Limited. Simeon George, M.D., M.B.A, a member of our board of directors, is a Partner at S.R. One, Limited.

(7)

Consists of 82,150 shares of Series D convertible preferred stock held by Kenson Ventures, LLC. Kenneth Fong, Ph.D., a former member of our board of directors who resigned in December 2018, is the Chairman of Kenson Ventures.

Series C Convertible Preferred Stock Financing

In May 2017, we entered into a Series C preferred stock purchase agreement with various investors, pursuant to which we issued and sold to participating investors an aggregate of 19,416,645

 

168


Table of Contents

shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $2.3176 per share, and received aggregate gross proceeds of approximately $45 million.

The participants in the Series C convertible preferred stock financing included entities affiliated with members of our board of directors. The following table sets forth the aggregate number of shares of convertible preferred stock issued to this related party in the Series C convertible preferred stock financing:

 

Participants

   Shares of Series C
Convertible
Preferred Stock
     Aggregate Purchase
Price
 

Entities affiliated with Cormorant Private Healthcare Fund II, LP (1)

     4,314,809      $ 10,000,001  

LAV Prime Limited (2)

     4,314,809      $ 10,000,001

OrbiMed Private Investments VI, LP (3)

     4,314,809      $ 10,000,001

S.R. One, Limited (4)

     4,314,809      $ 10,000,001

 

(1)

Consists of (i) 776,234 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock held by Cormorant Global, (ii) 3,381,516 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock held by Cormorant Private Healthcare Fund I, LP and (iii) 157,059 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock held by CRMA. Bihua Chen, M.S., M.B.A., a former member of our board of directors who resigned in October 2018, is the CEO/Managing Member of the Cormorant entities.

(2)

Consists of 4,314,809 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock held by LAV Prime Limited. Hongbo Lu, Ph.D., M.B.A., a member of our board of directors, is a Partner at Lilly Asia Ventures.

(3)

Consists of 4,314,809 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock held by OrbiMed Private Investments VI, LP. Carl Gordon, Ph.D., CFA, a member of our board of directors, is a Managing Partner at OrbiMed.

(4)

Consists of 4,314,809 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock held by S.R. One, Limited. Simeon George, M.D., M.B.A, a member of our board of directors, is a Partner at S.R. One, Limited.

Investor Agreements

In connection with our Series D convertible preferred stock financing, we entered into an investors’ rights agreement, voting agreement and right of first refusal and co-sale agreement containing registration rights, information rights, voting rights and rights of first refusal and co-sale, among other things, with certain of our stockholders. The foregoing agreements will terminate upon the closing of this offering, except for the registration rights set forth in the investors’ rights agreements, as more fully described below in “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.”

Agreement with BioKey

During 2017, we entered into several contracts for drug product development and manufacturing with BioKey, Inc. (BioKey). One of our former directors, George Lee, is a co-founder and partial owner of BioKey. We paid BioKey $184,000, $145,000 and $69,000 during the years ended December 31, 2016, 2017 and 2018, respectively, for drug product development and manufacturing services. We have utilized the services of Biokey on three occasions to manufacture clinical supplies of repotrectinib. In addition, in March 2019 we entered into a work order with BioKey pursuant to which we will pay BioKey approximately $100,000 for drug product development and manufacturing services.

Consulting Agreement

On November 14, 2017, we entered into a consulting agreement with Sheila Gujrathi, M.D., a member of our board of directors. Under the terms of the agreement, Dr. Gujrathi’s duties include providing general business and strategic advice and assistance as requested by our Chief Executive Officer and other members of our management team. The term of the agreement commenced on November 14, 2017 and continues for a period of four years. As compensation for her services, we

 

169


Table of Contents

granted Dr. Gujrathi an option to purchase 434,518 shares of our common stock, with such option grant vesting monthly over a four-year period, and agreed to reimburse Dr. Gujrathi for certain preapproved expenses at cost.

Stock Options Granted to Executive Officers and Directors

We have granted stock options to our executive officers and directors, as more fully described in the section entitled “Executive and Director Compensation.”

Indemnification Agreements

We have entered, and intend to continue to enter, into separate indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers. Additionally, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, limits the liability of directors to the maximum extent permitted by Delaware law. For additional information, see “Management—Limitation of Liability and Indemnification.”

Policies and Procedures for Transactions with Related Persons

We have adopted a written related-person transactions policy that sets forth our policies and procedures regarding the identification, review, consideration and oversight of “related-person transactions.” For purposes of our policy only, a “related-person transaction” is a transaction, arrangement or relationship (or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships) in which we and any “related person” are participants involving an amount that exceeds $50,000. Transactions involving compensation for services provided to us as an employee, consultant or director are not considered related-person transactions under this policy. A related person is any executive officer, director, nominee to become a director or a holder of more than five percent of our common stock, including any of his or her immediate family members and affiliates, including entities owned or controlled by such persons.

Under the policy, where a transaction has been identified as a related-person transaction, management must present information regarding the proposed related-person transaction to our audit committee (or, where review by our audit committee would be inappropriate, to another independent body of our board of directors) for review. The presentation must include a description of, among other things, all of the parties thereto, the direct and indirect interests of the related persons, the purpose of the transaction, the material facts, the benefits of the transaction to us and whether any alternative transactions are available, an assessment of whether the terms are comparable to the terms available from unrelated third parties and management’s recommendation. To identify related-person transactions in advance, we rely on information supplied by our executive officers, directors and certain significant stockholders. In considering related-person transactions, our audit committee or another independent body of our board of directors takes into account the relevant available facts and circumstances including, but not limited to:

 

   

the risks, costs and benefits to us;

 

   

the impact on a director’s independence in the event the related person is a director, immediate family member of a director or an entity with which a director is affiliated;

 

   

the terms of the transaction;

 

   

the availability of other sources for comparable services or products; and

 

   

the terms available to or from, as the case may be, unrelated third parties.

In the event a director has an interest in the proposed transaction, the director must recuse himself or herself from the deliberations and approval.

 

170


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information regarding beneficial ownership of our capital stock by:

 

   

each person, or group of affiliated persons, known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our common stock;

 

   

each of our directors;

 

   

each of our named executive officers; and

 

   

all of our current executive officers and directors as a group.

The percentage ownership information under the column entitled “Before Offering” is based on 78,568,275 shares of common stock outstanding as of March 15, 2019, assuming conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 65,423,901 shares of common stock in connection with the completion of this offering. The percentage ownership information under the column entitled “After Offering” is based on the sale of shares of common stock in this offering.

Information with respect to beneficial ownership has been furnished by each director, officer or beneficial owner of more than 5% of our common stock. We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC. These rules generally attribute beneficial ownership of securities to persons who possess sole or shared voting power or investment power with respect to those securities. In addition, the rules include shares of common stock issuable pursuant to the exercise of stock options that are either immediately exercisable or exercisable on or before May 14, 2019, which is 60 days after March 15, 2019. These shares are deemed to be outstanding and beneficially owned by the person holding those options for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of that person, but they are not treated as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Unless otherwise indicated, the persons or entities identified in this table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares shown as beneficially owned by them, subject to applicable community property laws.

 

171


Table of Contents

Except as otherwise noted below, the address for each person or entity listed in the table is c/o Turning Point Therapeutics, Inc., 10628 Science Center Drive, Ste. 225, San Diego, California 92121.

 

     Number of
Shares
Beneficially
Owned
     Percentage of
Shares
Beneficially Owned
 

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner

   Before
Offering
    After
Offering
 

Greater than 5% Stockholders

       

Persons related to and including Yishan Li, Ph.D., M.B.A. and
Jingrong Jean Cui, Ph.D. (1)

     10,300,361        13.0         

Entities affiliated with Cormorant Asset Management (2)

     10,483,198        13.3         

LAV Prime Limited (3)

     6,420,068        8.2         

OrbiMed Private Investments VI, LP (4)

     6,420,068        8.2         

S.R. One, Limited (5)

     6,420,068        8.2         

Foresite Capital Fund IV, L.P. (6)

     4,929,023        6.3         

venBio Partners LLC (7)

     4,929,023        6.3         

Directors and Named Executive Officers

       

Robert Adelman, M.D. (8)

     4,929,023        6.3         

Jacob M. Chacko, M.D., M.B.A. (9)

     25,885        *           

Athena Countouriotis, M.D. (10)

     217,259        *           

Jingrong Jean Cui, Ph.D. (11)

     10,300,361        13.0         

Simeon George, M.D., M.B.A. (12)

     6,420,068        8.2         

Carl Gordon, Ph.D., CFA (13)

     6,420,068        8.2         

Sheila Gujrathi, M.D. (14)

     217,257        *           

Yishan Li, Ph.D., M.B.A. (15)

     10,300,361        13.0         

Hongbo Lu, Ph.D., M.B.A. (16)

     6,420,068        8.2         

Brian Baker (17)

     57,777        *           

All current executive officers and directors as a group (10 persons)

     35,007,766        44.4         

 

*

Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1%.

(1)

Consists of (i) 4,540,000 shares of common stock held by Dr. Li, (ii) 5,010,000 shares of common stock held by Dr. Cui, (iii) 153,988 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options by Dr. Li and (iv) 596,373 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options by Dr. Cui.

(2)

Consists of (i) 4,251,919 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock held by Cormorant Global Healthcare Master Fund, LP, (ii) 3,381,516 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock held by Cormorant Private Healthcare Fund I, LP, (iii) 2,514,608 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock held by Cormorant Private Healthcare Fund II, LP, (iv) 243,489 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock held by CRMA SPV, L.P. and (v) 91,666 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options held by Bihua Chen, Managing Member of the GP, and transferred to Cormorant Global Healthcare Master Fund, LP, Cormorant Private Healthcare Fund I, LP and CRMA SPV, LP pursuant to a stock transfer agreement.

(3)

Consists of 6,420,068 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock held by LAV Prime Limited. Yi Shi, Ph.D., founding Managing Partner of Lilly Asia Ventures, has sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares held by LAV Prime Limited and as a result may be deemed to have beneficial ownership of such shares. Hongbo Lu, a Partner at Lilly Asia Ventures, is a member of our board of directors. The address of LAV Prime Limited is Unit 1109-10, Two Chinachem Central, 26 Des Voeux Road Central.

(4)

Consists of 6,420,068 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock held by OrbiMed Private Investments VI, LP. (OPI VI). OrbiMed Capital GP VI LLC (GP VI) is the general partner of OPI VI. OrbiMed Advisors LLC (OrbiMed Advisors) is the managing member of GP VI. By virtue of such relationships, GP VI and OrbiMed Advisors may be deemed to have voting and investment power with respect to the shares held by OPI VI and as a result may be deemed to have beneficial ownership of such shares. Carl Gordon, a member of OrbiMed Advisors, is a member of our board of directors. Advisors exercise investment and voting power through a management committee comprised of Carl L. Gordon, Sven H. Borho and Jonathan T. Silverstein. Each of GP VI, OrbiMed Advisors and Carl Gordon disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by OPI VI, except to the extent of its or his pecuniary interest therein if any. The address of OPI VI is 601 Lexington Avenue, 54th floor, New York, NY 10022.

(5)

Consists of 6,420,068 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock held by S.R. One, Limited. Dr. George, a Partner at S.R. One Limited, is a member of our board of directors. The address of S.R. One, Limited is 161 Washington Street, Suite 500, Conshohocken, PA 19428.

 

172


Table of Contents
(6)

Consists of 4,929,023 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock held by Foresite Capital Fund IV, L.P. (Fund IV). James B. Tananbaum, in his capacity as managing member of Foresite Capital Management IV, LLC (FCM IV), the General Partner of Fund IV, may be deemed to have sole voting and dispositive power over these shares. However, pursuant to the internal policies of Foresite Capital all investment decisions must be made by four of the five members of the investment committee. The address of Fund IV is 600 Montgomery Street, Suite 4500, San Francisco, CA 94111.

(7)

Consists of 4,929,023 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock held by venBio Partners LLC. (venBio). Dr. Adelman, a member of our board of directors, is a Managing Partner at venBio and may be deemed to beneficially own the shares held by venBio.

(8)

Consists of 4,929,023 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock held by venBio. Dr. Adelman, a member of our board of directors, is a Managing Partner at venBio and may be deemed to beneficially own the shares held by venBio.

(9)

Consists of 25,885 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options.

(10)

Consists of 217,259 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options.

(11)

Consists of (i) 5,010,000 shares of common stock held by Dr. Cui, (ii) 4,540,000 shares of common stock held by Dr. Cui’s spouse, Dr. Li, (iii) 596,373 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options by Dr. Cui and (iv) 153,988 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options by Dr. Cui’s spouse, Dr. Li.

(12)

Consists of 6,420,068 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock held by S.R. One, Limited. Dr. George, a Partner at S.R. One Limited, may be deemed to beneficially own the shares held by S.R. One, Limited.

(13)

Consists of 6,420,068 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock held by OPI VI. Dr. Gordon is the General Partner and Co-Head of Private Equity of OrbiMed Advisors and may be deemed to beneficially own the shares held by OPI VI.

(14)

Consists of 217,257 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options.

(15)

Consists of (i) 4,540,000 shares of common stock held by Dr. Li, (ii) 5,010,000 shares of common stock held by Dr. Li’s spouse, Dr. Cui, (iii) 153,988 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options by Dr. Li and (iv) 596,373 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options by Dr. Li’s spouse, Dr. Cui.

(16)

Consists of 6,420,068 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock held by LAV Prime Limited. Dr. Lu is a Partner at Lilly Asia Ventures and may be deemed to beneficially own the shares held by LAV Prime Limited.

(17)

Consists of 57,777 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options.

 

173


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

Upon filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the completion of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of                  shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share. All of our authorized preferred stock upon the completion of this offering will be undesignated. The following is a summary of the rights of our common and preferred stockholders and some of the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective immediately prior to and upon the completion of this offering, respectively, and of the Delaware General Corporation Law. This summary is not complete. For more detailed information, please see our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, as well as the relevant provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

Common Stock

Outstanding Shares

As of December 31, 2018, there were 13,134,374 shares of common stock issued and outstanding held of record by 13 stockholders. This amount excludes our outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock, which will convert into 65,423,901 shares of common stock in connection with the completion of this offering. Based on the number of shares of common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2018, and assuming (i) the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock and (ii) the issuance by us of                  shares of common stock in this offering, there will be                  shares of common stock outstanding upon the completion of this offering.

As of December 31, 2018, there were 13,851,034 shares of common stock subject to outstanding options under our Prior Plan.

Voting

Our common stock is entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders, including the election of directors, and does not have cumulative voting rights. Accordingly, the holders of a majority of the shares of our common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors can elect all of the directors standing for election.

Dividends

Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any then-outstanding preferred stock, the holders of common stock are entitled to receive dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by our board of directors out of legally available funds.

Liquidation

In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, holders of our common stock will be entitled to share ratably in the net assets legally available for distribution to stockholders after the payment of all of our debts and other liabilities, subject to the satisfaction of any liquidation preference granted to the holders of any outstanding shares of preferred stock.

Rights and Preferences

Holders of our common stock have no preemptive, conversion or subscription rights, and there are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to our common stock. The rights, preferences

 

174


Table of Contents

and privileges of the holders of our common stock are subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of shares of any series of our preferred stock that we may designate and issue in the future.

Fully Paid and Nonassessable

All of our outstanding shares of common stock are, and the shares of common stock to be issued in this offering will be fully paid and nonassessable.

Convertible Preferred Stock

As of December 31, 2018, there were 65,423,901 shares of convertible preferred stock outstanding, held of record by 54 stockholders. In connection with the completion of this offering, all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock will be converted into 65,423,901 shares of our common stock. Immediately prior to the completion of this offering, our certificate of incorporation will be amended and restated to delete all references to such shares of convertible preferred stock. Under the amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our board of directors will have the authority, without further action by the stockholders, to issue up to 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series, to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such series, to fix the rights, preferences and privileges of the shares of each wholly unissued series and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereon and to increase or decrease the number of shares of any such series, but not below the number of shares of such series then outstanding.

Our board of directors may authorize the issuance of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of the common stock. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could, among other things, have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in our control that may otherwise benefit holders of our common stock and may adversely affect the market price of the common stock and the voting and other rights of the holders of common stock. We have no current plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Registration Rights

After the closing of this offering, certain holders of shares of our common stock, including all of the current preferred stockholders, including certain holders of more than five percent of our capital stock and entities affiliated with certain of our directors, will be entitled to certain rights with respect to registration of the shares of common stock issued upon conversion of our convertible preferred stock under the Securities Act. These shares are referred to as registrable securities. The holders of these registrable securities possess registration rights pursuant to the terms of the investors’ rights agreement and are described in additional detail below.

The registration of shares of our common stock pursuant to the exercise of the registration rights described below would enable the holders to trade these shares without restriction under the Securities Act when the applicable registration statement is declared effective. We are required to pay all registration expenses, other than underwriting discounts, selling commissions and stock transfer taxes (collectively, Selling Expenses) of the shares registered pursuant to the demand, piggyback and Form S-3 registrations described below.

Generally, in an underwritten offering, the managing underwriter, if any, has the right, subject to specified conditions, to limit the number of shares the holders may include. The demand, piggyback and Form S-3 registration rights described below will expire upon the earlier to occur of (i) three years

 

175


Table of Contents

after the effective date of the registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part or (ii) with respect to any particular holder, the closing of a “Qualified IPO”, as such term is defined in our sixth amended and restated certificate of incorporation (as currently in effect).

Demand Registration Rights

The holders of the registrable securities will be entitled to certain demand registration rights. At any time after 180 days following the date of the underwriting agreement for this offering, the holders of at least a majority of the registrable securities then outstanding, may make a written request that we register all or a portion of their shares, subject to certain specified exceptions. Such request for registration must cover securities that have an aggregate offering price that exceeds $30,000,000. We will not be required to effect more than two registrations pursuant to these demand registration rights.

Piggyback Registration Rights

In connection with this offering, the holders of registrable securities were entitled to, and the necessary percentage of holders waived, their rights to notice of this offering and to include their shares of registrable securities in this offering. If we propose to register for offer and sale any of our securities under the Securities Act in another offering, either for our own account or for the account of other security holders, the holders of registrable securities will be entitled to certain “piggyback” registration rights allowing them to include their shares in such registration, subject to certain marketing and other limitations. As a result, whenever we propose to file a registration statement under the Securities Act, including a registration statement on Form S-3 as discussed below, other than with respect to a demand registration or a registration statement on Forms S-4 or S-8, the holders of these shares are entitled to notice of the registration and have the right, subject to limitations that the underwriters may impose on the number of shares included in the registration, to include their shares in the registration.

Form S-3 Registration Rights

The holders of the registrable securities will be entitled to certain Form S-3 registration rights. Holders of the registrable securities may request that we register for offer and sale their shares on Form S-3 if we are qualified to file a registration statement on Form S-3, subject to certain specified exceptions. Such request for registration on Form S-3 must cover securities the aggregate offering price of which equals or exceeds $1,000,000. We will not be required to effect more than two registrations on Form S-3 within any 12-month period.

Anti-Takeover Effects of Provisions of Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, Our Amended and Restated Bylaws and Delaware Law

Delaware Anti-Takeover Law

We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (Section 203). Section 203 generally prohibits a public Delaware corporation from engaging in a business combination with an interested stockholder for a period of three years following the time that such stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless:

 

   

prior to such time the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

   

upon consummation of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the

 

176


Table of Contents
 

corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding (but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder) those shares owned (1) by persons who are directors and also officers and (2) employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

 

   

at or subsequent to such time, the business combination is approved by the board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66-2/3% of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder.

Section 203 defines a “business combination” to include:

 

   

any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the interested stockholder;

 

   

any sale, transfer, pledge or other disposition involving the interested stockholder of 10% or more of the assets of the corporation;

 

   

subject to exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the corporation to the interested stockholder;

 

   

subject to exceptions, any transaction involving the corporation that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of the stock of any class or series of the corporation beneficially owned by the interested stockholder; and

 

   

the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits provided by or through the corporation.

In general, Section 203 defines an “interested stockholder” as an entity or person who, together with the person’s affiliates and associates, beneficially owns, or within three years prior to the time of determination of interested stockholder status did own, 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation.

A Delaware corporation may “opt out” of these provisions with an express provision in its original certificate of incorporation or an express provision in its amended and restated certificate of incorporation or amended and restated bylaws resulting from a stockholders’ amendment approved by at least a majority of the outstanding voting shares. We have not opted out of these provisions. As a result, mergers or other takeover or change in control attempts of us may be discouraged or prevented.

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws

Provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective immediately prior to and upon the completion of this offering, respectively, may delay or discourage transactions involving an actual or potential change in our control or change in our management, including transactions in which stockholders might otherwise receive a premium for their shares or transactions that our stockholders might otherwise deem to be in their best interests. Therefore, these provisions could adversely affect the price of our common stock. Among other things, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws:

 

   

permit our board of directors to issue up to              shares of preferred stock, with any rights, preferences and privileges as they may designate (including the right to approve an acquisition or other change in our control);

 

177


Table of Contents
   

provide that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of the board of directors;

 

   

provide that the board of directors or any individual director may only be removed with cause and the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66-2/3% of the voting power of all of our then- outstanding common stock;

 

   

provide that all vacancies, including newly created directorships, may, except as otherwise required by law, be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of directors then in office, even if less than a quorum;

 

   

divide our board of directors into three classes;

 

   

require that any action to be taken by our stockholders must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders and not be taken by written consent;

 

   

provide that stockholders seeking to present proposals before a meeting of stockholders or to nominate candidates for election as directors at a meeting of stockholders must provide notice in writing in a timely manner and also specify requirements as to the form and content of a stockholder’s notice;

 

   

do not provide for cumulative voting rights (therefore allowing the holders of a majority of the shares of common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors to elect all of the directors standing for election, if they should so choose);

 

   

provide that special meetings of our stockholders may be called only by the chairman of the board, our Chief Executive Officer or by the board of directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors; and

 

   

provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for the following types of actions or proceedings under Delaware statutory or common law: (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; (ii) any action or proceeding asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our current or former directors, officers or other employees to us or our stockholders; (iii) any action or proceeding asserting a claim against us or any of our current or former directors, officers or other employees, arising out of or pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law, our certificate of incorporation or our bylaws; (iv) any action or proceeding to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of our certificate of incorporation or our bylaws; (v) any action or proceeding as to which the Delaware General Corporation Law confers jurisdiction to the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware; and (vi) any action asserting a claim against us or any of our directors, officers or other employees governed by the internal affairs doctrine, in all cases to the fullest extent permitted by law and subject to the court’s having personal jurisdiction over the indispensable parties named as defendants; provided these provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will apply to suits brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, but stockholders will not be deemed to have waived our compliance with the federal securities laws and the regulations thereunder; and provided these provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will not apply to suits brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction.

The amendment of any of these provisions, with the exception of the ability of our board of directors to issue shares of preferred stock and designate any rights, preferences and privileges thereto, would require approval by the holders of at least     % of our then-outstanding common stock.

 

178


Table of Contents

Nasdaq Global Market Listing

We have applied for listing of our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “TPTX”.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is                . The transfer agent’s address is                .

 

179


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock, and we cannot assure investors that an active trading market for our common stock will develop or be sustained after this offering. Future sales of substantial amounts of common stock, including shares issued upon the exercise of outstanding options or warrants, in the public market after this offering, or the possibility of these sales occurring, could adversely affect the prevailing market price for our common stock or impair our ability to raise equity capital in the future. As described below, only a limited number of shares will be available for sale shortly after this offering because of contractual and legal restrictions on resale described below. Nonetheless, sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market after such restrictions lapse, or the perception that those sales may occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price for our common stock as well as our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

Based on the number of shares of common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2018, upon the completion of this offering and assuming (i) the conversion of all of our outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock as of December 31, 2018 into an aggregate of 65,423,901 shares of common stock in connection with the completion of this offering, (ii) no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of common stock and (iii) no exercise of outstanding options, an aggregate of                  shares of common stock will be outstanding.

All of the shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable in the public market without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, unless held by our affiliates, as that term is defined under Rule 144 under the Securities Act, or subject to lock-up agreements. The outstanding shares of common stock held by existing stockholders are “restricted securities,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if their offer and sale are registered under the Securities Act or if the offer and sale of those securities qualify for an exemption from registration, including exemptions provided by Rules 144 or 701 promulgated under the Securities Act.

As a result of lock-up agreements and market standoff provisions described below and the provisions of Rules 144 and 701, shares of our common stock will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

 

   

            shares of our common stock will be eligible for immediate sale upon the closing of this offering; and

 

   

approximately                  additional shares of our common stock will be eligible for sale upon expiration of lock-up agreements and market standoff provisions described below, beginning 181 days after the date of this prospectus, subject in certain circumstances to the volume, manner of sale and other limitations under Rule 144 and Rule 701.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, beginning 90 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, any person who is not an affiliate of ours and has held their shares for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, may sell shares without restriction, provided current public information about us is available. In addition, under Rule 144, any person who is not an affiliate of ours and has held their shares for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, would be entitled to sell an unlimited number of shares immediately upon the completion of this offering without regard to whether current public information about us is available. Beginning

 

180


Table of Contents

90 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, a person who is an affiliate of ours and who has beneficially owned restricted securities for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, is entitled to sell a number of restricted shares within any three-month period that does not exceed the greater of:

 

   

1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately shares immediately after this offering; or

 

   

the average weekly trading volume of our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.

Sales of restricted shares under Rule 144 held by our affiliates are also subject to requirements regarding the manner of sale, notice and the availability of current public information about us. Rule 144 also provides that affiliates relying on Rule 144 to sell shares of our common stock that are not restricted shares must nonetheless comply with the same restrictions applicable to restricted shares, other than the holding period requirement.

Notwithstanding the availability of Rule 144, the holders of substantially all of our restricted shares have entered into lock-up agreements as described below and their restricted shares will become eligible for sale at the expiration of the restrictions set forth in those agreements.

Rule 701

Under Rule 701, shares of our common stock acquired upon the exercise of currently outstanding options or pursuant to other rights granted under our stock plans may be resold by:

 

   

persons other than affiliates, beginning 90 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, subject only to the manner-of-sale provisions of Rule 144; and

 

   

our affiliates, beginning 90 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, subject to the manner-of-sale and volume limitations, current public information and filing requirements of Rule 144, in each case, without compliance with the six-month holding period requirement of Rule 144.

As of December 31, 2018, options to purchase a total of 13,851,034 shares of common stock were outstanding, of which 1,650,584 shares were vested. Of the total number of shares of our common stock issuable under these options, substantially all are subject to contractual lock-up agreements with us or the underwriters described below under “Underwriting” and will become eligible for sale at the expiration of those agreements unless held by an affiliate of ours.

Lock-Up Agreements and Market Stand-Off Agreements

Our officers, directors, and holders of substantially all of our capital stock, stock options and other securities convertible into, exercisable or exchangeable for our capital stock outstanding immediately prior to the closing of this offering have entered into market stand-off agreements with us and have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to dispose of or hedge any of their common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and SVB Leerink LLC. See the section titled “Underwriting” for additional information.

 

181


Table of Contents

Registration Rights

Upon the closing of this offering, the holders of an aggregate of 65,423,901 shares of our common stock will have rights, subject to certain conditions, to require us to file registration statements covering their shares or to include their shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or other stockholders. After registration pursuant to these rights, these shares will become freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act. See “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights” for additional information regarding these registration rights.

Registration Statements on Form S-8

We intend to file with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act covering the shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the Prior Plan, the 2019 Plan and the ESPP. The registration statement is expected to be filed and become effective as soon as practicable after the completion of this offering. Accordingly, shares registered under the registration statement will be available for sale in the open market following its effective date, subject to Rule 144 volume limitations and the lock-up agreements described above, if applicable.

 

182


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF OUR COMMON STOCK

The following is a discussion of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences applicable to non-U.S. holders (as defined below) with respect to their purchase, ownership and disposition of shares of our common stock issued pursuant to this offering, but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all potential tax effects relating thereto. All prospective non-U.S. holders of our common stock should consult their own tax advisors with respect to the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock, as well as any consequences arising under the laws of any other taxing jurisdiction, including any state, local and non-U.S. tax consequences and any U.S. federal non-income tax consequences. In general, a non-U.S. holder means a beneficial owner of our common stock (other than a partnership or an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) that is not, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

 

   

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

   

a corporation, or an entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, created or organized in the United States or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

 

   

an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

 

   

a trust if (1) a U.S. court can exercise primary supervision over the trust’s administration and one or more “United States persons” have the authority to control all of the trust’s substantial decisions or (2) the trust has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations to be treated as a “United States person.”

This discussion is based on current provisions of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, which we refer to as the Code, existing U.S. Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, published administrative rulings and judicial decisions, all as in effect as of the date of this prospectus. These laws are subject to change and to differing interpretation, possibly with retroactive effect. Any change or differing interpretation could alter the tax consequences to non-U.S. holders described in this prospectus.

This discussion is limited to non-U.S. holders that hold shares of our common stock as a capital asset within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment). This discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be relevant to a particular non-U.S. holder in light of that non-U.S. holder’s individual circumstances, nor does it address any aspects of U.S. estate or gift tax, or any state, local or non-U.S. taxes. This discussion also does not consider any specific facts or circumstances that may apply to a non-U.S. holder and does not address the special tax rules applicable to particular non-U.S. holders, such as holders that own, or are deemed to own, more than 5% of our capital stock (except to the extent specifically set forth below), corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax, tax-exempt organizations, banks, financial institutions, insurance companies, brokers, dealers or traders in securities, commodities or currencies, tax-qualified retirement plans, holders subject to the alternative minimum tax or Medicare contribution tax, holders who hold or receive our common stock pursuant to the exercise of employee stock options or otherwise as compensation, holders holding our common stock as part of a hedge, straddle or other risk reduction strategy, conversion transaction or other integrated investment, holders deemed to sell our common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code, controlled foreign corporations, passive foreign investment companies, U.S. expatriates and certain former citizens or long-term residents of the United States and “qualified foreign pension funds” as defined in Section 897(1)(2) of the Code and entities all of the interests of which are held by qualified foreign pension funds.

 

183


Table of Contents

In addition, this discussion does not address the tax treatment of partnerships (or entities or arrangements that are treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes) or persons that hold their common stock through such partnerships or such entities or arrangements. If a partnership, including any entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, holds shares of our common stock, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a partner in such partnership will generally depend upon the status of the partner, the activities of the partnership and certain determinations made at the partner level. Such partners and partnerships should consult their own tax advisors regarding the tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock.

There can be no assurance that the Internal Revenue Service, which we refer to as the IRS, will not challenge one or more of the tax consequences described herein, and we have not obtained, nor do we intend to obtain, a ruling with respect to the U.S. federal income tax consequences with respect to the matters discussed below.

Distributions on Our Common Stock

Distributions, if any, on our common stock generally will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. If a distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits, the excess will be treated as a tax-free return of the non-U.S. holder’s investment, up to such holder’s adjusted tax basis in the common stock. Any remaining excess will be treated as capital gain from the sale or exchange of such common stock, subject to the tax treatment described below in “Sale, Exchange or Other Disposition of Our Common Stock.”

Subject to the discussions below regarding effectively connected income, backup withholding and foreign accounts, dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder will generally be subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. A non-U.S. holder that is eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. withholding tax under an income tax treaty may obtain a refund or credit of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. A non-U.S. holder of our common stock who claims the benefit of an applicable income tax treaty generally will be required to provide a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or successor form) and satisfy relevant certification and other requirements. Non-U.S. holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under a relevant income tax treaty.

Dividends that are treated as effectively connected with a trade or business conducted by a non-U.S. holder within the United States and, if an applicable income tax treaty so provides, that are attributable to a permanent establishment or a fixed base maintained by the non-U.S. holder within the United States are generally exempt from the 30% withholding tax if the non-U.S. holder satisfies applicable certification and disclosure requirements. To claim the exemption, the non-U.S. holder must furnish to us or the applicable withholding agent a valid IRS Form W-8ECI (or applicable successor form), certifying that the dividends are effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States. However, such U.S. effectively connected income is taxed, on a net income basis, at the same graduated U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to “United States persons” (as defined in the Code). Any U.S. effectively connected income received by a non-U.S. holder that is a corporation may also, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.

 

184


Table of Contents

Sale, Exchange or Other Disposition of Our Common Stock

Subject to the discussions below regarding backup withholding and foreign accounts, in general, a non-U.S. holder will not be subject to any U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon such holder’s sale, exchange or other disposition of shares of our common stock unless:

 

   

the gain is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business of the non-U.S. holder and, if an applicable income tax treaty so provides, is attributable to a permanent establishment or a fixed base maintained in the United States by such non-U.S. holder, in which case the non-U.S. holder generally will be taxed, on a net income basis, at the graduated U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to “United States persons” (as defined in the Code) and, if the non-U.S. holder is a foreign corporation, the branch profits tax described above in “Distributions on Our Common Stock” may also apply;

 

   

the non-U.S. holder is a nonresident alien individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of the disposition and certain other conditions are met, in which case the non-U.S. holder will be subject to a 30% tax (or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on the net gain derived from the disposition, which may be offset by U.S. source capital losses of the non-U.S. holder, if any (even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States), provided the non-U.S. holder has timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses; or

 

   

our common stock constitutes a U.S. real property interest because we are, or have been, at any time during the five-year period preceding such disposition (or the non-U.S. holder’s holding period, if shorter) a “U.S. real property holding corporation” (as defined in the Code). Even if we are or become a U.S. real property holding corporation, provided that our common stock is “regularly traded” (as defined in the applicable Treasury Regulations) on an established securities market, our common stock will be treated as a U.S. real property interest only with respect to a non-U.S. holder that holds more than 5% of our outstanding common stock, directly or indirectly, actually or constructively, during the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of the disposition or the period that the non-U.S. holder held our common stock. In such case, such non-U.S. holder generally will be taxed on its net gain derived from the disposition at the graduated U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to “United States persons” (as defined in the Code). Generally, a corporation is a U.S. real property holding corporation only if the fair market value of its U.S. real property interests equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market value of its worldwide real property interests plus its other assets used or held for use in a trade or business. Although there can be no assurance, we do not believe that we are, or have been, a U.S. real property holding corporation, or that we are likely to become one in the future. No assurance can be provided that our common stock will be regularly traded on an established securities market for purposes of the rules described above.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

We must report annually to the IRS and to each non-U.S. holder the gross amount of the dividends on our common stock paid to such holder and the tax withheld, if any, with respect to such dividends. Non-U.S. holders will have to comply with specific certification procedures to establish that the holder is not a “United States persons” (as defined in the Code) in order to avoid backup withholding at the applicable rate with respect to dividends on our common stock. U.S. backup withholding generally will not apply to a non-U.S. holder who provides a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E or otherwise establishes an exemption.

Information reporting and backup withholding will generally apply to the proceeds of a disposition of our common stock by a non-U.S. holder effected by or through the U.S. office of any broker, U.S. or

 

185


Table of Contents

foreign, unless the holder certifies its status as a non-U.S. holder and satisfies certain other requirements, or otherwise establishes an exemption. Generally, information reporting and backup withholding will not apply to a payment of disposition proceeds to a non-U.S. holder where the transaction is effected outside the United States through a non-U.S. office of a broker. However, for information reporting purposes, dispositions effected through a non-U.S. office of a broker with substantial U.S. ownership or operations generally will be treated in a manner similar to dispositions effected through a U.S. office of a broker. Non-U.S. holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the application of the information reporting and backup withholding rules to them.

Copies of information returns may be made available to the tax authorities of the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides or is established under the provisions of a specific income tax treaty or agreement.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules from a payment to a non-U.S. holder may be allowed as a credit against the non-U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, and may entitle such holder to a refund, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Foreign Accounts

The Code generally imposes a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on dividends and the gross proceeds of a disposition of our common stock paid to a “foreign financial institution” (as specifically defined for this purpose), unless such institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. government to, among other things, withhold on certain payments and to collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities substantial information regarding U.S. account holders of such institution (which may include certain equity and debt holders of such institution, as well as certain account holders that are foreign entities with U.S. owners). Foreign financial institutions located in jurisdictions that have an intergovernmental agreement with the United States governing these withholding and reporting requirements may be subject to different rules. This U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% also applies to dividends and the gross proceeds of a disposition of our common stock paid to a non-financial foreign entity, unless such entity provides the withholding agent with either a certification that it does not have any substantial direct or indirect U.S. owners or information regarding substantial direct and indirect U.S. owners of the entity. The withholding tax described above will not apply if the foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity otherwise qualifies for an exemption from the rules. The withholding provisions described above currently apply to dividends on our common stock and, subject to the recently released proposed regulations described in the next sentence, will apply to gross proceeds of a sale or other disposition of our common stock. The Treasury Department recently released proposed regulations (the preamble to which specifies that taxpayers are permitted to rely on them pending finalization) which, if finalized in their present form, would eliminate the federal withholding tax of 30% applicable to the gross proceeds of a disposition of our common stock. Under certain circumstances, a non-U.S. holder might be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes. Non-U.S. holders are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the possible implications of these rules on their investment in our common stock.

EACH PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR SHOULD CONSULT ITS OWN TAX ADVISOR REGARDING THE TAX CONSEQUENCES OF PURCHASING, HOLDING AND DISPOSING OF OUR COMMON STOCK, INCLUDING THE CONSEQUENCES OF ANY PROPOSED OR RECENT CHANGES IN APPLICABLE LAW, AS WELL AS TAX CONSEQUENCES ARISING UNDER ANY STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. OR U.S. FEDERAL NON-INCOME TAX LAWS OR UNDER ANY APPLICABLE TAX TREATY.

 

186


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

We and the underwriters named below have entered into an underwriting agreement with respect to the shares being offered. Subject to certain conditions, each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase the number of shares indicated in the following table. Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and SVB Leerink LLC are the representatives of the underwriters.

 

Underwriters

   Number of
Shares
 

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

                   

SVB Leerink LLC

  

Wells Fargo Securities, LLC

  

Canaccord Genuity LLC

  
  

 

 

 

Total

  
  

 

 

 

The underwriters are committed to take and pay for all of the shares being offered, if any are taken, other than the shares covered by the option described below unless and until this option is exercised.

The underwriters have an option to buy up to an additional                  shares from us to cover sales by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than the total number set forth in the table above. They may exercise that option for 30 days. If any shares are purchased pursuant to this option, the underwriters will severally purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as set forth in the table above.

The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by us. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase                  additional shares.

 

Paid by Us

   No Exercise      Full Exercise  

Per Share

   $                    $                

Total

   $                    $                

Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $        per share from the initial public offering price. After the initial offering of the shares, the representatives may change the offering price and the other selling terms. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters’ right to reject any order in whole or in part.

We and our officers, directors, and holders of substantially all of our capital stock, stock options and other securities convertible into, exercisable or exchangeable for our capital stock outstanding immediately prior to the closing of this offering have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to dispose of or hedge any of their common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of the representatives. See “Shares Available for Future Sale” for a discussion of certain transfer restrictions.

The restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph do not apply to certain transactions including:

 

   

subject to certain limitations, transfers by any person other than us as a bona fide gift or gifts;

 

187


Table of Contents
   

subject to certain limitations, transfers by any person other than us to any immediate family member or any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the transferor or the immediate family of the transferor;

 

   

subject to certain limitations, transfers by any person other than us of shares acquired in this offering or in open market transactions after this offering;

 

   

subject to certain limitations, transfers of our securities to us by way of net exercise or to satisfy tax withholding obligations in connection with the exercise or settlement of securities terminating or expiring during the lock-up period pursuant to the terms of any employee benefit plan, option, warrant or other right disclosed in this prospectus;

 

   

subject to certain limitations, transfers by any person other than us by will or intestate succession;

 

   

subject to certain limitations, transfers by any person other than us pursuant to a qualified domestic order or divorce settlement;

 

   

subject to certain limitations, transfers by any person other than us pursuant to agreements under which the Company has the option to repurchase such shares or a right of first refusal with respect to transfers of such shares upon termination of service of the transferor;

 

   

subject to certain limitations, transfers by any person other than us to affiliates or to any investment fund or other entity controlled or managed by, or under common control with, such person or its affiliates;

 

   

subject to certain limitations, transfers by any person other than us pursuant to a distribution to partners, members or stockholders of such person;

 

   

transfers by any person other than us of such securities pursuant to a bona fide third-party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction made to all holders of our common stock involving a change of control that has been approved by our board of directors; and

 

   

subject to certain limitations, the establishment or amendment by any person other than us of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act.

Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for the shares. The initial public offering price will be negotiated among us and the representatives. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price of the shares, in addition to prevailing market conditions, will be our historical performance, estimates of our business potential and earnings prospects, an assessment of our management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.

An application has been made to quote the common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “TPTX”.

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell shares of common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering, and a short position represents the amount of such sales that have not been covered by subsequent purchases. A “covered short position” is a short position that is not greater than the amount of additional shares for which the underwriters’ option described above may be exercised. The underwriters may cover any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to cover the covered short position, the

 

188


Table of Contents

underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase additional shares pursuant to the option described above. “Naked” short sales are any short sales that create a short position greater than the amount of additional shares for which the option described above may be exercised. The underwriters must cover any such naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of our common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of our common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our stock, and together with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the common stock. As a result, the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time. These transactions may be effected on the Nasdaq Global Market, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

We estimate that our share of the total expenses of the offering, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $            .

We have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include sales and trading, commercial and investment banking, advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, market making, brokerage and other financial and non-financial activities and services. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have provided, and may in the future provide, a variety of these services to us and to persons and entities with relationships with us, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.

In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates, officers, directors and employees may purchase, sell or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade securities, derivatives, loans, commodities, currencies, credit default swaps and other financial instruments for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and trading activities may involve or relate to assets, securities and/or instruments of us (directly, as collateral securing other obligations or otherwise) and/or persons and entities with relationships with us. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also communicate independent investment recommendations, market color or trading ideas and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such assets, securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they should acquire, long and/or short positions in such assets, securities and instruments.

 

189


Table of Contents

European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (which we refer to as a Relevant Member State) an offer to the public of our common shares may not be made in that Relevant Member State, except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State of our common shares may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive:

 

   

to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

 

   

to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the Representatives for any such offer; or

 

   

in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive;

provided that no such offer or shares of our common stock shall result in a requirement for the publication by us or any underwriter of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression “offer to the public” in relation to our common shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and our common shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase our common shares, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State, the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (as amended), including by Directive 2010/73/EU and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State.

This European Economic Area selling restriction is in addition to any other selling restrictions set out below.

United Kingdom

In the United Kingdom, this prospectus is only addressed to and directed at qualified investors who are (i) investment professionals falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 (the Order); or (ii) high net worth entities and other persons to whom it may lawfully be communicated, falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”). Any investment or investment activity to which this prospectus relates is available only to relevant persons and will only be engaged with relevant persons. Any person who is not a relevant person should not act or relay on this prospectus or any of its contents.

Canada

The securities may be sold in Canada only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions, and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the securities must be made in accordance with an exemption form, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a

 

190


Table of Contents

misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

Pursuant to section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

Hong Kong

The shares may not be offered or sold in Hong Kong by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance (Cap. 32 of the Laws of Hong Kong) (“Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance”) or which do not constitute an invitation to the public within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571 of the Laws of Hong Kong) (“Securities and Futures Ordinance”), or (ii) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance, and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” in Hong Kong as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made thereunder.

Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor (as defined under Section 4A of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”)) under Section 274 of the SFA, (ii) to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA) pursuant to Section 275(1) of the SFA, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA, in each case subject to conditions set forth in the SFA.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor, the securities (as defined in Section 239(1) of the SFA) of that corporation shall not be transferable for six months after that corporation has acquired the shares under Section 275 of the SFA except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA), (2) where such transfer arises from an offer in that corporation’s securities pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, (3) where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer, (4) where the transfer is by operation of law, (5) as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA, or (6) as specified in

 

191


Table of Contents

Regulation 32 of the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Shares and Debentures) Regulations 2005 of Singapore (“Regulation 32”).

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an accredited investor, the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferable for six months after that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 of the SFA except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA), (2) where such transfer arises from an offer that is made on terms that such rights or interest are acquired at a consideration of not less than S$200,000 (or its equivalent in a foreign currency) for each transaction (whether such amount is to be paid for in cash or by exchange of securities or other assets), (3) where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer, (4) where the transfer is by operation of law, (5) as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA, or (6) as specified in Regulation 32.

Solely for the purposes of its obligations pursuant to Sections 309B(1)(a) and 309B(1)(c) of the SFA, we have determined, and hereby notify all relevant persons (as defined in Section 309A of the SFA) that the common units are “prescribed capital markets products” (as defined in the Securities and Futures (Capital Markets Products) Regulations 2018) and Excluded Investment Products (as defined in MAS Notice SFA 04- N12: Notice on the Sale of Investment Products and MAS Notice FAA-N16: Notice on Recommendations on Investment Products).

Japan

The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act of Japan (Act No. 25 of 1948, as amended), or the FIEA. The securities may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the benefit of any resident of Japan (including any person resident in Japan or any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan) or to others for reoffering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the benefit of any resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the FIEA and otherwise in compliance with any relevant laws and regulations of Japan.

 

192


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the shares of common stock being offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Cooley LLP, San Diego, California. Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, Menlo Park, California, is acting as counsel for the underwriters.

EXPERTS

Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, has audited our financial statements at December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2018 and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2018, as set forth in their report. We have included our financial statements in the prospectus and elsewhere in the registration statement in reliance on Ernst & Young LLP’s report, given on their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act, with respect to the shares of common stock being offered by this prospectus. This prospectus does not contain all of the information in the registration statement and its exhibits. For further information with respect to us and the common stock offered by this prospectus, we refer you to the registration statement and its exhibits. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or any other document referred to are not necessarily complete, and in each instance, we refer you to the copy of the contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. Each of these statements is qualified in all respects by this reference.

You can read our SEC filings, including the registration statement, over the Internet at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. You may also read and copy any document we file with the SEC at its public reference facilities at 100 F Street NE, Washington, D.C. 20549. You may also obtain copies of these documents at prescribed rates by writing to the Public Reference Section of the SEC at 100 F Street N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the public reference facilities. You may also request a copy of these filings, at no cost, by writing us at 10628 Science Center Drive, Ste. 225, San Diego, California 92121 or telephoning us at (858) 926-5251.

Upon the completion of this offering, we will be subject to the information reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, and we will file reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the public reference room and website of the SEC referred to above. We also maintain a website at www.tptherapeutics.com, at which, following the completion of this offering, you may access these materials free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. The information contained in, or that can be accessed through, our website is not incorporated by reference in, and is not part of, this prospectus.

 

193


Table of Contents

TURNING POINT THERAPEUTICS, INC.

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2  

Balance Sheets

     F-3  

Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss

     F-4  

Statements of Changes in Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

     F-5  

Statements of Cash Flows

     F-6  

Notes to Financial Statements

     F-7  

 

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors of Turning Point Therapeutics, Inc.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Turning Point Therapeutics, Inc. (the Company) as of December 31, 2017 and 2018, the related statements of operations and comprehensive loss, changes in convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit and cash flows for the years then ended, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at December 31, 2017 and 2018, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2017.

San Diego, California

March 21, 2019

 

F-2


Table of Contents

TURNING POINT THERAPEUTICS, INC.

BALANCE SHEETS

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

     December 31,     Pro Forma
December 31,
2018
 
     2017     2018  
                 (unaudited)  

Assets

      

Current assets:

      

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 45,033     $ 101,029    

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     581       494    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total current assets

     45,614       101,523    

Property and equipment, net

     256       1,000    

Security deposits

     38       73    

Deferred financing costs

           684    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total assets

   $ 45,908     $ 103,280    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Liabilities, convertible preferred stock, and stockholders’ deficit

      

Liabilities:

      

Current liabilities:

      

Accounts payable

   $ 1,339     $ 1,494    

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     2,750       2,415    

Accrued compensation

     436       1,413    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total current liabilities

     4,525       5,322    

Deferred rent

     66       448    

Commitments and contingencies (Note 6)

      

Convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 39,135,778 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31, 2017; 65,423,901 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31, 2018; aggregate liquidation preference of $66,460 at December 31, 2017; aggregate liquidation preference of $146,460 at December 31, 2018; no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma (unaudited)

     66,161       145,916     $ —    

Stockholders’ equity (deficit):

      

Common stock, $0.0001 par value; 60,000,000 shares authorized at December 31, 2017, 12,965,833 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2017; 104,000,000 shares authorized at December 31, 2018, 13,134,374 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2018; 78,558,275 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma (unaudited)

     1       1       8  

Additional paid-in capital

     1,123       2,346       148,255  

Accumulated deficit

     (25,968     (50,753     (50,753
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

     (24,844     (48,406     97,510  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities, convertible preferred stock, and stockholders’ deficit

   $ 45,908     $ 103,280    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

See accompanying notes.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

TURNING POINT THERAPEUTICS, INC.

STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2017     2018  

Operating expenses:

    

Research and development

   $ 15,241     $ 21,062  

General and administrative

     1,487       4,578  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     16,728       25,640  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (16,728     (25,640

Interest income

     136       856  

Income taxes

     (1     (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss and comprehensive loss

   $ (16,593   $ (24,785
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share, basic and diluted

   $ (1.29   $ (1.90
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted

     12,849,918       13,046,069  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted (unaudited)

     $ (0.43
    

 

 

 

Shares used in computing pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted (unaudited)

       57,511,494  
    

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

TURNING POINT THERAPEUTICS, INC.

STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK

AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

(In thousands, except share amounts)

 

    Convertible
Preferred Stock
          Common Stock     Additional
Paid-In
Capital
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Total
Stockholders’
Deficit
 
    Shares     Amount           Shares     Amount  

Balance at December 31, 2016

    19,719,133     $ 21,373           12,800,000     $ 1     $ 716     $ (9,375   $ (8,658

Issuance of Series C convertible preferred stock, net of $212 in issuance costs

    19,416,645       44,788           —         —         —         —         —    

Option exercises

    —         —             165,833       —         63       —         63  

Stock-based compensation expense

    —         —             —         —         344       —         344  

Net loss

    —         —             —         —         —         (16,593     (16,593
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2017

    39,135,778       66,161           12,965,833       1       1,123       (25,968     (24,844

Issuance of Series D convertible preferred stock, net of $245 in issuance costs

    26,288,123       79,755           —       —       —       —       —  

Option exercises

    —       —           168,541       —       76       —       76  

Stock-based compensation expense

    —       —           —       —       1,147       —       1,147  

Net loss

    —       —           —       —       —       (24,785     (24,785
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2018

    65,423,901     $ 145,916           13,134,374     $ 1     $ 2,346     $ (50,753   $ (48,406
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

TURNING POINT THERAPEUTICS, INC.

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In thousands)

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2017     2018  

Operating activities

    

Net loss

   $ (16,593   $ (24,785

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

    

Stock-based compensation expense

     344       1,147  

Depreciation

     52       138  

Deferred rent

     (13     (40

Loss on disposal of assets

     11       —    

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

    

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (179     88  

Security deposits

     7       (35

Accounts payable

     1,286       (119

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     2,090       (905

Accrued compensation

     355       978  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

     (12,640     (23,533

Investing activities

    

Purchase of property and equipment

     (88     (302
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (88     (302

Financing activities

    

Proceeds from issuance of convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs

     44,788       79,755  

Proceeds from issuance of common stock from stock option exercises

     63       76  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     44,851       79,831  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

     32,123       55,996  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

     12,910       45,033  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

   $ 45,033     $ 101,029  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information

    

Cash paid for income taxes

   $ 1     $ 1  

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing and financing information

    

Costs incurred in connection with initial public offering included in accounts payable and accrued expenses

   $ —       $ 684  

Capitalized value of tenant improvement allowance

   $ —       $ 583  

See accompanying notes.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

TURNING POINT THERAPEUTICS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

1. Formation and Business of the Company

Organization

Turning Point Therapeutics, Inc. (the Company) was organized on October 8, 2013, and commenced operations in 2014. The Company is a clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company designing and developing novel small molecule, targeted oncology therapies. The Company’s principal operations are in the United States and operates in one segment, with its headquarters in San Diego, California.

The Company’s primary activities since inception have been to build infrastructure, conduct research and development, including clinical trials, perform business and financial planning, and raise capital.

Liquidity

Management evaluates whether there are relevant conditions and events that in aggregate raise substantial doubt about the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern and to meet its obligations as they become due within one year from the date that the financial statements are issued.

The Company’s activities are subject to significant risks and uncertainties, including concentration on the Company’s lead development program, which has significant competition from cancer therapies in development by other companies or already approved for sale by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration.

The Company is subject to risks and uncertainties common to early-stage companies in the biotechnology industry, including, but not limited to, development by competitors of new technological innovations, dependence on key personnel, protection of proprietary technology, compliance with government regulations and the ability to secure additional capital to fund operations. Drug candidates currently under development will require significant additional research and development efforts, including extensive preclinical and clinical testing and regulatory approval prior to commercialization. These efforts require significant amounts of additional capital, adequate personnel and infrastructure and extensive compliance-reporting capabilities. Even if the Company’s drug development efforts are successful, it is uncertain when, if ever, the Company will realize significant revenue from product sales.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (U.S. GAAP) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that impact the reported amounts of assets, liabilities and expenses and the disclosure of contingent liabilities in the Company’s financial statements and accompanying notes. The most significant estimates in the Company’s financial statements relate to the valuation of equity awards, preclinical and clinical study accruals, fair value of assets and liabilities, income taxes, and stock-based compensation. Management bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other market-specific and relevant assumptions that management believes to be reasonable under the circumstances. Although these estimates are based on the Company’s knowledge of current events and actions it may undertake in the future, actual results may ultimately materially differ from these estimates and assumptions.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

TURNING POINT THERAPEUTICS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information

The unaudited pro forma balance sheet information as of December 31, 2018 assumes the conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into 65,423,901 shares of the Company’s common stock immediately prior to completion of the Company’s planned initial public offering (IPO). Shares of common stock issued in the IPO and any related net proceeds are excluded from the pro forma information.

Unaudited pro forma net loss per share is computed using the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding after giving effect to the conversion of all convertible preferred stock into shares of the common stock, as if such conversion had occurred at the beginning of the period presented, or the date of original issuance, if later. The conversion of convertible preferred stock has been reflected assuming shares of convertible preferred stock convert into shares of fully paid common stock at the applicable conversion ratios.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. As of December 31, 2017 and 2018, cash equivalents consisted of checking, savings, and money-market balances. The Company places its cash with high-credit-quality financial institutions. All of the Company’s cash and cash equivalent balances are maintained at two financial institutions domiciled in the United States.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The carrying amounts of certain of the Company’s financial instruments, including cash and cash equivalents, prepaid expenses and other current assets, accounts payable, and accrued liabilities, approximate fair value due to the short-term nature of these items.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Substantially all of the Company’s cash and money market funds are held with a single financial institution. Due to its size, the Company believes this financial institution represents a minimal credit risk. Cash amounts held at financial institutions are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) up to $250. At December 31, 2018, the Company had $2,261 in excess of the FDIC insured limit. At December 31, 2018, the Company’s money market funds totaling $98,268 are not subject to FDIC insurance. The Company’s money market funds are invested in short term, high grade U.S. Treasuries. As a result, the Company believes its money market funds represent a minimal credit risk.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of the assets, which ranges between three to seven years. Tenant improvements are stated at cost and depreciated over the shorter of the estimated useful life or the remaining life of the lease at the time the asset is placed into service.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

TURNING POINT THERAPEUTICS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company reviews long-lived assets, including property and equipment, for impairment whenever events or changes in business circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be fully recoverable. An impairment loss would be recognized when estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to result from the use of an asset are less than its carrying amount. The impairment loss would be based on the excess of the carrying value of the impaired asset over its respective fair value. The Company has not recognized any impairment losses during the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018.

Intellectual Property

The legal and professional costs incurred by the Company to maintain its patent rights have been expensed as part of general and administrative expenses since inception. As of December 31, 2017 and 2018, the Company has determined that these expenses have not met the criteria to be capitalized. Intellectual property-related expenses for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 were $203 and $453, respectively.

Deferred Rent

Deferred rent consists of the difference between cash payments and the recognition of rent expense on a straight-line basis for the facility the Company occupies. The Company’s lease for its facility provides for periods of discounted rent and fixed increases in minimum annual rental payments. The total amount of rental payments due over the lease term is being charged to rent expense ratably over the term of the lease.

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses consist primarily of salaries and related costs, including stock-based compensation, for personnel in executive, finance and administrative functions. General and administrative expenses also include direct and allocated facility-related costs as well as professional fees for legal, consulting, accounting and audit services.

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development costs are expensed as incurred. These costs consist primarily of salaries and other personnel-related expenses, including stock-based compensation; facility-related expenses; depreciation of facilities and equipment; laboratory consumables; and services performed by clinical research organizations, research institutions, and other outside service providers.

The Company records accrued liabilities for estimated costs of research and development activities conducted by third-party service providers, which include the conduct of preclinical studies and clinical trials, and contract manufacturing activities. The Company records the estimated costs of research and development activities based upon the estimated amount of services provided but not yet invoiced, and include these costs in accrued liabilities in the balance sheet and within research and development expense in the statement of operations. These costs are a significant component of the Company’s research and development expense. The Company accrues for these costs based on

 

F-9


Table of Contents

TURNING POINT THERAPEUTICS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

factors such as estimates of the work completed and in accordance with agreements established with its third-party service providers. The Company makes significant judgments and estimates in determining the accrued liabilities balance in each reporting period. As actual costs become known, the Company adjusts its accrued liabilities. The Company has not experienced any material differences between accrued costs and actual costs incurred.

Income Taxes

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the differences between the financial reporting and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates which will be in effect when the differences reverse. The Company provides a valuation allowance against net deferred tax assets unless, based upon the available evidence, it is more likely than not that the deferred tax asset will be realized.

The Company follows the provisions of the Income Taxes Topic of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Accounting Standards Codification that defines a recognition threshold and measurement attributes for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. Under the Income Taxes Topic, the impact of an uncertain income tax position on the income tax return must be recognized at the largest amount that is more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon audit by the relevant taxing authority. An uncertain income tax position will not be recognized if it has less than a 50% likelihood of being sustained.

Stock-Based Compensation

For purposes of calculating stock-based compensation, the Company estimates the fair value of stock options issued using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The determination of the fair value of share-based payment awards utilizing the Black-Scholes model is affected by the Company’s stock price and a number of assumptions, including expected volatility, expected life, risk-free interest rate and expected dividends.

Expected Term — The Company uses the “simplified method” for estimating the expected term of employee options, whereby the expected term equals the arithmetic average of the vesting term and the original contractual term of the option (generally 10 years).

Expected Volatility —Due to the Company’s limited operating history and a lack of company specific historical and implied volatility data, the Company estimates expected volatility based on the historical volatility of a group of similar companies that are publicly traded. The historical volatility data was computed using the daily closing prices for the selected companies’ shares during the equivalent period of the calculated expected term of the stock-based awards.

Risk-Free Interest Rate —The risk-free rate assumption is based on the U.S. Treasury instruments with maturities similar to the expected term of the stock options.

Expected Dividend —The Company has not issued any dividends and does not expect to issue dividends over the life of the options. As a result, the Company has estimated the dividend yield to be zero.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

TURNING POINT THERAPEUTICS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

The estimated fair value of stock options granted to employees and non-employee service providers are expensed over the requisite service period (generally the vesting term) on a straight-line basis. The Company accounts for the impact of forfeitures as they occur.

Net Loss Per Share

The Company computes basic loss per share by dividing the net loss available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period, without consideration for common stock equivalents. Diluted net loss assumes the conversion, exercise or issuance of all potential common stock equivalents, unless the effect of inclusion would be anti-dilutive. For purposes of this calculation, common stock equivalents include the Company’s stock options and convertible preferred stock, which is convertible into shares of the Company’s common stock. No shares related to the convertible preferred stock were included in the diluted net loss calculation for the years ended December 31, 2017 or 2018 because the inclusion of such shares would have had an anti-dilutive effect. The shares to be issued upon exercise of certain outstanding stock options were also excluded from the diluted net loss calculation for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 because such shares are anti-dilutive.

Historical outstanding anti-dilutive securities not included in the diluted net loss per share calculation include the following:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2017      2018  

Convertible preferred stock (as converted)

     39,135,778        65,423,901  

Common stock options

     2,248,524        13,851,034  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     41,384,302        79,274,935  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Unaudited Pro Forma Net Loss Per Share

The following table summarizes the Company’s unaudited pro forma net loss per share:

 

Numerator    Year Ended
December 31,
2018
 

Net loss and pro forma net loss

   $ (24,785
  

 

 

 

Denominator

  

Shares used to compute net loss per share, basic and diluted

     13,046,069  

Pro forma adjustments to reflect assumed weighted-average effect of conversion of convertible preferred stock

     44,465,425  
  

 

 

 

Shares used to compute pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted

     57,511,494  
  

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted

   $ (0.43
  

 

 

 

 

F-11


Table of Contents

TURNING POINT THERAPEUTICS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In February 2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2016-02, “ Leases ”. ASU 2016-02 will require lessees to recognize most leases on their balance sheet as a right-of-use asset and a lease liability. Leases will be classified as either operating or finance, and classification will be based on criteria similar to current lease accounting, but without explicit bright lines. The guidance is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018 and interim periods within those fiscal years, and early adoption is permitted. The Company plans to adopt the new standard beginning January 1, 2019. The Company currently has one operating lease for office and laboratory spaces in San Diego, California. The Company expects this operating lease to be impacted by the new accounting standard that will result in the present values of the future lease payments being presented as a right-to-use asset, with a corresponding lease liability at the date of adoption. ASU 2016-02 will be adopted using a modified retrospective approach and the effective date will be as of the initial application. Consequently, financial information will not be updated, and the disclosures required under ASU 2016-02 will not be provided for dates and periods prior to January 1, 2019. ASU 2016-02 provides a number of optional practical expedients and accounting policy elections. The Company expects to elect the package of practical expedients requiring no reassessment of whether any expired or existing contracts are or contain leases, the lease classification of any expired or existing leases, or initial direct costs for any existing leases. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that the adoption of ASU 2016-02 will have on its financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Recently Adopted Accounting Standards Updates

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, “ Revenue from Contracts with Customers ,” which outlines a comprehensive revenue recognition model and supersedes most current revenue recognition guidance. The new standard requires a company to recognize revenue upon transfer of goods or services to a customer at an amount that reflects the expected consideration to be received in exchange for those goods or services. ASU 2014-09 defines a five-step approach for recognizing revenue, which may require a company to use more judgment and make more estimates than under the current guidance. The new standard allows for two methods of adoption: (a) full retrospective adoption, meaning the standard is applied to all periods presented, or (b) modified retrospective adoption, meaning the cumulative effect of applying the new standard is recognized as an adjustment to the opening retained earnings balance. The Company adopted the new standard on January 1, 2018. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows as the Company did not have any revenue-generating arrangements.

In June 2018, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2018-07, Compensation—Stock Compensation , which aligns the measurement and classification guidance for share-based payment to non-employees with the guidance for share-based payments to employees. Under the new guidance, the measurement period for equity-classified non-employee awards will be fixed at the grant date. The Company adopted ASU 2018-07 as of January 1, 2018. The cumulative effect of the change on accumulated deficit was immaterial as of January 1, 2018.

3. Fair Value Measurements

Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Fair value should maximize

 

F-12


Table of Contents

TURNING POINT THERAPEUTICS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. The Company determines the fair value of financial assets and liabilities using three levels of inputs as follows:

Level 1 – Inputs which include quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities at the measurement date.

Level 2 – Inputs (other than quoted market prices included in Level 1) that are either directly or indirectly observable, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the instrument’s anticipated life.

Level 3 – Unobservable inputs for assets or liabilities and include little or no market activity.

A financial instrument’s categorization within the valuation hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. During the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, the Company had no Level 2 or Level 3 financial assets or liabilities that were subject to fair value measurements on a recurring basis. The Company’s financial assets subject to fair value measurements on a recurring basis and the level of inputs used for such measurements were as follows:

 

     Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2017 Using:  
         Level 1              Level 2              Level 3              Total      

Money market funds included in cash and cash equivalents

   $ 40,921      $ –        $ –        $ 40,921  

 

     Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2018 Using:  
         Level 1              Level 2              Level 3              Total      

Money market funds included in cash and cash equivalents

   $ 98,268      $ –      $ –      $ 98,268  

4. Property and Equipment, Net

Property and equipment, net consisted of the following:

 

     December 31  
     2017     2018  

Laboratory equipment

   $ 260     $ 388  

Computer equipment and software

     57       138  

Tenant improvements

     25       679  

Furniture and fixtures

     50       66  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     392       1,271  

Less: accumulated depreciation

     (136     (271
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 256     $ 1,000  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 was $52 and $138, respectively.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

TURNING POINT THERAPEUTICS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

5. Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consisted of the following:

 

     December 31,  
     2017      2018  

Accrued research and development expenses

   $ 2,615      $ 1,677  

Accrued general and administrative expenses

     110        548  

Other current liabilities

     25        190  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,750      $ 2,415  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

6. Commitments and Contingencies

Operating Leases

The Company entered into a lease agreement during January 2016, which commenced in July 2016, for its current office and primary research facility located in San Diego, California. The lease includes both discounts of certain base rents during 2016 and 2019, and escalating lease payments over the term, which are being expensed ratably over the extended lease term.

In June 2018, the Company amended its existing lease agreement to include an additional 9,302 square feet of office and laboratory space within the same building as its current office and laboratory space. The additional space has the same base rental rate per square foot and expiration date of December 31, 2021 as the original facility per the existing lease with an option to extend the lease for the entire premises through the expiration of the initial terms of the master lease. The Company was obligated to, and has provided, a letter of credit of $73 for the lease which has been recorded to security deposits on the December 31, 2018 balance sheet. The Company occupied the additional space in September 2018.

Rental expense, for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 was $389 and $489, respectively.

As of December 31, 2018, future minimum lease payments under the operating lease (assuming the Company does not elect the early cancellation option on this lease), are as follows:

 

2019

   $ 792  

2020

     887  

2021

     914  
  

 

 

 
   $ 2,593  
  

 

 

 

7. Related Party Transactions

The Company entered into several contracts for drug product development and manufacturing with a vendor for which one of the Company’s former directors is a co-founder and part owner. For the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, the Company paid this vendor $145 and $69, respectively, for drug product development and manufacturing services.

On November 14, 2017, the Company entered into a consulting agreement with a member of the board of directors. The term of the agreement commenced on November 14, 2017 and continues for a

 

F-14


Table of Contents

TURNING POINT THERAPEUTICS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

period of four years. As compensation for the board member’s services, the Company granted the board member an option to purchase 434,518 shares of common stock, with such option grant vesting monthly over a four-year period, and agreed to reimburse the board member for certain preapproved expenses at cost.

8. Convertible Preferred Stock

In May 2017, the Company entered into a Series C convertible preferred stock purchase agreement, pursuant to which the Company sold 19,416,645 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock at a price of $2.3176 per share for proceeds of $44,788, net of issuance costs of $212. In October 2018, the Company entered into a Series D convertible preferred stock purchase agreement, pursuant to which the Company sold 26,288,123 shares of Series D convertible preferred stock at a price of $3.0432 per share for proceeds of $79,755, net of issuance costs of $245. The authorized, issued, and outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock at December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2018 were as follows:

 

     December 31, 2017  

Series

   Shares
Authorized,

Issued, and
Outstanding
     Aggregate
Liquidation
Preference
     Carrying
Value
 

Series A convertible preferred stock

     7,404,248      $ 3,480      $ 3,455  

Series B convertible preferred stock

     12,314,885        17,980        17,918  

Series C convertible preferred stock

     19,416,645        45,000        44,788  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     39,135,778      $ 66,460      $ 66,161  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     December 31, 2018  

Series

   Shares
Authorized,
Issued, and
Outstanding
     Aggregate
Liquidation
Preference
     Carrying
Value
 

Series A convertible preferred stock

     7,404,248      $ 3,480      $ 3,455  

Series B convertible preferred stock

     12,314,885        17,980        17,918  

Series C convertible preferred stock

     19,416,645        45,000        44,788  

Series D convertible preferred stock

     26,288,123        80,000        79,755  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     65,423,901      $ 146,460      $ 145,916  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Dividends

Holders of Series D and Series C convertible preferred stock, on a pari passu basis and in preference to the holders of Series B convertible preferred stock, Series A convertible preferred stock, and common stock, are entitled to receive, but only out of funds legally available therefore, cash dividends at a rate of 5% of the original issuance price of $3.0432 and $2.3176 of the Series D and Series C convertible preferred stock, respectively, per year on each outstanding share of Series D and Series C convertible preferred stock, as applicable, only when and if declared by the Board of Directors of the Company.

After payment of declared dividends on the Series D and Series C convertible preferred stock, holders of the Series B convertible preferred stock, in preference to the holders of the Series A

 

F-15


Table of Contents

TURNING POINT THERAPEUTICS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

convertible preferred stock and common stock, are entitled to receive cash dividends at a rate of 5% of the Series B convertible preferred stock original issuance price of $1.46 per year on each outstanding share of Series B convertible stock, only when and if declared by the Board of Directors of the Company.

After payment of declared dividends on the Series B convertible preferred stock, the holders of the Series A convertible preferred stock in preference to the holders of common stock, are entitled to receive cash dividends at a rate of 5% of the Series A convertible preferred stock original issuance price of $0.47 per year on each outstanding share of Series A convertible preferred stock, only when and if declared by the Board of Directors of the Company.

All such dividends are non-cumulative. No dividends have been declared through December 31, 2018.

Voting

Each share of convertible preferred stock has voting rights equal to the number of shares of common stock into which it is convertible.

Election of Board of Directors

The holders of the Series A and Series B convertible preferred stock, voting together as a single class, are entitled to elect one member of the Board of Directors of the Company. The holders of the Series C convertible preferred stock, voting as a separate class, are entitled to elect three members to the Board of Directors of the Company. The holders of the Series D convertible preferred stock, voting as a separate class, are entitled to elect two members to the Board of Directors of the Company.

Liquidation Preference

In the event of a liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, and including a merger, acquisition or sale of assets where there is a change in control, before any distribution or payment is made to the holders of any Series B convertible preferred stock, Series A convertible preferred stock or common stock, the holders of Series C convertible preferred stock and Series D convertible preferred stock, on a pari passu basis, shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Company legally available for distribution (or the consideration received by the Company or its stockholders in an Acquisition) for each share of Series C convertible preferred stock or Series D convertible preferred stock held by them, as applicable, an amount per share of Series C convertible preferred stock equal to $2.3176 plus all declared and unpaid dividends on the Series C convertible preferred stock, if any, and an amount per share of Series D convertible preferred stock equal to $3.0432 plus all declared and unpaid dividends on the Series D convertible preferred stock, if any. If, upon any such Liquidation Event, the assets of the Company (or the consideration received in such transaction) shall be insufficient to make payment in full to all holders of Series C convertible preferred stock and Series D convertible preferred stock of the liquidation preference, then such assets (or consideration) shall be distributed among the holders of Series C convertible preferred stock and Series D convertible preferred stock at the time outstanding, ratably in proportion to the full amounts to which they would otherwise be respectively entitled.

After the Series D and Series C liquidation preferences have been paid, the holders Series of B convertible preferred stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any assets of the Company to the holders of the Series A convertible preferred stock or common stock, an amount per share equal to $1.46 per share plus all declared and unpaid dividends. If, upon a liquidation event, the assets of the Company or consideration received in such a transaction, are

 

F-16


Table of Contents

TURNING POINT THERAPEUTICS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

insufficient to make payment in full to all holders of Series B convertible preferred stock of the Series B liquidation preference, then such assets or consideration shall be distributed among the holders of the Series B convertible preferred stock ratably in proportion to the full amounts to which they would have otherwise be entitled.

After the Series D, Series C, and Series B liquidation preferences have been paid, the holders of Series A convertible preferred stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any assets of the Company to the holders of common stock, an amount per share equal to $0.47 per share plus all declared and unpaid dividends. If, upon a liquidation event, the assets of the Company or consideration received in such a transaction, are insufficient to make payment in full to all holders of Series A convertible preferred stock of the Series A liquidation preference, then such assets or consideration shall be distributed among the holders of the Series A preferred stock ratably in proportion to the full amounts to which they would have otherwise be entitled.

Thereafter, the remaining assets of the Company legally available for distribution in such liquidation event (or the consideration received by the Company or its stockholders in an acquisition), if any, shall be distributed among the holders of Series B convertible preferred stock and common stock on an if-converted basis until such holders of Series B convertible preferred stock have received an aggregate amount per share of $4.38; thereafter, the remaining assets of the Company legally available for distribution in such liquidation event (or the consideration received by the Company or its stockholders in an acquisition), if any, shall be distributed ratably to the holders of the common stock.

In the event of a liquidation event (including such events as an acquisition, asset transfer, or insolvency), if the Company does not effect a dissolution within 90 days after the liquidation event, the Company shall advise each holder of its convertible preferred stock of their right to require redemption of such shares. Upon a majority vote by each class of preferred stock (which majority, in the case of the Series D convertible preferred stock must include holders of at least 65% of the Series D convertible stock, in the case of the Series C convertible preferred stock must include holders of at least 60% of the Series C convertible preferred stock, and in the case of the Series B convertible preferred stock must include holders of at least a majority of the Series B convertible preferred stock who do not also hold Series A convertible preferred stock), the holders can compel the redemption of each class of preferred stock at the respective liquidation preference for each class of preferred stock.

Conversion

Each share of convertible preferred stock is immediately convertible at the holder’s option into shares of common stock based on the original issuance price of $0.47 for the Series A convertible preferred stock, $1.46 for the Series B convertible preferred stock, $2.3176 for the Series C convertible preferred stock, and $3.0432 for the Series D convertible preferred stock divided by the Conversion Price. The Conversion Price is initially $0.47 for shares of Series A convertible preferred stock, $1.46 for shares of Series B convertible preferred stock, $2.3176 for shares of Series C convertible preferred stock, and $3.0432 for shares of Series D convertible preferred stock subject to proportional adjustments for certain dilutive issuances, splits, combinations, and other recapitalizations or reorganizations. Conversion of the preferred stock is automatic in the event of a public offering of the Company’s common stock meeting certain specified criteria (pursuant to which the pre-money valuation of the Company is at least $350,000 and the gross cash proceeds to the Company are at least $50,000, before underwriting discounts, commissions and fees). In addition, conversion of each

 

F-17


Table of Contents

TURNING POINT THERAPEUTICS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

share of preferred stock is automatic upon the vote or election to convert by the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of preferred stock voting together on an as-converted basis and as a single class.

If the Company issues any additional stock at a price per share that is less than the Conversion Price then in effect, the Conversion Price for the Series A, Series B, Series C, and Series D convertible preferred stock shall be reduced based on a weighted average formula.

The Company recorded all convertible preferred stock issuances at fair value on the dates of issuance. The Company classifies the convertible preferred stock outside of stockholders’ deficit in temporary equity because the shares contain contingent liquidation features that are not solely within its control. During the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, the Company did not adjust the carrying values of the convertible preferred stock to the deemed redemption values of such shares since a liquidation event was not probable. Subsequent adjustments to increase the carrying values to the ultimate redemption values will be made only when it becomes probable that such a liquidation event will occur.

9. Stockholders’ Equity

Stock Option Plan

The Company’s 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended (the Plan), provides for the grant of stock options, restricted stock and other equity awards of the Company’s common stock to employees, officers, consultants, and directors. The Plan originally included an aggregate amount of up to a maximum of 1,500,000 shares. During 2017, the Plan was amended twice to increase the aggregate maximum to 6,000,000 total shares available for issuance. Concurrent with the Series D convertible preferred financing in October 2018, the plan was increased to a maximum 21,178,034 total shares available for issuance.

Options expire within a period of not more than ten years from the date of grant. Initial option grants to employees typically vest 25% after one year and monthly thereafter over a three-year period and expire between one and six months after employee termination. Subsequent option grants to employees and grants to non-employees typically vest monthly over a four-year period. The majority of options outstanding at December 31, 2018 had vesting periods of four years.

 

     Outstanding Options  
     Shares
Subject to
Outstanding
Options
    Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price Per
Share
     Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
     Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
 
                  (Years)         

Balances as of December 31, 2017

     2,248,524     $ 0.50        9.0      $ 743  

Options granted

     11,935,028     $ 1.25        

Options exercised

     (168,541   $ 0.45        

Options cancelled

     (163,977   $ 0.83        
  

 

 

         

Balances as of December 31, 2018

     13,851,034     $ 1.14        9.5      $ 10,900  
  

 

 

         

Options vested and exercisable as of December 31, 2018

     1,650,584     $ 0.66        8.1      $ 2,101  
  

 

 

         

 

F-18


Table of Contents

TURNING POINT THERAPEUTICS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

The aggregate intrinsic values of options outstanding, vested and exercisable were calculated as the difference between the exercise price of the options and the estimated fair value of the Company’s common stock of $1.93 per share as of December 31, 2018.

The weighted-average grant-date fair value of options granted to employees during the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 was $0.54 and $0.94, respectively. As of December 31, 2018, the total compensation expense related to non-vested options not yet recognized was $10,714 and is expected to be recognized over a weighted average term of 3.60 years.

The fair values of the employee stock options granted under the Plan during 2017 and 2018 were estimated at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following assumptions:

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
    2017     2018  

Risk-free interest rate

    1.94 - 2.22     2.61 - 3.10

Volatility

    91.3     80.4 - 82.5

Expected term (in years)

    5.00 - 6.08       5.77 - 6.08  

Dividend yield

    —         —    

The Company computed volatility to be used based on an index of publicly traded comparable companies. The expected term of the options is based on the average period the stock options are expected to remain outstanding calculated as the midpoint between the weighted-average vesting term and the contractual expiration period, as the Company does not have sufficient historical information to develop reasonable expectations about future exercise patterns and post-vesting employment termination behavior. The risk-free interest rate is based on U.S. Treasury instruments with terms consistent with the expected terms of the stock options, as determined at the time of grant.

Stock-based compensation expense, net of forfeitures, is reflected in the statements of operations and comprehensive loss as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2017      2018  

Research and development

   $ 160      $ 556  

General and administrative

     184        591  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation

   $ 344      $ 1,147  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Stock-based compensation expense for non-employees for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 was $46 and $115, respectively, which is included in the above table.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

TURNING POINT THERAPEUTICS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

Common Stock Reserved for Future Issuance:

Common stock reserved for future issuance consists of the following:

 

     December 31,  
     2017      2018  

Conversion of preferred stock outstanding

     39,135,778        65,423,901  

Common stock options outstanding

     2,248,524        13,851,034  

Shares available for issuance under the Plan

     3,585,643        6,992,626  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     44,969,945        86,267,561  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

10. Defined Contribution Benefit Plan

The Company sponsors a 401(k) retirement plan, in which substantially all of its full-time employees are eligible to participate. Participants may contribute a percentage of their annual compensation to this plan, subject to statutory limitations. The Company has recorded as expense $21 and $152 in matching contributions for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively.

11. Income Taxes

No provision for federal or state income taxes has been recorded for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 other than the $1 annual tax for C corporations paid to the state of California.

A reconciliation of the federal statutory income tax rate and the Company’s effective income tax rate is as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2017     2018  

Tax computed at federal statutory rate

     34.00     21.00

Permanent items and other

     (9.49     (2.36

Stock based compensation

     (0.27     (0.78

Research and development tax credits

     (1.19     1.07  

Orphan Drug tax credits

     13.13       6.47  

Tax Cuts and Jobs Act

     (16.41     0.00  

Valuation allowance

     (19.77     (25.40
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effective income tax rate

     —       —  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-20


Table of Contents

TURNING POINT THERAPEUTICS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities consist of the following:

 

     December 31,  
     2017     2018  

Deferred tax assets:

    

Net operating loss carryforwards

   $ 4,303     $ 8,474  

Research and development credits

     86       353  

Orphan Drug Credit

     2,178       3,781  

Accrued liabilities

     82       287  

Other, net

     71       115  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     6,720       13,010  

Deferred tax liabilities

    

Fixed assets

     (13     (7
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (13     (7
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     6,707       13,003  

Less: valuation allowance

     (6,707     (13,003
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

   $ —       $ —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The valuation allowance increased by $6,296 during the year ended December 31, 2018.

Due to the uncertainties surrounding the realization of deferred tax assets, the Company has provided a full valuation allowance and, therefore, no benefit has been recognized for the net operating loss carryforwards and other deferred tax assets.

At December 31, 2018, the Company has federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $40,350 and $47,187, respectively. The federal and state tax loss carryforwards will begin to expire in 2033 if not utilized. At December 31, 2018, the Company has federal and state research and development tax credits of approximately $257 and $578, respectively. At December 31, 2018, the Company has federal Orphan Drug tax credits of approximately $6,682. If not utilized, the federal research tax credit will begin to expire in 2035 and the Orphan Drug credit will begin to expire in 2037. The California research tax credit can be carried forward indefinitely.

The Company files income tax returns in the United States federal jurisdiction and in California, and the tax returns filed for the years 2014 through 2017 have not been examined and the applicable statutes of limitation have not expired with respect to those returns. Because of net operating loss and research credit carryovers, substantially all of the Company’s tax years remain open to examination.

Total unrecognized income tax benefits related to California net operating losses, federal and California research and development and federal orphan drug tax credit carryforwards were approximately $7,488 at December 31, 2018. The Company’s policy is to include interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits within the Company’s provision for income taxes. As of December 31, 2018, the Company has no accrual for interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits. There are no unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would impact the Company’s effective tax rate due to valuation allowances.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

TURNING POINT THERAPEUTICS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

Pursuant to Internal Revenue Code sections 382 and 383, use of the Company’s net operating loss and credit carryforwards may be limited if a cumulative change in ownership of more than 50% occurs within a three-year period. The Company has not completed an IRC Section 382/383 analysis regarding the limitation of net operating loss and research and development credit carryforwards, and these financial statements do not contain any adjustment relating to such potential limitations.

The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act was enacted on December 22, 2017. The Act reduces the US federal corporate tax rate from 34% to 21%. The reduction in the rate caused and resulted in a remeasurement of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities at December 31, 2017. The remeasurement resulted in an income tax expense of $2,723, which was offset by a corresponding reduction in the valuation allowance. As of December 31, 2018, the Company has completed its accounting of the tax effects from the enactment of the Act and no changes to provisional amounts were recorded.

The Company recognizes a tax benefit from an uncertain tax position when it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination, including resolutions of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits. Income tax positions must meet a more likely than not recognition at the effective date to be recognized. At December 31, 2017 and 2018, the unrecognized tax benefits recorded were approximately $4,733 and $7,488, respectively. Approximately $6,557 of the unrecognized tax benefits would reduce the annual effective tax rate, if recognized, subject to the valuation allowance. It is not anticipated that there will be significant change in the unrecognized tax benefits over the next 12 months.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of gross unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2017     2018  

Beginning balance

   $ 954     $ 4,733  

Reductions for tax positions taken in prior years

     (34     (118

Additions for tax positions taken in current year

     3,813       2,873  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 4,733     $ 7,488  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company files tax returns as prescribed by the tax laws of the jurisdictions in which it operates. In the normal course of business, the Company is subject to examination by the United States and state jurisdictions where applicable. There are currently no pending income tax examinations. The Company’s tax years from inception in 2013 are subject to examination by the federal and state tax authorities due to the carryforward of unutilized net operating losses and research and development credits. The Company’s practice is to recognize interest and penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense. The Company has not recognized interest or penalties since inception.

12. Subsequent Events

For its financial statements as of December 31, 2018 and for the year then ended, the Company evaluated subsequent events through March 21, 2019, the date on which those financial statements were issued.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

 

 

            Shares

 

 

LOGO

Common Stock

 

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC  

SVB Leerink

  Wells Fargo Securities
  Canaccord Genuity  

                    , 2019

Through and including                     , 2019 (the 25th day after the commencement of this offering), all dealers that buy, sell or trade shares of our common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The following table sets forth all costs and expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by Turning Point Therapeutics, Inc. (the Registrant), in connection with the sale of the common stock being registered. All amounts shown are estimates except for the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) registration fee, the FINRA filing fee and the Nasdaq Global Market listing fee.

 

     Amount paid
or to be paid
 

SEC registration fee

   $ 12,120  

FINRA filing fee

     15,500  

Nasdaq Global Market listing fee

     125,000  

Printing and engraving expenses

                 

Legal fees and expenses

                 

Accounting fees and expenses

                 

Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses

                 

Miscellaneous expenses

                 
  

 

 

 

Total

   $              
  

 

 

 

 

*

To be provided by amendment.

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

The Registrant is incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware. Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides that a Delaware corporation may indemnify any persons who were, are, or are threatened to be made, parties to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of such corporation), by reason of the fact that such person is or was an officer, director, employee or agent of such corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such corporation as an officer, director, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, provided that such person acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the corporation’s best interests and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was illegal. A Delaware corporation may indemnify any persons who were, are, or are threatened to be made, a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit, provided such person acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the corporation’s best interests, except that no indemnification is permitted without judicial approval if the officer or director is adjudged to be liable to the corporation. Where an officer or director is successful on the merits or otherwise in the defense of any action referred to above, the corporation must indemnify him or her against the expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred.

 

II-1


Table of Contents

The Registrant’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective immediately prior to and upon the completion of this offering, respectively, provide for the indemnification of its directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted under the Delaware General Corporation Law. Section 102(b)(7) of the Delaware General Corporation Law permits a corporation to provide in its certificate of incorporation that a director of the corporation shall not be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duties as a director, except for liability for any:

 

   

transaction from which the director derives an improper personal benefit;

 

   

act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

   

unlawful payment of dividends or redemption of shares; or

 

   

breach of a director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders.

The Registrant’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation, as currently in effect, includes such a provision, and the Registrant’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering will include such a provision. Expenses incurred by any officer or director in defending any such action, suit or proceeding in advance of its final disposition shall be paid by the Registrant upon delivery to it of an undertaking, by or on behalf of such director or officer, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that such director or officer is not entitled to be indemnified by the Registrant.

Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides, among other things, that a director who willfully or negligently approves of an unlawful payment of dividends or an unlawful stock purchase or redemption may be held liable for such actions. A director who was either absent when the unlawful actions were approved or dissented at the time may avoid liability by causing his or her dissent to such actions to be entered in the books containing minutes of the meetings of the board of directors at the time such action occurred or immediately after such absent director receives notice of the unlawful acts.

As permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, the Registrant has entered into indemnity agreements with each of its directors and executive officers, that require the Registrant to indemnify such persons against any and all costs and expenses (including attorneys’, witness or other professional fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such persons in connection with any action, suit or proceeding (including derivative actions), whether actual or threatened, to which any such person may be made a party by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer or is or was acting or serving as an officer, director, employee or agent of the Registrant or any of its affiliated enterprises. Under these agreements, the Registrant is not required to provide indemnification for certain matters, including:

 

   

indemnification beyond that permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law;

 

   

indemnification for any proceeding with respect to the unlawful payment of remuneration to the director or officer;

 

   

indemnification for certain proceedings involving a final judgment that the director or officer is required to disgorge profits from the purchase or sale of the Registrant’s stock;

 

   

indemnification for proceedings involving a final judgment that the director’s or officer’s conduct was in bad faith, knowingly fraudulent or deliberately dishonest or constituted willful misconduct or a breach of his or her duty of loyalty, but only to the extent of such specific determination;

 

   

indemnification for proceedings or claims brought by an officer or director against us or any of the Registrant’s directors, officers, employees or agents, except for claims to establish a right

 

II-2


Table of Contents
 

of indemnification or proceedings or claims approved by the Registrant’s board of directors or required by law;

 

   

indemnification for settlements the director or officer enters into without the Registrant’s consent; or

 

   

indemnification in violation of any undertaking required by the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (Securities Act), or in any registration statement filed by the Registrant.

The indemnification agreements also set forth certain procedures that will apply in the event of a claim for indemnification thereunder, including the Company’s agreement to advance certain expenses. Except as otherwise disclosed under the heading “Legal Proceedings” in the “Business” section of the prospectus included in this registration statement, there is at present no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of the Registrant’s directors or executive officers as to which indemnification is required or permitted, and the Registrant is not aware of any threatened litigation or proceeding that may result in a claim for indemnification.

The Registrant has an insurance policy in place that covers its officers and directors with respect to certain liabilities, including liabilities arising under the Securities Act, or otherwise.

The Registrant plans to enter into an underwriting agreement, which provides that the underwriters are obligated, under some circumstances, to indemnify the Registrant’s directors, officers and controlling persons against specified liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

Set forth below is information regarding securities issued and options granted by us since December 31, 2015 that were not registered under the Securities Act. Also included is the consideration, if any, received by us, for such securities and options and information relating to the Securities Act, or rule of the SEC, under which exemption from registration was claimed.

(1) In May 2017, we entered into a Series C preferred stock purchase agreement with various investors, pursuant to which we issued and sold to such investors an aggregate of 19,416,645 shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $2.3176 per share, and received aggregate gross proceeds of approximately $45.0 million.

(2) In October 2018, we entered into a Series D preferred stock purchase agreement with various investors, pursuant to which we issued and sold to such investors an aggregate of 26,288,123 shares of our Series D convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $3.0432 per share, and received aggregate gross proceeds of approximately $80.0 million.

(3) Since December 31, 2015, we have granted stock options under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan to purchase an aggregate of 16,817,957 shares of our common stock at a weighted-average exercise price of $1.286 per share, to certain of our employees, consultants and directors in connection with services provided to us by such persons. Since December 31, 2015, we have issued an aggregate of 381,874 shares of our common stock upon exercise of options granted under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan for aggregate consideration of $161,475.

The offers, sales and issuances of the securities described in paragraphs (1) and (2) were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Section 4(a)(2) (or Regulation D promulgated thereunder) in that the issuance of securities to the accredited investors did not involve a public offering. The recipients of securities in each of these transactions acquired the

 

II-3


Table of Contents

securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof and appropriate legends were affixed to the securities issued in these transactions. Each of the recipients of securities in these transactions was an accredited investor under Rule 501 of Regulation D. No underwriters were involved in these transactions.

The offers, sales and issuances of the securities described in paragraph (3) were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on either Rule 701 in that the transactions were under compensatory benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701 or Section 4(a)(2) in that the issuance of securities to the accredited investors did not involve a public offering. The recipients of such securities were our employees, directors or bona fide consultants and received the securities under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan.

Appropriate legends were affixed to the securities issued in these transactions. Each of the recipients of securities in these transactions had adequate access, through employment, business or other relationships, to information about us.

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a) Exhibits.

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
number

  

Description of document

  1.1†    Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  3.1    Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, as currently in effect.
  3.2†    Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering.
  3.3    Amended and Restated Bylaws, as currently in effect.
  3.4†    Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws to become effective upon the completion of this offering.
  4.1†    Form of Common Stock Certificate of the Registrant.
  4.2    Fourth Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, dated October 18, 2018, by and among the Registrant and certain of its securityholders.
  5.1†    Opinion of Cooley LLP.
10.1+†    Form of Indemnity Agreement by and between the Registrant and its directors and officers.
10.2+    Turning Point Therapeutics, Inc. 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended, and Forms of Stock Option Grant Notice, Option Agreement and Notice of Exercise thereunder.
10.3+†    Turning Point Therapeutics, Inc. 2019 Equity Incentive Plan and Forms of Stock Option Grant Notice, Option Agreement, Notice of Exercise, Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice and Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement thereunder.
10.4+†    Turning Point Therapeutics, Inc. 2019 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
10.5+    Turning Point Therapeutics, Inc. Severance Benefit Plan (C-Suite).

 

II-4


Table of Contents

Exhibit
number

  

Description of document

10.6+    Turning Point Therapeutics, Inc. Severance Benefit Plan (SVP/VP).
10.7+    Executive Employment Agreement, dated September 29, 2018, by and between the Registrant and Athena Countouriotis, M.D.
10.8+    Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement, effective as of January 17, 2019, by and between the Registrant and Jingrong Jean Cui, Ph.D.
10.9+    Executive Employment Agreement, dated September 29, 2018, by and between the Registrant and Yishan (Peter) Li, Ph.D., M.B.A.
10.10    Lease, dated January 19, 2016, as amended, by and between the Registrant and Walton Torrey Owner A, L.L.C.
10.11+    Consulting Agreement by and between the Registrant and Sheila K. Gujrathi, M.D. dated as of November 14, 2017.
23.1    Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
23.2    Consent of Cooley LLP. Reference is made to Exhibit 5.1.
24.1    Power of Attorney. Reference is made to the signature page hereto.

 

To be filed by amendment.

+

Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.

(b) Financial statement schedules.

No financial statement schedules are provided because the information called for is not required or is shown either in the financial statements or the notes thereto.

Item 17. Undertakings.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the Underwriting Agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

(a)    For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and

 

II-5


Table of Contents

contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(b)    For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-6


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the Registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of San Diego, State of California, on the 21st day of March, 2019.

 

TURNING POINT THERAPEUTICS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Athena Countouriotis

  Athena Countouriotis, M.D.
  Chief Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Athena Countouriotis, M.D. and Brian Baker, M.S., C.P.A., and each of them, as his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with the full power of substitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place or stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this registration statement (including post-effective amendments), and to sign any registration statement for the same offering covered by this registration statement that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) promulgated under the Securities Act, and all post-effective amendments thereto, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, or her, his or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Athena Countouriotis

Athena Countouriotis, M.D.

  

Chief Executive Officer and Member of the Board of Directors

(Principal Executive Officer)

  March 21, 2019

/s/ Brian Baker

Brian Baker, M.S., C.P.A.

  

Vice President of Finance and Administration (Principal  Financial  and  Accounting  Officer)

  March 21, 2019

/s/ Jingrong Jean Cui

Jingrong Jean Cui, Ph.D.

  

Chief Scientific Officer and Chair of the Board of Directors

  March 21, 2019

/s/ Yishan Li

Yishan Li, Ph.D., M.B.A.

  

Head of Turning Point Therapeutics, Asia and Member of the Board of Directors

  March 21, 2019

/s/ Robert Adelman

Robert Adelman, M.D.

  

Member of the Board of Directors

  March 21, 2019

/s/ Jacob M. Chacko

Jacob M. Chacko, M.D., M.B.A.

  

Member of the Board of Directors

 

March 21, 2019


Table of Contents

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Simeon George

Simeon George, M.D., M.B.A.

  

Member of the Board of Directors

  March 21, 2019

/s/ Carl Gordon

Carl Gordon, Ph.D., CFA

  

Member of the Board of Directors

  March 21, 2019

/s/ Sheila Gujrathi

Sheila Gujrathi, M.D.

  

Member of the Board of Directors

  March 21, 2019

/s/ Hongbo Lu

Hongbo Lu, Ph.D., M.B.A.

  

Member of the Board of Directors

  March 21, 2019

Exhibit 3.1

SIXTH AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

TP THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Athena Maria Countouriotis, M.D. hereby certifies that:

ONE:          The date of filing the original Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware was October 8, 2013.

TWO:         She is the duly elected and acting Chief Executive Officer of TP Therapeutics, Inc. a Delaware corporation.

THREE:     The Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation is hereby amended and restated to read as follows:

ARTICLE I.

The name of this corporation is TP Therapeutics, Inc. (the “ Company ”),

ARTICLE II.

The address of the registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware is 16192 Coastal Highway, City of Lewes, County of Sussex, Zip Code 19958, and the name of the registered agent of the Company in the State of Delaware at such address is Harvard Business Services, Inc.

ARTICLE III.

The purpose of the Company is to engage in any lawful Act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the Delaware General Corporation Law (“ DGCL ”).

ARTICLE IV.

A.     The Company is authorized to issue two classes of stock to be designated respectively, “Common Stock” and “Preferred Stock.” The total number of shares that the Company is authorized to issue is 169,423,901 shares, 104,000,000 shares of which shall be Common Stock (the “ Common Stock ”) and 65,423,901 shares of which shall be Preferred Stock (the “ Preferred Stock ”). The Common Stock shall have a par value of $0.0001 per share and the Preferred Stock shall have a par value of $0.0001 per share.

B.     The voting, dividend and liquidation rights of the holders of the Common Stock are subject to and qualified by the rights, powers and preferences of the holders of the Preferred Stock set forth herein. The holders of the Common Stock are entitled to one vote for each share of Common Stock held at all meetings of stockholders (and written actions in lieu of meetings);

 

1


provided , however , that, except as otherwise required by law, holders of Common Stock, as such, shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or pursuant to the DGCL. There shall be no cumulative voting unless required by applicable law.

C.     The number of authorized shares of Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares of Common stock then outstanding) by (in addition to any vote of the holders of one or more series of the Preferred Stock that may be required by the terms of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation) the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the stock of the Company entitled to vote (voting together as a single class on an as-if-converted basis), irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the DGCL.

D.     7,404,248 shares of the authorized shares of Preferred Stock are hereby designated “ Series  A Preferred Stock ”, 12,314,885 shares of the authorized shares of Preferred Stock are hereby designated “ Series  B Preferred Stock ”, 19,416,645 shares of the authorized shares of Preferred Stock are hereby designated “ Series  C Preferred Stock ” and 26,288,123 shares of the authorized shares of Preferred Stock are hereby designated “ Series D Preferred Stock ” (the Series D Preferred Stock, together with the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, and Series C Preferred Stock, the “ Series Preferred ”).

E.     The rights, preferences, privileges, restrictions and other matters relating to the Series Preferred are as follows:

1.    D IVIDEND R IGHTS .

(a)     Holders of Series D Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock, on a pari passu basis and in preference to the holders of Series B Preferred Stock, Series A Preferred Stock and Common Stock, shall be entitled to receive, but only out of funds that are legally available therefor, cash dividends at the rate of 5% of the applicable Original Issue Price (as defined below) per annum on each outstanding share of Series D Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock, as applicable, only when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”). Such dividends shall be non-cumulative.

(b)     After payments of all declared dividends on the Series D Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock have been paid or set aside for payments to the holders of Series D Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock in accordance with Section 1(a) above in a calendar year, the holders of Series B Preferred Stock, in preference to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock and Common Stock, shall be entitled to receive, but only out of funds that are legally available therefor, cash dividends at the rate of 5% of the Original Issue Price per annum on each outstanding share of Series B Preferred Stock, only when, as and if declared by the Board. Such dividends shall be non-cumulative.

(c)     After payments of all declared dividends on the Series D Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock have been paid or set aside for payments to the holders of Series D Preferred Stock in accordance with Sections 1(a) and 1(b)

 

2


above, Series C Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock in a calendar year, the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, in preference to the holders of Common Stock, shall be entitled to receive, but only out of funds that are legally available therefor, cash dividends at the rate of 5% of the Original Issue Price per annum on each outstanding share of Series A Preferred Stock, only when, as and if declared by the Board. Such dividends shall be non-cumulative.

(d)     After payment of all declared dividends on the Series Preferred has been paid or set aside for payments to the holders of Series Preferred in a calendar year in accordance with Sections 1(a), 1(b) and 1(c) above, any additional dividends declared shall be distributed among all holders of Common Stock and all holders of Series D Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock in proportion to the number of shares of Common Stock that would be held by each such holder of Series D Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock if all shares of Series D Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock were converted to Common Stock.

(e)     The “ Series  A Original Issue Price ” shall be $0.47 per share for the Series A Preferred Stock, the “ Series  B Original Issue Price ” shall be $1.46 per share for the Series B Preferred Stock, the “ Series  C Original Issue Price ” shall be $2.3176 per share for the Series C Preferred Stock and the “ Series D Original Issue Price ” shall be $3.0432 per share for the Series D Preferred Stock (each as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares after the filing date hereof).

(f)     So long as any shares of Series Preferred are outstanding, the Company shall not pay or declare any dividend (whether in cash or property), or make any other distribution on the Common Stock, or purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire for value any shares of Common Stock, until all dividends as set forth above on the Series Preferred shall have been, paid or declared and set apart, except for:

(i)    acquisitions of Common Stock by the Company pursuant to agreements that permit the Company to repurchase such shares at no more than cost upon termination of services to the Company,

(ii)    acquisitions of Common Stock in exercise of the Company’s right of first refusal to repurchase such shares; or

(iii)    distributions to holders of Common Stock in accordance with Section 3.

(g)     In the event dividends are paid on any share of Common Stock, the Company shall also pay dividends on all outstanding shares of Series Preferred in a per share amount equal (on an as-if-converted to Common Stock basis) to the amount paid or set aside for each share of Common Stock.

(h)     The provisions of Sections 1(f) and 1(g) shall not apply to a dividend payable solely in Common Stock to which the provisions of Section 4(g) hereof are applicable, or any repurchase of any outstanding securities of the Company that is approved by the Board.

 

3


2.    V OTING R IGHTS .

(a)      General Rights . Each holder of shares of the Series Preferred shall be entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of Common Stock into which such shares of Series Preferred could be converted (pursuant to Section 4 hereof) immediately after the close of business on the record date fixed for such meeting or the effective date of such written consent and shall have voting rights and powers equal to the voting rights and powers of the Common Stock and shall be entitled to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the Bylaws of the Company. Except as otherwise provided herein or as required by law, the Series Preferred shall vote together with the Common Stock at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders and not as a separate class, and may act by written consent in the same manner as the Common Stock.

(b)      Separate Vote of Series Preferred . The Company shall not, without the vote or written consent of (A) for so long as at least 5,000,000 shares of Series B Preferred Stock (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares after the filing date hereof) remain outstanding, the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock, which majority must include holders of a majority of the Series B Preferred Stock held by stockholders who do not also hold Series A Preferred Stock, (B) for so long as at least 3,883,403 shares of Series C Preferred Stock (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares after the filing date hereof) remain outstanding, the holders of at least 60% of the outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock and (C) for so long as at least 5,257,625 shares of Series D Preferred Stock (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares after the filing date hereof) remain outstanding, the holders of at least 65% of the outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock, in addition to any other vote or consent required herein or by law:

(i)    amend, alter, or repeal (whether by merger, recapitalization, or otherwise) any provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Company in any manner that alters, changes, or adversely affects the voting or other powers, preferences, or other special rights, privileges or restrictions of the Series Preferred;

(ii)    authorize, create (by reclassification or otherwise), designate or issue any new class or series of shares or securities convertible into such class or series of shares having rights, preferences or privileges senior to, or pari passu with, the Series Preferred, including any redemption, liquidation preference, voting or dividend rights;

(iii)    increase or decrease the number of directors of the Company;

(iv)    liquidate, dissolve or wind-up the business and affairs of the Company;

(v)    effect a reclassification, reorganization or recapitalization of the outstanding capital stock of the Company; or

(vi)    consent, agree or commit to any of the foregoing.

 

4


(c)    Election of Board of Directors.

(i)    Until such time as the Company first files a confidential draft registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ SEC ”) with respect to the Company’s first firm-commitment underwritten public offering, the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class on an as-if-converted basis, shall be entitled to elect one member of the Board (the “ Series A/B Director ”) at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Company’s stockholders for the election of directors, and to remove from office such director in accordance with applicable law and to fill any vacancy caused by the resignation, death or removal of such director.

(ii)    The holders of the Series C Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect three members of the Board (the “ Series C Directors ”) at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Company’s stockholders for the election of directors, and to remove from office such director in accordance with applicable law and to fill any vacancy caused by the resignation, death or removal of such director.

(iii)    The holders of the Series D Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect two members of the Board (the “ Series D Directors ” and together with the Series A/B Director and the Series C Directors, the “ Preferred Directors ”) at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Company’s stockholders for the election of directors, and to remove from office such director in accordance with applicable law and to fill any vacancy caused by the resignation, death or removal of such director.

(iv)    The holders of Common Stock, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect two members of the Board (the “ Common Director ”) at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Company’s stockholders for the election of directors, and to remove from office such director or directors in accordance with applicable law and to fill any vacancy caused by the resignation, death or removal of such director or directors.

(v)    The holders of Common Stock and Series Preferred, voting together as a single class on an as-if-converted basis, shall be entitled to elect at least three members of the Board and, in any case, all remaining members of the board at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Company’s stockholders for the election of directors, and to remove from office such directors in accordance with applicable law and to fill any vacancy caused by the resignation, death or removal of such directors.

(vi)    Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 223(a)(1) and 223(a)(2) of the DGCL, any vacancy, including newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors or amendment of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, and vacancies created by removal or resignation of a director shall remain vacant until their successors are duly elected by the holders of a class or series of stock entitled to elect such director. Any director may be removed during his or her term of office without cause, by, and only by, the affirmative vote of the holders of the shares of the class or series of stock entitled to elect such director or directors, given either at a special meeting of such stockholders duly called for that purpose or pursuant to a written consent of stockholders, and any vacancy thereby created may be filled by the holders of that class or series of stock represented at

 

5


the meeting or pursuant to written consent. At any meeting held for the purpose of electing a director, the presence in person or by proxy of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the class or series entitled to elect such director shall constitute a quorum for the purpose of electing such director.

(vii)    No person entitled to vote at an election for directors may cumulate votes to which such person is entitled unless required by applicable law at the time of such election. During such time or times that applicable law requires cumulative voting, every stockholder entitled to vote at an election for directors may cumulate such stockholder’s votes and give one candidate a number of votes equal to the number of directors to be elected multiplied by the number of votes to which such stockholder’s shares are otherwise entitled, or distribute the stockholder’s votes on the same principle among as many candidates as such stockholder desires. No stockholder, however, shall be entitled to so cumulate such stockholder’s votes unless (A) the names of such candidate or candidates have been placed in nomination prior to the voting and (B) the stockholder has given notice at the meeting, prior to the voting, of such stockholder’s intention to cumulate such stockholder’s votes. If any stockholder has given proper notice to cumulate votes, all stockholders may cumulate their votes for any candidates who have been properly placed in nomination. Under cumulative voting, the candidates receiving the highest number of votes, up to the number of directors to be elected, are elected.

3.    L IQUIDATION R IGHTS .

(a)     upon any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary (a “ Liquidation Event ”), before any distribution or payment shall be made to the holders of any Series B Preferred Stock, Series A Preferred Stock or Common Stock, the holders of Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock, on a pari passu basis, shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Company legally available for distribution (or the consideration received by the Company or its stockholders in an Acquisition) for each share of Series C Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred Stock held by them, as applicable, an amount per share of Series C Preferred Stock equal to the Series C Original Issue Price plus all declared and unpaid dividends on the Series C Preferred Stock, if any, and an amount per share of Series D Preferred Stock equal to the Series D Original Issue Price plus all declared and unpaid dividends on the Series D Preferred Stock, if any (the “ Series C/D Liquidation Preference ”).

If, upon any such Liquidation Event, the assets of the Company (or the consideration received in such transaction) shall be insufficient to make payment in full to all holders of Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock of the Series C/D Liquidation Preference set forth in this Section 3(a), then such assets (or consideration) shall be distributed among the holders of Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, ratably in proportion to the full amounts to which they would otherwise be respectively entitled.

(b)     After the Series C/D Liquidation Preference, if any, has been made to the holders of Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock in accordance with Section 3(a), before any distribution or payment shall be made to the holders of any Series A Preferred Stock or Common Stock, the holders of Series B Preferred Stock shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Company legally available for distribution (or the consideration received by the Company or its stockholders in an Acquisition) for each share of Series B Preferred Stock held by

 

6


them, an amount per share of Series B Preferred Stock equal to the Series B Original Issue Price plus all declared and unpaid dividends on the Series B Preferred Stock, if any (the “ Series B Liquidation Preference ”).

If, upon any such Liquidation Event, the assets of the Company (or the consideration received in such transaction) shall be insufficient to make payment in full to all holders of Series B Preferred Stock of the Series B Liquidation Preference set forth in this Section 3(b), then such assets (or consideration) shall be distributed among the holders of Series B Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, ratably in proportion to the full amounts to which they would otherwise be respectively entitled.

(c)     After the Series C/D Liquidation Preference if any, has been made to the holders of Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock in accordance with Section 3(a) and after the Series B Liquidation Preference, if any, has been made to the holders of Series B Preferred Stock in accordance with Section 3(b), before any distribution or payment shall be made to the holders of any Common Stock, the holders of Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Company legally available for distribution (or the consideration received by the Company or its stockholders in an Acquisition) for each share of Series A Preferred Stock held by them, an amount per share of Series A Preferred Stock equal to the Series A Original Issue Price plus all declared and unpaid dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock, if any (the “ Series A Liquidation Preference ”), before any distribution or payment shall be made to the holders of Common Stock.

If, upon any such Liquidation Event, the assets of the Company (or the consideration received in such transaction) shall be insufficient to make payment in full to all holders of Series A Preferred Stock of the Series A Liquidation Preference set forth in this Section 3(c), then such assets (or consideration) shall be distributed among the holders of Series A Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, ratably in proportion to the full amounts to which they would otherwise be respectively entitled.

(d)     After the payment of the full liquidation preference of the Series Preferred as set forth in Sections 3(a), 3(b) and 3(c) above, the remaining assets of the Company legally available for distribution in such Liquidation Event (or the consideration received by the Company or its stockholders in an Acquisition), if any, shall be distributed ratably to the holders of the Common Stock and Series B Preferred Stock on an as-if-converted to Common Stock basis until such holders of Series B Preferred Stock have received pursuant to Section 3(b) above and this Section 3(d) an aggregate amount per share of Series B Preferred Stock equal to three (3) times the Series B Original Issue Price; thereafter, the remaining assets of the Company legally available for distribution in such Liquidation Event (or the consideration received by the Company or its stockholders in an Acquisition), if any, shall be distributed ratably to the holders of the Common Stock.

(e)     An Asset Transfer or Acquisition (each as defined below) shall be deemed a Liquidation Event for purposes of this Section 3.

(i)    For the purposes of this Section 3: (A) “ Acquisition ” shall mean (I) any consolidation or merger of the Company with or into any other corporation or other

 

7


entity or person, or any other corporate reorganization, other than any such consolidation, merger or reorganization in which the shares of capital stock of the Company immediately prior to such consolidation, merger or reorganization, continue to represent a majority of the voting power of the surviving entity (or, if the surviving entity is a wholly owned subsidiary, its parent) immediately after such consolidation, merger or reorganization (provided that, for the purpose of this Section 3(e)(i), all shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of options outstanding immediately prior to such consolidation or merger or upon conversion of Preferred Stock or other stock, options, warrants, purchase rights or other securities exercisable for or convertible into Common. Stock (such convertible stock or securities being herein referred to as “ Convertible Securities ”)) outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation shall be deemed to be outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation and, if applicable, converted or exchanged in such, merger or consolidation on the same terms as the actual outstanding shares of capital stock are converted or exchanged); or (II) any transaction or series of related transactions to which the Company is a party in which in excess of 50% of the Company’s voting power is transferred; provided that an Acquisition shall not include any transaction or series of transactions principally for bona fide equity financing purposes in which cash is received by the Company or any successor or indebtedness of the Company is cancelled or converted or a combination thereof; and (B) “ Asset Transfer ” shall mean a sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or the sale or disposition of one or more subsidiaries, if substantially all of the assets are held in such subsidiary.

(ii)    In any Acquisition or Asset Transfer, if the consideration to be received is securities of a corporation or other property other than cash, its value will be deemed its fair market value as determined in good faith by the Board on the date such determination is made.

(iii)    The Company shall not have the power to effect an Acquisition or Asset Transfer unless the definitive agreement for such transaction (the “ Agreement ”) provides that the consideration payable to the stockholders of the Company in connection therewith shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Company in accordance with this Section 3.

(f)     In the event of a Liquidation Event (including an Acquisition or Asset Transfer), if the Company does not effect a dissolution of the Company under the DGCL within 90 days after such Liquidation Event, then (i) the Company shall send a written notice to each holder of Series Preferred no later than the 90 th day after such Liquidation Event advising such holders of their right (and the requirements to be met to secure such right) to require the redemption of such shares of Series Preferred, and (ii) if the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of an applicable series of Series Preferred (which majority, (x) in the case of the Series D Preferred Stock, must include holders of at least 65% of the Series D Preferred Stock, (y) in the case of the Series C Preferred Stock, must include holders of at least 60% of the Series C Preferred Stock and (z) in the case of the Series B Preferred Stock, must include holders of a majority of the Series B Preferred Stock held by stockholders who do not also hold Series A Preferred Stock) so request in a written instrument delivered to the Company not later than 120 days after such Liquidation Event, the Company shall use the consideration received by the Company for such Liquidation Event (net of any retained liabilities associated with the assets sold or technology licensed, as determined in good faith by the Board), together with any other assets

 

8


of the Company available for distribution to its stockholders, all to the extent permitted by law governing distributions to stockholders (the “ Available Proceeds ”), on the 150 th day after such Liquidation Event, to redeem all outstanding shares of the applicable Series Preferred at a price per share equal to the amount otherwise due to the applicable stockholders pursuant to the terms of this Section 3 following a Liquidation Event. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a redemption pursuant to the preceding sentence, if the Available Proceeds are not sufficient to redeem all outstanding shares of an applicable series of Series Preferred, the Company shall ratably redeem each holder’s shares of Series Preferred to the fullest extent of such Available Proceeds, and shall redeem the remaining shares as soon as it may lawfully do so under law governing distributions to stockholders. Prior to the distribution or redemption provided for in this Subsection 3(e)(iv) ), the Company shall not expend or dissipate the Available Proceeds resulting from such Liquidation Event, except to discharge expenses incurred in connection with such Liquidation Event.

(g)     Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon any Liquidation Event, (including an Acquisition or Asset Transfer), then each holder of Series Preferred shall be entitled to receive, for each share of each series of Series Preferred then held, out of the proceeds available for distribution, the greater of (i) the amount of cash, securities or other property to which such holder would be entitled to receive with respect to such shares in a Liquidation Event pursuant to Section 3(a), 3(b), 3(c) and 3(d) (without giving effect to this Section 3(g)) or (ii) the amount of cash, securities or other property to which such holder would be entitled to receive in a Liquidation Event with respect to such shares if such shares had been converted to Common Stock immediately prior to such Liquidation Event or Acquisition or Asset Transfer, giving effect to this Section 3(g) with respect to all series of Preferred Stock simultaneously.

(h)     In the event of a Liquidation Event (including an Acquisition or Asset Transfer), if any portion of the consideration payable to the stockholders of the Company is placed into escrow or subject to contingencies (the “ Additional Consideration ”), the Agreement shall provide that (x) the portion of such consideration that is not Additional Consideration (such portion, the “ Initial Consideration ”) shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Company in accordance with Sections 3(a), 3(b), 3(c), and 3(d) as if the Initial Consideration were the only consideration payable in connection with such Liquidation Event; and (b) any Additional Consideration which becomes payable to the stockholders of the Company upon satisfaction of such contingencies shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Company in accordance with Sections 3(a), 3(b), 3(c), and 3(d) after taking into account the previous payment of the Initial Consideration as part of the same transaction. For the purposes of this Section  3(h) , consideration placed into escrow or retained as a holdback to be available for satisfaction of indemnification or similar obligations in connection with such Liquidation Event shall be deemed to be Additional Consideration.

4.    C ONVERSION R IGHTS .

The holders of the Series Preferred shall have the following rights with respect to the conversion of the Series Preferred into shares of Common Stock (the “ Conversion Rights ”):

(a)      Optional Conversion . Subject to and in compliance with the provisions of this Section 4, any shares of Series Preferred may, at the option of the holder, be

 

9


converted at any time into fully-paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock. The number of shares of Common Stock to which a holder of Series Preferred shall be entitled upon conversion shall be the product obtained by multiplying the “Series Preferred Conversion Rate” then in effect (determined as provided in Section 4(b)) by the number of shares of Series Preferred being convened.

(b)      Series Preferred Conversion Rate . The conversion rate in effect at any time for conversion of the applicable series of the Series Preferred (the “ Series Preferred Conversion Rate ”) shall be the quotient obtained by dividing the applicable Original Issue Price of the applicable Series Preferred by the Series Preferred Conversion Price, calculated as provided in Section 4(c).

(c)      Series Preferred Conversion Price . The conversion price for each series of the Series Preferred shall initially be the Original issue Price of the applicable Series Preferred (each, a “ Series Preferred Conversion Price ”). Such initial Series Preferred Conversion Price shall be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Section 4. All references to the Series Preferred Conversion Price herein shall mean the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price as so adjusted,

(d)      Mechanics of Optional Conversion. Each holder of Series Preferred who desires to convert the same into shares of Common Stock pursuant to this Section 4 shall surrender the certificate or certificates therefor, duly endorsed, at the office of the Company or any transfer agent for the Series Preferred, and shall give written notice to the Company at such office that such holder elects to convert the same. Such notice shall state the number of shares of the applicable Series Preferred being converted. Thereupon, the Company shall promptly issue and deliver at such office to such holder a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock to which such holder is entitled and shall promptly pay (i) in cash or, to the extent sufficient funds are not then legally available therefor, in Common Stock (at the Common Stock’s fair market value determined by the Board as of the date of such conversion), any declared and unpaid dividends on the shares of Series Preferred being converted and (ii) in cash (at the Common Stock’s fair market value determined by the Board as of the date of conversion) the value of any fractional share of Common Stock otherwise issuable to any holder of Series Preferred. Such conversion shall be deemed to have been made at the close of business on the date of such surrender of the certificates representing the shares of the applicable Series Preferred to be converted, and the person entitled to receive the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder of such shares of Common Stock on such date.

(e)      Adjustments to Series Preferred Conversion Price for Diluting Issues .

(i)     Special Definitions . For purposes of this Section 4(e), the following definitions apply:

(A)    “ Options ” shall mean rights, options, or warrants to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire either Common Stock or Convertible Securities,

 

10


(B)    “ Original Issue Date ” shall mean the first date on which a share of Series D Preferred Stock was issued by the Company,

(C)    “ Additional Shares of Common Stock ” shall mean all shares of Common Stock issued (or, pursuant to Section 4(e)(iii), deemed to be issued) by the Company after the Original Issue Date, other than shares of Common Stock issuable or issued:

(1)    upon the exercise or conversion of exercisable securities or Convertible Securities outstanding as of the Original Issue Date;

(2)    upon the conversion of shares of Preferred Stock issued at an issue price at or above the then applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price;

(3)    to officers, directors, employees, consultants, advisors or contractors of the Company pursuant to stock option or stock purchase plans or agreements on terms approved by the Board (including the affirmative approval by a majority of the Preferred Directors), which shall include such shares repurchased from officers, directors, employees, consultants, advisors or contractors of the Company upon termination of such service provider’s service relationship with the Company (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits or the like with respect to such shares);

(4)    in connection with equipment lease financings, bank credit arrangements, real estate leases or similar transactions entered into primarily for non-equity financing purposes approved by the Board (including the affirmative approval by a majority of the Preferred Directors);

(5)    in connection with a partnering transaction or a bona fide acquisition of a business or any assets or properties or technology of or by the Company, whether by merger, consolidation, sale of assets, sale or exchange of stock or otherwise, pursuant to agreements approved by the Board (including the affirmative approval by the majority of the Preferred Directors);

(6)    pursuant to a stock split, stock dividend, reclassification or other similar reorganization;

(7)    in a firm-commitment underwritten public offering or upon exercise of warrants or rights granted to underwriters in connection with such an offering; or

(8)    for which adjustment of the Series Preferred Conversion Price is made pursuant to Sections 4(f), 4(g), or 4(h).

(ii)     No Adjustment of Conversion Price . Any provision herein to the contrary notwithstanding, no adjustment in the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price shall be made in respect of the issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock unless the consideration per share (determined pursuant to Section 4(e)(v) hereof) for an Additional Share of Common Stock issued or deemed to be issued by the Company is less than the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price in effect on the date of, and immediately prior to such issuance.

 

11


(iii)     Deemed Issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock . In the event the Company at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date shall issue any Options or Convertible Securities or shall fix a record date for the determination of holders of any class of securities then entitled to receive any such Options or Convertible Securities, then the maximum number of shares (as set forth in the instrument relating thereto without regard to any provisions contained therein designed to protect against dilution) of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of such Options or, in the case of Convertible Securities and Options therefor, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, shall be deemed to be Additional Shares of Common Stock issued as of the time of such issuance or, in case such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date, provided that in any such case in which Additional Shares of Common Stock are deemed to be issued:

(A)    no further adjustments in the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price shall be made upon the subsequent issue of Convertible Securities or shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of such Options or conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities;

(B)    if such Options or Convertible Securities by their terms provide, with the passage of time or otherwise, for any increase or decrease in the consideration payable to the Company, or increase or decrease in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable, upon the exercise, conversion or exchange thereof, the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price computed upon the original issue thereof (or upon the occurrence of a record date with respect thereto), and any subsequent adjustments based thereon, shall, upon any such increase or decrease becoming effective, be recomputed to reflect such increase or decrease insofar as it affects such Options or the rights of conversion or exchange under such Convertible Securities;

(C)    upon the expiration of any such Options or rights, the termination of any such rights to convert or exchange or the expiration of any Options or rights related to such Convertible Securities or exchangeable securities, the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price, to the extent in any way affected by or computed using such Options, rights or Convertible Securities or Options or rights related to such Convertible Securities, shall be recomputed to reflect the issuance of only the number of shares of Common Stock (and convertible or exchangeable securities that remain in effect) actually issued upon the exercise of such Options or rights, upon the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities or upon the exercise of the Options or rights related to such. Convertible Securities;

(D)    no readjustment pursuant to clause (B) or (C) above shall have the effect of increasing the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price to an amount which exceeds the lower of (a) the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price on the original adjustment date, or (b) the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price that would have resulted from any issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock between the original adjustment date and such readjustment date.

(iv)     Adjustment of Conversion Price Upon Issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock . In the event this Company, at any time after the Original

 

12


Issue Date, shall issue Additional Shares of Common Stock (including Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to be issued pursuant to Section 4(e)(iii)) without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the Series Preferred Conversion Price in effect on the date of and immediately prior to such issuance, then and in such event, the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price shall be reduced, concurrently with such issuance, to a price (calculated to the nearest cent) determined by multiplying such Series Preferred Conversion Price by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issuance plus the number of shares of Common Stock which the aggregate consideration received by the Company for the total number of Additional Shares of Common Stock so issued would purchase at such Series Preferred Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issuance, and the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issuance plus the number of such Additional Shares of Common Stock so issued. For the purpose of the above calculation, the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issuance shall be calculated on a fully diluted basis, as if all outstanding shares of Series Preferred and all Convertible Securities had been fully converted into shares of Common Stock and any outstanding warrants, options or other rights for the purchase of shares of stock or convertible securities had been fully exercised (and the resulting securities fully converted into shares of Common Stock, if so convertible) as of such date.

(v)     Determination of Consideration . For purposes of this Section 4(e), the consideration received by the Company for the issuance of any Additional Shares of Common Stock shall be computed as follows:

(A)     Cash and Property : Such consideration shall:

(1)    insofar as it consists of cash, be computed at the aggregate amount of cash received by the Company excluding amounts paid or payable for accrued interest or accrued dividends;

(2)    insofar as it consists of property other than cash, be computed at the fair value thereof at the time of such issuance, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors; and

(3)    in the event Additional Shares of Common Stock are issued together with other shares or securities or other assets of the Company for consideration which covers both, be the proportion of such consideration so received, computed as provided in clauses (A) and (iv) above, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

(B)     Options and Convertible Securities . The consideration per share received by the Company for Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to have been issued pursuant to Section (e)(iii), relating to Options and Convertible Securities shall be determined by dividing:

(1)    the total amount, if any, received or receivable by the Company as consideration for the issuance of such Options or Convertible Securities, plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration (as Set forth in the

 

13


instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein designed to protect against dilution) payable to the Company upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, by

(2)    the maximum number of shares of Common Stock (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein designed to protect against the dilution) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities.

(f)      Adjustment for Stock Splits and Combinations . If at any time or from time to time on or after the Original Issue Date the Company effects a subdivision of the outstanding Common Stock without a corresponding subdivision of a series of Series Preferred, the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price in effect immediately before that subdivision shall be proportionately decreased. Conversely, if at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date the Company combines the outstanding shares of Common Stock into a smaller number of shares without a corresponding combination of a series of Series Preferred, the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price in effect immediately before the combination shall be proportionately increased. Any adjustment under this Section 4(f) shall become effective at the close of business on the date the subdivision or combination becomes effective.

(g)      Adjustment for Common Stock Dividends and Distributions . If at any time or from time to time on or after the Original Issue Date the Company pays to holders of Common Stock a dividend or other distribution in additional shares of Common Stock, the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price then in effect shall be decreased as of the time of such issuance, as provided below:

(i)    The applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price shall be adjusted by multiplying the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price then in effect by a fraction equal to:

(A)    the numerator of which is the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance, and

(B)    the denominator of which is the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance plus the number of shares of Common Stock issuable in payment of such dividend or distribution;

(ii)    If the Company fixes a record date to determine which holders of Common Stock are entitled to receive such dividend or other distribution, the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price shall be fixed as of the close of business on such record date and the number of shares of Common Stock shall be calculated immediately prior to the close of business on such record date; and

(iii)    If such record date is fixed and such dividend is not fully paid or if such distribution is not fully made on the date fixed therefor, the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price shall be recomputed accordingly as of the close of business on such

 

14


record date and thereafter the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price shall be adjusted pursuant to this Section 4(g) to reflect the actual payment of such dividend or distribution.

(h)      Adjustment for Reclassification, Exchange, Substitution, Reorganization, Merger or Consolidation . If at any time or from time to time on or after the Original Issue Date the Common Stock issuable upon the conversion of the Series Preferred is changed into the same or a different number of shares of any class or classes of stock, whether by recapitalization, reclassification, merger, consolidation, or otherwise (other than an Acquisition as defined in Section 3 or a subdivision or combination of shares or stock dividend provided for elsewhere in this Section 4), in any such event each share of Series Preferred shall thereafter be convertible in lieu of the Common Stock into which it was convertible prior to such event into the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property that a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock of the Company issuable upon conversion of such shares of Series Preferred immediately prior to such recapitalization, reclassification, merger, consolidation or other transaction would have been entitled to receive pursuant to such transaction, all subject to further adjustment as provided herein or with respect to such other securities or property by the terms thereof. In any such case, appropriate adjustment shall be made in the application of the provisions of this Section 4 with respect to the rights of the holders of Series Preferred after the capital reorganization to the end that the provisions of this Section 4 (including adjustment of the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price then in effect and the number of shares issuable upon conversion of such shares of Series Preferred) shall be applicable after that event and be as nearly equivalent as practicable.

(i)      Certificate of Adjustment . In each case of an adjustment or readjustment of the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price for the number of shares of Common Stock or other securities issuable upon conversion of the Series Preferred, if the Series Preferred is then convertible pursuant to this Section 4, the Company, at its expense, shall compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the provisions hereof and shall, upon request, prepare a certificate showing such adjustment or readjustment, and shall mail such certificate, by first class mail, postage prepaid, to each registered holder of Series Preferred so requesting at the holder’s address as shown in the Company’s books. The certificate shall set forth such adjustment or readjustment, showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based, including a statement of (A) the consideration received or deemed to be received by the Company for any Additional Shares of Common Stock issued or sold or deemed to have been issued or sold, (B) the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price at the time in effect, (C) the number of Additional Shares of Common Stock and (D) the type and amount, if any, of other property that at the time would be received upon conversion of the Series Preferred. Failure to request or provide such notice shall have no effect on any such adjustment.

(j)      Notices of Record Date . Upon (A) any taking by the Company of a record of the holders of any class of securities for the purpose of determining the holders thereof who are entitled to receive any dividend or other distribution, or (B) any Acquisition (as defined in Section 3(e)(i)) or other capital reorganization of the Company, any reclassification or recapitalization of the capital stock of the Company, any merger or consolidation of the Company with or into any other corporation, or any Asset Transfer (as defined in Section 3(e)(i)), or any voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company, the Company shall mail to each holder of Series Preferred at least 10 days prior to (I) the record date, if any,

 

15


specified therein; or (II) if no record date is specified, the date upon which such action is to take effect (or, in either case, such shorter period approved by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series Preferred) a notice specifying (x) the date on which any such record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend or distribution and a description of such dividend or distribution, (y) the date on which any such Acquisition, reorganization, reclassification, transfer, consolidation, merger, Asset Transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding up is expected to become effective, and (z) the date, if any, that is to be fixed as to when the holders of record of Common Stock (or other securities) shall be entitled to exchange their shares of Common Stock (or other securities) for securities or other property deliverable upon such Acquisition, reorganization, reclassification, transfer, consolidation, merger, Asset Transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding up.

(k)      Automatic Conversion .

(i)    Each share of an applicable series of Series Preferred shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock, based on the then-effective applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price, (A) at any time upon the affirmative election of the holders of (x) a majority of the outstanding shares of such series of Series Preferred with respect to Series A Preferred Stock or Series B Preferred Stock, (y) at least 60% of the outstanding shares of the Series C Preferred Stock with respect to the Series C Preferred Stock and (z) at least 65% of the outstanding shares of the Series D Preferred Stock with respect to the Series D Preferred Stock, or (B) immediately upon the closing of a firmly underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement filed with the SEC under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the offer and sale of Common Stock for the account of the Company in which (I) the pre-money valuation of the Company is at least $350,000,000 and (II) the gross cash proceeds to the Company (before underwriting discounts, commissions and fees) are a least $50,000,000 (a “ Qualified IPO ”). Upon such automatic conversion, any declared and unpaid dividends shall be paid in accordance with the provisions of Section 4(d).

(ii)    Upon the occurrence of either of the events specified in Section 4(k)(i) above, the outstanding shares of the applicable Series Preferred shall be converted automatically without any further action by the holders of such shares and whether or not the certificates representing such shares are surrendered to the Company or its transfer agent; provided , however , that the Company shall not be obligated to issue certificates evidencing the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion unless the certificates evidencing such shares of Series Preferred are either delivered to the Company or its transfer agent as provided below, or the holder notifies the Company or its transfer agent that such certificates have been lost, stolen or destroyed and executes an agreement satisfactory to the Company to indemnify the Company from any loss incurred by it in connection with such certificates. Upon the occurrence of such automatic conversion of one or more series or the Series Preferred, the holders of such Series Preferred shall surrender the certificates representing such shares at the office of the Company or any transfer agent for the Series Preferred. Thereupon, there shall be issued and delivered to such holder promptly at such office and in its name as shown on such surrendered certificate or certificates, a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock into which the shares of Series Preferred surrendered were convertible on the date on which such automatic conversion occurred, and any declared and unpaid dividends shall be paid in accordance with the provisions of Section 4(d).

 

16


(l)      Fractional Shares . No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon conversion of any Series Preferred. All shares of Common Stock (including fractions thereof) issuable upon conversion of more than one share of Series Preferred by a holder thereof shall be aggregated for purposes of determining whether the conversion would result in the issuance of any fractional share. If after the aforementioned aggregation the conversion would result in the issuance of any fractional share, the Company shall, in lieu of issuing any fractional share, pay cash equal to the product of such fraction multiplied by the fair market value of one share of Common Stock (as determined by the Board) on the date of conversion.

(m)      Reservation of Stock Issuable Upon Conversion . The Company shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of the Series Preferred, such number of its shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of the Series Preferred. If at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of the Series Preferred, the Company will take such corporate action as may be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purpose.

(n)      Notices . Any notice required by the provisions of this Section 4 shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (i) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (ii) when sent by electronic transmission in compliance with the provisions of the DGCL if sent during normal business hours of the recipient; if not, then on, the next business day, (iii) five days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (iv) one day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with verification of receipt. All notices shall be addressed to each holder of record at the address of such holder appearing on the books of the Company.

(o)      Payment of Taxes . The Company will pay all taxes (other than taxes based upon income) and other governmental charges that may be imposed with respect to the issue or delivery of shares of Common Stock upon conversion of shares of Series Preferred, excluding any tax or other charge imposed in connection with any transfer involved in the issue and delivery of shares of Common Stock in a name other than that in which the shares of Series Preferred so converted were registered.

5.    N O R EISSUANCE OF S ERIES P REFERRED .

Any shares or shares of Series Preferred redeemed, purchased, converted or exchanged by the Company shall be cancelled and retired and shall not be reissued or transferred.

ARTICLE V.

A.     The liability of the directors of the Company for monetary damages shall be eliminated to the fullest extent under applicable law.

B.     To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Company is authorized to provide indemnification of (and advancement of expenses to) directors, officers, and agents of the Company (and any other persons to which applicable law permits the Company to provide

 

17


indemnification) through Bylaw provisions, agreements with such agents or other persons, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise in excess of the indemnification and advancement otherwise permitted by such applicable law. If applicable law is amended after approval by the stockholders of this Article V to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director to the Company shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law as so amended.

C.     Any repeal or modification of this Article V shalt only be prospective and shall not affect the rights or protections or increase the liability of any director under this Article V in effect at the time of the alleged occurrence of any act or omission to act giving rise to liability or indemnification.

ARTICLE VI.

For the management of the business and for the conduct of the affairs of the Company and in further definition, limitation and regulation of the powers of the Company, of its directors and of its stockholders or any class thereof, as the case may be, it is further provided that:

A.     The management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the Company shall be vested in its Board. The number of directors that shall constitute the whole Board shall be fixed by the Board in the manner provided in the Bylaws of the Company, subject to any restrictions which may be set forth in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

B.     The Board is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Company, subject to any restrictions that may be set forth in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. The stockholders shall also have the power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Company, subject to any restrictions that may be set forth in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

C.     The directors of the Company need not be elected by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the Company so provide.

ARTICLE VII.

The Company renounces, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any interest or expectancy of the Company in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any Excluded Opportunity. An “ Excluded Opportunity ” is any matter, transaction or interest that is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or which otherwise comes into the possession of (i) any director of the Company who is not an employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or (ii) any holder of Preferred Stock or any partner, member, director, stockholder, employee or agent of any such holder, other than someone who is an employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries (collectively, “ Covered Persons ”), unless such matter, transaction or interest is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or otherwise comes into the possession of, a Covered Person expressly and solely in such Covered Person’s capacity as a director of the Company.

 

18


ARTICLE VIII.

Unless the Company consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery in the State of Delaware shall be the sole and exclusive forum for any stockholder (including a beneficial owner) to bring (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Company, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of the Company to the Company or the Company’s stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim against the Company, its directors, officers or employees arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws or (iv) any action asserting a claim against the Company, its directors, officers or employees governed by the internal affairs doctrine, except for, as to each of (i) through (iv) above, any claim as to which the Court of Chancery determines that there is an indispensable party not subject to the jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery (and the indispensable party does not consent to the personal jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery within ten days following such determination), which is vested in the exclusive jurisdiction of a court or forum other than the Court of Chancery, or for which the Court of Chancery does not have subject matter jurisdiction. If any provision or provisions of this Article Five shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable as applied to any person or entity or circumstance for any reason whatsoever, then, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the validity, legality and enforceability of such provisions in any other circumstance and of the remaining provisions of this Article Five (including, without limitation, each portion of any sentence of this Article Five containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) and the application of such provision to other persons or entities and circumstances shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby

* * * *

FOUR:     This Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly approved by the Board.

FIVE:       This Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was approved by the holders of the requisite number of shares of the Company in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL. This Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 242 and 245 of the DGCL by the stockholders of the Company.

[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

19


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , TP Therapeutics, Inc. has caused this Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by its Chief Executive Officer this 17 th day of October, 2018.

 

TP T HERAPEUTICS , I NC .

/s/ Athena Maria Countouriotis, M.D.

Athena Maria Countouriotis, M.D.

Chief Executive Officer

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SIXTH AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF

SIXTH AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF

TP THERAPEUTICS, INC.

TP Therapeutics, Inc. (the “ Company ”), a corporation organized and existing under the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “ DGCL ”), does hereby certify:

FIRST:     The original name of the Company is TP Therapeutics, Inc. and the date of filing the original Certificate of Incorporation of the Company with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware was October 8, 2013.

SECOND:     The Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”), acting in accordance with the provisions of Sections 141 and 242 of the DGCL, adopted resolutions approving an amendment to the Company’s Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation as follows:

Article I thereof shall be amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

“The name of this corporation is Turning Point Therapeutics, Inc. (the “ Company ”).”

THIRD:     Thereafter, pursuant to a resolution of the Board, this Certificate of Amendment of Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company was submitted to the stockholders of the Company for their approval, and was duly adopted and approved in accordance with the provisions of Sections 228 and 242 of the DGCL.

FOURTH:     All other provisions of the Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation as currently on file with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware shall remain in full force and effect.

I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the Company has caused this Certificate of Amendment of Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company to be signed by its Chief Executive Officer this 26 th day of November, 2018.

 

TP T HERAPEUTICS , I NC .

/s/ Athena Maria Countouriotis, M.D.

Athena Maria Countouriotis, M.D.

Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 3.3

AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

OF

TURNING POINT THERAPEUTICS, INC.

(A DELAWARE CORPORATION)

( AS A DOPTED ON D ECEMBER  20, 2013)


AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

OF

TURNING POINT THERAPEUTICS, INC.

(A DELAWARE CORPORATION)

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

Section  1.      Registered Office . The registered office of Turning Point Therapeutics, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”) in the State of Delaware shall be in the City of Lewes, County of Sussex.

Section  2.      Other Offices. The Corporation shall also have and maintain an office or principal place of business at such place as may be fixed by the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “ Board ”), and may also have offices at such other places, both within and without the State of Delaware, as the Board may from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may require.

ARTICLE II

CORPORATE SEAL

Section  3.      Corporate Seal. The Board may adopt a corporate seal. The corporate seal shall consist of a die bearing the name of the Corporation and the inscription, “Corporate Seal-Delaware.” Said seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

ARTICLE III

STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

Section  4.      Place of Meetings. Meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation may be held at such place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as may be determined from time to time by the Board. The Board may, in its sole discretion, determine that the meeting shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as provided under the Delaware General Corporation Law (“ DGCL ”).

 

1.


Section  5.      Annual Meeting .

(a)     The annual meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation, for the purpose of election of directors and for such other business as may lawfully come before it, shall be held on such date and at such time as may be designated from time to time by the Board. Nominations of persons for election to the Board and the proposal of business to be considered by the stockholders may be made at an annual meeting of stockholders: (i) pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting of stockholders; (ii) by or at the direction of the Board; or (iii) by any stockholder of the Corporation who was a stockholder of record at the time of giving of notice provided for in the following paragraph, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who complied with the notice procedures set forth in Section 5.

(b)     At an annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before the meeting. For nominations or other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (iii) of Section 5(a) of these Amended and Restated Bylaws (“ Bylaws ”), (i) the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation, (ii) such other business must be a proper matter for stockholder action under the DGCL, (iii) if the stockholder, or the beneficial owner on whose behalf any such proposal or nomination is made, has provided the Corporation with a Solicitation Notice (as defined in this Section 5(b)), such stockholder or beneficial owner must, in the case of a proposal, have delivered a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the Corporation’s voting shares required under applicable law to carry any such proposal, or, in the case of a nomination or nominations, have delivered a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of a percentage of the Corporation’s voting shares reasonably believed by such stockholder or beneficial owner to be sufficient to elect the nominee or nominees proposed to be nominated by such stockholder, and must, in either case, have included in such materials the Solicitation Notice, and (iv) if no Solicitation Notice relating thereto has been timely provided pursuant to this section, the stockholder or beneficial owner proposing such business or nomination must not have solicited a number of proxies sufficient to have required the delivery of such a Solicitation Notice under this Section 5. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the 90 th day nor earlier than the close of business on the 120 th day prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided, however, that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is advanced more than 30 days prior to or delayed by more than 30 days after the anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so delivered not earlier than the close of business on the 120 th day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the 90 th day prior to such annual meeting or the 10 th day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made. In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment of an annual meeting commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above. Such stockholder’s notice shall set forth: (A) as to each person whom the stockholder proposed to nominate for election or reelection as a director all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of directors in an election contest, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ 1934 Act ”) and Rule 14a-4(d) thereunder (including such person’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if


elected); (B) as to any other business that the stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting and any material interest in such business of such stockholder and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; and (C) as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made (i) the name and address of such stockholder, as they appear on the Corporation’s books, and of such beneficial owner, (ii) the class and number of shares of the Corporation which are owned beneficially and of record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner, and (iii) whether either such stockholder or beneficial owner intends to deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of, in the case of the proposal, at least the percentage of the Corporation’s voting shares required under applicable law to carry the proposal or, in the case of a nomination or nominations, a sufficient number of holders of the Corporation’s voting shares to elect such nominee or nominees (an affirmative statement of such intent, a “ Solicitation Notice ”).

(c)     Notwithstanding anything in the second sentence of Section 5(b) of these Bylaws to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the Board is increased and there is no public announcement naming all of the nominees for director or specifying the size of the increased Board made by the Corporation at least 100 days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, a stockholder’s notice required by this Section 5 shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the 10 th day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the Corporation.

(d)     Only such persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 5 shall be eligible to serve as directors and only such business shall be conducted at a meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 5. Except as otherwise provided by law, the Chairman of the meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made, or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with the procedures set forth in these Bylaws and, if any proposed nomination or business is not in compliance with these Bylaws, to declare that such defective proposal or nomination shall not be presented for stockholder action at the meeting and shall be disregarded.

(e)     Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 5, in order to include information with respect to a stockholder proposal in the proxy statement and form of proxy for a stockholders’ meeting, stockholders must provide notice as required by the regulations promulgated under the 1934 Act. Nothing in these Bylaws shall be deemed to affect any rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the Corporation proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the 1934 Act.

(f)     For purposes of this Section 5, “ public announcement ” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the 1934 Act.


Section  6.      Special Meetings .

(a)     Special meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation may be called, for any purpose or purposes, by (i) the Chairman of the Board of Directors, (ii) the Chief Executive Officer, (iii) the Board pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors (whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships at the time any such resolution is presented to the Board for adoption) or (iv) by the holders of shares entitled to cast not less than 20% of the votes at the meeting, and shall be held at such place, on such date, and at such time as the Board shall fix.

At any time or times that the Corporation is subject to Section 2115(b) of the California General Corporation Law (“ CGCL ”), stockholders holding 5% or more of the outstanding shares shall have the right to call a special meeting of stockholders as set forth in Section 18(b) herein.

(b)     If a special meeting is properly called by any person or persons other than the Board, the request shall be in writing, specifying the general nature of the business proposed to be transacted, and shall be delivered personally or sent by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, or by telegraphic or other facsimile transmission to the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, or the Secretary of the Corporation. No business may be transacted at such special meeting otherwise than specified in such notice. The Board shall determine the time and place of such special meeting, which shall be held not less than 35 nor more than 120 days after the date of the receipt of the request. Upon determination of the time and place of the meeting, the officer receiving the request shall cause notice to be given to the stockholders entitled to vote, in accordance with the provisions of Section 7 of these Bylaws. Nothing contained in this paragraph (b) shall be construed as limiting, fixing, or affecting the time when a meeting of stockholders called by action of the Board may be held.

Section  7.      Notice of Meetings. Except as otherwise provided by law, notice, given in writing or by electronic transmission, of each meeting of stockholders shall be given not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting, such notice to specify the place, if any, date and hour, in the case of special meetings, the purpose or purposes of the meeting, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at any such meeting. If mailed, notice is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the Corporation. Notice of the time, place, if any, and purpose of any meeting of stockholders may be waived in writing, signed by the person entitled to notice thereof or by electronic transmission by such person, either before or after such meeting, and will be waived by any stockholder by his attendance thereat in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by proxy, except when the stockholder attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Any stockholder so waiving notice of such meeting shall be bound by the proceedings of any such meeting in all respects as if due notice thereof had been given.

Section  8.      Quorum. At all meetings of stockholders, except where otherwise provided by statute or by the Corporation’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as may be amended from time to time, (the “ Charter ”), or by these Bylaws, the presence, in


person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by proxy duly authorized, of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. In the absence of a quorum, any meeting of stockholders may be adjourned, from time to time, either by the chairman of the meeting or by vote of the holders of a majority of the shares represented thereat, but no other business shall be transacted at such meeting. The stockholders present at a duly called or convened meeting, at which a quorum is present, may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum. Except as otherwise provided by statute, or by the Charter or these Bylaws, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of a majority of shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy duly authorized at the meeting and entitled to vote generally on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders. Except as otherwise provided by statute, the Charter or these Bylaws, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy duly authorized at the meeting and entitled to vote generally on the election of directors. Where a separate vote by a class or classes or series is required, except where otherwise provided by the statute or by the Charter or these Bylaws, a majority of the outstanding shares of such class or classes or series, present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy duly authorized, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter. Except where otherwise provided by statute or by the Charter or these Bylaws, the affirmative vote of the majority (plurality, in the case of the election of directors) of shares of such class or classes or series present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy at the meeting shall be the act of such class or classes or series.

Section  9.      Adjournment and Notice of Adjourned Meetings. Any meeting of stockholders, whether annual or special, may be adjourned from time to time either by the chairman of the meeting or by the vote of a majority of the shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy. When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, if any, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place, if any, thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the Corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

Section  10.      Voting Rights. For the purpose of determining those stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of the stockholders, except as otherwise provided by law, only persons in whose names shares stand on the stock records of the Corporation on the record date, as provided in Section 12 of these Bylaws, shall be entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders. Every person entitled to vote or execute consents shall have the right to do so either in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by an agent or agents authorized by a proxy granted in accordance with Delaware law. An agent so appointed need not be a stockholder. No proxy shall be voted after three years from its date of creation unless the proxy provides for a longer period.


Section  11.      Joint Owners of Stock. If shares or other securities having voting power stand of record in the names of two or more persons, whether fiduciaries, members of a partnership, joint tenants, tenants in common, tenants by the entirety, or otherwise, or if two or more persons have the same fiduciary relationship respecting the same shares, unless the Secretary is given written notice to the contrary and is furnished with a copy of the instrument or order appointing them or creating the relationship wherein it is so provided, their acts with respect to voting shall have the following effect: (a) if only one votes, his act binds all; (b) if more than one votes, the act of the majority so voting binds all; (c) if more than one votes, but the vote is evenly split on any particular matter, each faction may vote the securities in question proportionally, or may apply to the Delaware Court of Chancery for relief as provided in the DGCL, Section 217(b). If the instrument filed with the Secretary shows that any such tenancy is held in unequal interests, a majority or even-split for the purpose of subsection (c) shall be a majority or even-split in interest.

Section  12.      List of Stockholders. The Secretary shall prepare and make, at least 10 days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at said meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the Corporation. In the event that the Corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the Corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the Corporation. The list shall be open to examination of any stockholder during the time of the meeting as provided by law.

Section  13.      Action Without Meeting .

(a)     Unless otherwise provided in the Charter, any action required by statute to be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, or by electronic transmission setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.

(b)     Every written consent or electronic transmission shall bear the date of signature of each stockholder who signs the consent, and no written consent or electronic transmission shall be effective to take the corporate action referred to therein unless, within 60 days of the earliest dated consent delivered to the Corporation in the manner herein required, written consents or electronic transmissions signed by a sufficient number of stockholders to take action are delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to a Corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested.


(c)     Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing or by electronic transmission and who, if the action had been taken at a meeting, would have been entitled to notice of the meeting if the record date for such meeting had been the date that written consents signed by a sufficient number of stockholders to take action were delivered to the Corporation as provided in Section 228(c) of the DGCL. If the action which is consented to is such as would have required the filing of a certificate under any section of the DGCL if such action had been voted on by stockholders at a meeting thereof, then the certificate filed under such section shall state, in lieu of any statement required by such section concerning any vote of stockholders, that written consent has been given in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL.

(d)     A telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission consenting to an action to be taken and transmitted by a stockholder or proxyholder, shall be deemed to be written, signed and dated for the purposes of this section, provided that any such telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission sets forth or is delivered with information from which the Corporation can determine (i) that the telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission was transmitted by the stockholder or proxyholder or by a person or persons authorized to act for the stockholder and (ii) the date on which such stockholder or proxyholder or authorized person or persons transmitted such telegram, cablegram or electronic transmission. The date on which such telegram, cablegram or electronic transmission is transmitted shall be deemed to be the date on which such consent was signed. No consent given by telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission shall be deemed to have been delivered until such consent is reproduced in paper form and until such paper form shall be delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in the state of Delaware, its principal place of business or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to a Corporation’s registered office shall be made by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. Notwithstanding the foregoing limitations on delivery, consents given by telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission may be otherwise delivered to the principal place of business of the Corporation or to an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded if, to the extent and in the manner provided by resolution of the Board. Any copy, facsimile or other reliable reproduction of a consent in writing may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing for any and all purposes for which the original writing could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing.

Section  14.      Organization .

(a)     At every meeting of stockholders, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or, if a Chairman has not been appointed or is absent, the President, or, if the President is absent, a chairman of the meeting chosen by a majority in interest of the stockholders entitled to vote, present in person or by proxy, shall act as chairman. The Secretary, or, in his absence, an Assistant Secretary directed to do so by the President, shall act as secretary of the meeting.


(b)     The Board shall be entitled to make such rules or regulations for the conduct of meetings of stockholders as it shall deem necessary, appropriate or convenient. Subject to such rules and regulations of the Board, if any, the chairman of the meeting shall have the right and authority to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chairman, are necessary, appropriate or convenient for the proper conduct of the meeting, including, without limitation, establishing an agenda or order of business for the meeting, rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present, limitations on participation in such meeting to stockholders of record of the Corporation and their duly authorized and constituted proxies and such other persons as the chairman shall permit, restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof, limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants and regulation of the opening and closing of the polls for balloting on matters which are to be voted on by ballot. The date and time of the opening and closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at the meeting shall be announced at the meeting. Unless and to the extent determined by the Board or the chairman of the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with rules of parliamentary procedure.

ARTICLE IV

DIRECTORS

Section  15.      Number and Term of Office . The authorized number of directors of the Corporation shall be fixed by the Board from time to time. Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the Charter. If for any cause, the directors shall not have been elected at an annual meeting, they may be elected as soon thereafter as convenient.

Section  16.      Powers. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board, except as may be otherwise provided by statute or by the Charter.

Section 17.    Term of Directors.

(a)     Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, directors shall be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders for a term of one year. Each director shall serve until his successor is duly elected and qualified or until his death, resignation or removal. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

(b)     No person entitled to vote at an election for directors may cumulate votes to which such person is entitled, unless, at the time of such election, the Corporation is subject to Section 2115(b) of the CGCL. During such time or times that the Corporation is subject to Section 2115(b) of the CGCL, every stockholder entitled to vote at an election for directors may cumulate such stockholder’s votes and give one candidate a number of votes equal to the number of directors to be elected multiplied by the number of votes to which such stockholder’s shares are otherwise entitled, or distribute the stockholder’s votes on the same principle among as many candidates as such stockholder thinks fit. No stockholder, however, shall be entitled to so cumulate such stockholder’s votes unless (i) the names of such candidate or candidates have


been placed in nomination prior to the voting and (ii) the stockholder has given notice at the meeting, prior to the voting, of such stockholder’s intention to cumulate such stockholder’s votes. If any stockholder has given proper notice to cumulate votes, all stockholders may cumulate their votes for any candidates who have been properly placed in nomination. Under cumulative voting, the candidates receiving the highest number of votes, up to the number of directors to be elected, are elected.

Section 18.    Vacancies.

(a)     Unless otherwise provided in the Charter, and subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, any vacancies on the Board resulting from death, resignation, disqualification, removal or other causes and any newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors shall, unless the Board determines by resolution that any such vacancies or newly created directorships shall be filled by stockholders, be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, even though less than a quorum of the Board, or by a sole remaining director, provided, however, that whenever the holders of any class or classes of stock or series thereof are entitled to elect one or more directors by the provisions of the Charter, vacancies and newly created directorships of such class or classes or series shall, unless the Board determines by resolution that any such vacancies or newly created directorships shall be filled by stockholders, be filled by a majority of the directors elected by such class or classes or series thereof then in office, or by a sole remaining director so elected. Any director elected in accordance with the preceding sentence shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the director for which the vacancy was created or occurred and until such director’s successor shall have been elected and qualified. A vacancy in the Board shall be deemed to exist under this Bylaw in the case of the death, removal or resignation of any director.

(b)     At any time or times that the Corporation is subject to §2115(b) of the CGCL, if, after the filling of any vacancy, the directors then in office who have been elected by stockholders shall constitute less than a majority of the directors then in office, then

(i)     any holder or holders of an aggregate of 5% or more of the total number of shares at the time outstanding having the right to vote for those directors may call a special meeting of stockholders; or

(ii)     the Superior Court of the proper county shall, upon application of such stockholder or stockholders, summarily order a special meeting of the stockholders, to be held to elect the entire board, all in accordance with Section 305(c) of the CGCL, the term of office of any director shall terminate upon that election of a successor.

Section  19.      Resignation. Any director may resign at any time by delivering his or her notice in writing or by electronic transmission to the Secretary, such resignation to specify whether it will be effective at a particular time, upon receipt by the Secretary or at the pleasure of the Board. If no such specification is made, it shall be deemed effective at the pleasure of the Board. When one or more directors shall resign from the Board, effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or


resignations shall become effective, and each director so chosen shall hold office for the unexpired portion of the term of the director whose place shall be vacated and until his successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.

Section 20.    Removal.

(a)     Subject to any limitations imposed by applicable law (and assuming the Corporation is not subject to Section 2115 of the CGCL), the Board or any director may be removed from office at any time (i) with cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally at an election of directors or (ii) without cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to elect such director.

(b)     During such time or times that the Corporation is subject to Section 2115(b) of the CGCL, the Board or any individual director may be removed from office at any time without cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on such removal; provided, however, that unless the entire Board is removed, no individual director may be removed when the votes cast against such director’s removal, or not consenting in writing to such removal, would be sufficient to elect that director if voted cumulatively at an election which the same total number of votes were cast (or, if such action is taken by written consent, all shares entitled to vote were voted) and the entire number of directors authorized at the time of such director’s most recent election were then being elected.

Section 21.    Meetings

(a)      Regular Meetings. Unless otherwise restricted by the Charter, regular meetings of the Board may be held at any time or date and at any place within or without the State of Delaware which has been designated by the Board and publicized among all directors, either orally or in writing, including a voice-messaging system or other system designated to record and communicate messages, facsimile, telegraph or telex, or by electronic mail or other electronic means. No further notice shall be required for a regular meeting of the Board.

(b)      Special Meetings. Unless otherwise restricted by the Charter, special meetings of the Board may be held at any time and place within or without the State of Delaware whenever called by the Chairman of the Board, the President or any director.

(c)      Meetings by Electronic Communications Equipment. Any member of the Board, or of any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting by such means shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

(d)      Notice of Special Meetings. Notice of the time and place of all special meetings of the Board shall be orally or in writing, by telephone, including a voice messaging system or other system or technology designed to record and communicate messages, facsimile, telegraph or telex, or by electronic mail or other electronic means, during normal business hours,


at least 24 hours before the date and time of the meeting. If notice is sent by U.S. mail, it shall be sent by first class mail, postage prepaid at least three days before the date of the meeting. Notice of any meeting may be waived in writing or by electronic transmission at any time before or after the meeting and will be waived by any director by attendance thereat, except when the director attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

(e)      Waiver of Notice. The transaction of all business at any meeting of the Board, or any committee thereof, however called or noticed, or wherever held, shall be as valid as though had at a meeting duly held after regular call and notice, if a quorum be present and if, either before or after the meeting, each of the directors not present who did not receive notice shall sign a written waiver of notice or shall waive notice by electronic transmission. All such waivers shall be filed with the corporate records or made a part of the minutes of the meeting.

Section  22.      Quorum and Voting .

(a)     Unless the Charter requires a greater number, a quorum of the Board shall consist of a majority of the exact number of directors fixed from time to time by the Board in accordance with the Charter; provided, however , at any meeting, whether a quorum be present or otherwise, a majority of the directors present may adjourn from time to time until the time fixed for the next regular meeting of the Board, without notice other than by announcement at the meeting.

(b)     At each meeting of the Board at which a quorum is present, all questions and business shall be determined by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present, unless a different vote be required by law, the Charter or these Bylaws.

Section  23.      Action Without Meeting. Unless otherwise restricted by the Charter or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and such writing or writings or transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

Section  24.      Fees and Compensation. Directors shall be entitled to such compensation for their services as may be approved by the Board, including, if so approved, by resolution of the Board, a fixed sum and expenses of attendance, if any, for attendance at each regular or special meeting of the Board and at any meeting of a committee of the Board. Nothing herein contained shall be construed to preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity as an officer, agent, employee, or otherwise and receiving compensation therefor.

Section  25.      Committees .

(a)      Executive Committee. The Board may appoint an Executive Committee to consist of one or more members of the Board. The Executive Committee, to the extent permitted by law and provided in the resolution of the Board shall have and may exercise all the


powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to (i) approving or adopting, or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (ii) adopting, amending or repealing any bylaw of the Corporation.

(b)      Other Committees. The Board may, from time to time, appoint such other committees as may be permitted by law. Such other committees appointed by the Board shall consist of one or more members of the Board and shall have such powers and perform such duties as may be prescribed by the resolution or resolutions creating such committees, but in no event shall any such committee have the powers denied to the Executive Committee in these Bylaws.

(c)      Term. The Board, subject to any requirements of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock and the provisions of subsections (a) or (b) of this Bylaw may at any time increase or decrease the number of members of a committee or terminate the existence of a committee. The membership of a committee member shall terminate on the date of his death or voluntary resignation from the committee or from the Board. The Board may at any time for any reason remove any individual committee member and the Board may fill any committee vacancy created by death, resignation, removal or increase in the number of members of the committee. The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee, and, in addition, in the absence or disqualification of any member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

(d)      Meetings. Unless the Board shall otherwise provide, regular meetings of the Executive Committee or any other committee appointed pursuant to this Section 25 shall be held at such times and places as are determined by the Board, or by any such committee, and when notice thereof has been given to each member of such committee, no further notice of such regular meetings need be given thereafter. Special meetings of any such committee may be held at any place which has been determined from time to time by such committee, and may be called by any director who is a member of such committee, upon notice to the members of such committee of the time and place of such special meeting given in the manner provided for the giving of notice to members of the Board of the time and place of special meetings of the Board. Notice of any special meeting of any committee may be waived in writing at any time before or after the meeting and will be waived by any director by attendance thereat, except when the director attends such special meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Unless otherwise provided by the Board in the resolutions authorizing the creation of the committee, a majority of the authorized number of members of any such committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the act of a majority of those present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of such committee.


Section  26.      Organization. At every meeting of the directors, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or, if a Chairman has not been appointed or is absent, the President, or if the President is absent, the most senior Vice President, (if a director) or, in the absence of any such person, a chairman of the meeting chosen by a majority of the directors present, shall preside over the meeting. The Secretary, or in his absence, any Assistant Secretary directed to do so by the President, shall act as secretary of the meeting.

ARTICLE V

OFFICERS

Section  27.      Officers Designated. The officers of the Corporation shall include, if and when designated by the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, one or more Vice Presidents, the Secretary, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer and the Controller, all of whom shall be elected at the annual organizational meeting of the Board. The Board may also appoint one or more Assistant Secretaries, Assistant Treasurers, Assistant Controllers and such other officers and agents with such powers and duties as it shall deem necessary. The Board may assign such additional titles to one or more of the officers as it shall deem appropriate. Any one person may hold any number of offices of the Corporation at any one time unless specifically prohibited therefrom by law. The salaries and other compensation of the officers of the Corporation shall be fixed by or in the manner designated by the Board.

Section  28.      Tenure and Duties of Officers .

(a)      General. All officers shall hold office at the pleasure of the Board and until their successors shall have been duly elected and qualified, unless sooner removed. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board may be removed at any time by the Board. If the office of any officer becomes vacant for any reason, the vacancy may be filled by the Board.

(b)      Duties of Chairman of the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board of Directors, when present, shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and the Board. The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board shall designate from time to time. If there is no President, then the Chairman of the Board of Directors shall also serve as the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation and shall have the powers and duties prescribed in paragraph (c) of this Section 28.

(c)      Duties of President. The President shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and at all meetings of the Board, unless the Chairman of the Board of Directors has been appointed and is present. Unless some other officer has been elected Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation, the President shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation and shall, subject to the control of the Board, have general supervision, direction and control of the business and officers of the Corporation. The President shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board shall designate from time to time.


(d)      Duties of Vice Presidents. The Vice Presidents may assume and perform the duties of the President in the absence or disability of the President or whenever the office of President is vacant. The Vice Presidents shall perform other duties commonly incident to their office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board or the President shall designate from time to time.

(e)      Duties of Secretary. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board and shall record all acts and proceedings thereof in the minute book of the Corporation. The Secretary shall give notice in conformity with these Bylaws of all meetings of the stockholders and of all meetings of the Board and any committee thereof requiring notice. The Secretary shall perform all other duties provided for in these Bylaws and other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board shall designate from time to time. The President may direct any Assistant Secretary to assume and perform the duties of the Secretary in the absence or disability of the Secretary, and each Assistant Secretary shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board or the President shall designate from time to time.

(f)      Duties of Chief Financial Officer. The Chief Financial Officer shall keep or cause to be kept the books of account of the Corporation in a thorough and proper manner and shall render statements of the financial affairs of the Corporation in such form and as often as required by the Board or the President. The Chief Financial Officer, subject to the order of the Board, shall have the custody of all funds and securities of the Corporation. The Chief Financial Officer shall perform other duties commonly incident to his office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board or the President shall designate from time to time. The President may direct the Treasurer or any Assistant Treasurer, or the Controller or any Assistant Controller to assume and perform the duties of the Chief Financial Officer in the absence or disability of the Chief Financial Officer, and each Treasurer and Assistant Treasurer and each Controller and Assistant Controller shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board or the President shall designate from time to time.

Section  29.      Delegation of Authority. The Board may from time to time delegate the powers or duties of any officer to any other officer or agent, notwithstanding any provision hereof.

Section  30.      Resignations. Any officer may resign at any time by giving notice in writing or by electronic transmission notice to the Board or to the President or to the Secretary. Any such resignation shall be effective when received by the person or persons to whom such notice is given, unless a later time is specified therein, in which event the resignation shall become effective at such later time. Unless otherwise specified in such notice, the acceptance of any such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation shall be without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the Corporation under any contract with the resigning officer.


Section  31.      Removal. Any officer may be removed from office at any time, either with or without cause, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors in office at the time, or by the unanimous written or electronic consent of the directors in office at the time, or by any committee or superior officers.

ARTICLE VI

EXECUTION OF CORPORATE INSTRUMENTS AND VOTING

OF SECURITIES OWNED BY THE CORPORATION

Section  32.      Execution of Corporate Instruments. The Board may, in its discretion, determine the method and designate the signatory officer or officers, or other person or persons, to execute on behalf of the Corporation any corporate instrument or document, or to sign on behalf of the Corporation the corporate name without limitation, or to enter into contracts on behalf of the Corporation, except where otherwise provided by law or these Bylaws, and such execution or signature shall be binding upon the Corporation.

All checks and drafts drawn on banks or other depositaries on funds to the credit of the Corporation or in special accounts of the Corporation shall be signed by such person or persons as the Board shall authorize so to do.

Unless authorized or ratified by the Board or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the Corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.

Section  33.      Voting of Securities Owned by the Corporation. All stock and other securities of other corporations owned or held by the Corporation for itself, or for other parties in any capacity, shall be voted, and all proxies with respect thereto shall be executed, by the person authorized so to do by resolution of the Board, or, in the absence of such authorization, by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, or any Vice President.

ARTICLE VII

SHARES OF STOCK

Section  34.      Form and Execution of Certificates. The shares of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates, or shall be uncertificated. Certificates for the shares of stock, if any, shall be in such form as is consistent with the Charter and applicable law. Every holder of stock in the Corporation represented by certificate shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by or in the name of the Corporation by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or the President or any Vice President and by the Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or Assistant Secretary, certifying the number of shares owned by him in the Corporation. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be facsimiles. In case any officer, transfer agent, or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased


to be such officer, transfer agent, or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent, or registrar at the date of issue.

Section  35.      Lost Certificates. A new certificate or certificates shall be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen, or destroyed. The Corporation may require, as a condition precedent to the issuance of a new certificate or certificates, the owner of such lost, stolen, or destroyed certificate or certificates, or the owner’s legal representative, to agree to indemnify the Corporation in such manner as it shall require or to give the Corporation a surety bond in such form and amount as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the Corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed.

Section  36.      Transfers .

(a)     Transfers of record of shares of stock of the Corporation shall be made only upon its books by the holders thereof, in person or by attorney duly authorized, and upon the surrender of a properly endorsed certificate or certificates for a like number of shares.

(b)     The Corporation shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes of stock of the Corporation to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the Corporation of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the DGCL.

Section  37.      Fixing Record Dates .

(a)     In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board may fix, in advance, a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board, and which record date shall, subject to applicable law, not be more than 60 nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed by the Board, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

(b)     In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board, and which date shall not be more than 10 days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board. Any stockholder of record seeking to have the stockholders authorize or take corporate action by written consent shall, by written notice to the Secretary, request the Board to fix a record date. The Board shall promptly, but in all events within 10 days after the date on which such a request is received, adopt a resolution


fixing the record date. If no record date has been fixed by the Board within 10 days of the date on which such a request is received, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board is required by applicable law, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the Corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. If no record date has been fixed by the Board and prior action by the Board is required by law, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

(c)     In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board may fix, in advance, a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than 60 days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution relating thereto.

Section  38.      Registered Stockholders. The Corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

ARTICLE VIII

OTHER SECURITIES OF THE CORPORATION

Section  39.      Execution of Other Securities. All bonds, debentures and other corporate securities of the Corporation, other than stock certificates (covered in Section 34), may be signed by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President or any Vice President, or such other person as may be authorized by the Board, and the corporate seal impressed thereon or a facsimile of such seal imprinted thereon and attested by the signature of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, or the Chief Financial Officer or Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer; provided, however, that where any such bond, debenture or other corporate security shall be authenticated by the manual signature, or where permissible facsimile signature, of a trustee under an indenture pursuant to which such bond, debenture or other corporate security shall be issued, the signatures of the persons signing and attesting the corporate seal on such bond, debenture or other corporate security may be the imprinted facsimile of the signatures of such persons. Interest coupons appertaining to any such bond, debenture or other corporate security, authenticated by a trustee as aforesaid, shall be signed by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer of the Corporation or such other person as may be authorized by the Board, or bear imprinted thereon the facsimile signature of such person. In case any officer who shall have signed or


attested any bond, debenture or other corporate security, or whose facsimile signature shall appear thereon or on any such interest coupon, shall have ceased to be such officer before the bond, debenture or other corporate security so signed or attested shall have been delivered, such bond, debenture or other corporate security nevertheless may be adopted by the Corporation and issued and delivered as though the person who signed the same or whose facsimile signature shall have been used thereon had not ceased to be such officer of the Corporation.

ARTICLE IX

DIVIDENDS

Section  40.      Declaration of Dividends. Dividends upon the capital stock of the Corporation, subject to the provisions of the Charter and applicable law, if any, may be declared by the Board pursuant to law at any regular or special meeting. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the Charter and applicable law.

Section  41.      Dividend Reserve. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, or for such other purpose as the Board shall think conducive to the interests of the Corporation, and the Board may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

ARTICLE X

FISCAL YEAR

Section  42.      Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board.

ARTICLE XI

INDEMNIFICATION

Section  43.      Indemnification of Directors, Executive Officers, Other Officers, Employees and Other Agents .

(a)      Directors and Executive Officers. The Corporation shall indemnify its directors and executive officers (for the purposes of this Article XI, “ executive officers ” shall have the meaning defined in Rule 3b-7 promulgated under the 1934 Act) to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL or any other applicable law; provided, however, that the Corporation may modify the extent of such indemnification by individual contracts with its directors and executive officers; and, provided, further, that the Corporation shall not be required to indemnify any director or executive officer in connection with any proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person unless (i) such indemnification is expressly required to be made by law, (ii) the proceeding was authorized by the Board, (iii) such indemnification is provided by the


Corporation, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Corporation under the Delaware General Corporation Law or any other applicable law or (iv) such indemnification is required to be made under subsection (d).

(b)      Other Officers, Employees and Other Agents . The Corporation shall have power to indemnify its other officers, employees and other agents as set forth in the DGCL or any other applicable law. The Board shall have the power to delegate the determination of whether indemnification shall be given to any such person except executive officers to such officers or other persons as the Board shall determine.

(c)      Expenses. The Corporation shall advance to any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or executive officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or executive officer of another Corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, prior to the final disposition of the proceeding, promptly following request therefor, all expenses incurred by any director or executive officer in connection with such proceeding, provided, however, that, if the DGCL requires, an advancement of expenses incurred by a director or officer in his or her capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such indemnitee, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking, by or on behalf of such indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal that such indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified for such expenses under this Section 43 or otherwise.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise determined pursuant to paragraph (e) of this Bylaw, no advance shall be made by the Corporation to an executive officer of the Corporation (except by reason of the fact that such executive officer is or was a director of the Corporation, in which event this paragraph shall not apply) in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, if a determination is reasonably and promptly made (i) by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who were not parties to the proceeding, even if not a quorum, or (ii) by a committee of such directors designated by a majority of such directors, even though less than a quorum, or (iii) if there are no such directors, or such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, that the facts known to the decision-making party at the time such determination is made demonstrate clearly and convincingly that such person acted in bad faith or in a manner that such person did not believe to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation.

(d)      Enforcement. Without the necessity of entering into an express contract, all rights to indemnification and advances to directors and executive officers under this Bylaw shall be deemed to be contractual rights and be effective to the same extent and as if provided for in a contract between the Corporation and the director or executive officer. Any right to indemnification or advances granted by this Bylaw to a director or executive officer shall be enforceable by or on behalf of the person holding such right in any court of competent jurisdiction if (i) the claim for indemnification or advances is denied, in whole or in part, or (ii) no disposition of such claim is made within 90 days of request therefor. The claimant in such


enforcement action, if successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting the claim. In connection with any claim for indemnification, the Corporation shall be entitled to raise as a defense to any such action that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct that make it permissible under the DGCL or any other applicable law for the Corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed. In connection with any claim by an executive officer of the Corporation (except in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that such executive officer is or was a director of the Corporation) for advances, the Corporation shall be entitled to raise a defense as to any such action clear and convincing evidence that such person acted in bad faith or in a manner that such person did not believe to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, or with respect to any criminal action or proceeding that such person acted without reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was lawful. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the DGCL or any other applicable law, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct. In any suit brought by a director or executive officer to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, the burden of proving that the director or executive officer is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this Article XI or otherwise shall be on the Corporation.

(e)      Non -Exclusivity of Rights. The rights conferred on any person by this Bylaw shall not be exclusive of any other right which such person may have or hereafter acquire under any applicable statute, provision of the Charter, Bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding office. The Corporation is specifically authorized to enter into individual contracts with any or all of its directors, officers, employees or agents respecting indemnification and advances, to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL or any other applicable law.

(f)      Survival of Rights. The rights conferred on any person by this Bylaw shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, executive officer, other officer, employee or other agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

(g)      Insurance. To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, or any other applicable law, the Corporation, upon approval by the Board, may purchase insurance on behalf of any person required or permitted to be indemnified pursuant to this Bylaw.

(h)      Amendments. Any repeal or modification of this Bylaw shall only be prospective and shall not affect the rights under this Bylaw in effect at the time of the alleged occurrence of any action or omission to act that is the cause of any proceeding against any agent of the Corporation.


(i)      Saving Clause. If this Bylaw or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the Corporation shall nevertheless indemnify each director and executive officer to the full extent not prohibited by any applicable portion of this Bylaw that shall not have been invalidated, or by any other applicable law. If this Section 43 shall be invalid due to the application of the indemnification provisions of another jurisdiction, then the Corporation shall indemnify each director and executive officer to the full extent under applicable law.

(j)      Certain Definitions. For the purposes of this Bylaw, the following definitions shall apply:

(1)     The term “ proceeding ” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, the investigation, preparation, prosecution, defense, settlement, arbitration and appeal of, and the giving of testimony in, any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative.

(2)     The term “ expenses ” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, court costs, attorneys’ fees, witness fees, fines, amounts paid in settlement or judgment and any other costs and expenses of any nature or kind incurred in connection with any proceeding.

(3)     The term the “ Corporation ” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, and employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Bylaw with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as he would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

(4)     References to a “ director ,” “ executive officer ,” “ officer ,” “ employee ,” or “ agent ” of the Corporation shall include, without limitation, situations where such person is serving at the request of the Corporation as, respectively, a director, executive officer, officer, employee, trustee or agent of another Corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.

(5)     References to “ other enterprises ” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “ fines ” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “ serving at the request of the Corporation ” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee, or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants, or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation” as referred to in this Bylaw.


ARTICLE XII

NOTICES

Section  44.      Notices .

(a)      Notice to Stockholders. Written notice to stockholders of stockholder meetings shall be given as provided in Section 7 herein. Without limiting the manner by which notice may otherwise be given effectively to stockholders under any agreement or contract with such stockholder, and except as otherwise required by law, written notice to stockholders for purposes other than stockholder meetings may be sent by United States mail or nationally recognized overnight courier, or by facsimile, telegraph or telex or by electronic mail or other electronic means.

(b)      Notice to Directors. Any notice required to be given to any director may be given by the method stated in subsection (a), or as provided for in Section 21 of these Bylaws. If such notice is not delivered personally, it shall be sent to such address as such director shall have filed in writing with the Secretary, or, in the absence of such filing, to the last known post office address of such director.

(c)      Affidavit of Mailing. An affidavit of mailing, executed by a duly authorized and competent employee of the Corporation or its transfer agent appointed with respect to the class of stock affected or other agent, specifying the name and address or the names and addresses of the stockholder or stockholders, or director or directors, to whom any such notice or notices was or were given, and the time and method of giving the same, shall in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts therein contained.

(d)      Methods of Notice. It shall not be necessary that the same method of giving notice be employed in respect of all recipients of notice, but one permissible method may be employed in respect of any one or more, and any other permissible method or methods may be employed in respect of any other or others.

(e)      Notice to Person with Whom Communication Is Unlawful. Whenever notice is required to be given, under any provision of law or of the Charter or Bylaws, to any person with whom communication is unlawful, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required and there shall be no duty to apply to any governmental authority or agency for a license or permit to give such notice to such person. Any action or meeting which shall be taken or held without notice to any such person with whom communication is unlawful shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. In the event that the action taken by the Corporation is such as to require the filing of a certificate under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate shall state, if such is the fact and if notice is required, that notice was given to all persons entitled to receive notice except such persons with whom communication is unlawful.

(f)      Notice to Stockholders Sharing an Address. Except as otherwise prohibited under DGCL, any notice given under the provisions of DGCL, the Charter or the Bylaws shall be effective if given by a single written notice to stockholders who share an address if consented to by the stockholders at that address to whom such notice is given. Such consent


shall have been deemed to have been given if such stockholder fails to object in writing to the corporation within 60 days of having been given notice by the corporation of its intention to send the single notice. Any consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the corporation.

ARTICLE XIII

AMENDMENTS

Section  45.      Amendments. The Board is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal Bylaws of the Corporation. The stockholders shall also have power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation; provided, however, that, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the Corporation required by law or by the Charter, such action by stockholders shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

ARTICLE XIV

RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL

Section  46.      Right of First Refusal. No stockholder shall sell, assign, pledge, or in any manner transfer any of the shares of Common Stock of the Corporation or any right or interest therein, whether voluntarily or by operation of law, or by gift or otherwise, except by a transfer which meets the requirements hereinafter set forth in this bylaw:

(a)     If the stockholder desires to sell or otherwise transfer any of his shares of Common Stock, then the stockholder shall first give written notice thereof to the Corporation. The notice shall name the proposed transferee and state the number of shares to be transferred, the proposed consideration, and all other terms and conditions of the proposed transfer.

(b)     For 30 days following receipt of such notice, the Corporation shall have the option to purchase the shares specified in the notice at the price and upon the terms set forth in such notice; provided, however, that the Corporation in its sole discretion shall have the option to purchase a lesser portion of the shares specified in said notice at the price and upon the terms set forth therein. In the event of a gift, property settlement or other transfer in which the proposed transferee is not paying the full price for the shares, and that is not otherwise exempted from the provisions of this Section 46, the price shall be deemed to be the fair market value of the stock at such time as determined in good faith by the Board. In the event the Corporation elects to purchase all of the shares or a lesser portion of the shares, it shall give written notice to the transferring stockholder of its election and settlement for said shares shall be made as provided below in paragraph (d).

(c)     The Corporation may assign its rights hereunder.

(d)     In the event the Corporation and/or its assignee(s) elect to acquire any of the shares of the transferring stockholder as specified in said transferring stockholder’s notice, the Secretary of the Corporation shall so notify the transferring stockholder and settlement


thereof shall be made in cash within 30 days after the Secretary of the Corporation receives said transferring stockholder’s notice; provided that if the terms of payment set forth in said transferring stockholder’s notice were other than cash against delivery, the Corporation and/or its assignee(s) shall pay for said shares on the same terms and conditions set forth in said transferring stockholder’s notice.

(e)     In the event the Corporation and/or its assignees(s) do not elect to acquire all of the shares specified in the transferring stockholder’s notice, said transferring stockholder may, within the 60-day period following the expiration of the option rights granted to the Corporation and/or its assignees(s) herein, transfer the shares specified in said transferring stockholder’s notice which were not acquired by the Corporation and/or its assignees(s) as specified in said transferring stockholder’s notice. All shares so sold by said transferring stockholder shall continue to be subject to the provisions of this bylaw in the same manner as before said transfer.

(f)     Anything to the contrary contained herein notwithstanding, the following transactions shall be exempt from the provisions of this bylaw:

(1)     A stockholder’s transfer of any or all shares held either during such stockholder’s lifetime or on death by will or intestacy to such stockholder’s immediate family or to any custodian or trustee for the account of such stockholder or such stockholder’s immediate family or to any limited partnership of which the stockholder, members of such stockholder’s immediate family or any trust for the account of such stockholder or such stockholder’s immediate family will be the general or limited partner(s) of such partnership. “Immediate family” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant, father, mother, brother, or sister of the stockholder making such transfer.

(2)     A stockholder’s bona fide pledge or mortgage of any shares with a commercial lending institution, provided that any subsequent transfer of said shares by said institution shall be conducted in the manner set forth in this bylaw.

(3)     A stockholder’s transfer of any or all of such stockholder’s shares to the Corporation or to any other stockholder of the Corporation.

(4)     A stockholder’s transfer of any or all of such stockholder’s shares to a person who, at the time of such transfer, is an officer or director of the Corporation.

(5)     A corporate stockholder’s transfer of any or all of its shares pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of any merger, consolidation, reclassification of shares or capital reorganization of the corporate stockholder, or pursuant to a sale of all or substantially all of the stock or assets of a corporate stockholder.

(6)     A corporate stockholder’s transfer of any or all of its shares to any or all of its stockholders.

(7)     A transfer by a stockholder which is a limited or general partnership to any or all of its partners or former partners in accordance with partnership interests.


In any such case, the transferee, assignee, or other recipient shall receive and hold such stock subject to the provisions of this Section 46 and the transfer restrictions in Section 36, and there shall be no further transfer of such stock except in accord with this bylaw and the transfer restrictions in Section 36.

(g)     The provisions of this bylaw may be waived with respect to any transfer either by the Corporation, upon duly authorized action of its Board, or by the stockholders, upon the express written consent of the owners of a majority of the voting power of the Corporation (excluding the votes represented by those shares to be transferred by the transferring stockholder). This bylaw may be amended or repealed either by a duly authorized action of the Board or by the stockholders, upon the express written consent of the owners of a majority of the voting power of the Corporation.

(h)     Any sale or transfer, or purported sale or transfer, of securities of the Corporation shall be null and void unless the terms, conditions, and provisions of this bylaw are strictly observed and followed.

(i)     The foregoing right of first refusal shall terminate upon the date securities of the Corporation are first offered to the public pursuant to a registration statement filed with, and declared effective by, the United States Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(j)     The certificates representing shares of stock of the Corporation shall bear on their face the following legend so long as the foregoing right of first refusal remains in effect:

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL OPTION IN FAVOR OF THE CORPORATION AND/OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S), AS PROVIDED IN THE BYLAWS OF THE CORPORATION.”

ARTICLE XV

LOANS TO OFFICERS

Section  47.      Loans to Officers. Except as otherwise prohibited under applicable law, the Corporation may lend money to, or guarantee any obligation of, or otherwise assist any officer or other employee of the Corporation or of its subsidiaries, including any officer or employee who is a director of the Corporation or its subsidiaries, whenever, in the judgment of the Board, such loan, guarantee or assistance may reasonably be expected to benefit the Corporation. The loan, guarantee or other assistance may be with or without interest and may be unsecured, or secured in such manner as the Board shall approve, including, without limitation, a pledge of shares of stock of the Corporation. Nothing in these Bylaws shall be deemed to deny, limit or restrict the powers of guaranty or warranty of the Corporation at common law or under any statute.


ARTICLE XVI

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 48.    Annual Report.

(a)     Subject to the provisions of paragraph (b) of this Bylaw, the Board shall cause an annual report to be sent to each stockholder of the Corporation not later than 120 days after the close of the Corporation’s fiscal year. Such report shall include a balance sheet as of the end of such fiscal year and an income statement and statement of changes in financial position for such fiscal year, accompanied by any report thereon of independent accountants or, if there is no such report, the certificate of an authorized officer of the Corporation that such statements were prepared without audit from the books and records of the Corporation. When there are more than 100 stockholders of record of the Corporation’s shares, as determined by Section 605 of the CGCL, additional information as required by Section 1501(b) of the CGCL shall also be contained in such report, provided that if the Corporation has a class of securities registered under Section 12 of the 1934 Act, the 1934 Act shall take precedence. Such report shall be sent to stockholders at least 15 days prior to the next annual meeting of stockholders after the end of the fiscal year to which it relates.

(b)     If and so long as there are fewer than 100 holders of record of the Corporation’s shares, the requirement of sending of an annual report to the stockholders of the Corporation is hereby expressly waived.

Exhibit 4.2

TP THERAPEUTICS, INC.

FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

T HIS F OURTH A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of October 18, 2018, by and among TP T HERAPEUTICS , I NC ., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”) and certain investors of the Company (referred to hereinafter as the “ Investors ” and each individually as an “ Investor ”), including the purchasers of Series D Preferred Stock listed on E XHIBIT A hereto.

RECITALS

W HEREAS , the Company and certain of the Investors (the “ Prior Investors ”) are parties to that certain Third Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement dated as of May 17, 2017 (the “ Prior Agreement ”);

W HEREAS , certain of the Investors (the “ Series D Investors ”) are parties to that certain Series D Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of even date herewith, as the same may be amended from time to time (the “ Purchase Agreement ”);

W HEREAS , the Company and the Prior Investors desire to amend and restate the Prior Agreement to provide the Series D Investors with the registration, information rights and other rights as set forth below.

AGREEMENT

N OW , T HEREFORE , in consideration of these premises and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

SECTION 1. GENERAL.

1.1      Definitions . As used in this Agreement the following terms shall have the following respective meanings:

(a)     “ Common Stock ” means the Company’s Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

(b)     “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(c)     “ Form S-3 ” means such form under the Securities Act as in effect on the date hereof or any successor or similar registration form under the Securities Act subsequently adopted by the SEC which permits inclusion or incorporation of substantial information by reference to other documents filed by the Company with the SEC.

 

1.


(d)     “ Holder ” means any person owning of record Registrable Securities that have not been sold to the public or any assignee of record of such Registrable Securities in accordance with Section 2.9 hereof.

(e)     “ Initial Offering ” means the Company’s first firm commitment underwritten public offering of its Common Stock registered under the Securities Act.

(f)     “ Preferred Stock ” means the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock.

(g)     “ Register ,” “ registered ,” and “ registration ” refer to a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement in compliance with the Securities Act, and the declaration or ordering of effectiveness of such registration statement or document.

(h)     “ Registrable Securities ” means (a) Common Stock issuable or issued upon conversion of the Shares and (b) any Common Stock issued as (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right or other security which is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for or in replacement of, such above-described securities. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Registrable Securities shall not include any securities (I) sold by a person to the public either pursuant to a registration statement or Rule 144 or (ii) sold in a private transaction in which the transferor’s rights under Section 2 of this Agreement are not assigned.

(i)     “ Registrable Securities then outstanding ” shall be the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock that are Registrable Securities and either (a) are then issued and outstanding or (b) are issuable pursuant to then exercisable or convertible securities.

(j)     “ Registration Expenses ” shall mean all expenses incurred by the Company in complying with Sections 2.2, 2.3 and 2.4 hereof, including, without limitation, all registration and filing fees, printing expenses, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company, reasonable fees and disbursements of a single special counsel for the Holders, blue sky fees and expenses and the expense of any special audits incident to or required by any such registration (but excluding the compensation of regular employees of the Company which shall be paid in any event by the Company, underwriting discounts and commissions).

(k)     “ Rule 144 ” shall mean Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.

(l)     “ SEC ” or “Commission” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

(m)     “ Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(n)     “ Selling Expenses ” shall mean all underwriting discounts and selling commissions applicable to the sale.

(o)     “ Series A Preferred Stock ” shall mean the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

 

2.


(p)     “ Series B Preferred Stock ” shall mean the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

(q)     “ Series C Preferred Stock ” shall mean the Company’s Series C Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

(r)     “ Series D Preferred Stock ” shall mean the Company’s Series D Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

(s)     “ Shares ” shall mean the Preferred Stock held from time to time by the Investors listed on Exhibit A hereto and their permitted assigns.

(t)     “ Special Registration Statement ” shall mean (i) a registration statement relating to any employee benefit plan or (ii) with respect to any corporate reorganization or transaction under Rule 145 of the Securities Act, any registration statements related to the issuance or resale of securities issued in such a transaction or (iii) a registration related to stock issued upon conversion of debt securities.

SECTION 2. REGISTRATION; RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER.

2.1      Restrictions on Transfer .

(a)     Each Holder agrees not to make any disposition of all or any portion of the Shares or Registrable Securities unless and until:

(i)     there is then in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act covering such proposed disposition and such disposition is made in accordance with such registration statement; or

(ii)     (A) The transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the terms of this Agreement, (B) such Holder shall have notified the Company of the proposed disposition and shall have furnished the Company with a reasonably detailed statement of the circumstances surrounding the proposed disposition, and (C) if reasonably requested by the Company, such Holder shall have furnished the Company with an opinion of counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Company, that such disposition will not require registration of such shares under the Securities Act. It is agreed that the Company will not require opinions of counsel for transactions made pursuant to Rule 144, except in unusual circumstances. After its Initial Offering, the Company will not require any transferee pursuant to Rule 144 to be bound by the terms of this Agreement if the shares so transferred do not remain Registrable Securities hereunder following such transfer.

(b)     Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (a) above, no such restriction shall apply to a transfer by a Holder that is (A) a partnership transferring to its (i) partners or former partners in accordance with partnership interests or (ii) affiliated partnerships or funds managed by it or any of their respective directors, officers or partners, (B) a corporation transferring to a wholly-owned subsidiary or a parent corporation that owns all of the capital stock of the Holder, (C) a limited liability company transferring to its members or former members in accordance with their interest in the limited liability company, or (D) an individual

 

3.


transferring to the Holder’s family member or trust for the benefit of an individual Holder; provided that in each case the transferee will agree in writing to be subject to the terms of this Agreement to the same extent as if he were an original Holder hereunder.

(c)     Each certificate representing Shares or Registrable Securities shall be stamped or otherwise imprinted with legends substantially similar to the following (in addition to any legend required under applicable state securities laws):

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ ACT ”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR THERE IS A VALID EXEMPTION FROM SUCH REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS.

THE SALE, PLEDGE, HYPOTHECATION OR TRANSFER OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE IS SUBJECT TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF A CERTAIN INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT BY AND BETWEEN THE STOCKHOLDER AND THE COMPANY. COPIES OF SUCH AGREEMENT MAY BE OBTAINED UPON WRITTEN REQUEST TO THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.

(d)     The Company shall be obligated to reissue promptly unlegended certificates at the request of any Holder thereof if the Company has completed its Initial Offering and the Holder shall have obtained an opinion of counsel (which counsel may be counsel to the Company) reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that the securities proposed to be disposed of may lawfully be so disposed of without registration, qualification and legend, provided that the second legend listed above shall be removed only at such time as the Holder of such certificate is no longer subject to any restrictions hereunder.

(e)     Any legend endorsed on an instrument pursuant to applicable state securities laws and the stop-transfer instructions with respect to such securities shall be removed upon receipt by the Company of an order of the appropriate blue sky authority authorizing such removal.

2.2      Demand Registration .

(a)     Subject to the conditions of this Section 2.2, if the Company shall receive a written request from either (i) the Holders of at least a majority of the Registrable Securities or (ii) the Holders of at least a majority of the Series D Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock, voting together on an as-converted basis (in either case, the “ Initiating Holders ”) that the Company file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the registration of Registrable Securities with an aggregate offering price to the public

 

4.


of not less than $30,000,000, then the Company shall, within 30 days of the receipt thereof, give written notice of such request to all Holders, and subject to the limitations of this Section 2.2, use its best efforts to effect, as expeditiously as reasonably possible, the registration under the Securities Act of all Registrable Securities that all Holders request to be registered.

(b)     If the Initiating Holders intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, they shall so advise the Company as a part of their request made pursuant to this Section 2.2 or any request pursuant to Section 2.4 and the Company shall include such information in the written notice referred to in Section 2.2(a) or Section 2.4(a), as applicable. In such event, the right of any Holder to include its Registrable Securities in such registration shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting by the Holders of at least a majority of the Registrable Securities held by all Initiating Holders (which underwriter or underwriters shall be reasonably acceptable to the Company). Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2.2 or Section 2.4, if the underwriter advises the Company that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of securities to be underwritten (including Registrable Securities) then the Company shall so advise all Holders of Registrable Securities that would otherwise be underwritten pursuant hereto, and the number of shares that may be included in the underwriting shall be allocated to the Holders of such Registrable Securities on a pro rata basis based on the number of Registrable Securities held by all such Holders (including the Initiating Holders). In no event shall the number of Registrable Securities underwritten in such registration be limited unless and until all shares held by persons other than Holders, including the Company, are completely excluded from such offering. Any Registrable Securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be withdrawn from the registration.

(c)     The Company shall not be required to effect a registration pursuant to this Section 2.2:

(i)     prior to the earlier of (A) the sixth anniversary of the date of this Agreement or (B) of the expiration of the restrictions on transfer set forth in Section 2.11 following the Initial Offering;

(ii)     after the Company has effected two registrations pursuant to this Section 2.2, and such registrations have been declared or ordered effective;

(iii)     during the period starting with the date of filing of, and ending on the date 180 days following the effective date of the registration statement pertaining to the Initial Offering (or such longer period as may be determined pursuant to Section 2.11 hereof); provided that the Company makes reasonable good faith efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective;

(iv)     if within 30 days of receipt of a written request from Initiating Holders pursuant to Section 2.2(a), the Company gives notice to the Holders of the Company’s intention to file a registration statement for its Initial Offering within 90 days;

 

5.


(v)     if the Company shall furnish to Holders requesting a registration statement pursuant to this Section 2.2 a certificate signed by the Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”) stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board, it would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such registration statement to be effected at such time, in which event the Company shall have the right to defer such filing for a period of not more than 180 days after receipt of the request of the Initiating Holders; provided that such right to delay a request shall be exercised by the Company not more than twice in any 12-month period;

(vi)     if the Initiating Holders propose to dispose of shares of Registrable Securities that may be immediately registered on Form S-3 pursuant to a request made pursuant to Section 2.4 below; or

(vii)     in any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to qualify to do business or to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification or compliance.

2.3      Piggyback Registrations . The Company shall notify all Holders of Registrable Securities in writing at least 15 days prior to the filing of any registration statement under the Securities Act for purposes of a public offering of securities of the Company (including, but not limited to, registration statements relating to secondary offerings of securities of the Company, but excluding Special Registration Statements) and will afford each such Holder an opportunity to include in such registration statement all or part of such Registrable Securities held by such Holder. Each Holder desiring to include in any such registration statement all or any part of the Registrable Securities held by it shall, within 15 days after the above-described notice from the Company, so notify the Company in writing. Such notice shall state the intended method of disposition of the Registrable Securities by such Holder. If a Holder decides not to include all of its Registrable Securities in any registration statement thereafter filed by the Company, such Holder shall nevertheless continue to have the right to include any Registrable Securities in any subsequent registration statement or registration statements as may be filed by the Company with respect to offerings of its securities, all upon the terms and conditions set forth herein.

(a)      Underwriting . If the registration statement of which the Company gives notice under this Section 2.3 is for an underwritten offering, the Company shall so advise the Holders of Registrable Securities. In such event, the right of any such Holder to include Registrable Securities in a registration pursuant to this Section 2.3 shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their Registrable Securities through such underwriting shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting by the Company. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if the Company determines in good faith, based on consultation with the underwriter, that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of shares to be underwritten, the number of shares that may be included in the underwriting shall be allocated, first, to the Company; second, to the Holders on a pro rata basis based on the total number of Registrable Securities held by the Holders; and third, to any stockholder of the Company (other than a Holder) on a pro rata basis; provided, however, that no such reduction shall reduce the amount of securities of the selling Holders included in the

 

6.


registration below 25% of the total amount of securities included in such registration, unless such offering is the Initial Offering and such registration does not include shares of any other selling stockholders, in which event any or all of the Registrable Securities of the Holders may be excluded in accordance with the immediately preceding clause. In no event will shares of any other selling stockholder be included in such registration that would reduce the number of shares which may be included by Holders without the written consent of Holders of not less than a majority of the Registrable Securities proposed to be sold in the offering. If any Holder disapproves of the terms of any such underwriting, such Holder may elect to withdraw therefrom by written notice to the Company and the underwriter, delivered at least 10 business days prior to the effective date of the registration statement. Any Registrable Securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be excluded and withdrawn from the registration. For any Holder which is a partnership, limited liability company or corporation, the partners, retired partners, members, retired members and stockholders of such Holder, or the estates and family members of any such partners, retired partners, members and retired members and any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing person shall be deemed to be a single “Holder,” and any pro rata reduction with respect to such “Holder” shall be based upon the aggregate amount of shares carrying registration rights owned by all entities and individuals included in such “Holder,” as defined in this sentence.

(b)      Right to Terminate Registration . The Company shall have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by it under this Section 2.3 whether or not any Holder has elected to include securities in such registration. The Registration Expenses of such withdrawn registration shall be borne by the Company in accordance with Section 2.5 hereof.

2.4      Form S-3 Registration . In case the Company shall receive a written request from any Holder or Holders of Registrable Securities that the Company effect a registration on Form S-3 (or any successor to Form S-3) or any similar short-form registration statement and any related qualification or compliance with respect to all or a part of the Registrable Securities owned by such Holder or Holders, the Company will:

(a)     promptly give written notice of the proposed registration, and any related qualification or compliance, to all other Holders of Registrable Securities; and

(b)     as soon as practicable, effect such registration and all such qualifications and compliances as may be so requested and as would permit or facilitate the sale and distribution of all or such portion of such Holder’s or Holders’ Registrable Securities as are specified in such request, together with all or such portion of the Registrable Securities of any other Holder or Holders joining in such request as are specified in a written request given within 15 days after receipt of such written notice from the Company; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated to effect any such registration, qualification or compliance pursuant to this Section 2.4:

(i)     if Form S-3 is not available for such offering by the Holders;

(ii)     if the Holders, together with the holders of any other securities of the Company entitled to inclusion in such registration, propose to sell Registrable Securities and such other securities (if any) at an aggregate price to the public of less than $1,000,000;

 

7.


(iii)     if within 30 days of receipt of a written request from any Holder or Holders pursuant to this Section 2.4, the Company gives notice to such Holder or Holders of the Company’s intention to make a public offering within 90 days, other than pursuant to a Special Registration Statement;

(iv)     if the Company shall furnish to the Holders a certificate signed by the Chairman of the Board stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board, it would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such Form S-3 registration to be effected at such time, in which event the Company shall have the right to defer the filing of the Form S-3 registration statement for a period of not more than 120 days after receipt of the request of the Holder or Holders under this Section 2.4; provided , that such right to delay a request shall be exercised by the Company not more than twice in any 12-month period;

(v)     if the Company has already effected three registrations on Form S-3 for the Holders pursuant to this Section 2.4;

(vi)     if the Company has, within the 12-month period preceding the date of such request, already effected two registrations on Form S-3 for the Holders pursuant to this Section 2.4; or

(vii)     in any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to qualify to do business or to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification or compliance.

(c)     Subject to the foregoing, the Company shall file a Form S-3 registration statement covering the Registrable Securities and other securities so requested to be registered as soon as practicable after receipt of the requests of the Holders. Registrations effected pursuant to this Section 2.4 shall not be counted as demands for registration or registrations effected pursuant to Section 2.2.

2.5      Expenses of Registration . Except as specifically provided herein, all Registration Expenses incurred in connection with any registration, qualification or compliance pursuant to Section 2.2, 2.3 or 2.4 herein shall be borne by the Company. All Selling Expenses incurred in connection with any registrations hereunder, shall be borne by the holders of the securities so registered pro rata on the basis of the number of shares so registered. The Company shall not, however, be required to pay for expenses of any registration proceeding begun pursuant to Section 2.2 or 2.4, the request of which has been subsequently withdrawn by the Initiating Holders unless (a) the withdrawal is based upon material adverse information concerning the Company of which the Initiating Holders were not aware at the time of such request or (b) the Holders of at least a majority of Registrable Securities agree to deem such registration to have been effected as of the date of such withdrawal for purposes of determining whether the Company shall be obligated pursuant to Section 2.2 or 2.4, as applicable, to undertake any subsequent registration, in which event such right shall be forfeited by all Holders. If the Holders are required to pay the Registration Expenses, such expenses shall be borne by the holders of securities (including Registrable Securities) requesting such registration in proportion to the number of shares for which registration was requested. If the Company is required to pay the Registration Expenses of a withdrawn offering pursuant to clause (a) above, then such

 

8.


registration shall not be deemed to have been effected for purposes of determining whether the Company shall be obligated pursuant to Section 2.2 or 2.4, as applicable, to undertake any subsequent registration.

2.6      Obligations of the Company . Whenever required to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities, the Company shall, as expeditiously as reasonably possible:

(a)     prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use its best efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective, and, upon the request of the Holders of at least a majority of the Registrable Securities registered thereunder, keep such registration statement effective for up to 30 days or, if earlier, until the Holder or Holders have completed the distribution related thereto; provided, however, that at any time, upon written notice to the participating Holders and for a period not to exceed 60 days thereafter (the “ Suspension Period ”), the Company may delay the filing or effectiveness of any registration statement or suspend the use or effectiveness of any registration statement (and the Initiating Holders hereby agree not to offer or sell any Registrable Securities pursuant to such registration statement during the Suspension Period) if the Company reasonably believes that there is or may be in existence material nonpublic information or events involving the Company, the failure of which to be disclosed in the prospectus included in the registration statement could result in a Violation (as defined below). In the event that the Company shall exercise its right to delay or suspend the filing or effectiveness of a registration hereunder, the applicable time period during which the registration statement is to remain effective shall be extended by a period of time equal to the duration of the Suspension Period. The Company may extend the Suspension Period for an additional consecutive 60 days with the consent of the holders of at least a majority of the Registrable Securities registered under the applicable registration statement, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. If so directed by the Company, all Holders registering shares under such registration statement shall (i) not offer to sell any Registrable Securities pursuant to the registration statement during the period in which the delay or suspension is in effect after receiving notice of such delay or suspension; and (ii) use their best efforts to deliver to the Company (at the Company’s expense) all copies, other than permanent file copies then in such Holders’ possession, of the prospectus relating to such Registrable Securities current at the time of receipt of such notice. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be required to file, cause to become effective or maintain the effectiveness of any registration statement other than a registration statement on Form S-3 that contemplates a distribution of securities on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act.

(b)     Prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement for the period set forth in subsection (a) above.

(c)     Furnish to the Holders such number of copies of a prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus, in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act, and such other documents as they may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of Registrable Securities owned by them.

 

9.


(d)     Use its best efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the Holders; provided that the Company shall not be required in connection therewith or as a condition thereto to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions.

(e)     In the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the managing underwriter(s) of such offering. Each Holder participating in such underwriting shall also enter into and perform its obligations under such an agreement.

(f)     Notify each Holder of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing. The Company will use its best efforts to amend or supplement such prospectus in order to cause such prospectus not to include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing.

(g)     Use its best efforts to furnish, on the date that such Registrable Securities are delivered to the underwriters for sale, if such securities are being sold through underwriters, (i) an opinion, dated as of such date, of the counsel representing the Company for the purposes of such registration, in form and substance as is customarily given to underwriters in an underwritten public offering, addressed to the underwriters, if any, and (ii) a letter, dated as of such date, from the independent certified public accountants of the Company, in form and substance as is customarily given by independent certified public accountants to underwriters in an underwritten public offering addressed to the underwriters.

2.7      Delay of Registration; Furnishing Information .

(a)     No Holder shall have any right to obtain or seek an injunction restraining or otherwise delaying any such registration as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this Section 2.

(b)     It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to Section 2.2, 2.3 or 2.4 that the selling Holders shall furnish to the Company such information regarding themselves, the Registrable Securities held by them and the intended method of disposition of such securities as shall be required to effect the registration of their Registrable Securities.

(c)     The Company shall have no obligation with respect to any registration requested pursuant to Section 2.2 or Section 2.4 if the number of shares or the anticipated aggregate offering price of the Registrable Securities to be included in the registration does not equal or exceed the number of shares or the anticipated aggregate offering price required to

 

10.


originally trigger the Company’s obligation to initiate such registration as specified in Section 2.2 or Section 2.4, whichever is applicable.

2.8      Indemnification . In the event any Registrable Securities are included in a registration statement under Sections 2.2, 2.3 or 2.4:

(a)     To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless each Holder, the partners, members, officers and directors of each Holder, any underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act) for such Holder and each person, if any, who controls such Holder or underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, against any losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (joint or several) to which they may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state law, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any of the following statements, omissions or violations (collectively a “ Violation ”) by the Company: (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in such registration statement or incorporated reference therein, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto, (ii) the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the Company of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any state securities law or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any state securities law in connection with the offering covered by such registration statement; and the Company will reimburse each such Holder, partner, member, officer, director, underwriter or controlling person for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided however , that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 2.8(a) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, nor shall the Company be liable in any such case for any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action to the extent that it arises out of or is based upon a Violation which occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished expressly for use in connection with such registration by such Holder, partner, member, officer, director, underwriter or controlling person of such Holder.

(b)     To the extent permitted by law, each Holder will, if Registrable Securities held by such Holder are included in the securities as to which such registration qualifications or compliance is being effected, severally and not jointly, indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, its officers and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act, any underwriter and any other Holder selling securities under such registration statement or any of such other Holder’s partners, directors or officers or any person who controls such Holder, against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which the Company or any such director, officer, controlling person, underwriter or other such Holder, or partner, director, officer or controlling person of such other Holder may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state law, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereto) arise out of or are based upon any of the following statements: (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in such registration statement or incorporated reference therein, including any

 

11.


preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto, (ii) the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the Company of the Securities Act (collectively, a “ Holder Violation ”), in each case to the extent (and only to the extent) that such Holder Violation occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by such Holder under an instrument duly executed by such Holder and stated to be specifically for use in connection with such registration; and each such Holder will reimburse any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company or any such director, officer, controlling person, underwriter or other Holder, or partner, officer, director or controlling person of such other Holder in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if it is judicially determined that there was such a Holder Violation; provided , however , that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 2.8(b) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Holder, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided further , that in no event shall any indemnity under this Section 2.8 exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder.

(c)     Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 2.8 of notice of the commencement of any action (including any governmental action), such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any indemnifying party under this Section 2.8, deliver to the indemnifying party a written notice of the commencement thereof and the indemnifying party shall have the right to participate in, and, to the extent the indemnifying party so desires, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly noticed, to assume the defense thereof with counsel mutually satisfactory to the parties; provided , however , that an indemnified party shall have the right to retain its own counsel, with the fees and expenses thereof to be paid by the indemnifying party, if representation of such indemnified party by the counsel retained by the indemnifying party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between such indemnified party and any other party represented by such counsel in such proceeding. The failure to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party within a reasonable time of the commencement of any such action shall relieve such indemnifying party of any liability to the indemnified party under this Section 2.8 to the extent, and only to the extent, prejudicial to its ability to defend such action, but the omission so to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party will not relieve it of any liability that it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 2.8.

(d)     If the indemnification provided for in this Section 2.8 is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an indemnified party with respect to any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to herein, the indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party thereunder, shall to the extent permitted by applicable law contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such loss, claim, damage or liability in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and of the indemnified party on the other in connection with the Violation(s) or Holder Violation(s) that resulted in such loss, claim, damage or liability, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and of the indemnified party shall be determined by a court of law by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission to state a

 

12.


material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission; provided , that in no event shall any contribution by a Holder hereunder exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder.

(e)     The obligations of the Company and Holders under this Section 2.8 shall survive completion of any offering of Registrable Securities in a registration statement and, with respect to liability arising from an offering to which this Section 2.8 would apply that is covered by a registration filed before termination of this Agreement, such termination. No indemnifying party, in the defense of any such claim or litigation, shall, except with the consent of each indemnified party, consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement which does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such Indemnified Party of a release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation.

2.9      Assignment of Registration Rights . The rights to cause the Company to register Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 2 may be assigned by a Holder to a transferee or assignee of Registrable Securities (for so long as such shares remain Registrable Securities) that (a) is a subsidiary, parent, general partner, limited partner, former partner, member or former member of a Holder that is a corporation, partnership or limited liability company, (b) is a Holder’s family member or trust for the benefit of an individual Holder, (c) acquires at least 50,000 shares of Registrable Securities (as adjusted for stock splits and combinations) or (d) is a fund that is controlled by or under common control with one or more current or former general partners or managing members of, or shares the same management company with, the Holder; provided, however, (i) the transferor shall, promptly furnish to the Company written notice of the name and address of such transferee or assignee and the securities with respect to which such registration rights are being assigned and (ii) such transferee shall agree to be subject to all restrictions set forth in this Agreement.

2.10      Limitation on Subsequent Registration Rights . Other than as provided in Section 5.10, after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not, without the written consent of Holders of at least a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding, enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company that would grant such holder rights to demand the registration of shares of the Company’s capital stock, or to include such shares in a registration statement that would reduce the number of shares includable by the Holders.

2.11      “Market Stand-Off” Agreement . Each Holder hereby agrees that such Holder shall not sell, dispose of, transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, any shares of Common Stock (or other securities of the Company) held by such Holder (other than those included in the registration) during the 180-day period following the effective date of the Initial Offering (or such longer period as the underwriters or the Company shall request in order to facilitate compliance with NASD Rule 2711 or NYSE Member Rule 472 or any successor or similar rule or regulation); provided , that all officers and directors of the Company and holders of at least 2% of the Company’s voting securities are bound by and have entered into similar agreements. The underwriters in connection with such Initial Offering are intended third-party beneficiaries of this Section 2.11 and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the

 

13.


provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto. To the extent that any person who is subject to market stand-off obligations is released early by the managing underwriter from such market stand-off obligations, then each Holder shall also receive a pro rata release, based on the number of shares subject to such agreements, from their respective market stand-off obligations, except that, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company and the underwriters may, in their sole discretion, waive or terminate these restrictions with respect to up to one percent of the Company’s total outstanding securities (determined as of the date of the Initial Offering, and giving effect to, the Initial Offering).

2.12      Agreement to Furnish Information . Each Holder agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the managing underwriters that are consistent with the Holder’s obligations under Section 2.11 or that are necessary to give further effect thereto. In addition, if requested by the Company or the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities of the Company), each Holder shall provide, within 10 days of such request, such information as may be required by the Company or such representative in connection with the completion of any public offering of the Company’s securities pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act. The obligations described in Section 2.11 and this Section 2.12 shall not apply to a Special Registration Statement. In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to such shares of Common Stock (or other securities of the Company) until the end of such period. Each Holder agrees that any transferee of any shares of Registrable Securities shall be bound by Sections 2.11 and 2.12. The underwriters of the Company’s stock are intended third party beneficiaries of Sections 2.11 and 2.12 and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto.

2.13      Rule 144 Reporting . With a view to making available to the Holders the benefits of certain rules and regulations of the SEC which may permit the sale of the Registrable Securities to the public without registration, the Company agrees to use its best efforts to:

(a)     Make and keep public information available, as those terms are understood and defined in Rule 144 or any similar or analogous rule promulgated under the Securities Act, at all times after the effective date of the first registration filed by the Company for an offering of its securities to the general public;

(b)     File with the SEC, in a timely manner, all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements); and

(c)     So long as a Holder owns any Registrable Securities, furnish to such Holder forthwith upon request: (i) a written statement by the Company as to its compliance with the reporting requirements of Rule 144, the Securities Act and of the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements); (ii) a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company filed with the Commission; and (iii) such other reports and documents as a Holder may reasonably request in connection with availing itself of any rule or regulation of the SEC allowing it to sell any such securities without registration.

 

14.


2.14      Termination of Registration Rights . The right of any Holder to request registration or inclusion of Registrable Securities in any registration pursuant to Section 2.2, Section 2.3, or Section 2.4 hereof shall terminate upon the earlier of: (i) the date three years following an initial public offering that results in the conversion of all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock; or (ii) as to any particular Holder, following the Qualified IPO (as defined in the Company’s Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “ Restated Charter ”)), at such time as all Registrable Securities issuable or issued upon conversion of the Shares held by and issuable to such Holder (and its affiliates) may be sold pursuant to Rule 144 during any 90-day period. Upon such termination, such shares shall cease to be “ Registrable Securities ” hereunder for all purposes.

SECTION 3. COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.

3.1      Basic Financial Information and Reporting .

(a)     The Company will maintain true books and records of account in which full and correct entries will be made of all its business transactions pursuant to a system of accounting established and administered in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied (except as noted therein or as disclosed to the recipients thereof), and will set aside on its books all such proper accruals and reserves as shall be required under generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied.

(b)     So long as an Investor (with its affiliates) shall own not less than 2,000,000 shares of Registrable Securities (as adjusted for stock splits and combinations) (a “ Major Investor ”), to the extent requested by a Major Investor, as soon as practicable after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, and in any event within 90 days thereafter, the Company will furnish such Major Investor a balance sheet of the Company, as at the end of such fiscal year, and a statement of income, shareholders’ equity and a statement of cash flows of the Company, for such year, all prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied (except as noted therein or as disclosed to the recipients thereof) and setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail. Such financial statements shall be accompanied by a report and opinion thereon by independent public accountants of national standing selected by the Board.

(c)     To the extent requested by a Major Investor, the Company will furnish such Major Investor, as soon as practicable after the end of each quarterly accounting period in each fiscal year of the Company, and in any event within 60 days thereafter, a balance sheet of the Company as of the end of each such period, and a statement of income and a statement of cash flows of the Company for such period, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied (except as noted therein or as disclosed to the recipients thereof), with the exception that no notes need be attached to such statements and year-end audit adjustments may not have been made.

(d)     To the extent requested by a Major Investor, the Company will furnish each such Major Investor, as soon as practicable prior to the end of each fiscal year of the Company, and in any event at least 45 days prior to the beginning of the next fiscal year, an

 

15.


annual budget and operating plans for the next fiscal year (and as soon as available, any subsequent written revisions thereto).

(e)     To the extent requested by a Major Investor, the Company will furnish each such Major Investor, as soon as practicable, but in any event within 45 days after the end of each of fiscal quarter of the Company, a statement showing the number of shares of each class and series of capital stock and securities convertible into or exercisable for shares of capital stock outstanding at the end of the period, the Common Stock issuable upon conversion or exercise of any outstanding securities convertible or exercisable for Common Stock and the exchange ratio or exercise price applicable thereto, and the number of shares of issued stock options and stock options not yet issued but reserved for issuance, if any, all in sufficient detail as to permit the Major Investors to calculate their respective percentage equity ownership in the Company, and certified by the chief financial officer or chief executive officer of the Company as being true, complete, and correct.

(f)     Such other information relating to the financial condition, business or corporate affairs of the Company as the Major Investor may from time to time reasonably request; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated under this subsection (f) or any other subsection of Section 3.1 to provide information that (A) it deems in good faith to be a trade secret or similar confidential information or (B) the disclosure of which would adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel.

3.2      Observer Rights .

(a)     As long as Foresite Capital Fund IV, L.P. or any of its affiliates (“ Foresite ”), in the aggregate, owns at least 2,464,512 shares of Series D Preferred Stock, the Company shall invite a representative of Foresite to attend all meetings of the Board in a nonvoting observer capacity and, in this respect, shall give such representative copies of all notices, minutes, consents, and other materials that it provides to its directors; provided , however , that such representative shall agree to hold in confidence and trust and to act in a fiduciary manner with respect to all information so provided; and provided further , that the Company reserves the right to withhold any information and to exclude such representative from any meeting or portion thereof if access to such information or attendance at such meeting could adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel or result in disclosure of trade secrets or a conflict of interest, or if such Investor or its representative is a competitor of the Company.

(b)     As long as venBio Global Strategic Fund II, L.P. or any of its affiliates (“ venBio ”), in the aggregate, owns at least 2,464,512 shares of Series D Preferred Stock, the Company shall invite a representative of venBio to attend all meetings of the Board in a nonvoting observer capacity and, in this respect, shall give such representative copies of all notices, minutes, consents, and other materials that it provides to its directors; provided , however , that such representative shall agree to hold in confidence and trust and to act in a fiduciary manner with respect to all information so provided; and provided further , that the Company reserves the right to withhold any information and to exclude such representative from any meeting or portion thereof if access to such information or attendance at such meeting could adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel or result in

 

16.


disclosure of trade secrets or a conflict of interest, or if such Investor or its representative is a competitor of the Company.

(c)     As long as HBM or any of its affiliates (“ HBM ”), in the aggregate, owns at least 1,643,008 shares of Series D Preferred Stock, the Company shall invite a representative of HBM to attend all meetings of the Board in a nonvoting observer capacity and, in this respect, shall give such representative copies of all notices, minutes, consents, and other materials that it provides to its directors; provided , however , that such representative shall agree to hold in confidence and trust and to act in a fiduciary manner with respect to all information so provided; and provided further , that the Company reserves the right to withhold any information and to exclude such representative from any meeting or portion thereof if access to such information or attendance at such meeting could adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel or result in disclosure of trade secrets or a conflict of interest, or if such Investor or its representative is a competitor of the Company.

(d)     As long as NexTech V GP S.À.R.L. or any of its affiliates (“ NexTech ”), in the aggregate, owns at least 1,232,256 shares of Series D Preferred Stock, the Company shall invite a representative of NexTech to attend all meetings of the Board in a nonvoting observer capacity and, in this respect, shall give such representative copies of all notices, minutes, consents, and other materials that it provides to its directors; provided , however , that such representative shall agree to hold in confidence and trust and to act in a fiduciary manner with respect to all information so provided; and provided further , that the Company reserves the right to withhold any information and to exclude such representative from any meeting or portion thereof if access to such information or attendance at such meeting could adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel or result in disclosure of trade secrets or a conflict of interest, or if such Investor or its representative is a competitor of the Company.

(e)     As long as Cormorant Global Healthcare Master Fund, LP, Cormorant Private Healthcare Fund I, LP and CRMA SPV, LP or any of their affiliates (collectively “ Cormorant ”), in the aggregate, owns at least 2,157,405 shares of Series C Preferred Stock, the Company shall invite a representative of Cormorant to attend all meetings of the Board in a nonvoting observer capacity and, in this respect, shall give such representative copies of all notices, minutes, consents, and other materials that it provides to its directors; provided , however , that such representative shall agree to hold in confidence and trust and to act in a fiduciary manner with respect to all information so provided; and provided further , that the Company reserves the right to withhold any information and to exclude such representative from any meeting or portion thereof if access to such information or attendance at such meeting could adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel or result in disclosure of trade secrets or a conflict of interest, or if such Investor or its representative is a competitor of the Company.

(f)     The Company shall invite a representative designated by the holders of a majority of the Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class on an as converted to Common Stock basis (the “ Series A/B Holders ”), to attend all meetings of the Board in a nonvoting observer capacity and, in this respect, shall give such representative copies of all notices, minutes, consents, and other materials that it provides to its

 

17.


directors; provided , however , that such representative shall agree to hold in confidence and trust and to act in a fiduciary manner with respect to all information so provided; and provided further , that the Company reserves the right to withhold any information and to exclude such representative from any meeting or portion thereof if access to such information or attendance at such meeting could adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel or result in disclosure of trade secrets or a conflict of interest, or if such Investor or its representative is a competitor of the Company. Upon the completed filing of a confidential draft registration statement with the SEC with respect to the Company’s first firm-commitment underwritten public offering, the holders of a majority of the Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class on an as converted to Common Stock basis, shall be entitled to designate up to two representatives to attend all meetings of the Board in a nonvoting observer capacity and consistent with the other terms described in the first sentence of this section.

3.3      Inspection Rights . Each Major Investor shall have the right to visit and inspect any of the properties of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, and to discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of the Company or any of its subsidiaries with its officers, and to review such information as is reasonably requested all at such reasonable times and as often as may be reasonably requested; provided , however , that the Company shall not be obligated under this Section 3.3 with respect to a competitor of the Company or with respect to information which the Board determines in good faith is confidential (unless covered by an enforceable confidentiality agreement in form acceptable to the Company) or attorney-client privileged and should not, therefore, be disclosed.

3.4      Confidentiality of Records . Each Investor agrees to use the same degree of care as such Investor uses to protect its own confidential information to keep confidential any information furnished to such Investor that the Company identifies as being confidential or proprietary (so long as such information is not in the public domain), except that such Investor may disclose such proprietary or confidential information (i) to any partner, subsidiary or parent of such Investor as long as such partner, subsidiary or parent is advised of and agrees or has agreed to be bound by the confidentiality provisions of this Section 3.4 or comparable restrictions; (ii) at such time as it enters the public domain through no fault of such Investor; (iii) that is communicated to it free of any obligation of confidentiality; (iv) that is developed by Investor or its agents independently of and without reference to any confidential information communicated by the Company; or (v) as required by applicable law.

3.5      Reservation of Common Stock . The Company will at all times reserve and keep available, solely for issuance and delivery upon the conversion of the Preferred Stock, all Common Stock issuable from time to time upon such conversion.

3.6      Stock Vesting . Unless otherwise approved by the Board, all stock options and other stock equivalents issued after the date of this Agreement to employees, directors, consultants and other service providers shall be subject to vesting as follows: (a) 25% of such stock shall vest at the end of the first year following the earlier of the date of issuance or such person’s services commencement date with the Company, and (b) 75% of such stock shall vest over the next three years on a pro rata basis each month thereafter.

 

18.


3.7      Employment Agreements . The Company will cause each Key Employee to enter into an employment agreement containing nonsolicitation provisions, substantially in the form approved by the Board (including the affirmative approval by a majority of the Preferred Directors (as that term is defined in the Company’s Fourth Amended and Restated Voting Agreement dated as of the date hereof (the “ Voting Agreement ”))). In addition, the Company shall not amend, modify, terminate, waive, or otherwise alter, in whole or in part, any of such employment agreements or any restricted stock agreement between the Company and any employee, without the approval by the Board (including the affirmative approval by a majority of the Preferred Directors). “ Key Employee ” means any executive-level employee (including, division director and vice president-level positions) as well as any employee who, either alone or in concert with others, develops, invents, programs, or designs any Company Intellectual Property (as defined in the Purchase Agreement).

3.8      Director and Officer Insurance . Within 60 days following the date hereof, the Company shall obtain and thereafter maintain in full force and effect director and officer liability insurance of at least $5,000,000 and with customary terms for similarly situated companies.

3.9      Key-Person Insurance . Within 60 days following the date hereof, and subject to the approval of the Board, the Company shall use its best efforts to obtain “key person” insurance on Jingrong Jean Cui and Athena Maria Countouriotis, in an amount and on terms and conditions satisfactory to the Board (including the affirmative approval by a majority of the Preferred Directors), and the Company will use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such insurance policy to be maintained until such time as the Board (including the affirmative approval by a majority of the Preferred Directors), determines that such insurance should be discontinued.

3.10      Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement . The Company shall require all current officers, employees and consultants to execute and deliver a Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement substantially in a form approved by the Board.

3.11      Company Subsidiaries . Each Series D Investor and each holder of Series C Preferred Stock (each, a “ Series C/D Investor ” and collectively, the “ Series C/D Investors ”) shall have the right of first refusal to participate, on a pro rata basis, in any transaction concerning the formation or financing of any subsidiary or joint venture to be formed by the Company or its affiliates in China or in any other jurisdictions on a pro rata basis (the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of the Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock then outstanding or other rights to acquire shares of the Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock held by the participating Series C/D Investor, as applicable, and the denominator of which is the total number of shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of the Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock then outstanding or other rights to acquire shares of the Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock held by all participating Series C/D Investors). The Series C/D Investors agree that Lilly Asia Ventures, Foresite and venBio shall be the co-lead investors in such transactions.

3.12      Assignment of Right of First Refusal . In the event the Company elects not to exercise any right of first refusal or right of first offer the Company may have on a proposed

 

19.


transfer of any of the Company’s outstanding capital stock pursuant to the Company’s charter documents, the Company’s Bylaws, by contract or otherwise, the Company shall, except to the extent prohibited by law, assign such right of first refusal or right of first offer to each Investor. In the event of such assignment, each Investor shall have a right to purchase its pro rata portion of the capital stock proposed to be transferred. Each Investor’s pro rata portion shall be equal to the product obtained by multiplying (i) the aggregate number of shares proposed to be transferred by (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares of Registrable Securities held by such Investor at the time of the proposed transfer and the denominator of which is the total number of Registrable Securities owned by all Investors at the time of such proposed transfer.

3.13      Approvals .

(a)      Matters Requiring Consent of Preferred Stock . The Company shall not, without the vote or written consent of (A) for so long as at least 5,000,000 shares of Series B Preferred Stock (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares after the filing date hereof) remain outstanding, the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock, which majority must include holders of a majority of the Series B Preferred Stock held by stockholders who do not also hold Series A Preferred Stock, (B) for so long as at least 3,883,403 shares of Series C Preferred Stock (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares after the filing date hereof) remain outstanding, the holders of at least 60% of the Series C Preferred Stock and (C) for so long as at least 5,257,625 shares of Series D Preferred Stock (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares after the filing date hereof) remain outstanding, the holders of at least 65% of the Series D Preferred Stock, in addition to any other vote or consent required herein or by law:

(i)      amend, alter, or repeal (whether by merger, recapitalization, or otherwise) any provision of the Restated Charter or the Bylaws of the Company in any manner that alters, changes, or adversely affects the voting or other powers, preferences, or other special rights, privileges or restrictions of the Preferred Stock;

(ii)     authorize, create (by reclassification or otherwise), designate or issue any new class or series of Shares or securities convertible into such class or series of shares having rights, preferences or privileges senior to, or pari passu with, the Preferred Stock, including any redemption, liquidation preference, voting or dividend rights;

(iii)     increase or decrease the number of directors of the Company;

(iv)     liquidate, dissolve or wind-up the business and affairs of the Company;

(v)      effect a reclassification, reorganization or recapitalization of the outstanding capital stock of the Company; or

(vi)     consent, agree or commit to any of the foregoing.

 

20.


(b)      Board Approvals . Approval of the Board, which approval must include at least a majority of the Preferred Directors (including the affirmative approval by a majority of the Preferred Directors) shall be required prior to the Company taking any of the following actions:

(i)        making any capital commitment or expenditure in excess of USD$250,000;

(ii)       providing any loans;

(iii)      expanding or altering the Company’s business from that provided in the Company business plan;

(iv)      hiring or terminating any officers or financial controller;

(v)       approving or amending the annual business plan or budget;

(vi)      entering into any joint venture or material alliance; or

(vii)     entering into any transaction with any employee outside the ordinary course of business, including the compensation (in cash or equity) of the founders, officers, and directors of the Company.

(c)      Matters Requiring Consent of the Preferred Directors . For so long as (i) at least 5,257,625 shares of Series D Preferred Stock (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares after the filing date hereof) remain outstanding and provided that the Series D Directors (as defined in the Voting Agreement) are not unavailable for a Board meeting for a period of more than 45 days from the date of a Board meeting notice regarding the items provided below, (ii) at least 6,000,000 shares of Series C Preferred Stock (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares after the filing date hereof) remain outstanding and provided that the Series C Directors and the Series B/C Director (as such terms are defined in the Voting Agreement) are not unavailable for a Board meeting for a period of more than 45 days from the date of a Board meeting notice regarding the items provided below, and (iii) at least 5,000,000 shares of Series B Preferred Stock (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares after the filing date hereof) remain outstanding and provided that the Series B Director (as that term is defined in the Voting Agreement) is not unavailable for a Board meeting for a period of more than 45 days from the date of a Board meeting notice regarding the items provided below, the Company shall not, without the prior approval of the Board, including the approval of a majority of the Preferred Directors:

(i)     increase or decrease (other than for decreases resulting from conversion of the shares of Preferred Stock) the number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock or any series thereof;

(ii)     increase or decrease the size of the Board;

 

21.


(iii)     increase the number of shares reserved under the Company’s stock plan;

(iv)     enter into, permit, or agree to any transaction or series of transactions which would involve a Liquidation Event, Asset Transfer or Acquisition (as those terms are defined in the Restated Charter);

(v)      authorize, declare, or pay any dividend with respect to any shares of the capital stock of the Company;

(vi)     redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire (or pay into or set aside for a sinking fund for such purpose), directly or indirectly, any share or shares of Preferred Stock or Common Stock; provided, however, that this restriction shall not apply to the repurchase of shares of Common Stock from employees, officers, directors, consultants or other persons performing services for this corporation or any subsidiary pursuant to agreements under which this corporation has the option to repurchase such shares upon the occurrence of certain events, such as the termination of employment or service, or pursuant to a right of first refusal; or

(vii)     make any loans or advances to officers, directors, employees, or consultants of the Company except (x) in the ordinary course of business in connection with compensation and expenses, or (y) under full-recourse secured promissory notes for the purchase of stock, on terms and conditions approved by the Board, or encumber fifty percent (50%) or more of the Company’s assets.

(d)     In the event of any conflict between the protective provisions in the Restated Charter and the protective provisions contained herein, (i) the protective provisions contained herein shall govern, and (ii) the Restated Charter shall be amended to the extent permitted by relevant law to resolve such conflict.

3.14      Directors’ Liability and Indemnification . The Restated Charter and Bylaws shall provide (a) for elimination of the liability of directors to the maximum extent permitted by law and (b) for indemnification of directors for acts on behalf of the Company to the maximum extent permitted by law. In addition, the Company shall enter into and use its best efforts to at all times maintain indemnification agreements in a form approved by the Board.

3.15      Termination of Covenants . All covenants of the Company contained in Section 3 of this Agreement (other than the provisions of Sections 3.3, 3.8 and 3.14) shall expire and terminate as to each Investor upon the earlier of (i) the effective date of the registration statement pertaining to a Qualified IPO or (ii) upon an Acquisition or Asset Transfer (each as defined in the Restated Charter).

SECTION 4. RIGHTS OF FIRST REFUSAL.

4.1      Subsequent Offerings . Subject to applicable securities laws, each Investor shall have a right of first refusal to purchase its pro rata share of all Equity Securities, as defined below, that the Company may, from time to time, propose to sell and issue after the date of this Agreement, other than the Equity Securities excluded by Section 4.6 hereof. Each Investor’s pro rata share is equal to the ratio of (a) the number of shares of the Common Stock (including all

 

22.


shares of Common Stock issuable or issued upon conversion of the Shares or upon the exercise of outstanding warrants or options) of which such Investor is deemed to be a holder immediately prior to the issuance of such Equity Securities to (b) the total number of shares of Common Stock outstanding (including all shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of the Shares or upon the exercise of any outstanding warrants or options) immediately prior to the issuance of the Equity Securities. The term “ Equity Securities ” shall mean (i) any Common Stock, Preferred Stock or other security of the Company, (ii) any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for, with or without consideration, any Common Stock, Preferred Stock or other security (including any option to purchase such a convertible security), (iii) any security carrying any warrant or right to subscribe to or purchase any Common Stock, Preferred Stock or other security or (iv) any such warrant or right.

4.2      Exercise of Rights . If the Company proposes to issue any Equity Securities, it shall give each Investor written notice of its intention, describing the Equity Securities, the price and the terms and conditions upon which the Company proposes to issue the same. Each Investor shall have 15 days from the giving of such notice to agree to purchase its pro rata share of the Equity Securities for the price and upon the terms and conditions specified in the notice by giving written notice to the Company and stating therein the quantity of Equity Securities to be purchased. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be required to offer or sell such Equity Securities to any Investor who would cause the Company to be in violation of applicable federal securities laws by virtue of such offer or sale.

4.3      Issuance of Equity Securities to Other Persons . If not all of the Investors elect to purchase their pro rata share of the Equity Securities, then the Company shall promptly notify in writing the Investors who do so elect and shall offer such Investors the right to acquire such unsubscribed shares on a pro rata basis. The Investors shall have five days after receipt of such notice to notify the Company of its election to purchase all or a portion thereof of the unsubscribed shares. The Company shall have 90 days thereafter to sell the Equity Securities in respect of which the Investor’s rights were not exercised, at a price not lower and upon general terms and conditions not materially more favorable to the purchasers thereof than specified in the Company’s notice to the Investors pursuant to Section 4.2 hereof. If the Company has not sold such Equity Securities within 90 days of the notice provided pursuant to Section 4.2, the Company shall not thereafter issue or sell any Equity Securities, without first offering such securities to the Investors in the manner provided above.

4.4      Termination and Waiver of Rights of First Refusal . The rights of first refusal established by this Section 4 shall not apply to, and shall terminate upon the earlier of (i) immediately after a Qualified IPO or (ii) an Acquisition or Asset Transfer. Notwithstanding Section 4.5 hereof, the rights of first refusal established by this Section 4 may be amended, or any provision waived with and only with the written consent of the Company and the Investors holding at least a majority of the Registrable Securities held by all Investors, which majority must include (i) holders of at least 65% of the Series D Preferred Stock, (ii) holders of at least 60% of the Series C Preferred Stock and (iii) holders of a majority of the Series B Preferred Stock held by stockholders who do not also hold Series A Preferred Stock, or as permitted by Section 4.5.

 

23.


4.5      Assignment of Rights of First Refusal . The rights of first refusal of each Investor under this Section 4 may be assigned to the same parties, subject to the same restrictions as any transfer of registration rights pursuant to Section 2.9.

4.6      Excluded Securities . The rights of first refusal established by this Section 4 shall have no application to any of the following Equity Securities:

(a)     the Shares and the shares of Common Stock issued upon the conversion of the Shares;

(b)     shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities (as defined in the Restated Charter) issued to employees, officers or directors of, or consultants or advisors to the Company or any subsidiary, pursuant to stock purchase or stock option plans or other arrangements that are approved by the Board (including the affirmative approval by a majority of the Preferred Directors);

(c)     stock issued or issuable pursuant to any rights or agreements, options, warrants or Convertible Securities outstanding as of the date of this Agreement; and stock issued pursuant to any such rights or agreements granted after the date of this Agreement, so long as the rights of first refusal established by this Section 4 were complied with, waived, or were inapplicable pursuant to any provision of this Section 4.6 with respect to the initial sale or grant by the Company of such rights or agreements;

(d)     any Equity Securities issued in connection with any stock split, stock dividend, stock distribution or recapitalization by the Company;

(e)     any Equity Securities issued for consideration other than cash pursuant to a merger, consolidation, acquisition, strategic alliance or similar business combination approved by the Board (including the affirmative approval by a majority of the Preferred Directors);

(f)     any Equity Securities issued pursuant to any equipment loan or leasing arrangement, real property leasing arrangement or debt financing from a bank or similar financial or lending institution approved by the Board (including the affirmative approval by a majority of the Preferred Directors);

(g)     any Equity Securities issued in connection with strategic transactions (e.g. joint ventures, manufacturing, marketing, distribution, technology transfer or development arrangements) involving the Company and other entities approved by the Board (including the affirmative approval by a majority of the Preferred Directors);

(h)     any Equity Securities that are issued by the Company pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act; or

(i)     any Equity Securities issued by the Company pursuant to the terms of Section 2.3 of the Purchase Agreement.

 

24.


SECTION 5. MISCELLANEOUS.

5.1      Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of California in all respects as such laws are applied to agreements among California residents entered into and to be performed entirely within California, without reference to conflicts of laws or principles thereof. The parties agree that any action brought by either party under or in relation to this Agreement, including without limitation to interpret or enforce any provision of this Agreement, shall be brought in, and each party agrees to and does hereby submit to the jurisdiction and venue of, any state or federal court located in the County of San Diego, State of California.

5.2      Successors and Assigns . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the provisions hereof shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the parties hereto and their respective successors, assigns, heirs, executors, and administrators and shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by each person who shall be a holder of Registrable Securities from time to time; provided , however , that prior to the receipt by the Company of adequate written notice of the transfer of any Registrable Securities specifying the full name and address of the transferee, the Company may deem and treat the person listed as the holder of such shares in its records as the absolute owner and holder of such shares for all purposes, including the payment of dividends or any redemption price.

5.3      Entire Agreement . This Agreement, the Exhibits and Schedules hereto, the Purchase Agreement and the other documents delivered pursuant thereto constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties with regard to the subjects hereof and no party shall be liable or bound to any other in any manner by any oral or written representations, warranties, covenants and agreements except as specifically set forth herein and therein. Each party expressly represents and warrants that it is not relying on any oral or written representations, warranties, covenants or agreements outside of this Agreement.

5.4      Severability . In the event one or more of the provisions of this Agreement should, for any reason, be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions of this Agreement, and this Agreement shall be construed as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

5.5      Amendment and Waiver .

(a)     Except as otherwise expressly provided, this Agreement may be amended or modified, and the obligations of the Company and the rights of the Holders under this Agreement may be waived, only upon the written consent of the Company and the holders of at least a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding, which majority must include (i) holders of at least 65% of the Series D Preferred Stock, (ii) holders of at least 60% of the Series C Preferred Stock and (iii) holders of a majority of the Series B Preferred Stock held by stockholders who do not also hold Series A Preferred Stock, provided that any provision hereof may be waived by any waiving party on such party’s own behalf, without the consent of any other party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may not be amended or terminated and the observance of any term hereof may not be waived with respect to any Investor without

 

25.


the written consent of such Investor, unless such amendment, termination, or waiver applies to all Investors in the same fashion (it being agreed that a waiver of the provisions of Section  4 with respect to a particular transaction shall be deemed to apply to all Investors in the same fashion if such waiver does so by its terms, notwithstanding the fact that certain Investors may nonetheless, by agreement with the Company, purchase securities in such transaction). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Section  3.2(a) of this Agreement shall not be amended, modified or terminated and the observance of any term hereof may not be waived without the written consent of Foresite; Section  3.2(b) of this Agreement shall not be amended, modified or terminated and the observance of any term hereof may not be waived without the written consent of venBio; Section  3.2(c) of this Agreement shall not be amended, modified or terminated and the observance of any term hereof may not be waived without the written consent of HBM; Section  3.2(d) of this Agreement shall not be amended, modified or terminated and the observance of any term hereof may not be waived without the written consent of NexTech; Section  3.2(e) of this Agreement shall not be amended, modified or terminated and the observance of any term hereof may not be waived without the written consent of Cormorant; and Section  3.2(f) of this Agreement shall not be amended, modified or terminated and the observance of any term hereof may not be waived without the written consent of the Series A/B Holders.

(b)     The Company shall give prompt notice of any amendment or termination hereof or waiver hereunder to any party hereto that did not consent in writing to such amendment, termination, or waiver. Any amendment, termination, or waiver effected in accordance with this Section 5.5 shall be binding on all parties hereto, regardless of whether any such party has consented thereto. No waivers of or exceptions to any term, condition, or provision of this Agreement, in any one or more instances, shall be deemed to be or construed as a further or continuing waiver of any such term, condition, or provision.

(c)     For the purposes of determining the number of Holders or Investors entitled to vote or exercise any rights hereunder, the Company shall be entitled to rely solely on the list of record holders of its stock as maintained by or on behalf of the Company.

5.6      Delays or Omissions . It is agreed that no delay or omission to exercise any right, power, or remedy accruing to any party, upon any breach, default or noncompliance by another party under this Agreement shall impair any such right, power, or remedy, nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach, default or noncompliance, or any acquiescence therein, or of any similar breach, default or noncompliance thereafter occurring. It is further agreed that any waiver, permit, consent, or approval of any kind or character on any party’s part of any breach, default or noncompliance under the Agreement or any waiver on such party’s part of any provisions or conditions of this Agreement must be in writing and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in such writing. All remedies, either under this Agreement, by law, or otherwise afforded to any party, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

5.7      Notices . All notices required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (a) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (b) when sent by confirmed electronic mail or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient; if not, then on the next business day, (c) five days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (d) one day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt.

 

26.


All communications shall be sent to the party to be notified at the address as set forth on the signature pages hereof or Exhibit A hereto or at such other address or electronic mail address as such party may designate by 10 days advance written notice to the other parties hereto.

5.8      Attorneys’ Fees . In the event that any suit or action is instituted under or in relation to this Agreement, including without limitation to enforce any provision in this Agreement, the prevailing party in such dispute shall be entitled to recover from the losing party all fees, costs and expenses of enforcing any right of such prevailing party under or with respect to this Agreement, including without limitation, such reasonable fees and expenses of attorneys and accountants, which shall include, without limitation, all fees, costs and expenses of appeals.

5.9      Titles and Subtitles . The titles of the sections and subsections of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and are not to be considered in construing this Agreement.

5.10      Additional Investors . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if the Company shall issue additional shares of its Preferred Stock pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, any purchaser of such shares of Preferred Stock shall become a party to this Agreement by executing and delivering an additional counterpart signature page to this Agreement and shall be deemed an “ Investor ,” a “ Holder ” and a party hereunder. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if the Company shall issue Equity Securities in accordance with Section 4.6(e), (f) or (g) of this Agreement, any purchaser of such Equity Securities may become a party to this Agreement by executing and delivering an additional counterpart signature page to this Agreement and shall be deemed an “ Investor ,” a “ Holder ” and a party hereunder.

5.11      Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument. Signatures delivered via electronic transmission shall be as binding as original signatures.

5.12      Aggregation of Stock . All shares of Registrable Securities held or acquired by affiliated entities or persons or persons or entities under common management or control shall be aggregated together for the purpose of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement.

5.13      Pronouns . All pronouns contained herein, and any variations thereof, shall be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine or neutral, singular or plural, as to the identity of the parties hereto may require.

5.14      Termination . Except as provided in Section 2.14 hereof, this Agreement shall terminate and be of no further force or effect upon the earlier of: (i) an Acquisition or Asset Transfer; or (ii) the date of the Qualified IPO.

5.15      Integration . The Prior Agreement is hereby amended, restated, superseded, and replaced in its entirety by this Agreement.

[ Remainder of page intentionally left blank .]

 

27.


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this F OURTH A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

COMPANY:

TP T HERAPEUTICS , I NC .

Signature:

 

/s/ Athena Countouriotis

Print Name: Athena Maria Countouriotis, M.D.

Title: Chief Executive Officer

Address:

 

10628 Science Center Dr #225

 

San Diego, CA 92121

 

S IGNATURE P AGE TO TP T HERAPEUTICS F OURTH A&R I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT


The foregoing F OURTH A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT is hereby executed is hereby executed as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTOR:

F ORESITE C APITAL F UND IV, L.P.

By:

  Foresite Capital Management IV, LLC, its General Partner

By:

 

/s/ Dennis D. Ryan

Name: Dennis D. Ryan

Title: Chief Financial Officer

 

S IGNATURE P AGE TO TP T HERAPEUTICS F OURTH A&R I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT


The foregoing F OURTH A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT is hereby executed is hereby executed as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTOR:

VEN B IO G LOBAL S TRATEGIC F UND II, L.P.

By: venBio Global Strategic GP II, L.P., its general partner

By: venBio Global Strategic GP II, Ltd., its general partner

By:

 

/s/ Robert Adelman

Name: Robert Adelman

Title: Director

 

S IGNATURE P AGE TO TP T HERAPEUTICS F OURTH A&R I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT


The foregoing F OURTH A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT is hereby executed is hereby executed as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTOR:

HBM HEALTHCARE INVESTMENTS (CAYMAN) LTD.

By:

 

/s/ Jean-Marc LeSieur

Name: Jean-Marc LeSieur

Title: Managing Director

 

S IGNATURE P AGE TO TP T HERAPEUTICS F OURTH A&R I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT


The foregoing F OURTH A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT is hereby executed is hereby executed as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTOR:

NEXTECH V GP S.À.R.L. ON BEHALF OF

NEXTECH V ONCOLOGY S.C.S. SICAV-SIF

By:

 

/s/ James Vella-Bamber    /s/ Thomas Lips

Name: James Vella-Bamber / Thomas Lips

Title: Manager / Manager

 

S IGNATURE P AGE TO TP T HERAPEUTICS F OURTH A&R I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT


The foregoing F OURTH A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT is hereby executed is hereby executed as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTOR:

I NNO S TRATEGY L IMITED

By:

 

/s/ Chou, Teh-Chien

Name: Chou, Teh-Chien

Title: Director

 

S IGNATURE P AGE TO TP T HERAPEUTICS F OURTH A&R I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT


The foregoing F OURTH A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT is hereby executed is hereby executed as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTOR:

LAV P RIME L IMITED

By:

 

/s/ Yu Luo

Name: Yu Luo

Title: Authorized Signatory

 

S IGNATURE P AGE TO TP T HERAPEUTICS F OURTH A&R I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT


The foregoing F OURTH A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT is hereby executed is hereby executed as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTOR:

S.R. One, Limited

By:

 

/s/ Simeon J. George

Name: Simeon J. George

Title: Vice President, Partner

 

S IGNATURE P AGE TO TP T HERAPEUTICS F OURTH A&R I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT


The foregoing F OURTH A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT is hereby executed is hereby executed as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTOR:

OrbiMed Private Investments VI, LP

By:

 

OrbiMed Capital GP VI LLC, its General Partner

 

By:

 

OrbiMed Advisors LLC, its Managing Member

 

By:

 

/s/ Carl Gordon

        Name: Carl Gordon

        Title: Member

 

S IGNATURE P AGE TO TP T HERAPEUTICS F OURTH A&R I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT


The foregoing F OURTH A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT is hereby executed is hereby executed as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTOR:

Cormorant Global Healthcare Master Fund, LP

By:

 

Cormorant Global Healthcare GP, LLC

By:

 

/s/ Bihua Chen

Name: Bihua Chen

Title: Managing Member of the GP

 

S IGNATURE P AGE TO TP T HERAPEUTICS F OURTH A&R I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT


The foregoing F OURTH A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT is hereby executed is hereby executed as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTOR:

Cormorant Private Healthcare Fund I, LP

By:

 

Cormorant Private Healthcare GP, LLC

By:

 

/s/ Bihua Chen

Name: Bihua Chen

Title: Managing Member of the GP

 

S IGNATURE P AGE TO TP T HERAPEUTICS F OURTH A&R I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT


The foregoing F OURTH A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT is hereby executed is hereby executed as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTOR:

Cormorant Private Healthcare Fund II, LP

By:

 

Cormorant Private Healthcare GP II, LLC

By:

 

/s/ Bihua Chen

Name: Bihua Chen

Title: Managing Member of the GP

 

S IGNATURE P AGE TO TP T HERAPEUTICS F OURTH A&R I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT


The foregoing F OURTH A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT is hereby executed is hereby executed as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTOR:

CRMA SPV, LP

By:

 

Cormorant Asset Management, LLC

Its:

 

Attorney-In-Fact

By:

 

/s/ Bihua Chen

Name: Bihua Chen

Title: CEO/Managing Member

 

S IGNATURE P AGE TO TP T HERAPEUTICS F OURTH A&R I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT


The foregoing F OURTH A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT is hereby executed is hereby executed as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTOR:

SV Tech Fund I LP

By:

 

/s/ Peng Cheng

Name: Peng Cheng

Title: Managing Partner

 

S IGNATURE P AGE TO TP T HERAPEUTICS F OURTH A&R I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT


The foregoing F OURTH A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT is hereby executed is hereby executed as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTOR:

SV Tech Fund II LP

By:

 

/s/ Peng Cheng

Name: Peng Cheng

Title: Managing Partner

 

S IGNATURE P AGE TO TP T HERAPEUTICS F OURTH A&R I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT


The foregoing F OURTH A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT is hereby executed is hereby executed as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTOR:

S AI -H ONG I GNATIUS O U

/s/ Sai-Hong I. Ou

 

S IGNATURE P AGE TO TP T HERAPEUTICS F OURTH A&R I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT


The foregoing F OURTH A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT is hereby executed is hereby executed as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTOR:

Kenson Ventures, LLC

By:

 

/s/ Kenneth Fong

Name:   Kenneth Fong

Title:     Owner

 

S IGNATURE P AGE TO TP T HERAPEUTICS F OURTH A&R I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT


The foregoing F OURTH A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT is hereby executed is hereby executed as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTOR:

SSAVE Investments FM, LLC

By:

 

/s/ Stephen Lee

Name:   Stephen Lee

Title:     Owner, Manager

 

S IGNATURE P AGE TO TP T HERAPEUTICS F OURTH A&R I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT


The foregoing F OURTH A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT is hereby executed is hereby executed as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTOR:

Hong-Seh Lim

By:

 

/s/ Hong-Seh Lim


The foregoing F OURTH A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT is hereby executed is hereby executed as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTOR:

CAPITAL TEN II INC.

By:

 

/s/ Cheng, Chyun-Jye

Name:     Cheng, Chyun-Jye

Title:     Director


The foregoing F OURTH A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT is hereby executed is hereby executed as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTOR:

Chaico Investment Corporation

By:

 

/s/ Wong, King Wai Alfred

Name:     Wong, King Wai Alfred

Title:     Director


The foregoing F OURTH A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT is hereby executed is hereby executed as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTOR:

Hercules Bioventure, L.P.

By:

 

/s/ Jyan Ming Yang

Name:    Jyan Ming Yang

Title:    General Partner


The foregoing F OURTH A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT is hereby executed is hereby executed as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTOR:

Mega Explorers Corp.

By:

 

/s/ Authorized signatory

Name:     Authorized signatory


The foregoing F OURTH A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT is hereby executed is hereby executed as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTOR:

Ma, Nan-Jung

By:

 

/s/ Ma, Nan-Jung


The foregoing F OURTH A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT is hereby executed is hereby executed as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTOR:

Hong-Tai Electric Industrial Co., Ltd.

By:

 

/s/ Chen, Shyh-Yi

Name:   Chen, Shyh-Yi

Title:     Chairman


The foregoing F OURTH A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT is hereby executed is hereby executed as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTOR:

Diamond Rain Group Limited

By:

 

/s/ Cheng, Hsiu Tze Janny

Name:   Cheng, Hsiu Tze Janny

Title:     Director


The foregoing F OURTH A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT is hereby executed is hereby executed as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTOR:

Harbinger VII Venture Capital Corp.

By:

 

/s/ Chou, Teh-Chien

Name:   Chou, Teh-Chien

Title:     President


The foregoing F OURTH A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT is hereby executed is hereby executed as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTOR:

Tsai Sheng Chih

By:

 

/s/ Tsai Sheng Chih


The foregoing F OURTH A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT is hereby executed is hereby executed as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTOR:

Lawrence Li Chen

By:

 

/s/ Lawrence Li Chen


The foregoing F OURTH A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT is hereby executed is hereby executed as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTOR:

Huang Yun Chieh

By:

 

/s/ Huang Yun Chieh


The foregoing F OURTH A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT is hereby executed is hereby executed as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTOR:

Chi-Chen Lee

By:

 

/s/ Chi-Chen Lee


EXHIBIT A

LIST OF INVESTORS

 

Name of Investor

   Shares of
Series A
Preferred
Stock
     Shares of
Series B
Preferred
Stock
     Shares of
Series C
Preferred
Stock
     Shares of
Series D
Preferred
Stock
 

Kenson Ventures, LLC

     1,063,830              82,150  

Fame Mount Limited, a BVI Company

     531,914           

KG-Bryant LLC

     425,532           

Meijuan Zhou

     319,149           

Li Shen

     212,766           

Forrest Duan

     212,766           

SSAVE Investments FM, LLC

     170,213           

Xiaodong Yang

     106,383           

Bio Intech Ltd.

     759,187           

Crown Investment Worldwide Ltd.

     425,531        50,000        

Hong-Seh Lim

     212,766        70,922        

Chang Chien Chun

     212,766        40,000        

Lucky Sky International Co., Ltd.

     212,766        399,983        

Maw-Sheng Lee

     212,766        40,000        

Holly Spirit Co., Ltd.

     312,766           

Jack Investment Co., Ltd.

     1,363,636           

Cosfund Investment Company

     272,727           

SV Tech Fund I LP

        342,466        215,741     

CRCM Opportunity Fund II, L.P.

        342,466        

Mega Explorers Corp.

        1,849,315        

Ma, Nan-Jung

        205,480        

Cintec Partners, LP

        102,740        

Hong Tai Electric Industrial Co., LTD.

        684,932           164,301  

中租生技創業投資股份有限公司

(Chailease Biofund Company Limited)

        500,000        


Name of Investor

   Shares of
Series A
Preferred
Stock
     Shares of
Series B
Preferred
Stock
     Shares of
Series C
Preferred
Stock
     Shares of
Series D
Preferred
Stock
 

Diamond Rain Group Limited

        1,212,329        

Harbinger VII Venture Capital Corp.

        684,932        

Tsai Sheng Chih

        20,548        

Lawrence Li Chen

        342,466        

Huang Yun Chieh

        13,699        

Hercules Bioventure, L.P.

     181,818        890,411           164,301  

Cui, Jingwei

        205,617        

Sai-Hong Ignatius Ou

        342,466        107,871     

Samuel J. Klempner

        70,000        

Haiyan “George” Dai

        136,987        64,723     

Kevin M. Kong

        205,480        86,297     

Chi-Chen Lee

        68,494        

CAPITAL TEN II INC.

     194,966        547,946           328,602  

LAV Prime Limited

           4,314,809        2,105,259  

Cormorant Global Healthcare Master Fund, LP

        2,945,206        776,234        530,479  

Cormorant Private Healthcare Fund I, LP

           3,381,516     

Cormorant Private Healthcare Fund II, LP

              2,514,608  

CRMA SPV, LP

           157,059        86,430  

OrbiMed Private Investments VI, LP

           4,314,809        2,105,259  

S.R. One, Limited

           4,314,809        2,105,259  

Far Wise Limited

           1,208,147     

SV Tech Fund II LP

           431,481        246,451  

Daniel John Hoover

           43,149     

Foresite Capital Fund IV, L.P.

              4,929,023  

venBio Global Strategic Fund II, L.P.

              4,929,023  

NexTech V GP S.À.R.L.

              2,464,512  

HBM HEALTHCARE INVESTMENTS (CAYMAN) LTD.

              3,286,015  


Name of Investor

   Shares of
Series A
Preferred
Stock
     Shares of
Series B
Preferred
Stock
     Shares of
Series C
Preferred
Stock
     Shares of
Series D
Preferred
Stock
 

Inno Strategy Limited

              246,451  

TOTAL

     7,404,248        12,314,885        19,416,645        26,288,123  

Exhibit 10.2

TURNING POINT THERAPEUTICS, INC.

A DELAWARE CORPORATION

2013 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

ADOPTED BY THE BOARD: OCTOBER 24, 2013

APPROVED BY STOCKHOLDERS: OCTOBER 24, 2013

AMENDED BY THE BOARD: MAY 10, 2017

APPROVED BY STOCKHOLDERS: MAY 10, 2017

AMENDED BY THE BOARD: NOVEMBER 14, 2017

APPROVED BY STOCKHOLDERS: NOVEMBER 14, 2017

AMENDED BY THE BOARD: OCTOBER 16, 2018

APPROVED BY STOCKHOLDERS: OCTOBER 16, 2018

 

1.

PURPOSES.

(a)      Eligible Stock Award Recipients. The persons eligible to receive Stock Awards are the Employees, Directors and Consultants of the Company and its Affiliates.

(b)      Available Stock Awards. The purpose of the Plan is to provide a means by which eligible recipients of Stock Awards may be given an opportunity to benefit from increases in value of the Common Stock through the granting of the following Stock Awards: (i) Incentive Stock Options, (ii) Nonstatutory Stock Options, (iii) stock bonuses and (iv) rights to acquire restricted stock.

(c)      General Purpose. The Company, by means of the Plan, seeks to retain the services of the group of persons eligible to receive Stock Awards, to secure and retain the services of new members of this group and to provide incentives for such persons to exert maximum efforts for the success of the Company and its Affiliates.

 

2.

DEFINITIONS.

(a)      “Affiliate” means any parent corporation or subsidiary corporation of the Company, whether now or hereafter existing, as those terms are defined in Sections 424(e) and (t), respectively, of the Code.

(b)      “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(c)      “Capitalization Adjustment” has the meaning ascribed to that term in Section

 

1.


l(a).

(d)      “Change in Control” means the occurrence, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:

(i)     any Exchange Act Person becomes the Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities other than by virtue of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction;

(ii)     there is consummated a merger, consolidation or similar transaction involving (directly or indirectly) the Company and, immediately after the consummation of such merger, consolidation or similar transaction, the stockholders of the Company immediately prior thereto do not Own, directly or indirectly, outstanding voting securities representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined outstanding voting power of the surviving Entity in such merger, consolidation or similar transaction or more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined outstanding voting power of the parent of the surviving Entity in such merger, consolidation or similar transaction;

(iii)     the stockholders of the Company approve or the Board approves a plan of complete dissolution or liquidation of the Company, or a complete dissolution or liquidation of the Company shall otherwise occur; or

(iv)     there is consummated a sale, lease, license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, other than a sale, lease, license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries to an Entity, more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are Owned by stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of the Company immediately prior to such sale, lease, license or other disposition.

Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision of this Plan, the definition of Change in Control (or any analogous term) in an individual written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant shall supersede the foregoing definition with respect to Stock Awards subject to such agreement (it being understood, however, that if no definition of Change in Control or any analogous term is set forth in such an individual written agreement, the foregoing definition shall apply).

(e)      “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(f)      “Committee” means a committee of one or more members of the Board appointed by the Board in accordance with Section 3(c).

(g)      “Common Stock” means the common stock of the Company.

 

2.


(h)      “Company” means Turning Point Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

(i)      “Consultant” means any person, including an advisor, (i) engaged by the Company or an Affiliate to render consulting or advisory services and who is compensated for such services or (ii) serving as a member of the Board of Directors of an Affiliate and who is compensated for such services. However, the term “Consultant” shall not include Directors who are not compensated by the Company for their services as Directors, and the payment of a director’s fee by the Company for services as a Director shall not cause a Director to be considered a “Consultant” for purposes of the Plan.

(j)      “Continuous Service” means that the Participant’s service with the Company or an Affiliate, whether as an Employee, Director or Consultant, is not interrupted or terminated. A change in the capacity in which the Participant renders service to the Company or an Affiliate as an Employee, Consultant or Director or a change in the entity for which the Participant renders such service, provided that there is no interruption or termination of the Participant’s service with the Company or an Affiliate, shall not terminate a Participant’s Continuous Service. For example, a change in status from an Employee of the Company to a Consultant of an Affiliate or a Director shall not constitute an interruption of Continuous Service. The Board or the chief executive officer of the Company, in that party’s sole discretion, may determine whether Continuous Service shall be considered interrupted in the case of any leave of absence approved by that party, including sick leave, military leave or any other personal leave. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a leave of absence shall be treated as Continuous Service for purposes of vesting in a Stock Award only to such extent as may be provided in the Company’s leave of absence policy or in the written terms of the Participant’s leave of absence.

(k)      “Corporate Transaction” means the occurrence, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:

(i)     a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all, as determined by the Board in its discretion, of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries;

(ii)     a sale or other disposition of at least ninety percent (90%) of the outstanding securities of the Company;

(iii)     a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is not the surviving corporation; or

(iv)     a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is the surviving corporation but the shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately preceding the merger, consolidation or similar transaction are converted or exchanged by virtue of the merger, consolidation or similar transaction into other property, whether in the form of securities, cash or otherwise.

(l)      “Director” means a member of the Board of Directors of the Company.

(m)      “Disability” means the permanent and total disability of a person within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.

 

3.


(n)      “Employee” means any person employed by the Company or an Affiliate. Service as a Director or payment of a director’s fee by the Company or an Affiliate shall not be sufficient to constitute “employment” by the Company or an Affiliate.

(o)      “Entity” means a corporation, partnership or other entity.

(p)      “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(q)      “Exchange Act Person” means any natural person, Entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or I4(d) of the Exchange Act), except that “Exchange Act Person” shall not include (A) the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, (B) any employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company or any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, (C) an underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to an offering of such securities, or (D) an Entity Owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of stock of the Company.

(r)      “Fair Market Value” means, as of any date, the value of the Common Stock determined in good faith by the Board.

(s)      “Incentive Stock Option” means an Option intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

(t)      “Listing Date” means the first date upon which any security of the Company is listed (or approved for listing) upon notice of issuance on any securities exchange or designated (or approved for designation) upon notice of issuance as a national market security on an interdealer quotation system.

(u)      “Nonstatutory Stock Option” means an Option not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

(v)      “Officer” means any person designated by the Company as an officer.

(w)      “Option” means an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option granted pursuant to the Plan.

(x)      “Option Agreement” means a written agreement between the Company and an Optionholder evidencing the terms and conditions of an individual Option grant. Each Option Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(y)      “Optionholder” means a person to whom an Option is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Option.

(z)      “Own,” “Owned,” “Owner,” “Ownership” A person or Entity shall be

 

4.


deemed to “Own,” to have “Owned,” to be the “Owner” of, or to have acquired “Ownership” of securities if such person or Entity, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has or shares voting power, which includes the power to vote or to direct the voting, with respect to such securities.

(aa)      “Participant” means a person to whom a Stock Award is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Stock Award.

(bb)      “Plan” means this Turning Point Therapeutics, Inc. 2013 Equity Incentive Plan.

(cc)      “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(dd)      “Stock Award” means any right granted under the Plan, including an Option, a stock bonus and a right to acquire restricted stock.

(ee)      “Stock Award Agreement” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Stock Award evidencing the terms and conditions of an individual Stock Award grant. Each Stock Award Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(ff)      “Subsidiary” means, with respect to the Company, (i) any corporation of which more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding capital stock having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors of such corporation (irrespective of whether, at the time, stock of any other class or classes of such corporation shall have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency) is at the time, directly or indirectly, Owned by the Company, and (ii) any partnership in which the Company has a direct or indirect interest (whether in the form of voting or participation in profits or capital contribution) of more than fifty percent (50%).

(gg)      “Ten Percent Stockholder” means a person who Owns (or is deemed to Own pursuant to Section 424(d) of the Code) stock possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or of any of its Affiliates.

 

3.

ADMINISTRATION.

(a)      Administration by Board. The Board shall administer the Plan unless and until the Board delegates administration to a Committee, as provided in Section 3(c).

(b)      Powers of Board. The Board shall have the power, subject to, and within the limitations of, the express provisions of the Plan:

(i)     To determine from time to time which of the persons eligible under the Plan shall be granted Stock Awards; when and how each Stock Award shall be granted; what type or combination of types of Stock Award shall be granted; the

 

5.


provisions of each Stock Award granted (which need not be identical), including the time or times when a person shall be permitted to receive Common Stock pursuant to a Stock Award; and the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which a Stock Award shall be granted to each such person.

(ii)     To construe and interpret the Plan and Stock Awards granted under it, and to establish, amend and revoke rules and regulations for its administration. The Board, in the exercise of this power, may correct any defect, omission or inconsistency in the Plan or in any Stock Award Agreement, in a manner and to the extent it shall deem necessary or expedient to make the Plan fully effective.

(iii) To amend the Plan or a Stock Award as provided in Section 12.

(iv) To terminate or suspend the Plan as provided in Section 13.

(v)     Generally, to exercise such powers and to perform such acts as the Board deems necessary or expedient to promote the best interests of the Company and that are not in conflict with the provisions of the Plan.

(c)      Delegation to Committee. The Board may delegate administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees of one (1) or more members of the Board, and the term “Committee” shall apply to any person or persons to whom such authority has been delegated. If administration is delegated to a Committee, the Committee shall have, in connection with the administration of the Plan, the powers theretofore possessed by the Board, including the power to delegate to a subcommittee any of the administrative powers the Committee is authorized to exercise (and references in this Plan to the Board shall thereafter be to the Committee or subcommittee), subject, however, to such resolutions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as may be adopted from time to time by the Board. The Board may abolish the Committee at any time and revest in the Board the administration of the Plan.

(d)      Effect of Board’s Decision. All determinations, interpretations and constructions made by the Board in good faith shall not be subject to review by any person and shall be final, binding and conclusive on all persons.

 

4.

SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN.

(a)      Share Reserve. Subject to the provisions of Section 1(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, the Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to Stock Awards shall not exceed in the aggregate Twenty-one Million One Hundred Seventy-eight Thousand Thirty-four (21,178,034) shares of Common Stock.

(b)      Reversion of Shares to the Share Reserve. If any Stock Award shall for any reason expire or otherwise terminate, in whole or in part, without having been exercised in full, or if any shares of Common Stock issued to a Participant pursuant to a Stock Award are forfeited back to or repurchased by the Company because of or in connection with the failure to meet a contingency or condition required to vest such shares in

 

6.


the Participant, the shares of Common Stock that have not been acquired, as well as the shares of Common Stock that have been forfeited or repurchased under such Stock Award shall revert to and again become available for issuance under the Plan; provided, however, that subject to the provisions of Section 1(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, the aggregate maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued as Incentive Stock Options shall be Forty-two Million Three Hundred Fifty-six Thousand Sixty-eight (42,356,068) shares of Common Stock.

(c)      Source of Shares. The shares of Common Stock subject to the Plan may be unissued shares or reacquired shares, bought on the market or otherwise.

 

5.

ELIGIBILITY.

(a)      Eligibility for Specific Stock Awards. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees. Stock Awards other than Incentive Stock Options may be granted to Employees, Directors and Consultants.

(b)      Ten Percent Stockholders. A Ten Percent Stockholder shall not be granted an Incentive Stock Option unless the exercise price of such Option is at least one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the date of grant.

(c)      Consultants. A Consultant shall not be eligible for the grant of a Stock Award if, at the time of grant, either the offer or the sale of the Company’s securities to such Consultant is not exempt under Rule 701 of the Securities Act (“Rule 701”) because of the nature of the services that the Consultant is providing to the Company, because the Consultant is not a natural person, or because of some other provision of Rule 701, unless the Company determines that such grant need not comply with the requirements of Rule 701 and will satisfy another exemption under the Securities Act as well as comply with the securities laws of all other relevant jurisdictions.

 

6.

OPTION PROVISIONS.

Each Option shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and conditions as the Board shall deem appropriate. All Options shall be separately designated Incentive Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options at the time of grant, and, if certificates are issued, a separate certificate or certificates shall be issued for shares of Common Stock purchased on exercise of each type of Option. The provisions of separate Options need not be identical, but each Option shall include (through incorporation of provisions hereof by reference in the Option or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

(a)      Term. Subject to the provisions of Section 5(b) regarding Ten Percent Stockholders, no Incentive Stock Option granted shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years from the date on which it was granted.

(b)      Exercise Price of an Incentive Stock Option. Subject to the

 

7.


provisions of Section 5(b) regarding Ten Percent Stockholders, the exercise price of each Incentive Stock Option shall be not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the Option on the date the Option is granted. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Incentive Stock Option may be granted with an exercise price lower than that set forth in the preceding sentence if such Option is granted pursuant to an assumption or substitution for another option in a manner satisfying the provisions of Section 424(a) of the Code.

(c)      Exercise Price of a Nonstatutory Stock Option. The exercise price of each Nonstatutory Stock Option shall be not less than eighty-five percent (85%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the Option on the date the Option is granted. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Nonstatutory Stock Option may be granted with an exercise price lower than that set forth in the preceding sentence if such Option is granted pursuant to an assumption or substitution for another option in a manner satisfying the provisions of Section 424(a) of the Code.

(d)      Consideration. The purchase price of Common Stock acquired pursuant to an Option shall be paid, to the extent permitted by applicable statutes and regulations, either (i) in cash at the time the Option is exercised or (ii) at the discretion of the Board at the time of the grant of the Option (or subsequently in the case of a Nonstatutory Stock Option) (1) by delivery to the Company of other Common Stock, (2) according to a deferred payment or other similar arrangement with the Optionholder or (3) in any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board. Unless otherwise specifically provided in the Option, the purchase price of Common Stock acquired pursuant to an Option that is paid by delivery to the Company of other Common Stock acquired, directly or indirectly from the Company, shall be paid only by shares of the Common Stock of the Company that have been held for more than six (6) months (or such longer or shorter period of time required to avoid a charge to earnings for financial accounting purposes). At any time that the Company is incorporated in Delaware, payment of the Common Stock’s “par value,” as defined in the Delaware General Corporation Law, shall not be made by deferred payment.

In the case of any deferred payment arrangement, interest shall be compounded at least annually and shall be charged at the minimum rate of interest necessary to avoid (1) the treatment as interest, under any applicable provisions of the Code, of any amounts other than amounts stated to be interest under the deferred payment arrangement and (2) the treatment of the Option as a variable award for financial accounting purposes.

(e)      Transferability of an Incentive Stock Option. An Incentive Stock Option shall not be transferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and shall be exercisable during the lifetime of the Optionholder only by the Optionholder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Optionholder may, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form satisfactory to the Company, designate a third party who, in the event of the death of the Optionholder, shall thereafter be entitled to exercise the Option.

 

8.


(f)      Transferability of a Nonstatutory Stock Option. A Nonstatutory Stock Option shall be transferable to the extent provided in the Option Agreement. If the Nonstatutory Stock Option does not provide for transferability, then the Nonstatutory Stock Option shall not be transferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and shall be exercisable during the lifetime of the Optionholder only by the Optionholder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Optionholder may, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form satisfactory to the Company, designate a third party who, in the event of the death of the Optionholder, shall thereafter be entitled to exercise the Option.

(g)      Vesting Generally. The total number of shares of Common Stock subject to an Option may, but need not, vest and therefore become exercisable in periodic installments that may, but need not, be equal. The Option may be subject to such other terms and conditions on the time or times when it may be exercised (which may be based on performance or other criteria) as the Board may deem appropriate. The vesting provisions of individual Options may vary. The provisions of this Section 6(g) are subject to any Option provisions governing the minimum number of shares of Common Stock as to which an Option may be exercised.

(h)      Termination of Continuous Service. In the event that an Optionholder’s Continuous Service terminates (other than upon the Optionholder’s death or Disability), the Optionholder may exercise his or her Option (to the extent that the Optionholder was entitled to exercise such Option as of the date of termination) but only within such period of time ending on the earlier of (i) the date three (3) months following the termination of the Optionholder’s Continuous Service (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Option Agreement), or (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option as set forth in the Option Agreement. If after termination, the Optionholder does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified in the Option Agreement, the Option shall terminate. Notwithstanding above, any options with supplemental bonus that are paid to employees, consultants and board members in lieu of cash as compensation shall be excluded from this clause.

(i)      Extension of Termination Date. An Optionholder’s Option Agreement may also provide that if the exercise of the Option following the termination of the Optionholder’s Continuous Service (other than upon the Optionholder’s death or Disability) would be prohibited at any time solely because the issuance of shares of Common Stock would violate the registration requirements under the Securities Act, then the Option shall terminate on the earlier of (i) the expiration of the term of the Option set forth in Section 6(a) or (ii) the expiration of a period of three (3) months after the termination of the Optionholder’s Continuous Service during which the exercise of the Option would not be in violation of such registration requirements.

(j)      Disability of Optionholder. In the event that an Optionholder’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Optionholder’s Disability, the Optionholder

 

9.


may exercise his or her Option (to the extent that the Optionholder was entitled to exercise such Option as of the date of termination), but only within such period of time ending on the earlier of (i) the date twelve (12) months following such termination (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Option Agreement) or (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option as set forth in the Option Agreement. If, after termination, the Optionholder does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate.

(k)      Death of Optionholder. In the event that (i) an Optionholder’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Optionholder’s death or (ii) the Optionholder dies within the period (if any) specified in the Option Agreement after the termination of the Optionholder’s Continuous Service for a reason other than death, then the Option may be exercised (to the extent the Optionholder was entitled to exercise such Option as of the date of death) by the Optionholder’s estate, by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance or by a person designated to exercise the option upon the Optionholder’s death pursuant to Section 6(e) or 6(f), but only within the period ending on the earlier of (1) the date eighteen (18) months following the date of death (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Option Agreement) or (2) the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Option Agreement. If, after death, the Option is not exercised within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate.

(I) Early Exercise. The Option may, but need not, include a provision whereby the Optionholder may elect at any time before the Optionholder’s Continuous Service terminates to exercise the Option as to any part or all of the shares of Common Stock subject to the Option prior to the full vesting of the Option. Any unvested shares of Common Stock so purchased may be subject to a repurchase option in favor of the Company or to any other restriction the Board determines to be appropriate. The Company will not exercise its repurchase option until at least six (6) months (or such longer or shorter period of time required to avoid a charge to earnings for financial accounting purposes) have elapsed following exercise of the Option unless the Board otherwise specifically provides in the Option.

(m)      Right of Repurchase. The Option may, but need not, include a provision whereby the Company may elect, prior to the Listing Date, to repurchase all or any part of the vested shares of Common Stock acquired by the Optionholder pursuant to the exercise of the Option. The Company will not exercise its repurchase option until at least six (6) months (or such longer or shorter period of time required to avoid a charge to earnings for financial accounting purposes) have elapsed following exercise of the Option unless the Board otherwise specifically provides in the Option.

(n)      Right of First Refusal. The Option may, but need not, include a provision whereby the Company may elect, prior to the Listing Date, to exercise a right of first refusal following receipt of notice from the Optionholder of the intent to transfer all or any part of the shares of Common Stock received upon the exercise of the Option. The

 

10.


Company will not exercise its repurchase option until at least six (6) months (or such longer or shorter period of time required to avoid a charge to earnings for financial accounting purposes) have elapsed following exercise of the Option unless the Board otherwise specifically provides in the Option.

 

7.

PROVISIONS OF STOCK AWARDS OTHER THAN OPTIONS.

(a)      Stock Bonus Awards. Each stock bonus agreement shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and conditions as the Board shall deem appropriate. The terms and conditions of stock bonus agreements may change from time to time, and the terms and conditions of separate stock bonus agreements need not be identical, but each stock bonus agreement shall include (through incorporation of provisions hereof by reference in the agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

(i)      Consideration. A stock bonus may be awarded in consideration for past services actually rendered to the Company or an Affiliate for its benefit.

(ii)      Vesting. Shares of Common Stock awarded under the stock bonus agreement may, but need not, be subject to a share repurchase option in favor of the Company in accordance with a vesting schedule to be determined by the Board.

(iii)      Termination of Participant’s Continuous Service. In the event that a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates, the Company may reacquire any or all of the shares of Common Stock held by the Participant that have not vested as of the date of termination under the terms of the stock bonus agreement.

(iv)      Transferability. Rights to acquire shares of Common Stock under the stock bonus agreement shall be transferable by the Participant only upon such terms and conditions as are set forth in the stock bonus agreement, as the Board shall determine in its discretion, so long as Common Stock awarded under the stock bonus agreement remains subject to the terms of the stock bonus agreement.

(b)      Restricted Stock Awards. Each restricted stock purchase agreement shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and conditions as the Board shall deem appropriate. The terms and conditions of the restricted stock purchase agreements may change from time to time, and the terms and conditions of separate restricted stock purchase agreements need not be identical, but each restricted stock purchase agreement shall include (through incorporation of provisions hereof by reference in the agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

(i)      Purchase Price. The purchase price of restricted stock awards shall not be less than eighty-five percent (85%) of the Common Stock’s Fair Market Value on the date such award is made or at the time the purchase is consummated.

(ii)      Consideration. The purchase price of Common Stock acquired pursuant to the restricted stock purchase agreement shall be paid either: (i) in cash at

 

11.


the time of purchase;

(iii)     at the discretion of the Board, according to a deferred payment or other similar arrangement with the Participant; or (iii) in any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board in its discretion; provided, however, that at any time that the Company is incorporated in Delaware, then payment of the Common Stock’s “par value,” as defined in the Delaware General Corporation Law, shall not be made by deferred payment.

(iv)      Vesting. Shares of Common Stock acquired under the restricted stock purchase agreement may, but need not, be subject to a share repurchase option in favor of the Company in accordance with a vesting schedule to be determined by the Board.

(v)      Termination of Participant’s Continuous Service. In the event that a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates, the Company may repurchase or otherwise reacquire any or all of the shares of Common Stock held by the Participant that have not vested as of the date of termination under the terms of the restricted stock purchase agreement.

(vi)      Transferability. Rights to acquire shares of Common Stock under the restricted stock purchase agreement shall be transferable by the Participant only upon such terms and conditions as are set forth in the restricted stock purchase agreement, as the Board shall determine in its discretion, so long as Common Stock awarded under the restricted stock purchase agreement remains subject to the terms of the restricted stock purchase agreement.

 

8.

COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.

(a)      Availability of Shares. During the terms of the Stock Awards, the Company shall keep available at all times the number of shares of Common Stock required to satisfy such Stock Awards.

(b)      Securities Law Compliance. The Company shall seek to obtain from each regulatory commission or agency having jurisdiction over the Plan such authority as may be required to grant Stock Awards and to issue and sell shares of Common Stock upon exercise of the Stock Awards; provided, however, that this undertaking shall not require the Company to register under the Securities Act the Plan, any Stock Award or any Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to any such Stock Award. If, after reasonable efforts, the Company is unable to obtain from any such regulatory commission or agency the authority which counsel for the Company deems necessary for the lawful issuance and sale of Common Stock under the Plan, the Company shall be relieved from any liability for failure to issue and sell Common Stock upon exercise of such Stock Awards unless and until such authority is obtained.

 

9.

USE OF PROCEEDS FROM STOCK.

 

12.


Proceeds from the sale of Common Stock pursuant to Stock Awards shall constitute general funds of the Company.

 

10.

MISCELLANEOUS.

(a)      Acceleration of Exercisability and Vesting. The Board shall have the power to accelerate the time at which a Stock Award may first be exercised or the time during which a Stock Award or any part thereof will vest in accordance with the Plan, notwithstanding the provisions in the Stock Award stating the time at which it may first be exercised or the time during which it will vest.

(b)      Stockholder Rights. No Participant shall be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any of the rights of a holder with respect to, any shares of Common Stock subject to such Stock Award unless and until such Participant has satisfied all requirements for exercise of the Stock Award pursuant to its terms.

(c)      No Employment or other Service Rights. Nothing in the Plan or any instrument executed or Stock Award granted pursuant thereto shall confer upon any Participant any right to continue to serve the Company or an Affiliate in the capacity in effect at the time the Stock Award was granted or shall affect the right of the Company or an Affiliate to terminate (i) the employment of an Employee with or without notice and with or without cause, (ii) the service of a Consultant pursuant to the terms of such Consultant’s agreement with the Company or an Affiliate or (iii) the service of a Director pursuant to the Bylaws of the Company or an Affiliate, and any applicable provisions of the corporate law of the state in which the Company or the Affiliate is incorporated, as the case may be.

(d)      Incentive Stock Option $100,000 Limitation. To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the time of grant) of Common Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by any Optionholder during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and its Affiliates) exceeds one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), the Options or portions thereof that exceed such limit (according to the order in which they were granted) shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options, notwithstanding any contrary provision of any Stock Award Agreement.

(e)      Investment Assurances. The Company may require a Participant, as a condition of exercising or acquiring Common Stock under any Stock Award, (i) to give written assurances satisfactory to the Company as to the Participant’s knowledge and experience in financial and business matters and/or to employ a purchaser representative reasonably satisfactory to the Company who is knowledgeable and experienced in financial and business matters and that he or she is capable of evaluating, alone or together with the purchaser representative, the merits and risks of exercising the Stock Award; and (ii) to give written assurances satisfactory to the Company stating that the Participant is acquiring Common Stock subject to the Stock Award for the Participant’s own account and not with any present intention of selling or otherwise distributing the Common Stock. The foregoing

 

13.


requirements, and any assurances given pursuant to such requirements, shall be inoperative if (1) the issuance of the shares of Common Stock upon the exercise or acquisition of Common Stock under the Stock Award has been registered under a then currently effective registration statement under the Securities Act or (2) as to any particular requirement, a determination is made by counsel for the Company that such requirement need not be met in the circumstances under the then applicable securities laws. The Company may, upon advice of counsel to the Company, place legends on stock certificates issued under the Plan as such counsel deems necessary or appropriate in order to comply with applicable securities laws, including, but not limited to, legends restricting the transfer of the Common Stock.

(f)      Withholding Obligations. To the extent provided by the terms of a Stock Award Agreement, the Participant may satisfy any federal, state or local tax withholding obligation relating to the exercise or acquisition of Common Stock under a Stock Award by any of the following means (in addition to the Company’s right to withhold from any compensation paid to the Participant by the Company) or by a combination of such means: (i) tendering a cash payment; (ii) authorizing the Company to withhold shares of Common Stock from the shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable to the Participant as a result of the exercise or acquisition of Common Stock under the Stock Award; provided, however, that no shares of Common Stock are withheld with a value exceeding the minimum amount of tax required to be withheld by law (or such lower amount as may be necessary to avoid variable award accounting); or (iii) delivering to the Company owned and unencumbered shares of Common Stock.

 

11.

ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGES IN STOCK.

(a)      Capitalization Adjustments. If any change is made in, or other event occurs with respect to, the Common Stock subject to the Plan or subject to any Stock Award without the receipt of consideration by the Company (through merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, stock dividend, dividend in property other than cash, stock split, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, exchange of shares, change in corporate structure or other transaction not involving the receipt of consideration by the Company (each a “Capitalization Adjustment”), the Plan will be appropriately adjusted in the class(es) and maximum number of securities subject to the Plan pursuant to Sections 4(a) and 4(b) and the maximum number of securities subject to award to any person pursuant to Section 5(c), and the outstanding Stock Awards will be appropriately adjusted in the class(es) and number of securities and price per share of Common Stock subject to such outstanding Stock Awards. The Board shall make such adjustments, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive. (The conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be treated as a transaction “without receipt of consideration” by the Company.)

(b)      Dissolution or Liquidation. In the event of a dissolution or liquidation of the Company, then all outstanding Stock Awards shall terminate immediately prior to the completion of such dissolution or liquidation.

(c)      Corporate Transaction. In the event of a Corporate Transaction, any surviving corporation or acquiring corporation may assume any or all Stock Awards

 

14.


outstanding under the Plan or may substitute similar stock awards for Stock Awards outstanding under the Plan (it being understood that similar stock awards include, but are not limited to, awards to acquire the same consideration paid to the stockholders or the Company, as the case may be, pursuant to the Corporate Transaction). In the event that any surviving corporation or acquiring corporation does not assume any or all such outstanding Stock Awards or substitute similar stock awards for such outstanding Stock Awards, then with respect to Stock Awards that have been neither assumed nor substituted and that are held by Participants whose Continuous Service has not terminated prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction, the vesting of such Stock Awards (and, if applicable, the time at which such Stock Awards may be exercised) shall (contingent upon the effectiveness of the Corporate Transaction) be accelerated in full to a date prior to the effective time of such Corporate Transaction as the Board shall determine (or, if the Board shall not determine such a date, to the date that is five (5) days prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction), and the Stock Awards shall terminate if not exercised (if applicable) at or prior to such effective time. With respect to any other Stock Awards outstanding under the Plan that have been neither assumed nor substituted, the vesting of such Stock Awards (and, if applicable, the time at which such Stock Award may be exercised) shall not be accelerated unless otherwise provided in a written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the holder of such Stock Award, and such Stock Awards shall terminate if not exercised (if applicable) prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction.

(d)      Change in Control. A Stock Award held by any Participant whose Continuous Service has not terminated prior to the effective time of a Change in Control may be subject to additional acceleration of vesting and exercisability upon or after such event as may be provided in the Stock Award Agreement for such Stock Award or as may be provided in any other written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant, but in the absence of such provision, no such acceleration shall occur.

 

12.

AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN AND STOCK AWARDS.

(a)      Amendment of Plan. The Board at any time, and from time to time, may amend the Plan. However, except as provided in Section 1(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, no amendment shall be effective unless approved by the stockholders of the Company to the extent stockholder approval is necessary to satisfy the requirements of Section 422 of the Code.

(b)      Stockholder Approval. The Board, in its sole discretion, may submit any other amendment to the Plan for stockholder approval.

(c)      Contemplated Amendments. It is expressly contemplated that the Board may amend the Plan in any respect the Board deems necessary or advisable to provide eligible Employees with the maximum benefits provided or to be provided under the provisions of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder relating to Incentive Stock Options and/or to bring the Plan and/or Incentive Stock Options granted under it into compliance therewith.

 

15.


(d)      No Impairment of Rights. Rights under any Stock Award granted before amendment of the Plan shall not be impaired by any amendment of the Plan unless (i) the Company requests the consent of the Participant and (ii) the Participant consents in writing.

(e)      Amendment of Stock Awards. The Board at any time, and from time to time, may amend the terms of any one or more Stock Awards; provided, however, that the rights under any Stock Award shall not be impaired by any such amendment unless (i) the Company requests the consent of the Participant and (ii) the Participant consents in writing.

 

13.

TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE PLAN.

(a)      Plan Term. The Board may suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. Unless sooner terminated, the Plan shall terminate on the day before the tenth (10th) anniversary of the date the Plan is adopted by the Board or approved by the stockholders of the Company, whichever is earlier. No Stock Awards may be granted under the Plan while the Plan is suspended or after it is terminated.

(b)      No Impairment of Rights. Suspension or termination of the Plan shall not impair rights and obligations under any Stock Award granted while the Plan is in effect except with the written consent of the Participant.

 

14.

EFFECTIVE DATE OF PLAN.

The Plan shall become effective as determined by the Board, but no Stock Award shall be exercised (or, in the case of a stock bonus, shall be granted) unless and until the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company, which approval shall be within twelve (12) months before or after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board.

 

15.

CHOICE OF LAW.

The law of the State of Delaware shall govern all questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Plan, without regard to such state’s conflict of laws rules.

 

16.


TURNING POINT THERAPEUTICS, INC.

STOCK OPTION GRANT NOTICE

(2013 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN)

T URNING P OINT T HERAPEUTICS , I NC . (the “ Company ”), pursuant to its 2013 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”), hereby grants to Optionholder an option to purchase the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock set forth below. This option is subject to all of the terms and conditions as set forth in this notice, in the Option Agreement, the Plan and the Notice of Exercise, all of which are attached hereto and incorporated herein in their entirety. Capitalized terms not explicitly defined herein but defined in the Plan or the Option Agreement will have the same definitions as in the Plan or the Option Agreement. If there is any conflict between the terms in this notice and the Plan, the terms of the Plan will control.

 

 

Optionholder:

 

 

 
 

Date of Grant:

 

 

 
 

Vesting Commencement Date:

 

 

 
 

Number of Shares Subject to Option:

 

 

 
 

Exercise Price (Per Share):

 

 

 
 

Total Exercise Price:

 

 

 
 

Expiration Date:

 

 

 

 

Type of Grant:   

☐   Incentive Stock Option 1

  

☐   Nonstatutory Stock Option

Exercise Schedule:   

☒   Same as Vesting Schedule

  

☐   Early Exercise Permitted

Vesting Schedule:   

[ Sample of standard vesting. One-fourth ( 1/4 th ) of the shares vest one year after the Vesting Commencement Date; the balance of the shares vest in a series of 36 successive equal monthly installments measured from the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, subject to Optionholder’s Continuous Service as of each such date.]

Payment:   

By one or a combination of the following items (described in the Option Agreement):

  

☒   By cash, check, bank draft or money order payable to the Company

☐   Pursuant to a Regulation T Program if the shares are publicly traded

☐   By delivery of already-owned shares if the shares are publicly traded

☐   If and only to the extent this option is a Nonstatutory Stock Option, and subject to the Company’s consent at the time of exercise, by a “net exercise” arrangement

 

 

1  

If this is an Incentive Stock Option, it (plus other outstanding Incentive Stock Options) cannot be first exercisable for more than $100,000 in value (measured by exercise price) in any calendar year. Any excess over $100,000 is a Nonstatutory Stock Option.


Additional Terms/Acknowledgements: Optionholder acknowledges receipt of, and understands and agrees to, this Stock Option Grant Notice, the Option Agreement and the Plan. Optionholder acknowledges and agrees that this Stock Option Grant Notice and the Option Agreement may not be modified, amended or revised except as provided in the Plan. Optionholder further acknowledges that as of the Date of Grant, this Stock Option Grant Notice, the Option Agreement, and the Plan set forth the entire understanding between Optionholder and the Company regarding this option award and supersede all prior oral and written agreements, promises and/or representations on that subject with the exception of (i) any compensation recovery policy that is adopted by the Company or is otherwise required by applicable law and (ii) any written employment or severance or similar arrangement that would provide for vesting acceleration or other special treatment of this option upon the terms and conditions set forth therein.

By accepting this option, you consent to receive such documents by electronic delivery and to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.

 

T URNING P OINT T HERAPEUTICS , I NC .

  

O PTIONHOLDER :

Signature:                                                                                               

  

                                                                                                      

Signature    Signature

Print Name: Athena Maria Countouriotis, M.D.

  

Date:                                                                                               

Title: Chief Executive Officer

  

Date:                                                                                                       

  

A TTACHMENTS : Option Agreement, 2013 Equity Incentive Plan and Notice of Exercise


T URNING P OINT T HERAPEUTICS , I NC .

2013 E QUITY I NCENTIVE P LAN

O PTION A GREEMENT

(I NCENTIVE S TOCK O PTION OR N ONSTATUTORY S TOCK O PTION )

Pursuant to your Stock Option Grant Notice (the “ Grant Notice ”) and this Option Agreement (the “ Option Agreement ”), Turning Point Therapeutics, Inc. (the “ Company ”) has granted you an option (the “ Option ”) under its 2013 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) to purchase the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock indicated in your Grant Notice at the exercise price indicated in your Grant Notice. The Option is granted to you effective as of the date of grant set forth in the Grant Notice (the “ Date of Grant ”). If there is any conflict between the terms in this Option Agreement and the Plan, the terms of the Plan will control. Capitalized terms not explicitly defined in this Option Agreement or in the Grant Notice but defined in the Plan will have the same definitions as in the Plan.

The details of your Option, in addition to those set forth in the Grant Notice and the Plan, are as follows:

1.        V ESTING . Your Option will vest as provided in your Grant Notice. Vesting will cease upon the termination of your Continuous Service.

2.        N UMBER OF S HARES AND E XERCISE P RICE . The number of shares of Common Stock subject to your Option and your exercise price per share in your Grant Notice will be adjusted for Capitalization Adjustments.

3.        E XERCISE R ESTRICTION FOR N ON -E XEMPT E MPLOYEES . If you are an Employee eligible for overtime compensation under the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended (that is, a “ Non-Exempt Employee ”), and except as otherwise provided in the Plan, you may not exercise your option until you have completed at least six months of Continuous Service measured from the Date of Grant.

4.        E XERCISE P RIOR TO V ESTING (“E ARLY E XERCISE ”). If permitted in your Grant Notice ( i.e. , the “Exercise Schedule” indicates “Early Exercise Permitted”) and subject to the provisions of your Option, you may elect at any time that is both (i) during the period of your Continuous Service and (ii) during the term of your Option, to exercise all or part of your Option, including the unvested portion of your Option; provided, however, that:

(a)        a partial exercise of your Option will be deemed to cover first vested shares of Common Stock and then the earliest vesting installment of unvested shares of Common Stock;

(b)        any shares of Common Stock so purchased from installments that have not vested as of the date of exercise will be subject to the purchase option in favor of the Company as described in the Company’s form of Early Exercise Stock Purchase Agreement;

 

1.


(c)        you will enter into the Company’s form of Early Exercise Stock Purchase Agreement with a vesting schedule that will result in the same vesting as if no early exercise had occurred; and

(d)        if your Option is an Incentive Stock Option, then, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the Date of Grant) of the shares of Common Stock with respect to which your Option plus all other Incentive Stock Options you hold are exercisable for the first time by you during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and its Affiliates) exceeds $100,000, your Option(s) or portion thereof that exceed such limit (according to the order in which they were granted) will be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options.

5.        M ETHOD OF P AYMENT . You must pay the full amount of the exercise price for the shares you wish to exercise. You may pay the exercise price in cash or by check, bank draft or money order payable to the Company or in any other manner permitted by your Grant Notice, which may include one or more of the following:

(a)        Provided that at the time of exercise the Common Stock is publicly traded, pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board that, prior to the issuance of Common Stock, results in either the receipt of cash (or check) by the Company or the receipt of irrevocable instructions to pay the aggregate exercise price to the Company from the sales proceeds. This manner of payment is also known as a “broker-assisted exercise”, “same day sale”, or “sell to cover”.

(b)        Provided that at the time of exercise the Common Stock is publicly traded, by delivery to the Company (either by actual delivery or attestation) of already-owned shares of Common Stock that are owned free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests, and that are valued at Fair Market Value on the date of exercise. “Delivery” for these purposes, in the sole discretion of the Company at the time you exercise your Option, will include delivery to the Company of your attestation of ownership of such shares of Common Stock in a form approved by the Company. You may not exercise your Option by delivery to the Company of Common Stock if doing so would violate the provisions of any law, regulation or agreement restricting the redemption of the Company’s stock.

(c)        If this Option is a Nonstatutory Stock Option, subject to the consent of the Company at the time of exercise, by a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of shares of Common Stock issued upon exercise of your Option by the largest whole number of shares with a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price. You must pay any remaining balance of the aggregate exercise price not satisfied by the “net exercise” in cash or other permitted form of payment. Shares of Common Stock will no longer be outstanding under your Option and will not be exercisable thereafter if those shares (i) are used to pay the exercise price pursuant to the “net exercise,” (ii) are delivered to you as a result of such exercise, and (iii) are withheld to satisfy your tax withholding obligations.

6.        W HOLE S HARES . You may exercise your option only for whole shares of Common Stock.

 

2.


7.        S ECURITIES L AW C OMPLIANCE . In no event may you exercise your Option unless the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such exercise are then registered under the Securities Act or, if not registered, the Company has determined that such exercise and the issuance of the shares would be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. The exercise of your Option also must comply with all other applicable laws and regulations governing your Option, and you may not exercise your Option if the Company determines that such exercise would not be in material compliance with such laws and regulations (including any restrictions on exercise required for compliance with Treas. Reg. 1.401(k)-1(d)(3), if applicable).

8.        T ERM . You may not exercise your Option before the Date of Grant or after the expiration of the Option’s term. The term of your Option expires, subject to the provisions of Section 5(h) of the Plan, upon the earliest of the following:

(a)        immediately upon the termination of your Continuous Service for Cause;

(b)        three months after the termination of your Continuous Service for any reason other than Cause, your Disability or your death (except as otherwise provided in Section 8(d) below); provided, however , that if during any part of such three month period your Option is not exercisable solely because of the condition set forth in the section above relating to “Securities Law Compliance,” your option will not expire until the earlier of the Expiration Date or until it has been exercisable for an aggregate period of three months after the termination of your Continuous Service; provided further , that if (i) you are a Non-Exempt Employee, (ii) your Continuous Service terminates within six months after the Date of Grant, and (iii) you have vested in a portion of your option at the time of your termination of Continuous Service, your option will not expire until the earlier of (x) the later of (A) the date that is seven months after the Date of Grant, and (B) the date that is three months after the termination of your Continuous Service, and (y) the Expiration Date;

(c)        12 months after the termination of your Continuous Service due to your Disability (except as otherwise provided in Section 8(d)) below;

(d)        18 months after your death if you die either during your Continuous Service or within three months after your Continuous Service terminates for any reason other than Cause;

(e)        the Expiration Date indicated in your Grant Notice; or

(f)        the day before the 10th anniversary of the Date of Grant.

If your Option is an Incentive Stock Option, note that to obtain the federal income tax advantages associated with an Incentive Stock Option, the Code requires that at all times beginning on the Date of Grant and ending on the day three months before the date of your Option’s exercise, you must be an employee of the Company or an Affiliate, except in the event of your death or your permanent and total disability, as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code. The Company has provided for extended exercisability of your Option under certain circumstances for your benefit but cannot guarantee that your Option will necessarily be treated as an Incentive Stock Option if you continue to provide services to the Company or an Affiliate as a Consultant or Director after your employment terminates or if you otherwise exercise your Option more than three months after the date your employment with the Company or an Affiliate terminates.

 

3.


9.      E XERCISE .

(a)        You may exercise the vested portion of your Option (and the unvested portion of your Option if your Grant Notice so permits) during its term by (i) delivering a Notice of Exercise (in a form designated by the Company) or completing such other documents and/or procedures designated by the Company for exercise and (ii) paying the exercise price and any applicable withholding taxes to the Company’s Secretary, stock plan administrator, or such other person as the Company may designate, together with such additional documents as the Company may then require.

(b)        By accepting your Option you agree that, as a condition to any exercise of your Option, the Company may require you to enter into an arrangement providing for the payment by you to the Company of any tax withholding obligation of the Company arising by reason of (i) the exercise of your Option, (ii) the lapse of any substantial risk of forfeiture to which the shares of Common Stock are subject at the time of exercise, or (iii) the disposition of shares of Common Stock acquired upon such exercise.

(c)        If your Option is an Incentive Stock Option, by exercising your Option you agree that you will notify the Company in writing within 15 days after the date of any disposition of any of the shares of the Common Stock issued upon exercise of your Option that occurs within two years after the Date of Grant or within one year after such shares of Common Stock are transferred upon exercise of your Option.

(d)        By accepting your Option you agree that you will not sell, dispose of, transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale with respect to any shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company held by you, for a period of 180 days following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act or such longer period as the underwriters or the Company will request to facilitate compliance with FINRA Rule 2711 or NYSE Member Rule 472 or any successor or similar rules or regulation (the “ Lock-Up Period ”); provided, however , that nothing contained in this section will prevent the exercise of a repurchase option, if any, in favor of the Company during the Lock-Up Period. You further agree to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriters that are consistent with the foregoing or that are necessary to give further effect thereto. In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to your shares of Common Stock until the end of such period. You also agree that any transferee of any shares of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by you will be bound by this Section 9(d). The underwriters of the Company’s stock are intended third party beneficiaries of this Section 9(d) and will have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto.

10.       T RANSFERABILITY . Except as otherwise provided in this Section 10, your Option is not transferable, except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and is exercisable during your life only by you.

(a)         Certain Trusts. Upon receiving written permission from the Board or its duly authorized designee, you may transfer your Option to a trust if you are considered to be the

 

4.


sole beneficial owner (determined under Section 671 of the Code and applicable state law) while the Option is held in the trust. You and the trustee must enter into transfer and other agreements required by the Company.

(b)         Domestic Relations Orders. Upon receiving written permission from the Board or its duly authorized designee, and provided that you and the designated transferee enter into transfer and other agreements required by the Company, you may transfer your Option pursuant to the terms of a domestic relations order, official marital settlement agreement or other divorce or separation instrument as permitted by Treasury Regulation 1.421-1(b)(2) that contains the information required by the Company to effectuate the transfer. You are encouraged to discuss the proposed terms of any division of this Option with the Company prior to finalizing the domestic relations order or marital settlement agreement to help ensure the required information is contained within the domestic relations order or marital settlement agreement. If this Option is an Incentive Stock Option, this Option may be deemed to be a Nonstatutory Stock Option as a result of such transfer.

(c)         Beneficiary Designation. Upon receiving written permission from the Board or its duly authorized designee, you may, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form approved by the Company and any broker designated by the Company to handle option exercises, designate a third party who, on your death, will thereafter be entitled to exercise this Option and receive the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from such exercise. In the absence of such a designation, your executor or administrator of your estate will be entitled to exercise this Option and receive, on behalf of your estate, the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from such exercise.

11.       R IGHT OF F IRST R EFUSAL . Shares of Common Stock that you acquire upon exercise of your Option are subject to any right of first refusal that may be described in the Company’s bylaws in effect at such time the Company elects to exercise its right; provided, however, that if there is no right of first refusal described in the Company’s bylaws at such time, the right of first refusal described below will apply. The Company’s right of first refusal will expire on the first date upon which any security of the Company is listed (or approved for listing) upon notice of issuance on a national securities exchange or quotation system (the “ Listing Date ”).

(a)        Prior to the Listing Date, you may not validly Transfer (as defined below) any shares of Common Stock acquired upon exercise of your Option, or any interest in such shares, unless such Transfer is made in compliance with the following provisions:

(i)     Before there can be a valid Transfer of any shares of Common Stock or any interest therein, the record holder of the shares of Common Stock to be transferred (the “ Offered Shares ”) will give written notice (by registered or certified mail) to the Company. Such notice will specify the identity of the proposed transferee, the cash price offered for the Offered Shares by the proposed transferee (or, if the proposed Transfer is one in which the holder will not receive cash, such as an involuntary transfer, gift, donation or pledge, the holder will state that no purchase price is being proposed), and the other terms and conditions of the proposed Transfer. The date such notice is mailed will be hereinafter referred to as the “ Notice Date ” and the record holder of the Offered Shares will be hereinafter referred to as the “ Offeror .” If, from time to time, there is any stock dividend, stock split or other change in the character or amount of any of the

 

5.


outstanding Common Stock which is subject to the provisions of your Option, then in such event any and all new, substituted or additional securities to which you are entitled by reason of your ownership of the shares of Common Stock acquired upon exercise of your Option will be immediately subject to the Company’s Right of First Refusal (as defined below) with the same force and effect as the shares subject to the Right of First Refusal immediately before such event.

(ii)     For a period of 30 calendar days after the Notice Date, or such longer period as may be required to avoid the classification of your Option as a liability for financial accounting purposes, the Company will have the option to purchase all (but not less than all) of the Offered Shares at the purchase price and on the terms set forth in Section 11(a)(iii) (the Company’s “ Right of First Refusal ”). In the event that the proposed Transfer is one involving no payment of a purchase price, the purchase price will be deemed to be the Fair Market Value of the Offered Shares as determined in good faith by the Board in its discretion. The Company may exercise its Right of First Refusal by mailing (by registered or certified mail) written notice of exercise of its Right of First Refusal to the Offeror prior to the end of said 30 days (including any extension required to avoid classification of the Option as a liability for financial accounting purposes).

(iii)     The price at which the Company may purchase the Offered Shares pursuant to the exercise of its Right of First Refusal will be the cash price offered for the Offered Shares by the proposed transferee (as set forth in the notice required under Section 11(a)(i)), or the Fair Market Value as determined by the Board in the event no purchase price is involved. To the extent consideration other than cash is offered by the proposed transferee, the Company will not be required to pay any additional amounts to the Offeror other than the cash price offered (or the Fair Market Value, if applicable). The Company’s notice of exercise of its Right of First Refusal will be accompanied by full payment for the Offered Shares and, upon such payment by the Company, the Company will acquire full right, title and interest to all of the Offered Shares.

(iv)     If, and only if, the option given pursuant to Section 11(a)(ii) is not exercised, the Transfer proposed in the notice given pursuant to Section 11(a)(i) may take place; provided, however , that such Transfer must, in all respects, be exactly as proposed in said notice except that such Transfer may not take place either before the 10 th calendar day after the expiration of the 30 day option exercise period or after the 90 th calendar day after the expiration of the 30 day option exercise period, and if such Transfer has not taken place prior to said 90 th day, such Transfer may not take place without once again complying with this Section 11(a). The option exercise periods in this Section 11(a)(iv) will be adjusted to include any extension required to avoid the classification of your option as a liability for financial accounting purposes.

(b)        As used in this Section 11, the term “ Transfer ” means any sale, encumbrance, pledge, gift or other form of disposition or transfer of shares of Common Stock or any legal or equitable interest therein; provided, however , that the term Transfer does not include a transfer of such shares or interests by will or intestacy to your Immediate Family (as defined below). In such case, the transferee or other recipient will receive and hold the shares of Common Stock so transferred subject to the provisions of this Section, and there will be no further transfer of such shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section. As used herein, the term “ Immediate Family ” will mean your spouse, the lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother,

 

6.


brother or sister, child, adopted child, grandchild or adopted grandchild of you or your spouse, or the spouse of any child, adopted child, grandchild or adopted grandchild of you or your spouse.

(c)     None of the shares of Common Stock purchased on exercise of your Option will be transferred on the Company’s books nor will the Company recognize any such Transfer of any such shares or any interest therein unless and until all applicable provisions of this Section 11 have been complied with in all respects. The certificates of stock evidencing shares of Common Stock purchased on exercise of your Option will bear an appropriate legend referring to the transfer restrictions imposed by this Section 11.

(d)     To ensure that the shares subject to the Company’s Right of First Refusal will be available for repurchase by the Company, the Company may require you to deposit the certificates evidencing the shares that you purchase upon exercise of your Option with an escrow agent designated by the Company under the terms and conditions of an escrow agreement approved by the Company. If the Company does not require such deposit as a condition of exercise of your Option, the Company reserves the right at any time to require you to so deposit the certificates in escrow. As soon as practicable after the expiration of the Company’s Right of First Refusal, the agent will deliver to you the shares and any other property no longer subject to such restriction. In the event the shares and any other property held in escrow are subject to the Company’s exercise of its Right of First Refusal, the notices required to be given to you will be given to the escrow agent, and any payment required to be given to you will be given to the escrow agent. Within 30 days after payment by the Company for the Offered Shares, the escrow agent will deliver the Offered Shares that the Company has repurchased to the Company and will deliver the payment received from the Company to you.

12.      R IGHT OF R EPURCHASE . To the extent provided in the Company’s bylaws in effect at such time the Company elects to exercise its right, the Company will have the right to repurchase all or any part of the shares of Common Stock you acquire pursuant to the exercise of your Option.

13.      O PTION NOT A S ERVICE C ONTRACT . Your Option is not an employment or service contract, and nothing in your Option will be deemed to create in any way whatsoever any obligation on your part to continue in the employ of the Company or an Affiliate, or of the Company or an Affiliate to continue your employment. In addition, nothing in your Option will obligate the Company or an Affiliate, their respective stockholders, boards of directors, officers or employees to continue any relationship that you might have as a Director or Consultant for the Company or an Affiliate.

14.    W ITHHOLDING O BLIGATIONS .

(a)     At the time you exercise your Option, in whole or in part, and at any time thereafter as requested by the Company, you hereby authorize withholding from payroll and any other amounts payable to you, and otherwise agree to make adequate provision for (including by means of a “same day sale” pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board to the extent permitted by the Company), any sums required to satisfy the federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Company or an Affiliate, if any, which arise in connection with the exercise of your Option.

 

7.


(b)     If this Option is a Nonstatutory Stock Option, then upon your request and subject to approval by the Company, and compliance with any applicable legal conditions or restrictions, the Company may withhold from fully vested shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable to you upon the exercise of your Option a number of whole shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value, determined by the Company as of the date of exercise, not in excess of the minimum amount of tax required to be withheld by law (or such lower amount as may be necessary to avoid classification of your option as a liability for financial accounting purposes). If the date of determination of any tax withholding obligation is deferred to a date later than the date of exercise of your Option, share withholding pursuant to the preceding sentence shall not be permitted unless you make a proper and timely election under Section 83(b) of the Code, covering the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock acquired upon such exercise with respect to which such determination is otherwise deferred, to accelerate the determination of such tax withholding obligation to the date of exercise of your Option. Notwithstanding the filing of such election, shares of Common Stock shall be withheld solely from fully vested shares of Common Stock determined as of the date of exercise of your Option that are otherwise issuable to you upon such exercise. Any adverse consequences to you arising in connection with such share withholding procedure shall be your sole responsibility.

(c)     You may not exercise your Option unless the tax withholding obligations of the Company and/or any Affiliate are satisfied. Accordingly, you may not be able to exercise your Option when desired even though your Option is vested, and the Company will have no obligation to issue a certificate for such shares of Common Stock or release such shares of Common Stock from any escrow provided for herein, if applicable, unless such obligations are satisfied.

15.      T AX C ONSEQUENCES . You hereby agree that the Company does not have a duty to design or administer the Plan or its other compensation programs in a manner that minimizes your tax liabilities. You will not make any claim against the Company, or any of its Officers, Directors, Employees or Affiliates related to tax liabilities arising from your Option or your other compensation. In particular, you acknowledge that this Option is exempt from Section 409A of the Code only if the exercise price per share specified in the Grant Notice is at least equal to the “fair market value” per share of the Common Stock on the Date of Grant and there is no other impermissible deferral of compensation associated with the Option. Because the Common Stock is not traded on an established securities market, the Fair Market Value is determined by the Board, perhaps in consultation with an independent valuation firm retained by the Company. You acknowledge that there is no guarantee that the Internal Revenue Service will agree with the valuation as determined by the Board, and you will not make any claim against the Company, or any of its Officers, Directors, Employees or Affiliates in the event that the Internal Revenue Service asserts that the valuation determined by the Board is less than the “fair market value” as subsequently determined by the Internal Revenue Service.

16.      N OTICES . Any notices provided for in your Option or the Plan will be given in writing (including electronically) and will be deemed effectively given upon receipt or, in the case of notices delivered by mail by the Company to you, five days after deposit in the United States mail, postage prepaid, addressed to you at the last address you provided to the Company. The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to participation in the Plan and this Option by electronic means or to request your consent to participate in the Plan

 

8.


by electronic means. By accepting this Option, you consent to receive such documents by electronic delivery and to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.

17.      G OVERNING P LAN D OCUMENT . Your Option is subject to all the provisions of the Plan, the provisions of which are hereby made a part of your Option, and is further subject to all interpretations, amendments, rules and regulations, which may from time to time be promulgated and adopted pursuant to the Plan. If there is any conflict between the provisions of your Option and those of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan will control.

18.      E FFECT ON O THER E MPLOYEE B ENEFIT P LANS . The value of this Option will not be included as compensation, earnings, salaries, or other similar terms used when calculating your benefits under any employee benefit plan sponsored by the Company or any Affiliate, except as such plan otherwise expressly provides. The Company expressly reserves its rights to amend, modify, or terminate any of the Company’s or any Affiliate’s employee benefit plans.

19.      V OTING R IGHTS . You will not have voting or any other rights as a stockholder of the Company with respect to the shares to be issued pursuant to this Option until such shares are issued to you. Upon such issuance, you will obtain full voting and other rights as a stockholder of the Company. Nothing contained in this Option, and no action taken pursuant to its provisions, will create or be construed to create a trust of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between you and the Company or any other person.

20.      S EVERABILITY . If all or any part of this Option Agreement or the Plan is declared by any court or governmental authority to be unlawful or invalid, such unlawfulness or invalidity will not invalidate any portion of this Option Agreement or the Plan not declared to be unlawful or invalid. Any Section of this Option Agreement (or part of such a Section) so declared to be unlawful or invalid shall, if possible, be construed in a manner which will give effect to the terms of such Section or part of a Section to the fullest extent possible while remaining lawful and valid.

21.      M ISCELLANEOUS .

(a)     The rights and obligations of the Company under your Option will be transferable to any one or more persons or entities, and all covenants and agreements hereunder will inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by the Company’s successors and assigns.

(b)     You agree upon request to execute any further documents or instruments necessary or desirable in the sole determination of the Company to carry out the purposes or intent of your Option.

(c)     You acknowledge and agree that you have reviewed your Option in its entirety, have had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing and accepting your Option, and fully understand all provisions of your Option.

(d)     This Option Agreement will be subject to all applicable laws, rules, and regulations, and to such approvals by any governmental agencies or national securities exchanges as may be required.

 

9.


(e)     All obligations of the Company under the Plan and this Option Agreement will be binding on any successor to the Company, whether the existence of such successor is the result of a direct or indirect purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company.

*        *        *

This Option Agreement will be deemed to be signed by you upon the signing by

you of the Stock Option Grant Notice to which it is attached.

 

10.


TURNING POING THERAPEUTICS, INC.

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

Turning Point Therapeutics, Inc.

10628 Science Center Drive, #225

San Diego, California 92121

Date of Exercise:                         

This constitutes notice to T URNING P OINT T HERAPEUTICS , I NC . (the “ Company ”) under my stock option that I elect to purchase the below number of shares of Common Stock of the Company (the “ Shares ”) for the price set forth below.

 

Type of option (check one):

  

Incentive ☐

  

Nonstatutory ☐

Stock option dated:   

                           

  

                           

Number of Shares as
to which option is
exercised:
  

                           

  

                           

Certificates to be issued in name of:   

                           

  

                           

Total exercise price:   

$                          

  

$                          

Cash, check, bank draft or money order payment delivered
herewith:
  

$                          

  

$                          

I accept the terms of the option described above, and by this exercise, I agree (i) to provide such additional documents as you may require pursuant to the terms of the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, (ii) to provide for the payment by me to you (in the manner designated by you) of your withholding obligation, if any, relating to the exercise of this option, and (iii) if this exercise relates to an incentive stock option, to notify you in writing within 15 days after the date of any disposition of any of the Shares issued upon exercise of this option that occurs within two years after the date of grant of this option or within one year after such Shares are issued upon exercise of this option.

I hereby make the following certifications and representations with respect to the number of Shares listed above, which are being acquired by me for my own account upon exercise of the option as set forth above:

I acknowledge that the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), and are deemed to constitute “restricted securities” under Rule 701 and Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act. I warrant and represent to the Company that I have no present intention of distributing or selling said Shares, except as permitted under the Securities Act and any applicable state securities laws.

I further acknowledge and agree that, except for such information as required to be delivered to me by the Company pursuant to the option or the Plan (if any), I will have no right to receive any information from the Company by virtue of the grant of the option or the purchase of shares of Common Stock through exercise of the option, ownership of such shares of Common Stock, or as a result of my


being a holder of record of stock of the Company. Without limiting the foregoing, to the fullest extent permitted by law, I hereby waive all inspection rights under Section 220 of the Delaware General Corporation Law and all such similar information and/or inspection rights that may be provided under the law of any jurisdiction, or any federal, state or foreign regulation, that are, or may become, applicable to the Company or the Company’s capital stock (the “ Inspection Rights ”). I hereby covenant and agree never to directly or indirectly commence, voluntarily aid in any way, prosecute, assign, transfer, or cause to be commenced any claim, action, cause of action, or other proceeding to pursue or exercise the Inspection Rights.

I further acknowledge that I will not be able to resell the Shares for at least 90 days after the stock of the Company becomes publicly traded ( i.e., subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) under Rule 701 and that more restrictive conditions apply to affiliates of the Company under Rule 144.

I further acknowledge that all certificates representing any of the Shares subject to the provisions of the option shall have endorsed thereon appropriate legends reflecting the foregoing limitations, as well as any legends reflecting restrictions pursuant to the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, as each may be amended from time to time, and/or applicable securities laws.

I further agree that, if required by the Company (or a representative of the underwriters) in connection with the first underwritten registration of the offering of any securities of the Company under the Securities Act, I will not sell, dispose of, transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale with respect to any shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company for a period of 180 days following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act (or such longer period as the underwriters or the Company shall request to facilitate compliance with FINRA Rule 2711 or NYSE Member Rule 472 or any successor or similar rule or regulation) (the “ Lock-Up Period ”). I further agree to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriters that are consistent with the foregoing or that are necessary to give further effect thereto. In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to securities subject to the foregoing restrictions until the end of such period.

Very truly yours,

 

    
   (Signature)
    
   Name (Please Print)
Address of Record:     
    
    

Exhibit 10.5

T URNING P OINT T HERAPEUTICS , I NC .

S EVERANCE B ENEFIT P LAN C-S UITE

1.      I NTRODUCTION . This Turning Point Therapeutics, Inc. Severance Benefit Plan – C-Suite (the “ Plan ”) is established by Turning Point Therapeutics, Inc. (the “ Company ”) effective September 18, 2017 (the “ Effective Date ”), amended effective September 29, 2018, and amended and restated February 20, 2019. The Plan provides for severance benefits to selected employees of the Company. This document also constitutes the Summary Plan Description for the Plan.

2.      D EFINITIONS . For purposes of the Plan, the following terms are defined as follows:

(a)     “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(b)     “ C-level Executive ” means any officer of the Company with “Chief” in his or her title, Head of Turning Point Therapeutics, Asia, and any Executive Vice President.

(c)     “ Cause ” means the occurrence of any one or more of the following: (i) the Participant’s conviction of, or plea of no contest with respect to, any felony, or of any misdemeanor involving dishonesty or moral turpitude; (ii) the Participant’s participation in a fraud or act of dishonesty (or an attempted fraud or act of dishonesty) against the Company, or that results in (or could result in) material harm to the Company, including but not limited to material harm to reputational interests; (iii) the Participant’s violation of a fiduciary duty or a duty of loyalty owed to the Company; (iv) the Participant’s material breach of any fully executed agreement between the Participant and the Company, including but not limited to the Employment, Confidential Information and Invention Assignment Agreement, or any applicable written Company policies; (v) persistent, unsatisfactory performance or neglect of the Participant’s job duties, which is not cured within thirty (30) business days after the Participant is provided written notice by the Company (provided, that, such written notice and opportunity to cure are not required if the Participant’s performance or neglect is not reasonably susceptible to being cured); or (vi) the Participant’s gross misconduct or material failure to comply with a written instruction of the Company.

(d)     “ Change in Control ” for purposes of this Plan shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the Company’s 2013 Equity Incentive Plan.

(e)     “ Change in Control Protection Period ” means the period that occurs three months prior to, and ends twelve months after, a Change in Control.

(f)     “ Change in Control Termination ” means a Participant’s Covered Termination, that occurs during the Change in Control Protection Period.

(g)     “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(h)     “ Common Stock ” means the common stock of the Company.

 

-1-


(i)     “ Covered Termination ” means an Involuntary Termination or a Participant’s resignation for Good Reason, in either case, resulting in a Separation from Service.

(j)     “ Disability ” means the Participant’s inability, due to physical or mental incapacity, to perform the Participant’s duties with reasonable accommodation for a period of ninety (90) consecutive days or one hundred and twenty (120) days during any consecutive six-month period.

(k)     “ ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

(l)     “ Good Reason ” shall mean: (i) a material reduction of the Participant’s base compensation, unless such reduction is consistent with and generally applicable to all the Company’s executive officers and is agreed to in writing by the Participant; (ii) a material reduction of the Participant’s authority, responsibilities or duties with the Company; or (iii) the Participant being required to relocate the Participant’s principal place of employment with the Company as of the Effective Date to a principal place of employment more than fifty (50) miles from San Diego, California, in each case without the Participant’s prior consent; provided, however, that the Participant’s termination shall only be for Good Reason if: (i) the Participant gives the Board written notice of the intent to terminate for Good Reason within sixty (60) days following the first occurrence of the condition(s) that the Participant believes constitutes Good Reason, which notice shall describe such condition(s), and (ii) the Board has a period of not less than thirty (30) days to cure the Good Reason resignation triggering condition following its receipt of such notice (the “ Cure Period ”), (iii) the Good Reason resignation triggering condition is not cured prior to expiration of the Cure Period, and (iv) the Participant resigns within the thirty (30) day period following the expiration of the Cure Period.

(m)     “ Involuntary Termination ” means a Participant’s termination of employment by the Company for a reason other than due to death, Disability, or for Cause.

(n)     “ Non-CiC Termination ” means a Participant’s Covered Termination that does not occur during the Change in Control Protection Period.

(o)     “ Participant ” means each individual who is employed by the Company, has been designated as a Participant by the Plan Administrator, and has received and returned a signed Participation Notice.

(p)     “ Participation Notice ” means the latest notice delivered by the Company to a Participant informing the Participant that he or she is eligible to participate in the Plan, substantially in the form attached hereto as E XHIBIT A .

(q)     “ Plan Administrator ” means the Board or any committee of the Board duly authorized to administer the Plan, including the Compensation Committee of the Board, or any member of senior management of the Company designated by the Board (including, for example, the head of Human Resources). The Board may at any time administer the Plan, in whole or in part, notwithstanding that the Board has previously appointed a committee or other person to act as the Plan Administrator. Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon and after the consummation of a Change in Control, the Plan Administrator shall mean the Representative.

 

-2-


(r)      “Person” means a “person” as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended

(s)      “ Release Effective Date ” means the date, which must occur during the Release Period, on which the Release becomes effective and is no longer revocable by the Participant.

(t)     “ Release ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.

(u)     “ Release Period ” means the sixty-day period following a Participant’s Covered Termination during which the Release must be executed (and not revoked) by the Participant.

(v)     “ Representative ” means one or more members of the Board or other persons designated by the Board (including a member of senior management such as the head of Human Resources) prior to or in connection with a Change in Control to administer the Plan.

(w)     “ Separation from Service ” means a “separation from service” within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(h), without regard to any alternative definition thereunder.

(x)     “ Severance Period ” means the number of weeks or months, as applicable, of severance payable under this Plan to the Participant with respect to the applicable Covered Termination, which will be indicated as either a “Non-CiC Severance Period” or a “CiC Severance Period” in the Participant’s Participation Notice.

3.      E LIGIBILITY FOR B ENEFITS . Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Company will provide the benefits described in Section 4 to the affected Participant. A Participant will not receive benefits under the Plan (or will receive reduced benefits under the Plan) in the following circumstances, as determined by the Plan Administrator, in its sole discretion:

(a)     The Participant’s employment is terminated by the Company for any reason other than an Involuntary Termination;

(b)     The Participant’s employment is terminated by the Participant for any reason other than for Good Reason;

(c)     The Participant has not entered into the Company’s standard form of Employee Invention Assignment and Confidentiality Agreement or any similar or successor document (the “ Confidentiality Agreement ”);

(d)     The Participant has failed to execute and allow to become effective the Release (as defined and described below) within the Release Period; and

(e)     The Participant has failed to return all Company Property. For this purpose, “ Company Property ” means all paper and electronic Company documents (and all copies thereof) created and/or received by the Participant during his or her period of employment with the Company and other Company materials and property that the Participant has in his or her possession or control, including, without limitation, Company files, notes, drawings records, plans, forecasts, reports, studies, analyses, proposals, agreements, financial information, research

 

-3-


and development information, sales and marketing information, operational and personnel information, specifications, code, software, databases, computer-recorded information, tangible property and equipment (including, without limitation, leased vehicles, computers, computer equipment, software programs, facsimile machines, mobile telephones, servers), credit and calling cards, entry cards, identification badges and keys, and any materials of any kind that contain or embody any proprietary or confidential information of the Company (and all reproductions thereof, in whole or in part). As a condition to receiving benefits under the Plan, a Participant must not make or retain copies, reproductions or summaries of any such Company documents, materials or property. However, a Participant is not required to return his or her personal copies of documents evidencing the Participant’s hire, termination, compensation, benefits and stock options and any other documentation received as a stockholder of the Company.

4.      P AYMENTS  & B ENEFITS U PON A C OVERED T ERMINATION . Except as may otherwise be provided in the Participant’s Participation Notice, in the event of a Covered Termination, the Company will provide the payments and benefits described in this Section 4, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan. For the avoidance of doubt, the Plan does not provide for duplication (in whole or in part) of benefits with any other agreement or plan.

(a)      Payment of Accrued Obligations. The Company shall pay to each eligible Participant who incurs a Covered Termination a lump sum payment in cash, paid in accordance with applicable law, equal to the sum of (i)  the Participant’s accrued but unpaid base salary and any accrued but unpaid vacation pay through the date of the Covered Termination, and (ii) any earned but unpaid annual bonus for any fiscal year preceding the fiscal year in which the termination occurs.

(b)    Non-CiC Termination.

(i)      Cash Severance . Subject to the execution (and non-revocation) of the Release, upon a Non-CiC Termination, the Participant will receive as severance an amount equal to the Participant’s (x) Severance Base Pay and (y) solely with respect to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, Chief Scientific Officer and Head of Turning Point Therapeutics, Asia, the Bonus Multiple. Such amounts will be payable in accordance with Section 4(b)(i)(3) below.

(1)      Severance Base Pay . For this purpose, “ Severance Base Pay ” means an amount equal to the product of (A) the Participant’s annual base salary or annualized wages (excluding incentive pay, premium pay, commissions, overtime, bonuses and other forms of variable compensation) as in effect on the date of the Non-CiC Termination and (B) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of months represented by the Non-CiC Severance Period and the denominator of which is twelve (12).

(2)      Bonus Multiple . For this purpose, the “ Bonus Multiple ” means an amount equal to the product of (A) the Participant’s target annual bonus (under the Company’s annual bonus plan or program, or under the Participant’s employment agreement or offer letter with the Company) calculated at 100% of target levels as specified in such Company bonus plan or program as in effect immediately prior to the date of the Non-CiC Termination and (B) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of months represented by the Non-CiC Severance Period and the denominator of which is twelve (12).

 

-4-


(3)      Payment Schedule . The Company will pay the Severance Base Pay and the Bonus Multiple, if applicable, in a lump sum on the first payroll date that occurs more than five (5) days after the Release Effective Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent required to comply with Section 409A (as defined below), in the event that the Release Period spans two calendar years such that the Release Effective Date could occur in either of such calendar years, the Severance Base Pay and Bonus Multiple, if applicable, to be paid to the Participant will be made in the second calendar year.

(ii)    COBRA Payments; Special Severance Payments.

(1)      COBRA Payment Period . If the Participant is eligible for and has made the necessary elections for continuation coverage pursuant to COBRA under a group health, dental or vision plan sponsored by the Company, the Company will pay, as and when due directly to the COBRA carrier, the COBRA premiums necessary to continue the Participant’s COBRA coverage for the Participant and the Participant’s eligible dependents from the date of the Non-CiC Termination until the earliest to occur of (i) end of the Non-CiC Severance Period, (ii) the expiration of the Participant’s eligibility for the continuation coverage under COBRA, and (iii) the date on which the Participant becomes eligible for health insurance coverage in connection with new employment or self-employment (such period for purposes of this Section 4(b)(ii), the “ COBRA Payment Period ”). The Participant agrees to promptly notify the Company as soon as the Participant becomes eligible for health insurance coverage in connection with new employment or self-employment.

(2)      Special Severance Payment . Notwithstanding Section 4(b)(ii)(1) above, if at any time the Company determines, in its sole discretion, that the payment of the COBRA premiums would result in a violation of the nondiscrimination rules of Section 105(h)(2) of the Code or any statute or regulation of similar effect (including, without limitation, the 2010 Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the 2010 Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act and any other subsequent amendments), then in lieu of providing the benefit set forth in Section 4(b)(ii)(1) above, the Company will instead pay the Participant, on the first day of each month of the remainder of the COBRA Payment Period, a fully taxable cash payment equal to the COBRA premiums for that month, subject to applicable tax withholdings and deductions (such amount for purposes of this Section 4(b)(ii), the “ Special Severance Payment ”).

(3)      Payment Schedule . The Company will make the first payment under this Section 4(b)(ii) (and, in the case of the Special Severance Payment, such payment will be made to the Participant, in a lump sum) within five (5) business days after the Release Effective Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent required to comply with Section 409A (as defined below), in the event that the Release Period spans two calendar years such that the Release Effective Date could occur in either of such calendar years, the first payment to be made under this Section 4(b)(ii) will be made in the second calendar year (and, if applicable, will include any amounts that the Company otherwise would have paid through such date), with the balance of the payments (if applicable) paid thereafter on the original schedule.

(iii)      Accelerated Vesting . Solely with respect to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, Chief Scientific Officer and Head of Turning Point Therapeutics, Asia, and subject to such Participant’s execution (and non-revocation) of the Release, and notwithstanding

 

-5-


anything to the contrary set forth in the applicable equity plans, upon a Non-CiC Termination, the vesting and exercisability (if applicable) of the number of then unvested time-based vesting equity awards then held by such Participant that would have vested had such Participant remained an employee of the Company through the end of the Non-CiC Severance Period shall immediately accelerate and become exercisable, if applicable, by such Participant upon such termination and shall remain exercisable, if applicable, following such Participant’s termination as set forth in the applicable equity award documents. With respect to any performance-based vesting equity award, such award shall continue to be governed in all respects by the terms of the applicable equity award documents.

(c)    Change in Control Termination.

(i)      Cash Severance . Subject to the execution (and non-revocation) of the Release, upon a Change in Control Termination, (A) the Participant will receive as severance an amount equal to the Participant’s Severance Base Pay, and (B) the Participant will also receive as severance an amount equal to the Participant’s Bonus Multiple. Such amounts, as applicable, will be payable in accordance with Section 4(c)(i)(3) below.

(1)      Severance Base Pay . For this purpose, “ Severance Base Pay ” means an amount equal to the product of (A) the Participant’s annual base salary or annualized wages (excluding incentive pay, premium pay, commissions, overtime, bonuses and other forms of variable compensation) as in effect on the date of the Change in Control and (B) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of months represented by the CiC Severance Period and the denominator of which is twelve (12).

(2)      Bonus Multiple . For this purpose, the “ Bonus Multiple ” means an amount equal to the product of (A) the Participant’s target annual bonus (under the Company’s annual bonus plan or program, or under the Participant’s employment agreement or offer letter with the Company) calculated at 100% of target levels as specified in such Company bonus plan or program as in effect immediately prior to the date of the Change in Control Termination and (B) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of months represented by the CiC Severance Period and the denominator of which is twelve (12).

(3)      Payment Schedule . The Company will pay the Severance Base Pay and the Bonus Multiple in a lump sum on the first payroll date that occurs more than five (5) days after the Release Effective Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent required to comply with Section 409A (as defined below), in the event that the Release Period spans two calendar years such that the Release Effective Date could occur in either of such calendar years, the Severance Base Pay and Bonus Multiple to be paid to the Participant will be made in the second calendar year.

(ii)    COBRA Payments; Special Severance Payments.

(1)      COBRA Payment Period . If the Participant is eligible for and has made the necessary elections for continuation coverage pursuant to COBRA under a group health, dental or vision plan sponsored by the Company, the Company will pay, as and when due directly to the COBRA carrier, the COBRA premiums necessary to continue the Participant’s COBRA

 

-6-


coverage for the Participant and the Participant’s eligible dependents from the date of the Change in Control Termination until the earliest to occur of (i) end of the CiC Severance Period, (ii) the expiration of the Participant’s eligibility for the continuation coverage under COBRA, and (iii) the date on which the Participant becomes eligible for health insurance coverage in connection with new employment or self-employment (such period for purposes of this Section 4(c)(ii), the “ COBRA Payment Period ”). The Participant agrees to promptly notify the Company as soon as the Participant becomes eligible for health insurance coverage in connection with new employment or self-employment.

(2)      Special Severance Payment . Notwithstanding Section 4(c)(ii)(1) above, if at any time the Company determines, in its sole discretion, that the payment of the COBRA premiums would result in a violation of the nondiscrimination rules of Section 105(h)(2) of the Code or any statute or regulation of similar effect (including, without limitation, the 2010 Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the 2010 Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act and any other subsequent amendments), then in lieu of providing the benefit set forth in Section 4(c)(ii)(1) above, the Company will instead pay the Participant, on the first day of each month of the remainder of the COBRA Payment Period, a fully taxable cash payment equal to the COBRA premiums for that month, subject to applicable tax withholdings and deductions (such amount for purposes of this Section 4(c)(ii), the “ Special Severance Payment ”).

(3)      Payment Schedule . The Company will make the first payment under this Section 4(c)(ii) (and, in the case of the Special Severance Payment, such payment will be made to the Participant, in a lump sum) within five (5) business days after the Release Effective Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent required to comply with Section 409A (as defined below), in the event that the Release Period spans two calendar years such that the Release Effective Date could occur in either of such calendar years, the first payment to be made under this Section 4(c)(ii) will be made in the second calendar year (and, if applicable, will include any amounts that the Company otherwise would have paid through such date), with the balance of the payments (if applicable) paid thereafter on the original schedule.

(iii)      Accelerated Vesting. Subject to the Participant’s execution (and non-revocation) of the Release, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in the applicable equity plans, upon a Change in Control Termination, the vesting and exercisability (if applicable) of all outstanding unvested time-based equity awards granted under the Company’s equity incentive plans that are held by a Participant on the date of the Change in Control Termination will be accelerated in full. With respect to any performance-based vesting equity award, such award shall continue to be governed in all respects by the terms of the applicable equity award documents.

5.    C ONDITIONS AND L IMITATIONS ON B ENEFITS .

(a)      Release. To be eligible to receive any benefits under the Plan, a Participant must sign a general waiver and release in substantially the form attached hereto as E XHIBIT  B , E XHIBIT  C , or E XHIBIT  D , as appropriate (the “ Release ”), and such release must be executed (and not revoked) by the Participant in accordance with its terms, in each case within the Release Period. The Plan Administrator, in its sole discretion, may modify the form of the required Release

 

-7-


to comply with applicable law, and any such Release may be incorporated into a termination agreement or other agreement with the Participant.

(b)      Prior Agreements; Certain Reductions. The Plan Administrator will reduce a Participant’s benefits under the Plan by any other statutory severance obligations or contractual severance benefits, obligations for pay in lieu of notice, and any other similar benefits payable to the Participant by the Company (or any successor thereto) that are due in connection with the Participant’s Covered Termination and that are in the same form as the benefits provided under the Plan (e.g., equity award vesting credit). Without limitation, this reduction includes a reduction for any benefits required pursuant to (i) any applicable legal requirement, including, without limitation, the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act of 1988 and any similar state or local laws (collectively, the “ WARN Act ”), (ii) a written employment, severance or equity award agreement with the Company, (iii) any Company policy or practice providing for the Participant to remain on the payroll for a limited period of time after being given notice of the termination of the Participant’s employment, and (iv) any required salary continuation, notice pay, statutory severance payment, or other payments either required by local law, or owed pursuant to a collective labor agreement, as a result of the termination of the Participant’s employment. The benefits provided under the Plan are intended to satisfy, to the greatest extent possible, and not to provide benefits duplicative of, any and all statutory, contractual and collective agreement obligations of the Company in respect of the form of benefits provided under the Plan that may arise out of a Covered Termination, and the Plan Administrator will so construe and implement the terms of the Plan. Reductions may be applied on a retroactive basis, with benefits previously provided being recharacterized as benefits pursuant to the Company’s statutory or other contractual obligations. The payments pursuant to the Plan are in addition to, and not in lieu of, any unpaid salary, bonuses or employee welfare benefits to which a Participant may be entitled for the period ending with the Participant’s Covered Termination.

(c)      Mitigation. Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan, a Participant will not be required to mitigate damages or the amount of any payment provided under the Plan by seeking other employment or otherwise, nor will the amount of any payment provided for under the Plan be reduced by any compensation earned by a Participant as a result of employment by another employer or any retirement benefits received by such Participant after the date of the Participant’s termination of employment with the Company.

(d)      Indebtedness of Participants. If a Participant is indebted to the Company on the effective date of his or her Covered Termination, the Company reserves the right to offset the payment of any benefits under the Plan by the amount of such indebtedness. Such offset will be made in accordance with all applicable laws. The Participant’s execution of the Participation Notice constitutes knowing written consent to the foregoing.

(e)    Parachute Payments.

(i)     Except as otherwise expressly provided in an agreement between a Participant and the Company, if any payment or benefit the Participant would receive in connection with a Change in Control from the Company or otherwise (a “ Payment ”) would (i) constitute a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code, and (ii) but for this sentence, be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (the “ Excise

 

-8-


Tax ”), then such Payment will be equal to the Reduced Amount. The “ Reduced Amount ” will be either (A) the largest portion of the Payment that would result in no portion of the Payment being subject to the Excise Tax, or (B) the largest portion, up to and including the total, of the Payment, whichever amount ((A) or (B)), after taking into account all applicable federal, state, provincial, foreign, and local employment taxes, income taxes, and the Excise Tax (all computed at the highest applicable marginal rate), results in the Participant’s receipt, on an after-tax basis, of the greatest economic benefit notwithstanding that all or some portion of the Payment may be subject to the Excise Tax. If a reduction in payments or benefits constituting “parachute payments” is necessary so that the Payment equals the Reduced Amount, reduction in the payments and/or benefits will occur in the manner that results in the greatest economic benefit to the Participant, as determined in this paragraph; provided , that if more than one method of reduction will result in the same economic benefit, the portions of the Payment shall be reduced pro rata.

(ii)     The professional firm engaged by the Company for general tax purposes as of the day prior to the effective date of the Change in Control shall make all determinations required to be made under this Section 5(e). If the professional firm so engaged by the Company is serving as an accountant or auditor for the individual, entity or group effecting the Change in Control, the Company shall appoint a nationally recognized independent registered public accounting firm to make the determinations required hereunder. The Company shall bear all expenses with respect to the determinations by such professional firm required to be made hereunder. Any good faith determinations of the professional firm made hereunder shall be final, binding and conclusive upon the Company and the Participant.

6.    T AX M ATTERS .

(a)      Application of Section  409A of the Code . It is intended that all of the payments and benefits provided under the Plan satisfy, to the greatest extent possible, the exemptions from the application of Section 409A of the Code and the regulations and other guidance thereunder and any state law of similar effect (collectively, “ Section  409A ”) provided under Treasury Regulations Sections 1.409A-1(b)(4), 1.409A-1(b)(5), and 1.409A-1(b)(9), and the Plan will be construed to the greatest extent possible as consistent with those provisions. To the extent not so exempt, the Plan (and any definitions in the Plan) will be construed in a manner that complies with Section 409A, and will incorporate by reference all required definitions and payment terms. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, to the extent required to comply with Section 409A, a termination of employment shall not be deemed to have occurred for purposes of any provision of the Plan providing for the payments of amounts or benefits upon or following a termination of employment unless such termination is also a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A and, for purposes of any such provision of the Plan, references to a “resignation,” “termination, “termination of employment” or like terms shall mean separation from service. For purposes of Section 409A (including, without limitation, for purposes of Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-2(b)(2)(iii)), a Participant’s right to receive any installment payments under the Plan will be treated as a right to receive a series of separate payments and, accordingly, each installment payment under the Plan will at all times be considered a separate and distinct payment. If the Plan Administrator determines that any of the payments upon a Separation from Service provided under the Plan (or under any other arrangement with the Participant) constitute “deferred compensation” under Section 409A and if the Participant is a “specified employee” of the Company, as such term is defined in Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i), at the time of his

 

-9-


or her Separation from Service, then, solely to the extent necessary to avoid the incurrence of the adverse personal tax consequences under Section 409A, the timing of the payments upon a Separation from Service will be delayed as follows: on the earlier to occur of (i) the date that is six (6) months and one (1) day after the effective date of the Participant’s Separation from Service, and (ii) the date of the Participant’s death (such earlier date, the “ Delayed Initial Payment Date ”), the Company will (A) pay to the Participant a lump sum amount equal to the sum of the payments upon Separation from Service that the Participant would otherwise have received through the Delayed Initial Payment Date if the commencement of the payments had not been delayed pursuant to this Section 6(a), and (B) commence paying the balance of the payments in accordance with the applicable payment schedules set forth above. No interest will be due on any amounts so deferred.

(b)      Withholding. All payments and benefits under the Plan will be subject to all applicable deductions and withholdings, including, without limitation, obligations to withhold for federal, state, provincial, foreign and local income and employment taxes.

(c)      Tax Advice. By becoming a Participant in the Plan, the Participant agrees to review with Participant’s own tax advisors the federal, state, provincial, local, and foreign tax consequences of participation in the Plan. The Participant will rely solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents. The Participant understands that the Participant (and not the Company) will be responsible for the Participant’s own tax liability that may arise as a result of becoming a Participant in the Plan.

7.      R EEMPLOYMENT . In the event of a Participant’s reemployment by the Company during the Severance Period, the Company, in its sole and absolute discretion, may require such Participant to repay to the Company all or a portion of such severance benefits as a condition of reemployment.

8.      C LAWBACK ; R ECOVERY . All payments and severance benefits provided under the Plan will be subject to recoupment in accordance with any clawback policy that the Company is required to adopt pursuant to the listing standards of any national securities exchange or association on which the Company’s securities are listed or as is otherwise required by the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act or other applicable law. In addition, the Board may impose such other clawback, recovery or recoupment provisions as the Board determines necessary or appropriate, including but not limited to a reacquisition right in respect of previously acquired shares of common stock of the Company or other cash or property upon the occurrence of a termination of employment for Cause.

9.    R IGHT TO I NTERPRET P LAN ; A MENDMENT AND T ERMINATION .

(a)      Exclusive Discretion. The Plan Administrator (or the Representative, as applicable) will have the exclusive discretion and authority to establish rules, forms, and procedures for the administration of the Plan and to construe and interpret the Plan and to decide any and all questions of fact, interpretation, definition, computation or administration arising in connection with the operation of the Plan, including, without limitation, the eligibility to participate in the Plan, the amount of benefits paid under the Plan and any adjustments that need to be made in accordance with the laws applicable to a Participant. The rules, interpretations,

 

-10-


computations and other actions of the Plan Administrator (or the Representative, as applicable) will be binding and conclusive on all persons.

(b)      Amendment or Termination. This Plan and any Participation Notice executed hereunder cannot be amended, modified or terminated with respect to a Participant except by a written agreement signed by the Participant and the Company.

10.      N O I MPLIED E MPLOYMENT C ONTRACT . The Plan will not be deemed (i) to give any employee or other service provider any right to be retained in the employ or services of the Company, or (ii) to interfere with the right of the Company to discharge any employee or other service provider at any time, with or without Cause, which right is hereby reserved.

11.      L EGAL C ONSTRUCTION . The Plan will be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of California (without regard to principles of conflict of laws), except to the extent preempted by ERISA.

12.    C LAIMS , I NQUIRIES A ND A PPEALS .

(a)      Applications for Benefits and Inquiries. Any application for benefits, inquiries about the Plan or inquiries about present or future rights under the Plan must be submitted to the Plan Administrator in writing by an applicant (or his or her authorized representative). The Plan Administrator is set forth in Section 14(d).

(b)      Denial of Claims. In the event that any application for benefits is denied in whole or in part, the Plan Administrator must provide the applicant with written or electronic notice of the denial of the application, and of the applicant’s right to review the denial. Any electronic notice will comply with the regulations of the U.S. Department of Labor. The notice of denial will be set forth in a manner designed to be understood by the applicant and will include the following:

(1)     the specific reason or reasons for the denial;

(2)     references to the specific Plan provisions upon which the denial is based;

(3)     a description of any additional information or material that the Plan Administrator needs to complete the review and an explanation of why such information or material is necessary; and

(4)     an explanation of the Plan’s review procedures and the time limits applicable to such procedures, including a statement of the applicant’s right to bring a civil action under Section 502(a) of ERISA following a denial on review of the claim, as described in Section 12(d).

The notice of denial will be given to the applicant within ninety (90) days after the Plan Administrator receives the application, unless special circumstances require an extension of time, in which case, the Plan Administrator has up to an additional ninety (90) days for processing the application. If an extension of time for processing is required, written notice of the extension will be furnished to the applicant before the end of the initial ninety (90) day period.

 

-11-


The notice of extension will describe the special circumstances necessitating the additional time and the date by which the Plan Administrator is to render its decision on the application.

(c)      Request for a Review. Any person (or that person’s authorized representative) for whom an application for benefits is denied, in whole or in part, may appeal the denial by submitting a request for a review to the Plan Administrator within sixty (60) days after the application is denied. A request for a review will be in writing and will be addressed to:

Turning Point Therapeutics, Inc.

Attn: Plan Administrator of the Severance Benefit Plan – C-Suite

10628 Science Center Drive, Ste. 225

San Diego, California 92121

A request for review must set forth all of the grounds on which it is based, all facts in support of the request and any other matters that the applicant feels are pertinent. The applicant (or the applicant’s representative) will have the opportunity to submit (or the Plan Administrator may require the applicant to submit) written comments, documents, records, and other information relating to his or her claim. The applicant (or his or her representative) will be provided, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant to his or her claim. The review will take into account all comments, documents, records and other information submitted by the applicant (or his or her representative) relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.

(d)      Decision on Review. The Plan Administrator will act on each request for review within sixty (60) days after receipt of the request, unless special circumstances require an extension of time (not to exceed an additional sixty (60) days), for processing the request for a review. If an extension for review is required, written notice of the extension will be furnished to the applicant within the initial sixty (60) day period. This notice of extension will describe the special circumstances necessitating the additional time and the date by which the Plan Administrator is to render its decision on the review. The Plan Administrator will give prompt, written or electronic notice of its decision to the applicant. Any electronic notice will comply with the regulations of the U.S. Department of Labor. In the event that the Plan Administrator confirms the denial of the application for benefits, in whole or in part, the notice will set forth, in a manner designed to be understood by the applicant, the following:

(1)     the specific reason or reasons for the denial;

(2)     references to the specific Plan provisions upon which the denial is based;

(3)     a statement that the applicant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant to the applicant’s claim; and

(4)     a statement of the applicant’s right to bring a civil action under Section 502(a) of ERISA.

 

-12-


(e)      Rules and Procedures. The Plan Administrator will establish rules and procedures, consistent with the Plan and with ERISA, as necessary and appropriate in carrying out its responsibilities in reviewing benefit claims. The Plan Administrator may require an applicant who wishes to submit additional information in connection with an appeal from the denial of benefits to do so at the applicant’s own expense.

(f)      Exhaustion of Remedies. No legal action for benefits under the Plan may be brought until the applicant (i) has submitted a written application for benefits in accordance with the procedures described by Section 12(a), (ii) has been notified by the Plan Administrator that the application is denied, (iii) has filed a written request for a review of the application in accordance with the appeal procedure described in Section 12(c), and (iv) has been notified that the Plan Administrator has denied the appeal. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Plan Administrator does not respond to an applicant’s claim or appeal within the relevant time limits specified in this Section 12, the applicant may bring legal action for benefits under the Plan pursuant to Section 502(a) of ERISA.

13.      B ASIS O F P AYMENTS T O A ND F ROM P LAN . All benefits under the Plan will be paid by the Company. The Plan will be unfunded, and benefits hereunder will be paid only from the general assets of the Company.

14.    O THER P LAN I NFORMATION .

(a)      Employer and Plan Identification Numbers. The Employer Identification Number assigned to the Company (which is the “Plan Sponsor” as that term is used in ERISA) by the Internal Revenue Service is 46-3826166. The Plan Number assigned to the Plan by the Plan Sponsor pursuant to the instructions of the Internal Revenue Service is 511.

(b)      Ending Date for Plan s Fiscal Year. The date of the end of the fiscal year for the purpose of maintaining the Plan’s records is December 31.

(c)      Agent for the Service of Legal Process . The agent for the service of legal process with respect to the Plan is:

Turning Point Therapeutics, Inc.

Attn: President

10628 Science Center Drive, Ste. 225

San Diego, California 92121

(d)      Plan Sponsor and Administrator. The “Plan Sponsor” and the “Plan Administrator” of the Plan is:

Turning Point Therapeutics, Inc.

Attn: Plan Administrator of the Severance Benefit Plan – C-Suite

10628 Science Center Drive, Ste. 225

San Diego, California 92121

The Plan Sponsor’s and Plan Administrator’s telephone number is (858) 926-5251. The Plan Administrator is the named fiduciary charged with the responsibility for administering the Plan.

 

-13-


15.    S TATEMENT O F ERISA R IGHTS .

Participants in the Plan (which is a welfare benefit plan sponsored by Turning Point Therapeutics, Inc.) are entitled to certain rights and protections under ERISA. For purposes of this Section 15 and, under ERISA, Participants are entitled to:

Receive Information About the Plan and Benefits

(a)     Examine, without charge, at the Plan Administrator’s office and at other specified locations, such as worksites, all documents governing the Plan and a copy of the latest annual report (Form 5500 Series), if applicable, filed by the Plan with the U.S. Department of Labor and available at the Public Disclosure Room of the Employee Benefits Security Administration;

(b)     Obtain, upon written request to the Plan Administrator, copies of documents governing the operation of the Plan and copies of the latest annual report (Form 5500 Series), if applicable, and an updated (as necessary) Summary Plan Description. The Plan Administrator may make a reasonable charge for the copies; and

(c)     Receive a summary of the Plan’s annual financial report, if applicable. The Plan Administrator is required by law to furnish each Participant with a copy of this summary annual report.

Prudent Actions by Plan Fiduciaries

In addition to creating rights for Participants, ERISA imposes duties upon the people who are responsible for the operation of the employee benefit plan. The people who operate the Plan, called “fiduciaries” of the Plan, have a duty to do so prudently and in the interest of Participants and beneficiaries. No one, including a Participant’s employer, union (if applicable) or any other person, may fire a Participant or otherwise discriminate against a Participant in any way to prevent the Participant from obtaining a Plan benefit or exercising a Participant’s rights under ERISA.

Enforcement of Participant Rights

If a claim for a Plan benefit is denied or ignored, in whole or in part, a Participant has a right to know why this was done, to obtain copies of documents relating to the decision without charge, and to appeal any denial, all within certain time schedules.

Under ERISA, there are steps a Participant can take to enforce the above rights. For instance, if a Participant requests a copy of Plan documents or the latest annual report from the Plan, if applicable, and does not receive them within thirty (30) days, the Participant may file suit in a federal court. In such a case, the court may require the Plan Administrator to provide the materials and pay the Participant up to $110 a day until the Participant receives the materials, unless the materials were not sent because of reasons beyond the control of the Plan Administrator.

If a Participant has a claim for benefits that is denied or ignored, in whole or in part, the Participant may file suit in a state or federal court.

 

-14-


If a Participant is discriminated against for asserting the Participant’s rights, the Participant may seek assistance from the U.S. Department of Labor, or may file suit in a federal court. The court will decide who should pay court costs and legal fees. If a Participant is successful, the court may order the person the Participant has sued to pay these costs and fees. If the Participant loses, the court may order the Participant to pay these costs and fees, for example, if it finds the Participant’s claim is frivolous.

Assistance with Questions

If a Participant has any questions about the Plan, the Participant should contact the Plan Administrator. If a Participant has any questions about this statement or about the Participant’s rights under ERISA, or if the Participant needs assistance in obtaining documents from the Plan Administrator, the Participant should contact the nearest office of the Employee Benefits Security Administration, U.S. Department of Labor, listed in the Participant’s telephone directory or the Division of Technical Assistance and Inquiries, Employee Benefits Security Administration, U.S. Department of Labor, 200 Constitution Avenue N.W., Washington, D.C. 20210. The Participant may also obtain certain publications about the Participant’s rights and responsibilities under ERISA by calling the publications hotline of the Employee Benefits Security Administration.

16.    G ENERAL P ROVISIONS .

(a)      Notices. Any notice, demand or request required or permitted to be given by either the Company or a Participant pursuant to the terms of the Plan will be in writing and will be deemed given when delivered personally, when received electronically (including email addressed to the Participant’s Company email account and to the Company email account of the Company’s head of legal affairs), or deposited in the U.S. Mail, First Class with postage prepaid, and addressed to the parties, in the case of the Company, at the address set forth in Section 14(d), in the case of a Participant, at the address as set forth in the Company’s employment file maintained for the Participant as previously furnished by the Participant or such other address as a party may request by notifying the other in writing.

(b)      Transfer and Assignment. The rights and obligations of a Participant under the Plan may not be transferred or assigned without the prior written consent of the Company. The Plan will be binding upon any surviving entity resulting from a Change in Control and upon any other person who is a successor by merger, acquisition, consolidation or otherwise to the business formerly carried on by the Company without regard to whether or not such person or entity actively assumes the obligations hereunder.

(c)      Waiver. Any party’s failure to enforce any provision or provisions of the Plan will not in any way be construed as a waiver of any such provision or provisions, nor prevent any party from thereafter enforcing each and every other provision of the Plan. The rights granted to the parties herein are cumulative and will not constitute a waiver of any party’s right to assert all other legal remedies available to it under the circumstances.

(d)      Severability. Should any provision of the Plan be declared or determined to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions will not in any way be affected or impaired.

 

-15-


(e)      Section Headings. Section headings in the Plan are included only for convenience of reference and will not be considered part of the Plan for any other purpose.

17.      A PPROVAL OF THE P LAN . The Plan shall become effective on the date it is adopted and approved by the Board.

 

-16-


A PPENDIX A

S EVERANCE P ERIOD

 

E MPLOYEE L EVEL

  

N ON -CiC S EVERANCE P ERIOD

  

CiC S EVERANCE P ERIOD

Chief Executive Officer

   18 months    24 months

Chief Scientific Officer

   18 months    24 months

Head of Turning Point Therapeutics, Asia

   12 months    18 months

Other C-level Executives

   12 months    12 months


E XHIBIT A

T URNING P OINT T HERAPEUTICS , I NC .

S EVERANCE B ENEFIT P LAN C-S UITE

P ARTICIPATION N OTICE

To:                                      

Date:                                   

Turning Point Therapeutics, Inc. (the “ Company ”) has adopted the Turning Point Therapeutics, Inc. Severance Benefit Plan – C-Suite (the “ Plan ”). The Company is providing you this Participation Notice to inform you that you have been designated as a Participant in the Plan. A copy of the Plan document is attached to this Participation Notice. The terms and conditions of your participation in the Plan are as set forth in the Plan and this Participation Notice, which together constitute the Summary Plan Description for the Plan.

Your Non-CiC Severance Period and your CiC Severance Period are for the number of months listed on Appendix A to the Plan with respect to each such related Covered Termination.

Please return to the Company’s head of Human Resources a copy of this Participation Notice signed by you and retain a copy of this Participation Notice, along with the Plan document, for your records.

 

T URNING P OINT T HERAPEUTICS , I NC .
 

 

(Signature)
Name:    
Title:    

 

P ARTICIPANT :
 

 

(Signature)
Name:    
Date:    


E XHIBIT B

R ELEASE A GREEMENT

[E MPLOYEES A GE 40 OR O VER ; I NDIVIDUAL T ERMINATION ]

I understand and agree completely to the terms set forth in the Turning Point Therapeutics, Inc. Severance Benefit Plan – C-Suite (the “ Plan ”).

I understand that this Release, together with the Plan, constitutes the complete, final and exclusive embodiment of the entire agreement between the Company, affiliates of the Company and me with regard to the subject matter hereof. I am not relying on any promise or representation by the Company or an affiliate of the Company that is not expressly stated therein. Certain capitalized terms used in this Release are defined in the Plan.

I hereby confirm my obligations under my Confidentiality Agreement.

Except as otherwise set forth in this Release, I hereby generally and completely release the Company and its affiliates, and their parents, subsidiaries, successors, predecessors and affiliates, and its and their partners, members, directors, officers, employees, stockholders, shareholders, agents, attorneys, predecessors, insurers, affiliates and assigns, from any and all claims, liabilities and obligations, both known and unknown, that arise out of or are in any way related to events, acts, conduct, or omissions occurring at any time prior to and including the date I sign this Release. This general release includes, but is not limited to: (a) all claims arising out of or in any way related to my employment with the Company and its affiliates, or their affiliates, or the termination of that employment; (b) all claims related to my compensation or benefits, including salary, bonuses, commissions, vacation pay, expense reimbursements, severance pay, fringe benefits, stock, stock options, or any other ownership interests in the Company and its affiliates, or their affiliates; (c) all claims for breach of contract, wrongful termination, and breach of the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing; (d) all tort claims, including claims for fraud, defamation, emotional distress, and discharge in violation of public policy; and (e) all federal, state, provincial and local statutory claims, including claims for discrimination, harassment, retaliation, attorneys’ fees, or other claims arising under the federal Civil Rights Act of 1964 (as amended), the federal Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (as amended), the federal Age Discrimination in Employment Act (as amended) (“ ADEA ”), and the federal Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (as amended).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, I understand that the following rights or claims are not included in my Release: (a) any rights or claims for indemnification I may have pursuant to any written indemnification agreement with the Company or its affiliate to which I am a party; the charter, bylaws, or operating agreements of the Company or its affiliate; or under applicable law; or (b) any rights which cannot be waived as a matter of law. In addition, I understand that nothing in this Release prevents me from filing, cooperating with, or participating in any proceeding before the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission or the Department of Labor, except that I hereby waive my right to any monetary benefits in connection with any such claim, charge or proceeding. I hereby represent and warrant that, other than the claims identified in this paragraph, I am not aware of any claims I have or might have that are not included in the Release.


I acknowledge that I am knowingly and voluntarily waiving and releasing any rights I may have under the ADEA, and that the consideration given under the Plan for the waiver and release in the preceding paragraph hereof is in addition to anything of value to which I was already entitled. I further acknowledge that I have been advised by this writing, as required by the ADEA, that: (a) my waiver and release do not apply to any rights or claims that may arise after the date I sign this Release; (b) I should consult with an attorney prior to signing this Release (although I may choose voluntarily not to do so); (c) I have twenty-one (21) days to consider this Release (although I may choose voluntarily to sign this Release earlier); (d) I have seven (7) days following the date I sign this Release to revoke the Release by providing written notice to an officer of the Company; and (e) this Release will not be effective until the date upon which the revocation period has expired, which will be the eighth day after I sign this Release.

I hereby represent that I have been paid all compensation owed and for all hours worked; I have received all the leave and leave benefits and protections for which I am eligible pursuant to the Family and Medical Leave Act, or otherwise; and I have not suffered any on-the-job injury for which I have not already filed a workers’ compensation claim.

[I represent that I am not aware of any claim by me other than the claims that are released by this Release. I acknowledge that I may hereafter discover claims or facts in addition to or different than those which I now know or believe to exist with respect to the subject matter of this Release and which, if known or suspected at the time of entering into this Release, may have materially affected this Release and my decision to enter into it. Nevertheless, I hereby waive any right, claim or cause of action that might arise as a result of such different or additional claims or facts and I hereby expressly waive any and all rights and benefits confirmed upon me by the provisions of California Civil Code Section 1542, which provides as set forth below, as well as under any other statute or common law principles of similar effect:

“A GENERAL RELEASE DOES NOT EXTEND TO CLAIMS WHICH THE CREDITOR DOES NOT KNOW OR SUSPECT TO EXIST IN HIS OR HER FAVOR AT THE TIME OF EXECUTING THE RELEASE, WHICH IF KNOWN BY HIM OR HER MUST HAVE MATERIALLY AFFECTED HIS OR HER SETTLEMENT WITH THE DEBTOR.” ] 1

 

1  

For California employees.


I acknowledge that to become effective, I must sign and return this Release to the Company so that it is received not later than twenty-one (21) days following the date it is provided to me.

 

P ARTICIPANT :
 

 

(Signature)
Name:    
Date:    


E XHIBIT C

R ELEASE A GREEMENT

[E MPLOYEES A GE 40 OR O VER ; G ROUP T ERMINATION ]

I understand and agree completely to the terms set forth in the Turning Point Therapeutics, Inc. Severance Benefit Plan – C-Suite (the “ Plan ”).

I understand that this Release, together with the Plan, constitutes the complete, final and exclusive embodiment of the entire agreement between the Company, affiliates of the Company and me with regard to the subject matter hereof. I am not relying on any promise or representation by the Company or an affiliate of the Company that is not expressly stated therein. Certain capitalized terms used in this Release are defined in the Plan.

I hereby confirm my obligations under my Confidentiality Agreement.

Except as otherwise set forth in this Release, I hereby generally and completely release the Company and its affiliates, and their parents, subsidiaries, successors, predecessors and affiliates, and its and their partners, members, directors, officers, employees, stockholders, shareholders, agents, attorneys, predecessors, insurers, affiliates and assigns, from any and all claims, liabilities and obligations, both known and unknown, that arise out of or are in any way related to events, acts, conduct, or omissions occurring at any time prior to and including the date I sign this Release. This general release includes, but is not limited to: (a) all claims arising out of or in any way related to my employment with the Company and its affiliates, or their affiliates, or the termination of that employment; (b) all claims related to my compensation or benefits, including salary, bonuses, commissions, vacation pay, expense reimbursements, severance pay, fringe benefits, stock, stock options, or any other ownership interests in the Company and its affiliates, or their affiliates; (c) all claims for breach of contract, wrongful termination, and breach of the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing; (d) all tort claims, including claims for fraud, defamation, emotional distress, and discharge in violation of public policy; and (e) all federal, state, provincial and local statutory claims, including claims for discrimination, harassment, retaliation, attorneys’ fees, or other claims arising under the federal Civil Rights Act of 1964 (as amended), the federal Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (as amended), the federal Age Discrimination in Employment Act (as amended) (“ ADEA ”), and the federal Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (as amended).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, I understand that the following rights or claims are not included in my Release: (a) any rights or claims for indemnification I may have pursuant to any written indemnification agreement with the Company or its affiliate to which I am a party; the charter, bylaws, or operating agreements of the Company or its affiliate; or under applicable law; or (b) any rights which cannot be waived as a matter of law. In addition, I understand that nothing in this Release prevents me from filing, cooperating with, or participating in any proceeding before the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, or the Department of Labor, except that I hereby waive my right


to any monetary benefits in connection with any such claim, charge or proceeding. I hereby represent and warrant that, other than the claims identified in this paragraph, I am not aware of any claims I have or might have that are not included in the Release.

I acknowledge that I am knowingly and voluntarily waiving and releasing any rights I may have under the ADEA, and that the consideration given under the Plan for the waiver and release in the preceding paragraph hereof is in addition to anything of value to which I was already entitled. I further acknowledge that I have been advised by this writing, as required by the ADEA, that: (a) my waiver and release do not apply to any rights or claims that may arise after the date I sign this Release; (b) I should consult with an attorney prior to signing this Release (although I may choose voluntarily not to do so); (c) I have forty-five (45) days to consider this Release (although I may choose voluntarily to sign this Release earlier); (d) I have seven (7) days following the date I sign this Release to revoke the Release by providing written notice to an officer of the Company; (e) this Release will not be effective until the date upon which the revocation period has expired, which will be the eighth day after I sign this Release; and (f) I have received with this Release a detailed list of the job titles and ages of all employees who were terminated in this group termination and the ages of all employees of the Company in the same job classification or organizational unit who were not terminated.

I hereby represent that I have been paid all compensation owed and for all hours worked; I have received all the leave and leave benefits and protections for which I am eligible pursuant to the Family and Medical Leave Act, or otherwise; and I have not suffered any on-the-job injury for which I have not already filed a workers’ compensation claim.

[ I represent that I am not aware of any claim by me other than the claims that are released by this Release. I acknowledge that I may hereafter discover claims or facts in addition to or different than those which I now know or believe to exist with respect to the subject matter of this Release and which, if known or suspected at the time of entering into this Release, may have materially affected this Release and my decision to enter into it. Nevertheless, I hereby waive any right, claim or cause of action that might arise as a result of such different or additional claims or facts and I hereby expressly waive any and all rights and benefits confirmed upon me by the provisions of California Civil Code Section 1542, which provides as set forth below, as well as under any other statute or common law principles of similar effect:

“A GENERAL RELEASE DOES NOT EXTEND TO CLAIMS WHICH THE CREDITOR DOES NOT KNOW OR SUSPECT TO EXIST IN HIS OR HER FAVOR AT THE TIME OF EXECUTING THE RELEASE, WHICH IF KNOWN BY HIM OR HER MUST HAVE MATERIALLY AFFECTED HIS OR HER SETTLEMENT WITH THE DEBTOR.” ] 2

 

2  

For California employees.


I acknowledge that to become effective, I must sign and return this Release to the Company so that it is received not later than forty-five (45) days following the date it is provided to me.

 

P ARTICIPANT :
 

 

(Signature)
Name:    
Date:    


E XHIBIT D

R ELEASE A GREEMENT

[E MPLOYEES U NDER A GE 40]

I understand and agree completely to the terms set forth in the Turning Point Therapeutics, Inc. Severance Benefit Plan – C-Suite (the “ Plan ”).

I understand that this Release, together with the Plan, constitutes the complete, final and exclusive embodiment of the entire agreement between the Company, affiliates of the Company and me with regard to the subject matter hereof. I am not relying on any promise or representation by the Company or an affiliate of the Company that is not expressly stated therein. Certain capitalized terms used in this Release are defined in the Plan.

I hereby confirm my obligations under my Confidentiality Agreement.

Except as otherwise set forth in this Release, I hereby generally and completely release the Company and its affiliates, and their parents, subsidiaries, successors, predecessors and affiliates, and its and their partners, members, directors, officers, employees, stockholders, shareholders, agents, attorneys, predecessors, insurers, affiliates and assigns, from any and all claims, liabilities and obligations, both known and unknown, that arise out of or are in any way related to events, acts, conduct, or omissions occurring at any time prior to and including the date I sign this Release. This general release includes, but is not limited to: (a) all claims arising out of or in any way related to my employment with the Company and its affiliates, or their affiliates, or the termination of that employment; (b) all claims related to my compensation or benefits, including salary, bonuses, commissions, vacation pay, expense reimbursements, severance pay, fringe benefits, stock, stock options, or any other ownership interests in the Company and its affiliates, or their affiliates; (c) all claims for breach of contract, wrongful termination, and breach of the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing; (d) all tort claims, including claims for fraud, defamation, emotional distress, and discharge in violation of public policy; and (e) all federal, state, provincial and local statutory claims, including claims for discrimination, harassment, retaliation, attorneys’ fees, or other claims arising under the federal Civil Rights Act of 1964 (as amended), the federal Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (as amended), and the federal Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (as amended).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, I understand that the following rights or claims are not included in my Release: (a) any rights or claims for indemnification I may have pursuant to any written indemnification agreement with the Company or its affiliate to which I am a party; the charter, bylaws, or operating agreements of the Company or its affiliate; or under applicable law; or (b) any rights which cannot be waived as a matter of law. In addition, I understand that nothing in this Release prevents me from filing, cooperating with, or participating in any proceeding before the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, or the Department of Labor, except that I hereby waive my right to any monetary benefits in connection with any such claim, charge or proceeding. I hereby


represent and warrant that, other than the claims identified in this paragraph, I am not aware of any claims I have or might have that are not included in the Release.

I hereby represent that I have been paid all compensation owed and for all hours worked; I have received all the leave and leave benefits and protections for which I am eligible pursuant to the Family and Medical Leave Act, or otherwise; and I have not suffered any on-the-job injury for which I have not already filed a workers’ compensation claim.

[ I represent that I am not aware of any claim by me other than the claims that are released by this Release. I acknowledge that I may hereafter discover claims or facts in addition to or different than those which I now know or believe to exist with respect to the subject matter of this Release and which, if known or suspected at the time of entering into this Release, may have materially affected this Release and my decision to enter into it. Nevertheless, I hereby waive any right, claim or cause of action that might arise as a result of such different or additional claims or facts and I hereby expressly waive any and all rights and benefits confirmed upon me by the provisions of California Civil Code Section 1542, which provides as set forth below, as well as under any other statute or common law principles of similar effect:

“A GENERAL RELEASE DOES NOT EXTEND TO CLAIMS WHICH THE CREDITOR DOES NOT KNOW OR SUSPECT TO EXIST IN HIS OR HER FAVOR AT THE TIME OF EXECUTING THE RELEASE, WHICH IF KNOWN BY HIM OR HER MUST HAVE MATERIALLY AFFECTED HIS OR HER SETTLEMENT WITH THE DEBTOR.” ] 3

I acknowledge that to become effective, I must sign and return this Release to the Company so that it is received not later than fourteen (14) days following the date it is provided to me.

 

P ARTICIPANT :
 

 

(Signature)
Name:    
Date:    

 

3  

For California employees.

Exhibit 10.6

T URNING P OINT T HERAPEUTICS , I NC .

S EVERANCE B ENEFIT P LAN – SVP/VP

1.      I NTRODUCTION . This Turning Point Therapeutics, Inc. Severance Benefit Plan – SVP/VP (the “ Plan ”) is established by Turning Point Therapeutics, Inc. (the “ Company ”) effective February 20, 2019 (the “ Effective Date ”). The Plan provides for severance benefits to selected employees of the Company. This document also constitutes the Summary Plan Description for the Plan.

2.      D EFINITIONS . For purposes of the Plan, the following terms are defined as follows:

(a)     “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(b)     “ Cause ” means the occurrence of any one or more of the following: (i) the Participant’s conviction of, or plea of no contest with respect to, any felony, or of any misdemeanor involving dishonesty or moral turpitude; (ii) the Participant’s participation in a fraud or act of dishonesty (or an attempted fraud or act of dishonesty) against the Company, or that results in (or could result in) material harm to the Company, including but not limited to material harm to reputational interests; (iii) the Participant’s violation of a fiduciary duty or a duty of loyalty owed to the Company; (iv) the Participant’s material breach of any fully executed agreement between the Participant and the Company, including but not limited to the Employment, Confidential Information and Invention Assignment Agreement, or any applicable written Company policies; (v) persistent, unsatisfactory performance or neglect of the Participant’s job duties, which is not cured within thirty (30) business days after the Participant is provided written notice by the Company (provided, that, such written notice and opportunity to cure are not required if the Participant’s performance or neglect is not reasonably susceptible to being cured); or (vi) the Participant’s gross misconduct or material failure to comply with a written instruction of the Company.

(c)     “ Change in Control ” for purposes of this Plan shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the Company’s 2013 Equity Incentive Plan.

(d)     “ Change in Control Protection Period ” means the period that occurs three months prior to, and ends twelve months after, a Change in Control.

(e)     “ Change in Control Termination ” means a Participant’s Covered Termination, that occurs during the Change in Control Protection Period.

(f)     “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(g)     “ Common Stock ” means the common stock of the Company.

(h)     “ Covered Termination ” means an Involuntary Termination or a Participant’s resignation for Good Reason, in either case, resulting in a Separation from Service.

 

-1-


(i)     “ Disability ” means the Participant’s inability, due to physical or mental incapacity, to perform the Participant’s duties with reasonable accommodation for a period of ninety (90) consecutive days or one hundred and twenty (120) days during any consecutive six-month period.

(j)     “ ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

(k)     “ Good Reason ” shall mean: (i) a material reduction of the Participant’s base compensation, unless such reduction is consistent with and generally applicable to all the Company’s executive officers and is agreed to in writing by the Participant; (ii) a material reduction of the Participant’s authority, responsibilities or duties with the Company; or (iii) the Participant being required to relocate the Participant’s principal place of employment with the Company as of the Effective Date to a principal place of employment more than fifty (50) miles from San Diego, California, in each case without the Participant’s prior consent; provided, however, that the Participant’s termination shall only be for Good Reason if: (i) the Participant gives the Board written notice of the intent to terminate for Good Reason within sixty (60) days following the first occurrence of the condition(s) that the Participant believes constitutes Good Reason, which notice shall describe such condition(s), and (ii) the Board has a period of not less than thirty (30) days to cure the Good Reason resignation triggering condition following its receipt of such notice (the “ Cure Period ”), (iii) the Good Reason resignation triggering condition is not cured prior to expiration of the Cure Period, and (iv) the Participant resigns within the thirty (30) day period following the expiration of the Cure Period.

(l)     “ Involuntary Termination ” means a Participant’s termination of employment by the Company for a reason other than due to death, Disability, or for Cause.

(m)     “ Non-CiC Termination ” means a Participant’s Covered Termination that does not occur during the Change in Control Protection Period.

(n)     “ Participant ” means each individual who is employed by the Company, has been designated as a Participant by the Plan Administrator, and has received and returned a signed Participation Notice.

(o)     “ Participation Notice ” means the latest notice delivered by the Company to a Participant informing the Participant that he or she is eligible to participate in the Plan, substantially in the form attached hereto as E XHIBIT A .

(p)     “ Plan Administrator ” means the Board or any committee of the Board duly authorized to administer the Plan, including the Compensation Committee of the Board, or any member of senior management of the Company designated by the Board (including, for example, the head of Human Resources). The Board may at any time administer the Plan, in whole or in part, notwithstanding that the Board has previously appointed a committee or other person to act as the Plan Administrator. Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon and after the consummation of a Change in Control, the Plan Administrator shall mean the Representative.

(q)      “Person” means a “person” as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended

 

-2-


(r)      “ Release Effective Date ” means the date, which must occur during the Release Period, on which the Release becomes effective and is no longer revocable by the Participant.

(s)     “ Release ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.

(t)     “ Release Period ” means the sixty-day period following a Participant’s Covered Termination during which the Release must be executed (and not revoked) by the Participant.

(u)     “ Representative ” means one or more members of the Board or other persons designated by the Board (including a member of senior management such as the head of Human Resources) prior to or in connection with a Change in Control to administer the Plan.

(v)     “ Separation from Service ” means a “separation from service” within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(h), without regard to any alternative definition thereunder.

(w)     “ Severance Period ” means the number of weeks or months, as applicable, of severance payable under this Plan to the Participant with respect to the applicable Covered Termination, which will be indicated as either a “Non-CiC Severance Period” or a “CiC Severance Period” in the Participant’s Participation Notice.

3.      E LIGIBILITY FOR B ENEFITS . Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Company will provide the benefits described in Section 4 to the affected Participant. A Participant will not receive benefits under the Plan (or will receive reduced benefits under the Plan) in the following circumstances, as determined by the Plan Administrator, in its sole discretion:

(a)     The Participant’s employment is terminated by the Company for any reason other than an Involuntary Termination;

(b)     The Participant’s employment is terminated by the Participant for any reason other than for Good Reason;

(c)     The Participant has not entered into the Company’s standard form of Employee Invention Assignment and Confidentiality Agreement or any similar or successor document (the “ Confidentiality Agreement ”);

(d)     The Participant has failed to execute and allow to become effective the Release (as defined and described below) within the Release Period; and

(e)     The Participant has failed to return all Company Property. For this purpose, “ Company Property ” means all paper and electronic Company documents (and all copies thereof) created and/or received by the Participant during his or her period of employment with the Company and other Company materials and property that the Participant has in his or her possession or control, including, without limitation, Company files, notes, drawings records, plans, forecasts, reports, studies, analyses, proposals, agreements, financial information, research and development information, sales and marketing information, operational and personnel information, specifications, code, software, databases, computer-recorded information, tangible property and equipment (including, without limitation, leased vehicles, computers, computer

 

-3-


equipment, software programs, facsimile machines, mobile telephones, servers), credit and calling cards, entry cards, identification badges and keys, and any materials of any kind that contain or embody any proprietary or confidential information of the Company (and all reproductions thereof, in whole or in part). As a condition to receiving benefits under the Plan, a Participant must not make or retain copies, reproductions or summaries of any such Company documents, materials or property. However, a Participant is not required to return his or her personal copies of documents evidencing the Participant’s hire, termination, compensation, benefits and stock options and any other documentation received as a stockholder of the Company.

4.      P AYMENTS  & B ENEFITS U PON A C OVERED T ERMINATION . Except as may otherwise be provided in the Participant’s Participation Notice, in the event of a Covered Termination, the Company will provide the payments and benefits described in this Section 4, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan. For the avoidance of doubt, the Plan does not provide for duplication (in whole or in part) of benefits with any other agreement or plan.

(a)      Payment of Accrued Obligations. The Company shall pay to each eligible Participant who incurs a Covered Termination a lump sum payment in cash, paid in accordance with applicable law, equal to the sum of (i)  the Participant’s accrued but unpaid base salary and any accrued but unpaid vacation pay through the date of the Covered Termination, and (ii) any earned but unpaid annual bonus for any fiscal year preceding the fiscal year in which the termination occurs.

(b)    Non-CiC Termination.

(i)      Cash Severance . Subject to the execution (and non-revocation) of the Release, upon a Non-CiC Termination, the Participant will receive as severance an amount equal to the Participant’s Severance Base Pay. Such amount will be payable in accordance with Section 4(b)(i)(2) below.

(1)      Severance Base Pay . For this purpose, the term “ Severance Base Pay ” shall mean an amount equal to the product of (A) the Participant’s annual base salary or annualized wages (excluding incentive pay, premium pay, commissions, overtime, bonuses and other forms of variable compensation) as in effect on the date of the Non-CiC Termination and (B) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of months represented by the Non-CiC Severance Period and the denominator of which is twelve (12).

(2)      Payment Schedule . The Company will pay the Severance Base Pay in a lump sum on the first payroll date that occurs more than five (5) days after the Release Effective Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent required to comply with Section 409A (as defined below), in the event that the Release Period spans two calendar years such that the Release Effective Date could occur in either of such calendar years, the Severance Base to be paid to the Participant will be made in the second calendar year.

(ii)    COBRA Payments; Special Severance Payments.

(1)      COBRA Payment Period . If the Participant is eligible for and has made the necessary elections for continuation coverage pursuant to COBRA under a group health, dental or vision plan sponsored by the Company, the Company will pay, as and when due directly

 

-4-


to the COBRA carrier, the COBRA premiums necessary to continue the Participant’s COBRA coverage for the Participant and the Participant’s eligible dependents from the date of the Non-CiC Termination until the earliest to occur of (i) end of the Non-CiC Severance Period, (ii) the expiration of the Participant’s eligibility for the continuation coverage under COBRA, and (iii) the date on which the Participant becomes eligible for health insurance coverage in connection with new employment or self-employment (such period for purposes of this Section 4(b)(ii), the “ COBRA Payment Period ”). The Participant agrees to promptly notify the Company as soon as the Participant becomes eligible for health insurance coverage in connection with new employment or self-employment.

(2)      Special Severance Payment . Notwithstanding Section 4(b)(ii)(1) above, if at any time the Company determines, in its sole discretion, that the payment of the COBRA premiums would result in a violation of the nondiscrimination rules of Section 105(h)(2) of the Code or any statute or regulation of similar effect (including, without limitation, the 2010 Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the 2010 Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act and any other subsequent amendments), then in lieu of providing the benefit set forth in Section 4(b)(ii)(1) above, the Company will instead pay the Participant, on the first day of each month of the remainder of the COBRA Payment Period, a fully taxable cash payment equal to the COBRA premiums for that month, subject to applicable tax withholdings and deductions (such amount for purposes of this Section 4(b)(ii), the “ Special Severance Payment ”).

(3)      Payment Schedule . The Company will make the first payment under this Section 4(b)(ii) (and, in the case of the Special Severance Payment, such payment will be made to the Participant, in a lump sum) within five (5) business days after the Release Effective Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent required to comply with Section 409A (as defined below), in the event that the Release Period spans two calendar years such that the Release Effective Date could occur in either of such calendar years, the first payment to be made under this Section 4(b)(ii) will be made in the second calendar year (and, if applicable, will include any amounts that the Company otherwise would have paid through such date), with the balance of the payments (if applicable) paid thereafter on the original schedule.

(c)    Change in Control Termination.

(i)      Cash Severance . Subject to the execution (and non-revocation) of the Release, upon a Change in Control Termination, the Participant will receive as severance an amount equal to the Participant’s Severance Base Pay. Such amount will be payable in accordance with Section 4(c)(i)(2) below.

(1)      Severance Base Pay . For this purpose, “ Severance Base Pay ” means an amount equal to the product of (A) the Participant’s annual base salary or annualized wages (excluding incentive pay, premium pay, commissions, overtime, bonuses and other forms of variable compensation) as in effect on the date of the Change in Control and (B) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of months represented by the CiC Severance Period and the denominator of which is twelve (12).

(2)      Payment Schedule . The Company will pay the Severance Base Pay in a lump sum on the first payroll date that occurs more than five (5) days after the Release

 

-5-


Effective Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent required to comply with Section 409A (as defined below), in the event that the Release Period spans two calendar years such that the Release Effective Date could occur in either of such calendar years, the Severance Base Pay to be paid to the Participant will be made in the second calendar year.

(ii)    COBRA Payments; Special Severance Payments.

(1)      COBRA Payment Period . If the Participant is eligible for and has made the necessary elections for continuation coverage pursuant to COBRA under a group health, dental or vision plan sponsored by the Company, the Company will pay, as and when due directly to the COBRA carrier, the COBRA premiums necessary to continue the Participant’s COBRA coverage for the Participant and the Participant’s eligible dependents from the date of the Change in Control Termination until the earliest to occur of (i) end of the CiC Severance Period, (ii) the expiration of the Participant’s eligibility for the continuation coverage under COBRA, and (iii) the date on which the Participant becomes eligible for health insurance coverage in connection with new employment or self-employment (such period for purposes of this Section 4(c)(ii), the “ COBRA Payment Period ”). The Participant agrees to promptly notify the Company as soon as the Participant becomes eligible for health insurance coverage in connection with new employment or self-employment.

(2)      Special Severance Payment . Notwithstanding Section 4(c)(ii)(1) above, if at any time the Company determines, in its sole discretion, that the payment of the COBRA premiums would result in a violation of the nondiscrimination rules of Section 105(h)(2) of the Code or any statute or regulation of similar effect (including, without limitation, the 2010 Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the 2010 Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act and any other subsequent amendments), then in lieu of providing the benefit set forth in Section 4(c)(ii)(1) above, the Company will instead pay the Participant, on the first day of each month of the remainder of the COBRA Payment Period, a fully taxable cash payment equal to the COBRA premiums for that month, subject to applicable tax withholdings and deductions (such amount for purposes of this Section 4(c)(ii), the “ Special Severance Payment ”).

(3)      Payment Schedule . The Company will make the first payment under this Section 4(c)(ii) (and, in the case of the Special Severance Payment, such payment will be made to the Participant, in a lump sum) within five (5) business days after the Release Effective Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent required to comply with Section 409A (as defined below), in the event that the Release Period spans two calendar years such that the Release Effective Date could occur in either of such calendar years, the first payment to be made under this Section 4(c)(ii) will be made in the second calendar year (and, if applicable, will include any amounts that the Company otherwise would have paid through such date), with the balance of the payments (if applicable) paid thereafter on the original schedule.

(iii)      Accelerated Vesting. Subject to the Participant’s execution (and non-revocation) of the Release, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in the applicable equity plans, upon a Change in Control Termination, the vesting and exercisability (if applicable) of all outstanding unvested time-based equity awards granted under the Company’s equity incentive plans that are held by a Participant on the date of the Change in Control Termination will be accelerated in full. With respect to any performance-based vesting equity

 

-6-


award, such award shall continue to be governed in all respects by the terms of the applicable equity award documents.

5.    C ONDITIONS AND L IMITATIONS ON B ENEFITS .

(a)      Release. To be eligible to receive any benefits under the Plan, a Participant must sign a general waiver and release in substantially the form attached hereto as E XHIBIT  B , E XHIBIT  C , or E XHIBIT  D , as appropriate (the “ Release ”), and such release must be executed (and not revoked) by the Participant in accordance with its terms, in each case within the Release Period. The Plan Administrator, in its sole discretion, may modify the form of the required Release to comply with applicable law, and any such Release may be incorporated into a termination agreement or other agreement with the Participant.

(b)      Prior Agreements; Certain Reductions. The Plan Administrator will reduce a Participant’s benefits under the Plan by any other statutory severance obligations or contractual severance benefits, obligations for pay in lieu of notice, and any other similar benefits payable to the Participant by the Company (or any successor thereto) that are due in connection with the Participant’s Covered Termination and that are in the same form as the benefits provided under the Plan (e.g., equity award vesting credit). Without limitation, this reduction includes a reduction for any benefits required pursuant to (i) any applicable legal requirement, including, without limitation, the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act of 1988 and any similar state or local laws (collectively, the “ WARN Act ”), (ii) a written employment, severance or equity award agreement with the Company, (iii) any Company policy or practice providing for the Participant to remain on the payroll for a limited period of time after being given notice of the termination of the Participant’s employment, and (iv) any required salary continuation, notice pay, statutory severance payment, or other payments either required by local law, or owed pursuant to a collective labor agreement, as a result of the termination of the Participant’s employment. The benefits provided under the Plan are intended to satisfy, to the greatest extent possible, and not to provide benefits duplicative of, any and all statutory, contractual and collective agreement obligations of the Company in respect of the form of benefits provided under the Plan that may arise out of a Covered Termination, and the Plan Administrator will so construe and implement the terms of the Plan. Reductions may be applied on a retroactive basis, with benefits previously provided being recharacterized as benefits pursuant to the Company’s statutory or other contractual obligations. The payments pursuant to the Plan are in addition to, and not in lieu of, any unpaid salary, bonuses or employee welfare benefits to which a Participant may be entitled for the period ending with the Participant’s Covered Termination.

(c)      Mitigation. Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan, a Participant will not be required to mitigate damages or the amount of any payment provided under the Plan by seeking other employment or otherwise, nor will the amount of any payment provided for under the Plan be reduced by any compensation earned by a Participant as a result of employment by another employer or any retirement benefits received by such Participant after the date of the Participant’s termination of employment with the Company.

(d)      Indebtedness of Participants. If a Participant is indebted to the Company on the effective date of his or her Covered Termination, the Company reserves the right to offset the payment of any benefits under the Plan by the amount of such indebtedness. Such offset will be

 

-7-


made in accordance with all applicable laws. The Participant’s execution of the Participation Notice constitutes knowing written consent to the foregoing.

(e)    Parachute Payments.

(i)     Except as otherwise expressly provided in an agreement between a Participant and the Company, if any payment or benefit the Participant would receive in connection with a Change in Control from the Company or otherwise (a “ Payment ”) would (i) constitute a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code, and (ii) but for this sentence, be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (the “ Excise Tax ”), then such Payment will be equal to the Reduced Amount. The “ Reduced Amount ” will be either (A) the largest portion of the Payment that would result in no portion of the Payment being subject to the Excise Tax, or (B) the largest portion, up to and including the total, of the Payment, whichever amount ((A) or (B)), after taking into account all applicable federal, state, provincial, foreign, and local employment taxes, income taxes, and the Excise Tax (all computed at the highest applicable marginal rate), results in the Participant’s receipt, on an after-tax basis, of the greatest economic benefit notwithstanding that all or some portion of the Payment may be subject to the Excise Tax. If a reduction in payments or benefits constituting “parachute payments” is necessary so that the Payment equals the Reduced Amount, reduction in the payments and/or benefits will occur in the manner that results in the greatest economic benefit to the Participant, as determined in this paragraph; provided , that if more than one method of reduction will result in the same economic benefit, the portions of the Payment shall be reduced pro rata.

(ii)     The professional firm engaged by the Company for general tax purposes as of the day prior to the effective date of the Change in Control shall make all determinations required to be made under this Section 5(e). If the professional firm so engaged by the Company is serving as an accountant or auditor for the individual, entity or group effecting the Change in Control, the Company shall appoint a nationally recognized independent registered public accounting firm to make the determinations required hereunder. The Company shall bear all expenses with respect to the determinations by such professional firm required to be made hereunder. Any good faith determinations of the professional firm made hereunder shall be final, binding and conclusive upon the Company and the Participant.

6.    T AX M ATTERS .

(a)      Application of Section  409A of the Code . It is intended that all of the payments and benefits provided under the Plan satisfy, to the greatest extent possible, the exemptions from the application of Section 409A of the Code and the regulations and other guidance thereunder and any state law of similar effect (collectively, “ Section  409A ”) provided under Treasury Regulations Sections 1.409A-1(b)(4), 1.409A-1(b)(5), and 1.409A-1(b)(9), and the Plan will be construed to the greatest extent possible as consistent with those provisions. To the extent not so exempt, the Plan (and any definitions in the Plan) will be construed in a manner that complies with Section 409A, and will incorporate by reference all required definitions and payment terms. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, to the extent required to comply with Section 409A, a termination of employment shall not be deemed to have occurred for purposes of any provision of the Plan providing for the payments of amounts or benefits upon or following a termination of employment unless such termination is also a “separation from service” within the

 

-8-


meaning of Section 409A and, for purposes of any such provision of the Plan, references to a “resignation,” “termination, “termination of employment” or like terms shall mean separation from service. For purposes of Section 409A (including, without limitation, for purposes of Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-2(b)(2)(iii)), a Participant’s right to receive any installment payments under the Plan will be treated as a right to receive a series of separate payments and, accordingly, each installment payment under the Plan will at all times be considered a separate and distinct payment. If the Plan Administrator determines that any of the payments upon a Separation from Service provided under the Plan (or under any other arrangement with the Participant) constitute “deferred compensation” under Section 409A and if the Participant is a “specified employee” of the Company, as such term is defined in Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i), at the time of his or her Separation from Service, then, solely to the extent necessary to avoid the incurrence of the adverse personal tax consequences under Section 409A, the timing of the payments upon a Separation from Service will be delayed as follows: on the earlier to occur of (i) the date that is six (6) months and one (1) day after the effective date of the Participant’s Separation from Service, and (ii) the date of the Participant’s death (such earlier date, the “ Delayed Initial Payment Date ”), the Company will (A) pay to the Participant a lump sum amount equal to the sum of the payments upon Separation from Service that the Participant would otherwise have received through the Delayed Initial Payment Date if the commencement of the payments had not been delayed pursuant to this Section 6(a), and (B) commence paying the balance of the payments in accordance with the applicable payment schedules set forth above. No interest will be due on any amounts so deferred.

(b)      Withholding. All payments and benefits under the Plan will be subject to all applicable deductions and withholdings, including, without limitation, obligations to withhold for federal, state, provincial, foreign and local income and employment taxes.

(c)      Tax Advice. By becoming a Participant in the Plan, the Participant agrees to review with Participant’s own tax advisors the federal, state, provincial, local, and foreign tax consequences of participation in the Plan. The Participant will rely solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents. The Participant understands that the Participant (and not the Company) will be responsible for the Participant’s own tax liability that may arise as a result of becoming a Participant in the Plan.

7.      R EEMPLOYMENT . In the event of a Participant’s reemployment by the Company during the Severance Period, the Company, in its sole and absolute discretion, may require such Participant to repay to the Company all or a portion of such severance benefits as a condition of reemployment.

8.      C LAWBACK ; R ECOVERY . All payments and severance benefits provided under the Plan will be subject to recoupment in accordance with any clawback policy that the Company is required to adopt pursuant to the listing standards of any national securities exchange or association on which the Company’s securities are listed or as is otherwise required by the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act or other applicable law. In addition, the Board may impose such other clawback, recovery or recoupment provisions as the Board determines necessary or appropriate, including but not limited to a reacquisition right in respect of previously acquired shares of common stock of the Company or other cash or property upon the occurrence of a termination of employment for Cause.

 

-9-


9.    R IGHT TO I NTERPRET P LAN ; A MENDMENT AND T ERMINATION .

(a)      Exclusive Discretion. The Plan Administrator (or the Representative, as applicable) will have the exclusive discretion and authority to establish rules, forms, and procedures for the administration of the Plan and to construe and interpret the Plan and to decide any and all questions of fact, interpretation, definition, computation or administration arising in connection with the operation of the Plan, including, without limitation, the eligibility to participate in the Plan, the amount of benefits paid under the Plan and any adjustments that need to be made in accordance with the laws applicable to a Participant. The rules, interpretations, computations and other actions of the Plan Administrator (or the Representative, as applicable) will be binding and conclusive on all persons.

(b)      Amendment or Termination. This Plan and any Participation Notice executed hereunder cannot be amended, modified or terminated with respect to a Participant except by a written agreement signed by the Participant and the Company.

10.      N O I MPLIED E MPLOYMENT C ONTRACT . The Plan will not be deemed (i) to give any employee or other service provider any right to be retained in the employ or services of the Company, or (ii) to interfere with the right of the Company to discharge any employee or other service provider at any time, with or without Cause, which right is hereby reserved.

11.      L EGAL C ONSTRUCTION . The Plan will be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of California (without regard to principles of conflict of laws), except to the extent preempted by ERISA.

12.    C LAIMS , I NQUIRIES A ND A PPEALS .

(a)      Applications for Benefits and Inquiries. Any application for benefits, inquiries about the Plan or inquiries about present or future rights under the Plan must be submitted to the Plan Administrator in writing by an applicant (or his or her authorized representative). The Plan Administrator is set forth in Section 14(d).

(b)      Denial of Claims. In the event that any application for benefits is denied in whole or in part, the Plan Administrator must provide the applicant with written or electronic notice of the denial of the application, and of the applicant’s right to review the denial. Any electronic notice will comply with the regulations of the U.S. Department of Labor. The notice of denial will be set forth in a manner designed to be understood by the applicant and will include the following:

(1)     the specific reason or reasons for the denial;

(2)     references to the specific Plan provisions upon which the denial is based;

(3)     a description of any additional information or material that the Plan Administrator needs to complete the review and an explanation of why such information or material is necessary; and

 

-10-


(4)     an explanation of the Plan’s review procedures and the time limits applicable to such procedures, including a statement of the applicant’s right to bring a civil action under Section 502(a) of ERISA following a denial on review of the claim, as described in Section 12(d).

The notice of denial will be given to the applicant within ninety (90) days after the Plan Administrator receives the application, unless special circumstances require an extension of time, in which case, the Plan Administrator has up to an additional ninety (90) days for processing the application. If an extension of time for processing is required, written notice of the extension will be furnished to the applicant before the end of the initial ninety (90) day period.

The notice of extension will describe the special circumstances necessitating the additional time and the date by which the Plan Administrator is to render its decision on the application.

(c)      Request for a Review. Any person (or that person’s authorized representative) for whom an application for benefits is denied, in whole or in part, may appeal the denial by submitting a request for a review to the Plan Administrator within sixty (60) days after the application is denied. A request for a review will be in writing and will be addressed to:

Turning Point Therapeutics, Inc.

Attn: Plan Administrator of the Severance Benefit Plan – SVP/VP

10628 Science Center Drive, Ste. 225

San Diego, California 92121

A request for review must set forth all of the grounds on which it is based, all facts in support of the request and any other matters that the applicant feels are pertinent. The applicant (or the applicant’s representative) will have the opportunity to submit (or the Plan Administrator may require the applicant to submit) written comments, documents, records, and other information relating to his or her claim. The applicant (or his or her representative) will be provided, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant to his or her claim. The review will take into account all comments, documents, records and other information submitted by the applicant (or his or her representative) relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.

(d)      Decision on Review. The Plan Administrator will act on each request for review within sixty (60) days after receipt of the request, unless special circumstances require an extension of time (not to exceed an additional sixty (60) days), for processing the request for a review. If an extension for review is required, written notice of the extension will be furnished to the applicant within the initial sixty (60) day period. This notice of extension will describe the special circumstances necessitating the additional time and the date by which the Plan Administrator is to render its decision on the review. The Plan Administrator will give prompt, written or electronic notice of its decision to the applicant. Any electronic notice will comply with the regulations of the U.S. Department of Labor. In the event that the Plan Administrator confirms the denial of the application for benefits, in whole or in part, the notice will set forth, in a manner designed to be understood by the applicant, the following:

 

-11-


(1)     the specific reason or reasons for the denial;

(2)     references to the specific Plan provisions upon which the denial is based;

(3)     a statement that the applicant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant to the applicant’s claim; and

(4)     a statement of the applicant’s right to bring a civil action under Section 502(a) of ERISA.

(e)      Rules and Procedures. The Plan Administrator will establish rules and procedures, consistent with the Plan and with ERISA, as necessary and appropriate in carrying out its responsibilities in reviewing benefit claims. The Plan Administrator may require an applicant who wishes to submit additional information in connection with an appeal from the denial of benefits to do so at the applicant’s own expense.

(f)      Exhaustion of Remedies. No legal action for benefits under the Plan may be brought until the applicant (i) has submitted a written application for benefits in accordance with the procedures described by Section 12(a), (ii) has been notified by the Plan Administrator that the application is denied, (iii) has filed a written request for a review of the application in accordance with the appeal procedure described in Section 12(c), and (iv) has been notified that the Plan Administrator has denied the appeal. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Plan Administrator does not respond to an applicant’s claim or appeal within the relevant time limits specified in this Section 12, the applicant may bring legal action for benefits under the Plan pursuant to Section 502(a) of ERISA.

13.      B ASIS O F P AYMENTS T O A ND F ROM P LAN . All benefits under the Plan will be paid by the Company. The Plan will be unfunded, and benefits hereunder will be paid only from the general assets of the Company.

14.    O THER P LAN I NFORMATION .

(a)      Employer and Plan Identification Numbers. The Employer Identification Number assigned to the Company (which is the “Plan Sponsor” as that term is used in ERISA) by the Internal Revenue Service is 46-3826166. The Plan Number assigned to the Plan by the Plan Sponsor pursuant to the instructions of the Internal Revenue Service is 512.

(b)      Ending Date for Plan s Fiscal Year. The date of the end of the fiscal year for the purpose of maintaining the Plan’s records is December 31.

(c)      Agent for the Service of Legal Process . The agent for the service of legal process with respect to the Plan is:

Turning Point Therapeutics, Inc.

Attn: President

 

-12-


10628 Science Center Drive, Ste. 225

San Diego, California 92121

(d)      Plan Sponsor and Administrator. The “Plan Sponsor” and the “Plan Administrator” of the Plan is:

Turning Point Therapeutics, Inc.

Attn: Plan Administrator of the Severance Benefit Plan – SVP/VP

10628 Science Center Drive, Ste. 225

San Diego, California 92121

The Plan Sponsor’s and Plan Administrator’s telephone number is (858) 926-5251. The Plan Administrator is the named fiduciary charged with the responsibility for administering the Plan.

15.    S TATEMENT O F ERISA R IGHTS .

Participants in the Plan (which is a welfare benefit plan sponsored by Turning Point Therapeutics, Inc.) are entitled to certain rights and protections under ERISA. For purposes of this Section 15 and, under ERISA, Participants are entitled to:

Receive Information About the Plan and Benefits

(a)     Examine, without charge, at the Plan Administrator’s office and at other specified locations, such as worksites, all documents governing the Plan and a copy of the latest annual report (Form 5500 Series), if applicable, filed by the Plan with the U.S. Department of Labor and available at the Public Disclosure Room of the Employee Benefits Security Administration;

(b)     Obtain, upon written request to the Plan Administrator, copies of documents governing the operation of the Plan and copies of the latest annual report (Form 5500 Series), if applicable, and an updated (as necessary) Summary Plan Description. The Plan Administrator may make a reasonable charge for the copies; and

(c)     Receive a summary of the Plan’s annual financial report, if applicable. The Plan Administrator is required by law to furnish each Participant with a copy of this summary annual report.

Prudent Actions by Plan Fiduciaries

In addition to creating rights for Participants, ERISA imposes duties upon the people who are responsible for the operation of the employee benefit plan. The people who operate the Plan, called “fiduciaries” of the Plan, have a duty to do so prudently and in the interest of Participants and beneficiaries. No one, including a Participant’s employer, union (if applicable) or any other person, may fire a Participant or otherwise discriminate against a Participant in any way to prevent the Participant from obtaining a Plan benefit or exercising a Participant’s rights under ERISA.

Enforcement of Participant Rights

 

-13-


If a claim for a Plan benefit is denied or ignored, in whole or in part, a Participant has a right to know why this was done, to obtain copies of documents relating to the decision without charge, and to appeal any denial, all within certain time schedules.

Under ERISA, there are steps a Participant can take to enforce the above rights. For instance, if a Participant requests a copy of Plan documents or the latest annual report from the Plan, if applicable, and does not receive them within thirty (30) days, the Participant may file suit in a federal court. In such a case, the court may require the Plan Administrator to provide the materials and pay the Participant up to $110 a day until the Participant receives the materials, unless the materials were not sent because of reasons beyond the control of the Plan Administrator.

If a Participant has a claim for benefits that is denied or ignored, in whole or in part, the Participant may file suit in a state or federal court.

If a Participant is discriminated against for asserting the Participant’s rights, the Participant may seek assistance from the U.S. Department of Labor, or may file suit in a federal court. The court will decide who should pay court costs and legal fees. If a Participant is successful, the court may order the person the Participant has sued to pay these costs and fees. If the Participant loses, the court may order the Participant to pay these costs and fees, for example, if it finds the Participant’s claim is frivolous.

Assistance with Questions

If a Participant has any questions about the Plan, the Participant should contact the Plan Administrator. If a Participant has any questions about this statement or about the Participant’s rights under ERISA, or if the Participant needs assistance in obtaining documents from the Plan Administrator, the Participant should contact the nearest office of the Employee Benefits Security Administration, U.S. Department of Labor, listed in the Participant’s telephone directory or the Division of Technical Assistance and Inquiries, Employee Benefits Security Administration, U.S. Department of Labor, 200 Constitution Avenue N.W., Washington, D.C. 20210. The Participant may also obtain certain publications about the Participant’s rights and responsibilities under ERISA by calling the publications hotline of the Employee Benefits Security Administration.

16.    G ENERAL P ROVISIONS .

(a)      Notices. Any notice, demand or request required or permitted to be given by either the Company or a Participant pursuant to the terms of the Plan will be in writing and will be deemed given when delivered personally, when received electronically (including email addressed to the Participant’s Company email account and to the Company email account of the Company’s head of legal affairs), or deposited in the U.S. Mail, First Class with postage prepaid, and addressed to the parties, in the case of the Company, at the address set forth in Section 14(d), in the case of a Participant, at the address as set forth in the Company’s employment file maintained for the Participant as previously furnished by the Participant or such other address as a party may request by notifying the other in writing.

(b)      Transfer and Assignment. The rights and obligations of a Participant under the Plan may not be transferred or assigned without the prior written consent of the Company. The Plan will be binding upon any surviving entity resulting from a Change in Control and upon any

 

-14-


other person who is a successor by merger, acquisition, consolidation or otherwise to the business formerly carried on by the Company without regard to whether or not such person or entity actively assumes the obligations hereunder.

(c)      Waiver. Any party’s failure to enforce any provision or provisions of the Plan will not in any way be construed as a waiver of any such provision or provisions, nor prevent any party from thereafter enforcing each and every other provision of the Plan. The rights granted to the parties herein are cumulative and will not constitute a waiver of any party’s right to assert all other legal remedies available to it under the circumstances.

(d)      Severability. Should any provision of the Plan be declared or determined to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions will not in any way be affected or impaired.

(e)      Section Headings. Section headings in the Plan are included only for convenience of reference and will not be considered part of the Plan for any other purpose.

17.      A PPROVAL OF THE P LAN . The Plan shall become effective on the date it is adopted and approved by the Board.

 

-15-


A PPENDIX A

S EVERANCE P ERIOD

 

E MPLOYEE L EVEL

  

N ON -CiC S EVERANCE P ERIOD

  

CiC S EVERANCE P ERIOD

Senior Vice-President or Vice-President

   6 months    6 months


E XHIBIT A

T URNING P OINT T HERAPEUTICS , I NC .

S EVERANCE B ENEFIT P LAN – SVP/VP

P ARTICIPATION N OTICE

To:                                      

Date:                                      

Turning Point Therapeutics, Inc. (the “ Company ”) has adopted the Turning Point Therapeutics, Inc. Severance Benefit Plan – SVP/VP (the “ Plan ”). The Company is providing you this Participation Notice to inform you that you have been designated as a Participant in the Plan. A copy of the Plan document is attached to this Participation Notice. The terms and conditions of your participation in the Plan are as set forth in the Plan and this Participation Notice, which together constitute the Summary Plan Description for the Plan.

Your Non-CiC Severance Period and your CiC Severance Period are for the number of months listed on Appendix A to the Plan with respect to each such related Covered Termination.

Please return to the Company’s head of Human Resources a copy of this Participation Notice signed by you and retain a copy of this Participation Notice, along with the Plan document, for your records.

 

T URNING P OINT T HERAPEUTICS , I NC .
 

 

(Signature)

Name:

   

Title:

   

 

P ARTICIPANT :
 

 

(Signature)

Name:

   

Date:

   


E XHIBIT B

R ELEASE A GREEMENT

[E MPLOYEES A GE 40 OR O VER ; I NDIVIDUAL T ERMINATION ]

I understand and agree completely to the terms set forth in the Turning Point Therapeutics, Inc. Severance Benefit Plan – SVP/VP (the “ Plan ”).

I understand that this Release, together with the Plan, constitutes the complete, final and exclusive embodiment of the entire agreement between the Company, affiliates of the Company and me with regard to the subject matter hereof. I am not relying on any promise or representation by the Company or an affiliate of the Company that is not expressly stated therein. Certain capitalized terms used in this Release are defined in the Plan.

I hereby confirm my obligations under my Confidentiality Agreement.

Except as otherwise set forth in this Release, I hereby generally and completely release the Company and its affiliates, and their parents, subsidiaries, successors, predecessors and affiliates, and its and their partners, members, directors, officers, employees, stockholders, shareholders, agents, attorneys, predecessors, insurers, affiliates and assigns, from any and all claims, liabilities and obligations, both known and unknown, that arise out of or are in any way related to events, acts, conduct, or omissions occurring at any time prior to and including the date I sign this Release. This general release includes, but is not limited to: (a) all claims arising out of or in any way related to my employment with the Company and its affiliates, or their affiliates, or the termination of that employment; (b) all claims related to my compensation or benefits, including salary, bonuses, commissions, vacation pay, expense reimbursements, severance pay, fringe benefits, stock, stock options, or any other ownership interests in the Company and its affiliates, or their affiliates; (c) all claims for breach of contract, wrongful termination, and breach of the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing; (d) all tort claims, including claims for fraud, defamation, emotional distress, and discharge in violation of public policy; and (e) all federal, state, provincial and local statutory claims, including claims for discrimination, harassment, retaliation, attorneys’ fees, or other claims arising under the federal Civil Rights Act of 1964 (as amended), the federal Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (as amended), the federal Age Discrimination in Employment Act (as amended) (“ ADEA ”), and the federal Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (as amended).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, I understand that the following rights or claims are not included in my Release: (a) any rights or claims for indemnification I may have pursuant to any written indemnification agreement with the Company or its affiliate to which I am a party; the charter, bylaws, or operating agreements of the Company or its affiliate; or under applicable law; or (b) any rights which cannot be waived as a matter of law. In addition, I understand that nothing in this Release prevents me from filing, cooperating with, or participating in any proceeding before the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission or the Department of Labor, except that I hereby waive my right to any monetary benefits in connection with any such claim, charge or proceeding. I hereby represent and warrant that, other than the claims identified in this paragraph, I am not aware of any claims I have or might have that are not included in the Release.


I acknowledge that I am knowingly and voluntarily waiving and releasing any rights I may have under the ADEA, and that the consideration given under the Plan for the waiver and release in the preceding paragraph hereof is in addition to anything of value to which I was already entitled. I further acknowledge that I have been advised by this writing, as required by the ADEA, that: (a) my waiver and release do not apply to any rights or claims that may arise after the date I sign this Release; (b) I should consult with an attorney prior to signing this Release (although I may choose voluntarily not to do so); (c) I have twenty-one (21) days to consider this Release (although I may choose voluntarily to sign this Release earlier); (d) I have seven (7) days following the date I sign this Release to revoke the Release by providing written notice to an officer of the Company; and (e) this Release will not be effective until the date upon which the revocation period has expired, which will be the eighth day after I sign this Release.

I hereby represent that I have been paid all compensation owed and for all hours worked; I have received all the leave and leave benefits and protections for which I am eligible pursuant to the Family and Medical Leave Act, or otherwise; and I have not suffered any on-the-job injury for which I have not already filed a workers’ compensation claim.

[I represent that I am not aware of any claim by me other than the claims that are released by this Release. I acknowledge that I may hereafter discover claims or facts in addition to or different than those which I now know or believe to exist with respect to the subject matter of this Release and which, if known or suspected at the time of entering into this Release, may have materially affected this Release and my decision to enter into it. Nevertheless, I hereby waive any right, claim or cause of action that might arise as a result of such different or additional claims or facts and I hereby expressly waive any and all rights and benefits confirmed upon me by the provisions of California Civil Code Section 1542, which provides as set forth below, as well as under any other statute or common law principles of similar effect:

“A GENERAL RELEASE DOES NOT EXTEND TO CLAIMS WHICH THE CREDITOR DOES NOT KNOW OR SUSPECT TO EXIST IN HIS OR HER FAVOR AT THE TIME OF EXECUTING THE RELEASE, WHICH IF KNOWN BY HIM OR HER MUST HAVE MATERIALLY AFFECTED HIS OR HER SETTLEMENT WITH THE DEBTOR.” ] 1

 

 

1  

For California employees.


I acknowledge that to become effective, I must sign and return this Release to the Company so that it is received not later than twenty-one (21) days following the date it is provided to me.

 

P ARTICIPANT :
 

 

(Signature)

Name:

   

Date:

   


E XHIBIT C

R ELEASE A GREEMENT

[E MPLOYEES A GE 40 OR O VER ; G ROUP T ERMINATION ]

I understand and agree completely to the terms set forth in the Turning Point Therapeutics, Inc. Severance Benefit Plan – SVP/VP (the “ Plan ”).

I understand that this Release, together with the Plan, constitutes the complete, final and exclusive embodiment of the entire agreement between the Company, affiliates of the Company and me with regard to the subject matter hereof. I am not relying on any promise or representation by the Company or an affiliate of the Company that is not expressly stated therein. Certain capitalized terms used in this Release are defined in the Plan.

I hereby confirm my obligations under my Confidentiality Agreement.

Except as otherwise set forth in this Release, I hereby generally and completely release the Company and its affiliates, and their parents, subsidiaries, successors, predecessors and affiliates, and its and their partners, members, directors, officers, employees, stockholders, shareholders, agents, attorneys, predecessors, insurers, affiliates and assigns, from any and all claims, liabilities and obligations, both known and unknown, that arise out of or are in any way related to events, acts, conduct, or omissions occurring at any time prior to and including the date I sign this Release. This general release includes, but is not limited to: (a) all claims arising out of or in any way related to my employment with the Company and its affiliates, or their affiliates, or the termination of that employment; (b) all claims related to my compensation or benefits, including salary, bonuses, commissions, vacation pay, expense reimbursements, severance pay, fringe benefits, stock, stock options, or any other ownership interests in the Company and its affiliates, or their affiliates; (c) all claims for breach of contract, wrongful termination, and breach of the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing; (d) all tort claims, including claims for fraud, defamation, emotional distress, and discharge in violation of public policy; and (e) all federal, state, provincial and local statutory claims, including claims for discrimination, harassment, retaliation, attorneys’ fees, or other claims arising under the federal Civil Rights Act of 1964 (as amended), the federal Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (as amended), the federal Age Discrimination in Employment Act (as amended) (“ ADEA ”), and the federal Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (as amended).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, I understand that the following rights or claims are not included in my Release: (a) any rights or claims for indemnification I may have pursuant to any written indemnification agreement with the Company or its affiliate to which I am a party; the charter, bylaws, or operating agreements of the Company or its affiliate; or under applicable law; or (b) any rights which cannot be waived as a matter of law. In addition, I understand that nothing in this Release prevents me from filing, cooperating with, or participating in any proceeding before the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, or the Department of Labor, except that I hereby waive my right


to any monetary benefits in connection with any such claim, charge or proceeding. I hereby represent and warrant that, other than the claims identified in this paragraph, I am not aware of any claims I have or might have that are not included in the Release.

I acknowledge that I am knowingly and voluntarily waiving and releasing any rights I may have under the ADEA, and that the consideration given under the Plan for the waiver and release in the preceding paragraph hereof is in addition to anything of value to which I was already entitled. I further acknowledge that I have been advised by this writing, as required by the ADEA, that: (a) my waiver and release do not apply to any rights or claims that may arise after the date I sign this Release; (b) I should consult with an attorney prior to signing this Release (although I may choose voluntarily not to do so); (c) I have forty-five (45) days to consider this Release (although I may choose voluntarily to sign this Release earlier); (d) I have seven (7) days following the date I sign this Release to revoke the Release by providing written notice to an officer of the Company; (e) this Release will not be effective until the date upon which the revocation period has expired, which will be the eighth day after I sign this Release; and (f) I have received with this Release a detailed list of the job titles and ages of all employees who were terminated in this group termination and the ages of all employees of the Company in the same job classification or organizational unit who were not terminated.

I hereby represent that I have been paid all compensation owed and for all hours worked; I have received all the leave and leave benefits and protections for which I am eligible pursuant to the Family and Medical Leave Act, or otherwise; and I have not suffered any on-the-job injury for which I have not already filed a workers’ compensation claim.

[ I represent that I am not aware of any claim by me other than the claims that are released by this Release. I acknowledge that I may hereafter discover claims or facts in addition to or different than those which I now know or believe to exist with respect to the subject matter of this Release and which, if known or suspected at the time of entering into this Release, may have materially affected this Release and my decision to enter into it. Nevertheless, I hereby waive any right, claim or cause of action that might arise as a result of such different or additional claims or facts and I hereby expressly waive any and all rights and benefits confirmed upon me by the provisions of California Civil Code Section 1542, which provides as set forth below, as well as under any other statute or common law principles of similar effect:

“A GENERAL RELEASE DOES NOT EXTEND TO CLAIMS WHICH THE CREDITOR DOES NOT KNOW OR SUSPECT TO EXIST IN HIS OR HER FAVOR AT THE TIME OF EXECUTING THE RELEASE, WHICH IF KNOWN BY HIM OR HER MUST HAVE MATERIALLY AFFECTED HIS OR HER SETTLEMENT WITH THE DEBTOR.” ] 2

 

 

2  

For California employees.


I acknowledge that to become effective, I must sign and return this Release to the Company so that it is received not later than forty-five (45) days following the date it is provided to me.

 

P ARTICIPANT :
 

 

(Signature)

Name:

   

Date:

   


E XHIBIT D

R ELEASE A GREEMENT

[E MPLOYEES U NDER A GE 40]

I understand and agree completely to the terms set forth in the Turning Point Therapeutics, Inc. Severance Benefit Plan – SVP/VP (the “ Plan ”).

I understand that this Release, together with the Plan, constitutes the complete, final and exclusive embodiment of the entire agreement between the Company, affiliates of the Company and me with regard to the subject matter hereof. I am not relying on any promise or representation by the Company or an affiliate of the Company that is not expressly stated therein. Certain capitalized terms used in this Release are defined in the Plan.

I hereby confirm my obligations under my Confidentiality Agreement.

Except as otherwise set forth in this Release, I hereby generally and completely release the Company and its affiliates, and their parents, subsidiaries, successors, predecessors and affiliates, and its and their partners, members, directors, officers, employees, stockholders, shareholders, agents, attorneys, predecessors, insurers, affiliates and assigns, from any and all claims, liabilities and obligations, both known and unknown, that arise out of or are in any way related to events, acts, conduct, or omissions occurring at any time prior to and including the date I sign this Release. This general release includes, but is not limited to: (a) all claims arising out of or in any way related to my employment with the Company and its affiliates, or their affiliates, or the termination of that employment; (b) all claims related to my compensation or benefits, including salary, bonuses, commissions, vacation pay, expense reimbursements, severance pay, fringe benefits, stock, stock options, or any other ownership interests in the Company and its affiliates, or their affiliates; (c) all claims for breach of contract, wrongful termination, and breach of the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing; (d) all tort claims, including claims for fraud, defamation, emotional distress, and discharge in violation of public policy; and (e) all federal, state, provincial and local statutory claims, including claims for discrimination, harassment, retaliation, attorneys’ fees, or other claims arising under the federal Civil Rights Act of 1964 (as amended), the federal Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (as amended), and the federal Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (as amended).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, I understand that the following rights or claims are not included in my Release: (a) any rights or claims for indemnification I may have pursuant to any written indemnification agreement with the Company or its affiliate to which I am a party; the charter, bylaws, or operating agreements of the Company or its affiliate; or under applicable law; or (b) any rights which cannot be waived as a matter of law. In addition, I understand that nothing in this Release prevents me from filing, cooperating with, or participating in any proceeding before the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, or the Department of Labor, except that I hereby waive my right to any monetary benefits in connection with any such claim, charge or proceeding. I hereby


represent and warrant that, other than the claims identified in this paragraph, I am not aware of any claims I have or might have that are not included in the Release.

I hereby represent that I have been paid all compensation owed and for all hours worked; I have received all the leave and leave benefits and protections for which I am eligible pursuant to the Family and Medical Leave Act, or otherwise; and I have not suffered any on-the-job injury for which I have not already filed a workers’ compensation claim.

[ I represent that I am not aware of any claim by me other than the claims that are released by this Release. I acknowledge that I may hereafter discover claims or facts in addition to or different than those which I now know or believe to exist with respect to the subject matter of this Release and which, if known or suspected at the time of entering into this Release, may have materially affected this Release and my decision to enter into it. Nevertheless, I hereby waive any right, claim or cause of action that might arise as a result of such different or additional claims or facts and I hereby expressly waive any and all rights and benefits confirmed upon me by the provisions of California Civil Code Section 1542, which provides as set forth below, as well as under any other statute or common law principles of similar effect:

“A GENERAL RELEASE DOES NOT EXTEND TO CLAIMS WHICH THE CREDITOR DOES NOT KNOW OR SUSPECT TO EXIST IN HIS OR HER FAVOR AT THE TIME OF EXECUTING THE RELEASE, WHICH IF KNOWN BY HIM OR HER MUST HAVE MATERIALLY AFFECTED HIS OR HER SETTLEMENT WITH THE DEBTOR.” ] 3

I acknowledge that to become effective, I must sign and return this Release to the Company so that it is received not later than fourteen (14) days following the date it is provided to me.

 

P ARTICIPANT :
 

 

(Signature)

Name:

   

Date:

   

 

 

3  

For California employees.

Exhibit 10.7

TP THERAPEUTICS, INC.

EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

for

ATHENA MARIA COUNTOURIOTIS, M.D.

This Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement (this “ Agreement ”), is made and entered into effective as of September 29, 2018 (the “ Effective Date ”), by and between Athena Maria Countouriotis (“ Executive ”) and TP Therapeutics, Inc. (the “ Company ”).

W HEREAS , the Company and Executive are parties to that certain April 12, 2018 Offer Letter Agreement (the “ Prior Agreement ”); and

W HEREAS , the Company and Executive desire to amend and restate in its entirety the Prior Agreement on the terms set forth herein.

N OW , T HEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual promises and covenants contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1.    Employment by the Company.

1.1      Position. Executive shall serve as the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, reporting to the Company’s Board of Directors (the “ Board ”). In addition, as soon as practicable following the Effective Date, Executive shall be appointed to the Board and, for so long as Executive remains the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, Executive shall serve on the Board; provided, however that Executive will resign from the Board effectively immediately upon termination of her employment for any reason. During the term of Executive’s employment with the Company, Executive will devote Executive’s best efforts and substantially all of Executive’s business time and attention to the business of the Company, except for approved vacation periods and reasonable periods of illness or other incapacities permitted by the Company’s general employment policies.

1.2      Duties and Location. Executive shall perform such duties as are customarily associated with the position of Chief Executive Officer and such other duties as are assigned to Executive by the Board. Executive’s primary office location shall be the Company’s headquarters located in San Diego, California. Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Board reserves the right to reasonably require Executive to perform Executive’s duties at places other than Executive’s primary office location from time to time and to require reasonable business travel.

1.3      Policies and Procedures. The employment relationship between the parties shall be governed by the general employment policies and practices of the Company, except that when the terms of this Agreement differ from or are in conflict with the Company’s general employment policies or practices, this Agreement shall control.

 

1.


2.      Compensation .

2.1      Base Salary. For services to be rendered hereunder, Executive shall receive a base salary at the rate of $44,166.66 per month, which equates to $530,000 per year (the “ Base Salary ”), less standard payroll deductions and withholdings and payable in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll schedule.

2.2      Annual Bonus. Executive will be eligible for an annual discretionary bonus (the “ Annual Bonus ”) of up to 50% of Executive’s then current annual Base Salary (the “ Target Bonus Amount ”). Whether Executive receives an Annual Bonus for any given year, and the amount of any such Annual Bonus, will be determined in the good faith discretion of the Board (or the Compensation Committee thereof), based upon the Company’s and Executive’s achievement of corporate objectives and milestones to be determined on an annual basis by the Board (or Compensation Committee thereof). No Annual Bonus is guaranteed and, in addition to the other conditions for earning such compensation, Executive must remain an employee in good standing of the Company on the scheduled Annual Bonus payment date in order to be eligible for any Annual Bonus.

2.3      Signing Bonus . Executive acknowledges that Executive has received a signing and retention bonus of $200,000 from the Company (the “ Signing Bonus ”). Executive acknowledges that this Signing Bonus is an advance and is being paid to her prior to it being earned by her. If, prior to December 31, 2018, Executive’s employment is terminated for any reason (other than due to an involuntary termination by the Company without Cause), Executive agrees to repay, on or within 30 days after the employment termination date, the after-tax amount of the Signing Bonus received by her.

2.4      Stay Bonus . Pursuant to her offer letter with the Company, Executive is entitled to receive a one-time bonus (the “ Stay Bonus ”) in the amount of $200,000, less standard payroll deductions and withholdings. In satisfaction of the obligation in her offer letter, the Company will pay the Stay Bonus to Executive on the first regular payroll date on or following November 15, 2018.

3.      Standard Company Benefits. Executive shall, in accordance with Company policy and the terms and conditions of the applicable Company benefit plan documents, be eligible to participate in the benefit and fringe benefit programs provided by the Company to its executive officers and other employees from time to time. Any such benefits shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the governing benefit plans and policies and may be changed by the Company in its discretion. Executive shall be entitled to five weeks of paid time off per year.

4.      Expenses. The Company will reimburse Executive for reasonable travel, entertainment or other expenses incurred by Executive in furtherance or in connection with the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder, in accordance with the Company’s expense reimbursement policy as in effect from time to time.

 

2.


5.    Equity.

5.1      Current Option. Executive acknowledges that Executive has received an Initial Option (as such term is defined in the Offer Letter) covering 869,037 shares of the Company’s common stock and a Performance Option (as such term is defined in the Offer Letter) covering 289,679 shares of the Company’s common stock. The Initial Option and the Performance Option were granted under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ 2013 Plan ”) and standard form of option agreement thereunder. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the Initial Option and the Performance Option shall each continue to be governed in all respects by the terms of the applicable equity award documents.

5.2      Promotion Option. Subject to approval by the Board, Executive will be granted an additional stock option covering a number of shares of the Company’s common stock which, when added to the shares covered by the Initial Option and the Performance Option, represents approximately 5.0% of the current fully-diluted capitalization of the Company.

5.3      Anti-Dilution Option. In the event, prior to the earliest of (i) December 31, 2019, (ii) the date, if any, on which the Company completes a public offering of its Common Stock or (iii) the effective date of a Change in Control (as defined in the 2013 Plan), if any, Executive’s equity holdings in the Company no longer represent at least 5.0% of the Company’s fully-diluted outstanding capitalization (the “ Ownership Threshold ”) as a result of subsequent equity financings or stock issuances by the Company (an “ Equity Event ”), then as soon as reasonably practicable after the occurrence of an Equity Event that causes Executive’s equity holdings to decrease below the Ownership Threshold, subject to the approval of the Board or its Compensation Committee, which approval will be obtained within five days of the date on which an Equity Event occurs, Executive will be granted an option to purchase a number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock in an amount that will cause Executive’s equity holdings in the Company after the option is granted to represent 5.0% of the Company’s fully-diluted outstanding capitalization (an “ Anti-Dilution Option ”). The exercise price per share of an Anti-Dilution Option will be determined by the Board or the Compensation Committee when the Anti-Dilution Option is granted and will equal the fair market value of the Company’s Common Stock as of that date. Subject to any accelerated vesting provisions applicable to Executive, and further subject to Executive’s continuous service with the Company through such vesting dates, Executive will vest in 25% of the Anti-Dilution Option on the first anniversary of its grant date, and 1/48th of the Anti-Dilution Option shares after each month thereafter. For the avoidance of doubt, over the period of Executive’s service, more than one Anti-Dilution Option may be granted to Executive as set forth in this paragraph. The Anti-Dilution Option will be granted under our 2013 Plan and standard form of option agreement thereunder.

6.    Proprietary Information Obligations.

6.1      Proprietary Information Agreement. Executive acknowledges that Executive executed, and will continue to abide by, the Company’s standard Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement (“ Proprietary Agreement ”).

6.2      Third-Party Agreements and Information. Executive represents and warrants that Executive’s employment by the Company does not conflict with any prior

 

3.


employment or consulting agreement or other agreement with any third party, and that Executive will perform Executive’s duties to the Company without violating any such agreement. Executive represents and warrants that Executive does not possess confidential information arising out of prior employment, consulting, or other third party relationships, that would be used in connection with Executive’s employment by the Company, except as expressly authorized by that third party. During Executive’s employment by the Company, Executive will use in the performance of Executive’s duties only information that is generally known and used by persons with training and experience comparable to Executive’s own, common knowledge in the industry, otherwise legally in the public domain, or obtained or developed by the Company or by Executive in the course of Executive’s work for the Company.

7.    Outside Activities and Non-Competition During Employment.

7.1      Outside Activities. Throughout Executive’s employment with the Company, Executive may engage in civic and not-for-profit activities so long as such activities do not interfere with the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder or present a conflict of interest with the Company or its affiliates. Subject to the restrictions set forth herein, and only with prior written disclosure to and consent of the Board, Executive may engage in other types of business or public activities. The Board may rescind such consent, if the Board determines, in its sole discretion, that such activities compromise or threaten to compromise the Company’s or its affiliates’ business interests or conflict with Executive’s duties to the Company or its affiliates. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything else to the contrary in this Agreement, Executive will be allowed to engage in the business activities set forth on Exhibit A hereof while rendering services to the Company, provided that such activities do not interfere with the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder or present a conflict of interest with the Company or its affiliates.

7.2      Non-Competition During Employment. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, during Executive’s employment by the Company, Executive will not, without the express written consent of the Board, directly or indirectly serve as an officer, director, stockholder, employee, partner, proprietor, investor, joint ventures, associate, representative or consultant of any person or entity engaged in, or planning or preparing to engage in, business activity competitive with any line of business engaged in (or planned to be engaged in) by the Company or its affiliates; provided, however, that Executive may purchase or otherwise acquire up to (but not more than) 1% of any class of securities of any enterprise (without participating in the activities of such enterprise) if such securities are listed on any national or regional securities exchange. In addition, Executive will be subject to certain restrictions (including restrictions continuing after Executive’s employment ends) under the terms of the Proprietary Agreement.

8.    Termination of Employment; Severance and Change in Control Benefits.

8.1      At-Will Employment. Executive’s employment relationship is at-will. Either Executive or the Company may terminate the employment relationship at any time, with or without Cause (as defined below) or advance notice.

8.2      Covered Termination Unrelated to Change in Control. In the event Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated due to a Covered Termination (as such term is defined in the Company’s Severance Benefit Plan, as amended (the “ Severance Plan ”))

 

4.


at any time except during the Change in Control Period (as defined in the Severance Plan), then Executive shall be entitled to the benefits provided under, and subject to the terms and conditions of, the Severance Plan; provided that Executive’s Severance Period (as defined in the Severance Plan) under the Severance Plan shall not be less than 18 months.

8.3      Covered Termination During Change in Control Period. In the event Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated due to a Covered Termination, then in lieu of (and not additional to) the Severance Benefits described in Section 8.2, Executive shall be entitled to the benefits provided under, and subject to the terms and conditions of, the Severance Plan; provided that Executive’s Severance Period (as defined in the Severance Plan) under the Severance Plan shall not be less than 24 months.

8.4      Termination for Cause; Death or Disability. Executive will not be eligible for, or entitled to any severance benefits, including (without limitation) the Severance Benefits and Change in Control Benefits listed in Sections 8.2 and 8.3 above, if the Company terminates Executive’s employment for Cause, or Executive’s employment terminates due to Executive’s death or disability.

9.      Dispute Resolution. To ensure the rapid and economical resolution of disputes that may arise in connection with Executive’s employment with the Company, Executive and the Company agree that any and all disputes, claims, or causes of action, in law or equity, including but not limited to statutory claims, arising from or relating to the enforcement, breach, performance, or interpretation of this Agreement, Executive’s employment with the Company, or the termination of Executive’s employment from the Company, will be resolved pursuant to the Federal Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. §1-16, and to the fullest extent permitted by law, by final, binding and confidential arbitration conducted in San Diego, California by JAMS, Inc. (“ JAMS ”) or its successors, under JAMS’ then applicable rules and procedures for employment disputes (which can be found at http://www.jamsadr.com/rules-clauses/, and which will be provided to Executive on request); provided that the arbitrator shall: (a) have the authority to compel adequate discovery for the resolution of the dispute and to award such relief as would otherwise be permitted by law; and (b) issue a written arbitration decision including the arbitrator’s essential findings and conclusions and a statement of the award. Executive and the Company shall be entitled to all rights and remedies that either would be entitled to pursue in a court of law. Both Executive and the Company acknowledge that by agreeing to this arbitration procedure, they waive the right to resolve any such dispute through a trial by jury or judge or administrative proceeding . The Company shall pay all filing fees in excess of those which would be required if the dispute were decided in a court of law, and shall pay the arbitrator’s fee. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to prevent either the Company or Executive from obtaining injunctive relief in court to prevent irreparable harm pending the conclusion of any such arbitration.

10.    General Provisions.

10.1      Notices. Any notices provided must be in writing and will be deemed effective upon the earlier of personal delivery (including personal delivery by fax) or the next day after sending by overnight carrier, to the Company at its primary office location and to Executive at the address as listed on the Company payroll.

 

5.


10.2      Severability. Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement will be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability will not affect any other provision or any other jurisdiction, but this Agreement will be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction to the extent possible in keeping with the intent of the Parties.

10.3      Waiver. Any waiver of any breach of any provisions of this Agreement must be in writing to be effective, and it shall not thereby be deemed to have waived any preceding or succeeding breach of the same or any other provision of this Agreement.

10.4      Complete Agreement. This Agreement, together with the Severance Plan and the Proprietary Agreement, constitutes the entire agreement between Executive and the Company with regard to the subject matter hereof and is the complete, final, and exclusive embodiment of the Company’s and Executive’s agreement with regard to this subject matter. This Agreement is entered into without reliance on any promise or representation, written or oral, other than those expressly contained herein, and it supersedes any other such promises, warranties or representations (including but not limited to the Prior Agreement). It cannot be modified or amended except in a writing signed by a duly authorized officer of the Company, with the exception of those changes expressly reserved to the Company’s discretion in this Agreement.

10.5      Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in separate counterparts, any one of which need not contain signatures of more than one party, but both of which taken together will constitute one and the same Agreement.

10.6      Headings. The headings of the paragraphs hereof are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute a part hereof nor to affect the meaning thereof.

10.7      Successors and Assigns. This Agreement is intended to bind and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Executive and the Company, and their respective successors, assigns, heirs, executors and administrators, except that Executive may not assign any of Executive’s duties hereunder and Executive may not assign any of Executive’s rights hereunder without the written consent of the Company, which shall not be withheld unreasonably.

10.8      Tax Withholding. All payments and awards contemplated or made pursuant to this Agreement will be subject to withholdings of applicable taxes in compliance with all relevant laws and regulations of all appropriate government authorities. Executive acknowledges and agrees that the Company has neither made any assurances nor any guarantees concerning the tax treatment of any payments or awards contemplated by or made pursuant to this Agreement. Executive has had the opportunity to retain a tax and financial advisor and fully understands the tax and economic consequences of all payments and awards made pursuant to this Agreement.

 

6.


10.9      Non-Solicitation. I agree that for the one year period after the date my employment ends, I will not, as an officer, director, employee, consultant, owner, partner, or in any other capacity, either directly or through others, solicit, induce, encourage, or participate in soliciting, inducing or encouraging any employee, consultant, or independent contractor of Company to terminate his, her or its relationship with Company or its affiliates, even if I did not initiate the discussion or seek out the contact.

10.10      Non-disparagement. I agree not to disparage the Company and its affiliates, and the Company’s and its affiliates’ officers, directors, employees, shareholders, investors and agents, in any manner likely to be harmful to them or their business, business reputation or personal reputation; provided that I may respond accurately and fully to any question, inquiry or request for information when required by legal process or as part of a government investigation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall limit my right to voluntarily communicate with the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, United States Department of Labor, the National Labor Relations Board, the Securities and Exchange Commission, other federal government agency or similar state or local agency or to discuss the terms and conditions of my employment with others to the extent expressly permitted by Section 7 of the National Labor Relations Act.

10.11      Choice of Law. All questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of California.

 

7.


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the Parties have executed this Agreement on the day and year first written above.

 

TP T HERAPEUTICS , I NC .
By:   /s/ Carl Gordon, Ph.D.
    Carl Gordon, Ph.D.
    Lead Independent Director

 

E XECUTIVE
/s/ Athena Maria Countouriotis, M.D.
Athena Maria Countouriotis, M.D.

 

8.


E XHIBIT A

BUSINESS ACTIVITIES

 

   

Member of the board of directors of Trovagene, Inc.

   

Member of the board of directors of NuMedii, Inc.

 

9.

Exhibit 10.8

TURNING POINT THERAPEUTICS, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

for

JINGRONG JEAN CUI, PH.D.

This Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement (this “ Agreement ”), is made and entered into effective as of January 17, 2019 (the “ Effective Date ”), by and between Jingrong Jean Cui (“ Executive ”) and Turning Point Therapeutics, Inc. (the “ Company ”).

W HEREAS , the Company and Executive previously entered into that certain Executive Employment Agreement dated as of September 29, 2018 (the “ Prior Agreement ”).

W HEREAS , this Agreement amends and restates the Prior Agreement in its entirety, and the Company and Executive desire to enter into an amended agreement of employment on the terms set forth herein.

N OW , T HEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual promises and covenants contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1.    Employment by the Company.

1.1      Position. Executive shall continue to serve as the Company’s Chief Scientific Officer, reporting to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer. Subject to that certain resignation letter submitted by Executive to the Company on October 11, 2018, Executive shall continue to serve on the Company’s Board of Directors (the “ Board ”), and shall also serve as Chair of the Board. During the term of Executive’s employment with the Company, Executive will devote Executive’s best efforts and substantially all of Executive’s business time and attention to the business of the Company, except for approved vacation periods and reasonable periods of illness or other incapacities permitted by the Company’s general employment policies.

1.2      Duties and Location. Executive shall perform such duties as are customarily associated with the position of Chief Scientific Officer and such other duties as are assigned to Executive by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer. Executive’s primary office location shall be the Company’s headquarters located in San Diego, California. Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Board reserves the right to reasonably require Executive to perform Executive’s duties at places other than Executive’s primary office location from time to time and to require reasonable business travel.

1.3      Policies and Procedures. The employment relationship between the parties shall be governed by the general employment policies and practices of the Company, except that when the terms of this Agreement differ from or are in conflict with the Company’s general employment policies or practices, this Agreement shall control.

 

1.


2.      Compensation .

2.1      Base Salary. For services to be rendered hereunder, Executive shall receive a base salary at the rate of $41,958.33 per month, which equates to $503,500 per year (the “ Base Salary ”), less standard payroll deductions and withholdings and payable in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll schedule.

2.2      Annual Bonus. Executive will be eligible for an annual discretionary bonus (the “ Annual Bonus ”) of up to 50% of Executive’s then current annual Base Salary (the “ Target Bonus Amount ”). Whether Executive receives an Annual Bonus for any given year, and the amount of any such Annual Bonus, will be determined in the good faith discretion of the Board (or the Compensation Committee thereof), based upon the Company’s and Executive’s achievement of objectives and milestones to be determined on an annual basis by the Board (or Compensation Committee thereof). No Annual Bonus is guaranteed and, in addition to the other conditions for earning such compensation, Executive must remain an employee in good standing of the Company on the scheduled Annual Bonus payment date in order to be eligible for any Annual Bonus.

3.      Standard Company Benefits. Executive shall, in accordance with Company policy and the terms and conditions of the applicable Company benefit plan documents, be eligible to participate in the benefit and fringe benefit programs provided by the Company to its executive officers and other employees from time to time. Any such benefits shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the governing benefit plans and policies and may be changed by the Company in its discretion. Executive shall be entitled to five weeks of paid time off per year.

4.      Expenses. The Company will reimburse Executive for reasonable travel, entertainment or other expenses incurred by Executive in furtherance or in connection with the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder, in accordance with the Company’s expense reimbursement policy as in effect from time to time.

5.    Equity.

5.1      Current Options. Executive acknowledges that Executive has received prior stock options covering 3,976,087 shares of the Company’s common stock (the “ Existing Options ”). The Existing Options were granted under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended (the “ 2013 Plan ”), and standard form of option agreement thereunder. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the Existing Options shall continue to be governed in all respects by the terms of the applicable equity award documents.

5.2      Anti-Dilution Option. In the event, prior to the earliest of (i) December 31, 2019, (ii) the date, if any, on which the Company completes a public offering of its Common Stock or (iii) the effective date of a Change in Control (as defined in the 2013 Plan), if any, Executive’s equity holdings in the Company no longer represent at least 4.0% of the Company’s fully-diluted outstanding capitalization (the “ Ownership Threshold ”) as a result of subsequent equity financings or stock issuances by the Company (an “ Equity Event ”), then as soon as reasonably practicable after the occurrence of an Equity Event that causes Executive’s equity holdings to decrease below the Ownership Threshold, subject to the approval of the Board or its

 

2.


Compensation Committee, which approval will be obtained within five days of the date on which an Equity Event occurs, Executive will be granted an option to purchase a number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock in an amount that will cause Executive’s equity holdings in the Company after the option is granted to represent 4.0% of the Company’s fully-diluted outstanding capitalization (an “ Anti-Dilution Option ”). The exercise price per share of an Anti-Dilution Option will be determined by the Board or the Compensation Committee when the Anti-Dilution Option is granted and will equal the fair market value of the Company’s Common Stock as of that date. Subject to any accelerated vesting provisions applicable to Executive, and further subject to Executive’s continuous service with the Company through such vesting dates, Executive will vest in 1/48th of the Anti-Dilution Option shares after each month after the Effective Date of this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, over the period of Executive’s service, more than one Anti-Dilution Option may be granted to Executive as set forth in this paragraph. The Anti-Dilution Option will be granted under our 2013 Plan and standard form of option agreement thereunder.

6.      Proprietary Information Obligations .

6.1      Proprietary Information Agreement. Executive acknowledges that Executive executed, and will continue to abide by, the Company’s standard Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement (“ Proprietary Agreement ”).

6.2      Third-Party Agreements and Information. Executive represents and warrants that Executive’s employment by the Company does not conflict with any prior employment or consulting agreement or other agreement with any third party, and that Executive will perform Executive’s duties to the Company without violating any such agreement. Executive represents and warrants that Executive does not possess confidential information arising out of prior employment, consulting, or other third party relationships, that would be used in connection with Executive’s employment by the Company, except as expressly authorized by that third party. During Executive’s employment by the Company, Executive will use in the performance of Executive’s duties only information that is generally known and used by persons with training and experience comparable to Executive’s own, common knowledge in the industry, otherwise legally in the public domain, or obtained or developed by the Company or by Executive in the course of Executive’s work for the Company.

7.      Outside Activities and Non-Competition During Employment .

7.1      Outside Activities. Throughout Executive’s employment with the Company, Executive may engage in civic and not-for-profit activities so long as such activities do not interfere with the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder or present a conflict of interest with the Company or its affiliates. Subject to the restrictions set forth herein, and only with prior written disclosure to and consent of the Board, Executive may engage in other types of business or public activities. The Board may rescind such consent, if the Board determines, in its sole discretion, that such activities compromise or threaten to compromise the Company’s or its affiliates’ business interests or conflict with Executive’s duties to the Company or its affiliates.

7.2      Non-Competition During Employment. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, during Executive’s employment by the Company, Executive will not, without

 

3.


the express written consent of the Board, directly or indirectly serve as an officer, director, stockholder, employee, partner, proprietor, investor, joint ventures, associate, representative or consultant of any person or entity engaged in, or planning or preparing to engage in, business activity competitive with any line of business engaged in (or planned to be engaged in) by the Company or its affiliates; provided, however, that Executive may purchase or otherwise acquire up to (but not more than) 1% of any class of securities of any enterprise (without participating in the activities of such enterprise) if such securities are listed on any national or regional securities exchange. In addition, Executive will be subject to certain restrictions (including restrictions continuing after Executive’s employment ends) under the terms of the Proprietary Agreement.

8.      Termination of Employment; Severance and Change in Control Benefits .

8.1      At-Will Employment. Executive’s employment relationship is at-will. Either Executive or the Company may terminate the employment relationship at any time, with or without Cause (as defined below) or advance notice.

8.2      Covered Termination Unrelated to Change in Control. In the event Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated due to a Covered Termination (as such term is defined in the Company’s Severance Benefit Plan, as amended (the “ Severance Plan ”)) at any time except during the Change in Control Protection Period (as defined in the Severance Plan), then Executive shall be entitled to the benefits provided under, and subject to the terms and conditions of, the Severance Plan; provided that Executive’s Severance Period (as defined in the Severance Plan) under the Severance Plan shall not be less than 18 months.

8.3 Covered Termination During Change in Control Protection Period. In the event Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated within the Change in Control Protection Period due to a Covered Termination, then in lieu of (and not additional to) the Severance Benefits described in Section 8.2, Executive shall be entitled to the benefits provided under, and subject to the terms and conditions of, the Severance Plan; provided that Executive’s Severance Period (as defined in the Severance Plan) under the Severance Plan shall not be less than 24 months.

8.4 Termination for Cause; Death or Disability. Executive will not be eligible for, or entitled to any severance benefits, including (without limitation) the Severance Benefits and Change in Control Benefits listed in Sections 8.2 and 8.3 above, if the Company terminates Executive’s employment for Cause, or Executive’s employment terminates due to Executive’s death or disability.

9.      Dispute Resolution. To ensure the rapid and economical resolution of disputes that may arise in connection with Executive’s employment with the Company, Executive and the Company agree that any and all disputes, claims, or causes of action, in law or equity, including but not limited to statutory claims, arising from or relating to the enforcement, breach, performance, or interpretation of this Agreement, Executive’s employment with the Company, or the termination of Executive’s employment from the Company, will be resolved pursuant to the Federal Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. §1-16, and to the fullest extent permitted by law, by final, binding and confidential arbitration conducted in San Diego, California by JAMS, Inc. (“ JAMS ”) or its successors, under JAMS’ then applicable rules and procedures for employment

 

4.


disputes (which can be found at http://www.jamsadr.com/rules-clauses/, and which will be provided to Executive on request); provided that the arbitrator shall: (a) have the authority to compel adequate discovery for the resolution of the dispute and to award such relief as would otherwise be permitted by law; and (b) issue a written arbitration decision including the arbitrator’s essential findings and conclusions and a statement of the award. Executive and the Company shall be entitled to all rights and remedies that either would be entitled to pursue in a court of law. Both Executive and the Company acknowledge that by agreeing to this arbitration procedure, they waive the right to resolve any such dispute through a trial by jury or judge or administrative proceeding . The Company shall pay all filing fees in excess of those which would be required if the dispute were decided in a court of law, and shall pay the arbitrator’s fee. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to prevent either the Company or Executive from obtaining injunctive relief in court to prevent irreparable harm pending the conclusion of any such arbitration.

10.      General Provisions .

10.1      Notices. Any notices provided must be in writing and will be deemed effective upon the earlier of personal delivery (including personal delivery by fax) or the next day after sending by overnight carrier, to the Company at its primary office location and to Executive at the address as listed on the Company payroll.

10.2      Severability. Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement will be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability will not affect any other provision or any other jurisdiction, but this Agreement will be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction to the extent possible in keeping with the intent of the parties.

10.3      Waiver. Any waiver of any breach of any provisions of this Agreement must be in writing to be effective, and it shall not thereby be deemed to have waived any preceding or succeeding breach of the same or any other provision of this Agreement.

10.4      Acknowledgment . Executive agrees and acknowledges that (i) the reductions to Executive’s authority, responsibilities and/or duties with the Company effected on January 17, 2019 (the “ Reductions ”) do not and shall not constitute Good Reason (as such term is defined in the Severance Plan) and (ii) Executive shall not claim resignation for Good Reason as a result of the Reductions.

10.5      Complete Agreement. This Agreement, together with the Severance Plan and the Proprietary Agreement, constitutes the entire agreement between Executive and the Company with regard to the subject matter hereof and is the complete, final, and exclusive embodiment of the Company’s and Executive’s agreement with regard to this subject matter. This Agreement is entered into without reliance on any promise or representation, written or oral, other than those expressly contained herein, and it supersedes any other such promises, warranties or representations. It cannot be modified or amended except in a writing signed by a

 

5.


duly authorized officer of the Company, with the exception of those changes expressly reserved to the Company’s discretion in this Agreement.

10.6      Amendment of Prior Agreement . The Prior Agreement is hereby amended and superseded in its entirety and restated herein.

10.7      Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in separate counterparts, any one of which need not contain signatures of more than one party, but both of which taken together will constitute one and the same Agreement.

10.8      Headings. The headings of the paragraphs hereof are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute a part hereof nor to affect the meaning thereof.

10.9      Successors and Assigns. This Agreement is intended to bind and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Executive and the Company, and their respective successors, assigns, heirs, executors and administrators, except that Executive may not assign any of Executive’s duties hereunder and Executive may not assign any of Executive’s rights hereunder without the written consent of the Company, which shall not be withheld unreasonably.

10.10      Tax Withholding. All payments and awards contemplated or made pursuant to this Agreement will be subject to withholdings of applicable taxes in compliance with all relevant laws and regulations of all appropriate government authorities. Executive acknowledges and agrees that the Company has neither made any assurances nor any guarantees concerning the tax treatment of any payments or awards contemplated by or made pursuant to this Agreement. Executive has had the opportunity to retain a tax and financial advisor and fully understands the tax and economic consequences of all payments and awards made pursuant to this Agreement.

10.11      Non-Solicitation. I agree that for the one year period after the date my employment ends, I will not, as an officer, director, employee, consultant, owner, partner, or in any other capacity, either directly or through others, solicit, induce, encourage, or participate in soliciting, inducing or encouraging any employee, consultant, or independent contractor of Company to terminate his, her or its relationship with Company or its affiliates, even if I did not initiate the discussion or seek out the contact.

10.12      Non-disparagement. I agree not to disparage the Company and its affiliates, and the Company’s and its affiliates’ officers, directors, employees, shareholders, investors and agents, in any manner likely to be harmful to them or their business, business reputation or personal reputation; provided that I may respond accurately and fully to any question, inquiry or request for information when required by legal process or as part of a government investigation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall limit my right to voluntarily communicate with the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, United States Department of Labor, the National Labor Relations Board, the Securities and Exchange Commission, other federal government agency or similar state or local agency or to discuss the terms and conditions of my employment with others to the extent expressly permitted by Section 7 of the National Labor Relations Act.

 

6.


10.13      Choice of Law. All questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of California.

 

7.


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties have executed this Agreement on the day and year first written above.

 

T URNING P OINT T HERAPEUTICS , I NC .
By:   /s/ Carl Gordon, Ph.D.
  Carl Gordon, Ph.D.
  Lead Independent Director

 

E XECUTIVE
/s/ Jingrong Jean Cui, Ph.D.
Jingrong Jean Cui, Ph.D.

 

8.

Exhibit 10.9

TP THERAPEUTICS, INC.

EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

for

YISHAN (PETER) LI, PH.D., M.B.A.

This Executive Employment Agreement (this “ Agreement ”), is made and entered into effective as of September 29, 2018 (the “ Effective Date ”), by and between Yishan (Peter) Li (“ Executive ”) and TP Therapeutics, Inc. (the “ Company ”).

W HEREAS , the Company and Executive desire to enter into an agreement of employment on the terms set forth herein.

N OW , T HEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual promises and covenants contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1.    Employment by the Company.

1.1      Position. Executive shall serve as the Company’s Head of TP Therapeutics, Asia, reporting to the Company’s Board of Directors (the “ Board ”). Executive shall continue to serve as a member of the Board. During the term of Executive’s employment with the Company, Executive will devote Executive’s best efforts and substantially all of Executive’s business time and attention to the business of the Company, except for approved vacation periods and reasonable periods of illness or other incapacities permitted by the Company’s general employment policies.

1.2      Duties and Location. Executive shall perform such duties as are customarily associated with the position of Head of TP China/Asia and such other duties as are assigned to Executive by the Board. Executive’s primary office location shall be the Company’s headquarters located in San Diego, California. Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Board reserves the right to reasonably require Executive to perform Executive’s duties at places other than Executive’s primary office location from time to time and to require reasonable business travel.

1.3      Policies and Procedures. The employment relationship between the parties shall be governed by the general employment policies and practices of the Company, except that when the terms of this Agreement differ from or are in conflict with the Company’s general employment policies or practices, this Agreement shall control.

2.      Compensation .

2.1      Base Salary. For services to be rendered hereunder, Executive shall receive a base salary at the rate of $26,666.66 per month, which equates to $320,000 per year (the “ Base Salary ”), less standard payroll deductions and withholdings and payable in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll schedule.

 

1.


2.2      Annual Bonus. Executive will be eligible for an annual discretionary bonus (the “ Annual Bonus ”) of up to 40% of Executive’s then current annual Base Salary (the “ Target Bonus Amount ”). Whether Executive receives an Annual Bonus for any given year, and the amount of any such Annual Bonus, will be determined in the good faith discretion of the Board (or the Compensation Committee thereof), based upon the Company’s and Executive’s achievement of objectives and milestones to be determined on an annual basis by the Board (or Compensation Committee thereof). No Annual Bonus is guaranteed and, in addition to the other conditions for earning such compensation, Executive must remain an employee in good standing of the Company on the scheduled Annual Bonus payment date in order to be eligible for any Annual Bonus.

3.      Standard Company Benefits. Executive shall, in accordance with Company policy and the terms and conditions of the applicable Company benefit plan documents, be eligible to participate in the benefit and fringe benefit programs provided by the Company to its executive officers and other employees from time to time. Any such benefits shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the governing benefit plans and policies and may be changed by the Company in its discretion. Executive shall be entitled to five weeks of paid time off per year.

4.      Expenses. The Company will reimburse Executive for reasonable travel, entertainment or other expenses incurred by Executive in furtherance or in connection with the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder, in accordance with the Company’s expense reimbursement policy as in effect from time to time.

5.    Equity.

5.1      Current Option. Executive acknowledges that Executive has received prior stock options covering 60,000 shares of the Company’s common stock (the “ Existing Options ”). The Existing Options were granted under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ 2013 Plan ”) and standard form of option agreement thereunder. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the Existing Options shall continue to be governed in all respects by the terms of the applicable equity award documents.

5.2      Additional Option.      Subject to approval by the Board, Executive will be granted an additional stock option covering a number of shares of the Company’s common stock which, when added to the shares covered by the Existing Options, represents approximately 1.0% of the current fully-diluted capitalization of the Company.

5.3      Anti-Dilution Option. In the event, prior to the earliest of (i) December 31, 2019, (ii) the date, if any, on which the Company completes a public offering of its Common Stock or (iii) the effective date of a Change in Control (as defined in the 2013 Plan), if any, Executive’s equity holdings in the Company no longer represent at least 1.0% of the Company’s fully-diluted outstanding capitalization (the “ Ownership Threshold ”) as a result of subsequent equity financings or stock issuances by the Company (an “ Equity Event ”), then as soon as reasonably practicable after the occurrence of an Equity Event that causes Executive’s equity holdings to decrease below the Ownership Threshold, subject to the approval of the Board or its Compensation Committee, which approval will be obtained within five days of the date on which an Equity Event occurs, Executive will be granted an option to purchase a number of shares of

 

2.


the Company’s Common Stock in an amount that will cause Executive’s equity holdings in the Company after the option is granted to represent 1.0% of the Company’s fully-diluted outstanding capitalization (an “ Anti-Dilution Option ”). The exercise price per share of an Anti-Dilution Option will be determined by the Board or the Compensation Committee when the Anti-Dilution Option is granted and will equal the fair market value of the Company’s Common Stock as of that date. Subject to any accelerated vesting provisions applicable to Executive, and further subject to Executive’s continuous service with the Company through such vesting dates, Executive will vest in 1/48th of the Anti-Dilution Option shares after each month after the Effective Date of this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, over the period of Executive’s service, more than one Anti-Dilution Option may be granted to Executive as set forth in this paragraph. The Anti-Dilution Option will be granted under our 2013 Plan and standard form of option agreement thereunder.

6.      Proprietary Information Obligations .

6.1      Proprietary Information Agreement. Executive acknowledges that Executive executed, and will continue to abide by, the Company’s standard Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement (“ Proprietary Agreement ”).

6.2      Third-Party Agreements and Information. Executive represents and warrants that Executive’s employment by the Company does not conflict with any prior employment or consulting agreement or other agreement with any third party, and that Executive will perform Executive’s duties to the Company without violating any such agreement. Executive represents and warrants that Executive does not possess confidential information arising out of prior employment, consulting, or other third party relationships, that would be used in connection with Executive’s employment by the Company, except as expressly authorized by that third party. During Executive’s employment by the Company, Executive will use in the performance of Executive’s duties only information that is generally known and used by persons with training and experience comparable to Executive’s own, common knowledge in the industry, otherwise legally in the public domain, or obtained or developed by the Company or by Executive in the course of Executive’s work for the Company.

7.      Outside Activities and Non-Competition During Employment .

7.1      Outside Activities. Throughout Executive’s employment with the Company, Executive may engage in civic and not-for-profit activities so long as such activities do not interfere with the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder or present a conflict of interest with the Company or its affiliates. Subject to the restrictions set forth herein, and only with prior written disclosure to and consent of the Board, Executive may engage in other types of business or public activities. The Board may rescind such consent, if the Board determines, in its sole discretion, that such activities compromise or threaten to compromise the Company’s or its affiliates’ business interests or conflict with Executive’s duties to the Company or its affiliates.

7.2      Non-Competition During Employment. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, during Executive’s employment by the Company, Executive will not, without the express written consent of the Board, directly or indirectly serve as an officer, director, stockholder, employee, partner, proprietor, investor, joint ventures, associate, representative or

 

3.


consultant of any person or entity engaged in, or planning or preparing to engage in, business activity competitive with any line of business engaged in (or planned to be engaged in) by the Company or its affiliates; provided, however, that Executive may purchase or otherwise acquire up to (but not more than) 1% of any class of securities of any enterprise (without participating in the activities of such enterprise) if such securities are listed on any national or regional securities exchange. In addition, Executive will be subject to certain restrictions (including restrictions continuing after Executive’s employment ends) under the terms of the Proprietary Agreement.

8.      Termination of Employment; Severance and Change in Control Benefits .

8.1      At-Will Employment. Executive’s employment relationship is at-will. Either Executive or the Company may terminate the employment relationship at any time, with or without Cause (as defined below) or advance notice.

8.2      Covered Termination Unrelated to Change in Control. In the event Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated due to a Covered Termination (as such term is defined in the Company’s Severance Benefit Plan, as amended (the “ Severance Plan ”)) at any time except during the Change in Control Period (as defined in the Severance Plan), then Executive shall be entitled to the benefits provided under, and subject to the terms and conditions of, the Severance Plan; provided that Executive’s Severance Period (as defined in the Severance Plan) under the Severance Plan shall not be less than 12 months.

8.3      Covered Termination During Change in Control Period. In the event Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated due to a Covered Termination, then in lieu of (and not additional to) the Severance Benefits described in Section 8.2, Executive shall be entitled to the benefits provided under, and subject to the terms and conditions of, the Severance Plan; provided that Executive’s Severance Period (as defined in the Severance Plan) under the Severance Plan shall not be less than 18 months.

8.4      Termination for Cause; Death or Disability. Executive will not be eligible for, or entitled to any severance benefits, including (without limitation) the Severance Benefits and Change in Control Benefits listed in Sections 8.2 and 8.3 above, if the Company terminates Executive’s employment for Cause, or Executive’s employment terminates due to Executive’s death or disability.

9.      Dispute Resolution. To ensure the rapid and economical resolution of disputes that may arise in connection with Executive’s employment with the Company, Executive and the Company agree that any and all disputes, claims, or causes of action, in law or equity, including but not limited to statutory claims, arising from or relating to the enforcement, breach, performance, or interpretation of this Agreement, Executive’s employment with the Company, or the termination of Executive’s employment from the Company, will be resolved pursuant to the Federal Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. §1-16, and to the fullest extent permitted by law, by final, binding and confidential arbitration conducted in San Diego, California by JAMS, Inc. (“ JAMS ”) or its successors, under JAMS’ then applicable rules and procedures for employment disputes (which can be found at http://www.jamsadr.com/rules-clauses/, and which will be provided to Executive on request); provided that the arbitrator shall: (a) have the authority to compel adequate discovery for the resolution of the dispute and to award such relief as would

 

4.


otherwise be permitted by law; and (b) issue a written arbitration decision including the arbitrator’s essential findings and conclusions and a statement of the award. Executive and the Company shall be entitled to all rights and remedies that either would be entitled to pursue in a court of law. Both Executive and the Company acknowledge that by agreeing to this arbitration procedure, they waive the right to resolve any such dispute through a trial by jury or judge or administrative proceeding . The Company shall pay all filing fees in excess of those which would be required if the dispute were decided in a court of law, and shall pay the arbitrator’s fee. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to prevent either the Company or Executive from obtaining injunctive relief in court to prevent irreparable harm pending the conclusion of any such arbitration.

10.      General Provisions .

10.1      Notices. Any notices provided must be in writing and will be deemed effective upon the earlier of personal delivery (including personal delivery by fax) or the next day after sending by overnight carrier, to the Company at its primary office location and to Executive at the address as listed on the Company payroll.

10.2      Severability. Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement will be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability will not affect any other provision or any other jurisdiction, but this Agreement will be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction to the extent possible in keeping with the intent of the Parties.

10.3      Waiver. Any waiver of any breach of any provisions of this Agreement must be in writing to be effective, and it shall not thereby be deemed to have waived any preceding or succeeding breach of the same or any other provision of this Agreement.

10.4      Complete Agreement. This Agreement, together with the Severance Plan and the Proprietary Agreement, constitutes the entire agreement between Executive and the Company with regard to the subject matter hereof and is the complete, final, and exclusive embodiment of the Company’s and Executive’s agreement with regard to this subject matter. This Agreement is entered into without reliance on any promise or representation, written or oral, other than those expressly contained herein, and it supersedes any other such promises, warranties or representations. It cannot be modified or amended except in a writing signed by a duly authorized officer of the Company, with the exception of those changes expressly reserved to the Company’s discretion in this Agreement.

10.5      Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in separate counterparts, any one of which need not contain signatures of more than one party, but both of which taken together will constitute one and the same Agreement.

10.6      Headings. The headings of the paragraphs hereof are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute a part hereof nor to affect the meaning thereof.

 

5.


10.7      Successors and Assigns. This Agreement is intended to bind and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Executive and the Company, and their respective successors, assigns, heirs, executors and administrators, except that Executive may not assign any of Executive’s duties hereunder and Executive may not assign any of Executive’s rights hereunder without the written consent of the Company, which shall not be withheld unreasonably.

10.8      Tax Withholding. All payments and awards contemplated or made pursuant to this Agreement will be subject to withholdings of applicable taxes in compliance with all relevant laws and regulations of all appropriate government authorities. Executive acknowledges and agrees that the Company has neither made any assurances nor any guarantees concerning the tax treatment of any payments or awards contemplated by or made pursuant to this Agreement. Executive has had the opportunity to retain a tax and financial advisor and fully understands the tax and economic consequences of all payments and awards made pursuant to this Agreement.

10.9      Non-Solicitation. I agree that for the one year period after the date my employment ends, I will not, as an officer, director, employee, consultant, owner, partner, or in any other capacity, either directly or through others, solicit, induce, encourage, or participate in soliciting, inducing or encouraging any employee, consultant, or independent contractor of Company to terminate his, her or its relationship with Company or its affiliates, even if I did not initiate the discussion or seek out the contact.

10.10      Non-disparagement. I agree not to disparage the Company and its affiliates, and the Company’s and its affiliates’ officers, directors, employees, shareholders, investors and agents, in any manner likely to be harmful to them or their business, business reputation or personal reputation; provided that I may respond accurately and fully to any question, inquiry or request for information when required by legal process or as part of a government investigation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall limit my right to voluntarily communicate with the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, United States Department of Labor, the National Labor Relations Board, the Securities and Exchange Commission, other federal government agency or similar state or local agency or to discuss the terms and conditions of my employment with others to the extent expressly permitted by Section 7 of the National Labor Relations Act.

10.11      Choice of Law. All questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of California.

 

6.


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the Parties have executed this Agreement on the day and year first written above.

 

TP T HERAPEUTICS , I NC .
By:   /s/ Carl Gordon, Ph.D.
  Carl Gordon, Ph.D.
  Lead Independent Director

 

E XECUTIVE
/s/ Yishan (Peter) Li, Ph.D., M.B.A.
Yishan (Peter) Li, Ph.D., M.B.A.

 

7.

Exhibit 10.10

TORREY RIDGE SCIENCE CENTER

LEASE

WALTON TORREY OWNER A, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company

as Landlord,

and

TP THERAPEUTICS, INC., a Delaware corporation

as Tenant


SUMMARY OF BASIC LEASE INFORMATION

This Summary of Basic Lease Information (“ Summary ”) is hereby incorporated into and made a part of the attached Lease. Each reference in the Lease to any term of this Summary shall have the meaning as set forth in this Summary for such term. In the event of a conflict between the terms of this Summary and the Lease, the terms of the Lease shall prevail. Any capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning as set forth in the Lease.

 

TERMS OF LEASE

(References are to the Lease)

   DESCRIPTION

1.  Date:

  

January 19, 2016

2.  Landlord:

  

WALTON TORREY OWNER A, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company

3.  Address of Landlord (Section 24.19):

  

c/o Steelwave, Inc.

4000 East Third Avenue, Suite 600

Foster City, California 94404-4805

Attention: Asset Manager

  

with a copy to:

 

Steelwave, Inc.

2050 Main Street, Suite 830

Irvine, CA 92614

Attention: Regional Vice President

 

and

 

Allen Matkins Leck Gamble Mallory & Natsis LLP

501 W. Broadway, 15 th Floor

San Diego, California 92101

Attn: Martin L. Togni, Esq.

4.  Tenant:

  

TP Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation

5.  Address of Tenant (Section 24.19):

  

TP Therapeutics, Inc.

6650 Lusk Blvd., Suite B107

San Diego, California 92121

Attention: Y. Peter Li, Ph.D.

(Prior to Lease Commencement Date)

 

and

 

TP Therapeutics, Inc.

10628 Science Center Drive, Suite 225

San Diego, California 92121

Attention: Y. Peter Li, Ph.D.

(After Lease Commencement Date)

6.  Premises, Building and Project (Article 1):

  

6.1  Premises:

  

8,727 rentable square feet of space located on a portion of the second (2 nd ) floor of the Building and commonly known as Suite 225 (as defined below), as depicted on Exhibit A attached hereto.

6.2  Building:

  

The Premises are located in the building whose address is 10628 Science Center Drive, San Diego, California

7.  Term (Article 2):

  

7.1  Lease Term:

  

Five (5) years and five (5) months.

7.2  Lease Commencement Date:

  

The earlier of (i) the date Tenant commences business operations in the Premises, or (ii) the date the Premises are Ready for Occupancy (as defined in the Tenant Work Letter attached hereto as Exhibit B ), which Lease Commencement Date is anticipated to be June 1, 2016.

 

   
  (i)  
   


TERMS OF LEASE

(References are to the Lease)

   DESCRIPTION

7.3  Lease Expiration Date:

  

If the Lease Commencement Date shall be the first day of a calendar month, then the day immediately preceding the first day of the sixty-fifth (65 th ) month of the Lease Commencement Date; or, if the Lease Commencement Date shall be other than the first day of a calendar month, then the last day of the month in which the sixty-fifth (65 th ) month of the Lease Commencement Date occurs.

8.  Base Rent (Article 3):

  

Months of Lease Term

 

Annual
Base Rent

 

Monthly
Installment
of Base Rent

 

Monthly Rental

Rate per Rentable

Square Foot
the Premises

*1 – 12   $387,478.80   $32,289.90   $3.70
13 – 24   $398,998.44   $33,249.87   $3.81
25 – 36   $411,565.32   $34,297.11   $3.93
*37 – 48   $423,084.96   $35,257.08   $4.04
49 – 60   $435,651.84   $36,304.32   $4.16
61 – 65   $449,265.96   $37,438.83   $4.29

 

*

Subject to partial abatement as provided in Article 3 of this Lease.

 

9.  Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs (Section 4.2.6):

  

9.47% (8,727 rentable square feet within the Premises/92,170 rentable square feet within the Building).

10.  Security Deposit (Article 20):

  

$37,438.83

11.  Brokers (Section 24.25):

  

CBRE, Inc. representing Landlord and Tenant

12.  Parking (Article 23):

  

Sixteen (16) unreserved parking spaces and eight (8) reserved parking spaces.

 

   
  (ii)  
   


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

ARTICLE 1

  

PROJECT, BUILDING AND PREMISES

     1  

ARTICLE 2

  

LEASE TERM AND TENANT’S EARLY CANCELLATION RIGHT

     2  

ARTICLE 3

  

BASE RENT

     3  

ARTICLE 4

  

ADDITIONAL RENT

     3  

ARTICLE 5

  

USE OF PREMISES: HAZARDOUS MATERIALS; ODORS AND EXHAUST

     8  

ARTICLE 6

  

SERVICES AND UTILITIES

     12  

ARTICLE 7

  

REPAIRS

     13  

ARTICLE 8

  

ADDITIONS AND ALTERATIONS

     14  

ARTICLE 9

  

COVENANT AGAINST LIENS

     15  

ARTICLE 10

  

INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE

     15  

ARTICLE 11

  

DAMAGE AND DESTRUCTION

     17  

ARTICLE 12

  

CONDEMNATION

     18  

ARTICLE 13

  

COVENANT OF QUIET ENJOYMENT

     18  

ARTICLE 14

  

ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

     18  

ARTICLE 15

  

SURRENDER; OWNERSHIP AND REMOVAL OF PERSONAL PROPERTY

     20  

ARTICLE 16

  

HOLDING OVER

     21  

ARTICLE 17

  

ESTOPPEL, CERTIFICATES

     21  

ARTICLE 18

  

SUBORDINATION

     21  

ARTICLE 19

  

TENANT’S DEFAULTS; LANDLORD’S REMEDIES

     22  

ARTICLE 20

  

SECURITY DEPOSIT

     23  

ARTICLE 21

  

COMPLIANCE WITH LAW

     23  

ARTICLE 22

  

ENTRY BY LANDLORD

     24  

ARTICLE 23

  

PARKING

     24  

ARTICLE 24

  

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

     24  

EXHIBITS

 

A   

OUTLINE OF PREMISES

A-1   

SITE PLAN OF REAL PROPERTY

B   

TENANT WORK LETTER

C   

AMENDMENT TO LEASE

D   

RULES AND REGULATIONS

E   

INSURANCE REQUIRED OF

EXTENSION OPTION RIDER

 

   
  (iii)  
   


INDEX

 

     Page(s)  

Abated Rent

     3  

Accountant

     8  

Additional Rent

     3  

Affected Areas

     9  

Alterations

     14  

Amendment

     Exhibit C  

Approved Working Drawings

     Exhibit B  

Base Rent

     3  

Base, Shell and Core

     Exhibit B  

Brokers

     27  

Calendar Year

     3  

CC&Rs

     8  

Construction

     28  

Construction Drawings

     Exhibit B  

Contractor

     Exhibit B  

Controllable Expenses

     7  

Corrective Action

     9  

Cost Pools

     4  

Cutoff Date

     6  

Documents

     9  

Effective Date

     2  

Environmental Law

     8  

Environmental Permits

     8  

Estimate

     6  

Estimate Statement

     6  

Estimated Expenses

     6  

Excluded Changes

     23  

Exercise Date

     Rider  

Exercise Notice

     Rider  

Expense Year

     3  

Extension Rider

     Rider  

Fair Market Rental Rate

     Rider  

Final Space Plan

     Exhibit B  

First Outside Date

     2  

Force Majeure

     26  

Hazardous Materials

     8  

Hazardous Materials List

     9  

Holidays

     12  

Interest Notice

     Rider  

Interest Rate

     7  

Landlord

     1  

Landlord Parties

     10  

Lease

     1  

Lease Commencement Date

     2  

Lease Expiration Date

     2  

Lease Term

     2  

Lease Year

     2  

Notices

     27  

Operating Expenses

     3  

Option Rent

     Rider  

Option Rent Notice

     Rider  

Option Term

     Rider  

Other Buildings

     6  

Other Existing Buildings

     1  

Parking Facility

     1  

Premises

     1  

Premises Systems

     13  

Project

     1  

Proposition 13

     5  

Release

     8  

Rent

     3  

Revenue Code

     19  

Review Period

     7  

Second Outside Date

     2  

Second Outside Date Termination Notice

     2  

Security Deposit

     23  

Statement

     6  

Subject Space

     18  

 

   
  (iv)  
   


Subleasing Costs

     19  

Summary

     i  

Systems and Equipment

     4  

Tax Expenses

     5  

Tenant

     1  

Tenant Delays

     Exhibit B  

Tenant Improvements

     Exhibit B  

Tenant Work Letter

     Exhibit B  

Tenant’s Parties

     9  

Tenant’s Rail Sign

     25  

Tenant’s Share

     5  

Termination Date

     2  

Termination Notice

     2  

Transfer Notice

     18  

Transfer Premium

     19  

Transfers

     18  

Utilities Costs

     5  

Wi-Fi Network

     14  

Working Drawings

     Exhibit B  

 

   
  (v)  
   


OFFICE LEASE

This Lease, which includes the preceding Summary and the exhibits attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference (the Lease, the Summary and the exhibits to be known sometimes collectively hereafter as the “ Lease ”), dated as of the date set forth in Section 1 of the Summary, is made by and between WALTON TORREY OWNER A, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”), and TP THERAPEUTICS, INC., a Delaware corporation “ Tenant ”).

ARTICLE 1

PROJECT, BUILDING AND PREMISES

1.1 Project, Building and Premises .

1.1.1 Premises . Upon and subject to the terms, covenants and conditions hereinafter set forth in this Lease, Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord the premises described in Section 6.1 of the Summary (the “ Premises ”), which Premises are located in the Building (as defined in Section 6.2 of the Summary) and located within the Project (as defined below). The floor plan of the Premises is attached hereto as Exhibit A .

1.1.2 Building and Project . The Building is part of a multi-building commercial project known as “Torrey Ridge Science Center” and located in the City of San Diego. The term “ Project ” as used in this Lease, shall mean, collectively: (i) the Building; (ii) the other existing buildings located at 10614 and 10578 Science Center Drive within the site which, as of the date hereof, are not owned by Landlord (collectively, the “ Other Existing Buildings ”); (iii) any outside plaza areas, walkways, driveways, courtyards, public and private streets, transportation facilitation areas and other improvements and facilities now or hereafter constructed surrounding and/or servicing the Building and/or the Other Existing Buildings, which are designated from time to time by Landlord (and/or any other owners of Torrey Ridge Science Center) as common areas appurtenant to or servicing the Building, the Other Existing Buildings and any such other improvements; (iv) any additional buildings, improvements, facilities and common areas which Landlord (any other owners of Torrey Ridge Science Center and/or any common area association formed by Landlord, Landlord’s predecessor-in-interest and/or Landlord’s assignee for the Project) may add thereto from time to time within or as part of the Project; and (v) the land upon which any of the foregoing are situated. The site plan depicting the current configuration of the Project is attached hereto as Exhibit A-1 . The Building, as well as each of the Other Existing Buildings contain a subterranean parking facility (“ Parking Facility ”). Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything contained in this Lease to the contrary, (1) Landlord has no obligation to expand or otherwise make any improvements within the Project, including, without limitation, any of the outside plaza areas, walkways, driveways, courtyards, public and private streets, transportation facilitation areas and other improvements and facilities which may be depicted on Exhibit A-1 attached hereto (as the same may be modified by Landlord (and/or any other owners of Torrey Ridge Science Center) from time to time without notice to Tenant), other than Landlord’s obligations (if any) specifically set forth in the Tenant Work Letter attached hereto as Exhibit B , and (2) Landlord (and/or any other owners of Torrey Ridge Science Center) shall have the right from time to time to include or exclude any improvements or facilities within the Project, at such party’s sole election, as more particularly set forth in Section 1.1.3 below.

1.1.3 Tenant’s and Landlord’s Rights . Tenant shaft have the right to the nonexclusive use of the common corridors and hallways, stairwells, elevators (if any), restrooms and other public or common areas located within the Building, and the non-exclusive use of those areas located on the Project that are designated by Landlord (and/or any other owners of Torrey Ridge Science Center) from time to time as common areas for the Building; provided, however, that (i) Tenant’s use thereof shall be subject to (A) the provisions of any covenants, conditions and restrictions regarding the use thereof now or hereafter recorded against the Project, and (B) such reasonable, non-discriminatory rules and regulations as Landlord may make from time to time (which shall be provided in writing to Tenant), and (ii) Tenant may not go on the roof of Building or the Other Existing Buildings without Landlord’s prior consent (which may be withheld in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion) and without otherwise being accompanied by a representative of Landlord. Landlord (and/or any other owners of Torrey Ridge Science Center) reserve the right from time to time to use any of the common areas of the Project, and the roof, risers and conduits of the Building and the Other Existing Buildings for telecommunications and/or any other purposes, and to do any of the following: (1) make any changes, additions, improvements, repairs and/or replacements in or to the Project or any portion or elements thereof, including, without limitation, (x) changes in the location, size, shape and number of driveways, entrances, loading and unloading areas, ingress, egress, direction of traffic, landscaped areas, walkways, public and private streets, plazas, courtyards, transportation facilitation areas and common areas, and (y) expanding or decreasing the size of the Project and any common areas and other elements thereof, including adding, deleting and/or excluding buildings (including any of the Other Existing Buildings) thereon and therefrom; (2) close temporarily any of the common areas while engaged in making repairs, improvements or alterations to the Project; (3) retain and/or form a common area association or associations under covenants, conditions and restrictions to own, manage, operate, maintain, repair and/or replace all or any portion of the landscaping, driveways, walkways, public and private streets, plazas, courtyards, transportation facilitation areas and/or other common areas located outside of the Building and the Other Existing Buildings and, subject to Article 4 below, include the common area assessments, fees and taxes charged by the association(s) and the cost of maintaining, managing, administering and operating the association(s), in Operating Expenses or Tax Expenses; and (4) perform such other acts and make such other changes with respect to the Project as Landlord may, in the exercise of good faith business judgment, deem to be appropriate.

1.2 Condition of Premises . Except as expressly set forth in this Lease and in the Tenant Work Letter, Landlord shall not be obligated to provide or pay for any improvement, remodeling or refurbishment work or services

 

   
   
   


related to the improvement, remodeling or refurbishment of the Premises, and Tenant shall accept the Premises in its “As Is” condition on the Lease Commencement Date.

1.3 Rentable Square Feet . The parties hereby stipulate that the Premises contain the rentable square feet set forth in Section 6.1 of the Summary, and such square footage amount is not subject to adjustment or remeasurement by Landlord or Tenant. Accordingly, there shall be no adjustment in the Base Rent or other amounts set forth in this Lease which are determined based upon the rentable square feet of the Premises.

ARTICLE 2

LEASE TERM AND TENANT’S EARLY CANCELLATION RIGHT

2.1 Lease Term . The terms and provisions of this Lease shall be effective as of the date of this Lease except for the provisions of this Lease relating to the payment of Rent. The term of this Lease (the “ Lease Term ”) shall be as set forth in Section 7.1 of the Summary and shall commence on the date (the “ Lease Commencement Date ”) set forth in Section 7.2 of the Summary (subject, however, to the terms of the Tenant Work Letter), and shall terminate on the date (the “ Lease Expiration Date ”) set forth in Section 7.3 of the Summary, unless this Lease is sooner terminated as hereinafter provided. For purposes of this Lease, the term “ Lease Year ” shall mean each consecutive twelve (12) month period during the Lease Term, provided that the last Lease Year shall end on the Lease Expiration Date. If Landlord does not deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant Ready for Occupancy on or before the anticipated Lease Commencement Date (as set forth in Section 7.2(ii) of the Summary), Landlord shall not be subject to any liability nor shall the validity of this Lease nor the obligations of Tenant hereunder be affected. If the Lease Commencement Date is a date which is other than the anticipated Lease Commencement Date set forth in Section 7.2(ii) of the Summary, then, following the Lease Commencement Date, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant an amendment to lease in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C , attached hereto, setting forth, among other things, the Lease Commencement Date and the Lease Expiration Date, and Tenant shall execute and return such amendment to Landlord within five (5) business days after Tenant’s receipt thereof. If Tenant fails to execute and return the amendment within such 5-business day period, Tenant shall be deemed to have approved and confirmed the dates set forth therein, provided that such deemed approval shall not relieve Tenant of its obligation to execute and return the amendment (and such failure shall constitute a default by Tenant hereunder). If Landlord does not deliver such amendment to Tenant, the Lease Commencement Date shall be deemed to be the anticipated Lease Commencement Date set forth in Section 7.2(ii) of the Summary. In the event that Substantial Completion of the Premises has not occurred by August 1, 2016 (the “ First Outside Date ”), as such First Outside Date may be extended by the number of days of Tenant Delays (as defined in the Tenant Work Letter) and by the number of days of Force Majeure events (as defined in Section 24.17 hereof), then Landlord agrees to provide Tenant with one (1) day of abatement of Base Rent for each one (1) day past the First Outside Date (as such date may be extended as provided above) that Substantial Completion of the Premises has failed to occur. In addition, in the event that Substantial Completion of the Premises has not occurred by the “ Second Outside Date, ” which Second Outside Date shall be September 1, 2016, as such Second Outside Date may be extended by the number of days of Tenant Delays and by the number of days of “ Force Majeure ” events, then the sole remedy of Tenant shall be the right to deliver a notice to Landlord (the “ Second Outside Date Termination Notice ”) electing to terminate this Lease effective upon receipt of the Second Outside Date Termination Notice by Landlord (the “ Effective Date ”). Except as provided herein below, the Second Outside Date Termination Notice must be delivered by Tenant to Landlord, if at all, not earlier than the Second Outside Date and not later than five (5) business days after the Second Outside Date. If Tenant delivers the Second Outside Date Termination Notice to Landlord, then Landlord shall have the right to suspend the Effective Date for a period ending thirty (30) days after the original Effective Date. In order to suspend the Effective Date, Landlord must deliver to Tenant, within five (5) business days after receipt of the Second Outside Date Termination Notice, a certificate of the Contractor (as defined in the Tenant Work Letter) certifying that it is such Contractor’s best good faith judgment that Substantial Completion of the Premises will occur within thirty (30) days after the original Effective Date. If Substantial Completion of the Premises occurs within said thirty (30) day suspension period, then the Second Outside Date Termination Notice shall be of no further force and effect; if, however. Substantial Completion of the Premises does not occur within said thirty (30) day suspension period, then this Lease shall terminate as of the date of expiration of such thirty (30) day period. Upon termination of this Lease pursuant to this Section 2.1. the parties shall be relieved of all further obligations under this Lease except for those obligations under this Lease which expressly survive the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease.

2.2 Tenant’s Early Cancellation Right . The original Tenant executing this Lease (“ Original Tenant ”) shall have the one (1) time right to terminate and cancel this Lease as it pertains to the initial Premises leased by Tenant hereunder effective as of the date (“ Termination Date ”) which is the last day of the thirty-sixth (36th) month of the initial Lease Term, which right is contingent upon Tenant paying to Landlord the Termination Consideration (as defined below) in a timely manner in accordance with the following provisions of this Section 2.2. To exercise such termination right, Tenant must deliver to Landlord, on or before the date which is nine (9) months prior to the Termination Date, written notice of Tenant’s exercise of such right (the “ Termination Notice ”), along with the Termination Consideration. As used herein, the “ Termination Consideration ” shall mean an amount equal to (i) seven (7) months of monthly Base Rent calculated based on the seven (7) month period following the Termination Date (i.e., months 37 – 43 which equals Two Hundred Forty-Six Thousand Seven Hundred Ninety Nine and 56/100 Dollars ($246,799.56) in the aggregate) and (ii) Landlord’s estimate of Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs that would have been payable by Tenant for months 37 – 44 of the initial Lease Term. If Tenant properly and timely exercises its termination option in this Section 2.2 in strict accordance with the terms hereof, this Lease shall expire at midnight on the Termination Date, and Tenant shall be required to surrender the Premises to Landlord on or prior to the Termination Date in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Lease. The termination right set forth in this Section 2.2 is personal to the Original Tenant and may only be executed by the Original Tenant (and not any sublessee or other Transferee of Original Tenant’s

 

   
  -2-  
   


interest in this Lease) if the Original Tenant occupies the entire Premises. Notwithstanding anything above to the contrary, Tenant shall have no right to exercise such early cancellation right, and Tenant’s exercise of such early cancellation right may, at Landlord’s option, be nullified by Landlord and deemed of no further force or effect, if Tenant shall be in material default under the terms of this Lease after the expiration of applicable cure periods as of Tenant’s exercise of such early cancellation right. For purposes of this Lease, a material default shall mean any monetary default or any material non-monetary default.

ARTICLE 3

BASE RENT

Tenant shall pay, without notice or demand, to Landlord or Landlord’s agent at the management office of the Building, or at such other place as Landlord may from time to time designate in writing, in currency or a check for currency which, at the time of payment, is legal tender for private or public debts in the United States of America, base rent (“ Base Rent ”) as set forth in Section 8 of the Summary, payable in equal monthly installments as set forth in Section 8 of the Summary in advance on or before the first day of each and every month during the Lease Term, without any setoff or deduction whatsoever. In addition to the Security Deposit, concurrently with Tenant’s execution of this Lease, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord an amount equal to Forty-One Thousand Sixteen and 90/100 Dollars ($41,016.90), which amount shall be comprised of the following: (i) the Base Rent payable by Tenant for the Premises for the first (1 st ) full month of the Lease Term ( i.e. , Thirty-Two Thousand Two Hundred Eighty Nine and 90/100 Dollars ($32,289.90); and (ii) the Estimated Expenses (as defined below) payable by Tenant for the Premises for the first (1 st ) full month of the Lease Term (i.e., Eight Thousand Seven Hundred Twenty-Seven Dollars ($8,727.00)). If any rental payment date (including the Lease Commencement Date) falls on a day of the month other than the first day of such month or if any rental payment is for a period which is shorter than one month, then the rental for any such fractional month shall be a proportionate amount of a full calendar month’s rental based on the proportion that the number of days in such fractional month bears to the number of days in the calendar month during which such fractional month occurs. All other payments or adjustments required to be made under the terms of this Lease that require proration on a time basis shall be prorated on the same basis.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein and provided that Tenant faithfully performs all of the terms and conditions of this Lease, Landlord hereby agrees to abate Tenant’s obligation to pay fifty percent (50%) of Tenant’s monthly Base Rent for the second (2 nd ), third (3 rd ), fourth (4 th ), fifth (5 th ), sixth (6 th ), and seventh (7 th ), full months of the initial Lease Term. In the event that Tenant does not exercise its termination right in Section 2.2 above, then Landlord further agrees to abate fifty percent (50%) of Tenant’s Monthly Base Rent for the thirty-seventh (37 th ), thirty-eighth (38 th ), thirty-ninth (39 th ) and fortieth (40 th ) full months of the initial Lease Term (all such abated monthly Base Rent collectively, the “ Abated Rent ”). During such abatement period, Tenant shall still be responsible for the payment of all of its other monetary obligations under this Lease. In the event of a material default by Tenant under the terms of this Lease that results in early termination pursuant to the provisions of Article 19 of this Lease, then as a part of the recovery set forth in Article 19 of this Lease, Landlord shall be entitled to the recovery of the monthly Base Rent that was abated under the provisions of this Article 3.

ARTICLE 4

ADDITIONAL RENT

4.1 Additional Rent . In addition to paying the Base Rent specified in Article 3 above, Tenant shall pay as additional rent the sum of the following: (i) Tenant’s Share (as such term is defined below) of the annual Operating Expenses allocated to the Building (pursuant to Section 4.3.4 below); plus (ii) Tenant’s Share of the annual Tax Expenses allocated to the Building (pursuant to Section 4.3.4 below); plus (iii) Tenant’s Share of the annual Utilities Costs allocated to the Building (pursuant to Section 4.3.4 below). Such additional rent, together with any and all other amounts payable by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to the terms of this Lease (including, without limitation, pursuant to Article 6), shall be hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ Additional Rent ” The Base Rent and Additional Rent are herein collectively referred to as the “ Rent. ” All amounts due under this Article 4 as Additional Rent shall be payable for the same periods and in the same manner, time and place as the Base Rent. Without limitation on other obligations of Tenant which shall survive the expiration of the Lease Term, the obligations of Tenant to pay the Additional Rent provided for in this Article 4 shall survive the expiration of the Lease Term.

4.2 Definitions . As used in this Article 4, the following terms shall have the meanings hereinafter set forth:

4.2.1 “ Calendar Year ” shall mean each calendar year in which any portion of the Lease Term falls, through and including the calendar year in which the Lease Term expires.

4.2.2 “ Expense Year ” shall mean each Calendar Year.

4.2.3 “ Operating Expenses ” shall mean all expenses, costs and amounts of every kind and nature which Landlord shall pay during any Expense Year because of or in connection with the ownership, management, maintenance, repair, restoration or operation of the Project, including, without limitation, any amounts paid for: (i) the cost of operating, maintaining, repairing, renovating and managing the utility systems, lab systems, central plant, mechanical systems, sanitary and storm drainage systems, any elevator systems (if applicable) and all other “Systems and Equipment” (as defined in Section 4.2.4 of this Lease), and the cost of supplies and equipment and maintenance and

 

   
  -3-  
   


service contracts in connection therewith; (ii) the cost of licenses, certificates, permits and inspections, and the cost of contesting the validity or applicability of any governmental enactments which may affect Operating Expenses, and the costs incurred in connection with implementation and operation (by Landlord or any common area association(s) formed for the Project) of any transportation system management program or similar program; (iii) the cost of insurance carried by Landlord, in such amounts as Landlord may reasonably determine or as may be required by any mortgagees of any mortgage or the lessor of any ground lease affecting the Project; (iv) the cost of landscaping, relamping, supplies, tools, equipment and materials, and all reasonable fees, charges and other costs (including consulting fees, legal fees and accounting fees) incurred in connection with the management, operation, repair and maintenance of the Project; (v) any equipment rental agreements or management agreements (including the cost of any management fee, which fee shall not exceed four percent (4%) of the gross receipts of the Building, and the fair rental value of any office space provided thereunder); (vi) wages, salaries and other compensation and benefits of all persons engaged in the operation, management, maintenance or security of the Project, and employer’s Social Security taxes, unemployment taxes or insurance, and any other taxes which may be levied on such wages, salaries, compensation and benefits; (vii) reasonable and customary payments under any easement, license, operating agreement, declaration, restrictive covenant, underlying or ground lease (excluding rent), or instrument pertaining to the sharing of costs by the Project (including but not limited to, the CC&Rs described in Article 5 hereof); (viii) the cost of janitorial service, trash removal (provided, however, Operating Expenses shall not include the cost of janitorial services and trash removal services provided to the Premises or the premises of other tenants of the Building and/or the Project or the cost of replacing light bulbs, lamps, starters and ballasts for lighting fixtures in the Premises and the premises of other tenants in the Building and/or the Project to the extent such services are directly provided and paid for by Tenant pursuant to Section 6.6 below), alarm and security service, if any, window cleaning, replacement of wall and floor coverings, ceiling tiles and fixtures in lobbies, corridors, restrooms and other common or public areas or facilities, maintenance and replacement of curbs and walkways, repair to roofs and re-roofing; (ix) amortization over the useful life (including interest on the unamortized cost) of the cost of acquiring or the rental expense of personal property used in the maintenance, operation and repair of the Project; (x) the cost of any capital improvements or other costs (I) which are intended as a labor-saving device or to effect other economies in the operation or maintenance of the Project, (II) made to the Project or any portion thereof after the Lease Commencement Date that are required under any governmental law or regulation, or (III) which are Conservation Costs (as defined below) and/or which are reasonably determined by Landlord to be in the best interests of the Project; provided, however, that if any such cost described in (I), (II) or (Ill) above, is a capital expenditure, such cost shall be amortized on a straight-line basis over the useful life (including interest on the unamortized cost) of such item or such longer period as may be reasonable and customary; and (xi) the costs and expenses of complying with, or participating in, conservation, recycling, sustainability, energy efficiency, waste reduction or other programs or practices implemented or enacted from time to time at the Building and/or Project, including, without limitation, in connection with any LEED (Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design) rating or compliance system or program, including that currently coordinated through the U.S. Green Building Council or Energy Star rating and/or compliance system or program (collectively, “ Conservation Costs ”). If any of (x) the Building, (y) the Other Existing Buildings (but only during the period of time the same are included by Landlord within the Project) and (z) any additional buildings are added to the Project pursuant to Section 1.1.3 above (but only during the period of time after such additional buildings have been fully constructed and ready for occupancy and are included by Landlord within the Project) are less than ninety-five percent (95%) occupied during all or a portion of any Expense Year, Landlord shall make an appropriate adjustment to the variable components of Operating Expenses for such year or applicable portion thereof, employing sound accounting and management principles, to determine the amount of Operating Expenses that would have been paid had the Building, such Other Existing Buildings and such additional buildings (if any) been ninety-five percent (95%) occupied; and the amount so determined shall be deemed to have been the amount of Operating Expenses for such year, or applicable portion thereof.

Subject to the provisions of Section 4.3.4 below, Landlord shall have the right, from time to time, to equitably allocate some or all of the Operating Expenses (and/or Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs) between the Building and the Other Existing Buildings and/or among different tenants of the Project and/or among different buildings of the Project as and when such different buildings are constructed and added to (and/or excluded from) the Project or otherwise (the “ Cost Pools ”), Such Cost Pools may also include an allocation of certain Operating Expenses (and/or Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs) within or under covenants, conditions and restrictions affecting the Project, In addition, Landlord shall have the right from time to time, in its reasonable discretion, to include or exclude existing or future buildings in the Project for purposes of determining Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs and/or the provision of various services and amenities thereto, including allocation of Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs in any such Cost Pools.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Operating Expenses shall not, however, include: (A) costs of leasing commissions, attorneys’ fees and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with negotiations or disputes with present or prospective tenants or other occupants of the Project; (B) costs (including permit, license and inspection costs) incurred in renovating or otherwise improving, decorating or redecorating rentable space for other tenants or vacant rentable space; (C) costs incurred due to the violation by Landlord of the terms and conditions of any lease of space in the Project; (D) costs of overhead or profit increment paid to Landlord or to subsidiaries or affiliates of Landlord for services in or in connection with the Project to the extent the same exceeds the costs of overhead and profit increment included in the costs of such services which could be obtained from third parties on a competitive basis; (E) except as otherwise specifically provided in this Section 4.2.3, costs of interest on debt or amortization on any mortgages, and rent payable under any ground lease of the Project; (F) Utilities Costs; and (G) Tax Expenses.

4.2.4 “ Systems and Equipment ” shall mean any plant (including any central plant), machinery, transformers, duct work, cable, wires, and other equipment, facilities, and systems designed to supply heat, ventilation, air conditioning and humidity or any other services or utilities, or comprising or serving as any component or portion of the electrical, gas, steam, plumbing, sprinkler, communications, alarm, lab, security, or fire/life safety systems or

 

   
  -4-  
   


equipment, or any other mechanical, electrical, electronic, computer or other systems or equipment which serve the Building and/or any other building in the Project in whole or in part.

4.2.5 “ Tax Expenses ” shall mean all federal, state, county, or local governmental or municipal taxes, fees, assessments, charges or other impositions of every kind and nature, whether general, special, ordinary or extraordinary, (including, without limitation, real estate taxes, general and special assessments, transit assessments, fees and taxes, child care subsidies, fees and/or assessments, job training subsidies, fees and/or assessments, open space fees and/or assessments, housing subsidies and/or housing fund fees or assessments, public art fees and/or assessments, leasehold taxes or taxes based upon the receipt of rent, including gross receipts or sales taxes applicable to the receipt of rent, personal property taxes imposed upon the fixtures, machinery, equipment, apparatus, systems and equipment, appurtenances, furniture and other personal property used in connection with the Project), which Landlord shall pay during any Expense Year because of or in connection with the ownership, leasing and operation of the Project or Landlord’s interest therein. For purposes of this Lease, Tenant’s Share of the annual Tax Expenses shall be calculated as if (i) the tenant improvements in the Building, the Other Existing Buildings and any additional buildings added to the Project pursuant to Section 1.1.3 above (but only during the period of time that such Other Existing Buildings and additional buildings are included by Landlord within the Project) were fully constructed, and (ii) the Project, the Building, such Other Existing Buildings and such additional buildings (if any) and all tenant improvements therein were fully assessed for real estate tax purposes.

4.2.5.1 Tax Expenses shall include, without limitation:

(i) Any tax on Landlord’s rent, right to rent or other income from the Project or as against Landlord’s business of leasing any of the Project;

(ii) Any assessment, tax, fee, levy or charge in addition to, or in substitution, partially or totally, of any assessment, tax, fee, levy or charge previously included within the definition of real property tax, it being acknowledged by Tenant and Landlord that Proposition 13 was adopted by the voters of the State of California in the June 1978 election (“ Proposition 13 ”) and that assessments, taxes, fees, levies and charges may be imposed by governmental agencies for such services as fire protection, street, sidewalk and road maintenance, refuse removal and for other governmental services formerly provided without charge to property owners or occupants. It is the intention of Tenant and Landlord that all such new and increased assessments, taxes, fees, levies, and charges and all similar assessments, taxes, fees, levies and charges be included within the definition of Tax Expenses for purposes of this Lease;

(iii) Any assessment. tax, fee, levy, or charge allocable to or measured by the area of the Premises or the rent payable hereunder, including, without limitation, any gross income tax upon or with respect to the possession, leasing, operating, management, maintenance, alteration, repair, use or occupancy by Tenant of the Premises, or any portion thereof;

(iv) Any assessment, tax, fee, levy or charge, upon this transaction or any document to which Tenant is a party, creating or transferring an interest or an estate in the Premises; and

(v) Any reasonable expenses incurred by Landlord in reasonably attempting to protest, reduce or minimize Tax Expenses.

4.2.5.2 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 4.2.5, there shall be excluded from Tax Expenses (i) all excess profits taxes, franchise taxes, gift taxes, capital stock taxes, inheritance and succession taxes, estate taxes, federal and state net income taxes, and other taxes to the extent applicable to Landlord’s net income (as opposed to rents, receipts or income attributable to operations at the Project), (ii) any items included as Operating Expenses, and (iii) any items paid by Tenant under Section 4.4 below.

4.2.6 “ Tenant’s Share ” shall mean the percentage set forth in Section 9 of the Summary. Tenant’s Share was calculated by dividing the number of rentable square feet of the Premises by the total rentable square feet in the Building (as set forth in Section 9 of the Summary), and stating such amount as a percentage. Landlord shall have the right from time to time to redetermine the rentable square feet of the Building, and Tenant’s Share shall be appropriately adjusted to reflect any such redetermination. If Tenant’s Share is adjusted pursuant to the foregoing, as to the Expense Year in which such adjustment occurs, Tenant’s Share for such year shall be determined on the basis of the number of days during such Expense Year that each such Tenant’s Share was in effect.

4.2.7 “ Utilities Costs ” shall mean all actual charges for utilities for the Building and the Project (including utilities for the Other Existing Buildings and additional buildings, if any, added to the Project during the period of time the same are included by Landlord within the Project) which Landlord shall pay during any Expense Year, including, but not limited to, the costs of water, sewer, gas and electricity, and the costs of HVAC and other utilities, including any lab utilities and central plant utilities (but excluding those charges for which tenants directly reimburse Landlord or otherwise pay directly to the utility company) as well as related fees, assessments, measurement meters and devices and surcharges. Utilities Costs shall be calculated assuming the Building (and, during the period of time when such buildings are included by Landlord within the Project, the Other Existing Buildings and any additional buildings, if any, added to the Project) are at least ninety-five percent (95%) occupied. If, during all or any part of any Expense Year, Landlord shall not provide any utilities (the cost of which, if provided by Landlord, would be included in Utilities Costs) to a tenant (including Tenant) who has undertaken to provide the same instead of Landlord, Utilities Costs shall be deemed to be increased by an amount equal to the additional Utilities Costs which would reasonably have been incurred during

 

   
  -5-  
   


such period by Landlord if Landlord had at its own expense provided such utilities to such tenant. Utilities Costs shall include any costs of utilities which are allocated to the Project under any declaration, restrictive covenant, or other instrument pertaining to the sharing of costs by the Project or any portion thereof, including any covenants, conditions or restrictions now or hereafter recorded against or affecting the Project.

4.3 Calculation and Payment of Additional Rent .

4.3.1 Payment of Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs . For each Expense Year ending or commencing within the Lease Term, Tenant shall pay to Landlord. as Additional Rent, the following, which payment shall be made in the manner set forth in Section 4.3.2 below: (i) Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses allocated to the Building pursuant to Section 4.3.4 below; plus (ii) Tenant’s Share of Tax Expenses allocated to the Building pursuant to Section 4.3.4 below; plus (iii) Tenant’s Share of Utilities Costs allocated to the Building pursuant to Section 4.3.4 below.

4.3.2 Statement of Actual Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs and Payment by Tenant . Landlord shall give to Tenant on or before the first (1 st ) day of June following the end of each Expense Year (or as soon thereafter as reasonably possible) a statement (the “ Statement ”) which shall state the Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs incurred or accrued for such preceding Expense Year that are allocated to the Building pursuant to Section 4.3.4 below, and which shall indicate therein Tenant’s Share thereof. Within sixty (60) days after Tenant’s receipt of the Statement for each Expense Year ending during the Lease Term, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the full amount of the Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs for such Expense Year, less the amounts, if any, paid during such Expense Year as the Estimated Expenses as defined in and pursuant to Section 4.3.3 below. If any Statement reflects that Tenant has overpaid Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses and/or Tenant’s Share of Tax Expenses and/or Tenant’s Share of Utilities Costs for such Expense Year, then Landlord shall remit such overpayment to Tenant within thirty (30) days after such applicable Statement is delivered to Tenant. Even though the Lease Term has expired and Tenant has vacated the Premises, if the Statement for the Expense Year in which this Lease terminates reflects that Tenant has overpaid and/or underpaid Tenant’s Share of the Operating Expenses and/or Tenant’s Share of Tax Expenses and/or Tenant’s Share of Utilities Costs for such Expense Year, then within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s delivery of such Statement to Tenant, Landlord shall refund to Tenant any such overpayment, or Tenant shall pay to Landlord any such underpayment, as the case may be. The provisions of this Section 4.3.2 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term. Notwithstanding the foregoing to the contrary, Tenant shall not be responsible for Tenant’s Share of any Direct Expenses attributable to any Expense Year which was first billed to Tenant more than two (2) Calendar Years after the date (the “ Cutoff Date ”) which is the earlier of (i) the expiration of the applicable Expense Year or (ii) the Lease Expiration Date, except that Tenant shall be responsible for Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses levied by any governmental authority or by any public utility company at any time following the applicable Cutoff Date which are attributable to any Expense Year occurring prior to such Cutoff Date, so long as Landlord delivers to Tenant a bill and supplemental Statement for such amounts within two (2) years following Landlord’s receipt of the applicable bill therefor.

4.3.3 Statement of Estimated Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs . Landlord shall give Tenant a yearly expense estimate statement (the “ Estimate Statement ”) which shall set forth Landlord’s reasonable estimate (the “ Estimate ”) of the total amount of Tenant’s Share of the Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs allocated to the Building pursuant to Section 4.3.4 below for the then-current Expense Year shall be, and which shall indicate therein Tenant’s Share thereof (the “ Estimated Expenses ”). The failure of Landlord to timely furnish the Estimate Statement for any Expense Year shall not preclude Landlord from enforcing its rights to collect any Estimated Expenses under this Article 4 once such Estimate Statement is ultimately provided to Tenant. Following Landlord’s delivery of the Estimate Statement for the then-current Expense Year, Tenant shall pay, with its next installment of Base Rent due, a fraction of the Estimated Expenses for the then-current Expense Year (reduced by any amounts paid pursuant to the last sentence of this Section 4.3.3). Such fraction shall have as its numerator the number of months which have elapsed in such current Expense Year to the month of such payment, both months inclusive, and shall have twelve (12) as its denominator. Until a new Estimate Statement is furnished, Tenant shall pay monthly, with the monthly Base Rent installments, an amount equal to one-twelfth (1/12) of the total Estimated Expenses set forth in the previous Estimate Statement delivered by Landlord to Tenant.

4.3.4 Allocation of Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs to Building . The parties acknowledge that the Building is part of a multi-building commercial project consisting of the Building, and the Other Existing Buildings and such other buildings as Landlord (and/or any other owners of Torrey Ridge Science Center) may elect to construct and include as part of the Project from time to time (the Other Existing Buildings and any such other buildings are sometimes referred to herein, collectively, as the “ Other Buildings ”), and that certain of the costs and expenses incurred in connection with the Project (i.e. the Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs) shall be shared among the Building and/or such Other Buildings, while certain other costs and expenses which are solely attributable to the Building and such Other Buildings, as applicable, shall be allocated directly to the Building and the Other Buildings, respectively. Accordingly, as set forth in Sections 4.1 and 4.2 above, Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs are determined annually for the Project as a whole, and a portion of the Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs, which portion shall be determined by Landlord on an equitable basis, shall be allocated to the Building (as opposed to the tenants of the Other Buildings), and such portion so allocated shall be the amount of Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs payable with respect to the Building upon which Tenant’s Share shall be calculated. Such portion of the Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs allocated to the Building shall include all Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs which are attributable solely to the Building, and an equitable portion of the Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs attributable to the Project as a whole. As an example of such allocation with respect to Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs, it is anticipated that Landlord (and/or

 

   
  -6-  
   


any other owners of Torrey Ridge Science Center) may receive separate tax bills which separately assess the improvements component of Tax Expenses for each building in the Project and/or Landlord may receive separate utilities bills from the utilities companies identifying the Utilities Costs for certain of the utilities costs directly incurred by each such building (as measured by separate meters installed for each such building), and such separately assessed Tax Expenses and separately metered Utilities Costs shall be calculated for and allocated separately to each such applicable building. In addition, in the event Landlord (and/or any other owners of Torrey Ridge Science Center) elect to subdivide certain common area portions of the Project such as landscaping, public and private streets, driveways, walkways, courtyards, plazas, transportation facilitation areas and/or accessways into a separate parcel or parcels of land (and/or separately convey all or any of such parcels to a common area association to own, operate and/or maintain same), the Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs for such common area parcels of land may be aggregated and then reasonably allocated by Landlord to the Building and such Other Buildings on an equitable basis as Landlord (and/or any applicable covenants, conditions and restrictions for any such common area association) shall provide from time to time.

4.3.5 Cap on Controllable Operating Expenses . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 4, the aggregate “ Controllable Expenses ” (as hereinafter defined) included in Operating Expenses in any Expense Year after the first Expense Year shall not increase by more than six percent (6%) on an annual, cumulative basis, over the actual aggregate Controllable Expenses included in Operating Expenses for any preceding Expense Year, but with no such limit on the amount of Controllable Expenses which may be included in the Operating Expenses incurred during the first Expense Year. For purposes of this Section 4.3.5, “ Controllable Expenses ” shall mean all Operating Expenses except: (i) government-mandated charges with respect to the Building or Real Property, or any part thereof; and (ii) insurance carried by Landlord with respect to the Real Property and/or the operation thereof. The provisions of this Section 4.3.5 do not apply to the Tax Expenses nor Utilities Costs.

4.4 Taxes and Other Charges for Which Tenant is Directly Responsible . Tenant shall reimburse Landlord upon demand for all taxes or assessments required to be paid by Landlord (except to the extent included in Tax Expenses by Landlord), excluding state, local and federal personal or corporate income taxes measured by the net income of Landlord from all sources and estate and inheritance taxes, whether or not now customary or within the contemplation of the parties hereto, when.

4.4.1 said taxes are measured by or reasonably attributable to the cost or value of Tenant’s equipment, furniture, fixtures and other personal property located in the Premises, or by the cost or value of any leasehold improvements made in or to the Premises by or for Tenant, to the extent the cost or value of such leasehold improvements exceeds the cost or value of a building standard build-out as determined by Landlord regardless of whether title to such improvements shall be vested in Tenant or Landlord;

4.4.2 said taxes are assessed upon or with respect to the possession, leasing, operation, management, maintenance, alteration, repair, use or occupancy by Tenant of the Premises or any portion of the Project; or

4.4.3 said taxes are assessed upon this transaction or any document to which Tenant is a party creating or transferring an interest or an estate in the Premises.

4.5 Late Charges . If any installment of Rent or any other sum due from Tenant shall not be received by Landlord or Landlord’s designee by the due date therefor, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord a late charge equal to ten percent (10%) of the amount due plus any attorneys’ fees incurred by Landlord by reason of Tenant’s failure to pay Rent and/or other charges when due hereunder; provided, however, that Landlord will waive the imposition of the late charge for the first late payment of rent in any twelve (12) month period. The late charge shall be deemed Additional Rent and the right to require it shall be in addition to all of Landlord’s other rights and remedies hereunder, at law and/or in equity and shall not be construed as liquidated damages or as limiting Landlord’s remedies in any manner. In addition to the late charge described above, any Rent or other amounts owing hereunder which are not paid by the date that they are due shall thereafter bear interest until paid at a rate (the “ Interest Rate ”) equal to the lesser of (i) the “ Prime Rate ” or “ Reference Rate ” announced from time to time by the Bank of America (or such reasonable comparable national banking institution as selected by Landlord in the event Bank of America ceases to exist or publish a Prime Rate or Reference Rate), plus four percent (4%), or (ii) the highest rate permitted by applicable law.

4.6 Audit Rights . Tenant shall have the right, at Tenant’s cost, after reasonable notice to Landlord, to have Tenant’s authorized employees or agents inspect, at Landlord’s main corporate office during normal business hours, Landlord’s books, records and supporting documents concerning the Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs set forth in any Statement delivered by Landlord to Tenant for a particular Expense Year pursuant to Section 4.3.2 above; provided, however, Tenant shall have no right to conduct such inspection or object to or otherwise dispute the amount of the Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and/or Utilities Costs set forth in any such Statement, unless Tenant notifies Landlord of such inspection objection and dispute, and completes such inspection within twelve (12) months immediately following Landlord’s delivery of the particular Statement in question (the “ Review Period ”); provided, further, that notwithstanding any such timely inspection, objection, dispute, and/or audit, and as a condition precedent to Tenant’s exercise of its right of inspection, objection, dispute, and/or audit as set forth in this Section 4.6, Tenant shall not be permitted to withhold payment of, and Tenant shall timely pay to Landlord, the full amounts as required by the provisions of this Article 4 in accordance with such Statement. However, such payment may be made under protest pending the outcome of any audit. In connection with any such inspection by Tenant, Landlord and Tenant shall reasonably cooperate with each other so that such inspection can be performed pursuant to a mutually acceptable schedule, in an expeditious manner and without undue interference with Landlord’s operation and management of the Project. If after such inspection and/or request for documentation, Tenant disputes the amount of the Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and/or Utilities Costs set forth in the Statement, Tenant shall have the right, but not the obligation, within the

 

   
  -7-  
   


Review Period, to cause an independent certified public accountant which is not paid on a contingency basis and which is mutually and reasonably approved by Landlord and Tenant (the “ Accountant ”) to complete an audit of Landlord’s books and records to determine the proper amount of the Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs incurred and amounts payable by Tenant for the Expense Year which is the subject of such Statement. Such audit by the Accountant shall be final and binding upon Landlord and Tenant. If Landlord and Tenant cannot mutually agree as to the identity of the Accountant within thirty (30) days after Tenant notifies Landlord that Tenant desires an audit to be performed, then the Accountant shall be one of the “Big 4” accounting firms selected by Landlord, which is not paid on a contingency basis. If such audit reveals that Landlord has over-charged Tenant, then within thirty (30) days after the results of such audit are made available to Landlord, Landlord shall reimburse to Tenant the amount of such over-charge. If the audit reveals that the Tenant was under-charged, then within thirty (30) days after the results of such audit are made available to Tenant, Tenant shall reimburse to Landlord the amount of such under-charge. Tenant agrees to pay the cost of such audit unless it is subsequently determined that Landlord’s original Statement which was the subject of such audit was in error to Tenant’s disadvantage by five percent (5%) or more of the total Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and/or Utilities Costs which was the subject of such audit. The payment by Tenant of any amounts pursuant to this Article 4 shall not preclude Tenant from questioning the correctness of any Statement provided by Landlord at any time during the Review Period, but the failure of Tenant to object thereto, conduct and complete its inspection and have the Accountant conduct and complete the audit as described above prior to the expiration of the Review Period shall be conclusively deemed Tenant’s approval of the Statement in question and the amount of Operating Expenses. Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs shown thereon. In connection with any inspection and/or audit conducted by Tenant pursuant to this Section 4.6, Tenant agrees to keep, and to cause all of Tenant’s employees and consultants and the Accountant to keep, all of Landlord’s books and records and the audit, and all information pertaining thereto and the results thereof, strictly confidential, and in connection therewith, Tenant shall cause such employees, consultants and the Accountant to execute such reasonable confidentiality agreements as Landlord may require prior to conducting any such inspections and/or audits.

ARTICLE 5

USE OF PREMISES: HAZARDOUS MATERIALS; ODORS AND EXHAUST

5.1 Use . Tenant shall use the Premises solely for laboratory and office purposes, all to the extent consistent with the character of the Building as a first-class biotechnology building, and Tenant shall not use or permit the Premises to be used for any other purpose or purposes whatsoever. Tenant shall not use, or suffer or permit any person or persons to use, the Premises or any part thereof for any use or purpose contrary to the provisions of Exhibit D . attached hereto, or in violation of the laws of the United States of America, the state in which the Project is located, or the ordinances, regulations or requirements of the local municipal or county governing body or other lawful authorities having jurisdiction over the Project. Tenant shall comply with the Rules and Regulations and all recorded covenants, conditions, and restrictions, and the provisions of all ground or underlying leases. now or hereafter affecting the Project, including but not limited to, (i) that certain Declaration of Covenants, Conditions and Restrictions recorded August 28, 1991, as Instrument No. 1991-0440869 in the San Diego County Official Records, and (ii) that certain Declaration of Covenants, Conditions, and Restrictions for Torrey Pines Science Center [Unit 2] recorded on June 27, 1994, as Instrument No. 1994-0405385 in the San Diego County Official Records (collectively, the existing “ CC&Rs ”), as the same may be amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time; provided that any such Rules and Regulations. CC&Rs and amendments, restatements, supplements or modifications thereto do not materially modify Tenant’s rights or obligations hereunder.

5.2 Hazardous Materials .

5.2.1 Definitions: As used in this Lease, the following terms have the following meanings:

(a) “ Environmental Law ” means any past, present or future federal, state or local statutory or common law, or any regulation, ordinance, code, plan, order, permit, grant, franchise, concession, restriction or agreement issued, entered, promulgated or approved thereunder, relating to (a) the environment, human health or safety, including, without limitation, emissions, discharges, releases or threatened releases of Hazardous Materials (as defined below) into the environment (including, without limitation, air, surface water, groundwater or land), or (b) the manufacture, generation, refining, processing, distribution, use, sale, treatment, receipt, storage, disposal, transport, arranging for transport, or handling of Hazardous Materials.

(b) “ Environmental Permits ” mean collectively, any and all permits, consents, licenses, approvals and registrations of any nature at any time required pursuant to, or in order to comply with, any Environmental Law or otherwise desired by Landlord including, but not limited to, any Spill Control Countermeasure Plan and any Hazardous Materials Management Plan.

(c) “ Hazardous Materials ” shall mean and include any hazardous or toxic materials, substances or wastes as now or hereafter designated or regulated under any Environmental Law, including, without limitation, asbestos, petroleum, petroleum hydrocarbons and petroleum based products, urea formaldehyde foam insulation, polychlorinated biphenyls (“PCBs”), Freon and other chlorofluorocarbons, “biohazardous waste,” “medical waste,” “infectious agent”, “mixed waste” or other waste under California Health and Safety Code §§ 117600 et, seq.

(d) “ Release ” shall mean with respect to any Hazardous Materials, any release, deposit, discharge, emission, leaking, pumping, leaching, spilling, seeping, migrating, injecting, pumping, pouring, emptying, escaping, dumping, disposing or other movement of Hazardous Materials.

 

   
  -8-  
   


5.2.2 Tenant’s Obligations – Environmental Permits . Tenant will (i) obtain and maintain in full force and effect all Environmental Permits that may be required from time to time under any Environmental Laws applicable to Tenant or the Premises and (ii) be and remain in compliance with all terms and conditions of all such Environmental Permits and with all other limitations, restrictions, conditions, standards, prohibitions, requirements, obligations, schedules and timetables contained in all Environmental Laws applicable to Tenant or the Premises. On or before the date Tenant commences business operations in the Premises and thereafter from time to time upon Landlord’s written request, Tenant shall provide to Landlord all Environmental Permits pertaining to the Premises and Tenant’s business operations therein.

5.2.3 Tenant’s Obligations – Hazardous Materials . Except as expressly permitted herein, Tenant agrees not to cause or permit any Hazardous Materials to be brought upon, stored, used, handled, generated, released or disposed of on, in, under or about the Premises. or any other portion of the Property by Tenant, its agents, employees, subtenants, assignees, licensees, contractors or invitees (collectively, “ Tenant’s Parties ”), without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent Landlord may withhold in its sole and absolute discretion. Landlord hereby acknowledges and agrees that it is not the intent of this Section 5.2 to prohibit Tenant from operating its business for the uses permitted hereunder and that Tenant shall be permitted to operate its business according to the custom of Tenant’s industry so long as the use or presence of Hazardous Materials is strictly and properly monitored in accordance with applicable Environmental Laws. As a material inducement to Landlord to allow Tenant to use Hazardous Materials in connection with its business, Tenant agrees to deliver to Landlord prior to the Lease Commencement Date a list identifying each type of Hazardous Material to be present at the Premises and setting forth any and all governmental approvals or permits required in connection with the presence of such Hazardous Material at the Premises (the “ Hazardous Materials List ”). Tenant shall deliver to Landlord an updated Hazardous Materials List on or prior to each annual anniversary of the Lease Commencement Date and shall also deliver an updated Hazardous Materials List before any new Hazardous Materials are brought to the Premises. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord true and correct copies of the following documents (hereinafter referred to as the “ Documents ”) relating to the handling, storage, disposal and emission of Hazardous Materials prior to the Lease Commencement Date or, if unavailable at that time, concurrently with the receipt from or submission to any Governmental Authority: permits; approvals; reports and correspondence; storage and management plans; notices of violations of applicable Environmental Laws; plans relating to the installation of any storage tanks to be installed in, on, under or about the Premises (provided that installation of storage tanks shall only be permitted after Landlord has given Tenant its written consent to do so, which consent Landlord may withhold in its sole and absolute discretion); and all closure plans or any other documents required by any and all governmental authorities for any storage tanks installed in, on, under or about the Premises for the closure of any such storage tanks. Tenant shall not be required, however, to provide Landlord with any portion of the Documents containing information of a proprietary nature, which Documents, in and of themselves, do not contain a reference to any Hazardous Materials or activities related to Hazardous Materials. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant agrees to promptly remove from the Premises, the Building and the Project, at its sole cost and expense, any and all Hazardous Materials, including any equipment or systems containing Hazardous Materials which are installed, brought upon, stored, used, generated or released upon, in, under or about the Premises, the Building and/or the Project or any portion thereof by Tenant or any of Tenant’s Parties during the Term of this Lease.

5.2.4 Landlord’s Right to Conduct Environmental Assessment . At any time during the Lease Term, Landlord shall have the right to conduct an environmental assessment of the Premises (as well as any other areas in, on or about the Project that Landlord reasonably believes may have been affected adversely by Tenant’s use of the Premises (collectively, the “ Affected Areas ”) in order to confirm that the Premises and the Affected Areas do not contain any Hazardous Materials in violation of applicable Environmental Laws or under conditions constituting or likely to constitute a Release of Hazardous Materials. Such environmental assessment shall be a so-called Phase I ” assessment or such other level of investigation which shall be the standard of diligence in the purchase or lease of similar property at the time, together with any additional investigation and report which would customarily follow any discovery contained in such initial Phase 1 assessment (including, but not limited to, any so-called Phase II ” report). Such right to conduct such environmental assessment shall not be exercised more than once per calendar year unless Tenant is in default under this Section 5.2 (beyond the expiration of all applicable notice and cure periods). Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the cost of all environmental assessments of Affected Areas that indicate a conclusive and proximate connection between Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises and the presence of Hazardous Materials in violation of applicable Environmental Laws that did not exist on the Premises prior to Tenant’s possession thereof,

5.2.5 Tenant’s Obligations to perform Corrective Action . If the data from any environmental assessment authorized and undertaken by Landlord pursuant to Section 5.2.4 indicates that (i) there has been a Release. threatened Release or other conditions with respect to Hazardous Materials on, under or emanating from the Premises and the Affected Areas in violation of applicable Environmental Laws caused by Tenant (“ Tenant Release ”), and (ii) such Tenant Release requires any investigation and/or active response action, including without limitation active or passive remediation and monitoring or any combination of these activities (“ Corrective Action ”), then Tenant shall immediately undertake Corrective Action with respect to contamination if, and to the extent, required by the governmental authority exercising jurisdiction over the matter. Any Corrective Action performed by Tenant will be performed with Landlord’s prior written approval and in accordance with applicable Environmental Laws, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and by an environmental consulting firm (reasonably acceptable to Landlord) Tenant may perform the Corrective Action before or after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, to the extent permitted by governmental agencies with jurisdiction over the Premises, the Building and the Project (provided, however, that any Corrective Action performed after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease shall be subject to the access fee provisions set forth below). If Tenant undertakes or continues Corrective Action after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Landlord, upon being given forty-eight (48) hours’ advance notice, may, in Landlord’s sole discretion, elect (without limiting any of the Landlord’s other rights and remedies under this Lease, at law and/or in equity), to provide, at an “access fee” equal to one

 

   
  -9-  
   


hundred fifty percent (150%) of the Monthly Rent in effect for the last month immediately preceding the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, plus all other sums due under this Lease, access to the Premises, the Building and the Project as may be requested by Tenant and its consultant to accomplish the Corrective Action. Tenant or its consultant may install, inspect, maintain, replace and operate remediation equipment and conduct the Corrective Action as it considers necessary, subject to Landlord’s reasonable approval. Tenant and Landlord shall, in good faith, cooperate with each other with respect to any Corrective Action after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease so as not to interfere unreasonably with the conduct of Landlord’s or any third party’s business on the Premises, the Building and the Project. Landlord shall provide access until Tenant delivers evidence reasonably satisfactory to Landlord that Tenant’s Corrective Action activities on the Premises and the Affected Areas satisfy applicable Environmental Laws. It shall be reasonable for Landlord to require Tenant to deliver a “no further action” letter or substantially similar document from the applicable governmental agency. Landlord shall continue to provide access and Tenant shall continue to pay the access fee until such time as Landlord is able to use the Premises and the Affected Areas for such purposes as Landlord reasonably desires, Landlord’s “reasonableness” as used in the immediately preceding sentence shall be based on (i) the zoning of the Premises as of the date in question, and (ii) the logical uses of the Premises as of the date in question. If Landlord desires to situate a tenant in the Premises, the Building and the Project and remediation of the Premises and the Affected Areas is ongoing, Landlord shall be deemed to be unable to use the Premises, the Building and the Project in the way Landlord reasonably desires and Tenant shall be obligated to continue paying the access fee until such time as Landlord is able to situate said tenant in the Premises, the Building and/or the Project. Tenant agrees, to the extent applicable and reasonably practicable, to install, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, screening around its remediation equipment so as to protect the aesthetic appeal of the Premises, the Building and the Project. Tenant also agrees to use reasonable efforts to locate its remediation and/or monitoring equipment, if any (subject to the requirements of Tenant’s consultant and governmental agencies with jurisdiction over the Premises, the Building and the Project) in a location which will allow Landlord, to the extent reasonably practicable, the ability to lease the Premises, the Building and the Project to a subsequent user. Any Hazardous Materials contamination on, in, under or about the Premises and the Affected Areas at the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease which is not disclosed by Tenant prior to the effective date of this Lease shall be presumed to have arisen in connection with Tenant’s environmental activities under the Lease. Notwithstanding anything above to the contrary, if any clean-up or monitoring procedure is required by any applicable governmental authorities in, on, under or about the Premises and the Affected Areas during the Lease Term as a consequence of any Hazardous Materials contamination and the procedure for clean-up is not completed (to the satisfaction of Landlord and/or the governmental authorities) prior to the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease then, at Landlord’s election, (i) this Lease shall be deemed renewed for a term commencing on the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease and ending on the date the clean-up procedure is anticipated to be completed; or (ii) Tenant shall be deemed to have impermissibly held over (and Article 16 of this Lease shall apply with full force and effect) and Landlord shall be entitled to all damages directly or indirectly incurred, including, without limitation, damages occasioned by the inability to relet the Premises and/or any other portion of the Building or a reduction of the fair market or rental value of the Premises and/or the Building.

5.2.6 Tenant’s Duty to Notify Landlord Regarding Releases . Tenant agrees to promptly notify Landlord of any Release of Hazardous Materials in the Premises, the Building or any other portion of the Project which Tenant becomes aware of during the Term of this Lease, whether caused by Tenant or any other persons or entities. In the event of any release of Hazardous Materials caused or permitted by Tenant or any of Tenant’s Parties, Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to cause Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, to immediately take all reasonable steps Landlord deems necessary or appropriate to remediate such Release and prevent any similar future release to the satisfaction of Landlord and Landlord’s mortgagee(s). Tenant will, upon the request of Landlord at any time during which Landlord has reason to believe that Tenant is not in compliance with this Section 5.2 (and in any event no earlier than sixty (60) days and no later than thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of this Lease), cause to be performed an environmental audit of the Premises at Tenant’s expense by an established environmental consulting firm reasonably acceptable to Landlord. In the event the audit provides that Corrective Action is required then Tenant shall immediately perform the same at its sole cost and expense.

5.2.7 Tenant’s Environmental Indemnity . To the fullest extent permitted by law, Tenant agrees to promptly indemnify, protect, defend and hold harmless Landlord and Landlord’s members, partners, subpartners, independent contractors, officers, directors, shareholders, employees, agents, successors and assigns (collectively, “ Landlord Parties ”) from and against any and all claims, damages, judgments, suits, causes of action, losses, liabilities, penalties, fines, expenses and costs (including, without limitation, clean-up, removal, remediation and restoration costs, sums paid in settlement of claims, attorneys’ fees, consultant fees and expert fees and court costs) which arise or result from the presence of Hazardous Materials on, in, under or about the Premises, the Building or any other portion of the Property and which are caused or permitted by Tenant or any of Tenant’s Parties during the Term of this Lease, including arising from or caused in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, by (i) the presence in, on, under or about the Premises and the Affected Areas, of any Hazardous Materials; (ii) Tenant’s or other user’s actual, proposed or threatened use, treatment, storage, transportation, holding, existence, disposition, manufacturing, control, management, abatement, removal, handling, transfer, generation or Release (past, present or threatened) of Hazardous Materials to, in, on, under, about or from the Premises and the Affected Areas; (iii) any past, present or threatened non-compliance or violations of any Environmental Laws in connection with Tenant and/or the Premises and/or the Affected Areas, (iv) personal injury claims (v) the payment of any environmental liens, or the disposition, recording, or filing or threatened disposition, recording or filing of any environmental lien encumbering or otherwise affecting the Premises and/or the Affected Areas, (vi) diminution in the value of the Premises and/or the Project, (vii) damages for the loss or restriction of use of the Premises and/or the Project, including prospective rent, lost profits and business opportunities, (viii) sums paid in settlement of claims, (ix) reasonable attorneys’ fees, consulting fees and expert fees, (x) the cost of any investigation of site conditions, and (xi) the cost of any repair, clean-up or remediation ordered by any governmental or quasi-governmental agency or body or otherwise deemed necessary in Landlord’s reasonable judgment. Tenant’s obligations

 

   
  -10-  
   


hereunder shall include, without limitation, and whether foreseeable or unforeseeable, all costs of any required or necessary repair, cleanup or detoxification or decontamination of the Premises, the Building and/or the Project, or the preparation and implementation of any closure, remedial action or other required plans in connection therewith. For purposes of the indemnity provisions in this Section 5.2, any acts or omissions of Tenant and/or Tenant’s Parties or others acting for or on behalf of Tenant (whether or not they are negligent, intentional, willful or unlawful) shall be strictly attributable to Tenant. The provisions of this Section 5.2.7 will survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

5.2.8 Tenant warrants, represents, acknowledges and agrees that Tenant has performed all investigations appropriate under the circumstances to determine whether any violations of Hazardous Materials Laws currently exist. Tenant shall have no right or remedy against Landlord with respect to any such violation and Tenant hereby releases, waives and forever discharges Landlord and the Landlord Parties from any and all claims, demands and causes of action, whether known or unknown to Tenant, which Tenant may now or hereafter have arising out of connected with or incidental to the existence of any Hazardous Material now or hereafter on or about the Premises or the Project. Tenant is aware of the provisions of Section 1542 of the California Civil Code which provides as follows:

“A GENERAL RELEASE DOES NOT EXTEND TO CLAIMS WHICH THE CREDITOR DOES NOT KNOW OR SUSPECT TO EXIST IN HIS OR HER FAVOR AT THE TIME OF EXECUTING THE RELEASE WHICH IF KNOWN BY HIM OR HER MUST HAVE MATERIALLY AFFECTED HIS OR HER SETTLEMENT WITH THE DEBTOR.”

and, after consultation with counsel concerning the meaning and effect of such waiver, Tenant specifically waives the benefit of the provisions of Section 1542 of the California Civil Code.

5.2.9 Landlord’s Termination Option for Certain Environmental Problems . If Hazardous Materials are present at the Premises that are required by Environmental Law to be remediated and Tenant is not responsible therefor pursuant to Section 5.2, Landlord may, at its option, either (i) remediate such Hazardous Materials, in which event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect or if the estimated cost to remediate such Hazardous Materials exceeds One Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($1,500,000.00) (the “ Threshold Amount ”), give written notice to Tenant, within thirty (30) days after receipt by Landlord of knowledge of the existence of such Hazardous Materials, of Landlord’s desire to terminate this Lease as of the date ninety (90) days following the date of such notice. In the event Landlord elects to give such a termination notice. Tenant may, within ten (10) days thereafter, give written notice to Landlord of Tenant’s commitment to pay the amount by which the cost of the remediation of such Hazardous Materials exceeds the Threshold Amount, Tenant shall provide Landlord with such funds or satisfactory assurance thereof within thirty (30) days following such commitment. In such event, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, and Landlord shall proceed to make such remediation as soon as reasonably possible after the required funds are available. If Tenant does not give such notice and provide the required funds or assurance thereof within the time provided, this Lease shall terminate as the date specified in Landlords termination notice.

5.3 Odors and Exhaust . Tenant acknowledges that Landlord would not enter into this Lease with Tenant unless Tenant assured Landlord that under no circumstances will the Premises be damaged by any exhaust from Tenant’s operations. Landlord and Tenant therefore agree as follows:

5.3.1 Tenant shall not cause or permit (or conduct any activities that would cause) any release of any odors or fumes of any kind from the Premises that would be offensive or objectionable.

5.3.2 If the Building has a ventilation system that, in Landlord’s judgment, is adequate, suitable, and appropriate to vent the Premises in a manner that does not release odors affecting any indoor or outdoor part of the Premises, Tenant shall vent the Premises through such system. If Landlord at any time determines that any existing ventilation system is inadequate, or if no ventilation system exists, Tenant shall in compliance with applicable laws vent all fumes and odors from the Premises (and remove odors from Tenant’s exhaust stream) as Landlord requires. The placement and configuration of all ventilation exhaust pipes, louvers and other equipment shall be subject to Landlord’s approval. Tenant acknowledges Landlord’s legitimate desire to maintain the Premises (indoor and outdoor areas) in an odor-free manner, and Landlord may require Tenant to abate and remove all odors in a manner that goes beyond the requirements of Applicable Laws.

5.3.3 Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, provide odor eliminators and other devices (such as filters, air cleaners, scrubbers and whatever other equipment may in Landlord’s judgment be necessary or appropriate from time to time) to completely remove, eliminate and abate any odors, fumes or other substances in Tenant’s exhaust stream that, in Landlord’s judgment, emanate from the Premises. Any work Tenant performs under this Section 5.3 shall constitute Alterations,

5.3.4 Tenant’s responsibility to remove, eliminate and abate odors, fumes and exhaust shall continue throughout the Term.

5.3.5 If Tenant fails to install satisfactory odor control equipment within ten (10) business days after Landlord’s demand made at any time, then Landlord may, without limiting Landlord’s other rights and remedies, require Tenant to cease and suspend any operations in the Premises that, in Landlord’s determination, cause odors, fumes or exhaust.

 

   
  -11-  
   


5.4 Control Areas . At Landlord’s option and discretion, Tenant shall be allowed to utilize up to its pro rata share of the Hazardous Materials inventory within any control area or zone (located within the Premises), as designated by the applicable building code, for chemical use or storage. As used in the preceding sentence, Tenant’s pro rata share of any control areas or zones located within the Premises shall be determined based on the rentable square footage that Tenant leases within the applicable control area or zone. For purposes of example only, if a control area or zone contains 10,000 rentable square feet and 2,000 rentable square feet of a tenant’s premises are located within such control area or zone (while such premises as a whole contains 5,000 rentable square feet), the applicable tenant’s pro rata share of such control area would be 20%,

ARTICLE 6

SERVICES AND UTILITIES

6.1 Standard Tenant Services . Landlord shall provide the following services on all days during the Lease Term, unless otherwise stated below.

6.1.1 Subject to reasonable changes implemented by Landlord and to all governmental rules, regulations and guidelines applicable thereto, Landlord shall, with respect to the office portions of the Premises, provide heating and air conditioning when necessary for normal comfort for normal office use in the Premises from Monday through Friday, during the period from 8:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m., except for the date of observation of New Year’s Day, Presidents’ Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day. Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day and other locally or nationally recognized holidays as designated by Landlord (collectively, the “ Holidays ”). Landlord shall provide heating and air conditioning to the lab portions of the Premises on a 24/7 basis.

6.1.2 Landlord shall provide Building-standard electrical wiring and facilities for use for Building-standard lighting and standard equipment, as determined by Landlord. Landlord shall designate the electricity utility provider from time to time.

6.1.3 Landlord shall provide city water from the regular Building outlets for drinking, lavatory and toilet purposes; Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost, shall be responsible for the installation of any required RO/DI water system in the Premises.

6.1.4 Landlord shall provide nonexclusive automatic passenger elevator service at all times.

6.2 Overstandard Tenant Use . Tenant shall not, without Landlord’s prior written consent, use heat-generating machines or equipment or lighting other than Building standard lights in the Premises, which may affect the temperature otherwise maintained by the air conditioning system or increase the need for water normally furnished for the Premises by Landlord pursuant to the terms of Section  6.1 above, If such consent is given, Landlord shall have the right to install supplementary air conditioning systems or equipment in the Premises, including supplementary or additional metering devices, and the cost thereof, including the cost of installation, operation and maintenance, increased wear and tear on existing equipment and other similar charges, shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord upon billing by Landlord. If Tenant desires to use heat, ventilation or air conditioning (“ HVAC ”) during hours other than those for which Landlord is obligated to supply such utilities pursuant to the terms of Section 6.1 of this Lease, (i) Tenant shall give Landlord such prior notice, as Landlord shall from time to time establish as appropriate, of Tenant’s desired use, (ii) Landlord shall supply such utilities to Tenant at such hourly cost to Tenant as Landlord shall from time to time establish, and (iii) Tenant shall pay such cost to Landlord within ten (10) days after billing, as additional rent.

6.3 Separate Metering . Tenant shall be separately submetered for all of the electricity and water and/or (if Landlord elects) other utilities and Tenant shall pay for the cost of all such utilities so separately metered, or which are billed directly to Tenant, within ten (10) business days after Tenant’s receipt of invoice therefor. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord and/or Tenant may from time to time be requested or required to obtain, report and/or disclose certain energy consumption information with regard to the Premises, which may include, without limitation, benchmarking data for the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency’s ENERGY STAR ® Portfolio Manager and information relating to compliance with “green building” initiatives, including, if applicable, the Leadership in Energy & Environmental Design (LEED) certification program. Tenant shall throughout the Term of this Lease, comply with all Federal, State or local laws, rules and regulations relating to consumption of utilities, energy or energy efficiency (as they may be in enacted or in effect from time to time. “ Energy Regulations ”), and Tenant shall, upon request by Landlord or Landlord’s lender, deliver and/or disclose such information regarding the consumption of utilities at the Premises as may be required to comply with applicable Energy Regulations. Further, Tenant authorizes Landlord to disclose such information and data regarding the Premises as may be requested or required from time to time to comply with Energy Regulations.

6.4 Interruption of Use . Tenant agrees that Landlord shall not be liable for damages, by abatement of Rent or otherwise, for failure to furnish or delay in furnishing any service (including, but not limited to, any central plant or other lab system, telephone and telecommunication services), or for any diminution in the quality or quantity thereof, when such failure or delay or diminution is occasioned, in whole or in part, by repairs, replacements, or improvements, by any strike, lockout or other labor trouble, by inability to secure electricity, gas, water, or other fuel at the Building or Project after reasonable effort to do so, by any accident or casualty whatsoever, by act or default of Tenant or other parties, or by any other cause beyond Landlord’s reasonable control; and such failures or delays or diminution shall never be deemed to constitute an eviction or disturbance of Tenant’s use and possession of the Premises or relieve Tenant from paying Rent or performing any of its obligations under this Lease. Furthermore, Landlord shall not be liable under any

 

   
  -12-  
   


circumstances for a loss of, or injury to, property (including scientific research and any intellectual property) or for injury to, or interference with, Tenant’s business, including, without limitation, loss of profits, however occurring, through or in connection with or incidental to a failure to furnish any of the services or utilities as set forth in this Article 6; provided, however, Tenant shall be afforded the benefit of Tenant’s pro rata share of the Project’s backup/emergency generators Available Power. As used herein, “ Available Power ” means Tenant’s Share of such Generator’s electricity which is in excess of the power required by Landlord to operate the Project’s and/or Building’s fire/life safety equipment from the Generator (and Tenant shall only be allowed to draw Tenant’s Share of power in excess of Available Power).

6.5 Additional Services . Landlord shall also have the exclusive right, but not the obligation, to provide any additional services which may be required by Tenant, including, without limitation, locksmithing and additional repairs and maintenance, provided that Tenant shall pay to Landlord within ten (10) days after billing and as Additional Rent hereunder, the sum of all costs to Landlord of such additional services plus a five percent (5%) administration fee.

6.6 Janitorial Service . Landlord shall not be obligated to provide any janitorial services to the Premises or replace any light bulbs, lamps, starters and ballasts for lighting fixtures within the Premises. Tenant shall be solely responsible, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, for (i) performing all janitorial services, trash removal and other cleaning of the Premises, and (ii) replacement of all light bulbs, lamps, starters and ballasts for lighting fixtures within the Premises, all as appropriate to maintain the Premises in a first-class manner consistent with the first-class nature of the Building and Project. Such services to be provided by Tenant shall be performed by contractors and pursuant to service contracts approved by Landlord. Landlord shall have the right to inspect the Premises upon reasonable notice to Tenant and to require Tenant to provide additional cleaning, if necessary. In the event Tenant shall fail to provide any of the services described in this Section 6.6 to be performed by Tenant within five (5) days after notice from Landlord, which notice shall not be required in the event of an emergency, Landlord shall have the right to provide such services and any charge or cost incurred by Landlord in connection therewith shall be deemed Additional Rent due and payable by Tenant upon receipt by Tenant of a written statement of cost from Landlord.

6.7 Building Air Compressor and Vacuum Systems . Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost, shall have the right to utilize Tenant’s Share of Building compressor air and vacuum systems.

ARTICLE 7

REPAIRS

7.1 Tenant’s Repairs . Subject to Landlord’s repair obligations in Sections 7.2 and 11.1 below, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s own expense, keep the Premises, including all improvements, fixtures and furnishings therein, in good order, repair and condition at all times during the Lease Term, which repair obligations shall include, without limitation, the obligation to promptly and adequately repair all damage to the Premises and replace or repair all damaged or broken fixtures and appurtenances, together with all portions of the HVAC, electrical, mechanical plumbing, life safety and lab systems from the point that such systems solely serves the Premises and all portions of all fume hoods and other exhaust systems (all such systems collectively being referred to as the “ Premises Systems ”), in a first-class condition. Tenant’s obligations shall include restorations, replacements or renewals, including capital expenditures for restorations, replacements or renewals which will have an expected life beyond the Term, when necessary to keep the Premises and all improvements thereon or a part thereof and the Premises Systems in first-class order, condition and repair and in compliance with all applicable laws. Except as expressly set forth in this Lease, it is intended by the parties hereto that Landlord shall have no obligation, in any manner whatsoever, to repair or maintain the Premises, the improvements located therein or the equipment therein, or the Premises Systems whether structural or nonstructural, all of which obligations are intended to be the expense of Tenant (whether or not such repairs, maintenance or restoration shall have an expected life extending beyond the Term). Tenant’s maintenance of the Premises Systems shall comply with the manufacturers’ recommended operating and maintenance procedures. Tenant shall enter into and pay for maintenance contracts (in forms satisfactory to Landlord in its sole discretion) for the Premises Systems in accordance with the manufacturers’ recommended operating and maintenance procedures. Such maintenance contracts shall be with reputable contractors, satisfactory to Landlord in its sole discretion, who shall have not less than ten (10) years of experience in maintaining such systems in biotechnical facilities. Tenant shall be solely responsible for the cost of all improvements or alterations to the Premises or the Premises Systems required by law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at Landlord’s option, or if Tenant fails to make such repairs, Landlord may, but need not, make such repairs and replacements, and Tenant shall pay Landlord the cost thereof, including a percentage of the cost thereof (to be uniformly established for the Building) sufficient to reimburse Landlord for all overhead, general conditions, fees and other costs or expenses arising from Landlord’s involvement with such repairs and replacements forthwith upon being billed for same.

7.2 Landlord’s Repairs . Anything contained in Section 7.1 above to the contrary notwithstanding, and subject to Articles 11 and 12 below, Landlord shall, as part of Operating Expenses, repair and maintain the structural portions of the Building, including the basic plumbing, HVAC and electrical systems serving the Building and not located in the Premises; provided, however. to the extent such maintenance and repairs are caused by the act, neglect, fault of or omission of any duty by Tenant, its agents, servants, employees or invitees, Tenant shall pay to Landlord as Additional Rent, the reasonable cost of such maintenance and repairs. Landlord shall not be liable for any failure to make any such repairs, or to perform any maintenance. There shall be no abatement of rent and no liability of Landlord by reason of any injury, to or interference with Tenant’s business arising from the making of any repairs, alterations or improvements in or to any portion of the Project, Building or the Premises or in or to fixtures, appurtenances and equipment therein. Tenant hereby waives and releases its right to make repairs at Landlord’s expense under Sections 1941 and 1942 of the California Civil Code; or under any similar law, statute, or ordinance now or hereafter in effect.

 

   
  -13-  
   


ARTICLE 8

ADDITIONS AND ALTERATIONS

8.1 Landlord’s Consent to Alterations . Tenant may not make any improvements, alterations, additions or changes to the Premises (collectively, the “ Alterations ”) without first procuring the prior written consent of Landlord to such Alterations, which consent shall be requested by Tenant not less than thirty (30) days prior to the commencement thereof, and which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld by Landlord; provided, however, Landlord may withhold its consent in its sole and absolute discretion with respect to any Alterations which may affect the structural components of the Building or the Systems and Equipment or which can be seen from outside the Premises. Tenant shall pay for all overhead, general conditions, fees and other costs and expenses of the Alterations, and shall pay to Landlord a Landlord supervision fee of ten percent (10%) of the cost of the Alterations. The construction of the initial improvements to the Premises shall be governed by the terms of the Tenant Work Letter and not the terms of this Article 8.

8.2 Manner of Construction . Landlord may impose, as a condition of its consent to all Alterations or repairs of the Premises, such requirements as Landlord in its reasonable discretion may deem desirable, including, but not limited to, the requirement that Tenant utilize for such purposes only contractors, materials, mechanics and materialmen approved by Landlord; provided, however, Landlord may impose such requirements as Landlord may determine, in its sole and absolute discretion, with respect to any work affecting the structural components of the Building or Systems and Equipment (including designating specific contractors to perform such work). In any event, all of Tenant’s contractors and subcontractors shall maintain the applicable insurance required in Exhibit E and Tenant shall ensure that Tenant’s contractors and subcontractors comply with the requirements set forth therein. Tenant shall construct such Alterations and perform such repairs in compliance with any and all applicable rules and regulations of any federal, state, county or municipal code or ordinance and pursuant to a valid building permit, issued by the city in which the Building is located, and in conformance with Landlord’s construction rules and regulations. Landlord’s approval of the plans, specifications and working drawings for Tenant’s Alterations shall create no responsibility or liability on the part of Landlord for their completeness, design sufficiency, or compliance with all laws, rules and regulations of governmental agencies or authorities. All work with respect to any Alterations must be done in a good and workmanlike manner and diligently prosecuted to completion to the end that the Premises shall at all times be a complete unit except during the period of work. Tenant shall cause all Alterations to be performed in such manner as not to obstruct access by any person to the Building or Project or the common areas, and as not to obstruct the business of Landlord or other tenants of the Project, or interfere with the labor force working at the Project. If Tenant makes any Alterations, Tenant agrees to carry “ Builder’s All Risk ” insurance in an amount approved by Landlord covering the construction of such Alterations, and such other insurance as Landlord may require, it being understood and agreed that all of such Alterations shall be insured by Tenant pursuant to Article 10 below immediately upon completion thereof. Landlord may, in its discretion, require Tenant to obtain a lien and completion bond or some alternate form of security satisfactory to Landlord in an amount sufficient to ensure the lien-free completion of such Alterations and naming Landlord as a co-obligee. Upon completion of any Alterations, Tenant shall (i) cause a Notice of Completion to be recorded in the office of the Recorder of the county in which the Project is located in accordance with Section 3093 of the Civil Code of the State of California or any successor statute, (ii) deliver to the management office of the Building a reproducible copy of the “ as built ” drawings of the Alterations, and (iii) deliver to Landlord evidence of payment, contractors’ affidavits and full and final waivers of all liens for labor, services or materials.

8.3 Landlord’s Property . All Alterations, improvements, fixtures and/or equipment which may be installed or placed in or about the Premises shall be at the sole cost of Tenant and shall be and become the property of Landlord. Furthermore, Landlord may require that Tenant remove any improvement (including any portion of the Tenant Improvements) or Alteration upon the expiration or early termination of the Lease Term, and repair any damage to the Premises and Building caused by such removal. If Tenant fails to complete such removal and/or to repair by the end of the Lease Term, Landlord may do so and may charge the cost thereof to Tenant.

8.4 Wi-Fi Network . Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, if Tenant desires to install wireless internet, Internet and communications network (“ Wi-Fi Network ”) in the Premises for the use by Tenant and its employees, then the same shall be subject to the provisions of this Section 8.4 (in addition to the other provisions of this Article 8). In the event Landlord consents to Tenant’s installation of such Wi-Fi Network, Tenant shall, in accordance with Article 15 below, remove the Wi-Fi Network from the Premises prior to the termination of the Lease. Tenant shall use the Wi-Fi Network so as not to cause any interference to other tenants in the Building or to other tenants at the Project or with any other tenant’s communication equipment, and not to damage the Building or Project or interfere with the normal operation of the Building or Project, and Tenant hereby agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all claims, costs, damages, expenses and liabilities (including attorneys’ fees) arising out of Tenant’s failure to comply with the provisions of this Section 8.4, except to the extent same is caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord and which is not covered by the insurance carried by Tenant under this Lease (or which would not be covered by the insurance required to be carried by Tenant under this Lease). Should any interference occur, Tenant shall take all necessary steps as soon as reasonably possible and no later than three (3) calendar days following such occurrence to correct such interference. If such interference continues after such three (3) day period, Tenant shall immediately cease operating such Wi-Fi Network until such interference is corrected or remedied to Landlord’s satisfaction. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord has granted and/or may grant telecommunication rights to other tenants and occupants of the Building and Project and to telecommunication service providers and in no event shall Landlord be liable to Tenant for any interference of the same with such Wi-Fi Network. Landlord makes no representation that the Wi-Fi Network will be able to receive or transmit communication signals without interference or disturbance. Tenant shall (i) be solely responsible for any damage caused as a result of the Wi-Fi Network, (ii) promptly pay any tax, license or permit fees charged pursuant to any laws or regulations in connection with the installation, maintenance or use

 

   
  -14-  
   


of the Wi-Fi Network and comply with all precautions and safeguards recommended by all governmental authorities, (iii) pay for all necessary repairs, replacements to or maintenance of the Wi-Fi Network, and (iv) be responsible for any modifications, additions or repairs to the Building or Project, including without limitation, Building or Project systems or infrastructure, which are required by reason of the installation, operation or removal of Tenant’s Wi-Fi Network, Should Landlord be required to retain professionals to research any interference issues that may arise and confirm Tenant’s compliance with the terms of this Section 8.4, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the costs incurred by Landlord in connection with Landlord’s retention of such professionals, the research of such interference issues and confirmation of Tenant’s compliance with the terms of this Section 8.4 within twenty (20) days after the date Landlord submits to Tenant an invoice for such costs. This reimbursement obligation is in addition to, and not in lieu of, any rights or remedies Landlord may have in the event of a breach or default by Tenant under this Lease.

ARTICLE 9

COVENANT AGAINST LIENS

Tenant has no authority or power to cause or permit any lien or encumbrance of any kind whatsoever, whether created by act of Tenant, operation of law or otherwise, to attach to or be placed upon the Project, Building or Premises, and any and all liens and encumbrances created by Tenant shall attach to Tenant’s interest only. Landlord shall have the right at all times to post and keep posted on the Premises any notice which it deems necessary for protection from such liens. Tenant shall not cause or permit any lien of mechanics or materialmen or others to be placed against the Project, the Building or the Premises with respect to work or services claimed to have been performed for or materials claimed to have been furnished to Tenant or the Premises, and, in case of any such lien attaching or notice of any lien, Tenant shall cause it to be immediately released and removed of record. If any such lien is not released and removed within five (5) business days after notice of such lien is delivered by Landlord to Tenant, then Landlord may, at its option, take all action necessary to release and remove such lien, without any duty to investigate the validity thereof, and all sums, costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs, incurred by Landlord in connection with such lien shall be deemed Additional Rent under this Lease and shall immediately be due and payable by Tenant.

ARTICLE 10

INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE

10.1 Indemnification and Waiver . Tenant hereby assumes all risk of damage to property and injury to persons, in, on, or about the Premises from any cause whatsoever and agrees that Landlord and the Landlord Parties shall not be liable for, and are hereby released from any responsibility for, any damage to property or injury to persons or resulting from the loss of use thereof, which damage or injury is sustained by Tenant or by other persons claiming through Tenant. Tenant shall indemnify, defend, protect, and hold harmless the Landlord Parties from any and all loss, cost, damage, expense and liability (including without limitation court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred in connection with or arising from any cause in, on or about the Premises (including, without limitation, Tenant’s installation, placement and removal of Alterations, improvements, fixtures and/or equipment in, on or about the Premises), and any acts, omissions or negligence of Tenant or of any person claiming by, through or under Tenant, or of the contractors, agents, servants, employees, licensees or invitees of Tenant or any such person, in, on or about the Premises, the Building and Project; provided, however, that the terms of the foregoing indemnity shall not apply to the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord. The provisions of this Section 10.1 shall survive the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease. Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for, and Tenant assumes all risk of, damage to personal property or scientific research or intellectual property, including loss of records kept by Tenant within the Premises and damage or losses caused by fire, electrical malfunction, gas explosion or water damage of any type (including broken water lines, malfunctioning fire sprinkler systems, malfunctioning lab systems including any malfunction of the central plant systems, roof leaks or stoppages of lines). Tenant further waives any claim for injury to Tenant’s business or loss of income relating to any such damage or destruction of personal property as described above.

10.2 Tenant’s Compliance with Landlord’s Fire and Casualty Insurance . Tenant shall, at Tenant’s expense, comply as to the Premises with all insurance company requirements pertaining to the use of the Premises, If Tenant’s conduct or use of the Premises causes any increase in the premium for such insurance policies, then Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for any such increase.

10.3 Tenant’s Insurance . Tenant shall maintain the following coverages in the following amounts.

10.3.1 Commercial general liability insurance written on the current ISO CG 00 01 occurrence form or an equivalent acceptable to Landlord (the “ CGL ”), (i) covering liability arising from bodily injury (including mental anguish and death), property damage, premises (including the use or occupancy of the Premises, the Building and all areas appurtenant to the Premises and the Building, including any parking areas and areas outside the Premises that Tenant is authorized to use temporarily), operations, independent contractors, personal and advertising injury, and liability assumed under an insured contract, (ii) with limits of not less than $1,000,000 each occurrence, $1,000,000 personal and advertising injury, $2,000,000 general aggregate, and $2,000,000 products-completed operations aggregate, (iii) with defense provided in addition to policy limits, (iv) with a standard ISO separation of insureds provision or a substantially similar provision, and (v) including the Landlord Parties (as defined below) as additional insureds, using ISO additional insured endorsement CG 20 11 or an equivalent acceptable to Landlord. If the additional insured endorsement restricts the Landlord Parties’ coverage under the CGL to liability arising out of the ownership, maintenance or use of premises described in the endorsement, then the description of these premises in the endorsement must include the Premises, any

 

   
  -15-  
   


parking areas at the Property that Tenant is authorized to use, and any other areas of the Property outside the Premises that Tenant is authorized to use temporarily. Tenant shall ensure that the CGL policy provides coverage for the Landlord Parties’ own acts related to the Premises, and does not limit their coverage to liability arising from Tenant’s acts. The CGL must not include a “designated premises” endorsement that limits Tenant’s coverage under the CGL to matters related to the Premises. The CGL must apply as primary and non-contributing insurance with respect to any other insurance or self-insurance programs afforded to the Landlord Parties. If the CGL contains a general aggregate limit, it must apply separately to the Premises on a “per project” or “per location” basis.

10.3.2 Commercial excess or umbrella liability insurance with respect to Tenant’s CGL, business auto liability and employers liability insurance, with a limit of not less than $4,000,000 each occurrence. This insurance must (i) provide coverage at least as broad as the applicable primary coverages (and. if excess, must be “true follow form”), (ii) include the Landlord Parties as additional insureds with respect to the CGL, (iii) apply on a primary basis with respect to any commercial general liability insurance carried by the Landlord Parties, (iv) provide that aggregate limits of liability apply separately with respect to the Premises, and (v) provide that if the allocations of minimum primary and excess/umbrella limits established in this Section, Tenant may provide lower minimum limits of primary insurance so long as the minimum limit of the excess/umbrella insurance is increased by the amount of the primary reduction.

10.3.3 Physical Damage Insurance – Commercial property insurance covering (i) all furniture, trade fixtures, equipment, merchandise and all other items of Tenant’s property on the Premises installed by, for, or at the expense of Tenant, (ii) the Tenant Improvements, including any Tenant Improvements which Landlord permits to be installed above the ceiling of the Premises or below the floor of the Premises, and (iii) all other improvements, alterations and additions to the Premises, including any improvements, alterations or additions installed at Tenant’s request above the ceiling of the Premises or below the floor of the Premises. Such insurance shall be written on a “physical loss or damage” basis under a “special form” policy, for the full replacement cost value new without deduction for depreciation of the covered items and in amounts that meet any co-insurance clauses of the policies of insurance and shall include a vandalism and malicious mischief endorsement, sprinkler leakage coverage and earthquake sprinkler leakage coverage.

10.3.4 Loss-of-income, business interruption and extra-expense insurance in such amounts as will reimburse Tenant for direct and indirect loss of earnings attributable to all perils commonly insured against by prudent tenants or attributable to prevention of loss of access to the Premises or to the Building as a result of such perils.

10.3.5 Workers compensation and employers liability insurance for all persons Tenant employers or uses as labor. The workers compensation insurance must fulfill applicable statutory requirements. The employers liability insurance must have limits of not less than $1,000,000 each accident for bodily injury by accident, $1,000,000 each employee for bodily injury by disease, and $1,000,000 policy limit for bodily injury by disease. Policy shall also include a waiver of subrogation in favor of Landlord and Landlord Parties.

10.3.6 Business automobile liability insurance on ISO form CA 00 01 to cover liability insurance arising out of any auto (including owned, hired and non-owned autos), with a limit of not less than $1,000,000 each accident.

10.3.7 Environmental Liability insurance (in form and substance satisfactory to Landlord) with limits of coverage not less than Four Million Dollars ($4,000,000.00) combined per occurrence and in the aggregate insuring against any and all liability with respect to the Premises and all areas appurtenant thereto arising out of any death or injury to any person, damage or destruction of any property, other loss, cost or expense resulting from any release, spill, leak or other contamination of the Premises, or any other property surrounding the Premises attributable to the presence of Hazardous Materials. Upon Landlord’s request, Tenant shall also obtain (at Tenant’s sole cost and expense) environmental impairment liability insurance and environmental remediation liability insurance (in form and substance (including limits) acceptable to Landlord). If, at any time it reasonably appears to Landlord that Tenant is not maintaining sufficient insurance or other means of financial capacity to enable Tenant to fulfill its obligations to Landlord hereunder, whether or not then accrued, liquidated, conditional or contingent, Tenant shall procure and thereafter maintain in full force and effect such insurance or other form of financial assurance, with or from companies or persons and in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Landlord, as Landlord may from time to time reasonably request. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, all such environmental liability insurance shall specifically insure the performance by Tenant of the indemnity provisions set forth in this Lease.

10.3.8 Form of Policies . The minimum limits of policies of insurance required of Tenant under this Lease shall in no event limit the liability of Tenant under this Lease. Such insurance shall: (i) name Landlord, and any other party it so specifies, as an additional insured; (ii) specifically cover the liability assumed by Tenant under this Lease, including, but not limited to, Tenant’s obligations under Section 10.1 above; (iii) be issued by an insurance company having a rating of not less than A-VII in Best’s Insurance Guide or which is otherwise acceptable to Landlord and licensed to do business in she state in which the Project is located; (iv) be primary insurance as to all claims thereunder and provide that any insurance carried by Landlord is excess and is non-contributing with any insurance requirement of Tenant; (v) provide that said insurance shall not be canceled or coverage changed unless thirty (30) days’ prior written notice shall have been given to Landlord and any mortgagee or ground or underlying lessor of Landlord; (vi) contain a cross-liability endorsement or severability of interest clause acceptable to Landlord; and (vii) with respect to the insurance required in Sections 10.3.1 and 10.3.3 above, have deductible amounts not exceeding Twenty Five Thousand Dollars ($25,000.00) unless Landlord approves the higher amount in writing. Tenant shall deliver such policies or certificates thereof to Landlord on or before the Lease Commencement Date and at least ten (10) days before the expiration dates thereof. If Tenant shall fail to procure such insurance, or to deliver such policies or certificate, within such time periods, Landlord may, at its option, in addition to all of its other rights and remedies under this Lease, and without regard to any notice and

 

   
  -16-  
   


cure periods set forth in Section 19.1, procure such policies for the account of Tenant, and the cost thereof shall be paid to Landlord as Additional Rent within ten (10) days after delivery of bills therefor. Landlord may from time to time ask Tenant to seek or obtain other coverages or higher limits or broader coverage for required coverages, including adjustments required by holders of indebtedness secured by the Project, and Tenant shall then use its best efforts promptly to obtain the coverages or limits.

10.4 Subrogation . Landlord and Tenant agree to have their respective insurance companies issuing property damage insurance waive any rights of subrogation that such companies may have against Landlord or Tenant, as the case may be. Landlord and Tenant hereby waive any right that either may have against the other on account of any loss or damage to their respective property to the extent such loss or damage is insurable under policies of insurance for fire and all risk coverage, theft, public liability, or other similar insurance.

10.5 Additional Insurance Obligations . Tenant shall carry and maintain during the entire Lease Term, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, increased amounts of the insurance required to be carried by Tenant pursuant to this Article 10, and such other reasonable types of insurance coverage and in such reasonable amounts covering the Premises and Tenant’s operations therein, as may be reasonably requested by Landlord.

ARTICLE 11

DAMAGE AND DESTRUCTION

11.1 Repair of Damage to Premises by Landlord . Tenant shall promptly notify Landlord of any damage to the Premises resulting from fire or any other casualty. If the Premises or any common areas of the Building or Project serving or providing access to the Premises shall be damaged by fire or other casualty, Landlord shall promptly and diligently, subject to reasonable delays for insurance adjustment or other matters beyond Landlord’s reasonable control, and subject to all other terms of this Article 11, restore the base, shell, and core of the Premises and such common areas. Such restoration shall be to substantially the same condition of the base, shell, and core of the Premises and common areas prior to the casualty, except for modifications required by zoning and building codes and other laws or by the holder of a mortgage on the Project and/or the Building, or the lessor of a ground or underlying lease with respect to the Building, or any other modifications to the common areas deemed desirable by Landlord, provided access to the Premises and any common restrooms serving the Premises shall not be materially impaired. Upon the occurrence of any damage to the Premises, Tenant shall assign to Landlord (or to any party designated by Landlord) all insurance proceeds payable to Tenant under Tenant’s insurance required under Section 10.3 of this Lease, and Landlord shall repair any damage to the tenant improvements and alterations installed in the Premises and shall return such tenant improvements and alterations to their original condition; provided that if the costs of such repair of such tenant improvements and Alterations by Landlord exceeds the amount of insurance proceeds received by Landlord therefor from Tenant’s insurance carrier, as assigned by Tenant, the excess costs of such repairs shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord prior to Landlord’s repair of the damage. In connection with such repairs and replacements of any such tenant improvements and Alterations, Tenant shall, prior to Landlord’s commencement of such improvement work, submit to Landlord, for Landlord’s review and approval, all plans, specifications and working drawings relating thereto, and Landlord shall select the contractors to perform such improvement work. Landlord shall not be liable for any inconvenience or annoyance to Tenant or its visitors, or injury to Tenant’s business resulting in any way from such damage or the repair thereof; provided however, that if such fire or other casualty shall have damaged the Premises or common areas necessary to Tenant’s occupancy, and if such damage is not the result of the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant or Tenant’s employees, contractors, licensees, or invitees, Landlord shall allow Tenant a proportionate abatement of Base Rent and Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs to the extent Landlord is reimbursed from the proceeds of rental interruption insurance purchased by Landlord as part of Operating Expenses, during the time and to the extent the Premises are unfit for occupancy for the purposes permitted under this Lease, and not occupied by Tenant as a result thereof.

11.2 Landlord’s Option to Repair . Notwithstanding Section 11.1 above to the contrary, Landlord may elect not to rebuild and/or restore the Premises, the Building and/or any other portion of the Project and instead terminate this Lease by notifying Tenant in writing of such termination within sixty (60) days after the date Landlord becomes aware of such damage, such notice to include a termination date giving Tenant ninety (90) days to vacate the Premises, but Landlord may so elect only if the Building shall be damaged by fire or other casualty or cause, whether or not the Premises are affected, and one or more of the following conditions is present: (i) repairs cannot reasonably be substantially completed within one hundred twenty (120) days after the date of such damage (when such repairs are made without the payment of overtime or other premiums); (ii) the holder of any mortgage on the Project and/or the Building or ground or underlying lessor with respect to the Project and/or the Building shall require that the insurance proceeds or any portion thereof be used to retire the mortgage debt, or shall terminate the ground or underlying lease, as the case may be; or (iii) the damage is not fully covered, except for deductible amounts, by Landlord’s insurance policies. In addition, if the Premises or the Building is destroyed or damaged to any substantial extent during the last year of the Lease Term, then notwithstanding anything contained in this Article 11, Landlord shall have the option to terminate this Lease by giving written notice to Tenant of the exercise of such option within thirty (30) days after such damage, in which event this Lease shall cease and terminate as of the date of such notice. Upon any such termination of this Lease pursuant to this Section 11.2, Tenant shall pay the Base Rent and Additional Rent, properly apportioned up to such date of termination, and both parties hereto shall thereafter be discharged of all further obligations under this Lease, except for those obligations which expressly survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term.

11.3 Waiver of Statutory Provisions . The provisions of this Lease, including this Article 11, constitute an express agreement between Landlord and Tenant with respect to any and all damage to, or destruction of, all or any part of the Premises, the Building or any other portion of the Project, and any statute or regulation of the state in which the

 

   
  -17-  
   


Project is located, including, without limitation, Sections 1932(2) and 1933(4) of the California Civil Code, with respect to any rights or obligations concerning damage or destruction in the absence of an express agreement between the parties, and any other statute or regulation, now or hereafter in effect, shall have no application to this Lease or any damage or destruction to all or any part of the Premises, the Building or any other portion of the Project.

ARTICLE 12

CONDEMNATION

12.1 Permanent Taking . If the whole or any part of the Premises, Building or Project shall be taken by power of eminent domain or condemned by any competent authority for any public or quasi-public use or purpose, or if any adjacent property or street shall be so taken or condemned, or reconfigured or vacated by such authority in such manner as to require the use, reconstruction or remodeling of any part of the Premises, Building or Project, or if Landlord shall grant a deed or other instrument in lieu of such taking by eminent domain or condemnation, Landlord shall have the option to terminate this Lease upon ninety (90) days’ notice, provided such notice is given no later than one hundred eighty (180) days after the date of such taking, condemnation, deed or other instrument. If more than twenty-five percent (25%) of the rentable square feet of the Premises is taken, or if access to the Premises is substantially impaired. Tenant shall have the option to terminate this Lease upon ninety (90) days’ notice, provided such notice is given no later than one hundred eighty (180) days after the date of such taking. Landlord shall be entitled to receive the entire award or payment in connection therewith, except that Tenant shall have the right to file any separate claim available to Tenant for any taking of Tenant’s personal property and fixtures belonging to Tenant and removable by Tenant upon expiration of the Lease Term pursuant to the terms of this Lease, and for moving expenses, so long as such claim does not diminish the award available to Landlord, or its ground lessor or mortgagee with respect to the Project, and such claim is payable separately to Tenant, All Rent shall be apportioned as of the date of such termination, or the date of such taking, whichever shall first occur. If any part of the Premises shall be taken, and this Lease shall not be so terminated, the Base Rent and Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs shall be proportionately abated. Tenant hereby waives any and all rights it might otherwise have pursuant to Section 1265.130 of The California Code of Civil Procedure.

12.2 Temporary Taking . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 12, in the event of a temporary taking of all or any portion of the Premises for a period of one hundred and eighty (180) days or less, then this Lease shall not terminate but the Base Rent and Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs shall be abated for the period of such taking in proportion to the ratio that the amount of rentable square feet of the Premises taken bears to the total rentable square feet of the Premises. Landlord shall be entitled to receive the entire award made in connection with any such temporary taking.

ARTICLE 13

COVENANT OF QUIET ENJOYMENT

Landlord covenants that Tenant, on paying the Rent, charges for services and other payments herein reserved and on keeping, observing and performing all the other terms, covenants, conditions, and agreements herein contained on the part of Tenant to be kept, observed and performed, shall, during the Lease Term, peaceably and quietly have, hold and enjoy the Premises subject to the terms, covenants, conditions, and agreements hereof without interference by any persons lawfully claiming by or through Landlord. The foregoing covenant is in lieu of any other covenant express or implied.

ARTICLE 14

ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

14.1 Transfers . Tenant shall not, without the prior written consent of Landlord, assign, mortgage, pledge, hypothecate, encumber, or permit any lien to attach to. or otherwise transfer, this Lease or any interest hereunder, permit any assignment or other such foregoing transfer of this Lease or any interest hereunder by operation of law, sublet the Premises or any part thereof, or permit the use of the Premises by any persons other than Tenant and its employees (all of the foregoing are hereinafter sometimes referred to collectively as “ Transfers ” and any person to whom any Transfer is made or sought to be made is hereinafter sometimes referred to as a “ Transferee ”). If Tenant shall desire Landlord’s consent to any Transfer, Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing, which notice (the “ Transfer Notice ”) shall include (i) the proposed effective date of the Transfer, which shall not be less than thirty (30) days nor more than one hundred eighty (180) days after the date of delivery of the Transfer Notice, (ii) a description of the portion of the Premises to be transferred (the “ Subject Space ”), (iii) all of the terms of the proposed Transfer, the name and address of the proposed Transferee, and a copy of all existing and/or proposed documentation pertaining to the proposed Transfer, (iv) current financial statements of the proposed Transferee certified by an officer, partner or owner thereof, (v) a list of Hazardous Materials, certified by the proposed Transferee to be true and correct, that the proposed Transferee intends to use or store in the Premises, and (vi) such other information as Landlord may reasonably require. Any Transfer made without Landlord’s prior written consent shall, at Landlord’s option, be null, void and of no effect, and shall, at Landlord’s option, constitute a default by Tenant under this Lease. Whether or not Landlord shall grant consent, within thirty (30) days after written request by Landlord, Tenant shall pay to Landlord Two Thousand Five Hundred Dollars ($2,500.00) to reimburse Landlord for its review and processing fees, and Tenant shall also reimburse Landlord for any reasonable legal fees incurred by Landlord in connection with Tenant’s proposed Transfer.

 

   
  -18-  
   


14.2 Landlord’s Consent . Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold its consent to any proposed Transfer on the terms specified in the Transfer Notice. In no event shall Landlord be deemed to be unreasonable for declining to consent to a Transfer to a transferee jeopardizing directly or indirectly the status of Landlord or any of Landlord’s affiliates as a Real Estate Investment Trust under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (as the same may be amended from time to time, the “ Revenue Code ”). Notwithstanding anything contained in this Lease to the contrary, (w) no Transfer shall be consummated on any basis such that the rental or other amounts to be paid by the occupant, assignee, manager or other transferee thereunder would be based, in whole or in part, on the income or profits derived by the business activities of such occupant, assignee, manager or other transferee; (x) Tenant shall not furnish or render any services to an occupant, assignee, manager or other transferee with respect to whom transfer consideration is required to be paid, or manage or operate the Premises or any capital additions so transferred, with respect to which transfer consideration is being paid; (y) Tenant shall not consummate a Transfer with any person in which Landlord owns an interest, directly or indirectly (by applying constructive ownership rules set forth in Section 856(d)(5) of the Revenue Code); and (z) Tenant shall not consummate a Transfer with any person or in any manner that could cause any portion of the amounts received by Landlord pursuant to this Lease or any sublease, license or other arrangement for the right to use, occupy or possess any portion of the Premises to fail to qualify as “rents from real property” within the meaning of Section 856(d) of the Revenue Code, or any similar or successor provision thereto or which could cause any other income of Landlord to fail to qualify as income described in Section 856(c)(2) of the Revenue Code. The parties hereby agree that it shall be reasonable under this Lease and under any applicable law for Landlord to withhold consent to any proposed Transfer where one or more of the following apply, without limitation as to other reasonable grounds for withholding consent:

14.2.1 The Transferee is of a character or reputation or engaged in a business which is not consistent with the quality of the Building or Project;

14.2.2 The Transferee intends to use the Subject Space for purposes which are not permitted under this Lease;

14.2.3 The Transferee is either a governmental agency or instrumentality thereof;

14.2.4 The Transfer will result in more than a reasonable and safe number of occupants per floor within the Subject Space;

14.2.5 The Transferee is not a party of reasonable financial worth and/or financial stability in light of the responsibilities involved under the Lease on the date consent is requested;

14.2.6 The proposed Transfer would cause Landlord to be in violation of another lease or agreement to which Landlord is a party, or would give an occupant of the Project a right to cancel its lease;

14.2.7 The terms of the proposed Transfer will allow the Transferee to exercise a right of renewal, right of expansion, right of first offer, or other similar right held by Tenant (or will allow the Transferee to occupy space leased by Tenant pursuant to any such right); or

14.2.8 Either the proposed Transferee, or any person or entity which directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the proposed Transferee, (i) occupies space in the Project at the time of the request for consent, (ii) is negotiating with Landlord to lease space in the Project at such time, or (iii) has negotiated with Landlord during the twelve (12)-month period immediately preceding the Transfer Notice.

If Landlord consents to any Transfer pursuant to the terms of this Section 14.2 (and does not exercise any recapture rights Landlord may have under Section 14.4 below), Tenant may within six (6) months after Landlord’s consent, enter into such Transfer of the Premises or portion thereof, upon substantially the same terms and conditions as are set forth in the Transfer Notice furnished by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to Section 14.1 above, provided that if there are any changes in the terms and conditions from those specified in the Transfer Notice (i) such that Landlord would initially have been entitled to refuse its consent to such Transfer under this Section 14.2, or (ii) which would cause the proposed Transfer to be more favorable to the Transferee than the terms set forth in Tenant’s original Transfer Notice, Tenant shall again submit the Transfer to Landlord for its approval and other action under this Article 14 (including Landlord’s right of recapture, if any, under Section 14.4 of this Lease).

14.3 Transfer Premium . If Landlord consents to a Transfer, as a condition thereto which the parties hereby agree is reasonable, Tenant shall pay to Landlord fifty percent (50%) of any Transfer Premium received by Tenant from such Transferee. “ Transfer Premium ” shall mean all rent, additional rent or other consideration payable by such Transferee in excess of the Rent and Additional Rent payable by Tenant under this Lease on a per rentable square foot basis if less than all of the Premises is transferred, after deducting the reasonable expenses incurred by Tenant for (i) any reasonable changes, alterations and improvements to the Premises in connection with the Transfer (but only to the extent approved by Landlord), and (ii) any reasonable brokerage commissions in connection with the Transfer (collectively, the “ Subleasing Costs ”). Transfer Premium shall also include, but not be limited to, key money and bonus money paid by Transferee to Tenant in connection with such Transfer, and any payment in excess of fair market value for services rendered by Tenant to Transferee or for assets, fixtures, inventory, equipment, or furniture transferred by Tenant to Transferee in connection with such Transfer.

14.4 Landlord’s Option as to Subject Space . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 14, Landlord shall have the option, by giving written notice to Tenant within thirty (30) days after receipt of any

 

   
  -19-  
   


Transfer Notice, to recapture the Subject Space. Such recapture notice shall terminate this Lease with respect to the Subject Space as of the date stated in the Transfer Notice as the effective date of the proposed Transfer until the last day of the term of the Transfer as set forth in the Transfer Notice. If this Lease is terminated with respect to less than the entire Premises, the Rent reserved herein shall be prorated on the basis of the rentable square feet retained by Tenant in proportion to the rentable square feet contained in the Premises, and this Lease as so amended shall continue thereafter in full force and effect, and upon request of either party, the parties shall execute written confirmation of the same. If Landlord declines, or fails to elect in a timely manner to recapture the Subject Space under this Section 14.4, then, provided Landlord has consented to the proposed Transfer, Tenant shall be entitled to proceed to transfer the Subject Space to the proposed Transferee, subject to provisions of the last paragraph of Section 14.2 above.

14.5 Effect of Transfer . If Landlord consents to a Transfer: (i) the terms and conditions of this Lease shall in no way be deemed to have been waived or modified; (ii) such consent shall not be deemed consent to any further Transfer by either Tenant or a Transferee; (iii) Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, promptly after execution, an original executed copy of all documentation pertaining to the Transfer in form reasonably acceptable to Landlord; and (iv) no Transfer relating to this Lease or agreement entered into with respect thereto, whether with or without Landlord’s consent, shall relieve Tenant or any guarantor of the Lease from liability under this Lease. Landlord or its authorized representatives shall have the right at all reasonable times to audit the books, records and papers of Tenant relating to any Transfer, and shall have the right to make copies thereof. If the Transfer Premium respecting any Transfer shall be found understated, Tenant shall, within thirty (30) days after demand, pay the deficiency and Landlord’s costs of such audit.

14.6 Additional Transfers . For purposes of this Lease, the term “ Transfer ” shall also include: (i) if Tenant is a partnership or limited liability company, the withdrawal or change, voluntary, involuntary or by operation of law, of more than fifty percent (50%) of the partners or members, or transfer of more than fifty percent (50%) of the partnership or membership interests, within a twelve (12)-month period, or the dissolution of the partnership without immediate reconstitution thereof; and (ii) if Tenant is a closely held corporation (i.e., whose stock is not publicly held and not traded through an exchange or over the counter), (A) the dissolution, merger, consolidation or other reorganization of Tenant, (B) the sale or other transfer of more than an aggregate of fifty percent (50%) of the voting shares of Tenant (other than to immediate family members by reason of gift or death), within a twelve (12) month period, or (C) the sale, mortgage, hypothecation or pledge of more than an aggregate of fifty percent (50%) of the value of the unencumbered assets of Tenant within a twelve ( l2) month period.

ARTICLE 15

SURRENDER; OWNERSHIP AND REMOVAL OF PERSONAL PROPERTY

15.1 Surrender of Premises . No act or thing done by Landlord or any agent or employee of Landlord during the Lease Term shall be deemed to constitute an acceptance by Landlord of a surrender of the Premises unless such intent is specifically acknowledged in a writing signed by Landlord. The delivery of keys to the Premises to Landlord or any agent or employee of Landlord shall not constitute a surrender of the Premises or effect a termination of this Lease, whether or not the keys are thereafter retained by Landlord, and notwithstanding such delivery Tenant shall be entitled to the return of such keys at any reasonable time upon request until this Lease shall have been properly terminated. The voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Tenant, whether accepted by Landlord or not, or a mutual termination hereof, shall not work a merger, and at the option of Landlord shall operate as an assignment to Landlord of all subleases or subtenancies affecting the Premises.

15.2 Removal of Tenant Property by Tenant . Upon the expiration of the Lease Term, or upon any earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall, subject to the provisions of this Article 15, quit and surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord in as good order and condition as when Tenant took possession and as thereafter improved by Landlord and/or Tenant, reasonable wear and tear and repairs which are specifically made the responsibility of Landlord hereunder excepted. Tenant’s restoration obligations may also include satisfying Landlord’s commercially reasonable procedures regarding the cleaning of any lab systems and sealing any connection points of any such lab systems to the Premises, all at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. At least one hundred twenty (120) days prior to Tenant’s surrender of possession of any part of the Premises, Tenant shall provide Landlord with a facility decommissioning and Hazardous Materials closure plan for the Premises prepared by an independent third party reasonably acceptable to Landlord (“ Surrender Plan ”). Within ten (10) days prior to Tenant’s surrender of possession of any part of the Premises, Tenant shall provide Landlord with written evidence that Tenant has fulfilled Tenant’s obligations set forth in the Surrender Plan and that Tenant has obtained all appropriate governmental releases pertaining to the Premises in accordance with applicable laws, including laws pertaining to the surrender of the Premises (“ Exit Survey ”). In addition, Tenant agrees to remain responsible after the surrender of the Premises for the remediation of any recognized environmental conditions set forth in the Surrender Plan and Exit Survey and compliance with any recommendations set forth in the Exit Survey. Tenant shall, upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, furnish to Landlord evidence that Tenant has closed all governmental permits and licenses, if any, issued in connection with Tenant’s or Tenant’s Parties’ activities at the Premises. If any such governmental permits or licenses have been issued and Tenant fails to provide evidence of such closure on or before the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, then until Tenant does so, the holdover provisions of Article 16 of this Lease shall apply to the entire Premises. Upon such expiration or termination, Tenant shall, without expense to Landlord, satisfy any surrender obligations pursuant to Section 8.3 of this Lease and shall, in any event, remove or cause to be removed from the Premises all telephone, data, and other cabling and wiring (including any cabling and wiring associated with the Wi-Fi Network, if any) installed or caused to be installed by Tenant (including any cabling and wiring, installed above the ceiling of the Premises or below the floor of the Premises), all debris and rubbish, and such items of furniture, equipment, free-standing cabinet work, and other articles of personal property owned by Tenant or installed or placed by Tenant at its expense in the Premises, and such similar articles of any other persons claiming under

 

   
  -20-  
   


Tenant, as Landlord may, in its sole discretion, require to be removed, and Tenant shall repair at its own expense all damage to the Premises and Building resulting from such removal. Tenant’s obligations under this Section 15.2 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

ARTICLE 16

HOLDING OVER

If Tenant holds over after the expiration of the Lease Term hereof, with or without the express or implied consent of Landlord, such tenancy shall be from month-to-month only, and shall not constitute a renewal hereof or an extension for any further term, and in such case Base Rent shall be payable at a monthly rate equal to one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the greater of (i) the Base Rent applicable during the last rental period of the Lease Term under this Lease, and (ii) the fair market rental rate of the Premises as of the commencement of such holdover period. Such month-to-month tenancy shall be subject to every other term, covenant and agreement contained herein. Landlord hereby expressly reserves the right to require Tenant to surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord as provided in this Lease upon the expiration or other termination of this Lease. The provisions of this Article 16 shall not be deemed to limit or constitute a waiver of any other rights or remedies of Landlord provided herein or at law. If Tenant fails to surrender the Premises upon the termination or expiration of this Lease, in addition to any other liabilities to Landlord accruing therefrom, Tenant shall protect, defend, indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from all loss, costs (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) and liability resulting from such failure, including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any claims made by any succeeding tenant founded upon such failure to surrender, and any lost profits to Landlord resulting therefrom.

ARTICLE 17

ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES

Within ten (10) days following a request in writing by Landlord, Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord an estoppel certificate, which, as submitted by Landlord, shall be in the form as may be required by any prospective mortgagee or purchaser of the Project (or any portion thereof), indicating therein any exceptions thereto that may exist at that time, and shall also contain any other information reasonably requested by Landlord or Landlord’s Mortgagee or Landlords prospective mortgagees. Tenant shall execute and deliver whatever other instruments may be reasonably required for such purposes. Failure of Tenant to timely execute and deliver such estoppel certificate or other instruments shall constitute an acceptance of the Premises and an acknowledgment by Tenant that statements included in the estoppel certificate are true and correct, without exception. Failure by Tenant to so deliver such estoppel certificate shall be a material default of the provisions of this Lease. In addition, Tenant shall be liable to Landlord, and shall indemnify Landlord from and against any loss, cost, damage or expense, incidental, consequential, or otherwise, including attorneys’ fees, arising or accruing directly or indirectly, from any failure of Tenant to execute or deliver to Landlord any such estoppel certificate. Upon request from time to time, Tenant agrees to provide to Landlord, within twenty (20) days after Landlord’s delivery of written request therefor, current financial statements for Tenant, dated no earlier than one (1) year prior to such written request, certified as accurate by Tenant or, if available, audited financial statements prepared by an independent certified public accountant with copies of the auditor’s statement. If any Guaranty is executed in connection with this Lease, Tenant also agrees to deliver to Landlord, within twenty (20) days after Landlord’s delivery of written request therefor, current financial statements of the Guarantor in a form consistent with the foregoing criteria.

ARTICLE 18

SUBORDINATION

This Lease is subject and subordinate to all present and future ground leases of the Project and to the lien of any mortgages or trust deeds, now or hereafter in force against the Project, if any, and to all renewals, extensions, modifications, consolidations and replacements thereof, and to all advances made or hereafter to be made upon the security of such mortgages or trust deeds, unless the holders of such mortgages or trust deeds, or the lessors under such ground lease, require in writing that this Lease be superior thereto. Tenant covenants and agrees in the event any proceedings are brought for the foreclosure of any such mortgage, or if any ground lease is terminated, to attorn, without any deductions or set-offs whatsoever, to the purchaser upon any such foreclosure sale, or to the lessor of such ground lease, as the case may be. if so requested to do so by such purchaser or lessor, and to recognize such purchaser or lessor as the lessor under this Lease. Tenant shall, within five (5) days of request by Landlord, execute such further instruments or assurances as Landlord may reasonably deem necessary to evidence or confirm the subordination or superiority of this Lease to any such mortgages. trust deeds, or ground leases. Tenant hereby irrevocably authorizes Landlord to execute and deliver in the name of Tenant any such instrument or instruments if Tenant fails to do so, provided that such authorization shall in no way relieve Tenant from the obligation of executing such instruments of subordination or superiority. Tenant waives the provisions of any current or future statute, rule or law which may give or purport to give Tenant any right or election to terminate or otherwise adversely affect this Lease and the obligations of the Tenant hereunder in the event of any foreclosure proceeding or sale.

 

   
  -21-  
   


ARTICLE 19

TENANT’S DEFAULTS; LANDLORD’S REMEDIES

19.1 Events of Default by Tenant . All covenants and agreements to be kept or performed by Tenant under this Lease shall be performed by Tenant at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and without any reduction of Rent. The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute a default of this Lease by Tenant:

19.1.1 Any failure by Tenant to pay any Rent or any other charge required to be paid under this Lease, or any part thereof, when due; or

19.1.2 Any failure by Tenant to observe or perform any other provision, covenant or condition of this Lease to be observed or performed by Tenant where such failure continues for fifteen (15) days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant; provided however, that any such notice shall be in lieu of, and not in addition to, any notice required under California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1161 or any similar or successor law: and provided further that if the nature of such default is such that the same cannot reasonably be cured within a fifteen (15)-day period. Tenant shall not be deemed to be in default if it diligently commences such cure within such period and thereafter diligently proceeds to rectify and cure said default as soon as possible; or

19.1.3 Abandonment or vacation of the Premises by Tenant. Abandonment is herein defined to include, but is not limited to, any absence by Tenant from the Premises for three (3) business days or longer while in default of any provision of this Lease.

19.2 Landlord’s Remedies Upon Default . Upon the occurrence of any such default by Tenant. Landlord shall have, in addition to any other remedies available to Landlord at law or in equity, the option to pursue any one or more of the following remedies, each and all of which shall be cumulative and nonexclusive, without any notice or demand whatsoever.

19.2.1 Terminate this Lease, in which event Tenant shall immediately surrender the Premises to Landlord, and if Tenant fails to do so, Landlord may, without prejudice to any other remedy which it may have for possession or arrearages in rent, enter upon and take possession of the Premises and expel or remove Tenant and any other person who may be occupying the Premises or any part thereof, without being liable for prosecution or any claim or damages therefor; and Landlord may recover from Tenant the following:

(i) the worth at the time of award of any unpaid rent which has been earned at the time of such termination; plus

(ii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus

(iii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent for the balance of the Lease Term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus

(iv) any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom, specifically including but not limited to, brokerage commissions and advertising expenses incurred, expenses of remodeling the Premises or any portion thereof for a new tenant, whether for the same or a different use, and any special concessions made to obtain a new tenant; plus

(v) at Landlord’s election, such other amounts in addition to or in lieu of the foregoing as may be permitted from time to time by applicable law.

The term “rent” as used in this Section 19.2 shall be deemed to be and to mean all sums of every nature required to be paid by Tenant pursuant to the terms of this Lease, whether to Landlord or to others. As used in Sections 19.2.1(i) and (ii), above, the “worth at the time of award” shall be computed by allowing interest at the Interest Rate set forth in Section 4.5 above. As used in Section 19.2.1(iii) above, the “worth at the time of award” shall be computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of award plus one percent (1%).

19.2.2 Landlord shall have the remedy described in California Civil Code Section 1951.4 (lessor may continue lease in effect after lessees breach and abandonment and recover rent as it becomes due, if lessee has the right to sublet or assign, subject only to reasonable limitations). Accordingly, if Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease on account of any default by Tenant, Landlord may, from time to time, without terminating this Lease, enforce all of its rights and remedies under this Lease, including the right to recover all rent as it becomes due.

19.2.3 Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to, make any such payment or perform or otherwise cure any such obligation, provision, covenant or condition on Tenant’s part to be observed or performed (and may enter the Premises for such purposes). In the event of Tenant’s failure to perform any of its obligations or covenants under this Lease, and such failure to perform poses a material risk of injury or harm to persons or damage to or loss of property, then

 

   
  -22-  
   


Landlord shall have the right to cure or otherwise perform such covenant or obligation at any time after such failure to perform by Tenant, whether or not any such notice or cure period set forth in Section 19.1 above has expired. Any such actions undertaken by Landlord pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 19.2.3 shall not be deemed a waiver of Landlord’s rights and remedies as a result of Tenant’s failure to perform and shall not release Tenant from any of its obligations under this Lease.

19.3 Payment by Tenant . Tenant shall pay to Landlord, within ten (10) days after delivery by Landlord to Tenant of statements therefor: (i) sums equal to expenditures reasonably made and obligations incurred by Landlord in connection with Landlord’s performance or cure of any of Tenant’s obligations pursuant to the provisions of Section 19.2.3 above; and (ii) sums equal to all expenditures made and obligations incurred by Landlord in collecting or attempting to collect the Rent or in enforcing or attempting to enforce any rights of Landlord under this Lease or pursuant to law, including, without limitation, all legal fees and other amounts so expended. Tenant’s obligations under this Section 19.3 shall survive the expiration or sooner termination of the Lease Term.

19.4 Sublessees of Tenant . Whether or not Landlord elects to terminate this Lease on account of any default by Tenant, as set forth in this Article 19, Landlord shall have the right to terminate any and all subleases, licenses, concessions or other consensual arrangements for possession entered into by Tenant and affecting the Premises or may, in Landlord’s sole discretion, succeed to Tenant’s interest in such subleases, licenses, concessions or arrangements. If Landlord elects to succeed to Tenant’s interest in any such subleases, licenses, concessions or arrangements, Tenant shall, as of the date of notice by Landlord of such election, have no further right to or interest in the rent or other consideration receivable thereunder.

19.5 Waiver of Default . No waiver by Landlord of any violation or breach by Tenant of any of the terms, provisions and covenants herein contained shall be deemed or construed to constitute a waiver of any other or later violation or breach by Tenant of the same or any other of the terms, provisions, and covenants herein contained. Forbearance by Landlord in enforcement of one or more of the remedies herein provided upon a default by Tenant shall not be deemed or construed to constitute a waiver of such default, The acceptance of any Rent hereunder by Landlord following the occurrence of any default, whether or not known to Landlord, shall not be deemed a waiver of any such default, except only a default in the payment of the Rent so accepted.

19.6 Efforts to Relet . For the purposes of this Article 19, Tenant’s right to possession shall not be deemed to have been terminated by efforts of Landlord to relet the Premises, by its acts of maintenance or preservation with respect to the Premises, or by appointment of a receiver to protect Landlord’s interests hereunder. The foregoing enumeration is not exhaustive, but merely illustrative of acts which may be performed by Landlord without terminating Tenant’s right to possession.

ARTICLE 20

SECURITY DEPOSIT

Concurrent with Tenant’s execution of this Lease, Tenant shall deposit with Landlord a security deposit (the “ Security Deposit ”) in the amount set forth in Section 10 of the Summary. The Security Deposit shall be held by Landlord as security for the faithful performance by Tenant of all the terms, covenants, and conditions of this Lease to be kept and performed by Tenant during the Lease Term. If Tenant defaults with respect to any provisions of this Lease, including, but not limited to, the provisions relating to the payment of Rent, Landlord may, but shall not be required to, use, apply or retain all or any part of the Security Deposit for the payment of any Rent or any other sum in default, or for the payment of any amount that Landlord may spend or become obligated to spend by reason of Tenant’s default, or to compensate Landlord for any other loss or damage that Landlord may suffer by reason of Tenant’s default. If any portion of the Security Deposit is so used or applied, Tenant shall, within five (5) business days after written demand therefor, deposit cash with Landlord in an amount sufficient to restore the Security Deposit to its original amount, and Tenant’s failure to do so shall be a default under this Lease. If Tenant shall fully and faithfully perform every provision of this Lease to be performed by it, the Security Deposit, or any balance thereof, shall be returned to Tenant, or, at Landlord’s option, to the last assignee of Tenant’s interest hereunder, within thirty (30) days following the expiration of the Lease Term. Tenant shall not be entitled to any interest on the Security Deposit. Tenant hereby waives the provisions of Section 1950.7 of the California Civil Code, and all other provisions of law, now or hereafter in force, which provide that Landlord may claim from a security deposit only those sums reasonably necessary to remedy defaults in the payment of rent, to repair damage caused by Tenant or to clean the Premises, it being agreed that Landlord may, in addition, claim those sums reasonably necessary to compensate Landlord for any other loss or damage, foreseeable or unforeseeable, caused by the act or omission of Tenant or any officer, employee, agent or invitee of Tenant.

ARTICLE 21

COMPLIANCE WITH LAW

Tenant shall not do anything or suffer anything to be done in or about the Premises which will in any way conflict with any law, statute, ordinance or other governmental rule, regulation or requirement now in force or which may hereafter be enacted or promulgated. At its sole cost and expense, Tenant shall promptly comply with all such governmental measures, other than the making of structural changes or changes to the Building’s life safety system (collectively the “ Excluded Changes ”); provided, however, to the extent such Excluded Changes are required due to or triggered by Tenant’s improvements or alterations to and/or manner of use of the Premises, Landlord shall perform such work, at Tenant’s cost (which shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord within ten (10) days after Tenant’s receipt of invoice therefor

 

   
  -23-  
   


from Landlord). In addition, Tenant shall fully comply with all present or future programs intended to manage parking, transportation or traffic in and around the Project, and in connection therewith, Tenant shall take responsible action for the transportation planning and management of all employees located at the Premises by working directly with Landlord, any governmental transportation management organization or any other transportation-related committees or entities. The judgment of any court of competent jurisdiction or the admission of Tenant in any judicial action, regardless of whether Landlord is a party thereto, that Tenant has violated any of said governmental measures, shall be conclusive of that fact as between Landlord and Tenant.

ARTICLE 22

ENTRY BY LANDLORD

Landlord reserves the right at all reasonable times and upon reasonable notice to Tenant to enter the Premises to: (i) inspect them; (ii) show the Premises to prospective purchasers, mortgagees or tenants, or to the ground lessors; (iii) to post notices of nonresponsibility; or (iv) alter, improve or repair the Premises or the Building if necessary to comply with current building codes or other applicable laws, or for structural alterations, repairs or improvements to the Building, or as Landlord may otherwise reasonably desire or deem necessary. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 22, Landlord may enter the Premises at any time, without notice to Tenant, in emergency situations and/or to perform janitorial or other services required of Landlord pursuant to this Lease. Any such entries shall be without the abatement of Rent and shall include the right to take such reasonable steps as required to accomplish the stated purposes. Tenant hereby waives any claims for damages or for any injuries or inconvenience to or interference with Tenant’s business, lost profits, any loss of occupancy or quiet enjoyment of the Premises, and any other loss occasioned thereby. For each of the above purposes, Landlord shall at all times have a key with which to unlock all the doors in the Premises, excluding Tenant’s vaults, safes and special security areas designated in advance by Tenant. In an emergency, Landlord shall have the right to enter without notice and use any means that Landlord may deem proper to open the doors in and to the Premises. Any entry into the Premises in the manner hereinbefore described shall not be deemed to be a forcible or unlawful entry into, or a detainer of, the Premises, or an actual or constructive eviction of Tenant from any portion of the Premises.

ARTICLE 23

PARKING

Throughout the Lease Term, Tenant shall, at no additional cost, have the right to use (i) eight (8) reserved parking spaces set forth in Section  12 of the Summary (in a location in reasonably close proximity to the Building elevator) and (ii) on a “first-come, first-serve” basis, in common with other tenants of the Building and free of parking charges, sixteen (16) unreserved parking spaces set forth in Section  12 of the Summary, which parking spaces are located in the subterranean Parking Facility and the surface parking lot serving the Building as shall be designated by Landlord from time to time for parking for the tenants of the Building. Tenant’s continued right to use the parking spaces is conditioned upon (i) Tenant abiding by (A) the Parking Rules and Regulations which are in effect on the date hereof, as set forth in the attached Exhibit D and all modifications and additions thereto which are prescribed from time to time for the orderly operation and use of the Parking Facility by Landlord, and/or Landlord’s Parking Operator (as defined below), and (B) all recorded covenants, conditions and restrictions affecting the Building, and (ii) upon Tenant’s cooperation in seeing that Tenant’s employees and visitors also comply with the Parking Rules and Regulations (and all such modifications and additions thereto, as the case may be), any such other rules and regulations and covenants, conditions and restrictions. Landlord (and/or any other owners of Torrey Ridge Science Center) specifically reserve the right to change the size, configuration, design, layout, location and all other aspects of the Parking Facility (including without limitation, implementing paid visitor parking), and Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Landlord may, without incurring any liability to Tenant and without any abatement of Rent under this Lease, from time to time, close-off or restrict access to the Parking Facility. Landlord may delegate its responsibilities hereunder to a parking operator (the “ Parking Operator ”) in which case the Parking Operator shall have all the rights of control attributed hereby to Landlord. Any parking tax or other charges imposed by governmental authorities in connection with the use of such parking shall be paid directly by Tenant or the parking users, or, if directly imposed against Landlord, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for all such taxes and/or charges within ten (10) days after Landlord’s demand therefor. The parking rights provided to Tenant pursuant to this Article 23 are provided solely for use by Tenant’s own personnel and such rights may not be transferred, assigned, subleased or otherwise alienated by Tenant without Landlord’s prior approval, except in connection with an assignment of this Lease or sublease of the Premises made in accordance with Article 14 above. All visitor parking by Tenant’s visitors shall be subject to availability, as reasonably determined by Landlord (and/or the Parking Operator, as the case may be), parking in such visitor parking areas as may be designated by Landlord (and/or the Parking Operator from time to time, and payment by such visitors of the prevailing visitor parking rate (if any) charged by Landlord (and/or the Parking Operator) from time to time.

ARTICLE 24

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

24.1 Terms: Captions . The necessary grammatical changes required to make the provisions hereof apply either to corporations or partnerships or individuals, men or women, as the case may require, shall in all cases be assumed as though in each case fully expressed. The captions of Articles and Sections are for convenience only and shall not be deemed to limit, construe, affect or alter the meaning of such Articles and Sections.

 

   
  -24-  
   


24.2 Binding Effect . Each of the provisions of this Lease shall extend to and shall, as the case may require, bind or inure to the benefit not only of Landlord and of Tenant, but also of their respective successors or assigns, provided this clause shall not permit any assignment by Tenant contrary to the provisions of Article 14 above.

24.3 No Waiver . No waiver of any provision of this Lease shall be implied by any failure of a party to enforce any remedy on account of the violation of such provision, even if such violation shall continue or be repeated subsequently, any waiver by a party of any provision of this Lease may only be in writing, and no express waiver shall affect any provision other than the one specified in such waiver and that one only for the time and in the manner specifically stated. No receipt of monies by Landlord from Tenant after the termination of this Lease shall in any way alter the length of the Lease Term or of Tenant’s right of possession hereunder or after the giving of any notice shall reinstate, continue or extend the Lease Term or affect any notice given Tenant prior to the receipt of such monies, it being agreed that after the service of notice or the commencement of a suit or after final judgment for possession of the Premises, Landlord may receive and collect any Rent due, and the payment of said Rent shall not waive or affect said notice, suit or judgment.

24.4 Modification of Lease . If any current or prospective mortgagee or ground lessor for the Project requires modifications to this Lease, which modifications will not cause an increased cost or expense to Tenant or in any other way materially and adversely change the rights and obligations of Tenant hereunder, then and in such event, Tenant agrees that this Lease may be so modified and agrees to execute whatever documents are required therefor and deliver the same to Landlord within ten (10) days following the request therefor. If Landlord or any such current or prospective mortgagee or ground lessor require execution of a short form of Lease for recording, containing, among other customary provisions, the names of the parties, a description of the Premises and the Lease Term, Tenant shall execute such short form of Lease and to deliver the same to Landlord within ten (10) days following the request therefor.

24.5 Transfer of Landlord’s Interest . Landlord has the right to transfer all or any portion of its interest in the Project, the Building and/or in this Lease, and upon any such transfer, Landlord shall automatically be released from all liability under this Lease and Tenant shall look solely to such transferee for the performance of Landlord’s obligations hereunder after the date of transfer. The liability of any transferee of Landlord shall be limited to the interest of such transferee in the Project and such transferee shall be without personal liability under this Lease, and Tenant hereby expressly waives and releases such personal liability on behalf of itself and all persons claiming by, through or under Tenant. Landlord may also assign its interest in this Lease to a mortgage lender as additional security but such assignment shall not release Landlord from its obligations hereunder and Tenant shall continue to look to Landlord for the performance of its obligations hereunder.

24.6 Prohibition Against Recording . Except as provided in Section 24.4 of this Lease, neither this Lease, nor any memorandum, affidavit or other writing with respect thereto, shall be recorded by Tenant or by anyone acting through, under or on behalf of Tenant, and the recording thereof in violation of this provision shall make this Lease null and void at Landlord’s election.

24.7 Landlord’s Title; Air Rights . Landlord’s title is and always shall be paramount to the title of Tenant. Nothing herein contained shall empower Tenant to do any act which can, shall or may encumber the title of Landlord. No rights to any view or to light or air over any property, whether belonging to Landlord or any other person, are granted to Tenant by this Lease.

24.8 Tenant’s Signs .

24.8.1 Interior Signs . Tenant shall be entitled, at its sole cost and expense, to one (1) identification sign on or near the entry doors of the Premises, and for multi-tenant floors, one (1) identification or directional sign, as designated by Landlord, in the elevator lobby on the floor on which the Premises are located. Such signs shall be installed by a signage contractor designated by Landlord. The location, quality, design, style, lighting and size of such signs shall be consistent with the Landlord’s Building standard signage program and shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written approval, in its reasonable discretion. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall be responsible, at its sole cost and expense, for the removal of such signage and the repair of all damage to the Building caused by such removal. Except for such identification signs, Tenant may not install any signs on the exterior or roof of the Building, the Other Existing Buildings or the common areas of the Building or the Project. Any signs, window coverings, or blinds (even if the same are located behind the Landlord approved window coverings for the Building), or other items visible from the exterior of the Premises or Building are subject to the prior approval of Landlord, in its sole and absolute discretion.

24.8.2 Rail Signage and Stairwell Landing Wall Sign . Subject to the approval of all applicable governmental and quasi- governmental entities, and subject to all applicable governmental and quasi-governmental laws, rules, regulations and codes and any covenants, conditions and restrictions affecting the Real Property, Landlord hereby grants Tenant the non-exclusive right (i) to have one (1) name sign containing the name “TP Therapeutics” on the rail sign system serving the Building (the “ Tenant’s Rail Sign ”) and (ii) to have one (1) wall sign on the stairwell landing (the “ Wall Sign ”). The design, size, specifications, graphics, materials, manner of affixing, exact location, colors and lighting (if applicable) of Tenant’s Rail Sign and Wall Sign shall be (i) consistent with the quality and appearance of the Project, (ii) subject to the approval of all applicable governmental and quasi-governmental authorities, and subject to all applicable governmental and quasi-governmental laws, rules, regulations and codes and any covenants, conditions and restrictions affecting the Real Property, and (iii) subject to Landlord’s approval (which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed). Landlord shall install Tenant’s Rail Sign and Wall Sign at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. In addition, Tenant shall be responsible for all other costs attributable to the fabrication, insurance, lighting (if applicable),

 

   
  -25-  
   


maintenance, repair and removal of Tenant’s Rail Sign and Wall Sign. The signage right granted to Tenant under this Section 24.8.2 are personal to the original Tenant executing this Lease (“ Original Tenant ”) and may not be exercised or used by or assigned to any other person or entity. In addition, Original Tenant shall no longer have any right to Tenant’s Rail Sign and Wall Sign if at any time during the Term the Original Tenant does not lease and occupy the entire Premises then leased by Tenant hereunder. Upon the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease, or upon the earlier termination of Tenant’s signage right under this Section 24.8.2, Landlord shall have the right to permanently remove Tenant’s Rail Sign and Wall Sign from the Building and/or the Project and to repair all damage to the Building and/or the Project resulting from such removal and restore the affected area to its original condition existing prior to the installation of Tenant’s Rail Sign and Wall Sign, and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the costs thereof.

24.9 Relationship of Parties . Nothing contained in this Lease shall be deemed or construed by the parties hereto or by any third party to create the relationship of principal and agent, partnership, joint venturer or any association between Landlord and Tenant, it being expressly understood and agreed that neither the method of computation of Rent nor any act of the parties hereto shall be deemed to create any relationship between Landlord and Tenant other than the relationship of landlord and tenant.

24.10 Application of Payments . Landlord shall have the right to apply payments received from Tenant pursuant to this Lease, regardless of Tenant’s designation of such payments, to satisfy any obligations of Tenant hereunder, in such order and amounts as Landlord, in its sole discretion, may elect.

24.11 Time of Essence . Time is of the essence of this Lease and each of its provisions.

24.12 Partial Invalidity . If any term, provision or condition contained in this Lease shall, to any extent, be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Lease, or the application of such term. provision or condition to persons or circumstances other than those with respect to which it is invalid or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each and every other term, provision and condition of this Lease shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent possible permitted by law.

24.13 No Warranty . In executing and delivering this Lease, Tenant has not relied on any representation, including, but not limited to, any representation whatsoever as to the amount of any item comprising Additional Rent or the amount of the Additional Rent in the aggregate or that Landlord is furnishing the same services to other tenants, at all, on the same level or on the same basis, or any warranty or any statement of Landlord which is not set forth herein or in one or more of the Exhibits attached hereto.

24.14 Landlord Exculpation . Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, and notwithstanding any applicable law to the contrary, the liability of Landlord and the Landlord Parties under this Lease (including any successor landlord) and any recourse by Tenant against Landlord or the Landlord Parties shall be limited solely and exclusively to an amount which is equal to the ownership interest of Landlord in the Project (excluding any proceeds thereof), and neither Landlord, nor any of the Landlord Parties shall have any personal liability therefor, and Tenant hereby expressly waives and releases such personal liability on behalf of itself and all persons claiming by, through or under Tenant.

24.15 Entire Agreement . There are no oral agreements between the parties hereto affecting this Lease and this Lease supersedes and cancels any and all previous negotiations, arrangements, brochures, agreements and understandings, if any, between the parties hereto or displayed by Landlord to Tenant with respect to the subject matter thereof, and none thereof shall be used to interpret or construe this Lease. This Lease and any side letter or separate agreement executed by Landlord and Tenant in connection with this Lease and dated of even date herewith contain all of the terms, covenants, conditions, warranties and agreements of the parties relating in any manner to the rental, use and occupancy of the Premises, shall be considered to be the only agreement between the parties hereto and their representatives and agents, and none of the terms, covenants, conditions or provisions of this Lease can be modified, deleted or added to except in writing signed by the parties hereto. All negotiations and oral agreements acceptable to both parties have been merged into and are included herein. There are no other representations or warranties between the parties, and all reliance with respect to representations is based totally upon the representations and agreements contained in this Lease.

24.16 Right to Lease . Landlord reserves the absolute right to effect such other tenancies in the Building, the Other Existing Buildings and/or in any other building and/or any other portion of the Project as Landlord in the exercise of its sole business judgment shall determine to best promote the interests of the Project. Tenant does not rely on the fact, nor does Landlord represent, that any specific tenant or type or number of tenants shall, during the Lease Term, occupy any space in the Building, the Other Existing Buildings or Project.

24.17 Force Majeure . Any prevention, delay or stoppage due to strikes, lockouts, labor disputes, acts of God, inability to obtain services, labor, or materials or reasonable substitutes therefor, governmental actions, civil commotions, fire or other casualty, and other causes beyond the reasonable control of the party obligated to perform, except with respect to the obligations imposed with regard to Rent and other charges to be paid by Tenant pursuant to this Lease and except with respect to Tenant’s obligations under the Tenant Work Letter (collectively, the “ Force Majeure ”), notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, shall excuse the performance of such party for a period equal to any such prevention, delay or stoppage and, therefore, if this Lease specifies a time period for performance of an obligation of either party, that time period shall be extended by the period of any delay in such party’s performance caused by a Force Majeure.

 

   
  -26-  
   


24.18 Waiver of Redemption by Tenant . Tenant hereby waives for Tenant and for all those claiming under Tenant all right now or hereafter existing to redeem by order or judgment of any court or by any legal process or writ, Tenant’s right of occupancy of the Premises after any termination of this Lease.

24.19 Notices . All notices, demands, statements or communications (collectively, “ Notices ”) given or required to be given by either party to the other hereunder shall be in writing, shall be sent by United States certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or delivered personally (i) to Tenant at the appropriate address set forth in Section 5 of the Summary, or to such other place as Tenant may from time to time designate in a Notice to Landlord; or (ii) to Landlord at the addresses set forth in Section 3 of the Summary, or to such other firm or to such other place as Landlord may from time to time designate in a Notice to Tenant. Any Notice will be deemed given on the date it is mailed as provided in this Section 24.19 or upon the date personal delivery is made or rejected. If Tenant is notified of the identity and address of Landlord’s mortgagee or ground lessor, Tenant shall give to such mortgagee or ground lessor written notice of any default by Landlord under the terms of this Lease by registered or certified mail, and such mortgagee or ground lessor shall be given a reasonable opportunity to cure such default prior to Tenant’s exercising any remedy available to Tenant.

24.20 Joint and Several . If there is more than one person or entity executing this Lease as Tenant, the obligations imposed upon such persons and entities under this Lease are and shall be joint and several.

24.21 Authority . Each individual executing this Lease on behalf of Tenant hereby represents and warrants that Tenant is a duly formed and existing entity qualified to do business in the state in which the Project is located and that Tenant has full right and authority to execute and deliver this Lease and that each person signing on behalf of Tenant is authorized to do so. Tenant confirms that it is not in violation of any executive order or similar governmental regulation or law, which prohibits terrorism or transactions with suspected or confirmed terrorists or terrorist entities or with persons or organizations that are associated with, or that provide any form of support to, terrorists. Neither Tenant nor any of its affiliates, nor to its knowledge any of their respective brokers or other agents acting in any capacity in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Lease, is or will be (a) conducting any business or engaging in any transaction or dealing with any person appearing on the U.S. Treasury Department’s OFAC list of prohibited countries, territories, “specifically designated nationals” (“SDNs”) or “blocked person” (each a “Prohibited Person”) (which lists can be accessed at the following web address: http://www.ustreas.gov/offices/enforcement/ofac/ ), including the making or receiving of any contribution of funds, goods or services to or for the benefit of any such Prohibited Person; (b) engaging in certain dealings with countries and organizations designated under Section 311 of the USA PATRIOT Act as warranting special measures due to money laundering concerns; (c) dealing in, or otherwise engaging in any transaction relating to, any property or interests in property blocked pursuant to Executive Order No. 13224 dated September 24, 2001, relating to “Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions With Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit, or Support Terrorism”; (d) a foreign shell bank or any person that a financial institution would be prohibited from transacting with under the USA PATRIOT Act; or (e) engaging in or conspiring to engage in any transaction that evades or avoids, or has the purpose of evading or avoiding, or attempting to violate, any of the prohibitions set forth in (i) any U.S. anti-money laundering law, (ii) the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, (iii) the U.S. mail and wire fraud statutes, (iv) the Travel Act, (v) any similar or successor statutes or (vi) any regulations promulgated under the foregoing statutes.

24.22 Jury Trial; Attorneys’ Fees . IF EITHER PARTY COMMENCES LITIGATION AGAINST THE OTHER FOR THE SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE OF THIS LEASE, FOR DAMAGES FOR THE BREACH HEREOF OR OTHERWISE FOR ENFORCEMENT OF ANY REMEDY HEREUNDER, THE PARTIES HERETO AGREE TO AND HEREBY DO WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY. In the event of any such commencement of litigation, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover from the other party such costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees as may have been incurred, including any and all costs incurred in enforcing, perfecting and executing such judgment.

24.23 Governing Law . This Lease shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the state in which the Project is located.

24.24 Submission of Lease . Submission of this instrument for examination or signature by Tenant does not constitute a reservation of or an option for lease, and it is not effective as a lease or otherwise until execution and delivery by both Landlord and Tenant.

24.25 Brokers . Landlord and Tenant each hereby represents and warrants to the other party that it (i) has had no dealings with any real estate broker or agent in connection with the negotiation of this Lease, excepting only the real estate brokers or agents specified in Section 11 of the Summary (collectively, the “ Brokers ”), and (ii) knows of no other real estate broker or agent who is entitled to a commission in connection with this Lease. Each party agrees to indemnify and defend the other party against and hold the other party harmless from any and all claims, demands, losses, liabilities, lawsuits, judgments, and costs and expenses (including without limitation reasonable attorneys’ fees) with respect to any leasing commission or equivalent compensation alleged to be owing on account of the indemnifying party’s dealings with any real estate broker or agent in connection with this Lease other than the Brokers.

24.26 Independent Covenants . This Lease shall be construed as though the covenants herein between Landlord and Tenant are independent and not dependent and Tenant hereby expressly waives the benefit of any statute to the contrary and agrees that if Landlord fails to perform its obligations set forth herein, Tenant shall not be entitled to make any repairs or perform any acts hereunder at Landlord’s expense or to any setoff of the Rent or other amounts owing hereunder against Landlord; provided, however, that the foregoing shall in no way impair the right of Tenant to commence a separate action against Landlord for any violation by Landlord of the provisions hereof so long as notice is first given to Landlord and any holder of a mortgage or deed of trust covering the Building, Project or any portion thereof, of whose

 

   
  -27-  
   


address Tenant has theretofore been notified, and an opportunity is granted to Landlord and such holder to correct such violations as provided above.

24.27 Building Name and Signage . Landlord shall have the right at any time to change the name(s) of the Building, the Other Existing Buildings and Project and to install, affix and maintain any and all signs on the exterior and on the interior of the Building, the Other Existing Buildings and any portion of the Project as Landlord may, in Landlord’s sole discretion, desire. Tenant shall not use the names of the Building, the Other Existing Buildings or Project or use pictures or illustrations of the Building, the Other Existing Buildings or Project in advertising or other publicity, without the prior written consent of Landlord.

24.28 Building Directory . Landlord shall include Tenant’s name and location in the Building on one (1) line on the Building directory. The initial cost of such directory signage shall be paid for by Landlord, but any subsequent charges thereto shall be at Tenant’s cost.

24.29 Confidentiality . Tenant acknowledges that the content of this Lease and any related documents are confidential information. Tenant shall keep such confidential information strictly confidential and shall not disclose such confidential information to any person or entity other than Tenant’s financial, legal, and space planning consultants.

24.30 Landlord’s Construction . Except as specifically set forth in this Lease or in the Tenant Work Letter: (i) Landlord has no obligation to alter, remodel, improve, renovate, repair or decorate the Premises, the Building, the Other Existing Buildings, the Project, or any part thereof; and (ii) no representations or warranties respecting the condition of the Premises, the Building, the Other Existing Buildings or the Project have been made by Landlord to Tenant. Tenant acknowledges that prior to and during the Lease Term, Landlord (and/or any common area association) will be completing construction and/or demolition work pertaining to various portions of the Building, the Other Existing Buildings, the Premises, and/or the Project, including without limitation, landscaping and tenant improvements for premises for other tenants and, at Landlord’s sole election, such other buildings, improvements, landscaping and other facilities within or as part of the Project as Landlord (and/or such common area association) shall from time to time desire (collectively, the “ Construction ”). In connection with such Construction, Tenant acknowledges that Landlord may, among other things, erect scaffolding or other necessary structures in the Building and/or the Other Existing Buildings, limit or eliminate access to portions of the Project, including portions of the common areas, or perform work in the Building, the Other Existing Buildings and/or the Project, which work may create noise, dust or leave debris in the Building, the Other Existing Buildings and/or the Project.

 

   
  -28-  
   


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have caused this Lease to be executed the day and date first above written.

 

“Landlord”:

WALTON TORREY OWNER A, L.L.C.,

a Delaware limited liability company

By:

 

Walton Legacy Torrey Holdings VII, L.L.C.,

 

a Delaware limited liability company

 

its Sole Member

 

By:

 

Walton Torrey Investors VII, L.L.C.

   

a Delaware limited liability company

   

its Managing Member

   

By:

 

Walton REIT Holdings VII, L.L.C.

     

a Delaware limited liability company

     

its Sole Member

     

By:

 

Walton REIT VII, L.L.C.

       

a Delaware limited liability company

       

its Managing Member

     

By:

 

Walton Street Real Estate Fund VII-Q, L.P.,

       

a Delaware limited partnership

       

its Managing Member

       

By:

 

Walton Street Managers VII, L.P.

         

a Delaware limited partnership

         

its General Partner

         

By:

 

WSC Managers VII, Inc.

           

a Delaware corporation

           

its General Partner

           

By:

 

/s/ Brian Kelly

           

Name:

 

Brian Kelly

           

Title:

 

Vice President

 

      

 

“Tenant”:

 

TP THERAPEUTICS, INC., a Delaware corporation

 

By:

 

             /s/ Yishan Li

   

Name:

 

Yishan (Peter) Li

   

Its:

 

President and CEO

 

By:

 

 

   

Name:

 
   

Its:

 

*** If Tenant is a CORPORATION, the authorized officers must sign on behalf of the corporation and indicate the capacity in which they are signing. The Lease must be executed by the president or vice president and the secretary or assistant secretary, unless the bylaws or a resolution of the board of directors shall otherwise provide, in which event, the bylaws or a certified copy of the resolution, as the case may be, must be attached to this Lease.

 

   
  -29-  
   


EXHIBIT A

OUTLINE OF FLOOR PLAN OF PREMISES

 

LOGO

 

  EXHIBIT A  
  -1-  
   


EXHIBIT A-1

SITE PLAN OF PROJECT

 

LOGO

 

  EXHIBIT A-1  
  -1-  
   


EXHIBIT B

TENANT WORK LETTER

This Tenant Work Letter (“ Tenant Work Letter ”) sets forth the terms and conditions relating to the construction of improvements for the Premises. All references in this Tenant Work Letter to the “ Lease ” shall mean the relevant portions of the Lease to which this Tenant Work Letter is attached as Exhibit B .

SECTION 1

BASE, SHELL AND CORE

Landlord has previously constructed the base, shell and core (i) of the Premises and (ii) of the floor(s) of the Building on which the Premises are located (collectively, the “ Base, Shell and Core ”), and Tenant shall accept the Base, Shell and Core in its current “As-Is” condition existing as of the date of the Lease and the Lease Commencement Date. Except as otherwise provided below, Landlord shall not be obligated to make or pay for any alterations or improvements to the Premises, the Building or the Project.

SECTION 2

CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS FOR THE PREMISES

Prior to the execution of the Lease, Landlord and Tenant have approved a detailed space plan for the construction of certain improvements in the Premises, (the “ Final Space Plan ”), which Final Space Plan is dated January 14, 2016 and was prepared by DGA; such Final Space Plan is attached hereto as Schedule “I”. Based upon and in conformity with the Final Space Plan, Landlord shall cause its architect and engineers to prepare and deliver to Tenant, for Tenant’s approval, detailed specifications and engineered working drawings for the tenant improvements shown on the Final Space Plan (the “ Working Drawings ”). The Working Drawings shall incorporate modifications to the Final Space Plan as necessary to comply with the floor load and other structural and system requirements of the Building. To the extent that the finishes and specifications are not completely set forth in the Final Space Plan for any portion of the tenant improvements depicted thereon, the actual specifications and finish work shall be in accordance with the specifications for the Building’s standard tenant improvement items, as determined by Landlord. Within three (3) business days after Tenant’s receipt of the Working Drawings, Tenant shall approve or disapprove the same, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided, however, that Tenant may only disapprove the Working Drawings to the extent such Working Drawings are inconsistent with the Final Space Plan and only if Tenant delivers to Landlord, within such three (3) business day period, specific changes proposed by Tenant which are consistent with the Final Space Plan and do not constitute changes which would result in any of the circumstances described in items (i) through (iv) hereinbelow. If any such revisions are timely and properly proposed by Tenant, Landlord shall cause its architect and engineers to revise the Working Drawings to incorporate such revisions and submit the same for Tenant’s approval in accordance with the foregoing provisions, and the parties shall follow the foregoing procedures for approving the Working Drawings until the same are finally approved by Landlord and Tenant. Upon Landlord’s and Tenant’s approval of the Working Drawings, the same shall be known as the “ Approved Working Drawings ”. The tenant improvements shown on the Approved Working Drawings shall be referred to herein as the “ Tenant Improvements ”. Once the Approved Working Drawings have been approved by Landlord and Tenant, Tenant shall make no changes, change orders or modifications thereto without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent may be withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion if such change or modification would: (i) delay the Substantial Completion of the Premises (as defined below); (ii) increase the costs of the design, permitting and construction of the Tenant Improvements above the costs of the design, permitting and construction of those tenant improvements depicted in the Final Space Plan; (iii) be of a quality lower than the quality of the standard tenant improvement items for the Building; and/or (iv) require any changes to the Base, Shell and Core or structural improvements or systems of the Building. The Final Space Plan, Working Drawings and Approved Working Drawings shall be collectively referred to herein as, the “ Construction Drawings ”.

SECTION 3

CONSTRUCTION AND PAYMENT FOR COSTS OF TENANT IMPROVEMENTS

Landlord and Tenant hereby agree that Landlord shall, at Landlord’s expense (except as provided in this Section 3) cause a general contractor designated by Landlord (the “ Contractor ”) to (i) obtain all applicable building permits for construction of the Tenant Improvements (collectively, the “ Permits ”), and (ii) construct the Tenant Improvements as depicted on the Approved Working Drawings, in compliance with such building permits and all applicable laws in effect at the time of construction, and in good workmanlike manner; provided, however, if (A) the Approved Working Drawings differ with respect to the quality and quantity of those tenant improvements depicted on the Final Space Plan, and/or (B) Tenant shall request any changes or substitutions to any of the Construction Drawings, and such differences, changes and/or substitutions result in increased costs of the design, permitting and construction of the Tenant Improvements in excess of the costs of the design, permitting and construction of those tenant improvements depicted on the Final Space Plan, then Tenant shall pay such excess costs (which shall include a Landlord’s supervision fee of five percent (5%) of such costs) to Landlord in cash within ten (10) days after Landlord’s request therefor. Notwithstanding the foregoing to the contrary, in no event shall Landlord be obligated to pay for the costs of any of Tenant’s furniture, computer systems, telephone systems, equipment or other personal property which may be depicted on the Construction Drawings; the costs of such items shall be paid for by Tenant from Tenant’s own funds.

 

  EXHIBIT B  
  -1-  
   


SECTION 4

READY FOR OCCUPANCY; SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION OF THE TENANT IMPROVEMENTS

4.1 Ready for Occupancy; Substantial Completion . For purposes of the Lease, including for purposes of determining the Lease Commencement Date (as set forth in Section 7.2 of the Summary); (i) the Premises shall be “ Ready for Occupancy ” upon Substantial Completion of the Premises; and (ii) “ Substantial Completion of the Premises ” shall occur upon the completion of construction of the Tenant Improvements in the Premises pursuant to the Approved Working Drawings, with the exception of any punch list items that do not materially and adversely affect Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises and any tenant fixtures, work-stations, built-in furniture, or equipment to be installed by Tenant or under the supervision of the Contractor.

4.2 Delay of the Substantial Completion of the Premises . If there shall be a delay or there are delays in the Substantial Completion of the Premises as a result of any of the following (collectively, “ Tenant Delays ”):

4.2.1 Tenant’s failure to timely approve the Working Drawings or any other matter requiring Tenant’s approval;

4.2.2 a breach by Tenant of the terms of this Tenant Work Letter or the Lease;

4.2.3 Tenant’s request for changes in any of the Construction Drawings;

4,2.4 Tenant’s requirement for materials, components, finishes or improvements which are not available in a commercially reasonable time given the estimated date of Substantial Completion of the Premises, as set forth in the Lease, or which are different from, or not included in, Landlords standard tenant improvement items for the Building;

4.2.5 changes to the Base. Shell and Core, structural components or structural components or systems of the Building required by the Approved Working Drawings;

4.2.6 any changes in the Construction Drawings and/or the Tenant Improvements required by applicable laws if such changes are directly attributable to Tenant’s use of the Premises or Tenant’s specialized tenant improvement(s) (as determined by Landlord); or

4.2.7 any other acts or omissions of Tenant, or its agents, or employees;

then, notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in the Lease and regardless of the actual date of Substantial Completion of the Premises, the Lease Commencement Date (as set forth in Section 7.2 of the Summary) shall be deemed to be the date the Lease Commencement Date would have occurred if no Tenant Delays, as set forth above, had occurred.

SECTION 5

MISCELLANEOUS

5.1 Tenant’s Entry Into the Premises Prior to Substantial Completion . Subject to the terms hereof and provided that Tenant and its agents do not materially interfere with the Contractor’s work in the Project, the Building and the Premises, at Landlord’s reasonable discretion, Tenant shall have access to the Premises prior to the anticipated Substantial Completion of the Premises for the purpose of Tenant inspecting the Contractor’s work and installing equipment and/or fixtures (including Tenant’s data and telephone equipment) and Tenant’s furniture in the Premises. Prior to Tenant’s entry into the Premises as permitted by the terms of this Section 5.1, Tenant shall submit a schedule to Landlord and the Contractor, for their approval, which schedule shall detail the timing and purpose of Tenant’s entry. In connection with any such entry, Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Tenant’s employees, agents, contractors, consultants, workmen, mechanics, suppliers and invitees shall fully cooperate, work in harmony and not, in any manner, interfere with Landlord or Landlord’s contractors (including the Contractor), agents or representatives in performing work in the Project, the Building and the Premises, or interfere with the general operation of the Building and/or the Project. If at any time any such person representing Tenant shall not be cooperative or shall otherwise cause or threaten to cause any such disharmony or interference, including, without limitation, labor disharmony, and Tenant fails to immediately institute and maintain corrective actions as directed by Landlord in writing, then Landlord may revoke Tenant’s entry rights upon twenty-four (24) hours’ prior written notice to Tenant. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that any such entry into and occupancy of the Premises or any portion thereof by Tenant or any person or entity working for or on behalf of Tenant shall be deemed to be subject to all of the terms, covenants, conditions and provisions of the Lease, excluding only the covenant to pay Rent (until the occurrence of the Lease Commencement Date). Tenant further acknowledges and agrees that Landlord shall not be liable for any injury, loss or damage which may occur to any of Tenant’s work made in or about the Premises in connection with such entry or to any property placed therein prior to the Lease Commencement Date, the same being at Tenant’s sole risk and liability. Tenant shall be liable to Landlord for any damage to any portion of the Premises, including the Tenant Improvement work, caused by Tenant or any of Tenant’s employees, agents, contractors, consultants, workmen, mechanics, suppliers and invitees. If the performance of Tenant’s work in connection with such entry causes extra costs to be incurred by Landlord or requires the use of any Building services, Tenant shall promptly reimburse Landlord for such extra costs and/or shall pay Landlord for such Building services at Landlord’s standard rates then in effect. In addition, Tenant shall hold Landlord harmless from and indemnify, protect and defend Landlord against

 

  EXHIBIT B  
  -2-  
   


any loss or damage to the Premises or Project and against injury to any persons caused by Tenant’s actions pursuant to this Section 5.1.

5.2 Tenant’s Representative . Tenant has designated Peter Li as its sole representative with respect to the matters set forth in this Tenant Work Letter, who shall have full authority and responsibility to act on behalf of the Tenant as required in this Tenant Work Letter,

5.3 Landlord’s Representative . Landlord has designated Samantha Lagman as its sole representative with respect to the matters set forth in this Tenant Work Letter, who, until further notice to Tenant, shall have full authority and responsibility to act on behalf of the Landlord as required in this Tenant Work Letter.

5.4 Time of the Essence in This Tenant Work Letter . Unless otherwise indicated, all references herein to a “number of days” shall mean and refer to calendar days. If any item requiring approval is timely disapproved by Landlord, the procedure for preparation of the document and approval thereof shall be repeated until the document is approved by Landlord. Both Landlord and Tenant shall use commercially reasonable, good faith, efforts and all due diligence to cooperate with each other to complete all phases of the Construction Drawings and the permitting process and to receive the permits, as soon as possible after the execution of the Lease, and, in that regard, shall meet on a scheduled basis to be determined by Landlord and Tenant, to discuss progress in connection with the same.

5.5 Tenant’s Lease Default . Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in the Lease, if an event of default by Tenant of this Tenant Work Letter or the Lease has occurred at any time on or before the Substantial Completion of the Premises and remains after the expiration of applicable notice and cure periods, then (i) in addition to all other rights and remedies granted to Landlord pursuant to the Lease, at law and/or in equity, Landlord shall have the right to cause the Contractor to suspend the construction of the Premises (in which case, Tenant shall be responsible for any delay in the Substantial Completion of the Premises caused by such work stoppage as a Tenant Delay as set forth in Section 4.2 above), and (ii) all other obligations of Landlord under the terms of this Tenant Work Letter shall be forgiven until such time as such default is cured pursuant to the terms of the Lease (in which case, Tenant shall be responsible for any delay in the Substantial Completion of the Premises caused by such inaction by Landlord as a Tenant Delay). In addition, if the Lease is terminated prior to the Lease Commencement Date, for any reason due to a default by Tenant as described in Section 19.1 of the Lease or under this Tenant Work Letter, in addition to any other remedies available to Landlord under the Lease, at law and/or in equity, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent under the Lease, within five (5) business days after Tenant’s receipt of a statement therefor, any and all costs incurred by Landlord and not reimbursed or otherwise paid by Tenant through the date of such termination in connection with the Tenant improvements to the extent planned, installed and/or constructed as of such date of termination, including, but not limited to, any costs related to the removal of all or any portion of the Tenant Improvements and restoration costs related thereto.

 

  EXHIBIT B  
  -3-  
   


Schedule “I”

FINAL SPACE PLAN

 

LOGO

 

  EXHIBIT B  
  -4-  
   


EXHIBIT C

AMENDMENT TO LEASE

This AMENDMENT TO LEASE (“ Amendment ”) is made and entered into effective as of                                 , 20    , by and between WALTON TORREY OWNER A, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”) and TP THERAPEUTICS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”).

R E C I T A L S :

A. Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain Lease dated as of                                  (the “ Lease ”) pursuant to which Landlord leased to Tenant and Tenant leased from Landlord certain “Premises”, as described in that Lease, in that certain building located at                                 , San Diego, California             .

B. Except as otherwise set forth herein, all capitalized terms used in this Amendment shall have the same meaning as such terms have in the Lease.

C. Landlord and Tenant desire to amend the Lease to confirm the commencement and expiration dates of the term, as hereinafter provided.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing Recitals and the mutual covenants contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Confirmation of Dates . The parties hereby confirm that (a) the Premises are Ready for Occupancy, and (b) the term of the Lease commenced as of                                          for a term of                                          ending on                                          (unless sooner terminated as provided in the Lease.

2. No Further Modification . Except as set forth in this Amendment, all of the terms and provisions the Lease shall remain unmodified and in full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amendment has been executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

“Landlord”:

WALTON TORREY OWNER A, L.L.C.,

a Delaware limited liability company

By:

 

Walton Legacy Torrey Holdings VII, L.L.C.,

 

a Delaware limited liability company

 

its Sole Member

 

By:

 

Walton Torrey Investors VII, L.L.C.

   

a Delaware limited liability company

   

its Managing Member

   

By:

 

Walton REIT Holdings VII, L.L.C.

     

a Delaware limited liability company

     

its Sole Member

     

By:

 

Walton REIT VII, L.L.C.

       

a Delaware limited liability company

       

its Managing Member

     

By:

 

Walton Street Real Estate Fund VII-Q, L.P.,

       

a Delaware limited partnership

       

its Managing Member

       

By:

 

Walton Street Managers VII, L.P.

         

a Delaware limited partnership

         

its General Partner

         

By:

 

WSC Managers VII, Inc.

           

a Delaware corporation

           

its General Partner

           

By:

 

                                       

           

Name:

 
           

Title:

 

 

  EXHIBIT C  
  -1-  
   


“Tenant”:

TP THERAPEUTICS, INC., a Delaware corporation

By:

 

                                                  

 

Name:

 
 

Its:

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 
 

Its:

 

 

  EXHIBIT C  
  -2-  
   


EXHIBIT D

RULES AND REGULATIONS

Tenant shall faithfully observe and comply with the following Rules and Regulations and the Parking Rules and Regulations. Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant for the nonperformance of any of said Rules and Regulations and/or the Parking Rules and Regulations by or otherwise with respect to the acts or omissions of any other tenants or occupants of the Building and/or the Project.

1. Tenant shall not place any lock(s) on any door, or install any security system (including, without limitation, card key systems, alarms or security cameras), in the Premises without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, and Landlord shall have the right to retain at all times and to use keys or other access codes or devices to all locks and/or security systems within and to the Premises. A reasonable number of keys to the locks on the entry doors of the Premises shall be furnished by Landlord to Tenant at Tenant’s cost, and Tenant shall not make any duplicate keys. All keys shall be returned to Landlord at the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease. Further, if and to the extent Tenant re-keys, re-programs or otherwise changes any locks in or for the Premises, all such locks and key systems must be consistent with the master lock and key system at the Building, all at Tenant’s sole cost and expense.

2. All doors opening to public corridors shall be kept closed at all times except for normal ingress and egress to the Premises, unless electrical hold backs have been installed. Sidewalks, doorways, passages, entrances, vestibules, halls, stairways and other Common Areas shall not be obstructed by Tenant or used by Tenant for any purpose other than ingress and egress to and from the Premises, and Tenant, its employees and agents shall not loiter in the entrances or corridors.

3. Landlord reserves the right to close and keep locked all entrance and exit doors of the Building during such hours as are customary for comparable buildings in the vicinity of the Building. Tenant and its employees and agents shall ensure that the doors to the Building are securely closed and locked when leaving the Premises if it is after the normal hours of business for the Building. Any tenant, its employees, agents or any other persons entering or leaving the Building at any time when it is so locked, or any time when it is considered to be after normal business hours for the Building, may be required to sign the Building register when so doing. After-hours access by Tenant’s authorized employees may be provided by hard-key, card-key access or other procedures adopted by Landlord from time to time; Tenant shall pay for the costs of all access cards provided to Tenant’s employees and all replacements thereof for lost, stolen and/or damaged cards. Access to the Building and/or the Project may be refused unless the person seeking access has proper identification or has a previously arranged pass for such access. Landlord and its agents shall in no case be liable for damages for any error with regard to the admission to or exclusion from the Building and/or the Project of any person. In case of invasion, mob, riot, public excitement, or other commotion, Landlord reserves the right to prevent access to the Building and/or the Project during the continuance of same by any means it deems appropriate for the safely and protection of life and property.

4. Landlord shall have the right to prescribe the weight, size and position of all safes and other heavy property brought into the Building. Safes and other heavy objects shall, if considered necessary by Landlord, stand on supports of such thickness as is necessary to properly distribute the weight. Landlord will not be responsible for loss of or damage to any such safe or property in any case. All damage done to any part of the Building, its contents, occupants and/or visitors by moving or maintaining any such safe or other property shall be the sole responsibility of Tenant and any expense of said damage or injury shall be borne by Tenant.

5. No furniture, freight, packages, supplies, equipment or merchandise will be brought into or removed from the Building or carried up or down in the elevators, except upon prior notice to Landlord, and in such manner, in such specific elevator, and between such hours as shall be designated by Landlord. Tenant shall provide Landlord with not less than 24 hours prior notice of the need to utilize an elevator for any such purpose, so as to provide Landlord with a reasonable period to schedule such use and to install such padding or take such other actions or prescribe such procedures as are appropriate to protect against damage to the elevators or other parts of the Building. Tenant shall assume all risk for damage to articles moved and injury to any persons resulting from such activity described herein. If equipment, property, or personnel of Landlord or of any other party is damaged or injured as a result of or in connection with such activity described herein, Tenant shall be solely liable for any resulting damage or loss.

6. Landlord shall have the right to control and operate the public portions of the Building and Project, the public facilities, the heating and air conditioning, and any other facilities furnished for the common use of tenants, in such manner as is customary for comparable buildings in the vicinity of the Building.

7. No signs, advertisements or notices shall be painted or affixed to windows, doors or other parts of the Building, except those of such color, size, style and in such places as are first approved in writing by Landlord. Landlord shall have the right to remove any signs, advertisements, and notices not approved in writing by Landlord without notice to and at the expense of Tenant. Landlord may provide and maintain in the first floor (main lobby) of the Building an alphabetical directory board or other directory device listing tenants, and no other directory shall be permitted unless previously consented to by Landlord in writing.

8. The requirements of Tenant will be attended to only upon application at the management office of the Project or at such office location designated by Landlord.

 

  EXHIBIT D  
  -1-  
   


9. Tenant shall not disturb (by use of any television, radio or musical instrument, making loud or disruptive noises, creating offensive odors or otherwise), solicit or canvass any occupant of the Building and/or the Project and shall cooperate with Landlord or Landlord’s agents to prevent same.

10. The toilet rooms, urinals, wash bowls and other apparatus shall not be used for any purpose other than that for which they were constructed, and no foreign substance of any kind whatsoever shall be thrown therein. The expense of any breakage, stoppage or damage resulting from the violation of this rule shall be borne by the tenant who, or whose employees or invitees, shall have caused it.

11. Tenant shall not overload the floor of the Premises. Tenant shall not mark, drive nails or screws, or drill into the partitions, woodwork or plaster or in any way deface the Premises or any part thereof without Landlord’s consent first had and obtained; provided, however, Landlord’s prior consent shall not be required with respect to Tenant’s placement of pictures and other normal office wall hangings on the interior walls of the Premises (but at the end of the Lease Term, Tenant shall repair any holes and other damage to the Premises resulting therefrom).

12. Except for vending machines intended for the sole use of Tenant’s employees and invitees. no vending machine or machines of any description other than fractional horsepower office machines shall be installed, maintained or operated upon the Premises without the written consent of Landlord. Tenant shall not install, operate or maintain in the Premises or in any other area of the Building, electrical equipment that would overload the electrical system beyond its capacity for proper, efficient and safe operation as determined solely by Landlord.

13. Tenant shall not use any method of heating or air conditioning other than that which may be supplied by Landlord, without the prior written consent of Landlord. Tenant shall not furnish cooling or heating to the Premises, including, without limitation, the use of electronic or gas heating devices, portable coolers (such as “move n cools”) or space heaters, without Landlord’s prior written consent, and any such approval will be for devices that meet federal, state and local code.

14. No inflammable, explosive or dangerous fluids or substances shall be used or kept by Tenant in the Premises, Building and/or about the Project, except for those substances as are typically found in similar premises used for general office purposes and are being used by Tenant in a safe manner and in accordance with all applicable Laws, rules and regulations. Tenant shall not, without Landlord’s prior written consent, use, store, install, spill, remove, release or dispose of, within or about the Premises or any other portion of the Project, any asbestos-containing materials or any solid, liquid or gaseous material now or subsequently considered toxic or hazardous under the provisions of 42 U.S.C. Section 9601 et seq. or any other applicable environmental Laws which may now or later be in effect. Tenant shall comply with all Laws pertaining to and governing the use of these materials by Tenant, and shall remain solely liable for the costs of abatement and removal.

15. Tenant shall not use, keep or permit to be used or kept, any foul or noxious gas or substance in or on the Premises, or permit or allow the Premises to be occupied or used in a manner offensive or objectionable to Landlord or other occupants of the Building and/or the Project by reason of noise, odors, or vibrations, or interfere in any way with other tenants or those having business therewith.

16. Tenant shall not bring into or keep within the Project, the Building or the Premises any animals (except those assisting handicapped persons), birds, fish tanks, bicycles or other vehicles.

17. Tenant shall not use or occupy the Premises in any manner or for any purpose which might injure the reputation or impair the present or future value of the Premises, the Building and/or the Project. Tenant shall not use, or permit any part of the Premises to be used, for lodging, sleeping or for any illegal purpose.

18. No cooking shall be done or permitted by Tenant on the Premises, nor shall the Premises be used for the storage of merchandise or for any improper, objectionable or immoral purposes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Underwriters’ laboratory-approved equipment and microwave ovens may be used in the Premises for heating food and brewing coffee, tea, hot chocolate and similar beverages, provided that such use is in accordance with all applicable federal, state and city laws, codes, ordinances, rules and regulations, and does not cause odors which are objectionable to Landlord and other tenants.

19. Landlord will approve where and how telephone and telegraph wires and other cabling are to be introduced to the Premises. No boring or cutting for wires shall be allowed without the consent of Landlord. The location of telephone, call boxes and other office equipment and/or systems affixed to the Premises shall be subject to the approval of Landlord. Tenant shall not use more than its proportionate share of telephone lines and other telecommunication facilities available to service the Building.

20. Landlord reserves the right to exclude or expel from the Building and/or the Project any person who, in the judgment of Landlord, is intoxicated or under the influence of liquor or drugs, or who shall in any manner do any act in violation of any of these Rules and Regulations or cause harm to Building occupants and/or property.

21. All contractors, contractor’s representatives and installation technicians performing work in the Building or at the Project shall be subject to Landlord’s prior approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, and shall be required to comply with Landlord’s standard rules, regulations, policies and procedures, which may be revised from time to time.

 

  EXHIBIT D  
  -2-  
   


22. Tenant shall not employ any person other than the janitor of Landlord for the purpose of cleaning the Premises without prior written consent of Landlord, and without Landlord’s consent, no person or persons shall be permitted to enter the Building for the purpose of cleaning the same. Tenant shall not cause any unnecessary labor by reason of Tenant’s carelessness or indifference in the preservation of good order and cleanliness.

23. Tenant at all times shall maintain the entire Premises in a neat and clean, first class condition, free of debris. Tenant shall not place items, including, without limitation, any boxes, files, trash receptacles or loose cabling or wiring, in or near any window to the Premises which would be visible anywhere from the exterior of the Premises.

24. Tenant shall not waste electricity, water or air conditioning and agrees to cooperate fully with Landlord to ensure the most effective operation of the Building’s heating and air conditioning system, including, without limitation, the use of window blinds to block solar heat load, and shall refrain from attempting to adjust any controls. Tenant shall comply with and participate in any program for metering or otherwise measuring the use of utilities and services, including, without limitation, programs requiring the disclosure or reporting of the use of any utilities or services. Tenant shall also cooperate and comply with, participate in, and assist in the implementation of (and take no action that is inconsistent with, or which would result in Landlord, the Building and/or the Project failing to comply with the requirements of) any conservation, sustainability, recycling, energy efficiency, and waste reduction programs, environmental protection efforts and/or other programs that are in place and/or implemented from time to time at the Building and/or the Project, including, without limitation, any required reporting, disclosure, rating or compliance system or program (including, but not limited to, any LEED [Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design] rating or compliance system, including those currently coordinated through the U.S. Green Building Council).

25. Tenant shall store all its recyclables. trash and garbage within the interior of the Premises. No material shall be placed in the trash boxes or receptacles if such material is of such nature that it may not be disposed of in the ordinary and customary manner of removing and disposing of recyclables, trash and garbage in the city in which the Project is located without violation of any law or ordinance governing such disposal. All trash, garbage and refuse disposal shall be made only through entry-ways and elevators provided for such purposes at such times as Landlord shall designate.

26. Tenant shall comply with all safety, fire protection and evacuation procedures and regulations established by Landlord or any governmental agency.

27. Tenant shall assume any and all responsibility for protecting the Premises from theft, robbery and pilferage, which includes keeping doors locked and other means of entry to the Premises closed, when the Premises are not occupied, or when the entry to the Premises is not manned by Tenant on a regular basis.

28. No awnings or other projection shall be attached to the outside walls of the Building without the prior written consent of Landlord. No curtains, blinds, shades or screens shall be attached to or hung in, or used in connection with, any window or door of the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord. The sashes, sash doors, skylights, windows, and doors that reflect or admit light and air into the halls, passageways or other public places in the Building shall not be covered or obstructed by Tenant, nor shall any bottles, parcels or other articles be placed on the windowsills. All electrical ceiling fixtures hung in offices or spaces along the perimeter of the Building must be fluorescent and/or of a quality, type, design and bulb color approved by Landlord.

29. The washing and/or detailing of or, the installation of windshields, radios, telephones in or general work on, automobiles shall not be allowed on the Project, except under specific arrangement with Landlord.

30. Food vendors shall be allowed in the Building upon receipt of a written request from Tenant delivered to Landlord. The food vendor shall service only the tenants that have a written request on file in the management office of the Project. Under no circumstance shall the food vendor display their products in a public or Common Area including corridors and elevator lobbies. Any failure to comply with this rule shall result in immediate permanent withdrawal of the vendor from the Building. Tenant shall obtain ice, drinking water, linen, barbering, shoe polishing, floor polishing, cleaning, janitorial, plant care or other similar services only from vendors who have registered in the management office of the Project and who have been approved by Landlord for provision of such services in the Premises.

31. Tenant must comply with requests by the Landlord concerning the informing of their employees of items of importance to the Landlord.

32. Tenant shall comply with any non-smoking ordinance adopted by any applicable governmental authority. Neither Tenant nor its agents, employees, contractors, guests or invitees shall smoke or permit smoking in the Premises and/or the Common Areas, unless the Common Areas have been declared a designated smoking area by Landlord, nor shall the above parties allow smoke from the Premises to emanate into the Common Areas or any other part of the Building. Landlord shall have the right to designate the Building (including the Premises) as a non-smoking building.

33. Tenant shall not take any action which would violate Landlord’s labor contracts or which would cause a work stoppage, picketing, labor disruption or dispute, or interfere with Landlord’s or any other tenant’s or occupant’s business or with the rights and privileges of any person lawfully in the Building (“Labor Disruption”). Tenant shall take the actions necessary to resolve the Labor Disruption, and shall have pickets removed and, at the request of Landlord, immediately terminate any work in the Premises that gave rise to the Labor Disruption, until

 

  EXHIBIT D  
  -3-  
   


Landlord gives its written consent for the work to resume, and Tenant shall have no claim for damages against Landlord or any of its trustees, members, principals, beneficiaries, partners, officers, directors, employees, mortgagees, or agents in connection therewith.

34. No tents, shacks, temporary or permanent structures of any kind shall be allowed on the Project. No personal belongings may be left unattended in any Common Areas.

35. Landlord shall have the right to prohibit the use of the name of the Building or Project or any other publicity by Tenant that in Landlord’s sole opinion may impair the reputation of the Building or Project or the desirability thereof. Upon written notice from Landlord. Tenant shall refrain from and discontinue such publicity immediately.

36. Landlord shall have the right to designate and approve standard window coverings for the Premises and to establish rules to assure that the Building presents a uniform exterior appearance. Tenant shall ensure, to the extent reasonably practicable, that window coverings are closed on windows in the Premises while they are exposed to the direct rays of the sun.

37. The work of cleaning personnel shall not be hindered by Tenant after 5:30 P.M., and cleaning work may be done at any time when the offices are vacant. Windows, doors and fixtures may be cleaned at any time. Tenant shall provide adequate waste and rubbish receptacles to prevent unreasonable hardship to the cleaning service.

38. Tenant shall comply with all Building security procedures as Landlord may effectuate,

39. Tenant shall at all times cooperate with Landlord in preserving a first-class image for the Building.

PARKING RULES AND REGULATIONS

1. Landlord reserves the right to establish and reasonably change the hours for the Parking Facility, on a non-discriminatory basis, from time to time. Tenant shall not store or permit its employees to store any automobiles in the Parking Facility without the prior written consent of Landlord (and/or the Parking Operator, as the case may be). Except for emergency repairs, Tenant and its employees shall not perform any work on any automobiles while located in the Parking Facility or on the Project. The Parking Facility may not be used by Tenant or its agents for overnight parking of vehicles. If it is necessary for Tenant or its employees to leave an automobile in the Parking Facility overnight, Tenant shall provide Landlord (or the Parking Operator as the case may be) with prior notice thereof designating the license plate number and model of such automobile.

2. Tenant (including Tenant’s employees and agents) will use the parking spaces solely for the purpose of parking passenger model cars, small vans and small trucks and will comply in all respects with any rules and regulations that may be promulgated by Landlord and/or the Parking Operator from time to time with respect to the Parking Facility.

3. Vehicles must be parked entirely within the stall lines painted on the floor, and only small cars may be parked in areas reserved for small cars.

4. All directional signs and arrows must be observed.

5. The speed limit shall be 5 miles per hour.

6. Parking spaces reserved for handicapped persons must be used only by vehicles properly designated.

7. Parking is prohibited in all areas not expressly designated for parking, including without limitation:

(a) areas not striped for parking:

(b) aisles;

(c) where “no parking” signs are posted:

(d) ramps: and

(e) loading zones.

8. Parking stickers, key cards and any other devices or forms of identification or entry supplied by Landlord or the Parking Operator shall remain the property of Landlord (or the Parking Operator as the case may be). Such device must be displayed as requested and may not be mutilated in any manner. The serial number of the parking identification device may not be obliterated. Parking passes and devices are not transferable and any pass or device in the possession of an unauthorized holder will be void.

9. Parking managers or attendants are not authorized to make or allow any exceptions to these Parking Rules and Regulations.

10. Every parker is required to park and lock his/her own car.

11. Loss or theft of parking passes, identification, key cards or other such devices must be reported to Landlord (and/or to the Parking Operator as the case may be) immediately. Any parking devices reported lost or stolen found on any authorized car will be confiscated and the illegal holder will be subject to prosecution. Lost or stolen

 

  EXHIBIT D  
  -4-  
   


passes and devices found by Tenant or its employees must be reported to Landlord (and to the Parking Operator, as the case may be) immediately.

12. Washing, waxing, cleaning or servicing of any vehicle by the customer and/or its agents is prohibited.

13. Tenant agrees to acquaint all persons to whom Tenant assigns a parking space with these Parking Rules and Regulations.

14. Neither Landlord nor the Parking Operator (as the case may be), from time to time will be liable for loss of or damage to any vehicle or any contents of such vehicle or accessories to any such vehicle, or any property left in any of the Parking Facility, resulting from fire, theft, vandalism, accident, conduct of other users of the Parking Facility and other persons, or any other casualty or cause. Further, Tenant understands and agrees that: (i) Landlord will not be obligated to provide any traffic control, security protection or Parking Operator for the Parking Facility; (ii) Tenant uses the Parking Facility at its own risk; and (iii) Landlord will not be liable for personal injury or death, or theft, loss of or damage to property. Tenant indemnifies and agrees to hold Landlord, any Parking Operator and their respective agents and employees harmless from and against any and all claims, demands, and actions arising out of the use of the Parking Facility by Tenant and its employees and agents, whether brought by any of such persons or any other person.

15. Tenant will ensure that any vehicle parked in any of the parking spaces will be kept in proper repair and will not leak excessive amounts of oil or grease or any amount of gasoline. If any of the parking spaces are at any time used (i) for any purpose other than parking as provided above, (ii) in any way or manner reasonably objectionable to Landlord, or (iii) by Tenant after default by Tenant under the Lease, Landlord, in addition to any other rights otherwise available to Landlord, may consider such default an event of default under the Lease.

16. Tenant’s right to use the Parking Facility will be in common with other tenants of the Building and with other parties permitted by Landlord to use the Parking Facility. Landlord reserves the right to assign and reassign, from time to time, particular parking spaces for use by persons selected by Landlord, provided that Tenant’s rights under the Lease are preserved. Landlord will not be liable to Tenant for any unavailability of Tenant’s designated spaces, if any, nor will any unavailability entitle Tenant to any refund, deduction, or allowance. Tenant will not park in any numbered space or any space designated as: RESERVED, HANDICAPPED, VISITORS ONLY, or LIMITED TIME PARKING (or similar designation).

17. If the Parking Facility is damaged or destroyed, or if the use of the Parking Facility is limited or prohibited by any governmental authority, or the use or operation of the Parking Facility is limited or prevented by strikes or other labor difficulties or other causes beyond Landlord’s reasonable control, Tenant’s inability to use the parking spaces will not subject Landlord (and/or the Parking Operator. as the case may be) to any liability to Tenant and will not relieve Tenant of any of its obligations under the Lease and the Lease will remain in full force and effect. Tenant will pay to Landlord upon demand, and Tenant indemnifies Landlord against, any and all loss or damage to the Parking Facility, or any equipment, fixtures, or signs used in connection with the Parking Facility and any adjoining buildings or structures caused by Tenant or any of its employees and agents.

18. Tenant has no right to assign or sublicense any of its rights in the parking passes, except as part of a permitted assignment or sublease of the Lease; however, Tenant may allocate the parking passes among its employees.

Tenant shall be responsible for the observance of all of the Rules and Regulations and Parking Rules and Regulations in this Exhibit D by Tenant’s employees, agents, clients, customers, invitees and guests. Landlord may waive any one or more of the Rules and Regulations and/or Parking Rules and Regulations for the benefit of any particular tenant or tenants, but no such waiver by Landlord shall be construed as a waiver of such Rules and Regulations and/or Parking Rules and Regulations in favor of any other tenant or tenants, nor prevent Landlord from thereafter enforcing any such Rules or Regulations and/or Parking Rules and Regulations against any or all tenants of the Building and/or the Project. Landlord reserves the right at any time to change or rescind any one or more of these Rules and Regulations and/or the Parking Rules and Regulations, or to make such other and further reasonable Rules and Regulations and/or Parking Rules and Regulations as in Landlord’s judgment may from time to time be necessary for the management, safety, care and cleanliness of the Premises, Building and Project, and for the preservation of good order therein, as well as for the convenience of other occupants and tenants therein. Tenant shall be deemed to have read these Rules and Regulations and Parking Rules and Regulations and to have agreed to abide by them as a condition of its occupancy of the Premises.

COMMON AREA AMENITIES

1. Tenant understands that Landlord has provided or will provide certain common area amenities for Tenant’s non-exclusive use. Such amenities are for the use of tenants during regular business hours and shall be reserved through the management office in advance. Tenant and Tenant’s agents, employees and invitees shall adhere to all rules Landlord sets forth in respect to use of the amenities, which may change from time to time.

2. Tenant understands and agrees that: (i) Tenant uses the amenities at its own risk; and (ii) Landlord will not be liable for personal injury or death, or theft, loss of or damage to property. Tenant indemnifies and agrees to hold Landlord and its agents and employees harmless from and against any and all claims, demands, and actions arising out of the use of the amenities by Tenant and its agents, employees and invitees, whether brought by any of such persons or any other person.

 

  EXHIBIT D  
  -5-  
   


3. All amenities offered shall remain at the locations designated by Landlord all times. Tenant must use the equipment only in the manner intended. Landlord reserves the right to limit Tenant’s use of any equipment or amenities to ensure the equitable use of the equipment and amenities by all tenants. Tenant shall not move or modify the equipment in any manner whatsoever. If Tenant has reason to believe that any equipment is malfunctioning, Tenant shall notify Landlord immediately.

4. Tenant shall be responsible for the cost or repairs or replacements of any amenities that are not returned to management after use or are damaged during the use of any such amenity by Tenant or Tenant’s agents, employees or invitees and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for any such cost within thirty (30) days after receipt of an invoice therefor.

5. Tenant shall conduct themselves in a quiet and well-mannered fashion when on or about the amenities and not cause any disturbances or interfere with the use or enjoyment of the amenities by other tenants.

6. Tenant shall not bring any food or beverages into the bocce ball area.

7. No alcoholic beverages shall be permitted at the amenities at any time.

8. Neither Tenant nor its agents, employees or invitees shall smoke or permit smoking in the amenity areas at any time.

 

  EXHIBIT D  
  -6-  
   


EXHIBIT E

INSURANCE REQUIRED OF CONTRACTORS

1. Required Insurance . Contractor shall maintain the following insurance without interruption through final completion, at any time thereafter when Contractor enters the site to perform work, and during any additional periods specified herein:

(a) Commercial general liability insurance on the current ISO CG 00 01 occurrence form or an equivalent acceptable to Owner (the “ CGL ”), [look at the following, grammatically] (i) covering liability arising from premises operations, independent contractors, products-completed operations, personal and advertising injury, and liability assumed under an insured contract (including the tort liability of another assumed in a business contract), (ii) with limits of not less than $1,000,000 each occurrence, $1,000,000 personal and advertising injury, $2,000,000 general aggregate, and a separate $2,000,000 products-completed operations aggregate, (iii) including the Additional Insureds (as defined in Section 6 of this Exhibit) as additional insureds, using one or more additional insured endorsements (such as a combination of CG 20 10 (or CG 20 15 for vendors) and CG 20 37) that provides coverage for both ongoing and completed operations and is acceptable to Owner, (iv) that applies as primary and non-contributing insurance with respect to any other insurance or self-insurance program afforded to the Additional Insureds, (v) that provides that any general aggregate limit applies separately to the work on a “per project” basis, (vi) that does not limit the scope of coverage for liability arising from “XCU” (explosion, collapse, or underground) hazards, and (vii) that includes a standard ISO separation of insureds provision or a substantially similar provision. Contractor shall maintain its products-completed operations coverage for at least three years after substantial completion of the work or the earlier termination of the Lease.

(b) Business automobile liability insurance to cover liability arising out of any auto (including owned, hired and non-owned autos), with a limit of not less than $1,000,000 each accident. Contractor waives all rights against the Additional Insureds for recovery of damages to the extent those damages are covered under its business automobile liability insurance (and, if applicable, commercial excess or umbrella liability insurance).

(c) Workers compensation and employers liability insurance, for all persons Contractor employs in carrying out any work. The workers compensation insurance must fulfill applicable statutory requirements. The employers liability insurance must have limits of not less than $1,000,000 each accident for bodily injury by accident, $1,000,000 each employee for bodily injury by disease, and $1,000,000 policy limit for bodily injury by disease. Contractor waives all rights against Landlord for recovery of damages covered by the workers compensation and employers liability insurance obtained by Contractor, and shall obtain an endorsement to allow this waiver. If Contractor uses borrowed employees (including employees from a temporary employment agency) to perform work, it shall require the primary employer to provide an alternate employer endorsement showing Contractor in the schedule as the alternate employer.

(d) Commercial excess or umbrella liability insurance with respect to Contractor’s CGL, business auto liability, and employers liability insurance, with a limit of not less than $3,000,000 [*Adjust as appropriate*] each occurrence. This insurance must be “true follow form,” must include the Additional Insureds as additional insureds with respect to Contractor’s CGL, must apply on a primary and noncontributing basis with respect to any other insurance or self-insurance program afforded to the Additional Insureds, and must provide that aggregate limits of liability apply separately with respect to the work.

2. Insurance Carried by Subcontractors . Contractor shall by written agreement require each of its subcontractors and consultants of every tier (“Subcontractors”) to maintain as if they were “Contractor” the insurance required in Section 1 (including naming the Additional Insureds as additional insureds), except that for Subcontractors with a contract value of less than $50,000 that are performing minor and non-hazardous work Contractor may, in its reasonable business judgment, (a) permit auto insurance limits of not less than $500,000 each accident, and (b) permit employers liability limits of not less than $500,000 per type of claim, (c) waive the requirement for a waiver of subrogation for workers compensation and employers liability insurance, and (d) waive the requirement for commercial excess or umbrella liability insurance.

3. Design Services or Design-Build Services . If any portion of the work includes any design services or design-build work, the entity or individual providing the design services shall provide professional liability insurance with a limit of not less than $1,000,000 each claim and $1,000,000 aggregate. This insurance must be retroactive to the date of the commencement of the design services, and must be maintained for three years after substantial completion of the work or the earlier termination of the Lease.

4. General Requirements . Each insurance policy required under this Exhibit E (together with the other requirements of this Exhibit E, the “ Required Insurance ”) must, unless otherwise agreed in writing by Landlord, be issued by reputable insurance carriers having a Best’s rating of at least A- VIII. Each policy and certificate will be subject to reasonable approval by Landlord, and Contractor shall deliver to Landlord certified copies of policies within 15 days after Landlord’s request. Except as may be specifically provided in this Agreement, the cost (including deductibles and self-insured retentions) of the Required Insurance, as well as the cost of any other insurance carried by Contractor with respect to the work, will be borne solely by Contractor, without additional reimbursement by Landlord. By requiring the Required Insurance, Landlord does not represent that the required coverage and limits will be adequate to protect Contractor, and unless otherwise specifically provided in the Lease the required coverage and limits will not limit Contractor’s other obligations under the Lease.

 

  EXHIBIT E  
  -1-  
   


5. Evidence of Insurance . Concurrently with the execution of the Lease, and in any event before commencing work at the site, Contractor shall provide to Landlord (i) an insurance certificate evidencing the Required Insurance, and (ii) an endorsement to Contractor’s CGL adding the Additional Insureds as additional insureds. Contractor shall ensure that Landlord is notified at least 30 days before the cancellation or non-renewal of any Required Insurance, or 10 days prior in the case of cancellation due to non-payment. Contractor shall provide an updated certificate of insurance before the expiration of the term of any Required Insurance. Landlord’s failure to require Contractor to provide evidence of Required Insurance, or Landlord’s acceptance of evidence that indicates insurance that fails to satisfy the requirements of this Exhibit E, will not constitute a waiver of those requirements.

6. Additional Insureds . The “Additional Insureds” are as follows: all individuals and entities that have any direct or indirect interest in Landlord; any holders of indebtedness secured by the Project; Tenant (if this is a build-out) and any entities that Landlord, per any other project-related agreement, is required to list as an additional insured, and, with respect to each of the foregoing, its managers, officers, directors, employees, and agents.

7. Risk of Loss; Property Insurance . Except to the extent a loss is covered by applicable insurance, Contractor bears the risk of loss and damage to the work (including any materials incorporated or to be incorporated as part of the work) until the date when the work is completed. Contractor and its Subcontractors are responsible to carry, at their own expense, property insurance covering the full replacement value of their machinery, tools, and equipment, and of work (including materials) until the risk of loss for Work passes to Landlord. To the fullest extent permitted by law Contractor hereby waives, and shall require Subcontractors (including equipment lessors) to waive, all claims against Landlord, the other Additional Insureds, tenants at the Project, and Landlord’s separate contractors and consultants and their subcontractors and subconsultants, for loss or damage to these items, regardless of the cause.

 

  EXHIBIT E  
  -2-  
   


RIDER

EXTENSION OPTION RIDER

This Extension Option Rider (“ Extension Rider ”) is attached to and made a part of the Lease by and between Landlord and Tenant. The agreements set forth in this Extension Rider shall have the same force and effect as if set forth in the Lease. To the extent the terms of this Extension Rider are inconsistent with the terms of the Lease, the terms of this Extension Rider shall control.

1. Extension Options . Landlord hereby grants Tenant one (1) option (the “ Extension Option ”) to extend the Lease Term for a period of five (5) years (the “ Option Term ”), which option shall be exercisable only by written Exercise Notice (as defined below) delivered by Tenant to Landlord as provided below. Upon the proper exercise of the Extension Option, the Lease Term shall be extended for the Option Term. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at Landlord’s option, in addition to any other remedies available to Landlord under the Lease, at law or in equity, the Extension Option shall not be deemed properly exercised if as of the date of delivery of the Exercise Notice (as defined below) by Tenant: (i) Tenant has previously been in material default under the Lease beyond all applicable notice and cure periods; and/or (ii) Landlord does not reasonably approve of Tenant’s then-existing financial condition and/or Landlord’s lender does not approve of the terms for the Option Term, including, without limitation, the Option Rent (as those terms are defined below). The Extension Option is personal to the Original Tenant and may only be exercised by the Original Tenant (and not any assignee, sublessee or other transferee of Tenant’s interest in the Lease) if the Original Tenant occupies the entire Premises as of the date of Tenant’s delivery of the Exercise Notice.

2. Option Rent . The annual Base Rent payable by Tenant during the Option Term (the “Option Rent”) shall be equal to the greater of: (i) the annual Base Rent payable by Tenant during the last year of the initial Lease Term; or (ii) the Fair Market Rental Rate for the Premises. As used herein, the “ Fair Market Rental Rate ” shall mean the annual base rent at which tenants, as of the commencement of the Option Term, will be leasing non-sublease space comparable in size, location (including views) and quality to the Premises for a comparable term as the Option Term, which comparable space is located in the Building, the Other Existing Buildings in the Project and in other comparable first-class biotechnology buildings in the Torrey Pines area of San Diego County, taking into consideration all free rent and other out-of-pocket concessions generally being granted at such time for such comparable space for the Option Term (including, without limitation, any tenant improvement allowance provided for such comparable space, with the amount of such tenant improvement allowance to be provided for the Premises during the Option Term to be determined after taking into account the age, quality and layout of the tenant improvements in the Premises as of the commencement of the Option Term with consideration given to the fact that the improvements existing in the Premises are specifically suitable to Tenant). All other terms and conditions of the Lease shall apply throughout the Option Term; however, Tenant shall, in no event, have the option to extend the Lease Term beyond the Option Term described in Section 1 above.

3. Exercise of Option . The Extension Option shall be exercised by Tenant, if at all, only in the following manner: (i) Tenant shall deliver written notice (“ Interest Notice ”) to Landlord not more than fifteen (15) months nor less than twelve (12) months prior to the expiration of the initial Lease Term stating that Tenant may be interested in exercising the Extension Option; (ii) Landlord, after receipt of Tenant’s notice, shall deliver notice (the “ Option Rent Notice ”) to Tenant not less than ten (10) months prior to the expiration of the initial Lease Term setting forth the Option Rent; and (iii) if Tenant wishes to exercise the Extension Option, Tenant shall, on or before the date (the “ Exercise Date ”) which is nine (9) months prior to the expiration of the initial Lease Term, exercise the Extension Option by delivering written notice (“ Exercise Notice ”) thereof to Landlord. Tenant’s failure to deliver the Interest Notice or Exercise Notice on or before the applicable delivery dates therefore specified hereinabove shall be deemed to constitute Tenant’s waiver of the Extension Option.

4. Determination of Option Rent . Tenant shall have no right to object to the Option Rent provided by Landlord, and if Tenant disagrees with Landlord’s determination of the Option Rent but Landlord and Tenant are unable to resolve such disagreement as to the Option Rent prior to the Exercise Date, then either (i) Tenant shall accept Landlord’s determination of the Option Rent by exercising the Extension Option by delivering Tenant’s Exercise Notice to Landlord on or before the Exercise Date, or (ii) Tenant shall be deemed to have relinquished the Extension Option, in which event the Extension Option shall be null and void as of the Exercise Date, and Landlord and Tenant shall have no further liability to the other under this Extension Rider.

 

  RIDER  
  -1-  
   


FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE

This FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE (“ Amendment ”) is made and entered into effective as of July 11, 2016, by and between WALTON TORREY OWNER A, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”) and TP THERAPEUTICS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”).

RECITALS :

A. Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain Lease dated as of January 19, 2016 (the “ Lease ”) pursuant to which Landlord leased to Tenant and Tenant leased from Landlord certain “Premises”, as described in the Lease, in that certain building located at 10628 Science Center Drive, San Diego, California 92121.

B. Except as otherwise set forth herein, all capitalized terms used in this Amendment shall have the same meaning as such terms have in the Lease.

C. Landlord and Tenant desire to amend the Lease to confirm the commencement an expiration dates of the term, as hereinafter provided.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing Recitals and the mutual covenants contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

l. Confirmation of Dates . The parties hereby confirm that (a) the Premises are Ready for Occupancy, and (b) the term of the Lease commenced as of July 11, 2016 for a term of five (5) years and five (5) months ending on December 31, 2021 (unless sooner terminated as provided in the Lease).

2. No Further Modification . Except as set forth in this Amendment, all of the terms and provisions of the Lease shall remain unmodified and in full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amendment has been executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

“Landlord”:

WALTON TORREY OWNER A, L.L.C.,

a Delaware limited liability company

By:

 

Walton Legacy Torrey Holdings VII, L.L.C.,

 

a Delaware limited liability company

 

its Sole Member

 

By:

 

Walton Torrey Investors VII, L.L.C.,

   

a Delaware limited liability company

   

its Managing Member

   

By:

 

Walton REIT Holdings VII, L.L.C.

     

a Delaware limited liability company

     

its Sole Member

     

By:

 

Walton REIT VII, L.L.C.

       

a Delaware limited liability company

       

its Managing Member

     

By:

 

Walton Street Real Estate Fund VII-Q, L.P.,

       

a Delaware limited partnership

       

its Managing Member

       

By:

 

Walton Street Managers VII, L.P.

         

a Delaware limited partnership

         

its General Partner

         

By:

 

WSC Managers VII, Inc.

           

a Delaware corporation

           

its General Partner

         

By:

 

/s/ Brian Kelly

         

Name:

   

Brian Kelly

         

Title:

   

Vice President

 

-1-


“Tenant”:

TP THERAPEUTICS, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

By:

 

/s/ Yishan (Peter) Li

 

Name:

 

Yishan (Peter) Li

 

Its:

 

President & CEO

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 
 

Its:

 

 

-2-


SECOND AMENDMENT TO LEASE

THIS SECOND AMENDMENT TO LEASE (this “ Second Amendment ”) is made as of June 8th, 2018, by and between ARE-SD REGION NO. 44, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”), and TP THERAPEUTICS, INC. , a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”).

RECITALS

A. Landlord and Tenant are now parties to that certain Office Lease dated as of January 19, 2016, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Lease dated as of July 11, 2016 (the “ Lease ”). Pursuant to the Lease, Tenant leases certain premises consisting of approximately 8,727 rentable square feet (“ Original Premises ”) on the second floor of that certain building located at 10628 Science Center Drive, San Diego, California (the “ Building ”). The Original Premises are more particularly described in the Lease. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings defined for such terms in the Lease.

B. Landlord and Tenant desire, subject to the terms and conditions set forth below, to amend the Lease to, among other things, expand the size of the Original Premises by adding that portion of the first floor of the Building consisting of approximately 9,302 rentable square feet, as shown on Exhibit A attached to this Second Amendment (“ Expansion Premises ”).

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing Recitals, which are incorporated herein by this reference, the mutual promises and conditions contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows:

 

1.

Expansion Premises . In addition to the Original Premises, commencing on the Expansion Premises Commencement Date, Landlord leases to Tenant, and Tenant leases from Landlord, the Expansion Premises.

 

2.

Delivery . Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to deliver (“ Delivery ” or “ Deliver ”) the Expansion Premises to Tenant on or before the Target Expansion Premises Commencement Date (as defined below) with Landlord’s Work in the Expansion Premises Substantially Completed. If Landlord fails to timely Deliver the Expansion Premises, Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any loss or damage resulting therefrom, and the Lease and this Second Amendment shall not be void or voidable. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if Landlord fails to Deliver the Expansion Premises to Tenant by the date that is 60 days after the Target Expansion Premises Commencement Date (as such date may be extended for Force Majeure events, the “ Abatement Date ”), then Base Rent payable with respect to the Expansion Premises only shall be abated 1 day for each day after the Abatement Date (as such date may be amended for Force Majeure events) that Landlord fails to Deliver the Expansion Premises to Tenant. As used herein, the terms “ Landlord’s Work ,” “ Tenant Delays ” and “ Substantially Completed ” shall have the meanings set forth for such terms in the work letter attached to this Second Amendment as Exhibit B (“ Second Amendment Work Letter ”).

The “ Expansion Premises Commencement Date ” shall be the earlier to occur of: (i) the date that Landlord delivers the Expansion Premises to Tenant, or (ii) the date that Landlord could have delivered the Expansion Premises to Tenant but for Tenant Delays. The “ Target Expansion Premises Commencement Date ” shall be September 1, 2018.

For the period of 30 consecutive days after the Expansion Premises Commencement Date, Landlord shall, at its sole cost and expense (which shall not constitute an Operating Expense), be responsible for any repairs that are required to be made to the Building systems (including HVAC, mechanical, electrical and plumbing) serving the Expansion Premises, unless Tenant, or any of Tenant’s assignees, sublessees, licensees, agents, servants, employees, invitees and contractors

 

1


(or any of Tenant’s assignees’, sublessees’ and/or licensees’ respective agents, servants, employees, invitees and contractors), was responsible for the cause of such repair, in which case Tenant shall pay the cost of such repair.

Except as set forth in the Second Amendment Work Letter: (i) Tenant shall accept the Expansion Premises in their condition as of the Expansion Premises Commencement Date; (ii) Landlord shall have no obligation for any defects in the Expansion Premises; and (iii) Tenant’s taking possession of the Expansion Premises shall be conclusive evidence that Tenant accepts the Expansion Premises and that the Expansion Premises were in good condition at the time possession was taken.

Tenant agrees and acknowledges that, except as otherwise expressly set forth in this Second Amendment, neither Landlord nor any agent of Landlord has made any representation or warranty with respect to the condition of all or any portion of the Expansion Premises, and/or the suitability of the Expansion Premises for the conduct of Tenant’s business, and Tenant waives any implied warranty that the Expansion Premises are suitable for the Permitted Use.

 

3.

Premises . Commencing on the Expansion Premises Commencement Date, the defined term “ Premises ” in the Summary of Basic Lease Information shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

Premises: That portion of the Building containing approximately 18,029 rentable square feet, consisting of (i) approximately 8,727 rentable square feet on the second floor of the Building commonly known as Suite 225 (the “ Original Premises ”), and (ii) approximately 9,302 rentable square feet on the second floor of the Building commonly known as Suite 200 (the “ Expansion Premises ”), all as determined by Landlord, as shown on Exhibit  A .”

As of the Expansion Premises Commencement Date, Exhibit A to the Lease shall be amended to include the Expansion Premises as shown on Exhibit A attached to this Second Amendment.

 

4.

Base Rent .

a. Original Premises . Tenant shall continue to pay Base Rent for the Original Premises as provided for in the Lease through December 31, 2021. For the avoidance of doubt, Tenant shall continue to be entitled to the Abated Rent provided for in the second paragraph of Article 3 of the Lease with respect to the Original Premises only.

b. Expansion Premises . Commencing on the Expansion Premises Commencement Date through December 31, 2021, Tenant shall (in addition to Base Rent for the Original Premises) commence paying Base Rent on a per rentable square foot basis with respect to the Expansion Premises at the same Monthly Rental Rate per Rentable Square Foot that Tenant is then paying with respect to the Original Premises pursuant to Section  9 of the Summary of Basic Lease Information, as adjusted pursuant to Section  9 of the Summary of Basic Lease Information. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in the Lease, in no event shall Tenant be entitled to any Abated Rent with respect to the Expansion Premises.

 

5.

Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and Utility Costs .

a. Commencing on the Expansion Premises Commencement Date, the defined term “ Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and Utility Costs ” set forth in Section  9 of the Summary of Basic Lease Information shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses: 19.87%”

 

2


b. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Lease and for the avoidance of any doubt, (i) “ Operating Expenses ” shall include (x) capital repairs, improvements and replacements amortized over the lesser of 10 years and the useful life of such capital items, (y) the cost (including, without limitation, any subsidies which Landlord may provide in connection with the Project Amenities) of the common area amenities (the “ Project Amenities ”) now or hereafter located at the Project which Project Amenities may include, without limitation, the common area fitness center, cafe, conference center, bocce ball court, barbeque pits and ping pong, and (z) with respect to the Expansion Premises, administration rent in the amount of 3.0% of Base Rent payable with respect to the Expansion Premises, and (ii) subsection (x) of Section  4.2.3 of the Lease is hereby deleted in its entirety. Increases in Controllable Expenses (as defined in Section  4.3.5 of the Lease) shall continue to be capped as provided in Section  4.3.5 of the Lease with respect to the Original Premises only through the Expiration Date. For the avoidance of doubt, Tenant shall continue, as part of Operating Expenses, to pay a management fee with respect to the Original Premises as provided in Section  4.2.3 of the Lease.

 

6.

Lease Term . The Lease Term with respect to both the Original Premises and the Expansion Premises shall expire on December 31, 2021 (the “ Expiration Date ”).

 

7.

Security Deposit . Commencing on the date of this Second Amendment, the defined term “ Security Deposit ” in Section  10 of the Summary of Basic Lease Information is deleted in its entirely and replaced with the following:

Security Deposit: $68,690.49”

Landlord currently holds a cash Security Deposit in the amount of $37,438.83 under the Lease. Concurrently with Tenant’s delivery of a signed original of this Second Amendment to Landlord, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord an unconditional and irrevocable letter of credit (the “ Letter of Credit ”): (i) in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, (ii) naming Landlord as beneficiary, (iii) expressly allowing Landlord to draw upon it at any time from time to time by delivering to the issuer notice that Landlord is entitled to draw thereunder, (iv) issued by an FDIC-insured financial institution satisfactory to Landlord, and (v) redeemable by presentation of a sight draft in the state of Landlord’s choice. Landlord shall reimburse Tenant the cash Security Deposit currently being held by Landlord within 30 days after Landlord’s receipt of the Letter of Credit.

 

8.

Parking . Commencing on the Expansion Premises Commencement Date, Tenant shall have the right to use an additional 27 unreserved parking space in the parking areas serving the Project and the references to “sixteen (16) unreserved parking spaces” in Section  12 of the Summary of Basic Lease Information and in Article 23 of the Lease are hereby deleted and replaced with “forty-three (43) unreserved parking spaces.” Tenant shall continue to have eight (8) reserved parking spaces pursuant to the Lease.

 

9.

The Alexandria Amenities .

a. Generally . ARE-SD Region No. 17, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ The Alexandria Landlord ”) has constructed certain amenities at the property owned by The Alexandria Landlord located at 10996 Torreyana Road, San Diego, California (“ The Alexandria ”), which, as of the date of this Second Amendment, include, without limitation, shared conference facilities (“ Shared Conference Facilities ”), a fitness center and restaurant (collectively, the “ Amenities ”) for non-exclusive use by (a) Tenant, (b) other tenants of the Project, (c) Landlord, (d) the tenants of The Alexandria Landlord, (e) The Alexandria Landlord, (e) other affiliates of Landlord, The Alexandria Landlord and Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. (“ ARE ”), (f) the tenants of such other affiliates of Landlord, The Alexandria Landlord and ARE, and (g) any other parties permitted by The Alexandria Landlord (collectively, “ Users ”). Landlord, The Alexandria Landlord, ARE, and all affiliates of Landlord, The Alexandria Landlord and ARE may be referred to collectively herein as the “ ARE Parties .” Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Tenant acknowledges and agrees that The Alexandria Landlord shall have the right, at the sole discretion

 

3


of The Alexandria Landlord, to not make the Amenities available for use by some or all currently contemplated Users (including Tenant). The Alexandria Landlord shall have the sole right to determine all matters related to the Amenities including, without limitation, relating to the reconfiguration, relocation, modification or removal of any of the Amenities at The Alexandria and/or to revise, expand or discontinue any of the services (if any) provided in connection with the Amenities. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Landlord has not made any representations or warranties regarding the availability of the Amenities and that Tenant is not entering into this Second Amendment relying on the continued availability of the Amenities to Tenant.

b. License . Commencing on the Expansion Premises Commencement Date, and so long as The Alexandria and the Project continue to be owned by affiliates of ARE, Tenant shall have the non-exclusive right to the use of the available Amenities in common with other Users pursuant to the terms of this Section  9 . Tenant shall be entitled to 2.5 passes to the fitness center located at The Alexandria per 1,000 rentable square feet of the Expansion Premises for use by employees of Tenant employed at the Premises. If any employee of Tenant to whom a fitness center pass has been issued ceases to be an employee of Tenant at the Premises or any employee to whom an access card (which does not include a fitness center pass) has been issued ceases to be an employee of Tenant at the Premises, Tenant shall immediately upon such employee’s change in status collect such employee’s pass or access card, as applicable, and deliver it to Landlord along with written notice of such employee’s change in status.

Commencing on the Expansion Premises Commencement Date, Tenant shall pay to Landlord a monthly fixed fee equal to $0.18 per rentable square foot of the Expansion Premises per month (“ Amenities Fee ”), which Amenities Fee shall by payable on the first day of each month during the Term whether or not Tenant elects to use any or all of the Amenities. The Amenities Fee shall be increased annually on each anniversary of the Expansion Premises Commencement Date by 3%. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if Tenant exercises its Extension Option under the Lease, then commencing on the commencement date of the Option Term, in addition to the Amenities Fee payable with respect to the Expansion Premises, Tenant will commence paying an Amenities Fee with respect to the Original Premises on a per rentable square foot basis equal to the Amenities Fee then payable by Tenant on a per rentable square foot basis with respect to the Original Premises (as adjusted pursuant to this paragraph). If all of the Amenities at The Alexandria become materially unavailable for use by Tenant (for any reason other than a default by Tenant under the Lease or the default by Tenant of any agreement(s) relating to the use of the Amenities by Tenant) for a period in excess of 60 consecutive days, then, commencing on the date that the Amenities in their entirety become materially unavailable for use by Tenant and continuing for the period that the Amenities in their entirety remain materially unavailable for use by Tenant, the Amenities Fee then-currently payable by Tenant shall be abated.

c. Shared Conference Facilities . Use by Tenant of the Shared Conference Facilities and restaurant at The Alexandria shall be in common with other Users with scheduling procedures reasonably determined by The Alexandria Landlord or The Alexandria Landlord’s then designated event operator (“ Event Operator ”). Tenant’s use of the Shared Conference Facilities shall be subject to the payment by Tenant to The Alexandria Landlord of a fee equal to The Alexandria Landlord’s quoted rates for the usage of the Shared Conference Facilities in effect at the time of Tenant’s scheduling. Tenant’s use of the conference rooms in the Shared Conference Area shall be subject to availability and The Alexandria Landlord (or, if applicable, Event Operator) reserves the right to exercise its reasonable discretion in the event of conflicting scheduling requests among Users. Tenant hereby acknowledges that (i) Biocom/San Diego, a California non-profit corporation (“ Biocom ”) has the right to reserve the Shared Conference Facilities and any reservable dining area(s) included within the Amenities for up to 50% of the time that such Shared Conference Facilities and reservable dining area(s) are available for use by Users each calendar month, and (ii) Illumina, Inc., a Delaware corporation, has the exclusive use of the main conference room within the Shared Conference Facilities for up to 4 days per calendar month.

 

4


Tenant shall be required to use the food service operator designated by The Alexandria Landlord at The Alexandria (the “ Designated Food and Beverage Operator ”) for any food and/or beverage service or catered events held by Tenant in the Shared Conference Facilities. As of the date of this Second Amendment, the Designated Food and Beverage Operator is The Farmer and the Seahorse. The Alexandria Landlord has the right, in its sole and absolute discretion, to change the Designated Food and Beverage Operator at any time. Tenant may not use any vendors other than the Designated Food and Beverage Operator nor may Tenant supply its own food and/or beverages in connection with any food and/or beverage service or catered events held by Tenant in the Shared Conference Facilities. If Landlord notifies Tenant in writing that there is no Designated Food and Beverage operator, then Tenant may use a food operator selected by Tenant and reasonably acceptable to Landlord.

Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, (i) be responsible for the set-up of the Shared Conference Facilities in connection with Tenant’s use (including, without limitation ensuring that Tenant has a sufficient number of chairs and tables and the appropriate equipment), and (ii) surrender the Shared Conference Facilities after each time that Tenant uses the Shared Conference Facilities free of Tenant’s personal property, in substantially the same set up and same condition as received, and free of any debris and trash. If Tenant fails to restore and surrender the Shared Conference Facilities as required by sub-section (ii) of the immediately preceding sentence, such failure shall constitute a “ Shared Facilities Default .” Each time that Landlord reasonably determines that Tenant has committed a Shared Facilities Default, Tenant shall be required to pay Landlord a penalty within 5 days after notice from Landlord of such Shared Facilities Default. The penalty payable by Tenant in connection with the first Shared Facilities Default shall be $200. The penalty payable shall increase by $50 for each subsequent Shared Facilities Default (for the avoidance of doubt, the penalty shall be $250 for the second Shared Facilities Default, shall be $300 for the third Shared Facilities Default, etc.). In addition to the foregoing, Tenant shall be responsible for reimbursing The Alexandria Landlord or Landlord, as applicable, for all costs expended by The Alexandria Landlord or Landlord, as applicable, in repairing any damage to the Shared Conference Facilities, the Amenities, or The Alexandria caused by Tenant or any Tenant Related Party. The provisions of this Section  9(c) shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease.

d. Restaurant . Tenant’s employees that have been issued an access card to The Alexandria shall have the right, along with other Users, to access and use the restaurant located at The Alexandria.

e. Rules and Regulations . Tenant shall be solely responsible for paying for any and all ancillary services (e.g., audio visual equipment) provided to Tenant, all food services operators and any other third party vendors providing services to Tenant at The Alexandria. Tenant shall use the Amenities (including, without limitation, the Shared Conference Facilities) in compliance with all applicable laws and any rules and regulations imposed by The Alexandria Landlord or Landlord from time to time and in a manner that will not interfere with the rights of other Users. The use of Amenities other than the Shared Conference Facilities by employees of Tenant shall be in accordance with the terms and conditions of the standard licenses, indemnification and waiver agreement required by The Alexandria Landlord or the operator of the Amenities to be executed by all persons wishing to use such Amenities. Neither The Alexandria Landlord nor Landlord (nor, if applicable, any other affiliate of Landlord) shall have any liability or obligation for the breach of any rules or regulations by other Users with respect to the Amenities. Tenant shall not make any alterations, additions, or improvements of any kind to the Shared Conference Facilities, the Amenities or The Alexandria.

Tenant acknowledges and agrees that The Alexandria Landlord shall have the right at any time and from time to time to reconfigure, relocate, modify or remove any of the Amenities at The Alexandria and/or to revise, expand or discontinue any of the services (if any) provided in connection with the Amenities.

 

5


f. Waiver of Liability and Indemnification . Tenant warrants that it will use reasonable care to prevent damage to property and injury to persons while on The Alexandria. Tenant waives any claims it or any Tenant Parties may have against any ARE Parties relating to, arising out of or in connection with the Amenities and any entry by Tenant and/or any Tenant Parties onto The Alexandria, and Tenant releases and exculpates all ARE Parties from any liability relating to, arising out of or in connection with the Amenities and any entry by Tenant and/or any Tenant Parties onto The Alexandria. Tenant hereby agrees to indemnify, defend, and hold harmless the ARE Parties from any claim of damage to property or injury to person relating to, arising out of or in connection with (i) the use of the Amenities by Tenant or any Tenant Parties, and (ii) any entry by Tenant and/or any Tenant Parties onto The Alexandria, except to the extent caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of ARE Parties. The provisions of this Section  9(f) shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease.

g. Insurance . As of the Expansion Premises Commencement Date, Tenant shall cause The Alexandria Landlord to be named as an additional insured under the commercial general liability policy of insurance that Tenant is required to maintain pursuant to Section  10.3 of the Lease.

 

10.

Early Cancellation Right . Section  2.2 of the Lease is hereby deleted in its entirety and is null and void and of no further force or effect.

 

11.

Extension Option . For the avoidance of doubt, Tenant shall continue to have the right to extend the Term; provided that Tenant may only exercise its Extension Option with respect to the entire Premises.

 

12.

Control Areas . Section  5.4 of the Lease is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“5.4 Control Areas . Tenant shall have the use of 100% of the control area designated as control area 3 on Exhibit C attached hereto. For the avoidance of doubt, Tenant shall not have rights with respect to any other control areas at the Project.”

 

13.

Door Improvements . Tenant shall be required to remove the Door Improvements (as defined in the Second Amendment Work Letter) and restore the area of the Premises in which the Door Improvements are located to their condition prior to the construction of the Door Improvements on or before the Expiration Date (which the parties anticipate will cost approximately $5,000); provided, however, that if Tenant elects to exercise its Extension Option, then following the expiration of the Option Term, Tenant shall not be required to remove or restore the Door Improvements.

 

14.

Emergency Generator . Tenant shall have the right, in common with other tenants, to use the existing emergency generator located at the Building. All costs incurred by Landlord in connection with the emergency generator shall be included as part of Operating Expenses. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Lease, Landlord’s sole obligation for either providing an emergency generator or providing emergency back-up power to Tenant shall be to contract with a third party to maintain the Emergency Generator as per the manufacturer’s standard maintenance guidelines. Landlord shall have no obligation to provide Tenant with an operational emergency generator or back-up power or to supervise, oversee or confirm that the third party maintaining the Emergency Generator is maintaining the generator as per the manufacturer’s standard guidelines or otherwise. During any period of replacement, repair or maintenance of the Emergency Generator, when the Emergency Generator is not operational, including any delays thereto due to the inability to obtain parts or replacement equipment, Landlord shall have no obligation to provide Tenant with an alternative back-up generator or generators or alternative sources of back-up power. Tenant expressly acknowledges and agrees that Landlord does not guaranty that the Emergency Generator will be operational at all times or that emergency power will be available to the Premises when needed.

 

6


15.

Monument Sign . Tenant shall have the non-exclusive right to display, at Landlord’s cost, Tenant’s name on the monument sign serving the Building (the “ Monument Sign ”). Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Tenant’s signage on the Monument Sign, including, without limitation, the location, size, color and type, shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, and shall be consistent with Landlord’s signage program at the Project and applicable laws. Tenant shall be responsible, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, for the maintenance of Tenant’s signage on the Monument Sign, for the removal of Tenant’s signage from the Monument Sign at the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease and for the repair of all damage resulting from such removal.

 

16.

OFAC . Tenant and all beneficial owners of Tenant are currently (a) in compliance with and shall at all times during the Term of the Lease remain in compliance with the regulations of the Office of Foreign Assets Control (“ OFAC ”) of the U.S. Department of Treasury and any statute, executive order, or regulation relating thereto (collectively, the “ OFAC Rules ”), (b) not listed on, and shall not during the term of the Lease be listed on, the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List, Foreign Sanctions Evaders List, or the Sectoral Sanctions Identification List, which are all maintained by OFAC and/or on any other similar list maintained by OFAC or other governmental authority pursuant to any authorizing statute, executive order, or regulation, and (c) not a person or entity with whom a U.S. person is prohibited from conducting business under the OFAC Rules.

 

17.

California Accessibility Disclosure . For purposes of Section 1938(a) of the California Civil Code, Landlord hereby discloses to Tenant, and Tenant hereby acknowledges, that the Project has not undergone inspection by a Certified Access Specialist (CASp). In addition, the following notice is hereby provided pursuant to Section 1938(e) of the California Civil Code: “A Certified Access Specialist (CASp) can inspect the subject premises and determine whether the subject premises comply with all of the applicable construction-related accessibility standards under state law. Although state law does not require a CASp inspection of the subject premises, the commercial property owner or lessor may not prohibit the lessee or tenant from obtaining a CASp inspection of the subject premises for the occupancy or potential occupancy of the lessee or tenant, if requested by the lessee or tenant. The parties shall mutually agree on the arrangements for the time and manner of the CASp inspection, the payment of the fee for the CASp inspection, and the cost of making any repairs necessary to correct violations of construction-related accessibility standards within the premises.” In furtherance of and in connection with such notice: (i) Tenant, having read such notice and understanding Tenant’s right to request and obtain a CASp inspection, hereby elects not to obtain such CASp inspection and forever waives its rights to obtain a CASp inspection with respect to the Premises, Building and/or Project to the extent permitted by Legal Requirements; and (ii) if the waiver set forth in clause (i) hereinabove is not enforceable pursuant to Legal Requirements, then Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows (which constitutes the mutual agreement of the parties as to the matters described in the last sentence of the foregoing notice): (A) Tenant shall have the one-time right to request for and obtain a CASp inspection, which request must be made, if at all, in a written notice delivered by Tenant to Landlord; (B) any CASp inspection timely requested by Tenant shall be conducted (1) at a time mutually agreed to by Landlord and Tenant, (2) in a professional manner by a CASp designated by Landlord and without any testing that would damage the Premises, Building or Project in any way, and (3) at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, including, without limitation, Tenant’s payment of the fee for such CASp inspection, the fee for any reports prepared by the CASp in connection with such CASp inspection (collectively, the “ CASp Reports ”) and all other costs and expenses in connection therewith; (C) the CASp Reports shall be delivered by the CASp simultaneously to Landlord and Tenant; (D) Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall be responsible for making any improvements, alterations, modifications and/or repairs to or within the Premises to correct violations of construction-related accessibility standards including, without limitation, any violations disclosed by such CASp inspection; and (E) if such CASp inspection identifies any improvements, alterations, modifications and/or repairs necessary to correct violations of construction-related accessibility standards relating to those items of the Building and Project located outside the Premises that are Landlord’s obligation to repair as set forth in the Lease, then Landlord shall perform such improvements, alterations, modifications and/or repairs as and to the extent required by Legal

 

7


 

Requirements to correct such violations, and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the cost of such improvements, alterations, modifications and/or repairs within 10 business days after Tenant’s receipt of an invoice therefor from Landlord.

 

18.

Brokers . Landlord and Tenant each represents and warrants that it has not dealt with any broker, agent or other person (collectively, “ Broker ”) in connection with the transaction reflected in this Second Amendment and that no Broker brought about this transaction, other than CBRE and Cushman & Wakefield. Landlord and Tenant each hereby agrees to indemnify and hold the other harmless from and against any claims by any Broker, other than CBRE and Cushman & Wakefield, claiming a commission or other form of compensation by virtue of having dealt with Tenant or Landlord, as applicable, with regard to this Second Amendment. Landlord shall be responsible for all commissions due to CBRE and Cushman & Wakefield arising out of the execution of this Second Amendment in accordance with the terms of a separate written agreement between Landlord, on the one hand, and CBRE and Cushman & Wakefield, on the other hand.

 

19.

Miscellaneous .

a. This Second Amendment is the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous oral and written agreements and discussions. This Second Amendment may be amended only by an agreement in writing, signed by the parties hereto.

b. This Second Amendment is binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, and their respective successors and assigns.

c. This Second Amendment may be executed in 2 or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Counterparts may be delivered via facsimile, electronic mail (including pdf or any electronic signature process complying with the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000) or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes. Electronic signatures shall be deemed original signatures for purposes of this Second Amendment and all matters related thereto, with such electronic signatures having the same legal effect as original signatures.

d. Except as amended and/or modified by this Second Amendment, the Lease is hereby ratified and confirmed and all other terms of the Lease shall remain in full force and effect, unaltered and unchanged by this Second Amendment. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Second Amendment and the provisions of the Lease, the provisions of this Second Amendment shall prevail. Whether or not specifically amended by this Second Amendment, all of the terms and provisions of the Lease are hereby amended to the extent necessary to give effect to the purpose and intent of this Second Amendment.

[Signatures are on the next page.]

 

8


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Second Amendment as of the day and year first above written.

 

TENANT:

TP THERAPEUTICS, INC. ,

a Delaware corporation

By:

 

/s/ Yishan Li

Its:

 

CEO

LANDLORD:

ARE-SD REGION NO. 44, LLC ,

a Delaware limited liability company

By:

 

ALEXANDRIA REAL ESTATE EQUITIES, L.P.,

 

a Delaware limited partnership,

 

managing member

 

By:

 

ARE-QRS CORP.,

   

a Maryland corporation,

   

general partner

   

By:

 

/s/ Gary Dean

   

Its:

   

Senior Vice President RE Legal Affairs

 

9


EXHIBIT A

EXPANSION PREMISES

 

LOGO

 


EXHIBIT B

SECOND AMENDMENT WORK LETTER

THIS SECOND AMENDMENT WORK LETTER dated June 8th, 2018 (this “ Second Amendment Work Letter ”) is made and entered into by and between ARE-SD REGION NO. 44, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”), and TP THERAPEUTICS, INC. , a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”), and is attached to and made a part of that certain Office Lease dated as of January 19, 2016, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Lease dated as of July 11, 2016, and as further amended by that certain Second Amendment of even date herewith (as amended, the “ Lease ”), by and between Landlord and Tenant. Any initially capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Lease.

1. General Requirements .

(a) Tenant’s Authorized Representative . Tenant designates Brian Baker and Yishan (Peter) Li (either such individual acting alone, “ Tenant’s Representative ”) as the only persons authorized to act for Tenant pursuant to this Second Amendment Work Letter. Landlord shall not be obligated to respond to or act upon any request, approval, inquiry or other communication (“ Communication ”) from or on behalf of Tenant in connection with this Second Amendment Work Letter unless such Communication is in writing from Tenant’s Representative. Tenant may change either Tenant’s Representative at any time upon not less than 5 business days advance written notice to Landlord. Neither Tenant nor Tenant’s Representative shall be authorized to direct Landlord’s contractors in the performance of Landlord’s Work (as hereinafter defined).

(b) Landlord’s Authorized Representative . Landlord designates Michael Harrison and John Cavanagh (either such individual acting alone, “ Landlord’s Representative ”) as the only persons authorized to act for Landlord pursuant to this Second Amendment Work Letter. Tenant shall not be obligated to respond to or act upon any request, approval, inquiry or other Communication from or on behalf of Landlord in connection with this Second Amendment Work Letter unless such Communication is in writing from Landlord’s Representative. Landlord may change either Landlord’s Representative at any time upon not less than 5 business days advance written notice to Tenant. Landlord’s Representative shall be the sole persons authorized to direct Landlord’s contractors in the performance of Landlord’s Work.

(c) Architects, Consultants and Contractors . Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge and agree that: (i) the general contractor and any subcontractors for the Tenant Improvements shall be selected by Landlord, subject to Tenant’s approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, and (ii) DGA shall be the architect (the “ TI Architect ”) for the Tenant Improvements.

2. Tenant Improvements .

(a) Tenant Improvements Defined . As used herein, “ Tenant Improvements ” shall mean all improvements to the Expansion Premises of a fixed and permanent nature as shown on the TI Construction Drawings, as defined in Section  2(c) below. Other than Landlord’s Work (as defined in Section  3(a) below), Landlord shall not have any obligation whatsoever with respect to the finishing of the Expansion Premises for Tenant’s use and occupancy. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Lease, Tenant shall not be required to remove or restore the Tenant Improvements at the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, nor shall Tenant have the right to remove any of the Tenant Improvements at any time during the Term or upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term except as part of Alterations approved by Landlord, in its sole and absolute discretion.

(b) Tenant’s Space Plans . The schematic drawings and outline specifications attached to this Second Amendment Work Letter as Schedule 1 (the “ Space Plans ”) have been approved by Landlord and Tenant.

 

B-1


(c) Working Drawings . Landlord shall cause the TI Architect to prepare and deliver to Tenant for review and comment construction plans, specifications and drawings for the Tenant Improvements (“ TI Construction Drawings ”), which TI Construction Drawings shall be prepared substantially in accordance with the Space Plans. Tenant shall be solely responsible for ensuring that the TI Construction Drawings reflect Tenant’s requirements for the Tenant Improvements. Tenant shall deliver its written comments on the TI Construction Drawings to Landlord not later than 10 business days after Tenant’s receipt of the same; provided, however, that Tenant may not disapprove any matter that is consistent with the Space Plans without submitting a Change Request. Landlord and the TI Architect shall consider all such comments in good faith and shall, within 10 business days after receipt, notify Tenant how Landlord proposes to respond to such comments, but Tenant’s review rights pursuant to the foregoing sentence shall not delay the design or construction schedule for the Tenant Improvements. Any disputes in connection with such comments shall be resolved in accordance with Section  2(d) hereof. Provided that the design reflected in the TI Construction Drawings is consistent with the Space Plans, Tenant shall approve the TI Construction Drawings submitted by Landlord, unless Tenant submits a Change Request. Once approved by Tenant, subject to the provisions of Section  4 below, Landlord shall not materially modify the TI Construction Drawings except as may be reasonably required in connection with the issuance of the TI Permit (as defined in Section  3(b) below).

(d) Approval and Completion . Upon any dispute regarding the design of the Tenant Improvements, which is not settled within 10 business days after notice of such dispute is delivered by one party to the other, Landlord may make the final decision regarding the design of the Tenant Improvements provided that such final decision is consistent with the Space Plans. Any changes to the TI Construction Drawings by Tenant shall be processed as provided in Section  4 hereof.

3. Performance of Landlord’s Work .

(a) Definition of Landlord’s Work . As used herein, “ Landlord’s Work ” shall mean (i) the work of constructing the Tenant Improvements, (ii) the work of constructing the common area restroom improvements shown on Schedule 1 attached hereto, and (iii) the work of constructing a door separating the laboratory portion of the Premises from the office portion of the Premises as shown on Schedule 2 attached hereto (the “ Door Improvements ”).

(b) Commencement and Permitting . Landlord shall commence construction of the Tenant Improvements upon obtaining a building permit (the “ TI Permit ”) authorizing the construction of the Tenant Improvements consistent with the TI Construction Drawings approved by Tenant. The cost of obtaining the TI Permit shall be payable by Landlord. Tenant shall assist Landlord in obtaining the TI Permit. If any governmental authority having jurisdiction over the construction of Landlord’s Work or any portion thereof shall impose terms or conditions upon the construction thereof that: (i) are inconsistent with Landlord’s obligations hereunder, (ii) increase the cost of constructing Landlord’s Work, or (iii) will materially delay the construction of Landlord’s Work, Landlord and Tenant shall reasonably and in good faith seek means by which to mitigate or eliminate any such adverse terms and conditions.

(c) Completion of Landlord’s Work . Landlord shall substantially complete or cause to be substantially completed Landlord’s Work in a good and workmanlike manner, in accordance with Legal Requirements and the TI Permit subject, in each case, to Minor Variations and normal “punch list” items of a non-material nature that do not interfere with the use of the Expansion Premises and with a certificate or temporary certificate of occupancy (or an equivalent approval having been issued) for the Expansion Premises permitting lawful occupancy of the Expansion Premises (but specifically excluding any permits, licenses or other governmental approvals required to be obtained in connection with Tenant’s operations in the Expansion Premises) (“ Substantial Completion ” or “ Substantially Complete ”). Upon Substantial Completion of Landlord’s Work, Landlord shall require the TI Architect and the general contractor to execute and deliver, for the benefit of Tenant and Landlord, a Certificate of Substantial Completion in the form of the American Institute of Architects (“ AIA ”) document G704. For purposes of this Second Amendment Work Letter, “ Minor Variations ” shall mean any modifications reasonably required: (i) to comply with all applicable Legal Requirements and/or to obtain or to comply with any required permit (including the TI Permit); (ii) to comply with any request by Tenant for modifications to Landlord’s Work; (iii) to comport with

 

B-2


good design, engineering, and construction practices that are not material; or (iv) to make reasonable adjustments for field deviations or conditions encountered during the construction of Landlord’s Work.

(d) Selection of Materials . Where more than one type of material or structure is indicated on the TI Construction Drawings approved by Landlord and Tenant, the option will be selected at Landlord’s sole and absolute subjective discretion. As to all building materials and equipment that Landlord is obligated to supply under this Second Amendment Work Letter, Landlord shall select the manufacturer thereof in its reasonable discretion.

(e) Delivery of the Expansion Premises . When Landlord’s Work is Substantially Complete, subject to the remaining terms and provisions of this Section  3(e) , Tenant shall accept the Expansion Premises. Tenant’s taking possession and acceptance of the Expansion Premises shall not constitute a waiver of: (i) any warranty with respect to workmanship (including installation of equipment) or material (exclusive of equipment provided directly by manufacturers), (ii) any non-compliance of Landlord’s Work with applicable Legal Requirements, or (iii) any claim that Landlord’s Work was not completed substantially in accordance with the TI Construction Drawings (subject to Minor Variations and such other changes as are permitted hereunder) (collectively, a “ Construction Defect ”). Tenant shall have one year after Substantial Completion within which to notify Landlord of any such Construction Defect discovered by Tenant, and Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to remedy or cause the responsible contractor to remedy any such Construction Defect within 30 days thereafter. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall not be in default under the Lease if the applicable contractor, despite Landlord’s reasonable efforts, fails to remedy such Construction Defect within such 30-day period. If the contractor fails to remedy such Construction Defect within such 30-day period, Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to remedy the Construction Defect within a reasonable period.

Tenant shall be entitled to receive the benefit of all construction warranties and manufacturer’s equipment warranties relating to equipment installed in the Expansion Premises. If requested by Tenant, Landlord shall attempt to obtain extended warranties from manufacturers and suppliers of such equipment, but the cost of any such extended warranties shall be borne solely by Tenant. Landlord shall promptly undertake and use reasonable efforts to complete, or cause to be completed, all punch list items within 30 days after the Commencement Date.

(f) Commencement Date Delay . Except as otherwise provided in the Lease, Delivery of the Expansion Premises shall occur when Landlord’s Work in the Expansion Premises has been Substantially Completed, except to the extent that completion of Landlord’s Work in the Expansion premises shall have been actually delayed by any one or more of the following causes (“ Tenant Delay ”):

(i) Tenant’s Representative was not available within 2 business days to give or receive any Communication or to take any other action required to be taken by Tenant hereunder;

(ii) Tenant’s request for Change Requests (as defined in Section  4(a) below) whether or not any such Change Requests are actually performed;

(iii) Construction of any Change Requests;

(iv) Tenant’s request for materials, finishes or installations (excluding those specifically identified in the approved TI Construction Drawings) requiring unusually long lead times, provided that promptly after Landlord learns of such long lead times, Landlord informs Tenant in writing that the requested items will require unusually long lead times;

(v) Tenant’s delay in reviewing, revising or approving plans and specifications beyond the periods set forth herein;

 

B-3


(vi) Tenant’s delay in providing information critical to the normal progression of the Project. Tenant shall provide such information as soon as reasonably possible, but in no event longer than one week after receipt of any request for such information from Landlord;

(vii) Tenant’s delay in making payments to Landlord for Excess TI Costs (as defined in Section  5(d) below); or

(viii) Any other act or omission by Tenant or any Tenant Party (as defined in the Lease), or persons employed by any of such persons.

If Delivery is delayed for any of the foregoing reasons, then Landlord shall cause the TI Architect to certify the date on which the Tenant Improvements would have been Substantially Completed but for such Tenant Delay and such certified date shall be the date of Delivery.

4. Changes . Any changes requested by Tenant to the Tenant Improvements shall be requested and instituted in accordance with the provisions of this Section  4 and shall be subject to the written approval of Landlord and the TI Architect, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

(a) Tenant’s Request For Changes . If Tenant shall request changes to the Tenant Improvements (“ Changes ”), Tenant shall request such Changes by notifying Landlord in writing in substantially the same form as the AIA standard change order form (a “ Change Request ”), which Change Request shall detail the nature and extent of any such Change. Such Change Request must be signed by Tenant’s Representative. Landlord shall, before proceeding with any Change, use commercially reasonable efforts to respond to Tenant as soon as is reasonably possible with an estimate of: (i) the time it will take, and (ii) the architectural and engineering fees and costs that will be incurred, to analyze such Change Request (which costs shall be paid by Tenant to the extent actually incurred, whether or not such change is implemented). Landlord shall thereafter submit to Tenant in writing, within 5 business days of receipt of the Change Request (or such longer period of time as is reasonably required depending on the extent of the Change Request), an analysis of the additional cost or savings involved, including, without limitation, architectural and engineering costs and the period of time, if any, that the Change will extend the date on which Landlord’s Work will be Substantially Complete. Any such delay in the completion of Landlord’s Work caused by a Change, including any suspension of Landlord’s Work while any such Change is being evaluated and/or designed, shall be Tenant Delay.

(b) Implementation of Changes . If Tenant: (i) approves in writing the cost or savings and the estimated extension in the time for completion of Landlord’s Work, if any, and (ii) deposits with Landlord any Excess TI Costs required in connection with such Change, Landlord shall cause the approved Change to be instituted. Notwithstanding any approval or disapproval by Tenant of any estimate of the delay caused by such proposed Change, the TI Architect’s determination of the amount of Tenant Delay in connection with such Change shall be final and binding on Landlord and Tenant.

5. Costs .

(a) Cost of Tenant Improvements . Except as otherwise provided in this Work Letter, Landlord shall be responsible for the payment of design, permits and construction costs in connection with the construction of the Tenant Improvements, including, without limitation, the cost of preparing the TI Construction Drawings and the Space Plans, all costs set forth in the budget for the Tenant Improvements and Landlord’s out-of-pocket expenses (collectively, “ TI Costs ”). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in no event shall Landlord be required to pay for the Door Improvements or the purchase of any furniture, personal property or other non-Building system materials or equipment, including, but not limited to, Tenant’s voice or data cabling equipment.

(b) Excess TI Costs . Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Landlord shall have no responsibility for any costs arising from or related to Tenant’s Changes to the Space Plan or to the TI

 

B-4


Construction Drawings approved by Tenant and Landlord, the cost of the Door Improvements (which the parties anticipate will cost approximately $15,000), Tenant Delays and the cost of Changes (collectively, “ Excess TI Costs ”). Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, 100% of the Excess TI Costs within 10 days after Landlord’s written invoice therefor following the Substantial Completion of the Tenant Improvements. If Tenant fails to deliver any Excess TI Costs to Landlord within such 10-day period, Landlord shall have all of the rights and remedies set forth in the Lease for nonpayment of Rent (including, but not limited to, the right to interest at the Default Rate and the right to assess a late charge). For purposes of any litigation instituted with regard to such amounts, those amounts will be deemed Rent under the Lease. Funds deposited by Tenant shall be disbursed to pay Excess TI Costs. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Work Letter, Tenant shall be fully and solely liable for Excess TI Costs.

6. Tenant Access .

(a) Tenant’s Access Rights . Landlord hereby agrees to permit Tenant access, at Tenant’s sole risk and expense, to the Expansion Premises (i) 30 days prior to the Expansion Premises Commencement Date to perform any work (“ Tenant’s Work ”) required by Tenant other than Landlord’s Work, provided that such Tenant’s Work is coordinated with the TI Architect and the general contractor, and complies with the Lease and all other reasonable restrictions and conditions Landlord may impose, and (ii) prior to the completion of Landlord’s Work, to inspect and observe work in process; all such access shall be during normal business hours or at such other times as are reasonably designated by Landlord. Any entry by Tenant shall comply with all established safety practices of Landlord’s contractor and Landlord until completion of Landlord’s Work and acceptance thereof by Tenant.

(b) No Interference . Neither Tenant nor any Tenant Party (as defined in the Lease) shall interfere with the performance of Landlord’s Work, nor with any inspections or issuance of final approvals by applicable governmental authorities, and upon any such interference, Landlord shall have the right to exclude Tenant and any Tenant Party from the Expansion Premises until Substantial Completion of Landlord’s Work.

(c) No Acceptance of Expansion Premises . The fact that Tenant may, with Landlord’s consent, enter into the Expansion Premises prior to the date Landlord’s Work is Substantially Complete for the purpose of performing Tenant’s Work shall not be deemed an acceptance by Tenant of possession of the Expansion Premises, but in such event Tenant shall defend with counsel reasonably acceptable by Landlord, indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from and against any loss of or damage to Tenant’s property, completed work, fixtures, equipment, materials or merchandise, and from liability for death of, or injury to, any person, caused by the act or omission of Tenant or any Tenant Party.

7. Miscellaneous .

(a) Consents . Whenever consent or approval of either party is required under this Second Amendment Work Letter, that party shall not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay such consent or approval, unless expressly set forth herein to the contrary.

(b) Modification . No modification, waiver or amendment of this Second Amendment Work Letter or of any of its conditions or provisions shall be binding upon Landlord or Tenant unless in writing signed by Landlord and Tenant.

(c) Default . Notwithstanding anything set forth herein or in the Lease to the contrary, Landlord shall not have any obligation to perform any work hereunder or to fund any portion of the TI Costs during any period that there is a Default by Tenant under the Lease.

 

B-5


Schedule 1

Space Plans

 

LOGO

 

B-6


Schedule 2

Door Improvements

 

LOGO

 

B-7


EXHIBIT C

CONTROL ZONES

 

LOGO

 

C-1

Exhibit 10.11

TP THERAPEUTICS, INC.

CONSULTING AGREEMENT

E FFECTIVE D ATE : November 14, 2017

T HIS C ONSULTING A GREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) is made as of the Effective Date set forth above by and between TP Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Client ”) and the consultant named on the signature page hereto (“ Consultant ”).

1.      Engagement of Services. Client may issue Project Assignments to Consultant in the form attached to this Agreement as E XHIBIT A (“ Project Assignment ”). Subject to the terms of this Agreement, Consultant will render the services set forth in Project Assignment(s) accepted by Consultant (the “ Services ”) by the completion dates set forth therein. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Project Assignment, Consultant will have exclusive control over the manner and means of performing the Services, including the choice of place and time. Consultant will provide, at Consultant’s own expense, a place of work and all equipment, tools and other materials necessary to complete the Services; however, to the extent necessary to facilitate performance of the Services, Client may, in its discretion, make its equipment or facilities available to Consultant at Consultant’s request. While on the Client’s premises, Consultant agrees to comply with Client’s then-current access rules and procedures, including those related to safety, security and confidentiality. Consultant agrees and acknowledges that Consultant has no expectation of privacy with respect to Client’s telecommunications, networking or information processing systems (including stored computer files, email messages and voice messages) and that Consultant’s activities, including the sending or receiving of any files or messages, on or using those systems may be monitored, and the contents of such files and messages may be reviewed and disclosed, at any time, without notice.

2.      Compensation. Client will pay Consultant the fee set forth in each Project Assignment for Services rendered pursuant to this Agreement as Consultant’s sole compensation for such Services. Consultant will be reimbursed only for expenses that are expressly provided for in a Project Assignment or that have been approved in advance in writing by Client, provided Consultant has furnished such documentation for authorized expenses as Client may reasonably request. Payment of Consultant’s fees and expenses will be in accordance with terms and conditions set forth in the applicable Project Assignment. Upon termination of this Agreement for any reason, Consultant will be paid fees on the basis stated in the Project Assignment(s) for work which has been completed. Unless otherwise provided in a Project Assignment, payment to Consultant of undisputed fees will be due 30 days following Client’s receipt of an invoice that contains accurate records of the work performed sufficient to document the invoiced fees.

3.      Ownership of Work Product. Consultant agrees that any and all Work Product (as defined below) shall be the sole and exclusive property of Client. Consultant hereby irrevocably assigns to Client all right, title and interest worldwide in and to any deliverables specified in a Project Assignment ( Deliverables ), and to any ideas, concepts, processes, discoveries, developments, formulae, information, materials, improvements, designs, artwork, content, software programs, other copyrightable works, and any other work product created, conceived or developed by Consultant (whether alone or jointly with others) for Client during or before the term of this Agreement, including all copyrights, patents, trademarks, trade secrets, and other intellectual property rights therein (the “ Work Product ”). Consultant retains no rights to use the Work Product and agrees not to challenge the validity of Client’s ownership of the Work Product. Consultant agrees to execute, at Client’s request and expense, all documents and other instruments necessary or desirable to confirm such assignment, including without limitation, the copyright assignment set forth as E XHIBIT B (“ Assignment of Copyright ”) and the patent

 

1.


assignment set forth as E XHIBIT C (“ Assignment of Patent Application ”). Consultant hereby irrevocably appoints Client as Consultant’s attorney-in-fact for the purpose of executing such documents on Consultant’s behalf, which appointment is coupled with an interest. Consultant will deliver any Deliverables in accordance with the applicable Project Assignment and disclose promptly in writing to Client all other Work Product.

4.      Other Rights. If Consultant has any rights, including without limitation “artist’s rights” or “moral rights,” in the Work Product that cannot be assigned, Consultant hereby unconditionally and irrevocably grants to Client an exclusive (even as to Consultant), worldwide, fully paid and royalty-free, irrevocable, perpetual license, with rights to sublicense through multiple tiers of sublicensees, to use, reproduce, distribute, create derivative works of, publicly perform and publicly display the Work Product in any medium or format, whether now known or later developed. In the event that Consultant has any rights in the Work Product that cannot be assigned or licensed, Consultant unconditionally and irrevocably waives the enforcement of such rights, and all claims and causes of action of any kind against Client or Client’s customers.

5.      License to Preexisting IP. Consultant agrees not to use or incorporate into Work Product any intellectual property developed by any third party or by Consultant other than in the course of performing services for Client (“ Preexisting IP ”). In the event Consultant uses or incorporates Preexisting IP into Work Product, Consultant hereby grants to Client a non-exclusive, perpetual, fully-paid and royalty-free, irrevocable and worldwide right, with the right to sublicense through multiple levels of sublicensees, to use, reproduce, distribute, create derivative works of, publicly perform and publicly display in any medium or format, whether now known or later developed, such Preexisting IP incorporated or used in Work Product. However, in no event will Consultant incorporate into the Work Product any software code licensed under the GNU GPL or LGPL or any similar “open source” license. Consultant represents and warrants that Consultant has an unqualified right to license to Client all Preexisting IP as provided in this section.

6.      Representations and Warranties. Consultant represents and warrants that: (a) the Services shall be performed in a professional manner and in accordance with the industry standards and the Work Product shall comply with the requirements set forth in the applicable Project Assignment, (b) Work Product will be an original work of Consultant, (c) Consultant has the right and unrestricted ability to assign the ownership of Work Product to Client as set forth in Section 3 (including without limitation the right to assign the ownership of any Work Product created by Consultant’s employees or contractors), (d) neither the Work Product nor any element thereof will infringe upon or misappropriate any copyright, patent, trademark, trade secret, right of publicity or privacy, or any other proprietary right of any person, whether contractual, statutory or common law, (e) Consultant has an unqualified right to grant to Client the license to Preexisting IP set forth in Section 5, and (f) Consultant will comply with all applicable federal, state, local and foreign laws governing self-employed individuals, including laws requiring the payment of taxes, such as income and employment taxes, and social security, disability, and other contributions. Consultant agrees to indemnify and hold Client harmless from any and all damages, costs, claims, expenses or other liability (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) arising from or relating to the breach or alleged breach by Consultant of the representations and warranties set forth in this Section 6.

7.      Independent Contractor Relationship. Consultant’s relationship with Client is that of an independent contractor, and nothing in this Agreement is intended to, or should be construed to, create a partnership, agency, joint venture or employment relationship between Client and any of Consultant’s employees or agents. Consultant is not authorized to make any representation, contract or commitment on behalf of Client. Consultant (if Consultant is an individual) and Consultant’s employees will not be entitled to any of the benefits that Client may make available to its employees, including, but not limited to, group health or life insurance, profit-sharing or retirement benefits. Because Consultant is an

 

2.


independent contractor, Client will not withhold or make payments for social security, make unemployment insurance or disability insurance contributions, or obtain workers’ compensation insurance on behalf of Consultant. Consultant is solely responsible for, and will file, on a timely basis, all tax returns and payments required to be filed with, or made to, any federal, state or local tax authority with respect to the performance of Services and receipt of fees under this Agreement. Consultant is solely responsible for, and must maintain adequate records of, expenses incurred in the course of performing Services under this Agreement. No part of Consultant’s compensation will be subject to withholding by Client for the payment of any social security, federal, state or any other employee payroll taxes. Client will regularly report amounts paid to Consultant by filing Form 1099-MISC with the Internal Revenue Service as required by law. If, notwithstanding the foregoing, Consultant is reclassified as an employee of Client, or any affiliate of Client, by the U.S. Internal Revenue Service, the U.S. Department of Labor, or any other federal or state or foreign agency as the result of any administrative or judicial proceeding, Consultant agrees that Consultant will not, as the result of such reclassification, be entitled to or eligible for, on either a prospective or retrospective basis, any employee benefits under any plans or programs established or maintained by Client.

8.      Confidential Information. Consultant agrees that during the term of this Agreement and thereafter it will not use or permit the use of Client’s Confidential Information in any manner or for any purpose not expressly set forth in this Agreement, will hold such Confidential Information in confidence and protect it from unauthorized use and disclosure, and will not disclose such Confidential Information to any third parties except as set forth in Section 9 below. “ Confidential Information ” as used in this Agreement shall mean all information disclosed by Client to Consultant, whether during or before the term of this Agreement, that is not generally known in the Client’s trade or industry and shall include, without limitation: (a) concepts and ideas relating to the development and distribution of content in any medium or to the current, future and proposed products or services of Client or its subsidiaries or affiliates; (b) trade secrets, drawings, inventions, know-how, software programs, and software source documents; (c) information regarding plans for research, development, new service offerings or products, marketing and selling, business plans, business forecasts, budgets and unpublished financial statements, licenses and distribution arrangements, prices and costs, suppliers and customers; (d) existence of any business discussions, negotiations or agreements between the parties; and (e) any information regarding the skills and compensation of employees, contractors or other agents of Client or its subsidiaries or affiliates. Confidential Information also includes proprietary or confidential information of any third party who may disclose such information to Client or Consultant in the course of Client’s business. Confidential Information does not include information that (x) is or becomes a part of the public domain through no act or omission of Consultant, (y) is disclosed to Consultant by a third party without restrictions on disclosure, or (z) was in Consultant’s lawful possession prior to the disclosure and was not obtained by Consultant either directly or indirectly from Client. In addition, this section will not be construed to prohibit disclosure of Confidential Information to the extent that such disclosure is required by law or valid order of a court or other governmental authority; provided, however , that Consultant shall first have given notice to Client and shall have made a reasonable effort to obtain a protective order requiring that the Confidential Information so disclosed be used only for the purposes for which the order was issued. All Confidential Information furnished to Consultant by Client is the sole and exclusive property of Client or its suppliers or customers. Upon request by Client, Consultant agrees to promptly deliver to Client the original and any copies of the Confidential Information. Notwithstanding the foregoing nondisclosure obligations, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1833(b), Consultant shall not be held criminally or civilly liable under any federal or state trade secret law for the disclosure of a trade secret that is made: (1) in confidence to a federal, state, or local government official, either directly or indirectly, or to an attorney, and solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law; or (2) in a complaint or other document filed in a lawsuit or other proceeding, if such filing is made under seal.

 

3.


9.      Consultant s Employees, Consultants and Agents. Consultant will ensure that each of its employees, consultants and agents who will have access to any Confidential Information or perform any Services has entered into a binding written agreement that is expressly for the benefit of Client and protects Client’s rights and interests to at least the same degree as Section 8. Client reserves the right to refuse or limit Consultant’s use of any employee, consultant or agent or to require Consultant to remove any employee, consultant or agent already engaged in the performance of the Services. Client’s exercise of such right will in no way limit Consultant’s obligations under this Agreement.

10.      No Conflict of Interest. During the term of this Agreement, Consultant will not accept work, enter into a contract, or accept an obligation from any third party, inconsistent or incompatible with Consultant’s obligations, or the scope of Services rendered for Client, under this Agreement. Consultant warrants that there is no other contract or duty on its part inconsistent with this Agreement. Consultant agrees to indemnify Client from any and all loss or liability incurred by reason of the alleged breach by Consultant of any services agreement with any third party.

11.    Term and Termination.

11.1      Term. The term of this Agreement is for four years from the Effective Date set forth above, unless earlier terminated as provided in this Agreement.

11.2      Termination Without Cause. Client may terminate this Agreement with or without cause, at any time upon 15 days’ prior written notice to Consultant. Consultant may terminate this Agreement without cause, at any time when no Project Assignment is in effect upon 30 days’ prior written notice to Client.

11.3      Termination for Cause. Either party may terminate this Agreement immediately in the event the other party has materially breached the Agreement and failed to cure such breach within 15 days after notice by the non-breaching party is given.

11.4      Survival. The rights and obligations contained in Sections 3 (“ Ownership of Work Product ”), 4 (“ Other Rights ”), 5 (“ License to Preexisting IP ”), 6 (“ Representations and Warranties ”), 8 (“ Confidential Information ”) and 12 (“ Noninterference with Business ”) will survive any termination or expiration of this Agreement.

12.      Noninterference with Business. Consultant agrees that during the Term of this Agreement, Consultant will not, without Client’s express written consent, either directly or indirectly engage in any employment or business activity that is competitive with, or would otherwise conflict with the Services rendered to, or that would otherwise interfere with the business of, the Client. Consultant agrees that during the Term of this Agreement, and for one year thereafter, Consultant will not either directly or indirectly, solicit or attempt to solicit any employee, independent contractor, or consultant of Client to terminate his, her or its relationship with Client in order to become an employee, consultant, or independent contractor to or for any other person or entity.

13.      Successors and Assigns. Consultant may not subcontract or otherwise delegate or assign this Agreement or any of its obligations under this Agreement without Client’s prior written consent. Any attempted assignment in violation of the foregoing shall be null and void. Subject to the foregoing, this Agreement will be for the benefit of Client’s successors and assigns, and will be binding on Consultant’s assignees.

14.      Notices. Any notice required or permitted by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered as follows with notice deemed given as indicated: (i) by personal delivery when delivered

 

4.


personally; (ii) by overnight courier upon written verification of receipt; (iii) by telecopy or facsimile transmission upon acknowledgment of receipt of electronic transmission; or (iv) by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, upon verification of receipt. Notice shall be sent to the addresses set forth below or such other address as either party may specify in writing.

15.      Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed in all respects by the laws of the United States of America and by the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to any conflicts of laws principles that require the application of the law of a different jurisdiction.

16.      Severability. Should any provisions of this Agreement be held by a court of law to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, the legality, validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall not be affected or impaired thereby.

17.      Waiver. The waiver by Client of a breach of any provision of this Agreement by Consultant shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any other or subsequent breach by Consultant.

18.      Injunctive Relief for Breach. Consultant’s obligations under this Agreement are of a unique character that gives them particular value; breach of any of such obligations will result in irreparable and continuing damage to Client for which there will be no adequate remedy at law; and, in the event of such breach, Client will be entitled to injunctive relief and/or a decree for specific performance, and such other and further relief as may be proper (including monetary damages if appropriate).

19.      Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties relating to this subject matter and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous oral or written agreements concerning such subject matter. The terms of this Agreement will govern all services undertaken by Consultant for Client; provided, however , that in the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and any Project Assignment, the terms of the applicable Project Assignment will control. This Agreement may only be changed or amended by mutual agreement of authorized representatives of the parties in writing. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Counterparts may be delivered via facsimile, electronic mail (including pdf or any electronic signature complying with the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000, Uniform Electronic Transactions Act or other applicable law) or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

5.


The parties have executed this Agreement as of the Effective Date.

 

CLIENT:
TP T HERAPEUTICS , I NC .
By:   /s/ Yishan Li
  Name:   Yishan Li
  Title:   Chief Executive Officer
Email:    
Address :     10628 Science Center Drive, Ste. 225
    San Diego, California 92121

 

CONSULTANT:
Dr. Sheila K. Gujrathi
Name of Consultant (Please Print)
/s/ Dr. Sheila K. Gujrathi
Signature
 

 

Title (if applicable)
 

 

Email

 

Address :    
   
   

 

6.


EXHIBIT A

P ROJECT A SSIGNMENT #1 U NDER C ONSULTING A GREEMENT

D ATED : N OVEMBER  14, 2017

P ROJECT :

Consultant shall render such services as Client may from time to time request, including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing:

General business and strategic advice and assistance as requested by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer (the “ CEO ”) and other members of the Company’s management designated by the CEO from time to time.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 

S CHEDULE O F W ORK :

During the term of the Agreement.

F EES A ND R EIMBURSEMENT :

 

A.

Equity Fee: Subject to approval by Client’s Board of Directors (the “ Board ”), Client anticipates granting Consultant an option to purchase 434,518 shares of Client’s common stock with an exercise price per share equal to the fair market value of one share of Client’s common stock as determined by the Board as of the date of grant (the “ Grant ”). The anticipated Grant will be governed by the terms and conditions of the Client’s 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended (the “ Plan ”), and Consultant’s grant agreement, and will include a vesting schedule under which the shares shall vest under the following schedule: 48 equal successive monthly installments at the end of each month beginning the month in which the Effective Date occurs; provided however, that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in the Plan, such stock option shall cease vesting, and the post-termination exercise period shall begin, on such date that Consultant ceases providing service to the Company as a consultant pursuant to this Agreement.

 

B .

Reimbursement for the following, as approved in advance by Client:

 

  1.

Outside services at cost:

  2.

Direct charges at cost:

  3.

Travel and subsistence at cost:

Consultant shall invoice Client monthly for services and expenses and shall provide such reasonable receipts or other documentation of expenses as Client might request, including copies of time records.

Payment terms: net 30 days from receipt of invoice. Client will be invoiced on the first day of each month for services rendered and expenses incurred during the previous month.

 

A-1


The parties have executed this Project Assignment as of the date first written above.

 

CLIENT:
TP THERAPEUTICS, INC.
By:   /s/ Yishan Li
  Name:   Yishan Li
  Title:   Chief Executive Officer

 

CONSULTANT:
Dr. Sheila K. Gujrathi
Name of Consultant (Please Print)
/s/ Dr. Sheila K. Gujrathi
Signature
 

 

Title (if applicable)

 

A-2


E XHIBIT B

ASSIGNMENT OF COPYRIGHT

For good and valuable consideration that has been received, the undersigned sells, assigns and transfers to Client and its successors and assigns, the copyright in and to the following work, which was created by the following indicated author(s):

 

Title:

    

Author(s):

    

Copyright Office Identification No. (if any):

   

and all of the right, title and interest of the undersigned, vested and contingent, therein and thereto.

Executed as of                                                               .

 

CONSULTANT:
 

 

Name of Consultant (Please Print)
 

 

Signature
 

 

Title (if applicable)

 

STATE OF CALIFORNIA   )  
  )       ss.
COUNTY OF                        )  

On                              , 201      before me,                                                   Notary Public, personally appeared                          , personally known to me (or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence) to be the person whose name is subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he executed the same in his authorized capacity, and that by his signature on the instrument the person, or the entity upon behalf of which the person acted, executed the instrument. Witness my hand and official seal.

Signature of Notary Public

My commission expires on:                                     

 

B-1


E XHIBIT C

ASSIGNMENT OF PATENT APPLICATIONS

 

C LIENT

Name: TP Therapeutics, Inc.

Entity Type: Corporation

Address:

10628 Science Center Drive, Ste. 225

San Diego, California 92121

C ONSULTANT

 

Name:

    
Entity Type:     

Address:

 
 
 
 
 

 

Whereas the individual or entity identified as Consultant above ( “Consultant” ) owns all right, title, and interest in and to the U.S. patent applications listed in Schedule C-1 (the “Patent Applications” ); and

Whereas TP Therapeutics, Inc. ( “Client” ) desires to acquire Consultant’s entire right, title, and interest in and to the Patent Applications, and in and to the inventions disclosed in the Patent Applications, and to the Future Patents (as hereinafter defined);

Now therefore, for and in consideration of one dollar ($1.00) payable upon demand and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Consultant does hereby sell, assign, and transfer to Client and its successors, assigns, and legal representatives, all right, title, and interest in and to the Patent Applications, and to all future patents which may be granted therefor throughout the world, and all divisions, reissues, reexaminations, substitutions, continuations, continuations-in-part, utility conversions, and extensions thereof (collectively, “Future Patents” ), together with all claims, causes of action, and damages for past infringement, if any, of said Patent Applications and Future Patents; and Consultant hereby authorizes and requests the United States Patent and Trademark Office and other patent offices throughout the world to issue all Future Patents resulting therefrom (insofar as Consultant’s interest is concerned) to Client.

Consultant also hereby sells, assigns, and transfers to Client and its successors, assigns, and legal representatives all right, title, and interest to the inventions disclosed in the Patent Applications and Future Patents throughout the world, including the right to file applications for and obtain patents, utility models, and industrial models, and designs for such inventions in Client’s own name throughout the world including all rights of priority, all rights to publish cautionary notices reserving ownership of such inventions, and all rights to register such inventions in appropriate registries; and Consultant further agrees to execute any and all powers of attorney, applications, assignments, declarations, affidavits, and any other papers in connection therewith reasonably necessary to perfect such right, title, and interest in Client and its successors, assigns, and legal representatives.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

C-1


Consultant has caused this instrument to be executed effective as of                                               .

 

CONSULTANT:
 

 

Name of Consultant (Please Print)
 

 

Signature
 

 

Title (if applicable)

 

C-2

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our report dated March 21, 2019, in the Registration Statement on Form S-1 and related Prospectus of Turning Point Therapeutics, Inc. for the registration of shares of its common stock.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

San Diego, California

March 21, 2019